github.com/xhghs/rclone@v1.51.1-0.20200430155106-e186a28cced8/MANUAL.html (about) 1 <!DOCTYPE html> 2 <html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" lang="" xml:lang=""> 3 <head> 4 <meta charset="utf-8" /> 5 <meta name="generator" content="pandoc" /> 6 <meta name="viewport" content="width=device-width, initial-scale=1.0, user-scalable=yes" /> 7 <meta name="author" content="Nick Craig-Wood" /> 8 <title>rclone(1) User Manual</title> 9 <style type="text/css"> 10 code{white-space: pre-wrap;} 11 span.smallcaps{font-variant: small-caps;} 12 span.underline{text-decoration: underline;} 13 div.column{display: inline-block; vertical-align: top; width: 50%;} 14 </style> 15 </head> 16 <body> 17 <header id="title-block-header"> 18 <h1 class="title">rclone(1) User Manual</h1> 19 <p class="author">Nick Craig-Wood</p> 20 <p class="date">Feb 01, 2020</p> 21 </header> 22 <h1 id="rclone---rsync-for-cloud-storage">Rclone - rsync for cloud storage</h1> 23 <p>Rclone is a command line program to sync files and directories to and from:</p> 24 <ul> 25 <li>1Fichier</li> 26 <li>Alibaba Cloud (Aliyun) Object Storage System (OSS)</li> 27 <li>Amazon Drive (<a href="/amazonclouddrive/#status">See note</a>)</li> 28 <li>Amazon S3</li> 29 <li>Backblaze B2</li> 30 <li>Box</li> 31 <li>Ceph</li> 32 <li>Citrix ShareFile</li> 33 <li>C14</li> 34 <li>DigitalOcean Spaces</li> 35 <li>Dreamhost</li> 36 <li>Dropbox</li> 37 <li>FTP</li> 38 <li>Google Cloud Storage</li> 39 <li>Google Drive</li> 40 <li>Google Photos</li> 41 <li>HTTP</li> 42 <li>Hubic</li> 43 <li>Jottacloud</li> 44 <li>IBM COS S3</li> 45 <li>Koofr</li> 46 <li>Mail.ru Cloud</li> 47 <li>Memset Memstore</li> 48 <li>Mega</li> 49 <li>Memory</li> 50 <li>Microsoft Azure Blob Storage</li> 51 <li>Microsoft OneDrive</li> 52 <li>Minio</li> 53 <li>Nextcloud</li> 54 <li>OVH</li> 55 <li>OpenDrive</li> 56 <li>Openstack Swift</li> 57 <li>Oracle Cloud Storage</li> 58 <li>ownCloud</li> 59 <li>pCloud</li> 60 <li>premiumize.me</li> 61 <li>put.io</li> 62 <li>QingStor</li> 63 <li>Rackspace Cloud Files</li> 64 <li>rsync.net</li> 65 <li>Scaleway</li> 66 <li>SFTP</li> 67 <li>SugarSync</li> 68 <li>Wasabi</li> 69 <li>WebDAV</li> 70 <li>Yandex Disk</li> 71 <li>The local filesystem</li> 72 </ul> 73 <p>Features</p> 74 <ul> 75 <li>MD5/SHA1 hashes checked at all times for file integrity</li> 76 <li>Timestamps preserved on files</li> 77 <li>Partial syncs supported on a whole file basis</li> 78 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_copy/">Copy</a> mode to just copy new/changed files</li> 79 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_sync/">Sync</a> (one way) mode to make a directory identical</li> 80 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_check/">Check</a> mode to check for file hash equality</li> 81 <li>Can sync to and from network, eg two different cloud accounts</li> 82 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/crypt/">Encryption</a> backend</li> 83 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/cache/">Cache</a> backend</li> 84 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/chunker/">Chunking</a> backend</li> 85 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/union/">Union</a> backend</li> 86 <li>Optional FUSE mount (<a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_mount/">rclone mount</a>)</li> 87 <li>Multi-threaded downloads to local disk</li> 88 <li>Can <a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_serve/">serve</a> local or remote files over <a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_serve_http/">HTTP</a>/<a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_serve_webdav/">WebDav</a>/<a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_serve_ftp/">FTP</a>/<a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_serve_sftp/">SFTP</a>/<a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_serve_dlna/">dlna</a></li> 89 <li>Experimental <a href="https://rclone.org/gui/">Web based GUI</a></li> 90 </ul> 91 <p>Links</p> 92 <ul> 93 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/">Home page</a></li> 94 <li><a href="https://github.com/rclone/rclone">GitHub project page for source and bug tracker</a></li> 95 <li><a href="https://forum.rclone.org">Rclone Forum</a></li> 96 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/downloads/">Downloads</a></li> 97 </ul> 98 <h1 id="install">Install</h1> 99 <p>Rclone is a Go program and comes as a single binary file.</p> 100 <h2 id="quickstart">Quickstart</h2> 101 <ul> 102 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/downloads/">Download</a> the relevant binary.</li> 103 <li>Extract the <code>rclone</code> or <code>rclone.exe</code> binary from the archive</li> 104 <li>Run <code>rclone config</code> to setup. See <a href="https://rclone.org/docs/">rclone config docs</a> for more details.</li> 105 </ul> 106 <p>See below for some expanded Linux / macOS instructions.</p> 107 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/docs/">Usage section</a> of the docs for how to use rclone, or run <code>rclone -h</code>.</p> 108 <h2 id="script-installation">Script installation</h2> 109 <p>To install rclone on Linux/macOS/BSD systems, run:</p> 110 <pre><code>curl https://rclone.org/install.sh | sudo bash</code></pre> 111 <p>For beta installation, run:</p> 112 <pre><code>curl https://rclone.org/install.sh | sudo bash -s beta</code></pre> 113 <p>Note that this script checks the version of rclone installed first and won’t re-download if not needed.</p> 114 <h2 id="linux-installation-from-precompiled-binary">Linux installation from precompiled binary</h2> 115 <p>Fetch and unpack</p> 116 <pre><code>curl -O https://downloads.rclone.org/rclone-current-linux-amd64.zip 117 unzip rclone-current-linux-amd64.zip 118 cd rclone-*-linux-amd64</code></pre> 119 <p>Copy binary file</p> 120 <pre><code>sudo cp rclone /usr/bin/ 121 sudo chown root:root /usr/bin/rclone 122 sudo chmod 755 /usr/bin/rclone</code></pre> 123 <p>Install manpage</p> 124 <pre><code>sudo mkdir -p /usr/local/share/man/man1 125 sudo cp rclone.1 /usr/local/share/man/man1/ 126 sudo mandb </code></pre> 127 <p>Run <code>rclone config</code> to setup. See <a href="https://rclone.org/docs/">rclone config docs</a> for more details.</p> 128 <pre><code>rclone config</code></pre> 129 <h2 id="macos-installation-with-brew">macOS installation with brew</h2> 130 <pre><code>brew install rclone</code></pre> 131 <h2 id="macos-installation-from-precompiled-binary-using-curl">macOS installation from precompiled binary, using curl</h2> 132 <p>To avoid problems with macOS gatekeeper enforcing the binary to be signed and notarized it is enough to download with <code>curl</code>.</p> 133 <p>Download the latest version of rclone.</p> 134 <pre><code>cd && curl -O https://downloads.rclone.org/rclone-current-osx-amd64.zip</code></pre> 135 <p>Unzip the download and cd to the extracted folder.</p> 136 <pre><code>unzip -a rclone-current-osx-amd64.zip && cd rclone-*-osx-amd64</code></pre> 137 <p>Move rclone to your $PATH. You will be prompted for your password.</p> 138 <pre><code>sudo mkdir -p /usr/local/bin 139 sudo mv rclone /usr/local/bin/</code></pre> 140 <p>(the <code>mkdir</code> command is safe to run, even if the directory already exists).</p> 141 <p>Remove the leftover files.</p> 142 <pre><code>cd .. && rm -rf rclone-*-osx-amd64 rclone-current-osx-amd64.zip</code></pre> 143 <p>Run <code>rclone config</code> to setup. See <a href="https://rclone.org/docs/">rclone config docs</a> for more details.</p> 144 <pre><code>rclone config</code></pre> 145 <h2 id="macos-installation-from-precompiled-binary-using-a-web-browser">macOS installation from precompiled binary, using a web browser</h2> 146 <p>When downloading a binary with a web browser, the browser will set the macOS gatekeeper quarantine attribute. Starting from Catalina, when attempting to run <code>rclone</code>, a pop-up will appear saying:</p> 147 <pre><code>“rclone” cannot be opened because the developer cannot be verified. 148 macOS cannot verify that this app is free from malware.</code></pre> 149 <p>The simplest fix is to run</p> 150 <pre><code>xattr -d com.apple.quarantine rclone</code></pre> 151 <h2 id="install-with-docker">Install with docker</h2> 152 <p>The rclone maintains a <a href="https://hub.docker.com/r/rclone/rclone">docker image for rclone</a>. These images are autobuilt by docker hub from the rclone source based on a minimal Alpine linux image.</p> 153 <p>The <code>:latest</code> tag will always point to the latest stable release. You can use the <code>:beta</code> tag to get the latest build from master. You can also use version tags, eg <code>:1.49.1</code>, <code>:1.49</code> or <code>:1</code>.</p> 154 <pre><code>$ docker pull rclone/rclone:latest 155 latest: Pulling from rclone/rclone 156 Digest: sha256:0e0ced72671989bb837fea8e88578b3fc48371aa45d209663683e24cfdaa0e11 157 ... 158 $ docker run --rm rclone/rclone:latest version 159 rclone v1.49.1 160 - os/arch: linux/amd64 161 - go version: go1.12.9</code></pre> 162 <p>There are a few command line options to consider when starting an rclone Docker container from the rclone image.</p> 163 <ul> 164 <li><p>You need to mount the host rclone config dir at <code>/config/rclone</code> into the Docker container. Due to the fact that rclone updates tokens inside its config file, and that the update process involves a file rename, you need to mount the whole host rclone config dir, not just the single host rclone config file.</p></li> 165 <li><p>You need to mount a host data dir at <code>/data</code> into the Docker container.</p></li> 166 <li><p>By default, the rclone binary inside a Docker container runs with UID=0 (root). As a result, all files created in a run will have UID=0. If your config and data files reside on the host with a non-root UID:GID, you need to pass these on the container start command line.</p></li> 167 <li><p>It is possible to use <code>rclone mount</code> inside a userspace Docker container, and expose the resulting fuse mount to the host. The exact <code>docker run</code> options to do that might vary slightly between hosts. See, e.g. the discussion in this <a href="https://github.com/moby/moby/issues/9448">thread</a>.</p> 168 <p>You also need to mount the host <code>/etc/passwd</code> and <code>/etc/group</code> for fuse to work inside the container.</p></li> 169 </ul> 170 <p>Here are some commands tested on an Ubuntu 18.04.3 host:</p> 171 <pre><code># config on host at ~/.config/rclone/rclone.conf 172 # data on host at ~/data 173 174 # make sure the config is ok by listing the remotes 175 docker run --rm \ 176 --volume ~/.config/rclone:/config/rclone \ 177 --volume ~/data:/data:shared \ 178 --user $(id -u):$(id -g) \ 179 rclone/rclone \ 180 listremotes 181 182 # perform mount inside Docker container, expose result to host 183 mkdir -p ~/data/mount 184 docker run --rm \ 185 --volume ~/.config/rclone:/config/rclone \ 186 --volume ~/data:/data:shared \ 187 --user $(id -u):$(id -g) \ 188 --volume /etc/passwd:/etc/passwd:ro --volume /etc/group:/etc/group:ro \ 189 --device /dev/fuse --cap-add SYS_ADMIN --security-opt apparmor:unconfined \ 190 rclone/rclone \ 191 mount dropbox:Photos /data/mount & 192 ls ~/data/mount 193 kill %1</code></pre> 194 <h2 id="install-from-source">Install from source</h2> 195 <p>Make sure you have at least <a href="https://golang.org/">Go</a> 1.7 installed. <a href="https://golang.org/dl/">Download go</a> if necessary. The latest release is recommended. Then</p> 196 <pre><code>git clone https://github.com/rclone/rclone.git 197 cd rclone 198 go build 199 ./rclone version</code></pre> 200 <p>You can also build and install rclone in the <a href="https://github.com/golang/go/wiki/GOPATH">GOPATH</a> (which defaults to <code>~/go</code>) with:</p> 201 <pre><code>go get -u -v github.com/rclone/rclone</code></pre> 202 <p>and this will build the binary in <code>$GOPATH/bin</code> (<code>~/go/bin/rclone</code> by default) after downloading the source to <code>$GOPATH/src/github.com/rclone/rclone</code> (<code>~/go/src/github.com/rclone/rclone</code> by default).</p> 203 <h2 id="installation-with-ansible">Installation with Ansible</h2> 204 <p>This can be done with <a href="https://github.com/stefangweichinger/ansible-rclone">Stefan Weichinger’s ansible role</a>.</p> 205 <p>Instructions</p> 206 <ol type="1"> 207 <li><code>git clone https://github.com/stefangweichinger/ansible-rclone.git</code> into your local roles-directory</li> 208 <li>add the role to the hosts you want rclone installed to:</li> 209 </ol> 210 <pre><code> - hosts: rclone-hosts 211 roles: 212 - rclone</code></pre> 213 <h2 id="configure">Configure</h2> 214 <p>First, you’ll need to configure rclone. As the object storage systems have quite complicated authentication these are kept in a config file. (See the <code>--config</code> entry for how to find the config file and choose its location.)</p> 215 <p>The easiest way to make the config is to run rclone with the config option:</p> 216 <pre><code>rclone config</code></pre> 217 <p>See the following for detailed instructions for</p> 218 <ul> 219 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/fichier/">1Fichier</a></li> 220 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/alias/">Alias</a></li> 221 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/amazonclouddrive/">Amazon Drive</a></li> 222 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/s3/">Amazon S3</a></li> 223 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/b2/">Backblaze B2</a></li> 224 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/box/">Box</a></li> 225 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/cache/">Cache</a></li> 226 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/chunker/">Chunker</a> - transparently splits large files for other remotes</li> 227 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/sharefile/">Citrix ShareFile</a></li> 228 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/crypt/">Crypt</a> - to encrypt other remotes</li> 229 <li><a href="/s3/#digitalocean-spaces">DigitalOcean Spaces</a></li> 230 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/dropbox/">Dropbox</a></li> 231 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/ftp/">FTP</a></li> 232 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/googlecloudstorage/">Google Cloud Storage</a></li> 233 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/drive/">Google Drive</a></li> 234 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/googlephotos/">Google Photos</a></li> 235 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/http/">HTTP</a></li> 236 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/hubic/">Hubic</a></li> 237 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/jottacloud/">Jottacloud / GetSky.no</a></li> 238 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/koofr/">Koofr</a></li> 239 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/mailru/">Mail.ru Cloud</a></li> 240 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/mega/">Mega</a></li> 241 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/memory/">Memory</a></li> 242 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/azureblob/">Microsoft Azure Blob Storage</a></li> 243 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/onedrive/">Microsoft OneDrive</a></li> 244 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/swift/">Openstack Swift / Rackspace Cloudfiles / Memset Memstore</a></li> 245 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/opendrive/">OpenDrive</a></li> 246 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/pcloud/">Pcloud</a></li> 247 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/premiumizeme/">premiumize.me</a></li> 248 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/putio/">put.io</a></li> 249 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/qingstor/">QingStor</a></li> 250 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/sftp/">SFTP</a></li> 251 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/sugarsync/">SugarSync</a></li> 252 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/union/">Union</a></li> 253 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/webdav/">WebDAV</a></li> 254 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/yandex/">Yandex Disk</a></li> 255 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/local/">The local filesystem</a></li> 256 </ul> 257 <h2 id="usage">Usage</h2> 258 <p>Rclone syncs a directory tree from one storage system to another.</p> 259 <p>Its syntax is like this</p> 260 <pre><code>Syntax: [options] subcommand <parameters> <parameters...></code></pre> 261 <p>Source and destination paths are specified by the name you gave the storage system in the config file then the sub path, eg “drive:myfolder” to look at “myfolder” in Google drive.</p> 262 <p>You can define as many storage paths as you like in the config file.</p> 263 <h2 id="subcommands">Subcommands</h2> 264 <p>rclone uses a system of subcommands. For example</p> 265 <pre><code>rclone ls remote:path # lists a remote 266 rclone copy /local/path remote:path # copies /local/path to the remote 267 rclone sync /local/path remote:path # syncs /local/path to the remote</code></pre> 268 <h2 id="rclone-config">rclone config</h2> 269 <p>Enter an interactive configuration session.</p> 270 <h3 id="synopsis">Synopsis</h3> 271 <p>Enter an interactive configuration session where you can setup new remotes and manage existing ones. You may also set or remove a password to protect your configuration.</p> 272 <pre><code>rclone config [flags]</code></pre> 273 <h3 id="options">Options</h3> 274 <pre><code> -h, --help help for config</code></pre> 275 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/flags/">global flags page</a> for global options not listed here.</p> 276 <h3 id="see-also">SEE ALSO</h3> 277 <ul> 278 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/">rclone</a> - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.</li> 279 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config_create/">rclone config create</a> - Create a new remote with name, type and options.</li> 280 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config_delete/">rclone config delete</a> - Delete an existing remote <name>.</li> 281 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config_disconnect/">rclone config disconnect</a> - Disconnects user from remote</li> 282 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config_dump/">rclone config dump</a> - Dump the config file as JSON.</li> 283 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config_edit/">rclone config edit</a> - Enter an interactive configuration session.</li> 284 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config_file/">rclone config file</a> - Show path of configuration file in use.</li> 285 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config_password/">rclone config password</a> - Update password in an existing remote.</li> 286 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config_providers/">rclone config providers</a> - List in JSON format all the providers and options.</li> 287 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config_reconnect/">rclone config reconnect</a> - Re-authenticates user with remote.</li> 288 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config_show/">rclone config show</a> - Print (decrypted) config file, or the config for a single remote.</li> 289 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config_update/">rclone config update</a> - Update options in an existing remote.</li> 290 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config_userinfo/">rclone config userinfo</a> - Prints info about logged in user of remote.</li> 291 </ul> 292 <h2 id="rclone-copy">rclone copy</h2> 293 <p>Copy files from source to dest, skipping already copied</p> 294 <h3 id="synopsis-1">Synopsis</h3> 295 <p>Copy the source to the destination. Doesn’t transfer unchanged files, testing by size and modification time or MD5SUM. Doesn’t delete files from the destination.</p> 296 <p>Note that it is always the contents of the directory that is synced, not the directory so when source:path is a directory, it’s the contents of source:path that are copied, not the directory name and contents.</p> 297 <p>If dest:path doesn’t exist, it is created and the source:path contents go there.</p> 298 <p>For example</p> 299 <pre><code>rclone copy source:sourcepath dest:destpath</code></pre> 300 <p>Let’s say there are two files in sourcepath</p> 301 <pre><code>sourcepath/one.txt 302 sourcepath/two.txt</code></pre> 303 <p>This copies them to</p> 304 <pre><code>destpath/one.txt 305 destpath/two.txt</code></pre> 306 <p>Not to</p> 307 <pre><code>destpath/sourcepath/one.txt 308 destpath/sourcepath/two.txt</code></pre> 309 <p>If you are familiar with <code>rsync</code>, rclone always works as if you had written a trailing / - meaning “copy the contents of this directory”. This applies to all commands and whether you are talking about the source or destination.</p> 310 <p>See the <a href="/docs/#no-traverse">–no-traverse</a> option for controlling whether rclone lists the destination directory or not. Supplying this option when copying a small number of files into a large destination can speed transfers up greatly.</p> 311 <p>For example, if you have many files in /path/to/src but only a few of them change every day, you can to copy all the files which have changed recently very efficiently like this:</p> 312 <pre><code>rclone copy --max-age 24h --no-traverse /path/to/src remote:</code></pre> 313 <p><strong>Note</strong>: Use the <code>-P</code>/<code>--progress</code> flag to view real-time transfer statistics</p> 314 <pre><code>rclone copy source:path dest:path [flags]</code></pre> 315 <h3 id="options-1">Options</h3> 316 <pre><code> --create-empty-src-dirs Create empty source dirs on destination after copy 317 -h, --help help for copy</code></pre> 318 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/flags/">global flags page</a> for global options not listed here.</p> 319 <h3 id="see-also-1">SEE ALSO</h3> 320 <ul> 321 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/">rclone</a> - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.</li> 322 </ul> 323 <h2 id="rclone-sync">rclone sync</h2> 324 <p>Make source and dest identical, modifying destination only.</p> 325 <h3 id="synopsis-2">Synopsis</h3> 326 <p>Sync the source to the destination, changing the destination only. Doesn’t transfer unchanged files, testing by size and modification time or MD5SUM. Destination is updated to match source, including deleting files if necessary.</p> 327 <p><strong>Important</strong>: Since this can cause data loss, test first with the <code>--dry-run</code> flag to see exactly what would be copied and deleted.</p> 328 <p>Note that files in the destination won’t be deleted if there were any errors at any point.</p> 329 <p>It is always the contents of the directory that is synced, not the directory so when source:path is a directory, it’s the contents of source:path that are copied, not the directory name and contents. See extended explanation in the <code>copy</code> command above if unsure.</p> 330 <p>If dest:path doesn’t exist, it is created and the source:path contents go there.</p> 331 <p><strong>Note</strong>: Use the <code>-P</code>/<code>--progress</code> flag to view real-time transfer statistics</p> 332 <pre><code>rclone sync source:path dest:path [flags]</code></pre> 333 <h3 id="options-2">Options</h3> 334 <pre><code> --create-empty-src-dirs Create empty source dirs on destination after sync 335 -h, --help help for sync</code></pre> 336 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/flags/">global flags page</a> for global options not listed here.</p> 337 <h3 id="see-also-2">SEE ALSO</h3> 338 <ul> 339 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/">rclone</a> - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.</li> 340 </ul> 341 <h2 id="rclone-move">rclone move</h2> 342 <p>Move files from source to dest.</p> 343 <h3 id="synopsis-3">Synopsis</h3> 344 <p>Moves the contents of the source directory to the destination directory. Rclone will error if the source and destination overlap and the remote does not support a server side directory move operation.</p> 345 <p>If no filters are in use and if possible this will server side move <code>source:path</code> into <code>dest:path</code>. After this <code>source:path</code> will no longer longer exist.</p> 346 <p>Otherwise for each file in <code>source:path</code> selected by the filters (if any) this will move it into <code>dest:path</code>. If possible a server side move will be used, otherwise it will copy it (server side if possible) into <code>dest:path</code> then delete the original (if no errors on copy) in <code>source:path</code>.</p> 347 <p>If you want to delete empty source directories after move, use the –delete-empty-src-dirs flag.</p> 348 <p>See the <a href="/docs/#no-traverse">–no-traverse</a> option for controlling whether rclone lists the destination directory or not. Supplying this option when moving a small number of files into a large destination can speed transfers up greatly.</p> 349 <p><strong>Important</strong>: Since this can cause data loss, test first with the –dry-run flag.</p> 350 <p><strong>Note</strong>: Use the <code>-P</code>/<code>--progress</code> flag to view real-time transfer statistics.</p> 351 <pre><code>rclone move source:path dest:path [flags]</code></pre> 352 <h3 id="options-3">Options</h3> 353 <pre><code> --create-empty-src-dirs Create empty source dirs on destination after move 354 --delete-empty-src-dirs Delete empty source dirs after move 355 -h, --help help for move</code></pre> 356 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/flags/">global flags page</a> for global options not listed here.</p> 357 <h3 id="see-also-3">SEE ALSO</h3> 358 <ul> 359 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/">rclone</a> - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.</li> 360 </ul> 361 <h2 id="rclone-delete">rclone delete</h2> 362 <p>Remove the contents of path.</p> 363 <h3 id="synopsis-4">Synopsis</h3> 364 <p>Remove the files in path. Unlike <code>purge</code> it obeys include/exclude filters so can be used to selectively delete files.</p> 365 <p><code>rclone delete</code> only deletes objects but leaves the directory structure alone. If you want to delete a directory and all of its contents use <code>rclone purge</code></p> 366 <p>Eg delete all files bigger than 100MBytes</p> 367 <p>Check what would be deleted first (use either)</p> 368 <pre><code>rclone --min-size 100M lsl remote:path 369 rclone --dry-run --min-size 100M delete remote:path</code></pre> 370 <p>Then delete</p> 371 <pre><code>rclone --min-size 100M delete remote:path</code></pre> 372 <p>That reads “delete everything with a minimum size of 100 MB”, hence delete all files bigger than 100MBytes.</p> 373 <pre><code>rclone delete remote:path [flags]</code></pre> 374 <h3 id="options-4">Options</h3> 375 <pre><code> -h, --help help for delete</code></pre> 376 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/flags/">global flags page</a> for global options not listed here.</p> 377 <h3 id="see-also-4">SEE ALSO</h3> 378 <ul> 379 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/">rclone</a> - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.</li> 380 </ul> 381 <h2 id="rclone-purge">rclone purge</h2> 382 <p>Remove the path and all of its contents.</p> 383 <h3 id="synopsis-5">Synopsis</h3> 384 <p>Remove the path and all of its contents. Note that this does not obey include/exclude filters - everything will be removed. Use <code>delete</code> if you want to selectively delete files.</p> 385 <pre><code>rclone purge remote:path [flags]</code></pre> 386 <h3 id="options-5">Options</h3> 387 <pre><code> -h, --help help for purge</code></pre> 388 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/flags/">global flags page</a> for global options not listed here.</p> 389 <h3 id="see-also-5">SEE ALSO</h3> 390 <ul> 391 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/">rclone</a> - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.</li> 392 </ul> 393 <h2 id="rclone-mkdir">rclone mkdir</h2> 394 <p>Make the path if it doesn’t already exist.</p> 395 <h3 id="synopsis-6">Synopsis</h3> 396 <p>Make the path if it doesn’t already exist.</p> 397 <pre><code>rclone mkdir remote:path [flags]</code></pre> 398 <h3 id="options-6">Options</h3> 399 <pre><code> -h, --help help for mkdir</code></pre> 400 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/flags/">global flags page</a> for global options not listed here.</p> 401 <h3 id="see-also-6">SEE ALSO</h3> 402 <ul> 403 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/">rclone</a> - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.</li> 404 </ul> 405 <h2 id="rclone-rmdir">rclone rmdir</h2> 406 <p>Remove the path if empty.</p> 407 <h3 id="synopsis-7">Synopsis</h3> 408 <p>Remove the path. Note that you can’t remove a path with objects in it, use purge for that.</p> 409 <pre><code>rclone rmdir remote:path [flags]</code></pre> 410 <h3 id="options-7">Options</h3> 411 <pre><code> -h, --help help for rmdir</code></pre> 412 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/flags/">global flags page</a> for global options not listed here.</p> 413 <h3 id="see-also-7">SEE ALSO</h3> 414 <ul> 415 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/">rclone</a> - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.</li> 416 </ul> 417 <h2 id="rclone-check">rclone check</h2> 418 <p>Checks the files in the source and destination match.</p> 419 <h3 id="synopsis-8">Synopsis</h3> 420 <p>Checks the files in the source and destination match. It compares sizes and hashes (MD5 or SHA1) and logs a report of files which don’t match. It doesn’t alter the source or destination.</p> 421 <p>If you supply the –size-only flag, it will only compare the sizes not the hashes as well. Use this for a quick check.</p> 422 <p>If you supply the –download flag, it will download the data from both remotes and check them against each other on the fly. This can be useful for remotes that don’t support hashes or if you really want to check all the data.</p> 423 <p>If you supply the –one-way flag, it will only check that files in source match the files in destination, not the other way around. Meaning extra files in destination that are not in the source will not trigger an error.</p> 424 <pre><code>rclone check source:path dest:path [flags]</code></pre> 425 <h3 id="options-8">Options</h3> 426 <pre><code> --download Check by downloading rather than with hash. 427 -h, --help help for check 428 --one-way Check one way only, source files must exist on remote</code></pre> 429 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/flags/">global flags page</a> for global options not listed here.</p> 430 <h3 id="see-also-8">SEE ALSO</h3> 431 <ul> 432 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/">rclone</a> - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.</li> 433 </ul> 434 <h2 id="rclone-ls">rclone ls</h2> 435 <p>List the objects in the path with size and path.</p> 436 <h3 id="synopsis-9">Synopsis</h3> 437 <p>Lists the objects in the source path to standard output in a human readable format with size and path. Recurses by default.</p> 438 <p>Eg</p> 439 <pre><code>$ rclone ls swift:bucket 440 60295 bevajer5jef 441 90613 canole 442 94467 diwogej7 443 37600 fubuwic</code></pre> 444 <p>Any of the filtering options can be applied to this command.</p> 445 <p>There are several related list commands</p> 446 <ul> 447 <li><code>ls</code> to list size and path of objects only</li> 448 <li><code>lsl</code> to list modification time, size and path of objects only</li> 449 <li><code>lsd</code> to list directories only</li> 450 <li><code>lsf</code> to list objects and directories in easy to parse format</li> 451 <li><code>lsjson</code> to list objects and directories in JSON format</li> 452 </ul> 453 <p><code>ls</code>,<code>lsl</code>,<code>lsd</code> are designed to be human readable. <code>lsf</code> is designed to be human and machine readable. <code>lsjson</code> is designed to be machine readable.</p> 454 <p>Note that <code>ls</code> and <code>lsl</code> recurse by default - use “–max-depth 1” to stop the recursion.</p> 455 <p>The other list commands <code>lsd</code>,<code>lsf</code>,<code>lsjson</code> do not recurse by default - use “-R” to make them recurse.</p> 456 <p>Listing a non existent directory will produce an error except for remotes which can’t have empty directories (eg s3, swift, gcs, etc - the bucket based remotes).</p> 457 <pre><code>rclone ls remote:path [flags]</code></pre> 458 <h3 id="options-9">Options</h3> 459 <pre><code> -h, --help help for ls</code></pre> 460 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/flags/">global flags page</a> for global options not listed here.</p> 461 <h3 id="see-also-9">SEE ALSO</h3> 462 <ul> 463 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/">rclone</a> - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.</li> 464 </ul> 465 <h2 id="rclone-lsd">rclone lsd</h2> 466 <p>List all directories/containers/buckets in the path.</p> 467 <h3 id="synopsis-10">Synopsis</h3> 468 <p>Lists the directories in the source path to standard output. Does not recurse by default. Use the -R flag to recurse.</p> 469 <p>This command lists the total size of the directory (if known, -1 if not), the modification time (if known, the current time if not), the number of objects in the directory (if known, -1 if not) and the name of the directory, Eg</p> 470 <pre><code>$ rclone lsd swift: 471 494000 2018-04-26 08:43:20 10000 10000files 472 65 2018-04-26 08:43:20 1 1File</code></pre> 473 <p>Or</p> 474 <pre><code>$ rclone lsd drive:test 475 -1 2016-10-17 17:41:53 -1 1000files 476 -1 2017-01-03 14:40:54 -1 2500files 477 -1 2017-07-08 14:39:28 -1 4000files</code></pre> 478 <p>If you just want the directory names use “rclone lsf –dirs-only”.</p> 479 <p>Any of the filtering options can be applied to this command.</p> 480 <p>There are several related list commands</p> 481 <ul> 482 <li><code>ls</code> to list size and path of objects only</li> 483 <li><code>lsl</code> to list modification time, size and path of objects only</li> 484 <li><code>lsd</code> to list directories only</li> 485 <li><code>lsf</code> to list objects and directories in easy to parse format</li> 486 <li><code>lsjson</code> to list objects and directories in JSON format</li> 487 </ul> 488 <p><code>ls</code>,<code>lsl</code>,<code>lsd</code> are designed to be human readable. <code>lsf</code> is designed to be human and machine readable. <code>lsjson</code> is designed to be machine readable.</p> 489 <p>Note that <code>ls</code> and <code>lsl</code> recurse by default - use “–max-depth 1” to stop the recursion.</p> 490 <p>The other list commands <code>lsd</code>,<code>lsf</code>,<code>lsjson</code> do not recurse by default - use “-R” to make them recurse.</p> 491 <p>Listing a non existent directory will produce an error except for remotes which can’t have empty directories (eg s3, swift, gcs, etc - the bucket based remotes).</p> 492 <pre><code>rclone lsd remote:path [flags]</code></pre> 493 <h3 id="options-10">Options</h3> 494 <pre><code> -h, --help help for lsd 495 -R, --recursive Recurse into the listing.</code></pre> 496 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/flags/">global flags page</a> for global options not listed here.</p> 497 <h3 id="see-also-10">SEE ALSO</h3> 498 <ul> 499 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/">rclone</a> - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.</li> 500 </ul> 501 <h2 id="rclone-lsl">rclone lsl</h2> 502 <p>List the objects in path with modification time, size and path.</p> 503 <h3 id="synopsis-11">Synopsis</h3> 504 <p>Lists the objects in the source path to standard output in a human readable format with modification time, size and path. Recurses by default.</p> 505 <p>Eg</p> 506 <pre><code>$ rclone lsl swift:bucket 507 60295 2016-06-25 18:55:41.062626927 bevajer5jef 508 90613 2016-06-25 18:55:43.302607074 canole 509 94467 2016-06-25 18:55:43.046609333 diwogej7 510 37600 2016-06-25 18:55:40.814629136 fubuwic</code></pre> 511 <p>Any of the filtering options can be applied to this command.</p> 512 <p>There are several related list commands</p> 513 <ul> 514 <li><code>ls</code> to list size and path of objects only</li> 515 <li><code>lsl</code> to list modification time, size and path of objects only</li> 516 <li><code>lsd</code> to list directories only</li> 517 <li><code>lsf</code> to list objects and directories in easy to parse format</li> 518 <li><code>lsjson</code> to list objects and directories in JSON format</li> 519 </ul> 520 <p><code>ls</code>,<code>lsl</code>,<code>lsd</code> are designed to be human readable. <code>lsf</code> is designed to be human and machine readable. <code>lsjson</code> is designed to be machine readable.</p> 521 <p>Note that <code>ls</code> and <code>lsl</code> recurse by default - use “–max-depth 1” to stop the recursion.</p> 522 <p>The other list commands <code>lsd</code>,<code>lsf</code>,<code>lsjson</code> do not recurse by default - use “-R” to make them recurse.</p> 523 <p>Listing a non existent directory will produce an error except for remotes which can’t have empty directories (eg s3, swift, gcs, etc - the bucket based remotes).</p> 524 <pre><code>rclone lsl remote:path [flags]</code></pre> 525 <h3 id="options-11">Options</h3> 526 <pre><code> -h, --help help for lsl</code></pre> 527 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/flags/">global flags page</a> for global options not listed here.</p> 528 <h3 id="see-also-11">SEE ALSO</h3> 529 <ul> 530 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/">rclone</a> - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.</li> 531 </ul> 532 <h2 id="rclone-md5sum">rclone md5sum</h2> 533 <p>Produces an md5sum file for all the objects in the path.</p> 534 <h3 id="synopsis-12">Synopsis</h3> 535 <p>Produces an md5sum file for all the objects in the path. This is in the same format as the standard md5sum tool produces.</p> 536 <pre><code>rclone md5sum remote:path [flags]</code></pre> 537 <h3 id="options-12">Options</h3> 538 <pre><code> -h, --help help for md5sum</code></pre> 539 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/flags/">global flags page</a> for global options not listed here.</p> 540 <h3 id="see-also-12">SEE ALSO</h3> 541 <ul> 542 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/">rclone</a> - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.</li> 543 </ul> 544 <h2 id="rclone-sha1sum">rclone sha1sum</h2> 545 <p>Produces an sha1sum file for all the objects in the path.</p> 546 <h3 id="synopsis-13">Synopsis</h3> 547 <p>Produces an sha1sum file for all the objects in the path. This is in the same format as the standard sha1sum tool produces.</p> 548 <pre><code>rclone sha1sum remote:path [flags]</code></pre> 549 <h3 id="options-13">Options</h3> 550 <pre><code> -h, --help help for sha1sum</code></pre> 551 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/flags/">global flags page</a> for global options not listed here.</p> 552 <h3 id="see-also-13">SEE ALSO</h3> 553 <ul> 554 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/">rclone</a> - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.</li> 555 </ul> 556 <h2 id="rclone-size">rclone size</h2> 557 <p>Prints the total size and number of objects in remote:path.</p> 558 <h3 id="synopsis-14">Synopsis</h3> 559 <p>Prints the total size and number of objects in remote:path.</p> 560 <pre><code>rclone size remote:path [flags]</code></pre> 561 <h3 id="options-14">Options</h3> 562 <pre><code> -h, --help help for size 563 --json format output as JSON</code></pre> 564 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/flags/">global flags page</a> for global options not listed here.</p> 565 <h3 id="see-also-14">SEE ALSO</h3> 566 <ul> 567 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/">rclone</a> - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.</li> 568 </ul> 569 <h2 id="rclone-version">rclone version</h2> 570 <p>Show the version number.</p> 571 <h3 id="synopsis-15">Synopsis</h3> 572 <p>Show the version number, the go version and the architecture.</p> 573 <p>Eg</p> 574 <pre><code>$ rclone version 575 rclone v1.41 576 - os/arch: linux/amd64 577 - go version: go1.10</code></pre> 578 <p>If you supply the –check flag, then it will do an online check to compare your version with the latest release and the latest beta.</p> 579 <pre><code>$ rclone version --check 580 yours: 1.42.0.6 581 latest: 1.42 (released 2018-06-16) 582 beta: 1.42.0.5 (released 2018-06-17)</code></pre> 583 <p>Or</p> 584 <pre><code>$ rclone version --check 585 yours: 1.41 586 latest: 1.42 (released 2018-06-16) 587 upgrade: https://downloads.rclone.org/v1.42 588 beta: 1.42.0.5 (released 2018-06-17) 589 upgrade: https://beta.rclone.org/v1.42-005-g56e1e820</code></pre> 590 <pre><code>rclone version [flags]</code></pre> 591 <h3 id="options-15">Options</h3> 592 <pre><code> --check Check for new version. 593 -h, --help help for version</code></pre> 594 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/flags/">global flags page</a> for global options not listed here.</p> 595 <h3 id="see-also-15">SEE ALSO</h3> 596 <ul> 597 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/">rclone</a> - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.</li> 598 </ul> 599 <h2 id="rclone-cleanup">rclone cleanup</h2> 600 <p>Clean up the remote if possible</p> 601 <h3 id="synopsis-16">Synopsis</h3> 602 <p>Clean up the remote if possible. Empty the trash or delete old file versions. Not supported by all remotes.</p> 603 <pre><code>rclone cleanup remote:path [flags]</code></pre> 604 <h3 id="options-16">Options</h3> 605 <pre><code> -h, --help help for cleanup</code></pre> 606 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/flags/">global flags page</a> for global options not listed here.</p> 607 <h3 id="see-also-16">SEE ALSO</h3> 608 <ul> 609 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/">rclone</a> - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.</li> 610 </ul> 611 <h2 id="rclone-dedupe">rclone dedupe</h2> 612 <p>Interactively find duplicate files and delete/rename them.</p> 613 <h3 id="synopsis-17">Synopsis</h3> 614 <p>By default <code>dedupe</code> interactively finds duplicate files and offers to delete all but one or rename them to be different. Only useful with Google Drive which can have duplicate file names.</p> 615 <p>In the first pass it will merge directories with the same name. It will do this iteratively until all the identical directories have been merged.</p> 616 <p>The <code>dedupe</code> command will delete all but one of any identical (same md5sum) files it finds without confirmation. This means that for most duplicated files the <code>dedupe</code> command will not be interactive. You can use <code>--dry-run</code> to see what would happen without doing anything.</p> 617 <p>Here is an example run.</p> 618 <p>Before - with duplicates</p> 619 <pre><code>$ rclone lsl drive:dupes 620 6048320 2016-03-05 16:23:16.798000000 one.txt 621 6048320 2016-03-05 16:23:11.775000000 one.txt 622 564374 2016-03-05 16:23:06.731000000 one.txt 623 6048320 2016-03-05 16:18:26.092000000 one.txt 624 6048320 2016-03-05 16:22:46.185000000 two.txt 625 1744073 2016-03-05 16:22:38.104000000 two.txt 626 564374 2016-03-05 16:22:52.118000000 two.txt</code></pre> 627 <p>Now the <code>dedupe</code> session</p> 628 <pre><code>$ rclone dedupe drive:dupes 629 2016/03/05 16:24:37 Google drive root 'dupes': Looking for duplicates using interactive mode. 630 one.txt: Found 4 duplicates - deleting identical copies 631 one.txt: Deleting 2/3 identical duplicates (md5sum "1eedaa9fe86fd4b8632e2ac549403b36") 632 one.txt: 2 duplicates remain 633 1: 6048320 bytes, 2016-03-05 16:23:16.798000000, md5sum 1eedaa9fe86fd4b8632e2ac549403b36 634 2: 564374 bytes, 2016-03-05 16:23:06.731000000, md5sum 7594e7dc9fc28f727c42ee3e0749de81 635 s) Skip and do nothing 636 k) Keep just one (choose which in next step) 637 r) Rename all to be different (by changing file.jpg to file-1.jpg) 638 s/k/r> k 639 Enter the number of the file to keep> 1 640 one.txt: Deleted 1 extra copies 641 two.txt: Found 3 duplicates - deleting identical copies 642 two.txt: 3 duplicates remain 643 1: 564374 bytes, 2016-03-05 16:22:52.118000000, md5sum 7594e7dc9fc28f727c42ee3e0749de81 644 2: 6048320 bytes, 2016-03-05 16:22:46.185000000, md5sum 1eedaa9fe86fd4b8632e2ac549403b36 645 3: 1744073 bytes, 2016-03-05 16:22:38.104000000, md5sum 851957f7fb6f0bc4ce76be966d336802 646 s) Skip and do nothing 647 k) Keep just one (choose which in next step) 648 r) Rename all to be different (by changing file.jpg to file-1.jpg) 649 s/k/r> r 650 two-1.txt: renamed from: two.txt 651 two-2.txt: renamed from: two.txt 652 two-3.txt: renamed from: two.txt</code></pre> 653 <p>The result being</p> 654 <pre><code>$ rclone lsl drive:dupes 655 6048320 2016-03-05 16:23:16.798000000 one.txt 656 564374 2016-03-05 16:22:52.118000000 two-1.txt 657 6048320 2016-03-05 16:22:46.185000000 two-2.txt 658 1744073 2016-03-05 16:22:38.104000000 two-3.txt</code></pre> 659 <p>Dedupe can be run non interactively using the <code>--dedupe-mode</code> flag or by using an extra parameter with the same value</p> 660 <ul> 661 <li><code>--dedupe-mode interactive</code> - interactive as above.</li> 662 <li><code>--dedupe-mode skip</code> - removes identical files then skips anything left.</li> 663 <li><code>--dedupe-mode first</code> - removes identical files then keeps the first one.</li> 664 <li><code>--dedupe-mode newest</code> - removes identical files then keeps the newest one.</li> 665 <li><code>--dedupe-mode oldest</code> - removes identical files then keeps the oldest one.</li> 666 <li><code>--dedupe-mode largest</code> - removes identical files then keeps the largest one.</li> 667 <li><code>--dedupe-mode smallest</code> - removes identical files then keeps the smallest one.</li> 668 <li><code>--dedupe-mode rename</code> - removes identical files then renames the rest to be different.</li> 669 </ul> 670 <p>For example to rename all the identically named photos in your Google Photos directory, do</p> 671 <pre><code>rclone dedupe --dedupe-mode rename "drive:Google Photos"</code></pre> 672 <p>Or</p> 673 <pre><code>rclone dedupe rename "drive:Google Photos"</code></pre> 674 <pre><code>rclone dedupe [mode] remote:path [flags]</code></pre> 675 <h3 id="options-17">Options</h3> 676 <pre><code> --dedupe-mode string Dedupe mode interactive|skip|first|newest|oldest|largest|smallest|rename. (default "interactive") 677 -h, --help help for dedupe</code></pre> 678 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/flags/">global flags page</a> for global options not listed here.</p> 679 <h3 id="see-also-17">SEE ALSO</h3> 680 <ul> 681 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/">rclone</a> - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.</li> 682 </ul> 683 <h2 id="rclone-about">rclone about</h2> 684 <p>Get quota information from the remote.</p> 685 <h3 id="synopsis-18">Synopsis</h3> 686 <p>Get quota information from the remote, like bytes used/free/quota and bytes used in the trash. Not supported by all remotes.</p> 687 <p>This will print to stdout something like this:</p> 688 <pre><code>Total: 17G 689 Used: 7.444G 690 Free: 1.315G 691 Trashed: 100.000M 692 Other: 8.241G</code></pre> 693 <p>Where the fields are:</p> 694 <ul> 695 <li>Total: total size available.</li> 696 <li>Used: total size used</li> 697 <li>Free: total amount this user could upload.</li> 698 <li>Trashed: total amount in the trash</li> 699 <li>Other: total amount in other storage (eg Gmail, Google Photos)</li> 700 <li>Objects: total number of objects in the storage</li> 701 </ul> 702 <p>Note that not all the backends provide all the fields - they will be missing if they are not known for that backend. Where it is known that the value is unlimited the value will also be omitted.</p> 703 <p>Use the –full flag to see the numbers written out in full, eg</p> 704 <pre><code>Total: 18253611008 705 Used: 7993453766 706 Free: 1411001220 707 Trashed: 104857602 708 Other: 8849156022</code></pre> 709 <p>Use the –json flag for a computer readable output, eg</p> 710 <pre><code>{ 711 "total": 18253611008, 712 "used": 7993453766, 713 "trashed": 104857602, 714 "other": 8849156022, 715 "free": 1411001220 716 }</code></pre> 717 <pre><code>rclone about remote: [flags]</code></pre> 718 <h3 id="options-18">Options</h3> 719 <pre><code> --full Full numbers instead of SI units 720 -h, --help help for about 721 --json Format output as JSON</code></pre> 722 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/flags/">global flags page</a> for global options not listed here.</p> 723 <h3 id="see-also-18">SEE ALSO</h3> 724 <ul> 725 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/">rclone</a> - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.</li> 726 </ul> 727 <h2 id="rclone-authorize">rclone authorize</h2> 728 <p>Remote authorization.</p> 729 <h3 id="synopsis-19">Synopsis</h3> 730 <p>Remote authorization. Used to authorize a remote or headless rclone from a machine with a browser - use as instructed by rclone config.</p> 731 <p>Use the –auth-no-open-browser to prevent rclone to open auth link in default browser automatically.</p> 732 <pre><code>rclone authorize [flags]</code></pre> 733 <h3 id="options-19">Options</h3> 734 <pre><code> --auth-no-open-browser Do not automatically open auth link in default browser 735 -h, --help help for authorize</code></pre> 736 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/flags/">global flags page</a> for global options not listed here.</p> 737 <h3 id="see-also-19">SEE ALSO</h3> 738 <ul> 739 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/">rclone</a> - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.</li> 740 </ul> 741 <h2 id="rclone-cachestats">rclone cachestats</h2> 742 <p>Print cache stats for a remote</p> 743 <h3 id="synopsis-20">Synopsis</h3> 744 <p>Print cache stats for a remote in JSON format</p> 745 <pre><code>rclone cachestats source: [flags]</code></pre> 746 <h3 id="options-20">Options</h3> 747 <pre><code> -h, --help help for cachestats</code></pre> 748 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/flags/">global flags page</a> for global options not listed here.</p> 749 <h3 id="see-also-20">SEE ALSO</h3> 750 <ul> 751 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/">rclone</a> - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.</li> 752 </ul> 753 <h2 id="rclone-cat">rclone cat</h2> 754 <p>Concatenates any files and sends them to stdout.</p> 755 <h3 id="synopsis-21">Synopsis</h3> 756 <p>rclone cat sends any files to standard output.</p> 757 <p>You can use it like this to output a single file</p> 758 <pre><code>rclone cat remote:path/to/file</code></pre> 759 <p>Or like this to output any file in dir or subdirectories.</p> 760 <pre><code>rclone cat remote:path/to/dir</code></pre> 761 <p>Or like this to output any .txt files in dir or subdirectories.</p> 762 <pre><code>rclone --include "*.txt" cat remote:path/to/dir</code></pre> 763 <p>Use the –head flag to print characters only at the start, –tail for the end and –offset and –count to print a section in the middle. Note that if offset is negative it will count from the end, so –offset -1 –count 1 is equivalent to –tail 1.</p> 764 <pre><code>rclone cat remote:path [flags]</code></pre> 765 <h3 id="options-21">Options</h3> 766 <pre><code> --count int Only print N characters. (default -1) 767 --discard Discard the output instead of printing. 768 --head int Only print the first N characters. 769 -h, --help help for cat 770 --offset int Start printing at offset N (or from end if -ve). 771 --tail int Only print the last N characters.</code></pre> 772 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/flags/">global flags page</a> for global options not listed here.</p> 773 <h3 id="see-also-21">SEE ALSO</h3> 774 <ul> 775 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/">rclone</a> - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.</li> 776 </ul> 777 <h2 id="rclone-config-create">rclone config create</h2> 778 <p>Create a new remote with name, type and options.</p> 779 <h3 id="synopsis-22">Synopsis</h3> 780 <p>Create a new remote of <name> with <type> and options. The options should be passed in in pairs of <key> <value>.</p> 781 <p>For example to make a swift remote of name myremote using auto config you would do:</p> 782 <pre><code>rclone config create myremote swift env_auth true</code></pre> 783 <p>Note that if the config process would normally ask a question the default is taken. Each time that happens rclone will print a message saying how to affect the value taken.</p> 784 <p>If any of the parameters passed is a password field, then rclone will automatically obscure them before putting them in the config file.</p> 785 <p>So for example if you wanted to configure a Google Drive remote but using remote authorization you would do this:</p> 786 <pre><code>rclone config create mydrive drive config_is_local false</code></pre> 787 <pre><code>rclone config create <name> <type> [<key> <value>]* [flags]</code></pre> 788 <h3 id="options-22">Options</h3> 789 <pre><code> -h, --help help for create</code></pre> 790 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/flags/">global flags page</a> for global options not listed here.</p> 791 <h3 id="see-also-22">SEE ALSO</h3> 792 <ul> 793 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config/">rclone config</a> - Enter an interactive configuration session.</li> 794 </ul> 795 <h2 id="rclone-config-delete">rclone config delete</h2> 796 <p>Delete an existing remote <name>.</p> 797 <h3 id="synopsis-23">Synopsis</h3> 798 <p>Delete an existing remote <name>.</p> 799 <pre><code>rclone config delete <name> [flags]</code></pre> 800 <h3 id="options-23">Options</h3> 801 <pre><code> -h, --help help for delete</code></pre> 802 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/flags/">global flags page</a> for global options not listed here.</p> 803 <h3 id="see-also-23">SEE ALSO</h3> 804 <ul> 805 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config/">rclone config</a> - Enter an interactive configuration session.</li> 806 </ul> 807 <h2 id="rclone-config-disconnect">rclone config disconnect</h2> 808 <p>Disconnects user from remote</p> 809 <h3 id="synopsis-24">Synopsis</h3> 810 <p>This disconnects the remote: passed in to the cloud storage system.</p> 811 <p>This normally means revoking the oauth token.</p> 812 <p>To reconnect use “rclone config reconnect”.</p> 813 <pre><code>rclone config disconnect remote: [flags]</code></pre> 814 <h3 id="options-24">Options</h3> 815 <pre><code> -h, --help help for disconnect</code></pre> 816 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/flags/">global flags page</a> for global options not listed here.</p> 817 <h3 id="see-also-24">SEE ALSO</h3> 818 <ul> 819 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config/">rclone config</a> - Enter an interactive configuration session.</li> 820 </ul> 821 <h2 id="rclone-config-dump">rclone config dump</h2> 822 <p>Dump the config file as JSON.</p> 823 <h3 id="synopsis-25">Synopsis</h3> 824 <p>Dump the config file as JSON.</p> 825 <pre><code>rclone config dump [flags]</code></pre> 826 <h3 id="options-25">Options</h3> 827 <pre><code> -h, --help help for dump</code></pre> 828 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/flags/">global flags page</a> for global options not listed here.</p> 829 <h3 id="see-also-25">SEE ALSO</h3> 830 <ul> 831 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config/">rclone config</a> - Enter an interactive configuration session.</li> 832 </ul> 833 <h2 id="rclone-config-edit">rclone config edit</h2> 834 <p>Enter an interactive configuration session.</p> 835 <h3 id="synopsis-26">Synopsis</h3> 836 <p>Enter an interactive configuration session where you can setup new remotes and manage existing ones. You may also set or remove a password to protect your configuration.</p> 837 <pre><code>rclone config edit [flags]</code></pre> 838 <h3 id="options-26">Options</h3> 839 <pre><code> -h, --help help for edit</code></pre> 840 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/flags/">global flags page</a> for global options not listed here.</p> 841 <h3 id="see-also-26">SEE ALSO</h3> 842 <ul> 843 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config/">rclone config</a> - Enter an interactive configuration session.</li> 844 </ul> 845 <h2 id="rclone-config-file">rclone config file</h2> 846 <p>Show path of configuration file in use.</p> 847 <h3 id="synopsis-27">Synopsis</h3> 848 <p>Show path of configuration file in use.</p> 849 <pre><code>rclone config file [flags]</code></pre> 850 <h3 id="options-27">Options</h3> 851 <pre><code> -h, --help help for file</code></pre> 852 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/flags/">global flags page</a> for global options not listed here.</p> 853 <h3 id="see-also-27">SEE ALSO</h3> 854 <ul> 855 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config/">rclone config</a> - Enter an interactive configuration session.</li> 856 </ul> 857 <h2 id="rclone-config-password">rclone config password</h2> 858 <p>Update password in an existing remote.</p> 859 <h3 id="synopsis-28">Synopsis</h3> 860 <p>Update an existing remote’s password. The password should be passed in in pairs of <key> <value>.</p> 861 <p>For example to set password of a remote of name myremote you would do:</p> 862 <pre><code>rclone config password myremote fieldname mypassword</code></pre> 863 <p>This command is obsolete now that “config update” and “config create” both support obscuring passwords directly.</p> 864 <pre><code>rclone config password <name> [<key> <value>]+ [flags]</code></pre> 865 <h3 id="options-28">Options</h3> 866 <pre><code> -h, --help help for password</code></pre> 867 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/flags/">global flags page</a> for global options not listed here.</p> 868 <h3 id="see-also-28">SEE ALSO</h3> 869 <ul> 870 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config/">rclone config</a> - Enter an interactive configuration session.</li> 871 </ul> 872 <h2 id="rclone-config-providers">rclone config providers</h2> 873 <p>List in JSON format all the providers and options.</p> 874 <h3 id="synopsis-29">Synopsis</h3> 875 <p>List in JSON format all the providers and options.</p> 876 <pre><code>rclone config providers [flags]</code></pre> 877 <h3 id="options-29">Options</h3> 878 <pre><code> -h, --help help for providers</code></pre> 879 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/flags/">global flags page</a> for global options not listed here.</p> 880 <h3 id="see-also-29">SEE ALSO</h3> 881 <ul> 882 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config/">rclone config</a> - Enter an interactive configuration session.</li> 883 </ul> 884 <h2 id="rclone-config-reconnect">rclone config reconnect</h2> 885 <p>Re-authenticates user with remote.</p> 886 <h3 id="synopsis-30">Synopsis</h3> 887 <p>This reconnects remote: passed in to the cloud storage system.</p> 888 <p>To disconnect the remote use “rclone config disconnect”.</p> 889 <p>This normally means going through the interactive oauth flow again.</p> 890 <pre><code>rclone config reconnect remote: [flags]</code></pre> 891 <h3 id="options-30">Options</h3> 892 <pre><code> -h, --help help for reconnect</code></pre> 893 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/flags/">global flags page</a> for global options not listed here.</p> 894 <h3 id="see-also-30">SEE ALSO</h3> 895 <ul> 896 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config/">rclone config</a> - Enter an interactive configuration session.</li> 897 </ul> 898 <h2 id="rclone-config-show">rclone config show</h2> 899 <p>Print (decrypted) config file, or the config for a single remote.</p> 900 <h3 id="synopsis-31">Synopsis</h3> 901 <p>Print (decrypted) config file, or the config for a single remote.</p> 902 <pre><code>rclone config show [<remote>] [flags]</code></pre> 903 <h3 id="options-31">Options</h3> 904 <pre><code> -h, --help help for show</code></pre> 905 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/flags/">global flags page</a> for global options not listed here.</p> 906 <h3 id="see-also-31">SEE ALSO</h3> 907 <ul> 908 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config/">rclone config</a> - Enter an interactive configuration session.</li> 909 </ul> 910 <h2 id="rclone-config-update">rclone config update</h2> 911 <p>Update options in an existing remote.</p> 912 <h3 id="synopsis-32">Synopsis</h3> 913 <p>Update an existing remote’s options. The options should be passed in in pairs of <key> <value>.</p> 914 <p>For example to update the env_auth field of a remote of name myremote you would do:</p> 915 <pre><code>rclone config update myremote swift env_auth true</code></pre> 916 <p>If any of the parameters passed is a password field, then rclone will automatically obscure them before putting them in the config file.</p> 917 <p>If the remote uses oauth the token will be updated, if you don’t require this add an extra parameter thus:</p> 918 <pre><code>rclone config update myremote swift env_auth true config_refresh_token false</code></pre> 919 <pre><code>rclone config update <name> [<key> <value>]+ [flags]</code></pre> 920 <h3 id="options-32">Options</h3> 921 <pre><code> -h, --help help for update</code></pre> 922 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/flags/">global flags page</a> for global options not listed here.</p> 923 <h3 id="see-also-32">SEE ALSO</h3> 924 <ul> 925 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config/">rclone config</a> - Enter an interactive configuration session.</li> 926 </ul> 927 <h2 id="rclone-config-userinfo">rclone config userinfo</h2> 928 <p>Prints info about logged in user of remote.</p> 929 <h3 id="synopsis-33">Synopsis</h3> 930 <p>This prints the details of the person logged in to the cloud storage system.</p> 931 <pre><code>rclone config userinfo remote: [flags]</code></pre> 932 <h3 id="options-33">Options</h3> 933 <pre><code> -h, --help help for userinfo 934 --json Format output as JSON</code></pre> 935 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/flags/">global flags page</a> for global options not listed here.</p> 936 <h3 id="see-also-33">SEE ALSO</h3> 937 <ul> 938 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config/">rclone config</a> - Enter an interactive configuration session.</li> 939 </ul> 940 <h2 id="rclone-copyto">rclone copyto</h2> 941 <p>Copy files from source to dest, skipping already copied</p> 942 <h3 id="synopsis-34">Synopsis</h3> 943 <p>If source:path is a file or directory then it copies it to a file or directory named dest:path.</p> 944 <p>This can be used to upload single files to other than their current name. If the source is a directory then it acts exactly like the copy command.</p> 945 <p>So</p> 946 <pre><code>rclone copyto src dst</code></pre> 947 <p>where src and dst are rclone paths, either remote:path or /path/to/local or C:.</p> 948 <p>This will:</p> 949 <pre><code>if src is file 950 copy it to dst, overwriting an existing file if it exists 951 if src is directory 952 copy it to dst, overwriting existing files if they exist 953 see copy command for full details</code></pre> 954 <p>This doesn’t transfer unchanged files, testing by size and modification time or MD5SUM. It doesn’t delete files from the destination.</p> 955 <p><strong>Note</strong>: Use the <code>-P</code>/<code>--progress</code> flag to view real-time transfer statistics</p> 956 <pre><code>rclone copyto source:path dest:path [flags]</code></pre> 957 <h3 id="options-34">Options</h3> 958 <pre><code> -h, --help help for copyto</code></pre> 959 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/flags/">global flags page</a> for global options not listed here.</p> 960 <h3 id="see-also-34">SEE ALSO</h3> 961 <ul> 962 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/">rclone</a> - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.</li> 963 </ul> 964 <h2 id="rclone-copyurl">rclone copyurl</h2> 965 <p>Copy url content to dest.</p> 966 <h3 id="synopsis-35">Synopsis</h3> 967 <p>Download a URL’s content and copy it to the destination without saving it in temporary storage.</p> 968 <p>Setting –auto-filename will cause the file name to be retreived from the from URL (after any redirections) and used in the destination path.</p> 969 <p>Setting –stdout or making the output file name “-” will cause the output to be written to standard output.</p> 970 <pre><code>rclone copyurl https://example.com dest:path [flags]</code></pre> 971 <h3 id="options-35">Options</h3> 972 <pre><code> -a, --auto-filename Get the file name from the URL and use it for destination file path 973 -h, --help help for copyurl 974 --stdout Write the output to stdout rather than a file</code></pre> 975 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/flags/">global flags page</a> for global options not listed here.</p> 976 <h3 id="see-also-35">SEE ALSO</h3> 977 <ul> 978 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/">rclone</a> - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.</li> 979 </ul> 980 <h2 id="rclone-cryptcheck">rclone cryptcheck</h2> 981 <p>Cryptcheck checks the integrity of a crypted remote.</p> 982 <h3 id="synopsis-36">Synopsis</h3> 983 <p>rclone cryptcheck checks a remote against a crypted remote. This is the equivalent of running rclone check, but able to check the checksums of the crypted remote.</p> 984 <p>For it to work the underlying remote of the cryptedremote must support some kind of checksum.</p> 985 <p>It works by reading the nonce from each file on the cryptedremote: and using that to encrypt each file on the remote:. It then checks the checksum of the underlying file on the cryptedremote: against the checksum of the file it has just encrypted.</p> 986 <p>Use it like this</p> 987 <pre><code>rclone cryptcheck /path/to/files encryptedremote:path</code></pre> 988 <p>You can use it like this also, but that will involve downloading all the files in remote:path.</p> 989 <pre><code>rclone cryptcheck remote:path encryptedremote:path</code></pre> 990 <p>After it has run it will log the status of the encryptedremote:.</p> 991 <p>If you supply the –one-way flag, it will only check that files in source match the files in destination, not the other way around. Meaning extra files in destination that are not in the source will not trigger an error.</p> 992 <pre><code>rclone cryptcheck remote:path cryptedremote:path [flags]</code></pre> 993 <h3 id="options-36">Options</h3> 994 <pre><code> -h, --help help for cryptcheck 995 --one-way Check one way only, source files must exist on destination</code></pre> 996 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/flags/">global flags page</a> for global options not listed here.</p> 997 <h3 id="see-also-36">SEE ALSO</h3> 998 <ul> 999 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/">rclone</a> - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.</li> 1000 </ul> 1001 <h2 id="rclone-cryptdecode">rclone cryptdecode</h2> 1002 <p>Cryptdecode returns unencrypted file names.</p> 1003 <h3 id="synopsis-37">Synopsis</h3> 1004 <p>rclone cryptdecode returns unencrypted file names when provided with a list of encrypted file names. List limit is 10 items.</p> 1005 <p>If you supply the –reverse flag, it will return encrypted file names.</p> 1006 <p>use it like this</p> 1007 <pre><code>rclone cryptdecode encryptedremote: encryptedfilename1 encryptedfilename2 1008 1009 rclone cryptdecode --reverse encryptedremote: filename1 filename2</code></pre> 1010 <pre><code>rclone cryptdecode encryptedremote: encryptedfilename [flags]</code></pre> 1011 <h3 id="options-37">Options</h3> 1012 <pre><code> -h, --help help for cryptdecode 1013 --reverse Reverse cryptdecode, encrypts filenames</code></pre> 1014 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/flags/">global flags page</a> for global options not listed here.</p> 1015 <h3 id="see-also-37">SEE ALSO</h3> 1016 <ul> 1017 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/">rclone</a> - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.</li> 1018 </ul> 1019 <h2 id="rclone-dbhashsum">rclone dbhashsum</h2> 1020 <p>Produces a Dropbox hash file for all the objects in the path.</p> 1021 <h3 id="synopsis-38">Synopsis</h3> 1022 <p>Produces a Dropbox hash file for all the objects in the path. The hashes are calculated according to <a href="https://www.dropbox.com/developers/reference/content-hash">Dropbox content hash rules</a>. The output is in the same format as md5sum and sha1sum.</p> 1023 <pre><code>rclone dbhashsum remote:path [flags]</code></pre> 1024 <h3 id="options-38">Options</h3> 1025 <pre><code> -h, --help help for dbhashsum</code></pre> 1026 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/flags/">global flags page</a> for global options not listed here.</p> 1027 <h3 id="see-also-38">SEE ALSO</h3> 1028 <ul> 1029 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/">rclone</a> - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.</li> 1030 </ul> 1031 <h2 id="rclone-deletefile">rclone deletefile</h2> 1032 <p>Remove a single file from remote.</p> 1033 <h3 id="synopsis-39">Synopsis</h3> 1034 <p>Remove a single file from remote. Unlike <code>delete</code> it cannot be used to remove a directory and it doesn’t obey include/exclude filters - if the specified file exists, it will always be removed.</p> 1035 <pre><code>rclone deletefile remote:path [flags]</code></pre> 1036 <h3 id="options-39">Options</h3> 1037 <pre><code> -h, --help help for deletefile</code></pre> 1038 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/flags/">global flags page</a> for global options not listed here.</p> 1039 <h3 id="see-also-39">SEE ALSO</h3> 1040 <ul> 1041 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/">rclone</a> - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.</li> 1042 </ul> 1043 <h2 id="rclone-genautocomplete">rclone genautocomplete</h2> 1044 <p>Output completion script for a given shell.</p> 1045 <h3 id="synopsis-40">Synopsis</h3> 1046 <p>Generates a shell completion script for rclone. Run with –help to list the supported shells.</p> 1047 <h3 id="options-40">Options</h3> 1048 <pre><code> -h, --help help for genautocomplete</code></pre> 1049 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/flags/">global flags page</a> for global options not listed here.</p> 1050 <h3 id="see-also-40">SEE ALSO</h3> 1051 <ul> 1052 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/">rclone</a> - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.</li> 1053 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_genautocomplete_bash/">rclone genautocomplete bash</a> - Output bash completion script for rclone.</li> 1054 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_genautocomplete_zsh/">rclone genautocomplete zsh</a> - Output zsh completion script for rclone.</li> 1055 </ul> 1056 <h2 id="rclone-genautocomplete-bash">rclone genautocomplete bash</h2> 1057 <p>Output bash completion script for rclone.</p> 1058 <h3 id="synopsis-41">Synopsis</h3> 1059 <p>Generates a bash shell autocompletion script for rclone.</p> 1060 <p>This writes to /etc/bash_completion.d/rclone by default so will probably need to be run with sudo or as root, eg</p> 1061 <pre><code>sudo rclone genautocomplete bash</code></pre> 1062 <p>Logout and login again to use the autocompletion scripts, or source them directly</p> 1063 <pre><code>. /etc/bash_completion</code></pre> 1064 <p>If you supply a command line argument the script will be written there.</p> 1065 <pre><code>rclone genautocomplete bash [output_file] [flags]</code></pre> 1066 <h3 id="options-41">Options</h3> 1067 <pre><code> -h, --help help for bash</code></pre> 1068 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/flags/">global flags page</a> for global options not listed here.</p> 1069 <h3 id="see-also-41">SEE ALSO</h3> 1070 <ul> 1071 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_genautocomplete/">rclone genautocomplete</a> - Output completion script for a given shell.</li> 1072 </ul> 1073 <h2 id="rclone-genautocomplete-zsh">rclone genautocomplete zsh</h2> 1074 <p>Output zsh completion script for rclone.</p> 1075 <h3 id="synopsis-42">Synopsis</h3> 1076 <p>Generates a zsh autocompletion script for rclone.</p> 1077 <p>This writes to /usr/share/zsh/vendor-completions/_rclone by default so will probably need to be run with sudo or as root, eg</p> 1078 <pre><code>sudo rclone genautocomplete zsh</code></pre> 1079 <p>Logout and login again to use the autocompletion scripts, or source them directly</p> 1080 <pre><code>autoload -U compinit && compinit</code></pre> 1081 <p>If you supply a command line argument the script will be written there.</p> 1082 <pre><code>rclone genautocomplete zsh [output_file] [flags]</code></pre> 1083 <h3 id="options-42">Options</h3> 1084 <pre><code> -h, --help help for zsh</code></pre> 1085 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/flags/">global flags page</a> for global options not listed here.</p> 1086 <h3 id="see-also-42">SEE ALSO</h3> 1087 <ul> 1088 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_genautocomplete/">rclone genautocomplete</a> - Output completion script for a given shell.</li> 1089 </ul> 1090 <h2 id="rclone-gendocs">rclone gendocs</h2> 1091 <p>Output markdown docs for rclone to the directory supplied.</p> 1092 <h3 id="synopsis-43">Synopsis</h3> 1093 <p>This produces markdown docs for the rclone commands to the directory supplied. These are in a format suitable for hugo to render into the rclone.org website.</p> 1094 <pre><code>rclone gendocs output_directory [flags]</code></pre> 1095 <h3 id="options-43">Options</h3> 1096 <pre><code> -h, --help help for gendocs</code></pre> 1097 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/flags/">global flags page</a> for global options not listed here.</p> 1098 <h3 id="see-also-43">SEE ALSO</h3> 1099 <ul> 1100 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/">rclone</a> - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.</li> 1101 </ul> 1102 <h2 id="rclone-hashsum">rclone hashsum</h2> 1103 <p>Produces an hashsum file for all the objects in the path.</p> 1104 <h3 id="synopsis-44">Synopsis</h3> 1105 <p>Produces a hash file for all the objects in the path using the hash named. The output is in the same format as the standard md5sum/sha1sum tool.</p> 1106 <p>Run without a hash to see the list of supported hashes, eg</p> 1107 <pre><code>$ rclone hashsum 1108 Supported hashes are: 1109 * MD5 1110 * SHA-1 1111 * DropboxHash 1112 * QuickXorHash</code></pre> 1113 <p>Then</p> 1114 <pre><code>$ rclone hashsum MD5 remote:path</code></pre> 1115 <pre><code>rclone hashsum <hash> remote:path [flags]</code></pre> 1116 <h3 id="options-44">Options</h3> 1117 <pre><code> --base64 Output base64 encoded hashsum 1118 -h, --help help for hashsum</code></pre> 1119 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/flags/">global flags page</a> for global options not listed here.</p> 1120 <h3 id="see-also-44">SEE ALSO</h3> 1121 <ul> 1122 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/">rclone</a> - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.</li> 1123 </ul> 1124 <h2 id="rclone-link">rclone link</h2> 1125 <p>Generate public link to file/folder.</p> 1126 <h3 id="synopsis-45">Synopsis</h3> 1127 <p>rclone link will create or retrieve a public link to the given file or folder.</p> 1128 <pre><code>rclone link remote:path/to/file 1129 rclone link remote:path/to/folder/</code></pre> 1130 <p>If successful, the last line of the output will contain the link. Exact capabilities depend on the remote, but the link will always be created with the least constraints – e.g. no expiry, no password protection, accessible without account.</p> 1131 <pre><code>rclone link remote:path [flags]</code></pre> 1132 <h3 id="options-45">Options</h3> 1133 <pre><code> -h, --help help for link</code></pre> 1134 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/flags/">global flags page</a> for global options not listed here.</p> 1135 <h3 id="see-also-45">SEE ALSO</h3> 1136 <ul> 1137 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/">rclone</a> - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.</li> 1138 </ul> 1139 <h2 id="rclone-listremotes">rclone listremotes</h2> 1140 <p>List all the remotes in the config file.</p> 1141 <h3 id="synopsis-46">Synopsis</h3> 1142 <p>rclone listremotes lists all the available remotes from the config file.</p> 1143 <p>When uses with the -l flag it lists the types too.</p> 1144 <pre><code>rclone listremotes [flags]</code></pre> 1145 <h3 id="options-46">Options</h3> 1146 <pre><code> -h, --help help for listremotes 1147 --long Show the type as well as names.</code></pre> 1148 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/flags/">global flags page</a> for global options not listed here.</p> 1149 <h3 id="see-also-46">SEE ALSO</h3> 1150 <ul> 1151 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/">rclone</a> - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.</li> 1152 </ul> 1153 <h2 id="rclone-lsf">rclone lsf</h2> 1154 <p>List directories and objects in remote:path formatted for parsing</p> 1155 <h3 id="synopsis-47">Synopsis</h3> 1156 <p>List the contents of the source path (directories and objects) to standard output in a form which is easy to parse by scripts. By default this will just be the names of the objects and directories, one per line. The directories will have a / suffix.</p> 1157 <p>Eg</p> 1158 <pre><code>$ rclone lsf swift:bucket 1159 bevajer5jef 1160 canole 1161 diwogej7 1162 ferejej3gux/ 1163 fubuwic</code></pre> 1164 <p>Use the –format option to control what gets listed. By default this is just the path, but you can use these parameters to control the output:</p> 1165 <pre><code>p - path 1166 s - size 1167 t - modification time 1168 h - hash 1169 i - ID of object 1170 o - Original ID of underlying object 1171 m - MimeType of object if known 1172 e - encrypted name 1173 T - tier of storage if known, eg "Hot" or "Cool"</code></pre> 1174 <p>So if you wanted the path, size and modification time, you would use –format “pst”, or maybe –format “tsp” to put the path last.</p> 1175 <p>Eg</p> 1176 <pre><code>$ rclone lsf --format "tsp" swift:bucket 1177 2016-06-25 18:55:41;60295;bevajer5jef 1178 2016-06-25 18:55:43;90613;canole 1179 2016-06-25 18:55:43;94467;diwogej7 1180 2018-04-26 08:50:45;0;ferejej3gux/ 1181 2016-06-25 18:55:40;37600;fubuwic</code></pre> 1182 <p>If you specify “h” in the format you will get the MD5 hash by default, use the “–hash” flag to change which hash you want. Note that this can be returned as an empty string if it isn’t available on the object (and for directories), “ERROR” if there was an error reading it from the object and “UNSUPPORTED” if that object does not support that hash type.</p> 1183 <p>For example to emulate the md5sum command you can use</p> 1184 <pre><code>rclone lsf -R --hash MD5 --format hp --separator " " --files-only .</code></pre> 1185 <p>Eg</p> 1186 <pre><code>$ rclone lsf -R --hash MD5 --format hp --separator " " --files-only swift:bucket 1187 7908e352297f0f530b84a756f188baa3 bevajer5jef 1188 cd65ac234e6fea5925974a51cdd865cc canole 1189 03b5341b4f234b9d984d03ad076bae91 diwogej7 1190 8fd37c3810dd660778137ac3a66cc06d fubuwic 1191 99713e14a4c4ff553acaf1930fad985b gixacuh7ku</code></pre> 1192 <p>(Though “rclone md5sum .” is an easier way of typing this.)</p> 1193 <p>By default the separator is “;” this can be changed with the –separator flag. Note that separators aren’t escaped in the path so putting it last is a good strategy.</p> 1194 <p>Eg</p> 1195 <pre><code>$ rclone lsf --separator "," --format "tshp" swift:bucket 1196 2016-06-25 18:55:41,60295,7908e352297f0f530b84a756f188baa3,bevajer5jef 1197 2016-06-25 18:55:43,90613,cd65ac234e6fea5925974a51cdd865cc,canole 1198 2016-06-25 18:55:43,94467,03b5341b4f234b9d984d03ad076bae91,diwogej7 1199 2018-04-26 08:52:53,0,,ferejej3gux/ 1200 2016-06-25 18:55:40,37600,8fd37c3810dd660778137ac3a66cc06d,fubuwic</code></pre> 1201 <p>You can output in CSV standard format. This will escape things in " if they contain ,</p> 1202 <p>Eg</p> 1203 <pre><code>$ rclone lsf --csv --files-only --format ps remote:path 1204 test.log,22355 1205 test.sh,449 1206 "this file contains a comma, in the file name.txt",6</code></pre> 1207 <p>Note that the –absolute parameter is useful for making lists of files to pass to an rclone copy with the –files-from flag.</p> 1208 <p>For example to find all the files modified within one day and copy those only (without traversing the whole directory structure):</p> 1209 <pre><code>rclone lsf --absolute --files-only --max-age 1d /path/to/local > new_files 1210 rclone copy --files-from new_files /path/to/local remote:path</code></pre> 1211 <p>Any of the filtering options can be applied to this command.</p> 1212 <p>There are several related list commands</p> 1213 <ul> 1214 <li><code>ls</code> to list size and path of objects only</li> 1215 <li><code>lsl</code> to list modification time, size and path of objects only</li> 1216 <li><code>lsd</code> to list directories only</li> 1217 <li><code>lsf</code> to list objects and directories in easy to parse format</li> 1218 <li><code>lsjson</code> to list objects and directories in JSON format</li> 1219 </ul> 1220 <p><code>ls</code>,<code>lsl</code>,<code>lsd</code> are designed to be human readable. <code>lsf</code> is designed to be human and machine readable. <code>lsjson</code> is designed to be machine readable.</p> 1221 <p>Note that <code>ls</code> and <code>lsl</code> recurse by default - use “–max-depth 1” to stop the recursion.</p> 1222 <p>The other list commands <code>lsd</code>,<code>lsf</code>,<code>lsjson</code> do not recurse by default - use “-R” to make them recurse.</p> 1223 <p>Listing a non existent directory will produce an error except for remotes which can’t have empty directories (eg s3, swift, gcs, etc - the bucket based remotes).</p> 1224 <pre><code>rclone lsf remote:path [flags]</code></pre> 1225 <h3 id="options-47">Options</h3> 1226 <pre><code> --absolute Put a leading / in front of path names. 1227 --csv Output in CSV format. 1228 -d, --dir-slash Append a slash to directory names. (default true) 1229 --dirs-only Only list directories. 1230 --files-only Only list files. 1231 -F, --format string Output format - see help for details (default "p") 1232 --hash h Use this hash when h is used in the format MD5|SHA-1|DropboxHash (default "MD5") 1233 -h, --help help for lsf 1234 -R, --recursive Recurse into the listing. 1235 -s, --separator string Separator for the items in the format. (default ";")</code></pre> 1236 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/flags/">global flags page</a> for global options not listed here.</p> 1237 <h3 id="see-also-47">SEE ALSO</h3> 1238 <ul> 1239 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/">rclone</a> - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.</li> 1240 </ul> 1241 <h2 id="rclone-lsjson">rclone lsjson</h2> 1242 <p>List directories and objects in the path in JSON format.</p> 1243 <h3 id="synopsis-48">Synopsis</h3> 1244 <p>List directories and objects in the path in JSON format.</p> 1245 <p>The output is an array of Items, where each Item looks like this</p> 1246 <p>{ “Hashes” : { “SHA-1” : “f572d396fae9206628714fb2ce00f72e94f2258f”, “MD5” : “b1946ac92492d2347c6235b4d2611184”, “DropboxHash” : “ecb65bb98f9d905b70458986c39fcbad7715e5f2fcc3b1f07767d7c83e2438cc” }, “ID”: “y2djkhiujf83u33”, “OrigID”: “UYOJVTUW00Q1RzTDA”, “IsBucket” : false, “IsDir” : false, “MimeType” : “application/octet-stream”, “ModTime” : “2017-05-31T16:15:57.034468261+01:00”, “Name” : “file.txt”, “Encrypted” : “v0qpsdq8anpci8n929v3uu9338”, “EncryptedPath” : “kja9098349023498/v0qpsdq8anpci8n929v3uu9338”, “Path” : “full/path/goes/here/file.txt”, “Size” : 6, “Tier” : “hot”, }</p> 1247 <p>If –hash is not specified the Hashes property won’t be emitted.</p> 1248 <p>If –no-modtime is specified then ModTime will be blank. This can speed things up on remotes where reading the ModTime takes an extra request (eg s3, swift).</p> 1249 <p>If –no-mimetype is specified then MimeType will be blank. This can speed things up on remotes where reading the MimeType takes an extra request (eg s3, swift).</p> 1250 <p>If –encrypted is not specified the Encrypted won’t be emitted.</p> 1251 <p>If –dirs-only is not specified files in addition to directories are returned</p> 1252 <p>If –files-only is not specified directories in addition to the files will be returned.</p> 1253 <p>The Path field will only show folders below the remote path being listed. If “remote:path” contains the file “subfolder/file.txt”, the Path for “file.txt” will be “subfolder/file.txt”, not “remote:path/subfolder/file.txt”. When used without –recursive the Path will always be the same as Name.</p> 1254 <p>If the directory is a bucket in a bucket based backend, then “IsBucket” will be set to true. This key won’t be present unless it is “true”.</p> 1255 <p>The time is in RFC3339 format with up to nanosecond precision. The number of decimal digits in the seconds will depend on the precision that the remote can hold the times, so if times are accurate to the nearest millisecond (eg Google Drive) then 3 digits will always be shown (“2017-05-31T16:15:57.034+01:00”) whereas if the times are accurate to the nearest second (Dropbox, Box, WebDav etc) no digits will be shown (“2017-05-31T16:15:57+01:00”).</p> 1256 <p>The whole output can be processed as a JSON blob, or alternatively it can be processed line by line as each item is written one to a line.</p> 1257 <p>Any of the filtering options can be applied to this command.</p> 1258 <p>There are several related list commands</p> 1259 <ul> 1260 <li><code>ls</code> to list size and path of objects only</li> 1261 <li><code>lsl</code> to list modification time, size and path of objects only</li> 1262 <li><code>lsd</code> to list directories only</li> 1263 <li><code>lsf</code> to list objects and directories in easy to parse format</li> 1264 <li><code>lsjson</code> to list objects and directories in JSON format</li> 1265 </ul> 1266 <p><code>ls</code>,<code>lsl</code>,<code>lsd</code> are designed to be human readable. <code>lsf</code> is designed to be human and machine readable. <code>lsjson</code> is designed to be machine readable.</p> 1267 <p>Note that <code>ls</code> and <code>lsl</code> recurse by default - use “–max-depth 1” to stop the recursion.</p> 1268 <p>The other list commands <code>lsd</code>,<code>lsf</code>,<code>lsjson</code> do not recurse by default - use “-R” to make them recurse.</p> 1269 <p>Listing a non existent directory will produce an error except for remotes which can’t have empty directories (eg s3, swift, gcs, etc - the bucket based remotes).</p> 1270 <pre><code>rclone lsjson remote:path [flags]</code></pre> 1271 <h3 id="options-48">Options</h3> 1272 <pre><code> --dirs-only Show only directories in the listing. 1273 -M, --encrypted Show the encrypted names. 1274 --files-only Show only files in the listing. 1275 --hash Include hashes in the output (may take longer). 1276 -h, --help help for lsjson 1277 --no-mimetype Don't read the mime type (can speed things up). 1278 --no-modtime Don't read the modification time (can speed things up). 1279 --original Show the ID of the underlying Object. 1280 -R, --recursive Recurse into the listing.</code></pre> 1281 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/flags/">global flags page</a> for global options not listed here.</p> 1282 <h3 id="see-also-48">SEE ALSO</h3> 1283 <ul> 1284 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/">rclone</a> - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.</li> 1285 </ul> 1286 <h2 id="rclone-mount">rclone mount</h2> 1287 <p>Mount the remote as file system on a mountpoint.</p> 1288 <h3 id="synopsis-49">Synopsis</h3> 1289 <p>rclone mount allows Linux, FreeBSD, macOS and Windows to mount any of Rclone’s cloud storage systems as a file system with FUSE.</p> 1290 <p>First set up your remote using <code>rclone config</code>. Check it works with <code>rclone ls</code> etc.</p> 1291 <p>Start the mount like this</p> 1292 <pre><code>rclone mount remote:path/to/files /path/to/local/mount</code></pre> 1293 <p>Or on Windows like this where X: is an unused drive letter</p> 1294 <pre><code>rclone mount remote:path/to/files X:</code></pre> 1295 <p>When the program ends, either via Ctrl+C or receiving a SIGINT or SIGTERM signal, the mount is automatically stopped.</p> 1296 <p>The umount operation can fail, for example when the mountpoint is busy. When that happens, it is the user’s responsibility to stop the mount manually with</p> 1297 <pre><code># Linux 1298 fusermount -u /path/to/local/mount 1299 # OS X 1300 umount /path/to/local/mount</code></pre> 1301 <h3 id="installing-on-windows">Installing on Windows</h3> 1302 <p>To run rclone mount on Windows, you will need to download and install <a href="http://www.secfs.net/winfsp/">WinFsp</a>.</p> 1303 <p>WinFsp is an <a href="https://github.com/billziss-gh/winfsp">open source</a> Windows File System Proxy which makes it easy to write user space file systems for Windows. It provides a FUSE emulation layer which rclone uses combination with <a href="https://github.com/billziss-gh/cgofuse">cgofuse</a>. Both of these packages are by Bill Zissimopoulos who was very helpful during the implementation of rclone mount for Windows.</p> 1304 <h4 id="windows-caveats">Windows caveats</h4> 1305 <p>Note that drives created as Administrator are not visible by other accounts (including the account that was elevated as Administrator). So if you start a Windows drive from an Administrative Command Prompt and then try to access the same drive from Explorer (which does not run as Administrator), you will not be able to see the new drive.</p> 1306 <p>The easiest way around this is to start the drive from a normal command prompt. It is also possible to start a drive from the SYSTEM account (using <a href="https://github.com/billziss-gh/winfsp/wiki/WinFsp-Service-Architecture">the WinFsp.Launcher infrastructure</a>) which creates drives accessible for everyone on the system or alternatively using <a href="https://nssm.cc/usage">the nssm service manager</a>.</p> 1307 <h3 id="limitations">Limitations</h3> 1308 <p>Without the use of “–vfs-cache-mode” this can only write files sequentially, it can only seek when reading. This means that many applications won’t work with their files on an rclone mount without “–vfs-cache-mode writes” or “–vfs-cache-mode full”. See the <a href="#file-caching">File Caching</a> section for more info.</p> 1309 <p>The bucket based remotes (eg Swift, S3, Google Compute Storage, B2, Hubic) do not support the concept of empty directories, so empty directories will have a tendency to disappear once they fall out of the directory cache.</p> 1310 <p>Only supported on Linux, FreeBSD, OS X and Windows at the moment.</p> 1311 <h3 id="rclone-mount-vs-rclone-synccopy">rclone mount vs rclone sync/copy</h3> 1312 <p>File systems expect things to be 100% reliable, whereas cloud storage systems are a long way from 100% reliable. The rclone sync/copy commands cope with this with lots of retries. However rclone mount can’t use retries in the same way without making local copies of the uploads. Look at the <a href="#file-caching">file caching</a> for solutions to make mount more reliable.</p> 1313 <h3 id="attribute-caching">Attribute caching</h3> 1314 <p>You can use the flag –attr-timeout to set the time the kernel caches the attributes (size, modification time etc) for directory entries.</p> 1315 <p>The default is “1s” which caches files just long enough to avoid too many callbacks to rclone from the kernel.</p> 1316 <p>In theory 0s should be the correct value for filesystems which can change outside the control of the kernel. However this causes quite a few problems such as <a href="https://github.com/rclone/rclone/issues/2157">rclone using too much memory</a>, <a href="https://forum.rclone.org/t/rclone-1-39-vs-1-40-mount-issue/5112">rclone not serving files to samba</a> and <a href="https://github.com/rclone/rclone/issues/2095#issuecomment-371141147">excessive time listing directories</a>.</p> 1317 <p>The kernel can cache the info about a file for the time given by “–attr-timeout”. You may see corruption if the remote file changes length during this window. It will show up as either a truncated file or a file with garbage on the end. With “–attr-timeout 1s” this is very unlikely but not impossible. The higher you set “–attr-timeout” the more likely it is. The default setting of “1s” is the lowest setting which mitigates the problems above.</p> 1318 <p>If you set it higher (‘10s’ or ‘1m’ say) then the kernel will call back to rclone less often making it more efficient, however there is more chance of the corruption issue above.</p> 1319 <p>If files don’t change on the remote outside of the control of rclone then there is no chance of corruption.</p> 1320 <p>This is the same as setting the attr_timeout option in mount.fuse.</p> 1321 <h3 id="filters">Filters</h3> 1322 <p>Note that all the rclone filters can be used to select a subset of the files to be visible in the mount.</p> 1323 <h3 id="systemd">systemd</h3> 1324 <p>When running rclone mount as a systemd service, it is possible to use Type=notify. In this case the service will enter the started state after the mountpoint has been successfully set up. Units having the rclone mount service specified as a requirement will see all files and folders immediately in this mode.</p> 1325 <h3 id="chunked-reading">chunked reading</h3> 1326 <p>–vfs-read-chunk-size will enable reading the source objects in parts. This can reduce the used download quota for some remotes by requesting only chunks from the remote that are actually read at the cost of an increased number of requests.</p> 1327 <p>When –vfs-read-chunk-size-limit is also specified and greater than –vfs-read-chunk-size, the chunk size for each open file will get doubled for each chunk read, until the specified value is reached. A value of -1 will disable the limit and the chunk size will grow indefinitely.</p> 1328 <p>With –vfs-read-chunk-size 100M and –vfs-read-chunk-size-limit 0 the following parts will be downloaded: 0-100M, 100M-200M, 200M-300M, 300M-400M and so on. When –vfs-read-chunk-size-limit 500M is specified, the result would be 0-100M, 100M-300M, 300M-700M, 700M-1200M, 1200M-1700M and so on.</p> 1329 <p>Chunked reading will only work with –vfs-cache-mode < full, as the file will always be copied to the vfs cache before opening with –vfs-cache-mode full.</p> 1330 <h3 id="directory-cache">Directory Cache</h3> 1331 <p>Using the <code>--dir-cache-time</code> flag, you can set how long a directory should be considered up to date and not refreshed from the backend. Changes made locally in the mount may appear immediately or invalidate the cache. However, changes done on the remote will only be picked up once the cache expires.</p> 1332 <p>Alternatively, you can send a <code>SIGHUP</code> signal to rclone for it to flush all directory caches, regardless of how old they are. Assuming only one rclone instance is running, you can reset the cache like this:</p> 1333 <pre><code>kill -SIGHUP $(pidof rclone)</code></pre> 1334 <p>If you configure rclone with a <a href="/rc">remote control</a> then you can use rclone rc to flush the whole directory cache:</p> 1335 <pre><code>rclone rc vfs/forget</code></pre> 1336 <p>Or individual files or directories:</p> 1337 <pre><code>rclone rc vfs/forget file=path/to/file dir=path/to/dir</code></pre> 1338 <h3 id="file-buffering">File Buffering</h3> 1339 <p>The <code>--buffer-size</code> flag determines the amount of memory, that will be used to buffer data in advance.</p> 1340 <p>Each open file descriptor will try to keep the specified amount of data in memory at all times. The buffered data is bound to one file descriptor and won’t be shared between multiple open file descriptors of the same file.</p> 1341 <p>This flag is a upper limit for the used memory per file descriptor. The buffer will only use memory for data that is downloaded but not not yet read. If the buffer is empty, only a small amount of memory will be used. The maximum memory used by rclone for buffering can be up to <code>--buffer-size * open files</code>.</p> 1342 <h3 id="file-caching">File Caching</h3> 1343 <p>These flags control the VFS file caching options. The VFS layer is used by rclone mount to make a cloud storage system work more like a normal file system.</p> 1344 <p>You’ll need to enable VFS caching if you want, for example, to read and write simultaneously to a file. See below for more details.</p> 1345 <p>Note that the VFS cache works in addition to the cache backend and you may find that you need one or the other or both.</p> 1346 <pre><code>--cache-dir string Directory rclone will use for caching. 1347 --vfs-cache-max-age duration Max age of objects in the cache. (default 1h0m0s) 1348 --vfs-cache-mode string Cache mode off|minimal|writes|full (default "off") 1349 --vfs-cache-poll-interval duration Interval to poll the cache for stale objects. (default 1m0s) 1350 --vfs-cache-max-size int Max total size of objects in the cache. (default off)</code></pre> 1351 <p>If run with <code>-vv</code> rclone will print the location of the file cache. The files are stored in the user cache file area which is OS dependent but can be controlled with <code>--cache-dir</code> or setting the appropriate environment variable.</p> 1352 <p>The cache has 4 different modes selected by <code>--vfs-cache-mode</code>. The higher the cache mode the more compatible rclone becomes at the cost of using disk space.</p> 1353 <p>Note that files are written back to the remote only when they are closed so if rclone is quit or dies with open files then these won’t get written back to the remote. However they will still be in the on disk cache.</p> 1354 <p>If using –vfs-cache-max-size note that the cache may exceed this size for two reasons. Firstly because it is only checked every –vfs-cache-poll-interval. Secondly because open files cannot be evicted from the cache.</p> 1355 <h4 id="vfs-cache-mode-off">–vfs-cache-mode off</h4> 1356 <p>In this mode the cache will read directly from the remote and write directly to the remote without caching anything on disk.</p> 1357 <p>This will mean some operations are not possible</p> 1358 <ul> 1359 <li>Files can’t be opened for both read AND write</li> 1360 <li>Files opened for write can’t be seeked</li> 1361 <li>Existing files opened for write must have O_TRUNC set</li> 1362 <li>Files open for read with O_TRUNC will be opened write only</li> 1363 <li>Files open for write only will behave as if O_TRUNC was supplied</li> 1364 <li>Open modes O_APPEND, O_TRUNC are ignored</li> 1365 <li>If an upload fails it can’t be retried</li> 1366 </ul> 1367 <h4 id="vfs-cache-mode-minimal">–vfs-cache-mode minimal</h4> 1368 <p>This is very similar to “off” except that files opened for read AND write will be buffered to disks. This means that files opened for write will be a lot more compatible, but uses the minimal disk space.</p> 1369 <p>These operations are not possible</p> 1370 <ul> 1371 <li>Files opened for write only can’t be seeked</li> 1372 <li>Existing files opened for write must have O_TRUNC set</li> 1373 <li>Files opened for write only will ignore O_APPEND, O_TRUNC</li> 1374 <li>If an upload fails it can’t be retried</li> 1375 </ul> 1376 <h4 id="vfs-cache-mode-writes">–vfs-cache-mode writes</h4> 1377 <p>In this mode files opened for read only are still read directly from the remote, write only and read/write files are buffered to disk first.</p> 1378 <p>This mode should support all normal file system operations.</p> 1379 <p>If an upload fails it will be retried up to –low-level-retries times.</p> 1380 <h4 id="vfs-cache-mode-full">–vfs-cache-mode full</h4> 1381 <p>In this mode all reads and writes are buffered to and from disk. When a file is opened for read it will be downloaded in its entirety first.</p> 1382 <p>This may be appropriate for your needs, or you may prefer to look at the cache backend which does a much more sophisticated job of caching, including caching directory hierarchies and chunks of files.</p> 1383 <p>In this mode, unlike the others, when a file is written to the disk, it will be kept on the disk after it is written to the remote. It will be purged on a schedule according to <code>--vfs-cache-max-age</code>.</p> 1384 <p>This mode should support all normal file system operations.</p> 1385 <p>If an upload or download fails it will be retried up to –low-level-retries times.</p> 1386 <pre><code>rclone mount remote:path /path/to/mountpoint [flags]</code></pre> 1387 <h3 id="options-49">Options</h3> 1388 <pre><code> --allow-non-empty Allow mounting over a non-empty directory. 1389 --allow-other Allow access to other users. 1390 --allow-root Allow access to root user. 1391 --attr-timeout duration Time for which file/directory attributes are cached. (default 1s) 1392 --daemon Run mount as a daemon (background mode). 1393 --daemon-timeout duration Time limit for rclone to respond to kernel (not supported by all OSes). 1394 --debug-fuse Debug the FUSE internals - needs -v. 1395 --default-permissions Makes kernel enforce access control based on the file mode. 1396 --dir-cache-time duration Time to cache directory entries for. (default 5m0s) 1397 --dir-perms FileMode Directory permissions (default 0777) 1398 --file-perms FileMode File permissions (default 0666) 1399 --fuse-flag stringArray Flags or arguments to be passed direct to libfuse/WinFsp. Repeat if required. 1400 --gid uint32 Override the gid field set by the filesystem. (default 1000) 1401 -h, --help help for mount 1402 --max-read-ahead SizeSuffix The number of bytes that can be prefetched for sequential reads. (default 128k) 1403 --no-checksum Don't compare checksums on up/download. 1404 --no-modtime Don't read/write the modification time (can speed things up). 1405 --no-seek Don't allow seeking in files. 1406 -o, --option stringArray Option for libfuse/WinFsp. Repeat if required. 1407 --poll-interval duration Time to wait between polling for changes. Must be smaller than dir-cache-time. Only on supported remotes. Set to 0 to disable. (default 1m0s) 1408 --read-only Mount read-only. 1409 --uid uint32 Override the uid field set by the filesystem. (default 1000) 1410 --umask int Override the permission bits set by the filesystem. 1411 --vfs-cache-max-age duration Max age of objects in the cache. (default 1h0m0s) 1412 --vfs-cache-max-size SizeSuffix Max total size of objects in the cache. (default off) 1413 --vfs-cache-mode CacheMode Cache mode off|minimal|writes|full (default off) 1414 --vfs-cache-poll-interval duration Interval to poll the cache for stale objects. (default 1m0s) 1415 --vfs-case-insensitive If a file name not found, find a case insensitive match. 1416 --vfs-read-chunk-size SizeSuffix Read the source objects in chunks. (default 128M) 1417 --vfs-read-chunk-size-limit SizeSuffix If greater than --vfs-read-chunk-size, double the chunk size after each chunk read, until the limit is reached. 'off' is unlimited. (default off) 1418 --volname string Set the volume name (not supported by all OSes). 1419 --write-back-cache Makes kernel buffer writes before sending them to rclone. Without this, writethrough caching is used.</code></pre> 1420 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/flags/">global flags page</a> for global options not listed here.</p> 1421 <h3 id="see-also-49">SEE ALSO</h3> 1422 <ul> 1423 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/">rclone</a> - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.</li> 1424 </ul> 1425 <h2 id="rclone-moveto">rclone moveto</h2> 1426 <p>Move file or directory from source to dest.</p> 1427 <h3 id="synopsis-50">Synopsis</h3> 1428 <p>If source:path is a file or directory then it moves it to a file or directory named dest:path.</p> 1429 <p>This can be used to rename files or upload single files to other than their existing name. If the source is a directory then it acts exactly like the move command.</p> 1430 <p>So</p> 1431 <pre><code>rclone moveto src dst</code></pre> 1432 <p>where src and dst are rclone paths, either remote:path or /path/to/local or C:.</p> 1433 <p>This will:</p> 1434 <pre><code>if src is file 1435 move it to dst, overwriting an existing file if it exists 1436 if src is directory 1437 move it to dst, overwriting existing files if they exist 1438 see move command for full details</code></pre> 1439 <p>This doesn’t transfer unchanged files, testing by size and modification time or MD5SUM. src will be deleted on successful transfer.</p> 1440 <p><strong>Important</strong>: Since this can cause data loss, test first with the –dry-run flag.</p> 1441 <p><strong>Note</strong>: Use the <code>-P</code>/<code>--progress</code> flag to view real-time transfer statistics.</p> 1442 <pre><code>rclone moveto source:path dest:path [flags]</code></pre> 1443 <h3 id="options-50">Options</h3> 1444 <pre><code> -h, --help help for moveto</code></pre> 1445 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/flags/">global flags page</a> for global options not listed here.</p> 1446 <h3 id="see-also-50">SEE ALSO</h3> 1447 <ul> 1448 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/">rclone</a> - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.</li> 1449 </ul> 1450 <h2 id="rclone-ncdu">rclone ncdu</h2> 1451 <p>Explore a remote with a text based user interface.</p> 1452 <h3 id="synopsis-51">Synopsis</h3> 1453 <p>This displays a text based user interface allowing the navigation of a remote. It is most useful for answering the question - “What is using all my disk space?”.</p> 1454 <script src="https://asciinema.org/a/157793.js" id="asciicast-157793" async></script> 1455 <p>To make the user interface it first scans the entire remote given and builds an in memory representation. rclone ncdu can be used during this scanning phase and you will see it building up the directory structure as it goes along.</p> 1456 <p>Here are the keys - press ‘?’ to toggle the help on and off</p> 1457 <pre><code> ↑,↓ or k,j to Move 1458 →,l to enter 1459 ←,h to return 1460 c toggle counts 1461 g toggle graph 1462 n,s,C sort by name,size,count 1463 d delete file/directory 1464 y copy current path to clipbard 1465 Y display current path 1466 ^L refresh screen 1467 ? to toggle help on and off 1468 q/ESC/c-C to quit</code></pre> 1469 <p>This an homage to the <a href="https://dev.yorhel.nl/ncdu">ncdu tool</a> but for rclone remotes. It is missing lots of features at the moment but is useful as it stands.</p> 1470 <p>Note that it might take some time to delete big files/folders. The UI won’t respond in the meantime since the deletion is done synchronously.</p> 1471 <pre><code>rclone ncdu remote:path [flags]</code></pre> 1472 <h3 id="options-51">Options</h3> 1473 <pre><code> -h, --help help for ncdu</code></pre> 1474 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/flags/">global flags page</a> for global options not listed here.</p> 1475 <h3 id="see-also-51">SEE ALSO</h3> 1476 <ul> 1477 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/">rclone</a> - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.</li> 1478 </ul> 1479 <h2 id="rclone-obscure">rclone obscure</h2> 1480 <p>Obscure password for use in the rclone.conf</p> 1481 <h3 id="synopsis-52">Synopsis</h3> 1482 <p>Obscure password for use in the rclone.conf</p> 1483 <pre><code>rclone obscure password [flags]</code></pre> 1484 <h3 id="options-52">Options</h3> 1485 <pre><code> -h, --help help for obscure</code></pre> 1486 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/flags/">global flags page</a> for global options not listed here.</p> 1487 <h3 id="see-also-52">SEE ALSO</h3> 1488 <ul> 1489 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/">rclone</a> - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.</li> 1490 </ul> 1491 <h2 id="rclone-rc">rclone rc</h2> 1492 <p>Run a command against a running rclone.</p> 1493 <h3 id="synopsis-53">Synopsis</h3> 1494 <p>This runs a command against a running rclone. Use the –url flag to specify an non default URL to connect on. This can be either a “:port” which is taken to mean “http://localhost:port” or a “host:port” which is taken to mean “http://host:port”</p> 1495 <p>A username and password can be passed in with –user and –pass.</p> 1496 <p>Note that –rc-addr, –rc-user, –rc-pass will be read also for –url, –user, –pass.</p> 1497 <p>Arguments should be passed in as parameter=value.</p> 1498 <p>The result will be returned as a JSON object by default.</p> 1499 <p>The –json parameter can be used to pass in a JSON blob as an input instead of key=value arguments. This is the only way of passing in more complicated values.</p> 1500 <p>Use –loopback to connect to the rclone instance running “rclone rc”. This is very useful for testing commands without having to run an rclone rc server, eg:</p> 1501 <pre><code>rclone rc --loopback operations/about fs=/</code></pre> 1502 <p>Use “rclone rc” to see a list of all possible commands.</p> 1503 <pre><code>rclone rc commands parameter [flags]</code></pre> 1504 <h3 id="options-53">Options</h3> 1505 <pre><code> -h, --help help for rc 1506 --json string Input JSON - use instead of key=value args. 1507 --loopback If set connect to this rclone instance not via HTTP. 1508 --no-output If set don't output the JSON result. 1509 --pass string Password to use to connect to rclone remote control. 1510 --url string URL to connect to rclone remote control. (default "http://localhost:5572/") 1511 --user string Username to use to rclone remote control.</code></pre> 1512 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/flags/">global flags page</a> for global options not listed here.</p> 1513 <h3 id="see-also-53">SEE ALSO</h3> 1514 <ul> 1515 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/">rclone</a> - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.</li> 1516 </ul> 1517 <h2 id="rclone-rcat">rclone rcat</h2> 1518 <p>Copies standard input to file on remote.</p> 1519 <h3 id="synopsis-54">Synopsis</h3> 1520 <p>rclone rcat reads from standard input (stdin) and copies it to a single remote file.</p> 1521 <pre><code>echo "hello world" | rclone rcat remote:path/to/file 1522 ffmpeg - | rclone rcat remote:path/to/file</code></pre> 1523 <p>If the remote file already exists, it will be overwritten.</p> 1524 <p>rcat will try to upload small files in a single request, which is usually more efficient than the streaming/chunked upload endpoints, which use multiple requests. Exact behaviour depends on the remote. What is considered a small file may be set through <code>--streaming-upload-cutoff</code>. Uploading only starts after the cutoff is reached or if the file ends before that. The data must fit into RAM. The cutoff needs to be small enough to adhere the limits of your remote, please see there. Generally speaking, setting this cutoff too high will decrease your performance.</p> 1525 <p>Note that the upload can also not be retried because the data is not kept around until the upload succeeds. If you need to transfer a lot of data, you’re better off caching locally and then <code>rclone move</code> it to the destination.</p> 1526 <pre><code>rclone rcat remote:path [flags]</code></pre> 1527 <h3 id="options-54">Options</h3> 1528 <pre><code> -h, --help help for rcat</code></pre> 1529 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/flags/">global flags page</a> for global options not listed here.</p> 1530 <h3 id="see-also-54">SEE ALSO</h3> 1531 <ul> 1532 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/">rclone</a> - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.</li> 1533 </ul> 1534 <h2 id="rclone-rcd">rclone rcd</h2> 1535 <p>Run rclone listening to remote control commands only.</p> 1536 <h3 id="synopsis-55">Synopsis</h3> 1537 <p>This runs rclone so that it only listens to remote control commands.</p> 1538 <p>This is useful if you are controlling rclone via the rc API.</p> 1539 <p>If you pass in a path to a directory, rclone will serve that directory for GET requests on the URL passed in. It will also open the URL in the browser when rclone is run.</p> 1540 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/rc/">rc documentation</a> for more info on the rc flags.</p> 1541 <pre><code>rclone rcd <path to files to serve>* [flags]</code></pre> 1542 <h3 id="options-55">Options</h3> 1543 <pre><code> -h, --help help for rcd</code></pre> 1544 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/flags/">global flags page</a> for global options not listed here.</p> 1545 <h3 id="see-also-55">SEE ALSO</h3> 1546 <ul> 1547 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/">rclone</a> - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.</li> 1548 </ul> 1549 <h2 id="rclone-rmdirs">rclone rmdirs</h2> 1550 <p>Remove empty directories under the path.</p> 1551 <h3 id="synopsis-56">Synopsis</h3> 1552 <p>This removes any empty directories (or directories that only contain empty directories) under the path that it finds, including the path if it has nothing in.</p> 1553 <p>If you supply the –leave-root flag, it will not remove the root directory.</p> 1554 <p>This is useful for tidying up remotes that rclone has left a lot of empty directories in.</p> 1555 <pre><code>rclone rmdirs remote:path [flags]</code></pre> 1556 <h3 id="options-56">Options</h3> 1557 <pre><code> -h, --help help for rmdirs 1558 --leave-root Do not remove root directory if empty</code></pre> 1559 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/flags/">global flags page</a> for global options not listed here.</p> 1560 <h3 id="see-also-56">SEE ALSO</h3> 1561 <ul> 1562 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/">rclone</a> - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.</li> 1563 </ul> 1564 <h2 id="rclone-serve">rclone serve</h2> 1565 <p>Serve a remote over a protocol.</p> 1566 <h3 id="synopsis-57">Synopsis</h3> 1567 <p>rclone serve is used to serve a remote over a given protocol. This command requires the use of a subcommand to specify the protocol, eg</p> 1568 <pre><code>rclone serve http remote:</code></pre> 1569 <p>Each subcommand has its own options which you can see in their help.</p> 1570 <pre><code>rclone serve <protocol> [opts] <remote> [flags]</code></pre> 1571 <h3 id="options-57">Options</h3> 1572 <pre><code> -h, --help help for serve</code></pre> 1573 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/flags/">global flags page</a> for global options not listed here.</p> 1574 <h3 id="see-also-57">SEE ALSO</h3> 1575 <ul> 1576 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/">rclone</a> - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.</li> 1577 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_serve_dlna/">rclone serve dlna</a> - Serve remote:path over DLNA</li> 1578 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_serve_ftp/">rclone serve ftp</a> - Serve remote:path over FTP.</li> 1579 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_serve_http/">rclone serve http</a> - Serve the remote over HTTP.</li> 1580 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_serve_restic/">rclone serve restic</a> - Serve the remote for restic’s REST API.</li> 1581 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_serve_sftp/">rclone serve sftp</a> - Serve the remote over SFTP.</li> 1582 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_serve_webdav/">rclone serve webdav</a> - Serve remote:path over webdav.</li> 1583 </ul> 1584 <h2 id="rclone-serve-dlna">rclone serve dlna</h2> 1585 <p>Serve remote:path over DLNA</p> 1586 <h3 id="synopsis-58">Synopsis</h3> 1587 <p>rclone serve dlna is a DLNA media server for media stored in a rclone remote. Many devices, such as the Xbox and PlayStation, can automatically discover this server in the LAN and play audio/video from it. VLC is also supported. Service discovery uses UDP multicast packets (SSDP) and will thus only work on LANs.</p> 1588 <p>Rclone will list all files present in the remote, without filtering based on media formats or file extensions. Additionally, there is no media transcoding support. This means that some players might show files that they are not able to play back correctly.</p> 1589 <h3 id="server-options">Server options</h3> 1590 <p>Use –addr to specify which IP address and port the server should listen on, eg –addr 1.2.3.4:8000 or –addr :8080 to listen to all IPs.</p> 1591 <p>Use –name to choose the friendly server name, which is by default “rclone (hostname)”.</p> 1592 <p>Use –log-trace in conjunction with -vv to enable additional debug logging of all UPNP traffic.</p> 1593 <h3 id="directory-cache-1">Directory Cache</h3> 1594 <p>Using the <code>--dir-cache-time</code> flag, you can set how long a directory should be considered up to date and not refreshed from the backend. Changes made locally in the mount may appear immediately or invalidate the cache. However, changes done on the remote will only be picked up once the cache expires.</p> 1595 <p>Alternatively, you can send a <code>SIGHUP</code> signal to rclone for it to flush all directory caches, regardless of how old they are. Assuming only one rclone instance is running, you can reset the cache like this:</p> 1596 <pre><code>kill -SIGHUP $(pidof rclone)</code></pre> 1597 <p>If you configure rclone with a <a href="/rc">remote control</a> then you can use rclone rc to flush the whole directory cache:</p> 1598 <pre><code>rclone rc vfs/forget</code></pre> 1599 <p>Or individual files or directories:</p> 1600 <pre><code>rclone rc vfs/forget file=path/to/file dir=path/to/dir</code></pre> 1601 <h3 id="file-buffering-1">File Buffering</h3> 1602 <p>The <code>--buffer-size</code> flag determines the amount of memory, that will be used to buffer data in advance.</p> 1603 <p>Each open file descriptor will try to keep the specified amount of data in memory at all times. The buffered data is bound to one file descriptor and won’t be shared between multiple open file descriptors of the same file.</p> 1604 <p>This flag is a upper limit for the used memory per file descriptor. The buffer will only use memory for data that is downloaded but not not yet read. If the buffer is empty, only a small amount of memory will be used. The maximum memory used by rclone for buffering can be up to <code>--buffer-size * open files</code>.</p> 1605 <h3 id="file-caching-1">File Caching</h3> 1606 <p>These flags control the VFS file caching options. The VFS layer is used by rclone mount to make a cloud storage system work more like a normal file system.</p> 1607 <p>You’ll need to enable VFS caching if you want, for example, to read and write simultaneously to a file. See below for more details.</p> 1608 <p>Note that the VFS cache works in addition to the cache backend and you may find that you need one or the other or both.</p> 1609 <pre><code>--cache-dir string Directory rclone will use for caching. 1610 --vfs-cache-max-age duration Max age of objects in the cache. (default 1h0m0s) 1611 --vfs-cache-mode string Cache mode off|minimal|writes|full (default "off") 1612 --vfs-cache-poll-interval duration Interval to poll the cache for stale objects. (default 1m0s) 1613 --vfs-cache-max-size int Max total size of objects in the cache. (default off)</code></pre> 1614 <p>If run with <code>-vv</code> rclone will print the location of the file cache. The files are stored in the user cache file area which is OS dependent but can be controlled with <code>--cache-dir</code> or setting the appropriate environment variable.</p> 1615 <p>The cache has 4 different modes selected by <code>--vfs-cache-mode</code>. The higher the cache mode the more compatible rclone becomes at the cost of using disk space.</p> 1616 <p>Note that files are written back to the remote only when they are closed so if rclone is quit or dies with open files then these won’t get written back to the remote. However they will still be in the on disk cache.</p> 1617 <p>If using –vfs-cache-max-size note that the cache may exceed this size for two reasons. Firstly because it is only checked every –vfs-cache-poll-interval. Secondly because open files cannot be evicted from the cache.</p> 1618 <h4 id="vfs-cache-mode-off-1">–vfs-cache-mode off</h4> 1619 <p>In this mode the cache will read directly from the remote and write directly to the remote without caching anything on disk.</p> 1620 <p>This will mean some operations are not possible</p> 1621 <ul> 1622 <li>Files can’t be opened for both read AND write</li> 1623 <li>Files opened for write can’t be seeked</li> 1624 <li>Existing files opened for write must have O_TRUNC set</li> 1625 <li>Files open for read with O_TRUNC will be opened write only</li> 1626 <li>Files open for write only will behave as if O_TRUNC was supplied</li> 1627 <li>Open modes O_APPEND, O_TRUNC are ignored</li> 1628 <li>If an upload fails it can’t be retried</li> 1629 </ul> 1630 <h4 id="vfs-cache-mode-minimal-1">–vfs-cache-mode minimal</h4> 1631 <p>This is very similar to “off” except that files opened for read AND write will be buffered to disks. This means that files opened for write will be a lot more compatible, but uses the minimal disk space.</p> 1632 <p>These operations are not possible</p> 1633 <ul> 1634 <li>Files opened for write only can’t be seeked</li> 1635 <li>Existing files opened for write must have O_TRUNC set</li> 1636 <li>Files opened for write only will ignore O_APPEND, O_TRUNC</li> 1637 <li>If an upload fails it can’t be retried</li> 1638 </ul> 1639 <h4 id="vfs-cache-mode-writes-1">–vfs-cache-mode writes</h4> 1640 <p>In this mode files opened for read only are still read directly from the remote, write only and read/write files are buffered to disk first.</p> 1641 <p>This mode should support all normal file system operations.</p> 1642 <p>If an upload fails it will be retried up to –low-level-retries times.</p> 1643 <h4 id="vfs-cache-mode-full-1">–vfs-cache-mode full</h4> 1644 <p>In this mode all reads and writes are buffered to and from disk. When a file is opened for read it will be downloaded in its entirety first.</p> 1645 <p>This may be appropriate for your needs, or you may prefer to look at the cache backend which does a much more sophisticated job of caching, including caching directory hierarchies and chunks of files.</p> 1646 <p>In this mode, unlike the others, when a file is written to the disk, it will be kept on the disk after it is written to the remote. It will be purged on a schedule according to <code>--vfs-cache-max-age</code>.</p> 1647 <p>This mode should support all normal file system operations.</p> 1648 <p>If an upload or download fails it will be retried up to –low-level-retries times.</p> 1649 <pre><code>rclone serve dlna remote:path [flags]</code></pre> 1650 <h3 id="options-58">Options</h3> 1651 <pre><code> --addr string ip:port or :port to bind the DLNA http server to. (default ":7879") 1652 --dir-cache-time duration Time to cache directory entries for. (default 5m0s) 1653 --dir-perms FileMode Directory permissions (default 0777) 1654 --file-perms FileMode File permissions (default 0666) 1655 --gid uint32 Override the gid field set by the filesystem. (default 1000) 1656 -h, --help help for dlna 1657 --log-trace enable trace logging of SOAP traffic 1658 --name string name of DLNA server 1659 --no-checksum Don't compare checksums on up/download. 1660 --no-modtime Don't read/write the modification time (can speed things up). 1661 --no-seek Don't allow seeking in files. 1662 --poll-interval duration Time to wait between polling for changes. Must be smaller than dir-cache-time. Only on supported remotes. Set to 0 to disable. (default 1m0s) 1663 --read-only Mount read-only. 1664 --uid uint32 Override the uid field set by the filesystem. (default 1000) 1665 --umask int Override the permission bits set by the filesystem. (default 2) 1666 --vfs-cache-max-age duration Max age of objects in the cache. (default 1h0m0s) 1667 --vfs-cache-max-size SizeSuffix Max total size of objects in the cache. (default off) 1668 --vfs-cache-mode CacheMode Cache mode off|minimal|writes|full (default off) 1669 --vfs-cache-poll-interval duration Interval to poll the cache for stale objects. (default 1m0s) 1670 --vfs-case-insensitive If a file name not found, find a case insensitive match. 1671 --vfs-read-chunk-size SizeSuffix Read the source objects in chunks. (default 128M) 1672 --vfs-read-chunk-size-limit SizeSuffix If greater than --vfs-read-chunk-size, double the chunk size after each chunk read, until the limit is reached. 'off' is unlimited. (default off)</code></pre> 1673 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/flags/">global flags page</a> for global options not listed here.</p> 1674 <h3 id="see-also-58">SEE ALSO</h3> 1675 <ul> 1676 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_serve/">rclone serve</a> - Serve a remote over a protocol.</li> 1677 </ul> 1678 <h2 id="rclone-serve-ftp">rclone serve ftp</h2> 1679 <p>Serve remote:path over FTP.</p> 1680 <h3 id="synopsis-59">Synopsis</h3> 1681 <p>rclone serve ftp implements a basic ftp server to serve the remote over FTP protocol. This can be viewed with a ftp client or you can make a remote of type ftp to read and write it.</p> 1682 <h3 id="server-options-1">Server options</h3> 1683 <p>Use –addr to specify which IP address and port the server should listen on, eg –addr 1.2.3.4:8000 or –addr :8080 to listen to all IPs. By default it only listens on localhost. You can use port :0 to let the OS choose an available port.</p> 1684 <p>If you set –addr to listen on a public or LAN accessible IP address then using Authentication is advised - see the next section for info.</p> 1685 <h4 id="authentication">Authentication</h4> 1686 <p>By default this will serve files without needing a login.</p> 1687 <p>You can set a single username and password with the –user and –pass flags.</p> 1688 <h3 id="directory-cache-2">Directory Cache</h3> 1689 <p>Using the <code>--dir-cache-time</code> flag, you can set how long a directory should be considered up to date and not refreshed from the backend. Changes made locally in the mount may appear immediately or invalidate the cache. However, changes done on the remote will only be picked up once the cache expires.</p> 1690 <p>Alternatively, you can send a <code>SIGHUP</code> signal to rclone for it to flush all directory caches, regardless of how old they are. Assuming only one rclone instance is running, you can reset the cache like this:</p> 1691 <pre><code>kill -SIGHUP $(pidof rclone)</code></pre> 1692 <p>If you configure rclone with a <a href="/rc">remote control</a> then you can use rclone rc to flush the whole directory cache:</p> 1693 <pre><code>rclone rc vfs/forget</code></pre> 1694 <p>Or individual files or directories:</p> 1695 <pre><code>rclone rc vfs/forget file=path/to/file dir=path/to/dir</code></pre> 1696 <h3 id="file-buffering-2">File Buffering</h3> 1697 <p>The <code>--buffer-size</code> flag determines the amount of memory, that will be used to buffer data in advance.</p> 1698 <p>Each open file descriptor will try to keep the specified amount of data in memory at all times. The buffered data is bound to one file descriptor and won’t be shared between multiple open file descriptors of the same file.</p> 1699 <p>This flag is a upper limit for the used memory per file descriptor. The buffer will only use memory for data that is downloaded but not not yet read. If the buffer is empty, only a small amount of memory will be used. The maximum memory used by rclone for buffering can be up to <code>--buffer-size * open files</code>.</p> 1700 <h3 id="file-caching-2">File Caching</h3> 1701 <p>These flags control the VFS file caching options. The VFS layer is used by rclone mount to make a cloud storage system work more like a normal file system.</p> 1702 <p>You’ll need to enable VFS caching if you want, for example, to read and write simultaneously to a file. See below for more details.</p> 1703 <p>Note that the VFS cache works in addition to the cache backend and you may find that you need one or the other or both.</p> 1704 <pre><code>--cache-dir string Directory rclone will use for caching. 1705 --vfs-cache-max-age duration Max age of objects in the cache. (default 1h0m0s) 1706 --vfs-cache-mode string Cache mode off|minimal|writes|full (default "off") 1707 --vfs-cache-poll-interval duration Interval to poll the cache for stale objects. (default 1m0s) 1708 --vfs-cache-max-size int Max total size of objects in the cache. (default off)</code></pre> 1709 <p>If run with <code>-vv</code> rclone will print the location of the file cache. The files are stored in the user cache file area which is OS dependent but can be controlled with <code>--cache-dir</code> or setting the appropriate environment variable.</p> 1710 <p>The cache has 4 different modes selected by <code>--vfs-cache-mode</code>. The higher the cache mode the more compatible rclone becomes at the cost of using disk space.</p> 1711 <p>Note that files are written back to the remote only when they are closed so if rclone is quit or dies with open files then these won’t get written back to the remote. However they will still be in the on disk cache.</p> 1712 <p>If using –vfs-cache-max-size note that the cache may exceed this size for two reasons. Firstly because it is only checked every –vfs-cache-poll-interval. Secondly because open files cannot be evicted from the cache.</p> 1713 <h4 id="vfs-cache-mode-off-2">–vfs-cache-mode off</h4> 1714 <p>In this mode the cache will read directly from the remote and write directly to the remote without caching anything on disk.</p> 1715 <p>This will mean some operations are not possible</p> 1716 <ul> 1717 <li>Files can’t be opened for both read AND write</li> 1718 <li>Files opened for write can’t be seeked</li> 1719 <li>Existing files opened for write must have O_TRUNC set</li> 1720 <li>Files open for read with O_TRUNC will be opened write only</li> 1721 <li>Files open for write only will behave as if O_TRUNC was supplied</li> 1722 <li>Open modes O_APPEND, O_TRUNC are ignored</li> 1723 <li>If an upload fails it can’t be retried</li> 1724 </ul> 1725 <h4 id="vfs-cache-mode-minimal-2">–vfs-cache-mode minimal</h4> 1726 <p>This is very similar to “off” except that files opened for read AND write will be buffered to disks. This means that files opened for write will be a lot more compatible, but uses the minimal disk space.</p> 1727 <p>These operations are not possible</p> 1728 <ul> 1729 <li>Files opened for write only can’t be seeked</li> 1730 <li>Existing files opened for write must have O_TRUNC set</li> 1731 <li>Files opened for write only will ignore O_APPEND, O_TRUNC</li> 1732 <li>If an upload fails it can’t be retried</li> 1733 </ul> 1734 <h4 id="vfs-cache-mode-writes-2">–vfs-cache-mode writes</h4> 1735 <p>In this mode files opened for read only are still read directly from the remote, write only and read/write files are buffered to disk first.</p> 1736 <p>This mode should support all normal file system operations.</p> 1737 <p>If an upload fails it will be retried up to –low-level-retries times.</p> 1738 <h4 id="vfs-cache-mode-full-2">–vfs-cache-mode full</h4> 1739 <p>In this mode all reads and writes are buffered to and from disk. When a file is opened for read it will be downloaded in its entirety first.</p> 1740 <p>This may be appropriate for your needs, or you may prefer to look at the cache backend which does a much more sophisticated job of caching, including caching directory hierarchies and chunks of files.</p> 1741 <p>In this mode, unlike the others, when a file is written to the disk, it will be kept on the disk after it is written to the remote. It will be purged on a schedule according to <code>--vfs-cache-max-age</code>.</p> 1742 <p>This mode should support all normal file system operations.</p> 1743 <p>If an upload or download fails it will be retried up to –low-level-retries times.</p> 1744 <h3 id="auth-proxy">Auth Proxy</h3> 1745 <p>If you supply the parameter <code>--auth-proxy /path/to/program</code> then rclone will use that program to generate backends on the fly which then are used to authenticate incoming requests. This uses a simple JSON based protocl with input on STDIN and output on STDOUT.</p> 1746 <p>There is an example program <a href="https://github.com/rclone/rclone/blob/master/test_proxy.py">bin/test_proxy.py</a> in the rclone source code.</p> 1747 <p>The program’s job is to take a <code>user</code> and <code>pass</code> on the input and turn those into the config for a backend on STDOUT in JSON format. This config will have any default parameters for the backend added, but it won’t use configuration from environment variables or command line options - it is the job of the proxy program to make a complete config.</p> 1748 <p>This config generated must have this extra parameter - <code>_root</code> - root to use for the backend</p> 1749 <p>And it may have this parameter - <code>_obscure</code> - comma separated strings for parameters to obscure</p> 1750 <p>For example the program might take this on STDIN</p> 1751 <pre><code>{ 1752 "user": "me", 1753 "pass": "mypassword" 1754 }</code></pre> 1755 <p>And return this on STDOUT</p> 1756 <pre><code>{ 1757 "type": "sftp", 1758 "_root": "", 1759 "_obscure": "pass", 1760 "user": "me", 1761 "pass": "mypassword", 1762 "host": "sftp.example.com" 1763 }</code></pre> 1764 <p>This would mean that an SFTP backend would be created on the fly for the <code>user</code> and <code>pass</code> returned in the output to the host given. Note that since <code>_obscure</code> is set to <code>pass</code>, rclone will obscure the <code>pass</code> parameter before creating the backend (which is required for sftp backends).</p> 1765 <p>The progam can manipulate the supplied <code>user</code> in any way, for example to make proxy to many different sftp backends, you could make the <code>user</code> be <code>user@example.com</code> and then set the <code>host</code> to <code>example.com</code> in the output and the user to <code>user</code>. For security you’d probably want to restrict the <code>host</code> to a limited list.</p> 1766 <p>Note that an internal cache is keyed on <code>user</code> so only use that for configuration, don’t use <code>pass</code>. This also means that if a user’s password is changed the cache will need to expire (which takes 5 mins) before it takes effect.</p> 1767 <p>This can be used to build general purpose proxies to any kind of backend that rclone supports.</p> 1768 <pre><code>rclone serve ftp remote:path [flags]</code></pre> 1769 <h3 id="options-59">Options</h3> 1770 <pre><code> --addr string IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to. (default "localhost:2121") 1771 --auth-proxy string A program to use to create the backend from the auth. 1772 --dir-cache-time duration Time to cache directory entries for. (default 5m0s) 1773 --dir-perms FileMode Directory permissions (default 0777) 1774 --file-perms FileMode File permissions (default 0666) 1775 --gid uint32 Override the gid field set by the filesystem. (default 1000) 1776 -h, --help help for ftp 1777 --no-checksum Don't compare checksums on up/download. 1778 --no-modtime Don't read/write the modification time (can speed things up). 1779 --no-seek Don't allow seeking in files. 1780 --pass string Password for authentication. (empty value allow every password) 1781 --passive-port string Passive port range to use. (default "30000-32000") 1782 --poll-interval duration Time to wait between polling for changes. Must be smaller than dir-cache-time. Only on supported remotes. Set to 0 to disable. (default 1m0s) 1783 --public-ip string Public IP address to advertise for passive connections. 1784 --read-only Mount read-only. 1785 --uid uint32 Override the uid field set by the filesystem. (default 1000) 1786 --umask int Override the permission bits set by the filesystem. (default 2) 1787 --user string User name for authentication. (default "anonymous") 1788 --vfs-cache-max-age duration Max age of objects in the cache. (default 1h0m0s) 1789 --vfs-cache-max-size SizeSuffix Max total size of objects in the cache. (default off) 1790 --vfs-cache-mode CacheMode Cache mode off|minimal|writes|full (default off) 1791 --vfs-cache-poll-interval duration Interval to poll the cache for stale objects. (default 1m0s) 1792 --vfs-case-insensitive If a file name not found, find a case insensitive match. 1793 --vfs-read-chunk-size SizeSuffix Read the source objects in chunks. (default 128M) 1794 --vfs-read-chunk-size-limit SizeSuffix If greater than --vfs-read-chunk-size, double the chunk size after each chunk read, until the limit is reached. 'off' is unlimited. (default off)</code></pre> 1795 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/flags/">global flags page</a> for global options not listed here.</p> 1796 <h3 id="see-also-59">SEE ALSO</h3> 1797 <ul> 1798 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_serve/">rclone serve</a> - Serve a remote over a protocol.</li> 1799 </ul> 1800 <h2 id="rclone-serve-http">rclone serve http</h2> 1801 <p>Serve the remote over HTTP.</p> 1802 <h3 id="synopsis-60">Synopsis</h3> 1803 <p>rclone serve http implements a basic web server to serve the remote over HTTP. This can be viewed in a web browser or you can make a remote of type http read from it.</p> 1804 <p>You can use the filter flags (eg –include, –exclude) to control what is served.</p> 1805 <p>The server will log errors. Use -v to see access logs.</p> 1806 <p>–bwlimit will be respected for file transfers. Use –stats to control the stats printing.</p> 1807 <h3 id="server-options-2">Server options</h3> 1808 <p>Use –addr to specify which IP address and port the server should listen on, eg –addr 1.2.3.4:8000 or –addr :8080 to listen to all IPs. By default it only listens on localhost. You can use port :0 to let the OS choose an available port.</p> 1809 <p>If you set –addr to listen on a public or LAN accessible IP address then using Authentication is advised - see the next section for info.</p> 1810 <p>–server-read-timeout and –server-write-timeout can be used to control the timeouts on the server. Note that this is the total time for a transfer.</p> 1811 <p>–max-header-bytes controls the maximum number of bytes the server will accept in the HTTP header.</p> 1812 <p>–baseurl controls the URL prefix that rclone serves from. By default rclone will serve from the root. If you used –baseurl “/rclone” then rclone would serve from a URL starting with “/rclone/”. This is useful if you wish to proxy rclone serve. Rclone automatically inserts leading and trailing “/” on –baseurl, so –baseurl “rclone”, –baseurl “/rclone” and –baseurl “/rclone/” are all treated identically.</p> 1813 <h4 id="authentication-1">Authentication</h4> 1814 <p>By default this will serve files without needing a login.</p> 1815 <p>You can either use an htpasswd file which can take lots of users, or set a single username and password with the –user and –pass flags.</p> 1816 <p>Use –htpasswd /path/to/htpasswd to provide an htpasswd file. This is in standard apache format and supports MD5, SHA1 and BCrypt for basic authentication. Bcrypt is recommended.</p> 1817 <p>To create an htpasswd file:</p> 1818 <pre><code>touch htpasswd 1819 htpasswd -B htpasswd user 1820 htpasswd -B htpasswd anotherUser</code></pre> 1821 <p>The password file can be updated while rclone is running.</p> 1822 <p>Use –realm to set the authentication realm.</p> 1823 <h4 id="ssltls">SSL/TLS</h4> 1824 <p>By default this will serve over http. If you want you can serve over https. You will need to supply the –cert and –key flags. If you wish to do client side certificate validation then you will need to supply –client-ca also.</p> 1825 <p>–cert should be a either a PEM encoded certificate or a concatenation of that with the CA certificate. –key should be the PEM encoded private key and –client-ca should be the PEM encoded client certificate authority certificate.</p> 1826 <h3 id="directory-cache-3">Directory Cache</h3> 1827 <p>Using the <code>--dir-cache-time</code> flag, you can set how long a directory should be considered up to date and not refreshed from the backend. Changes made locally in the mount may appear immediately or invalidate the cache. However, changes done on the remote will only be picked up once the cache expires.</p> 1828 <p>Alternatively, you can send a <code>SIGHUP</code> signal to rclone for it to flush all directory caches, regardless of how old they are. Assuming only one rclone instance is running, you can reset the cache like this:</p> 1829 <pre><code>kill -SIGHUP $(pidof rclone)</code></pre> 1830 <p>If you configure rclone with a <a href="/rc">remote control</a> then you can use rclone rc to flush the whole directory cache:</p> 1831 <pre><code>rclone rc vfs/forget</code></pre> 1832 <p>Or individual files or directories:</p> 1833 <pre><code>rclone rc vfs/forget file=path/to/file dir=path/to/dir</code></pre> 1834 <h3 id="file-buffering-3">File Buffering</h3> 1835 <p>The <code>--buffer-size</code> flag determines the amount of memory, that will be used to buffer data in advance.</p> 1836 <p>Each open file descriptor will try to keep the specified amount of data in memory at all times. The buffered data is bound to one file descriptor and won’t be shared between multiple open file descriptors of the same file.</p> 1837 <p>This flag is a upper limit for the used memory per file descriptor. The buffer will only use memory for data that is downloaded but not not yet read. If the buffer is empty, only a small amount of memory will be used. The maximum memory used by rclone for buffering can be up to <code>--buffer-size * open files</code>.</p> 1838 <h3 id="file-caching-3">File Caching</h3> 1839 <p>These flags control the VFS file caching options. The VFS layer is used by rclone mount to make a cloud storage system work more like a normal file system.</p> 1840 <p>You’ll need to enable VFS caching if you want, for example, to read and write simultaneously to a file. See below for more details.</p> 1841 <p>Note that the VFS cache works in addition to the cache backend and you may find that you need one or the other or both.</p> 1842 <pre><code>--cache-dir string Directory rclone will use for caching. 1843 --vfs-cache-max-age duration Max age of objects in the cache. (default 1h0m0s) 1844 --vfs-cache-mode string Cache mode off|minimal|writes|full (default "off") 1845 --vfs-cache-poll-interval duration Interval to poll the cache for stale objects. (default 1m0s) 1846 --vfs-cache-max-size int Max total size of objects in the cache. (default off)</code></pre> 1847 <p>If run with <code>-vv</code> rclone will print the location of the file cache. The files are stored in the user cache file area which is OS dependent but can be controlled with <code>--cache-dir</code> or setting the appropriate environment variable.</p> 1848 <p>The cache has 4 different modes selected by <code>--vfs-cache-mode</code>. The higher the cache mode the more compatible rclone becomes at the cost of using disk space.</p> 1849 <p>Note that files are written back to the remote only when they are closed so if rclone is quit or dies with open files then these won’t get written back to the remote. However they will still be in the on disk cache.</p> 1850 <p>If using –vfs-cache-max-size note that the cache may exceed this size for two reasons. Firstly because it is only checked every –vfs-cache-poll-interval. Secondly because open files cannot be evicted from the cache.</p> 1851 <h4 id="vfs-cache-mode-off-3">–vfs-cache-mode off</h4> 1852 <p>In this mode the cache will read directly from the remote and write directly to the remote without caching anything on disk.</p> 1853 <p>This will mean some operations are not possible</p> 1854 <ul> 1855 <li>Files can’t be opened for both read AND write</li> 1856 <li>Files opened for write can’t be seeked</li> 1857 <li>Existing files opened for write must have O_TRUNC set</li> 1858 <li>Files open for read with O_TRUNC will be opened write only</li> 1859 <li>Files open for write only will behave as if O_TRUNC was supplied</li> 1860 <li>Open modes O_APPEND, O_TRUNC are ignored</li> 1861 <li>If an upload fails it can’t be retried</li> 1862 </ul> 1863 <h4 id="vfs-cache-mode-minimal-3">–vfs-cache-mode minimal</h4> 1864 <p>This is very similar to “off” except that files opened for read AND write will be buffered to disks. This means that files opened for write will be a lot more compatible, but uses the minimal disk space.</p> 1865 <p>These operations are not possible</p> 1866 <ul> 1867 <li>Files opened for write only can’t be seeked</li> 1868 <li>Existing files opened for write must have O_TRUNC set</li> 1869 <li>Files opened for write only will ignore O_APPEND, O_TRUNC</li> 1870 <li>If an upload fails it can’t be retried</li> 1871 </ul> 1872 <h4 id="vfs-cache-mode-writes-3">–vfs-cache-mode writes</h4> 1873 <p>In this mode files opened for read only are still read directly from the remote, write only and read/write files are buffered to disk first.</p> 1874 <p>This mode should support all normal file system operations.</p> 1875 <p>If an upload fails it will be retried up to –low-level-retries times.</p> 1876 <h4 id="vfs-cache-mode-full-3">–vfs-cache-mode full</h4> 1877 <p>In this mode all reads and writes are buffered to and from disk. When a file is opened for read it will be downloaded in its entirety first.</p> 1878 <p>This may be appropriate for your needs, or you may prefer to look at the cache backend which does a much more sophisticated job of caching, including caching directory hierarchies and chunks of files.</p> 1879 <p>In this mode, unlike the others, when a file is written to the disk, it will be kept on the disk after it is written to the remote. It will be purged on a schedule according to <code>--vfs-cache-max-age</code>.</p> 1880 <p>This mode should support all normal file system operations.</p> 1881 <p>If an upload or download fails it will be retried up to –low-level-retries times.</p> 1882 <pre><code>rclone serve http remote:path [flags]</code></pre> 1883 <h3 id="options-60">Options</h3> 1884 <pre><code> --addr string IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to. (default "localhost:8080") 1885 --baseurl string Prefix for URLs - leave blank for root. 1886 --cert string SSL PEM key (concatenation of certificate and CA certificate) 1887 --client-ca string Client certificate authority to verify clients with 1888 --dir-cache-time duration Time to cache directory entries for. (default 5m0s) 1889 --dir-perms FileMode Directory permissions (default 0777) 1890 --file-perms FileMode File permissions (default 0666) 1891 --gid uint32 Override the gid field set by the filesystem. (default 1000) 1892 -h, --help help for http 1893 --htpasswd string htpasswd file - if not provided no authentication is done 1894 --key string SSL PEM Private key 1895 --max-header-bytes int Maximum size of request header (default 4096) 1896 --no-checksum Don't compare checksums on up/download. 1897 --no-modtime Don't read/write the modification time (can speed things up). 1898 --no-seek Don't allow seeking in files. 1899 --pass string Password for authentication. 1900 --poll-interval duration Time to wait between polling for changes. Must be smaller than dir-cache-time. Only on supported remotes. Set to 0 to disable. (default 1m0s) 1901 --read-only Mount read-only. 1902 --realm string realm for authentication (default "rclone") 1903 --server-read-timeout duration Timeout for server reading data (default 1h0m0s) 1904 --server-write-timeout duration Timeout for server writing data (default 1h0m0s) 1905 --uid uint32 Override the uid field set by the filesystem. (default 1000) 1906 --umask int Override the permission bits set by the filesystem. (default 2) 1907 --user string User name for authentication. 1908 --vfs-cache-max-age duration Max age of objects in the cache. (default 1h0m0s) 1909 --vfs-cache-max-size SizeSuffix Max total size of objects in the cache. (default off) 1910 --vfs-cache-mode CacheMode Cache mode off|minimal|writes|full (default off) 1911 --vfs-cache-poll-interval duration Interval to poll the cache for stale objects. (default 1m0s) 1912 --vfs-case-insensitive If a file name not found, find a case insensitive match. 1913 --vfs-read-chunk-size SizeSuffix Read the source objects in chunks. (default 128M) 1914 --vfs-read-chunk-size-limit SizeSuffix If greater than --vfs-read-chunk-size, double the chunk size after each chunk read, until the limit is reached. 'off' is unlimited. (default off)</code></pre> 1915 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/flags/">global flags page</a> for global options not listed here.</p> 1916 <h3 id="see-also-60">SEE ALSO</h3> 1917 <ul> 1918 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_serve/">rclone serve</a> - Serve a remote over a protocol.</li> 1919 </ul> 1920 <h2 id="rclone-serve-restic">rclone serve restic</h2> 1921 <p>Serve the remote for restic’s REST API.</p> 1922 <h3 id="synopsis-61">Synopsis</h3> 1923 <p>rclone serve restic implements restic’s REST backend API over HTTP. This allows restic to use rclone as a data storage mechanism for cloud providers that restic does not support directly.</p> 1924 <p><a href="https://restic.net/">Restic</a> is a command line program for doing backups.</p> 1925 <p>The server will log errors. Use -v to see access logs.</p> 1926 <p>–bwlimit will be respected for file transfers. Use –stats to control the stats printing.</p> 1927 <h3 id="setting-up-rclone-for-use-by-restic">Setting up rclone for use by restic</h3> 1928 <p>First <a href="/docs/#configure">set up a remote for your chosen cloud provider</a>.</p> 1929 <p>Once you have set up the remote, check it is working with, for example “rclone lsd remote:”. You may have called the remote something other than “remote:” - just substitute whatever you called it in the following instructions.</p> 1930 <p>Now start the rclone restic server</p> 1931 <pre><code>rclone serve restic -v remote:backup</code></pre> 1932 <p>Where you can replace “backup” in the above by whatever path in the remote you wish to use.</p> 1933 <p>By default this will serve on “localhost:8080” you can change this with use of the “–addr” flag.</p> 1934 <p>You might wish to start this server on boot.</p> 1935 <h3 id="setting-up-restic-to-use-rclone">Setting up restic to use rclone</h3> 1936 <p>Now you can <a href="http://restic.readthedocs.io/en/latest/030_preparing_a_new_repo.html#rest-server">follow the restic instructions</a> on setting up restic.</p> 1937 <p>Note that you will need restic 0.8.2 or later to interoperate with rclone.</p> 1938 <p>For the example above you will want to use “http://localhost:8080/” as the URL for the REST server.</p> 1939 <p>For example:</p> 1940 <pre><code>$ export RESTIC_REPOSITORY=rest:http://localhost:8080/ 1941 $ export RESTIC_PASSWORD=yourpassword 1942 $ restic init 1943 created restic backend 8b1a4b56ae at rest:http://localhost:8080/ 1944 1945 Please note that knowledge of your password is required to access 1946 the repository. Losing your password means that your data is 1947 irrecoverably lost. 1948 $ restic backup /path/to/files/to/backup 1949 scan [/path/to/files/to/backup] 1950 scanned 189 directories, 312 files in 0:00 1951 [0:00] 100.00% 38.128 MiB / 38.128 MiB 501 / 501 items 0 errors ETA 0:00 1952 duration: 0:00 1953 snapshot 45c8fdd8 saved</code></pre> 1954 <h4 id="multiple-repositories">Multiple repositories</h4> 1955 <p>Note that you can use the endpoint to host multiple repositories. Do this by adding a directory name or path after the URL. Note that these <strong>must</strong> end with /. Eg</p> 1956 <pre><code>$ export RESTIC_REPOSITORY=rest:http://localhost:8080/user1repo/ 1957 # backup user1 stuff 1958 $ export RESTIC_REPOSITORY=rest:http://localhost:8080/user2repo/ 1959 # backup user2 stuff</code></pre> 1960 <h4 id="private-repositories">Private repositories</h4> 1961 <p>The “–private-repos” flag can be used to limit users to repositories starting with a path of “/<username>/”.</p> 1962 <h3 id="server-options-3">Server options</h3> 1963 <p>Use –addr to specify which IP address and port the server should listen on, eg –addr 1.2.3.4:8000 or –addr :8080 to listen to all IPs. By default it only listens on localhost. You can use port :0 to let the OS choose an available port.</p> 1964 <p>If you set –addr to listen on a public or LAN accessible IP address then using Authentication is advised - see the next section for info.</p> 1965 <p>–server-read-timeout and –server-write-timeout can be used to control the timeouts on the server. Note that this is the total time for a transfer.</p> 1966 <p>–max-header-bytes controls the maximum number of bytes the server will accept in the HTTP header.</p> 1967 <p>–baseurl controls the URL prefix that rclone serves from. By default rclone will serve from the root. If you used –baseurl “/rclone” then rclone would serve from a URL starting with “/rclone/”. This is useful if you wish to proxy rclone serve. Rclone automatically inserts leading and trailing “/” on –baseurl, so –baseurl “rclone”, –baseurl “/rclone” and –baseurl “/rclone/” are all treated identically.</p> 1968 <h4 id="authentication-2">Authentication</h4> 1969 <p>By default this will serve files without needing a login.</p> 1970 <p>You can either use an htpasswd file which can take lots of users, or set a single username and password with the –user and –pass flags.</p> 1971 <p>Use –htpasswd /path/to/htpasswd to provide an htpasswd file. This is in standard apache format and supports MD5, SHA1 and BCrypt for basic authentication. Bcrypt is recommended.</p> 1972 <p>To create an htpasswd file:</p> 1973 <pre><code>touch htpasswd 1974 htpasswd -B htpasswd user 1975 htpasswd -B htpasswd anotherUser</code></pre> 1976 <p>The password file can be updated while rclone is running.</p> 1977 <p>Use –realm to set the authentication realm.</p> 1978 <h4 id="ssltls-1">SSL/TLS</h4> 1979 <p>By default this will serve over http. If you want you can serve over https. You will need to supply the –cert and –key flags. If you wish to do client side certificate validation then you will need to supply –client-ca also.</p> 1980 <p>–cert should be a either a PEM encoded certificate or a concatenation of that with the CA certificate. –key should be the PEM encoded private key and –client-ca should be the PEM encoded client certificate authority certificate.</p> 1981 <pre><code>rclone serve restic remote:path [flags]</code></pre> 1982 <h3 id="options-61">Options</h3> 1983 <pre><code> --addr string IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to. (default "localhost:8080") 1984 --append-only disallow deletion of repository data 1985 --baseurl string Prefix for URLs - leave blank for root. 1986 --cert string SSL PEM key (concatenation of certificate and CA certificate) 1987 --client-ca string Client certificate authority to verify clients with 1988 -h, --help help for restic 1989 --htpasswd string htpasswd file - if not provided no authentication is done 1990 --key string SSL PEM Private key 1991 --max-header-bytes int Maximum size of request header (default 4096) 1992 --pass string Password for authentication. 1993 --private-repos users can only access their private repo 1994 --realm string realm for authentication (default "rclone") 1995 --server-read-timeout duration Timeout for server reading data (default 1h0m0s) 1996 --server-write-timeout duration Timeout for server writing data (default 1h0m0s) 1997 --stdio run an HTTP2 server on stdin/stdout 1998 --user string User name for authentication.</code></pre> 1999 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/flags/">global flags page</a> for global options not listed here.</p> 2000 <h3 id="see-also-61">SEE ALSO</h3> 2001 <ul> 2002 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_serve/">rclone serve</a> - Serve a remote over a protocol.</li> 2003 </ul> 2004 <h2 id="rclone-serve-sftp">rclone serve sftp</h2> 2005 <p>Serve the remote over SFTP.</p> 2006 <h3 id="synopsis-62">Synopsis</h3> 2007 <p>rclone serve sftp implements an SFTP server to serve the remote over SFTP. This can be used with an SFTP client or you can make a remote of type sftp to use with it.</p> 2008 <p>You can use the filter flags (eg –include, –exclude) to control what is served.</p> 2009 <p>The server will log errors. Use -v to see access logs.</p> 2010 <p>–bwlimit will be respected for file transfers. Use –stats to control the stats printing.</p> 2011 <p>You must provide some means of authentication, either with –user/–pass, an authorized keys file (specify location with –authorized-keys - the default is the same as ssh) or set the –no-auth flag for no authentication when logging in.</p> 2012 <p>Note that this also implements a small number of shell commands so that it can provide md5sum/sha1sum/df information for the rclone sftp backend. This means that is can support SHA1SUMs, MD5SUMs and the about command when paired with the rclone sftp backend.</p> 2013 <p>If you don’t supply a –key then rclone will generate one and cache it for later use.</p> 2014 <p>By default the server binds to localhost:2022 - if you want it to be reachable externally then supply “–addr :2022” for example.</p> 2015 <p>Note that the default of “–vfs-cache-mode off” is fine for the rclone sftp backend, but it may not be with other SFTP clients.</p> 2016 <h3 id="directory-cache-4">Directory Cache</h3> 2017 <p>Using the <code>--dir-cache-time</code> flag, you can set how long a directory should be considered up to date and not refreshed from the backend. Changes made locally in the mount may appear immediately or invalidate the cache. However, changes done on the remote will only be picked up once the cache expires.</p> 2018 <p>Alternatively, you can send a <code>SIGHUP</code> signal to rclone for it to flush all directory caches, regardless of how old they are. Assuming only one rclone instance is running, you can reset the cache like this:</p> 2019 <pre><code>kill -SIGHUP $(pidof rclone)</code></pre> 2020 <p>If you configure rclone with a <a href="/rc">remote control</a> then you can use rclone rc to flush the whole directory cache:</p> 2021 <pre><code>rclone rc vfs/forget</code></pre> 2022 <p>Or individual files or directories:</p> 2023 <pre><code>rclone rc vfs/forget file=path/to/file dir=path/to/dir</code></pre> 2024 <h3 id="file-buffering-4">File Buffering</h3> 2025 <p>The <code>--buffer-size</code> flag determines the amount of memory, that will be used to buffer data in advance.</p> 2026 <p>Each open file descriptor will try to keep the specified amount of data in memory at all times. The buffered data is bound to one file descriptor and won’t be shared between multiple open file descriptors of the same file.</p> 2027 <p>This flag is a upper limit for the used memory per file descriptor. The buffer will only use memory for data that is downloaded but not not yet read. If the buffer is empty, only a small amount of memory will be used. The maximum memory used by rclone for buffering can be up to <code>--buffer-size * open files</code>.</p> 2028 <h3 id="file-caching-4">File Caching</h3> 2029 <p>These flags control the VFS file caching options. The VFS layer is used by rclone mount to make a cloud storage system work more like a normal file system.</p> 2030 <p>You’ll need to enable VFS caching if you want, for example, to read and write simultaneously to a file. See below for more details.</p> 2031 <p>Note that the VFS cache works in addition to the cache backend and you may find that you need one or the other or both.</p> 2032 <pre><code>--cache-dir string Directory rclone will use for caching. 2033 --vfs-cache-max-age duration Max age of objects in the cache. (default 1h0m0s) 2034 --vfs-cache-mode string Cache mode off|minimal|writes|full (default "off") 2035 --vfs-cache-poll-interval duration Interval to poll the cache for stale objects. (default 1m0s) 2036 --vfs-cache-max-size int Max total size of objects in the cache. (default off)</code></pre> 2037 <p>If run with <code>-vv</code> rclone will print the location of the file cache. The files are stored in the user cache file area which is OS dependent but can be controlled with <code>--cache-dir</code> or setting the appropriate environment variable.</p> 2038 <p>The cache has 4 different modes selected by <code>--vfs-cache-mode</code>. The higher the cache mode the more compatible rclone becomes at the cost of using disk space.</p> 2039 <p>Note that files are written back to the remote only when they are closed so if rclone is quit or dies with open files then these won’t get written back to the remote. However they will still be in the on disk cache.</p> 2040 <p>If using –vfs-cache-max-size note that the cache may exceed this size for two reasons. Firstly because it is only checked every –vfs-cache-poll-interval. Secondly because open files cannot be evicted from the cache.</p> 2041 <h4 id="vfs-cache-mode-off-4">–vfs-cache-mode off</h4> 2042 <p>In this mode the cache will read directly from the remote and write directly to the remote without caching anything on disk.</p> 2043 <p>This will mean some operations are not possible</p> 2044 <ul> 2045 <li>Files can’t be opened for both read AND write</li> 2046 <li>Files opened for write can’t be seeked</li> 2047 <li>Existing files opened for write must have O_TRUNC set</li> 2048 <li>Files open for read with O_TRUNC will be opened write only</li> 2049 <li>Files open for write only will behave as if O_TRUNC was supplied</li> 2050 <li>Open modes O_APPEND, O_TRUNC are ignored</li> 2051 <li>If an upload fails it can’t be retried</li> 2052 </ul> 2053 <h4 id="vfs-cache-mode-minimal-4">–vfs-cache-mode minimal</h4> 2054 <p>This is very similar to “off” except that files opened for read AND write will be buffered to disks. This means that files opened for write will be a lot more compatible, but uses the minimal disk space.</p> 2055 <p>These operations are not possible</p> 2056 <ul> 2057 <li>Files opened for write only can’t be seeked</li> 2058 <li>Existing files opened for write must have O_TRUNC set</li> 2059 <li>Files opened for write only will ignore O_APPEND, O_TRUNC</li> 2060 <li>If an upload fails it can’t be retried</li> 2061 </ul> 2062 <h4 id="vfs-cache-mode-writes-4">–vfs-cache-mode writes</h4> 2063 <p>In this mode files opened for read only are still read directly from the remote, write only and read/write files are buffered to disk first.</p> 2064 <p>This mode should support all normal file system operations.</p> 2065 <p>If an upload fails it will be retried up to –low-level-retries times.</p> 2066 <h4 id="vfs-cache-mode-full-4">–vfs-cache-mode full</h4> 2067 <p>In this mode all reads and writes are buffered to and from disk. When a file is opened for read it will be downloaded in its entirety first.</p> 2068 <p>This may be appropriate for your needs, or you may prefer to look at the cache backend which does a much more sophisticated job of caching, including caching directory hierarchies and chunks of files.</p> 2069 <p>In this mode, unlike the others, when a file is written to the disk, it will be kept on the disk after it is written to the remote. It will be purged on a schedule according to <code>--vfs-cache-max-age</code>.</p> 2070 <p>This mode should support all normal file system operations.</p> 2071 <p>If an upload or download fails it will be retried up to –low-level-retries times.</p> 2072 <h3 id="auth-proxy-1">Auth Proxy</h3> 2073 <p>If you supply the parameter <code>--auth-proxy /path/to/program</code> then rclone will use that program to generate backends on the fly which then are used to authenticate incoming requests. This uses a simple JSON based protocl with input on STDIN and output on STDOUT.</p> 2074 <p>There is an example program <a href="https://github.com/rclone/rclone/blob/master/test_proxy.py">bin/test_proxy.py</a> in the rclone source code.</p> 2075 <p>The program’s job is to take a <code>user</code> and <code>pass</code> on the input and turn those into the config for a backend on STDOUT in JSON format. This config will have any default parameters for the backend added, but it won’t use configuration from environment variables or command line options - it is the job of the proxy program to make a complete config.</p> 2076 <p>This config generated must have this extra parameter - <code>_root</code> - root to use for the backend</p> 2077 <p>And it may have this parameter - <code>_obscure</code> - comma separated strings for parameters to obscure</p> 2078 <p>For example the program might take this on STDIN</p> 2079 <pre><code>{ 2080 "user": "me", 2081 "pass": "mypassword" 2082 }</code></pre> 2083 <p>And return this on STDOUT</p> 2084 <pre><code>{ 2085 "type": "sftp", 2086 "_root": "", 2087 "_obscure": "pass", 2088 "user": "me", 2089 "pass": "mypassword", 2090 "host": "sftp.example.com" 2091 }</code></pre> 2092 <p>This would mean that an SFTP backend would be created on the fly for the <code>user</code> and <code>pass</code> returned in the output to the host given. Note that since <code>_obscure</code> is set to <code>pass</code>, rclone will obscure the <code>pass</code> parameter before creating the backend (which is required for sftp backends).</p> 2093 <p>The progam can manipulate the supplied <code>user</code> in any way, for example to make proxy to many different sftp backends, you could make the <code>user</code> be <code>user@example.com</code> and then set the <code>host</code> to <code>example.com</code> in the output and the user to <code>user</code>. For security you’d probably want to restrict the <code>host</code> to a limited list.</p> 2094 <p>Note that an internal cache is keyed on <code>user</code> so only use that for configuration, don’t use <code>pass</code>. This also means that if a user’s password is changed the cache will need to expire (which takes 5 mins) before it takes effect.</p> 2095 <p>This can be used to build general purpose proxies to any kind of backend that rclone supports.</p> 2096 <pre><code>rclone serve sftp remote:path [flags]</code></pre> 2097 <h3 id="options-62">Options</h3> 2098 <pre><code> --addr string IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to. (default "localhost:2022") 2099 --auth-proxy string A program to use to create the backend from the auth. 2100 --authorized-keys string Authorized keys file (default "~/.ssh/authorized_keys") 2101 --dir-cache-time duration Time to cache directory entries for. (default 5m0s) 2102 --dir-perms FileMode Directory permissions (default 0777) 2103 --file-perms FileMode File permissions (default 0666) 2104 --gid uint32 Override the gid field set by the filesystem. (default 1000) 2105 -h, --help help for sftp 2106 --key string SSH private key file (leave blank to auto generate) 2107 --no-auth Allow connections with no authentication if set. 2108 --no-checksum Don't compare checksums on up/download. 2109 --no-modtime Don't read/write the modification time (can speed things up). 2110 --no-seek Don't allow seeking in files. 2111 --pass string Password for authentication. 2112 --poll-interval duration Time to wait between polling for changes. Must be smaller than dir-cache-time. Only on supported remotes. Set to 0 to disable. (default 1m0s) 2113 --read-only Mount read-only. 2114 --uid uint32 Override the uid field set by the filesystem. (default 1000) 2115 --umask int Override the permission bits set by the filesystem. (default 2) 2116 --user string User name for authentication. 2117 --vfs-cache-max-age duration Max age of objects in the cache. (default 1h0m0s) 2118 --vfs-cache-max-size SizeSuffix Max total size of objects in the cache. (default off) 2119 --vfs-cache-mode CacheMode Cache mode off|minimal|writes|full (default off) 2120 --vfs-cache-poll-interval duration Interval to poll the cache for stale objects. (default 1m0s) 2121 --vfs-case-insensitive If a file name not found, find a case insensitive match. 2122 --vfs-read-chunk-size SizeSuffix Read the source objects in chunks. (default 128M) 2123 --vfs-read-chunk-size-limit SizeSuffix If greater than --vfs-read-chunk-size, double the chunk size after each chunk read, until the limit is reached. 'off' is unlimited. (default off)</code></pre> 2124 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/flags/">global flags page</a> for global options not listed here.</p> 2125 <h3 id="see-also-62">SEE ALSO</h3> 2126 <ul> 2127 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_serve/">rclone serve</a> - Serve a remote over a protocol.</li> 2128 </ul> 2129 <h2 id="rclone-serve-webdav">rclone serve webdav</h2> 2130 <p>Serve remote:path over webdav.</p> 2131 <h3 id="synopsis-63">Synopsis</h3> 2132 <p>rclone serve webdav implements a basic webdav server to serve the remote over HTTP via the webdav protocol. This can be viewed with a webdav client, through a web browser, or you can make a remote of type webdav to read and write it.</p> 2133 <h3 id="webdav-options">Webdav options</h3> 2134 <h4 id="etag-hash">–etag-hash</h4> 2135 <p>This controls the ETag header. Without this flag the ETag will be based on the ModTime and Size of the object.</p> 2136 <p>If this flag is set to “auto” then rclone will choose the first supported hash on the backend or you can use a named hash such as “MD5” or “SHA-1”.</p> 2137 <p>Use “rclone hashsum” to see the full list.</p> 2138 <h3 id="server-options-4">Server options</h3> 2139 <p>Use –addr to specify which IP address and port the server should listen on, eg –addr 1.2.3.4:8000 or –addr :8080 to listen to all IPs. By default it only listens on localhost. You can use port :0 to let the OS choose an available port.</p> 2140 <p>If you set –addr to listen on a public or LAN accessible IP address then using Authentication is advised - see the next section for info.</p> 2141 <p>–server-read-timeout and –server-write-timeout can be used to control the timeouts on the server. Note that this is the total time for a transfer.</p> 2142 <p>–max-header-bytes controls the maximum number of bytes the server will accept in the HTTP header.</p> 2143 <p>–baseurl controls the URL prefix that rclone serves from. By default rclone will serve from the root. If you used –baseurl “/rclone” then rclone would serve from a URL starting with “/rclone/”. This is useful if you wish to proxy rclone serve. Rclone automatically inserts leading and trailing “/” on –baseurl, so –baseurl “rclone”, –baseurl “/rclone” and –baseurl “/rclone/” are all treated identically.</p> 2144 <h4 id="authentication-3">Authentication</h4> 2145 <p>By default this will serve files without needing a login.</p> 2146 <p>You can either use an htpasswd file which can take lots of users, or set a single username and password with the –user and –pass flags.</p> 2147 <p>Use –htpasswd /path/to/htpasswd to provide an htpasswd file. This is in standard apache format and supports MD5, SHA1 and BCrypt for basic authentication. Bcrypt is recommended.</p> 2148 <p>To create an htpasswd file:</p> 2149 <pre><code>touch htpasswd 2150 htpasswd -B htpasswd user 2151 htpasswd -B htpasswd anotherUser</code></pre> 2152 <p>The password file can be updated while rclone is running.</p> 2153 <p>Use –realm to set the authentication realm.</p> 2154 <h4 id="ssltls-2">SSL/TLS</h4> 2155 <p>By default this will serve over http. If you want you can serve over https. You will need to supply the –cert and –key flags. If you wish to do client side certificate validation then you will need to supply –client-ca also.</p> 2156 <p>–cert should be a either a PEM encoded certificate or a concatenation of that with the CA certificate. –key should be the PEM encoded private key and –client-ca should be the PEM encoded client certificate authority certificate.</p> 2157 <h3 id="directory-cache-5">Directory Cache</h3> 2158 <p>Using the <code>--dir-cache-time</code> flag, you can set how long a directory should be considered up to date and not refreshed from the backend. Changes made locally in the mount may appear immediately or invalidate the cache. However, changes done on the remote will only be picked up once the cache expires.</p> 2159 <p>Alternatively, you can send a <code>SIGHUP</code> signal to rclone for it to flush all directory caches, regardless of how old they are. Assuming only one rclone instance is running, you can reset the cache like this:</p> 2160 <pre><code>kill -SIGHUP $(pidof rclone)</code></pre> 2161 <p>If you configure rclone with a <a href="/rc">remote control</a> then you can use rclone rc to flush the whole directory cache:</p> 2162 <pre><code>rclone rc vfs/forget</code></pre> 2163 <p>Or individual files or directories:</p> 2164 <pre><code>rclone rc vfs/forget file=path/to/file dir=path/to/dir</code></pre> 2165 <h3 id="file-buffering-5">File Buffering</h3> 2166 <p>The <code>--buffer-size</code> flag determines the amount of memory, that will be used to buffer data in advance.</p> 2167 <p>Each open file descriptor will try to keep the specified amount of data in memory at all times. The buffered data is bound to one file descriptor and won’t be shared between multiple open file descriptors of the same file.</p> 2168 <p>This flag is a upper limit for the used memory per file descriptor. The buffer will only use memory for data that is downloaded but not not yet read. If the buffer is empty, only a small amount of memory will be used. The maximum memory used by rclone for buffering can be up to <code>--buffer-size * open files</code>.</p> 2169 <h3 id="file-caching-5">File Caching</h3> 2170 <p>These flags control the VFS file caching options. The VFS layer is used by rclone mount to make a cloud storage system work more like a normal file system.</p> 2171 <p>You’ll need to enable VFS caching if you want, for example, to read and write simultaneously to a file. See below for more details.</p> 2172 <p>Note that the VFS cache works in addition to the cache backend and you may find that you need one or the other or both.</p> 2173 <pre><code>--cache-dir string Directory rclone will use for caching. 2174 --vfs-cache-max-age duration Max age of objects in the cache. (default 1h0m0s) 2175 --vfs-cache-mode string Cache mode off|minimal|writes|full (default "off") 2176 --vfs-cache-poll-interval duration Interval to poll the cache for stale objects. (default 1m0s) 2177 --vfs-cache-max-size int Max total size of objects in the cache. (default off)</code></pre> 2178 <p>If run with <code>-vv</code> rclone will print the location of the file cache. The files are stored in the user cache file area which is OS dependent but can be controlled with <code>--cache-dir</code> or setting the appropriate environment variable.</p> 2179 <p>The cache has 4 different modes selected by <code>--vfs-cache-mode</code>. The higher the cache mode the more compatible rclone becomes at the cost of using disk space.</p> 2180 <p>Note that files are written back to the remote only when they are closed so if rclone is quit or dies with open files then these won’t get written back to the remote. However they will still be in the on disk cache.</p> 2181 <p>If using –vfs-cache-max-size note that the cache may exceed this size for two reasons. Firstly because it is only checked every –vfs-cache-poll-interval. Secondly because open files cannot be evicted from the cache.</p> 2182 <h4 id="vfs-cache-mode-off-5">–vfs-cache-mode off</h4> 2183 <p>In this mode the cache will read directly from the remote and write directly to the remote without caching anything on disk.</p> 2184 <p>This will mean some operations are not possible</p> 2185 <ul> 2186 <li>Files can’t be opened for both read AND write</li> 2187 <li>Files opened for write can’t be seeked</li> 2188 <li>Existing files opened for write must have O_TRUNC set</li> 2189 <li>Files open for read with O_TRUNC will be opened write only</li> 2190 <li>Files open for write only will behave as if O_TRUNC was supplied</li> 2191 <li>Open modes O_APPEND, O_TRUNC are ignored</li> 2192 <li>If an upload fails it can’t be retried</li> 2193 </ul> 2194 <h4 id="vfs-cache-mode-minimal-5">–vfs-cache-mode minimal</h4> 2195 <p>This is very similar to “off” except that files opened for read AND write will be buffered to disks. This means that files opened for write will be a lot more compatible, but uses the minimal disk space.</p> 2196 <p>These operations are not possible</p> 2197 <ul> 2198 <li>Files opened for write only can’t be seeked</li> 2199 <li>Existing files opened for write must have O_TRUNC set</li> 2200 <li>Files opened for write only will ignore O_APPEND, O_TRUNC</li> 2201 <li>If an upload fails it can’t be retried</li> 2202 </ul> 2203 <h4 id="vfs-cache-mode-writes-5">–vfs-cache-mode writes</h4> 2204 <p>In this mode files opened for read only are still read directly from the remote, write only and read/write files are buffered to disk first.</p> 2205 <p>This mode should support all normal file system operations.</p> 2206 <p>If an upload fails it will be retried up to –low-level-retries times.</p> 2207 <h4 id="vfs-cache-mode-full-5">–vfs-cache-mode full</h4> 2208 <p>In this mode all reads and writes are buffered to and from disk. When a file is opened for read it will be downloaded in its entirety first.</p> 2209 <p>This may be appropriate for your needs, or you may prefer to look at the cache backend which does a much more sophisticated job of caching, including caching directory hierarchies and chunks of files.</p> 2210 <p>In this mode, unlike the others, when a file is written to the disk, it will be kept on the disk after it is written to the remote. It will be purged on a schedule according to <code>--vfs-cache-max-age</code>.</p> 2211 <p>This mode should support all normal file system operations.</p> 2212 <p>If an upload or download fails it will be retried up to –low-level-retries times.</p> 2213 <h3 id="auth-proxy-2">Auth Proxy</h3> 2214 <p>If you supply the parameter <code>--auth-proxy /path/to/program</code> then rclone will use that program to generate backends on the fly which then are used to authenticate incoming requests. This uses a simple JSON based protocl with input on STDIN and output on STDOUT.</p> 2215 <p>There is an example program <a href="https://github.com/rclone/rclone/blob/master/test_proxy.py">bin/test_proxy.py</a> in the rclone source code.</p> 2216 <p>The program’s job is to take a <code>user</code> and <code>pass</code> on the input and turn those into the config for a backend on STDOUT in JSON format. This config will have any default parameters for the backend added, but it won’t use configuration from environment variables or command line options - it is the job of the proxy program to make a complete config.</p> 2217 <p>This config generated must have this extra parameter - <code>_root</code> - root to use for the backend</p> 2218 <p>And it may have this parameter - <code>_obscure</code> - comma separated strings for parameters to obscure</p> 2219 <p>For example the program might take this on STDIN</p> 2220 <pre><code>{ 2221 "user": "me", 2222 "pass": "mypassword" 2223 }</code></pre> 2224 <p>And return this on STDOUT</p> 2225 <pre><code>{ 2226 "type": "sftp", 2227 "_root": "", 2228 "_obscure": "pass", 2229 "user": "me", 2230 "pass": "mypassword", 2231 "host": "sftp.example.com" 2232 }</code></pre> 2233 <p>This would mean that an SFTP backend would be created on the fly for the <code>user</code> and <code>pass</code> returned in the output to the host given. Note that since <code>_obscure</code> is set to <code>pass</code>, rclone will obscure the <code>pass</code> parameter before creating the backend (which is required for sftp backends).</p> 2234 <p>The progam can manipulate the supplied <code>user</code> in any way, for example to make proxy to many different sftp backends, you could make the <code>user</code> be <code>user@example.com</code> and then set the <code>host</code> to <code>example.com</code> in the output and the user to <code>user</code>. For security you’d probably want to restrict the <code>host</code> to a limited list.</p> 2235 <p>Note that an internal cache is keyed on <code>user</code> so only use that for configuration, don’t use <code>pass</code>. This also means that if a user’s password is changed the cache will need to expire (which takes 5 mins) before it takes effect.</p> 2236 <p>This can be used to build general purpose proxies to any kind of backend that rclone supports.</p> 2237 <pre><code>rclone serve webdav remote:path [flags]</code></pre> 2238 <h3 id="options-63">Options</h3> 2239 <pre><code> --addr string IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to. (default "localhost:8080") 2240 --auth-proxy string A program to use to create the backend from the auth. 2241 --baseurl string Prefix for URLs - leave blank for root. 2242 --cert string SSL PEM key (concatenation of certificate and CA certificate) 2243 --client-ca string Client certificate authority to verify clients with 2244 --dir-cache-time duration Time to cache directory entries for. (default 5m0s) 2245 --dir-perms FileMode Directory permissions (default 0777) 2246 --disable-dir-list Disable HTML directory list on GET request for a directory 2247 --etag-hash string Which hash to use for the ETag, or auto or blank for off 2248 --file-perms FileMode File permissions (default 0666) 2249 --gid uint32 Override the gid field set by the filesystem. (default 1000) 2250 -h, --help help for webdav 2251 --htpasswd string htpasswd file - if not provided no authentication is done 2252 --key string SSL PEM Private key 2253 --max-header-bytes int Maximum size of request header (default 4096) 2254 --no-checksum Don't compare checksums on up/download. 2255 --no-modtime Don't read/write the modification time (can speed things up). 2256 --no-seek Don't allow seeking in files. 2257 --pass string Password for authentication. 2258 --poll-interval duration Time to wait between polling for changes. Must be smaller than dir-cache-time. Only on supported remotes. Set to 0 to disable. (default 1m0s) 2259 --read-only Mount read-only. 2260 --realm string realm for authentication (default "rclone") 2261 --server-read-timeout duration Timeout for server reading data (default 1h0m0s) 2262 --server-write-timeout duration Timeout for server writing data (default 1h0m0s) 2263 --uid uint32 Override the uid field set by the filesystem. (default 1000) 2264 --umask int Override the permission bits set by the filesystem. (default 2) 2265 --user string User name for authentication. 2266 --vfs-cache-max-age duration Max age of objects in the cache. (default 1h0m0s) 2267 --vfs-cache-max-size SizeSuffix Max total size of objects in the cache. (default off) 2268 --vfs-cache-mode CacheMode Cache mode off|minimal|writes|full (default off) 2269 --vfs-cache-poll-interval duration Interval to poll the cache for stale objects. (default 1m0s) 2270 --vfs-case-insensitive If a file name not found, find a case insensitive match. 2271 --vfs-read-chunk-size SizeSuffix Read the source objects in chunks. (default 128M) 2272 --vfs-read-chunk-size-limit SizeSuffix If greater than --vfs-read-chunk-size, double the chunk size after each chunk read, until the limit is reached. 'off' is unlimited. (default off)</code></pre> 2273 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/flags/">global flags page</a> for global options not listed here.</p> 2274 <h3 id="see-also-63">SEE ALSO</h3> 2275 <ul> 2276 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_serve/">rclone serve</a> - Serve a remote over a protocol.</li> 2277 </ul> 2278 <h2 id="rclone-settier">rclone settier</h2> 2279 <p>Changes storage class/tier of objects in remote.</p> 2280 <h3 id="synopsis-64">Synopsis</h3> 2281 <p>rclone settier changes storage tier or class at remote if supported. Few cloud storage services provides different storage classes on objects, for example AWS S3 and Glacier, Azure Blob storage - Hot, Cool and Archive, Google Cloud Storage, Regional Storage, Nearline, Coldline etc.</p> 2282 <p>Note that, certain tier changes make objects not available to access immediately. For example tiering to archive in azure blob storage makes objects in frozen state, user can restore by setting tier to Hot/Cool, similarly S3 to Glacier makes object inaccessible.true</p> 2283 <p>You can use it to tier single object</p> 2284 <pre><code>rclone settier Cool remote:path/file</code></pre> 2285 <p>Or use rclone filters to set tier on only specific files</p> 2286 <pre><code>rclone --include "*.txt" settier Hot remote:path/dir</code></pre> 2287 <p>Or just provide remote directory and all files in directory will be tiered</p> 2288 <pre><code>rclone settier tier remote:path/dir</code></pre> 2289 <pre><code>rclone settier tier remote:path [flags]</code></pre> 2290 <h3 id="options-64">Options</h3> 2291 <pre><code> -h, --help help for settier</code></pre> 2292 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/flags/">global flags page</a> for global options not listed here.</p> 2293 <h3 id="see-also-64">SEE ALSO</h3> 2294 <ul> 2295 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/">rclone</a> - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.</li> 2296 </ul> 2297 <h2 id="rclone-touch">rclone touch</h2> 2298 <p>Create new file or change file modification time.</p> 2299 <h3 id="synopsis-65">Synopsis</h3> 2300 <p>Create new file or change file modification time.</p> 2301 <pre><code>rclone touch remote:path [flags]</code></pre> 2302 <h3 id="options-65">Options</h3> 2303 <pre><code> -h, --help help for touch 2304 -C, --no-create Do not create the file if it does not exist. 2305 -t, --timestamp string Change the modification times to the specified time instead of the current time of day. The argument is of the form 'YYMMDD' (ex. 17.10.30) or 'YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS' (ex. 2006-01-02T15:04:05)</code></pre> 2306 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/flags/">global flags page</a> for global options not listed here.</p> 2307 <h3 id="see-also-65">SEE ALSO</h3> 2308 <ul> 2309 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/">rclone</a> - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.</li> 2310 </ul> 2311 <h2 id="rclone-tree">rclone tree</h2> 2312 <p>List the contents of the remote in a tree like fashion.</p> 2313 <h3 id="synopsis-66">Synopsis</h3> 2314 <p>rclone tree lists the contents of a remote in a similar way to the unix tree command.</p> 2315 <p>For example</p> 2316 <pre><code>$ rclone tree remote:path 2317 / 2318 ├── file1 2319 ├── file2 2320 ├── file3 2321 └── subdir 2322 ├── file4 2323 └── file5 2324 2325 1 directories, 5 files</code></pre> 2326 <p>You can use any of the filtering options with the tree command (eg –include and –exclude). You can also use –fast-list.</p> 2327 <p>The tree command has many options for controlling the listing which are compatible with the tree command. Note that not all of them have short options as they conflict with rclone’s short options.</p> 2328 <pre><code>rclone tree remote:path [flags]</code></pre> 2329 <h3 id="options-66">Options</h3> 2330 <pre><code> -a, --all All files are listed (list . files too). 2331 -C, --color Turn colorization on always. 2332 -d, --dirs-only List directories only. 2333 --dirsfirst List directories before files (-U disables). 2334 --full-path Print the full path prefix for each file. 2335 -h, --help help for tree 2336 --human Print the size in a more human readable way. 2337 --level int Descend only level directories deep. 2338 -D, --modtime Print the date of last modification. 2339 -i, --noindent Don't print indentation lines. 2340 --noreport Turn off file/directory count at end of tree listing. 2341 -o, --output string Output to file instead of stdout. 2342 -p, --protections Print the protections for each file. 2343 -Q, --quote Quote filenames with double quotes. 2344 -s, --size Print the size in bytes of each file. 2345 --sort string Select sort: name,version,size,mtime,ctime. 2346 --sort-ctime Sort files by last status change time. 2347 -t, --sort-modtime Sort files by last modification time. 2348 -r, --sort-reverse Reverse the order of the sort. 2349 -U, --unsorted Leave files unsorted. 2350 --version Sort files alphanumerically by version.</code></pre> 2351 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/flags/">global flags page</a> for global options not listed here.</p> 2352 <h3 id="see-also-66">SEE ALSO</h3> 2353 <ul> 2354 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/">rclone</a> - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.</li> 2355 </ul> 2356 <h2 id="copying-single-files">Copying single files</h2> 2357 <p>rclone normally syncs or copies directories. However, if the source remote points to a file, rclone will just copy that file. The destination remote must point to a directory - rclone will give the error <code>Failed to create file system for "remote:file": is a file not a directory</code> if it isn’t.</p> 2358 <p>For example, suppose you have a remote with a file in called <code>test.jpg</code>, then you could copy just that file like this</p> 2359 <pre><code>rclone copy remote:test.jpg /tmp/download</code></pre> 2360 <p>The file <code>test.jpg</code> will be placed inside <code>/tmp/download</code>.</p> 2361 <p>This is equivalent to specifying</p> 2362 <pre><code>rclone copy --files-from /tmp/files remote: /tmp/download</code></pre> 2363 <p>Where <code>/tmp/files</code> contains the single line</p> 2364 <pre><code>test.jpg</code></pre> 2365 <p>It is recommended to use <code>copy</code> when copying individual files, not <code>sync</code>. They have pretty much the same effect but <code>copy</code> will use a lot less memory.</p> 2366 <h2 id="syntax-of-remote-paths">Syntax of remote paths</h2> 2367 <p>The syntax of the paths passed to the rclone command are as follows.</p> 2368 <h3 id="pathtodir">/path/to/dir</h3> 2369 <p>This refers to the local file system.</p> 2370 <p>On Windows only <code>\</code> may be used instead of <code>/</code> in local paths <strong>only</strong>, non local paths must use <code>/</code>.</p> 2371 <p>These paths needn’t start with a leading <code>/</code> - if they don’t then they will be relative to the current directory.</p> 2372 <h3 id="remotepathtodir">remote:path/to/dir</h3> 2373 <p>This refers to a directory <code>path/to/dir</code> on <code>remote:</code> as defined in the config file (configured with <code>rclone config</code>).</p> 2374 <h3 id="remotepathtodir-1">remote:/path/to/dir</h3> 2375 <p>On most backends this is refers to the same directory as <code>remote:path/to/dir</code> and that format should be preferred. On a very small number of remotes (FTP, SFTP, Dropbox for business) this will refer to a different directory. On these, paths without a leading <code>/</code> will refer to your “home” directory and paths with a leading <code>/</code> will refer to the root.</p> 2376 <h3 id="backendpathtodir">:backend:path/to/dir</h3> 2377 <p>This is an advanced form for creating remotes on the fly. <code>backend</code> should be the name or prefix of a backend (the <code>type</code> in the config file) and all the configuration for the backend should be provided on the command line (or in environment variables).</p> 2378 <p>Here are some examples:</p> 2379 <pre><code>rclone lsd --http-url https://pub.rclone.org :http:</code></pre> 2380 <p>To list all the directories in the root of <code>https://pub.rclone.org/</code>.</p> 2381 <pre><code>rclone lsf --http-url https://example.com :http:path/to/dir</code></pre> 2382 <p>To list files and directories in <code>https://example.com/path/to/dir/</code></p> 2383 <pre><code>rclone copy --http-url https://example.com :http:path/to/dir /tmp/dir</code></pre> 2384 <p>To copy files and directories in <code>https://example.com/path/to/dir</code> to <code>/tmp/dir</code>.</p> 2385 <pre><code>rclone copy --sftp-host example.com :sftp:path/to/dir /tmp/dir</code></pre> 2386 <p>To copy files and directories from <code>example.com</code> in the relative directory <code>path/to/dir</code> to <code>/tmp/dir</code> using sftp.</p> 2387 <h2 id="quoting-and-the-shell">Quoting and the shell</h2> 2388 <p>When you are typing commands to your computer you are using something called the command line shell. This interprets various characters in an OS specific way.</p> 2389 <p>Here are some gotchas which may help users unfamiliar with the shell rules</p> 2390 <h3 id="linux-osx">Linux / OSX</h3> 2391 <p>If your names have spaces or shell metacharacters (eg <code>*</code>, <code>?</code>, <code>$</code>, <code>'</code>, <code>"</code> etc) then you must quote them. Use single quotes <code>'</code> by default.</p> 2392 <pre><code>rclone copy 'Important files?' remote:backup</code></pre> 2393 <p>If you want to send a <code>'</code> you will need to use <code>"</code>, eg</p> 2394 <pre><code>rclone copy "O'Reilly Reviews" remote:backup</code></pre> 2395 <p>The rules for quoting metacharacters are complicated and if you want the full details you’ll have to consult the manual page for your shell.</p> 2396 <h3 id="windows">Windows</h3> 2397 <p>If your names have spaces in you need to put them in <code>"</code>, eg</p> 2398 <pre><code>rclone copy "E:\folder name\folder name\folder name" remote:backup</code></pre> 2399 <p>If you are using the root directory on its own then don’t quote it (see <a href="https://github.com/rclone/rclone/issues/464">#464</a> for why), eg</p> 2400 <pre><code>rclone copy E:\ remote:backup</code></pre> 2401 <h2 id="copying-files-or-directories-with-in-the-names">Copying files or directories with <code>:</code> in the names</h2> 2402 <p>rclone uses <code>:</code> to mark a remote name. This is, however, a valid filename component in non-Windows OSes. The remote name parser will only search for a <code>:</code> up to the first <code>/</code> so if you need to act on a file or directory like this then use the full path starting with a <code>/</code>, or use <code>./</code> as a current directory prefix.</p> 2403 <p>So to sync a directory called <code>sync:me</code> to a remote called <code>remote:</code> use</p> 2404 <pre><code>rclone sync ./sync:me remote:path</code></pre> 2405 <p>or</p> 2406 <pre><code>rclone sync /full/path/to/sync:me remote:path</code></pre> 2407 <h2 id="server-side-copy">Server Side Copy</h2> 2408 <p>Most remotes (but not all - see <a href="/overview/#optional-features">the overview</a>) support server side copy.</p> 2409 <p>This means if you want to copy one folder to another then rclone won’t download all the files and re-upload them; it will instruct the server to copy them in place.</p> 2410 <p>Eg</p> 2411 <pre><code>rclone copy s3:oldbucket s3:newbucket</code></pre> 2412 <p>Will copy the contents of <code>oldbucket</code> to <code>newbucket</code> without downloading and re-uploading.</p> 2413 <p>Remotes which don’t support server side copy <strong>will</strong> download and re-upload in this case.</p> 2414 <p>Server side copies are used with <code>sync</code> and <code>copy</code> and will be identified in the log when using the <code>-v</code> flag. The <code>move</code> command may also use them if remote doesn’t support server side move directly. This is done by issuing a server side copy then a delete which is much quicker than a download and re-upload.</p> 2415 <p>Server side copies will only be attempted if the remote names are the same.</p> 2416 <p>This can be used when scripting to make aged backups efficiently, eg</p> 2417 <pre><code>rclone sync remote:current-backup remote:previous-backup 2418 rclone sync /path/to/files remote:current-backup</code></pre> 2419 <h2 id="options-67">Options</h2> 2420 <p>Rclone has a number of options to control its behaviour.</p> 2421 <p>Options that take parameters can have the values passed in two ways, <code>--option=value</code> or <code>--option value</code>. However boolean (true/false) options behave slightly differently to the other options in that <code>--boolean</code> sets the option to <code>true</code> and the absence of the flag sets it to <code>false</code>. It is also possible to specify <code>--boolean=false</code> or <code>--boolean=true</code>. Note that <code>--boolean false</code> is not valid - this is parsed as <code>--boolean</code> and the <code>false</code> is parsed as an extra command line argument for rclone.</p> 2422 <p>Options which use TIME use the go time parser. A duration string is a possibly signed sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as “300ms”, “-1.5h” or “2h45m”. Valid time units are “ns”, “us” (or “µs”), “ms”, “s”, “m”, “h”.</p> 2423 <p>Options which use SIZE use kByte by default. However, a suffix of <code>b</code> for bytes, <code>k</code> for kBytes, <code>M</code> for MBytes, <code>G</code> for GBytes, <code>T</code> for TBytes and <code>P</code> for PBytes may be used. These are the binary units, eg 1, 2**10, 2**20, 2**30 respectively.</p> 2424 <h3 id="backup-dirdir">–backup-dir=DIR</h3> 2425 <p>When using <code>sync</code>, <code>copy</code> or <code>move</code> any files which would have been overwritten or deleted are moved in their original hierarchy into this directory.</p> 2426 <p>If <code>--suffix</code> is set, then the moved files will have the suffix added to them. If there is a file with the same path (after the suffix has been added) in DIR, then it will be overwritten.</p> 2427 <p>The remote in use must support server side move or copy and you must use the same remote as the destination of the sync. The backup directory must not overlap the destination directory.</p> 2428 <p>For example</p> 2429 <pre><code>rclone sync /path/to/local remote:current --backup-dir remote:old</code></pre> 2430 <p>will sync <code>/path/to/local</code> to <code>remote:current</code>, but for any files which would have been updated or deleted will be stored in <code>remote:old</code>.</p> 2431 <p>If running rclone from a script you might want to use today’s date as the directory name passed to <code>--backup-dir</code> to store the old files, or you might want to pass <code>--suffix</code> with today’s date.</p> 2432 <p>See <code>--compare-dest</code> and <code>--copy-dest</code>.</p> 2433 <h3 id="bind-string">–bind string</h3> 2434 <p>Local address to bind to for outgoing connections. This can be an IPv4 address (1.2.3.4), an IPv6 address (1234::789A) or host name. If the host name doesn’t resolve or resolves to more than one IP address it will give an error.</p> 2435 <h3 id="bwlimitbandwidth_spec">–bwlimit=BANDWIDTH_SPEC</h3> 2436 <p>This option controls the bandwidth limit. Limits can be specified in two ways: As a single limit, or as a timetable.</p> 2437 <p>Single limits last for the duration of the session. To use a single limit, specify the desired bandwidth in kBytes/s, or use a suffix b|k|M|G. The default is <code>0</code> which means to not limit bandwidth.</p> 2438 <p>For example, to limit bandwidth usage to 10 MBytes/s use <code>--bwlimit 10M</code></p> 2439 <p>It is also possible to specify a “timetable” of limits, which will cause certain limits to be applied at certain times. To specify a timetable, format your entries as “WEEKDAY-HH:MM,BANDWIDTH WEEKDAY-HH:MM,BANDWIDTH…” where: WEEKDAY is optional element. It could be written as whole world or only using 3 first characters. HH:MM is an hour from 00:00 to 23:59.</p> 2440 <p>An example of a typical timetable to avoid link saturation during daytime working hours could be:</p> 2441 <p><code>--bwlimit "08:00,512 12:00,10M 13:00,512 18:00,30M 23:00,off"</code></p> 2442 <p>In this example, the transfer bandwidth will be every day set to 512kBytes/sec at 8am. At noon, it will raise to 10Mbytes/s, and drop back to 512kBytes/sec at 1pm. At 6pm, the bandwidth limit will be set to 30MBytes/s, and at 11pm it will be completely disabled (full speed). Anything between 11pm and 8am will remain unlimited.</p> 2443 <p>An example of timetable with WEEKDAY could be:</p> 2444 <p><code>--bwlimit "Mon-00:00,512 Fri-23:59,10M Sat-10:00,1M Sun-20:00,off"</code></p> 2445 <p>It mean that, the transfer bandwidth will be set to 512kBytes/sec on Monday. It will raise to 10Mbytes/s before the end of Friday. At 10:00 on Sunday it will be set to 1Mbyte/s. From 20:00 at Sunday will be unlimited.</p> 2446 <p>Timeslots without weekday are extended to whole week. So this one example:</p> 2447 <p><code>--bwlimit "Mon-00:00,512 12:00,1M Sun-20:00,off"</code></p> 2448 <p>Is equal to this:</p> 2449 <p><code>--bwlimit "Mon-00:00,512Mon-12:00,1M Tue-12:00,1M Wed-12:00,1M Thu-12:00,1M Fri-12:00,1M Sat-12:00,1M Sun-12:00,1M Sun-20:00,off"</code></p> 2450 <p>Bandwidth limits only apply to the data transfer. They don’t apply to the bandwidth of the directory listings etc.</p> 2451 <p>Note that the units are Bytes/s, not Bits/s. Typically connections are measured in Bits/s - to convert divide by 8. For example, let’s say you have a 10 Mbit/s connection and you wish rclone to use half of it - 5 Mbit/s. This is 5/8 = 0.625MByte/s so you would use a <code>--bwlimit 0.625M</code> parameter for rclone.</p> 2452 <p>On Unix systems (Linux, MacOS, …) the bandwidth limiter can be toggled by sending a <code>SIGUSR2</code> signal to rclone. This allows to remove the limitations of a long running rclone transfer and to restore it back to the value specified with <code>--bwlimit</code> quickly when needed. Assuming there is only one rclone instance running, you can toggle the limiter like this:</p> 2453 <pre><code>kill -SIGUSR2 $(pidof rclone)</code></pre> 2454 <p>If you configure rclone with a <a href="/rc">remote control</a> then you can use change the bwlimit dynamically:</p> 2455 <pre><code>rclone rc core/bwlimit rate=1M</code></pre> 2456 <h3 id="buffer-sizesize">–buffer-size=SIZE</h3> 2457 <p>Use this sized buffer to speed up file transfers. Each <code>--transfer</code> will use this much memory for buffering.</p> 2458 <p>When using <code>mount</code> or <code>cmount</code> each open file descriptor will use this much memory for buffering. See the <a href="/commands/rclone_mount/#file-buffering">mount</a> documentation for more details.</p> 2459 <p>Set to 0 to disable the buffering for the minimum memory usage.</p> 2460 <p>Note that the memory allocation of the buffers is influenced by the <a href="#use-mmap">–use-mmap</a> flag.</p> 2461 <h3 id="checkersn">–checkers=N</h3> 2462 <p>The number of checkers to run in parallel. Checkers do the equality checking of files during a sync. For some storage systems (eg S3, Swift, Dropbox) this can take a significant amount of time so they are run in parallel.</p> 2463 <p>The default is to run 8 checkers in parallel.</p> 2464 <h3 id="c-checksum">-c, –checksum</h3> 2465 <p>Normally rclone will look at modification time and size of files to see if they are equal. If you set this flag then rclone will check the file hash and size to determine if files are equal.</p> 2466 <p>This is useful when the remote doesn’t support setting modified time and a more accurate sync is desired than just checking the file size.</p> 2467 <p>This is very useful when transferring between remotes which store the same hash type on the object, eg Drive and Swift. For details of which remotes support which hash type see the table in the <a href="https://rclone.org/overview/">overview section</a>.</p> 2468 <p>Eg <code>rclone --checksum sync s3:/bucket swift:/bucket</code> would run much quicker than without the <code>--checksum</code> flag.</p> 2469 <p>When using this flag, rclone won’t update mtimes of remote files if they are incorrect as it would normally.</p> 2470 <h3 id="compare-destdir">–compare-dest=DIR</h3> 2471 <p>When using <code>sync</code>, <code>copy</code> or <code>move</code> DIR is checked in addition to the destination for files. If a file identical to the source is found that file is NOT copied from source. This is useful to copy just files that have changed since the last backup.</p> 2472 <p>You must use the same remote as the destination of the sync. The compare directory must not overlap the destination directory.</p> 2473 <p>See <code>--copy-dest</code> and <code>--backup-dir</code>.</p> 2474 <h3 id="configconfig_file">–config=CONFIG_FILE</h3> 2475 <p>Specify the location of the rclone config file.</p> 2476 <p>Normally the config file is in your home directory as a file called <code>.config/rclone/rclone.conf</code> (or <code>.rclone.conf</code> if created with an older version). If <code>$XDG_CONFIG_HOME</code> is set it will be at <code>$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/rclone/rclone.conf</code>.</p> 2477 <p>If there is a file <code>rclone.conf</code> in the same directory as the rclone executable it will be preferred. This file must be created manually for Rclone to use it, it will never be created automatically.</p> 2478 <p>If you run <code>rclone config file</code> you will see where the default location is for you.</p> 2479 <p>Use this flag to override the config location, eg <code>rclone --config=".myconfig" .config</code>.</p> 2480 <h3 id="contimeouttime">–contimeout=TIME</h3> 2481 <p>Set the connection timeout. This should be in go time format which looks like <code>5s</code> for 5 seconds, <code>10m</code> for 10 minutes, or <code>3h30m</code>.</p> 2482 <p>The connection timeout is the amount of time rclone will wait for a connection to go through to a remote object storage system. It is <code>1m</code> by default.</p> 2483 <h3 id="copy-destdir">–copy-dest=DIR</h3> 2484 <p>When using <code>sync</code>, <code>copy</code> or <code>move</code> DIR is checked in addition to the destination for files. If a file identical to the source is found that file is server side copied from DIR to the destination. This is useful for incremental backup.</p> 2485 <p>The remote in use must support server side copy and you must use the same remote as the destination of the sync. The compare directory must not overlap the destination directory.</p> 2486 <p>See <code>--compare-dest</code> and <code>--backup-dir</code>.</p> 2487 <h3 id="dedupe-mode-mode">–dedupe-mode MODE</h3> 2488 <p>Mode to run dedupe command in. One of <code>interactive</code>, <code>skip</code>, <code>first</code>, <code>newest</code>, <code>oldest</code>, <code>rename</code>. The default is <code>interactive</code>. See the dedupe command for more information as to what these options mean.</p> 2489 <h3 id="disable-featurefeature">–disable FEATURE,FEATURE,…</h3> 2490 <p>This disables a comma separated list of optional features. For example to disable server side move and server side copy use:</p> 2491 <pre><code>--disable move,copy</code></pre> 2492 <p>The features can be put in in any case.</p> 2493 <p>To see a list of which features can be disabled use:</p> 2494 <pre><code>--disable help</code></pre> 2495 <p>See the overview <a href="/overview/#features">features</a> and <a href="/overview/#optional-features">optional features</a> to get an idea of which feature does what.</p> 2496 <p>This flag can be useful for debugging and in exceptional circumstances (eg Google Drive limiting the total volume of Server Side Copies to 100GB/day).</p> 2497 <h3 id="n-dry-run">-n, –dry-run</h3> 2498 <p>Do a trial run with no permanent changes. Use this to see what rclone would do without actually doing it. Useful when setting up the <code>sync</code> command which deletes files in the destination.</p> 2499 <h3 id="expect-continue-timeouttime">–expect-continue-timeout=TIME</h3> 2500 <p>This specifies the amount of time to wait for a server’s first response headers after fully writing the request headers if the request has an “Expect: 100-continue” header. Not all backends support using this.</p> 2501 <p>Zero means no timeout and causes the body to be sent immediately, without waiting for the server to approve. This time does not include the time to send the request header.</p> 2502 <p>The default is <code>1s</code>. Set to 0 to disable.</p> 2503 <h3 id="ignore-case-sync">–ignore-case-sync</h3> 2504 <p>Using this option will cause rclone to ignore the case of the files when synchronizing so files will not be copied/synced when the existing filenames are the same, even if the casing is different.</p> 2505 <h3 id="ignore-checksum">–ignore-checksum</h3> 2506 <p>Normally rclone will check that the checksums of transferred files match, and give an error “corrupted on transfer” if they don’t.</p> 2507 <p>You can use this option to skip that check. You should only use it if you have had the “corrupted on transfer” error message and you are sure you might want to transfer potentially corrupted data.</p> 2508 <h3 id="ignore-existing">–ignore-existing</h3> 2509 <p>Using this option will make rclone unconditionally skip all files that exist on the destination, no matter the content of these files.</p> 2510 <p>While this isn’t a generally recommended option, it can be useful in cases where your files change due to encryption. However, it cannot correct partial transfers in case a transfer was interrupted.</p> 2511 <h3 id="ignore-size">–ignore-size</h3> 2512 <p>Normally rclone will look at modification time and size of files to see if they are equal. If you set this flag then rclone will check only the modification time. If <code>--checksum</code> is set then it only checks the checksum.</p> 2513 <p>It will also cause rclone to skip verifying the sizes are the same after transfer.</p> 2514 <p>This can be useful for transferring files to and from OneDrive which occasionally misreports the size of image files (see <a href="https://github.com/rclone/rclone/issues/399">#399</a> for more info).</p> 2515 <h3 id="i-ignore-times">-I, –ignore-times</h3> 2516 <p>Using this option will cause rclone to unconditionally upload all files regardless of the state of files on the destination.</p> 2517 <p>Normally rclone would skip any files that have the same modification time and are the same size (or have the same checksum if using <code>--checksum</code>).</p> 2518 <h3 id="immutable">–immutable</h3> 2519 <p>Treat source and destination files as immutable and disallow modification.</p> 2520 <p>With this option set, files will be created and deleted as requested, but existing files will never be updated. If an existing file does not match between the source and destination, rclone will give the error <code>Source and destination exist but do not match: immutable file modified</code>.</p> 2521 <p>Note that only commands which transfer files (e.g. <code>sync</code>, <code>copy</code>, <code>move</code>) are affected by this behavior, and only modification is disallowed. Files may still be deleted explicitly (e.g. <code>delete</code>, <code>purge</code>) or implicitly (e.g. <code>sync</code>, <code>move</code>). Use <code>copy --immutable</code> if it is desired to avoid deletion as well as modification.</p> 2522 <p>This can be useful as an additional layer of protection for immutable or append-only data sets (notably backup archives), where modification implies corruption and should not be propagated.</p> 2523 <h2 id="leave-root">–leave-root</h2> 2524 <p>During rmdirs it will not remove root directory, even if it’s empty.</p> 2525 <h3 id="log-filefile">–log-file=FILE</h3> 2526 <p>Log all of rclone’s output to FILE. This is not active by default. This can be useful for tracking down problems with syncs in combination with the <code>-v</code> flag. See the <a href="#logging">Logging section</a> for more info.</p> 2527 <p>Note that if you are using the <code>logrotate</code> program to manage rclone’s logs, then you should use the <code>copytruncate</code> option as rclone doesn’t have a signal to rotate logs.</p> 2528 <h3 id="log-format-list">–log-format LIST</h3> 2529 <p>Comma separated list of log format options. <code>date</code>, <code>time</code>, <code>microseconds</code>, <code>longfile</code>, <code>shortfile</code>, <code>UTC</code>. The default is “<code>date</code>,<code>time</code>”.</p> 2530 <h3 id="log-level-level">–log-level LEVEL</h3> 2531 <p>This sets the log level for rclone. The default log level is <code>NOTICE</code>.</p> 2532 <p><code>DEBUG</code> is equivalent to <code>-vv</code>. It outputs lots of debug info - useful for bug reports and really finding out what rclone is doing.</p> 2533 <p><code>INFO</code> is equivalent to <code>-v</code>. It outputs information about each transfer and prints stats once a minute by default.</p> 2534 <p><code>NOTICE</code> is the default log level if no logging flags are supplied. It outputs very little when things are working normally. It outputs warnings and significant events.</p> 2535 <p><code>ERROR</code> is equivalent to <code>-q</code>. It only outputs error messages.</p> 2536 <h3 id="use-json-log">–use-json-log</h3> 2537 <p>This switches the log format to JSON for rclone. The fields of json log are level, msg, source, time.</p> 2538 <h3 id="low-level-retries-number">–low-level-retries NUMBER</h3> 2539 <p>This controls the number of low level retries rclone does.</p> 2540 <p>A low level retry is used to retry a failing operation - typically one HTTP request. This might be uploading a chunk of a big file for example. You will see low level retries in the log with the <code>-v</code> flag.</p> 2541 <p>This shouldn’t need to be changed from the default in normal operations. However, if you get a lot of low level retries you may wish to reduce the value so rclone moves on to a high level retry (see the <code>--retries</code> flag) quicker.</p> 2542 <p>Disable low level retries with <code>--low-level-retries 1</code>.</p> 2543 <h3 id="max-backlogn">–max-backlog=N</h3> 2544 <p>This is the maximum allowable backlog of files in a sync/copy/move queued for being checked or transferred.</p> 2545 <p>This can be set arbitrarily large. It will only use memory when the queue is in use. Note that it will use in the order of N kB of memory when the backlog is in use.</p> 2546 <p>Setting this large allows rclone to calculate how many files are pending more accurately, give a more accurate estimated finish time and make <code>--order-by</code> work more accurately.</p> 2547 <p>Setting this small will make rclone more synchronous to the listings of the remote which may be desirable.</p> 2548 <h3 id="max-deleten">–max-delete=N</h3> 2549 <p>This tells rclone not to delete more than N files. If that limit is exceeded then a fatal error will be generated and rclone will stop the operation in progress.</p> 2550 <h3 id="max-depthn">–max-depth=N</h3> 2551 <p>This modifies the recursion depth for all the commands except purge.</p> 2552 <p>So if you do <code>rclone --max-depth 1 ls remote:path</code> you will see only the files in the top level directory. Using <code>--max-depth 2</code> means you will see all the files in first two directory levels and so on.</p> 2553 <p>For historical reasons the <code>lsd</code> command defaults to using a <code>--max-depth</code> of 1 - you can override this with the command line flag.</p> 2554 <p>You can use this command to disable recursion (with <code>--max-depth 1</code>).</p> 2555 <p>Note that if you use this with <code>sync</code> and <code>--delete-excluded</code> the files not recursed through are considered excluded and will be deleted on the destination. Test first with <code>--dry-run</code> if you are not sure what will happen.</p> 2556 <h3 id="max-durationtime">–max-duration=TIME</h3> 2557 <p>Rclone will stop scheduling new transfers when it has run for the duration specified.</p> 2558 <p>Defaults to off.</p> 2559 <p>When the limit is reached any existing transfers will complete.</p> 2560 <p>Rclone won’t exit with an error if the transfer limit is reached.</p> 2561 <h3 id="max-transfersize">–max-transfer=SIZE</h3> 2562 <p>Rclone will stop transferring when it has reached the size specified. Defaults to off.</p> 2563 <p>When the limit is reached all transfers will stop immediately.</p> 2564 <p>Rclone will exit with exit code 8 if the transfer limit is reached.</p> 2565 <h3 id="modify-windowtime">–modify-window=TIME</h3> 2566 <p>When checking whether a file has been modified, this is the maximum allowed time difference that a file can have and still be considered equivalent.</p> 2567 <p>The default is <code>1ns</code> unless this is overridden by a remote. For example OS X only stores modification times to the nearest second so if you are reading and writing to an OS X filing system this will be <code>1s</code> by default.</p> 2568 <p>This command line flag allows you to override that computed default.</p> 2569 <h3 id="multi-thread-cutoffsize">–multi-thread-cutoff=SIZE</h3> 2570 <p>When downloading files to the local backend above this size, rclone will use multiple threads to download the file. (default 250M)</p> 2571 <p>Rclone preallocates the file (using <code>fallocate(FALLOC_FL_KEEP_SIZE)</code> on unix or <code>NTSetInformationFile</code> on Windows both of which takes no time) then each thread writes directly into the file at the correct place. This means that rclone won’t create fragmented or sparse files and there won’t be any assembly time at the end of the transfer.</p> 2572 <p>The number of threads used to dowload is controlled by <code>--multi-thread-streams</code>.</p> 2573 <p>Use <code>-vv</code> if you wish to see info about the threads.</p> 2574 <p>This will work with the <code>sync</code>/<code>copy</code>/<code>move</code> commands and friends <code>copyto</code>/<code>moveto</code>. Multi thread downloads will be used with <code>rclone mount</code> and <code>rclone serve</code> if <code>--vfs-cache-mode</code> is set to <code>writes</code> or above.</p> 2575 <p><strong>NB</strong> that this <strong>only</strong> works for a local destination but will work with any source.</p> 2576 <p><strong>NB</strong> that multi thread copies are disabled for local to local copies as they are faster without unless <code>--multi-thread-streams</code> is set explicitly.</p> 2577 <h3 id="multi-thread-streamsn">–multi-thread-streams=N</h3> 2578 <p>When using multi thread downloads (see above <code>--multi-thread-cutoff</code>) this sets the maximum number of streams to use. Set to <code>0</code> to disable multi thread downloads. (Default 4)</p> 2579 <p>Exactly how many streams rclone uses for the download depends on the size of the file. To calculate the number of download streams Rclone divides the size of the file by the <code>--multi-thread-cutoff</code> and rounds up, up to the maximum set with <code>--multi-thread-streams</code>.</p> 2580 <p>So if <code>--multi-thread-cutoff 250MB</code> and <code>--multi-thread-streams 4</code> are in effect (the defaults):</p> 2581 <ul> 2582 <li>0MB.250MB files will be downloaded with 1 stream</li> 2583 <li>250MB..500MB files will be downloaded with 2 streams</li> 2584 <li>500MB..750MB files will be downloaded with 3 streams</li> 2585 <li>750MB+ files will be downloaded with 4 streams</li> 2586 </ul> 2587 <h3 id="no-check-dest">–no-check-dest</h3> 2588 <p>The <code>--no-check-dest</code> can be used with <code>move</code> or <code>copy</code> and it causes rclone not to check the destination at all when copying files.</p> 2589 <p>This means that:</p> 2590 <ul> 2591 <li>the destination is not listed minimising the API calls</li> 2592 <li>files are always transferred</li> 2593 <li>this can cause duplicates on remotes which allow it (eg Google Drive)</li> 2594 <li><code>--retries 1</code> is recommended otherwise you’ll transfer everything again on a retry</li> 2595 </ul> 2596 <p>This flag is useful to minimise the transactions if you know that none of the files are on the destination.</p> 2597 <p>This is a specialized flag which should be ignored by most users!</p> 2598 <h3 id="no-gzip-encoding">–no-gzip-encoding</h3> 2599 <p>Don’t set <code>Accept-Encoding: gzip</code>. This means that rclone won’t ask the server for compressed files automatically. Useful if you’ve set the server to return files with <code>Content-Encoding: gzip</code> but you uploaded compressed files.</p> 2600 <p>There is no need to set this in normal operation, and doing so will decrease the network transfer efficiency of rclone.</p> 2601 <h3 id="no-traverse">–no-traverse</h3> 2602 <p>The <code>--no-traverse</code> flag controls whether the destination file system is traversed when using the <code>copy</code> or <code>move</code> commands. <code>--no-traverse</code> is not compatible with <code>sync</code> and will be ignored if you supply it with <code>sync</code>.</p> 2603 <p>If you are only copying a small number of files (or are filtering most of the files) and/or have a large number of files on the destination then <code>--no-traverse</code> will stop rclone listing the destination and save time.</p> 2604 <p>However, if you are copying a large number of files, especially if you are doing a copy where lots of the files under consideration haven’t changed and won’t need copying then you shouldn’t use <code>--no-traverse</code>.</p> 2605 <p>See <a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_copy/">rclone copy</a> for an example of how to use it.</p> 2606 <h3 id="no-update-modtime">–no-update-modtime</h3> 2607 <p>When using this flag, rclone won’t update modification times of remote files if they are incorrect as it would normally.</p> 2608 <p>This can be used if the remote is being synced with another tool also (eg the Google Drive client).</p> 2609 <h3 id="order-by-string">–order-by string</h3> 2610 <p>The <code>--order-by</code> flag controls the order in which files in the backlog are processed in <code>rclone sync</code>, <code>rclone copy</code> and <code>rclone move</code>.</p> 2611 <p>The order by string is constructed like this. The first part describes what aspect is being measured:</p> 2612 <ul> 2613 <li><code>size</code> - order by the size of the files</li> 2614 <li><code>name</code> - order by the full path of the files</li> 2615 <li><code>modtime</code> - order by the modification date of the files</li> 2616 </ul> 2617 <p>This can have a modifier appended with a comma:</p> 2618 <ul> 2619 <li><code>ascending</code> or <code>asc</code> - order so that the smallest (or oldest) is processed first</li> 2620 <li><code>descending</code> or <code>desc</code> - order so that the largest (or newest) is processed first</li> 2621 </ul> 2622 <p>If no modifier is supplied then the order is <code>ascending</code>.</p> 2623 <p>For example</p> 2624 <ul> 2625 <li><code>--order-by size,desc</code> - send the largest files first</li> 2626 <li><code>--order-by modtime,ascending</code> - send the oldest files first</li> 2627 <li><code>--order-by name</code> - send the files with alphabetically by path first</li> 2628 </ul> 2629 <p>If the <code>--order-by</code> flag is not supplied or it is supplied with an empty string then the default ordering will be used which is as scanned. With <code>--checkers 1</code> this is mostly alphabetical, however with the default <code>--checkers 8</code> it is somewhat random.</p> 2630 <h4 id="limitations-1">Limitations</h4> 2631 <p>The <code>--order-by</code> flag does not do a separate pass over the data. This means that it may transfer some files out of the order specified if</p> 2632 <ul> 2633 <li>there are no files in the backlog or the source has not been fully scanned yet</li> 2634 <li>there are more than <a href="#max-backlog-n">–max-backlog</a> files in the backlog</li> 2635 </ul> 2636 <p>Rclone will do its best to transfer the best file it has so in practice this should not cause a problem. Think of <code>--order-by</code> as being more of a best efforts flag rather than a perfect ordering.</p> 2637 <h3 id="password-command-spaceseplist">–password-command SpaceSepList</h3> 2638 <p>This flag supplies a program which should supply the config password when run. This is an alternative to rclone prompting for the password or setting the <code>RCLONE_CONFIG_PASS</code> variable.</p> 2639 <p>The argument to this should be a command with a space separated list of arguments. If one of the arguments has a space in then enclose it in <code>"</code>, if you want a literal <code>"</code> in an argument then enclose the argument in <code>"</code> and double the <code>"</code>. See <a href="https://godoc.org/encoding/csv">CSV encoding</a> for more info.</p> 2640 <p>Eg</p> 2641 <pre><code>--password-command echo hello 2642 --password-command echo "hello with space" 2643 --password-command echo "hello with ""quotes"" and space"</code></pre> 2644 <p>See the <a href="#configuration-encryption">Configuration Encryption</a> for more info.</p> 2645 <h3 id="p-progress">-P, –progress</h3> 2646 <p>This flag makes rclone update the stats in a static block in the terminal providing a realtime overview of the transfer.</p> 2647 <p>Any log messages will scroll above the static block. Log messages will push the static block down to the bottom of the terminal where it will stay.</p> 2648 <p>Normally this is updated every 500mS but this period can be overridden with the <code>--stats</code> flag.</p> 2649 <p>This can be used with the <code>--stats-one-line</code> flag for a simpler display.</p> 2650 <p>Note: On Windows until <a href="https://github.com/Azure/go-ansiterm/issues/26">this bug</a> is fixed all non-ASCII characters will be replaced with <code>.</code> when <code>--progress</code> is in use.</p> 2651 <h3 id="q-quiet">-q, –quiet</h3> 2652 <p>Normally rclone outputs stats and a completion message. If you set this flag it will make as little output as possible.</p> 2653 <h3 id="retries-int">–retries int</h3> 2654 <p>Retry the entire sync if it fails this many times it fails (default 3).</p> 2655 <p>Some remotes can be unreliable and a few retries help pick up the files which didn’t get transferred because of errors.</p> 2656 <p>Disable retries with <code>--retries 1</code>.</p> 2657 <h3 id="retries-sleeptime">–retries-sleep=TIME</h3> 2658 <p>This sets the interval between each retry specified by <code>--retries</code></p> 2659 <p>The default is 0. Use 0 to disable.</p> 2660 <h3 id="size-only">–size-only</h3> 2661 <p>Normally rclone will look at modification time and size of files to see if they are equal. If you set this flag then rclone will check only the size.</p> 2662 <p>This can be useful transferring files from Dropbox which have been modified by the desktop sync client which doesn’t set checksums of modification times in the same way as rclone.</p> 2663 <h3 id="statstime">–stats=TIME</h3> 2664 <p>Commands which transfer data (<code>sync</code>, <code>copy</code>, <code>copyto</code>, <code>move</code>, <code>moveto</code>) will print data transfer stats at regular intervals to show their progress.</p> 2665 <p>This sets the interval.</p> 2666 <p>The default is <code>1m</code>. Use 0 to disable.</p> 2667 <p>If you set the stats interval then all commands can show stats. This can be useful when running other commands, <code>check</code> or <code>mount</code> for example.</p> 2668 <p>Stats are logged at <code>INFO</code> level by default which means they won’t show at default log level <code>NOTICE</code>. Use <code>--stats-log-level NOTICE</code> or <code>-v</code> to make them show. See the <a href="#logging">Logging section</a> for more info on log levels.</p> 2669 <p>Note that on macOS you can send a SIGINFO (which is normally ctrl-T in the terminal) to make the stats print immediately.</p> 2670 <h3 id="stats-file-name-length-integer">–stats-file-name-length integer</h3> 2671 <p>By default, the <code>--stats</code> output will truncate file names and paths longer than 40 characters. This is equivalent to providing <code>--stats-file-name-length 40</code>. Use <code>--stats-file-name-length 0</code> to disable any truncation of file names printed by stats.</p> 2672 <h3 id="stats-log-level-string">–stats-log-level string</h3> 2673 <p>Log level to show <code>--stats</code> output at. This can be <code>DEBUG</code>, <code>INFO</code>, <code>NOTICE</code>, or <code>ERROR</code>. The default is <code>INFO</code>. This means at the default level of logging which is <code>NOTICE</code> the stats won’t show - if you want them to then use <code>--stats-log-level NOTICE</code>. See the <a href="#logging">Logging section</a> for more info on log levels.</p> 2674 <h3 id="stats-one-line">–stats-one-line</h3> 2675 <p>When this is specified, rclone condenses the stats into a single line showing the most important stats only.</p> 2676 <h3 id="stats-one-line-date">–stats-one-line-date</h3> 2677 <p>When this is specified, rclone enables the single-line stats and prepends the display with a date string. The default is <code>2006/01/02 15:04:05 -</code></p> 2678 <h3 id="stats-one-line-date-format">–stats-one-line-date-format</h3> 2679 <p>When this is specified, rclone enables the single-line stats and prepends the display with a user-supplied date string. The date string MUST be enclosed in quotes. Follow <a href="https://golang.org/pkg/time/#Time.Format">golang specs</a> for date formatting syntax.</p> 2680 <h3 id="stats-unitbitsbytes">–stats-unit=bits|bytes</h3> 2681 <p>By default, data transfer rates will be printed in bytes/second.</p> 2682 <p>This option allows the data rate to be printed in bits/second.</p> 2683 <p>Data transfer volume will still be reported in bytes.</p> 2684 <p>The rate is reported as a binary unit, not SI unit. So 1 Mbit/s equals 1,048,576 bits/s and not 1,000,000 bits/s.</p> 2685 <p>The default is <code>bytes</code>.</p> 2686 <h3 id="suffixsuffix">–suffix=SUFFIX</h3> 2687 <p>When using <code>sync</code>, <code>copy</code> or <code>move</code> any files which would have been overwritten or deleted will have the suffix added to them. If there is a file with the same path (after the suffix has been added), then it will be overwritten.</p> 2688 <p>The remote in use must support server side move or copy and you must use the same remote as the destination of the sync.</p> 2689 <p>This is for use with files to add the suffix in the current directory or with <code>--backup-dir</code>. See <code>--backup-dir</code> for more info.</p> 2690 <p>For example</p> 2691 <pre><code>rclone sync /path/to/local/file remote:current --suffix .bak</code></pre> 2692 <p>will sync <code>/path/to/local</code> to <code>remote:current</code>, but for any files which would have been updated or deleted have .bak added.</p> 2693 <h3 id="suffix-keep-extension">–suffix-keep-extension</h3> 2694 <p>When using <code>--suffix</code>, setting this causes rclone put the SUFFIX before the extension of the files that it backs up rather than after.</p> 2695 <p>So let’s say we had <code>--suffix -2019-01-01</code>, without the flag <code>file.txt</code> would be backed up to <code>file.txt-2019-01-01</code> and with the flag it would be backed up to <code>file-2019-01-01.txt</code>. This can be helpful to make sure the suffixed files can still be opened.</p> 2696 <h3 id="syslog">–syslog</h3> 2697 <p>On capable OSes (not Windows or Plan9) send all log output to syslog.</p> 2698 <p>This can be useful for running rclone in a script or <code>rclone mount</code>.</p> 2699 <h3 id="syslog-facility-string">–syslog-facility string</h3> 2700 <p>If using <code>--syslog</code> this sets the syslog facility (eg <code>KERN</code>, <code>USER</code>). See <code>man syslog</code> for a list of possible facilities. The default facility is <code>DAEMON</code>.</p> 2701 <h3 id="tpslimit-float">–tpslimit float</h3> 2702 <p>Limit HTTP transactions per second to this. Default is 0 which is used to mean unlimited transactions per second.</p> 2703 <p>For example to limit rclone to 10 HTTP transactions per second use <code>--tpslimit 10</code>, or to 1 transaction every 2 seconds use <code>--tpslimit 0.5</code>.</p> 2704 <p>Use this when the number of transactions per second from rclone is causing a problem with the cloud storage provider (eg getting you banned or rate limited).</p> 2705 <p>This can be very useful for <code>rclone mount</code> to control the behaviour of applications using it.</p> 2706 <p>See also <code>--tpslimit-burst</code>.</p> 2707 <h3 id="tpslimit-burst-int">–tpslimit-burst int</h3> 2708 <p>Max burst of transactions for <code>--tpslimit</code>. (default 1)</p> 2709 <p>Normally <code>--tpslimit</code> will do exactly the number of transaction per second specified. However if you supply <code>--tps-burst</code> then rclone can save up some transactions from when it was idle giving a burst of up to the parameter supplied.</p> 2710 <p>For example if you provide <code>--tpslimit-burst 10</code> then if rclone has been idle for more than 10*<code>--tpslimit</code> then it can do 10 transactions very quickly before they are limited again.</p> 2711 <p>This may be used to increase performance of <code>--tpslimit</code> without changing the long term average number of transactions per second.</p> 2712 <h3 id="track-renames">–track-renames</h3> 2713 <p>By default, rclone doesn’t keep track of renamed files, so if you rename a file locally then sync it to a remote, rclone will delete the old file on the remote and upload a new copy.</p> 2714 <p>If you use this flag, and the remote supports server side copy or server side move, and the source and destination have a compatible hash, then this will track renames during <code>sync</code> operations and perform renaming server-side.</p> 2715 <p>Files will be matched by size and hash - if both match then a rename will be considered.</p> 2716 <p>If the destination does not support server-side copy or move, rclone will fall back to the default behaviour and log an error level message to the console. Note: Encrypted destinations are not supported by <code>--track-renames</code>.</p> 2717 <p>Note that <code>--track-renames</code> is incompatible with <code>--no-traverse</code> and that it uses extra memory to keep track of all the rename candidates.</p> 2718 <p>Note also that <code>--track-renames</code> is incompatible with <code>--delete-before</code> and will select <code>--delete-after</code> instead of <code>--delete-during</code>.</p> 2719 <h3 id="delete-beforeduringafter">–delete-(before,during,after)</h3> 2720 <p>This option allows you to specify when files on your destination are deleted when you sync folders.</p> 2721 <p>Specifying the value <code>--delete-before</code> will delete all files present on the destination, but not on the source <em>before</em> starting the transfer of any new or updated files. This uses two passes through the file systems, one for the deletions and one for the copies.</p> 2722 <p>Specifying <code>--delete-during</code> will delete files while checking and uploading files. This is the fastest option and uses the least memory.</p> 2723 <p>Specifying <code>--delete-after</code> (the default value) will delay deletion of files until all new/updated files have been successfully transferred. The files to be deleted are collected in the copy pass then deleted after the copy pass has completed successfully. The files to be deleted are held in memory so this mode may use more memory. This is the safest mode as it will only delete files if there have been no errors subsequent to that. If there have been errors before the deletions start then you will get the message <code>not deleting files as there were IO errors</code>.</p> 2724 <h3 id="fast-list">–fast-list</h3> 2725 <p>When doing anything which involves a directory listing (eg <code>sync</code>, <code>copy</code>, <code>ls</code> - in fact nearly every command), rclone normally lists a directory and processes it before using more directory lists to process any subdirectories. This can be parallelised and works very quickly using the least amount of memory.</p> 2726 <p>However, some remotes have a way of listing all files beneath a directory in one (or a small number) of transactions. These tend to be the bucket based remotes (eg S3, B2, GCS, Swift, Hubic).</p> 2727 <p>If you use the <code>--fast-list</code> flag then rclone will use this method for listing directories. This will have the following consequences for the listing:</p> 2728 <ul> 2729 <li>It <strong>will</strong> use fewer transactions (important if you pay for them)</li> 2730 <li>It <strong>will</strong> use more memory. Rclone has to load the whole listing into memory.</li> 2731 <li>It <em>may</em> be faster because it uses fewer transactions</li> 2732 <li>It <em>may</em> be slower because it can’t be parallelized</li> 2733 </ul> 2734 <p>rclone should always give identical results with and without <code>--fast-list</code>.</p> 2735 <p>If you pay for transactions and can fit your entire sync listing into memory then <code>--fast-list</code> is recommended. If you have a very big sync to do then don’t use <code>--fast-list</code> otherwise you will run out of memory.</p> 2736 <p>If you use <code>--fast-list</code> on a remote which doesn’t support it, then rclone will just ignore it.</p> 2737 <h3 id="timeouttime">–timeout=TIME</h3> 2738 <p>This sets the IO idle timeout. If a transfer has started but then becomes idle for this long it is considered broken and disconnected.</p> 2739 <p>The default is <code>5m</code>. Set to 0 to disable.</p> 2740 <h3 id="transfersn">–transfers=N</h3> 2741 <p>The number of file transfers to run in parallel. It can sometimes be useful to set this to a smaller number if the remote is giving a lot of timeouts or bigger if you have lots of bandwidth and a fast remote.</p> 2742 <p>The default is to run 4 file transfers in parallel.</p> 2743 <h3 id="u-update">-u, –update</h3> 2744 <p>This forces rclone to skip any files which exist on the destination and have a modified time that is newer than the source file.</p> 2745 <p>This can be useful when transferring to a remote which doesn’t support mod times directly (or when using <code>--use-server-modtime</code> to avoid extra API calls) as it is more accurate than a <code>--size-only</code> check and faster than using <code>--checksum</code>.</p> 2746 <p>If an existing destination file has a modification time equal (within the computed modify window precision) to the source file’s, it will be updated if the sizes are different. If <code>--checksum</code> is set then rclone will update the destination if the checksums differ too.</p> 2747 <p>If an existing destination file is older than the source file then it will be updated if the size or checksum differs from the source file.</p> 2748 <p>On remotes which don’t support mod time directly (or when using <code>--use-server-modtime</code>) the time checked will be the uploaded time. This means that if uploading to one of these remotes, rclone will skip any files which exist on the destination and have an uploaded time that is newer than the modification time of the source file.</p> 2749 <h3 id="use-mmap">–use-mmap</h3> 2750 <p>If this flag is set then rclone will use anonymous memory allocated by mmap on Unix based platforms and VirtualAlloc on Windows for its transfer buffers (size controlled by <code>--buffer-size</code>). Memory allocated like this does not go on the Go heap and can be returned to the OS immediately when it is finished with.</p> 2751 <p>If this flag is not set then rclone will allocate and free the buffers using the Go memory allocator which may use more memory as memory pages are returned less aggressively to the OS.</p> 2752 <p>It is possible this does not work well on all platforms so it is disabled by default; in the future it may be enabled by default.</p> 2753 <h3 id="use-server-modtime">–use-server-modtime</h3> 2754 <p>Some object-store backends (e.g, Swift, S3) do not preserve file modification times (modtime). On these backends, rclone stores the original modtime as additional metadata on the object. By default it will make an API call to retrieve the metadata when the modtime is needed by an operation.</p> 2755 <p>Use this flag to disable the extra API call and rely instead on the server’s modified time. In cases such as a local to remote sync using <code>--update</code>, knowing the local file is newer than the time it was last uploaded to the remote is sufficient. In those cases, this flag can speed up the process and reduce the number of API calls necessary.</p> 2756 <p>Using this flag on a sync operation without also using <code>--update</code> would cause all files modified at any time other than the last upload time to be uploaded again, which is probably not what you want.</p> 2757 <h3 id="v--vv-verbose">-v, -vv, –verbose</h3> 2758 <p>With <code>-v</code> rclone will tell you about each file that is transferred and a small number of significant events.</p> 2759 <p>With <code>-vv</code> rclone will become very verbose telling you about every file it considers and transfers. Please send bug reports with a log with this setting.</p> 2760 <h3 id="v-version">-V, –version</h3> 2761 <p>Prints the version number</p> 2762 <h2 id="ssltls-options">SSL/TLS options</h2> 2763 <p>The outoing SSL/TLS connections rclone makes can be controlled with these options. For example this can be very useful with the HTTP or WebDAV backends. Rclone HTTP servers have their own set of configuration for SSL/TLS which you can find in their documentation.</p> 2764 <h3 id="ca-cert-string">–ca-cert string</h3> 2765 <p>This loads the PEM encoded certificate authority certificate and uses it to verify the certificates of the servers rclone connects to.</p> 2766 <p>If you have generated certificates signed with a local CA then you will need this flag to connect to servers using those certificates.</p> 2767 <h3 id="client-cert-string">–client-cert string</h3> 2768 <p>This loads the PEM encoded client side certificate.</p> 2769 <p>This is used for <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mutual_authentication">mutual TLS authentication</a>.</p> 2770 <p>The <code>--client-key</code> flag is required too when using this.</p> 2771 <h3 id="client-key-string">–client-key string</h3> 2772 <p>This loads the PEM encoded client side private key used for mutual TLS authentication. Used in conjunction with <code>--client-cert</code>.</p> 2773 <h3 id="no-check-certificatetruefalse">–no-check-certificate=true/false</h3> 2774 <p><code>--no-check-certificate</code> controls whether a client verifies the server’s certificate chain and host name. If <code>--no-check-certificate</code> is true, TLS accepts any certificate presented by the server and any host name in that certificate. In this mode, TLS is susceptible to man-in-the-middle attacks.</p> 2775 <p>This option defaults to <code>false</code>.</p> 2776 <p><strong>This should be used only for testing.</strong></p> 2777 <h2 id="configuration-encryption">Configuration Encryption</h2> 2778 <p>Your configuration file contains information for logging in to your cloud services. This means that you should keep your <code>.rclone.conf</code> file in a secure location.</p> 2779 <p>If you are in an environment where that isn’t possible, you can add a password to your configuration. This means that you will have to supply the password every time you start rclone.</p> 2780 <p>To add a password to your rclone configuration, execute <code>rclone config</code>.</p> 2781 <pre><code>>rclone config 2782 Current remotes: 2783 2784 e) Edit existing remote 2785 n) New remote 2786 d) Delete remote 2787 s) Set configuration password 2788 q) Quit config 2789 e/n/d/s/q></code></pre> 2790 <p>Go into <code>s</code>, Set configuration password:</p> 2791 <pre><code>e/n/d/s/q> s 2792 Your configuration is not encrypted. 2793 If you add a password, you will protect your login information to cloud services. 2794 a) Add Password 2795 q) Quit to main menu 2796 a/q> a 2797 Enter NEW configuration password: 2798 password: 2799 Confirm NEW password: 2800 password: 2801 Password set 2802 Your configuration is encrypted. 2803 c) Change Password 2804 u) Unencrypt configuration 2805 q) Quit to main menu 2806 c/u/q></code></pre> 2807 <p>Your configuration is now encrypted, and every time you start rclone you will have to supply the password. See below for details. In the same menu, you can change the password or completely remove encryption from your configuration.</p> 2808 <p>There is no way to recover the configuration if you lose your password.</p> 2809 <p>rclone uses <a href="https://godoc.org/golang.org/x/crypto/nacl/secretbox">nacl secretbox</a> which in turn uses XSalsa20 and Poly1305 to encrypt and authenticate your configuration with secret-key cryptography. The password is SHA-256 hashed, which produces the key for secretbox. The hashed password is not stored.</p> 2810 <p>While this provides very good security, we do not recommend storing your encrypted rclone configuration in public if it contains sensitive information, maybe except if you use a very strong password.</p> 2811 <p>If it is safe in your environment, you can set the <code>RCLONE_CONFIG_PASS</code> environment variable to contain your password, in which case it will be used for decrypting the configuration.</p> 2812 <p>You can set this for a session from a script. For unix like systems save this to a file called <code>set-rclone-password</code>:</p> 2813 <pre><code>#!/bin/echo Source this file don't run it 2814 2815 read -s RCLONE_CONFIG_PASS 2816 export RCLONE_CONFIG_PASS</code></pre> 2817 <p>Then source the file when you want to use it. From the shell you would do <code>source set-rclone-password</code>. It will then ask you for the password and set it in the environment variable.</p> 2818 <p>An alternate means of supplying the password is to provide a script which will retrieve the password and print on standard output. This script should have a fully specified path name and not rely on any environment variables. The script is supplied either via <code>--password-command="..."</code> command line argument or via the <code>RCLONE_PASSWORD_COMMAND</code> environment variable.</p> 2819 <p>One useful example of this is using the <code>passwordstore</code> application to retrieve the password:</p> 2820 <pre><code>export RCLONE_PASSWORD_COMMAND="pass rclone/config"</code></pre> 2821 <p>If the <code>passwordstore</code> password manager holds the password for the rclone configuration, using the script method means the password is primarily protected by the <code>passwordstore</code> system, and is never embedded in the clear in scripts, nor available for examination using the standard commands available. It is quite possible with long running rclone sessions for copies of passwords to be innocently captured in log files or terminal scroll buffers, etc. Using the script method of supplying the password enhances the security of the config password considerably.</p> 2822 <p>If you are running rclone inside a script, unless you are using the <code>--password-command</code> method, you might want to disable password prompts. To do that, pass the parameter <code>--ask-password=false</code> to rclone. This will make rclone fail instead of asking for a password if <code>RCLONE_CONFIG_PASS</code> doesn’t contain a valid password, and <code>--password-command</code> has not been supplied.</p> 2823 <h2 id="developer-options">Developer options</h2> 2824 <p>These options are useful when developing or debugging rclone. There are also some more remote specific options which aren’t documented here which are used for testing. These start with remote name eg <code>--drive-test-option</code> - see the docs for the remote in question.</p> 2825 <h3 id="cpuprofilefile">–cpuprofile=FILE</h3> 2826 <p>Write CPU profile to file. This can be analysed with <code>go tool pprof</code>.</p> 2827 <h4 id="dump-flagflagflag">–dump flag,flag,flag</h4> 2828 <p>The <code>--dump</code> flag takes a comma separated list of flags to dump info about.</p> 2829 <p>Note that some headers including <code>Accept-Encoding</code> as shown may not be correct in the request and the response may not show <code>Content-Encoding</code> if the go standard libraries auto gzip encoding was in effect. In this case the body of the request will be gunzipped before showing it.</p> 2830 <p>The available flags are:</p> 2831 <h4 id="dump-headers">–dump headers</h4> 2832 <p>Dump HTTP headers with <code>Authorization:</code> lines removed. May still contain sensitive info. Can be very verbose. Useful for debugging only.</p> 2833 <p>Use <code>--dump auth</code> if you do want the <code>Authorization:</code> headers.</p> 2834 <h4 id="dump-bodies">–dump bodies</h4> 2835 <p>Dump HTTP headers and bodies - may contain sensitive info. Can be very verbose. Useful for debugging only.</p> 2836 <p>Note that the bodies are buffered in memory so don’t use this for enormous files.</p> 2837 <h4 id="dump-requests">–dump requests</h4> 2838 <p>Like <code>--dump bodies</code> but dumps the request bodies and the response headers. Useful for debugging download problems.</p> 2839 <h4 id="dump-responses">–dump responses</h4> 2840 <p>Like <code>--dump bodies</code> but dumps the response bodies and the request headers. Useful for debugging upload problems.</p> 2841 <h4 id="dump-auth">–dump auth</h4> 2842 <p>Dump HTTP headers - will contain sensitive info such as <code>Authorization:</code> headers - use <code>--dump headers</code> to dump without <code>Authorization:</code> headers. Can be very verbose. Useful for debugging only.</p> 2843 <h4 id="dump-filters">–dump filters</h4> 2844 <p>Dump the filters to the output. Useful to see exactly what include and exclude options are filtering on.</p> 2845 <h4 id="dump-goroutines">–dump goroutines</h4> 2846 <p>This dumps a list of the running go-routines at the end of the command to standard output.</p> 2847 <h4 id="dump-openfiles">–dump openfiles</h4> 2848 <p>This dumps a list of the open files at the end of the command. It uses the <code>lsof</code> command to do that so you’ll need that installed to use it.</p> 2849 <h3 id="memprofilefile">–memprofile=FILE</h3> 2850 <p>Write memory profile to file. This can be analysed with <code>go tool pprof</code>.</p> 2851 <h2 id="filtering">Filtering</h2> 2852 <p>For the filtering options</p> 2853 <ul> 2854 <li><code>--delete-excluded</code></li> 2855 <li><code>--filter</code></li> 2856 <li><code>--filter-from</code></li> 2857 <li><code>--exclude</code></li> 2858 <li><code>--exclude-from</code></li> 2859 <li><code>--include</code></li> 2860 <li><code>--include-from</code></li> 2861 <li><code>--files-from</code></li> 2862 <li><code>--min-size</code></li> 2863 <li><code>--max-size</code></li> 2864 <li><code>--min-age</code></li> 2865 <li><code>--max-age</code></li> 2866 <li><code>--dump filters</code></li> 2867 </ul> 2868 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/filtering/">filtering section</a>.</p> 2869 <h2 id="remote-control">Remote control</h2> 2870 <p>For the remote control options and for instructions on how to remote control rclone</p> 2871 <ul> 2872 <li><code>--rc</code></li> 2873 <li>and anything starting with <code>--rc-</code></li> 2874 </ul> 2875 <p>See <a href="https://rclone.org/rc/">the remote control section</a>.</p> 2876 <h2 id="logging">Logging</h2> 2877 <p>rclone has 4 levels of logging, <code>ERROR</code>, <code>NOTICE</code>, <code>INFO</code> and <code>DEBUG</code>.</p> 2878 <p>By default, rclone logs to standard error. This means you can redirect standard error and still see the normal output of rclone commands (eg <code>rclone ls</code>).</p> 2879 <p>By default, rclone will produce <code>Error</code> and <code>Notice</code> level messages.</p> 2880 <p>If you use the <code>-q</code> flag, rclone will only produce <code>Error</code> messages.</p> 2881 <p>If you use the <code>-v</code> flag, rclone will produce <code>Error</code>, <code>Notice</code> and <code>Info</code> messages.</p> 2882 <p>If you use the <code>-vv</code> flag, rclone will produce <code>Error</code>, <code>Notice</code>, <code>Info</code> and <code>Debug</code> messages.</p> 2883 <p>You can also control the log levels with the <code>--log-level</code> flag.</p> 2884 <p>If you use the <code>--log-file=FILE</code> option, rclone will redirect <code>Error</code>, <code>Info</code> and <code>Debug</code> messages along with standard error to FILE.</p> 2885 <p>If you use the <code>--syslog</code> flag then rclone will log to syslog and the <code>--syslog-facility</code> control which facility it uses.</p> 2886 <p>Rclone prefixes all log messages with their level in capitals, eg INFO which makes it easy to grep the log file for different kinds of information.</p> 2887 <h2 id="exit-code">Exit Code</h2> 2888 <p>If any errors occur during the command execution, rclone will exit with a non-zero exit code. This allows scripts to detect when rclone operations have failed.</p> 2889 <p>During the startup phase, rclone will exit immediately if an error is detected in the configuration. There will always be a log message immediately before exiting.</p> 2890 <p>When rclone is running it will accumulate errors as it goes along, and only exit with a non-zero exit code if (after retries) there were still failed transfers. For every error counted there will be a high priority log message (visible with <code>-q</code>) showing the message and which file caused the problem. A high priority message is also shown when starting a retry so the user can see that any previous error messages may not be valid after the retry. If rclone has done a retry it will log a high priority message if the retry was successful.</p> 2891 <h3 id="list-of-exit-codes">List of exit codes</h3> 2892 <ul> 2893 <li><code>0</code> - success</li> 2894 <li><code>1</code> - Syntax or usage error</li> 2895 <li><code>2</code> - Error not otherwise categorised</li> 2896 <li><code>3</code> - Directory not found</li> 2897 <li><code>4</code> - File not found</li> 2898 <li><code>5</code> - Temporary error (one that more retries might fix) (Retry errors)</li> 2899 <li><code>6</code> - Less serious errors (like 461 errors from dropbox) (NoRetry errors)</li> 2900 <li><code>7</code> - Fatal error (one that more retries won’t fix, like account suspended) (Fatal errors)</li> 2901 <li><code>8</code> - Transfer exceeded - limit set by –max-transfer reached</li> 2902 </ul> 2903 <h2 id="environment-variables">Environment Variables</h2> 2904 <p>Rclone can be configured entirely using environment variables. These can be used to set defaults for options or config file entries.</p> 2905 <h3 id="options-68">Options</h3> 2906 <p>Every option in rclone can have its default set by environment variable.</p> 2907 <p>To find the name of the environment variable, first, take the long option name, strip the leading <code>--</code>, change <code>-</code> to <code>_</code>, make upper case and prepend <code>RCLONE_</code>.</p> 2908 <p>For example, to always set <code>--stats 5s</code>, set the environment variable <code>RCLONE_STATS=5s</code>. If you set stats on the command line this will override the environment variable setting.</p> 2909 <p>Or to always use the trash in drive <code>--drive-use-trash</code>, set <code>RCLONE_DRIVE_USE_TRASH=true</code>.</p> 2910 <p>The same parser is used for the options and the environment variables so they take exactly the same form.</p> 2911 <h3 id="config-file">Config file</h3> 2912 <p>You can set defaults for values in the config file on an individual remote basis. If you want to use this feature, you will need to discover the name of the config items that you want. The easiest way is to run through <code>rclone config</code> by hand, then look in the config file to see what the values are (the config file can be found by looking at the help for <code>--config</code> in <code>rclone help</code>).</p> 2913 <p>To find the name of the environment variable, you need to set, take <code>RCLONE_CONFIG_</code> + name of remote + <code>_</code> + name of config file option and make it all uppercase.</p> 2914 <p>For example, to configure an S3 remote named <code>mys3:</code> without a config file (using unix ways of setting environment variables):</p> 2915 <pre><code>$ export RCLONE_CONFIG_MYS3_TYPE=s3 2916 $ export RCLONE_CONFIG_MYS3_ACCESS_KEY_ID=XXX 2917 $ export RCLONE_CONFIG_MYS3_SECRET_ACCESS_KEY=XXX 2918 $ rclone lsd MYS3: 2919 -1 2016-09-21 12:54:21 -1 my-bucket 2920 $ rclone listremotes | grep mys3 2921 mys3:</code></pre> 2922 <p>Note that if you want to create a remote using environment variables you must create the <code>..._TYPE</code> variable as above.</p> 2923 <h3 id="other-environment-variables">Other environment variables</h3> 2924 <ul> 2925 <li>RCLONE_CONFIG_PASS` set to contain your config file password (see <a href="#configuration-encryption">Configuration Encryption</a> section)</li> 2926 <li>HTTP_PROXY, HTTPS_PROXY and NO_PROXY (or the lowercase versions thereof). 2927 <ul> 2928 <li>HTTPS_PROXY takes precedence over HTTP_PROXY for https requests.</li> 2929 <li>The environment values may be either a complete URL or a “host[:port]” for, in which case the “http” scheme is assumed.</li> 2930 </ul></li> 2931 </ul> 2932 <h1 id="configuring-rclone-on-a-remote-headless-machine">Configuring rclone on a remote / headless machine</h1> 2933 <p>Some of the configurations (those involving oauth2) require an Internet connected web browser.</p> 2934 <p>If you are trying to set rclone up on a remote or headless box with no browser available on it (eg a NAS or a server in a datacenter) then you will need to use an alternative means of configuration. There are two ways of doing it, described below.</p> 2935 <h2 id="configuring-using-rclone-authorize">Configuring using rclone authorize</h2> 2936 <p>On the headless box</p> 2937 <pre><code>... 2938 Remote config 2939 Use auto config? 2940 * Say Y if not sure 2941 * Say N if you are working on a remote or headless machine 2942 y) Yes 2943 n) No 2944 y/n> n 2945 For this to work, you will need rclone available on a machine that has a web browser available. 2946 Execute the following on your machine: 2947 rclone authorize "amazon cloud drive" 2948 Then paste the result below: 2949 result></code></pre> 2950 <p>Then on your main desktop machine</p> 2951 <pre><code>rclone authorize "amazon cloud drive" 2952 If your browser doesn't open automatically go to the following link: http://127.0.0.1:53682/auth 2953 Log in and authorize rclone for access 2954 Waiting for code... 2955 Got code 2956 Paste the following into your remote machine ---> 2957 SECRET_TOKEN 2958 <---End paste</code></pre> 2959 <p>Then back to the headless box, paste in the code</p> 2960 <pre><code>result> SECRET_TOKEN 2961 -------------------- 2962 [acd12] 2963 client_id = 2964 client_secret = 2965 token = SECRET_TOKEN 2966 -------------------- 2967 y) Yes this is OK 2968 e) Edit this remote 2969 d) Delete this remote 2970 y/e/d></code></pre> 2971 <h2 id="configuring-by-copying-the-config-file">Configuring by copying the config file</h2> 2972 <p>Rclone stores all of its config in a single configuration file. This can easily be copied to configure a remote rclone.</p> 2973 <p>So first configure rclone on your desktop machine</p> 2974 <pre><code>rclone config</code></pre> 2975 <p>to set up the config file.</p> 2976 <p>Find the config file by running <code>rclone config file</code>, for example</p> 2977 <pre><code>$ rclone config file 2978 Configuration file is stored at: 2979 /home/user/.rclone.conf</code></pre> 2980 <p>Now transfer it to the remote box (scp, cut paste, ftp, sftp etc) and place it in the correct place (use <code>rclone config file</code> on the remote box to find out where).</p> 2981 <h1 id="filtering-includes-and-excludes">Filtering, includes and excludes</h1> 2982 <p>Rclone has a sophisticated set of include and exclude rules. Some of these are based on patterns and some on other things like file size.</p> 2983 <p>The filters are applied for the <code>copy</code>, <code>sync</code>, <code>move</code>, <code>ls</code>, <code>lsl</code>, <code>md5sum</code>, <code>sha1sum</code>, <code>size</code>, <code>delete</code> and <code>check</code> operations. Note that <code>purge</code> does not obey the filters.</p> 2984 <p>Each path as it passes through rclone is matched against the include and exclude rules like <code>--include</code>, <code>--exclude</code>, <code>--include-from</code>, <code>--exclude-from</code>, <code>--filter</code>, or <code>--filter-from</code>. The simplest way to try them out is using the <code>ls</code> command, or <code>--dry-run</code> together with <code>-v</code>.</p> 2985 <h2 id="patterns">Patterns</h2> 2986 <p>The patterns used to match files for inclusion or exclusion are based on “file globs” as used by the unix shell.</p> 2987 <p>If the pattern starts with a <code>/</code> then it only matches at the top level of the directory tree, <strong>relative to the root of the remote</strong> (not necessarily the root of the local drive). If it doesn’t start with <code>/</code> then it is matched starting at the <strong>end of the path</strong>, but it will only match a complete path element:</p> 2988 <pre><code>file.jpg - matches "file.jpg" 2989 - matches "directory/file.jpg" 2990 - doesn't match "afile.jpg" 2991 - doesn't match "directory/afile.jpg" 2992 /file.jpg - matches "file.jpg" in the root directory of the remote 2993 - doesn't match "afile.jpg" 2994 - doesn't match "directory/file.jpg"</code></pre> 2995 <p><strong>Important</strong> Note that you must use <code>/</code> in patterns and not <code>\</code> even if running on Windows.</p> 2996 <p>A <code>*</code> matches anything but not a <code>/</code>.</p> 2997 <pre><code>*.jpg - matches "file.jpg" 2998 - matches "directory/file.jpg" 2999 - doesn't match "file.jpg/something"</code></pre> 3000 <p>Use <code>**</code> to match anything, including slashes (<code>/</code>).</p> 3001 <pre><code>dir/** - matches "dir/file.jpg" 3002 - matches "dir/dir1/dir2/file.jpg" 3003 - doesn't match "directory/file.jpg" 3004 - doesn't match "adir/file.jpg"</code></pre> 3005 <p>A <code>?</code> matches any character except a slash <code>/</code>.</p> 3006 <pre><code>l?ss - matches "less" 3007 - matches "lass" 3008 - doesn't match "floss"</code></pre> 3009 <p>A <code>[</code> and <code>]</code> together make a character class, such as <code>[a-z]</code> or <code>[aeiou]</code> or <code>[[:alpha:]]</code>. See the <a href="https://golang.org/pkg/regexp/syntax/">go regexp docs</a> for more info on these.</p> 3010 <pre><code>h[ae]llo - matches "hello" 3011 - matches "hallo" 3012 - doesn't match "hullo"</code></pre> 3013 <p>A <code>{</code> and <code>}</code> define a choice between elements. It should contain a comma separated list of patterns, any of which might match. These patterns can contain wildcards.</p> 3014 <pre><code>{one,two}_potato - matches "one_potato" 3015 - matches "two_potato" 3016 - doesn't match "three_potato" 3017 - doesn't match "_potato"</code></pre> 3018 <p>Special characters can be escaped with a <code>\</code> before them.</p> 3019 <pre><code>\*.jpg - matches "*.jpg" 3020 \\.jpg - matches "\.jpg" 3021 \[one\].jpg - matches "[one].jpg"</code></pre> 3022 <p>Patterns are case sensitive unless the <code>--ignore-case</code> flag is used.</p> 3023 <p>Without <code>--ignore-case</code> (default)</p> 3024 <pre><code>potato - matches "potato" 3025 - doesn't match "POTATO"</code></pre> 3026 <p>With <code>--ignore-case</code></p> 3027 <pre><code>potato - matches "potato" 3028 - matches "POTATO"</code></pre> 3029 <p>Note also that rclone filter globs can only be used in one of the filter command line flags, not in the specification of the remote, so <code>rclone copy "remote:dir*.jpg" /path/to/dir</code> won’t work - what is required is <code>rclone --include "*.jpg" copy remote:dir /path/to/dir</code></p> 3030 <h3 id="directories">Directories</h3> 3031 <p>Rclone keeps track of directories that could match any file patterns.</p> 3032 <p>Eg if you add the include rule</p> 3033 <pre><code>/a/*.jpg</code></pre> 3034 <p>Rclone will synthesize the directory include rule</p> 3035 <pre><code>/a/</code></pre> 3036 <p>If you put any rules which end in <code>/</code> then it will only match directories.</p> 3037 <p>Directory matches are <strong>only</strong> used to optimise directory access patterns - you must still match the files that you want to match. Directory matches won’t optimise anything on bucket based remotes (eg s3, swift, google compute storage, b2) which don’t have a concept of directory.</p> 3038 <h3 id="differences-between-rsync-and-rclone-patterns">Differences between rsync and rclone patterns</h3> 3039 <p>Rclone implements bash style <code>{a,b,c}</code> glob matching which rsync doesn’t.</p> 3040 <p>Rclone always does a wildcard match so <code>\</code> must always escape a <code>\</code>.</p> 3041 <h2 id="how-the-rules-are-used">How the rules are used</h2> 3042 <p>Rclone maintains a combined list of include rules and exclude rules.</p> 3043 <p>Each file is matched in order, starting from the top, against the rule in the list until it finds a match. The file is then included or excluded according to the rule type.</p> 3044 <p>If the matcher fails to find a match after testing against all the entries in the list then the path is included.</p> 3045 <p>For example given the following rules, <code>+</code> being include, <code>-</code> being exclude,</p> 3046 <pre><code>- secret*.jpg 3047 + *.jpg 3048 + *.png 3049 + file2.avi 3050 - *</code></pre> 3051 <p>This would include</p> 3052 <ul> 3053 <li><code>file1.jpg</code></li> 3054 <li><code>file3.png</code></li> 3055 <li><code>file2.avi</code></li> 3056 </ul> 3057 <p>This would exclude</p> 3058 <ul> 3059 <li><code>secret17.jpg</code></li> 3060 <li>non <code>*.jpg</code> and <code>*.png</code></li> 3061 </ul> 3062 <p>A similar process is done on directory entries before recursing into them. This only works on remotes which have a concept of directory (Eg local, google drive, onedrive, amazon drive) and not on bucket based remotes (eg s3, swift, google compute storage, b2).</p> 3063 <h2 id="adding-filtering-rules">Adding filtering rules</h2> 3064 <p>Filtering rules are added with the following command line flags.</p> 3065 <h3 id="repeating-options">Repeating options</h3> 3066 <p>You can repeat the following options to add more than one rule of that type.</p> 3067 <ul> 3068 <li><code>--include</code></li> 3069 <li><code>--include-from</code></li> 3070 <li><code>--exclude</code></li> 3071 <li><code>--exclude-from</code></li> 3072 <li><code>--filter</code></li> 3073 <li><code>--filter-from</code></li> 3074 </ul> 3075 <p><strong>Important</strong> You should not use <code>--include*</code> together with <code>--exclude*</code>. It may produce different results than you expected. In that case try to use: <code>--filter*</code>.</p> 3076 <p>Note that all the options of the same type are processed together in the order above, regardless of what order they were placed on the command line.</p> 3077 <p>So all <code>--include</code> options are processed first in the order they appeared on the command line, then all <code>--include-from</code> options etc.</p> 3078 <p>To mix up the order includes and excludes, the <code>--filter</code> flag can be used.</p> 3079 <h3 id="exclude---exclude-files-matching-pattern"><code>--exclude</code> - Exclude files matching pattern</h3> 3080 <p>Add a single exclude rule with <code>--exclude</code>.</p> 3081 <p>This flag can be repeated. See above for the order the flags are processed in.</p> 3082 <p>Eg <code>--exclude *.bak</code> to exclude all bak files from the sync.</p> 3083 <h3 id="exclude-from---read-exclude-patterns-from-file"><code>--exclude-from</code> - Read exclude patterns from file</h3> 3084 <p>Add exclude rules from a file.</p> 3085 <p>This flag can be repeated. See above for the order the flags are processed in.</p> 3086 <p>Prepare a file like this <code>exclude-file.txt</code></p> 3087 <pre><code># a sample exclude rule file 3088 *.bak 3089 file2.jpg</code></pre> 3090 <p>Then use as <code>--exclude-from exclude-file.txt</code>. This will sync all files except those ending in <code>bak</code> and <code>file2.jpg</code>.</p> 3091 <p>This is useful if you have a lot of rules.</p> 3092 <h3 id="include---include-files-matching-pattern"><code>--include</code> - Include files matching pattern</h3> 3093 <p>Add a single include rule with <code>--include</code>.</p> 3094 <p>This flag can be repeated. See above for the order the flags are processed in.</p> 3095 <p>Eg <code>--include *.{png,jpg}</code> to include all <code>png</code> and <code>jpg</code> files in the backup and no others.</p> 3096 <p>This adds an implicit <code>--exclude *</code> at the very end of the filter list. This means you can mix <code>--include</code> and <code>--include-from</code> with the other filters (eg <code>--exclude</code>) but you must include all the files you want in the include statement. If this doesn’t provide enough flexibility then you must use <code>--filter-from</code>.</p> 3097 <h3 id="include-from---read-include-patterns-from-file"><code>--include-from</code> - Read include patterns from file</h3> 3098 <p>Add include rules from a file.</p> 3099 <p>This flag can be repeated. See above for the order the flags are processed in.</p> 3100 <p>Prepare a file like this <code>include-file.txt</code></p> 3101 <pre><code># a sample include rule file 3102 *.jpg 3103 *.png 3104 file2.avi</code></pre> 3105 <p>Then use as <code>--include-from include-file.txt</code>. This will sync all <code>jpg</code>, <code>png</code> files and <code>file2.avi</code>.</p> 3106 <p>This is useful if you have a lot of rules.</p> 3107 <p>This adds an implicit <code>--exclude *</code> at the very end of the filter list. This means you can mix <code>--include</code> and <code>--include-from</code> with the other filters (eg <code>--exclude</code>) but you must include all the files you want in the include statement. If this doesn’t provide enough flexibility then you must use <code>--filter-from</code>.</p> 3108 <h3 id="filter---add-a-file-filtering-rule"><code>--filter</code> - Add a file-filtering rule</h3> 3109 <p>This can be used to add a single include or exclude rule. Include rules start with <code>+</code> and exclude rules start with <code>-</code>. A special rule called <code>!</code> can be used to clear the existing rules.</p> 3110 <p>This flag can be repeated. See above for the order the flags are processed in.</p> 3111 <p>Eg <code>--filter "- *.bak"</code> to exclude all bak files from the sync.</p> 3112 <h3 id="filter-from---read-filtering-patterns-from-a-file"><code>--filter-from</code> - Read filtering patterns from a file</h3> 3113 <p>Add include/exclude rules from a file.</p> 3114 <p>This flag can be repeated. See above for the order the flags are processed in.</p> 3115 <p>Prepare a file like this <code>filter-file.txt</code></p> 3116 <pre><code># a sample filter rule file 3117 - secret*.jpg 3118 + *.jpg 3119 + *.png 3120 + file2.avi 3121 - /dir/Trash/** 3122 + /dir/** 3123 # exclude everything else 3124 - *</code></pre> 3125 <p>Then use as <code>--filter-from filter-file.txt</code>. The rules are processed in the order that they are defined.</p> 3126 <p>This example will include all <code>jpg</code> and <code>png</code> files, exclude any files matching <code>secret*.jpg</code> and include <code>file2.avi</code>. It will also include everything in the directory <code>dir</code> at the root of the sync, except <code>dir/Trash</code> which it will exclude. Everything else will be excluded from the sync.</p> 3127 <h3 id="files-from---read-list-of-source-file-names"><code>--files-from</code> - Read list of source-file names</h3> 3128 <p>This reads a list of file names from the file passed in and <strong>only</strong> these files are transferred. The <strong>filtering rules are ignored</strong> completely if you use this option.</p> 3129 <p><code>--files-from</code> expects a list of files as it’s input. <a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_lsf/">rclone lsf</a> has a compatible format that can be used to export file lists from remotes.</p> 3130 <p>Rclone will traverse the file system if you use <code>--files-from</code>, effectively using the files in <code>--files-from</code> as a set of filters. Rclone will not error if any of the files are missing.</p> 3131 <p>If you use <code>--no-traverse</code> as well as <code>--files-from</code> then rclone will not traverse the destination file system, it will find each file individually using approximately 1 API call. This can be more efficient for small lists of files.</p> 3132 <p>This option can be repeated to read from more than one file. These are read in the order that they are placed on the command line.</p> 3133 <p>Paths within the <code>--files-from</code> file will be interpreted as starting with the root specified in the command. Leading <code>/</code> characters are ignored.</p> 3134 <p>For example, suppose you had <code>files-from.txt</code> with this content:</p> 3135 <pre><code># comment 3136 file1.jpg 3137 subdir/file2.jpg</code></pre> 3138 <p>You could then use it like this:</p> 3139 <pre><code>rclone copy --files-from files-from.txt /home/me/pics remote:pics</code></pre> 3140 <p>This will transfer these files only (if they exist)</p> 3141 <pre><code>/home/me/pics/file1.jpg → remote:pics/file1.jpg 3142 /home/me/pics/subdir/file2.jpg → remote:pics/subdir/file2.jpg</code></pre> 3143 <p>To take a more complicated example, let’s say you had a few files you want to back up regularly with these absolute paths:</p> 3144 <pre><code>/home/user1/important 3145 /home/user1/dir/file 3146 /home/user2/stuff</code></pre> 3147 <p>To copy these you’d find a common subdirectory - in this case <code>/home</code> and put the remaining files in <code>files-from.txt</code> with or without leading <code>/</code>, eg</p> 3148 <pre><code>user1/important 3149 user1/dir/file 3150 user2/stuff</code></pre> 3151 <p>You could then copy these to a remote like this</p> 3152 <pre><code>rclone copy --files-from files-from.txt /home remote:backup</code></pre> 3153 <p>The 3 files will arrive in <code>remote:backup</code> with the paths as in the <code>files-from.txt</code> like this:</p> 3154 <pre><code>/home/user1/important → remote:backup/user1/important 3155 /home/user1/dir/file → remote:backup/user1/dir/file 3156 /home/user2/stuff → remote:backup/user2/stuff</code></pre> 3157 <p>You could of course choose <code>/</code> as the root too in which case your <code>files-from.txt</code> might look like this.</p> 3158 <pre><code>/home/user1/important 3159 /home/user1/dir/file 3160 /home/user2/stuff</code></pre> 3161 <p>And you would transfer it like this</p> 3162 <pre><code>rclone copy --files-from files-from.txt / remote:backup</code></pre> 3163 <p>In this case there will be an extra <code>home</code> directory on the remote:</p> 3164 <pre><code>/home/user1/important → remote:backup/home/user1/important 3165 /home/user1/dir/file → remote:backup/home/user1/dir/file 3166 /home/user2/stuff → remote:backup/home/user2/stuff</code></pre> 3167 <h3 id="min-size---dont-transfer-any-file-smaller-than-this"><code>--min-size</code> - Don’t transfer any file smaller than this</h3> 3168 <p>This option controls the minimum size file which will be transferred. This defaults to <code>kBytes</code> but a suffix of <code>k</code>, <code>M</code>, or <code>G</code> can be used.</p> 3169 <p>For example <code>--min-size 50k</code> means no files smaller than 50kByte will be transferred.</p> 3170 <h3 id="max-size---dont-transfer-any-file-larger-than-this"><code>--max-size</code> - Don’t transfer any file larger than this</h3> 3171 <p>This option controls the maximum size file which will be transferred. This defaults to <code>kBytes</code> but a suffix of <code>k</code>, <code>M</code>, or <code>G</code> can be used.</p> 3172 <p>For example <code>--max-size 1G</code> means no files larger than 1GByte will be transferred.</p> 3173 <h3 id="max-age---dont-transfer-any-file-older-than-this"><code>--max-age</code> - Don’t transfer any file older than this</h3> 3174 <p>This option controls the maximum age of files to transfer. Give in seconds or with a suffix of:</p> 3175 <ul> 3176 <li><code>ms</code> - Milliseconds</li> 3177 <li><code>s</code> - Seconds</li> 3178 <li><code>m</code> - Minutes</li> 3179 <li><code>h</code> - Hours</li> 3180 <li><code>d</code> - Days</li> 3181 <li><code>w</code> - Weeks</li> 3182 <li><code>M</code> - Months</li> 3183 <li><code>y</code> - Years</li> 3184 </ul> 3185 <p>For example <code>--max-age 2d</code> means no files older than 2 days will be transferred.</p> 3186 <h3 id="min-age---dont-transfer-any-file-younger-than-this"><code>--min-age</code> - Don’t transfer any file younger than this</h3> 3187 <p>This option controls the minimum age of files to transfer. Give in seconds or with a suffix (see <code>--max-age</code> for list of suffixes)</p> 3188 <p>For example <code>--min-age 2d</code> means no files younger than 2 days will be transferred.</p> 3189 <h3 id="delete-excluded---delete-files-on-dest-excluded-from-sync"><code>--delete-excluded</code> - Delete files on dest excluded from sync</h3> 3190 <p><strong>Important</strong> this flag is dangerous - use with <code>--dry-run</code> and <code>-v</code> first.</p> 3191 <p>When doing <code>rclone sync</code> this will delete any files which are excluded from the sync on the destination.</p> 3192 <p>If for example you did a sync from <code>A</code> to <code>B</code> without the <code>--min-size 50k</code> flag</p> 3193 <pre><code>rclone sync A: B:</code></pre> 3194 <p>Then you repeated it like this with the <code>--delete-excluded</code></p> 3195 <pre><code>rclone --min-size 50k --delete-excluded sync A: B:</code></pre> 3196 <p>This would delete all files on <code>B</code> which are less than 50 kBytes as these are now excluded from the sync.</p> 3197 <p>Always test first with <code>--dry-run</code> and <code>-v</code> before using this flag.</p> 3198 <h3 id="dump-filters---dump-the-filters-to-the-output"><code>--dump filters</code> - dump the filters to the output</h3> 3199 <p>This dumps the defined filters to the output as regular expressions.</p> 3200 <p>Useful for debugging.</p> 3201 <h3 id="ignore-case---make-searches-case-insensitive"><code>--ignore-case</code> - make searches case insensitive</h3> 3202 <p>Normally filter patterns are case sensitive. If this flag is supplied then filter patterns become case insensitive.</p> 3203 <p>Normally a <code>--include "file.txt"</code> will not match a file called <code>FILE.txt</code>. However if you use the <code>--ignore-case</code> flag then <code>--include "file.txt"</code> this will match a file called <code>FILE.txt</code>.</p> 3204 <h2 id="quoting-shell-metacharacters">Quoting shell metacharacters</h2> 3205 <p>The examples above may not work verbatim in your shell as they have shell metacharacters in them (eg <code>*</code>), and may require quoting.</p> 3206 <p>Eg linux, OSX</p> 3207 <ul> 3208 <li><code>--include \*.jpg</code></li> 3209 <li><code>--include '*.jpg'</code></li> 3210 <li><code>--include='*.jpg'</code></li> 3211 </ul> 3212 <p>In Windows the expansion is done by the command not the shell so this should work fine</p> 3213 <ul> 3214 <li><code>--include *.jpg</code></li> 3215 </ul> 3216 <h2 id="exclude-directory-based-on-a-file">Exclude directory based on a file</h2> 3217 <p>It is possible to exclude a directory based on a file, which is present in this directory. Filename should be specified using the <code>--exclude-if-present</code> flag. This flag has a priority over the other filtering flags.</p> 3218 <p>Imagine, you have the following directory structure:</p> 3219 <pre><code>dir1/file1 3220 dir1/dir2/file2 3221 dir1/dir2/dir3/file3 3222 dir1/dir2/dir3/.ignore</code></pre> 3223 <p>You can exclude <code>dir3</code> from sync by running the following command:</p> 3224 <pre><code>rclone sync --exclude-if-present .ignore dir1 remote:backup</code></pre> 3225 <p>Currently only one filename is supported, i.e. <code>--exclude-if-present</code> should not be used multiple times.</p> 3226 <h1 id="gui-experimental">GUI (Experimental)</h1> 3227 <p>Rclone can serve a web based GUI (graphical user interface). This is somewhat experimental at the moment so things may be subject to change.</p> 3228 <p>Run this command in a terminal and rclone will download and then display the GUI in a web browser.</p> 3229 <pre><code>rclone rcd --rc-web-gui</code></pre> 3230 <p>This will produce logs like this and rclone needs to continue to run to serve the GUI:</p> 3231 <pre><code>2019/08/25 11:40:14 NOTICE: A new release for gui is present at https://github.com/rclone/rclone-webui-react/releases/download/v0.0.6/currentbuild.zip 3232 2019/08/25 11:40:14 NOTICE: Downloading webgui binary. Please wait. [Size: 3813937, Path : /home/USER/.cache/rclone/webgui/v0.0.6.zip] 3233 2019/08/25 11:40:16 NOTICE: Unzipping 3234 2019/08/25 11:40:16 NOTICE: Serving remote control on http://127.0.0.1:5572/</code></pre> 3235 <p>This assumes you are running rclone locally on your machine. It is possible to separate the rclone and the GUI - see below for details.</p> 3236 <p>If you wish to check for updates then you can add <code>--rc-web-gui-update</code> to the command line.</p> 3237 <p>If you find your GUI broken, you may force it to update by add <code>--rc-web-gui-force-update</code>.</p> 3238 <p>By default, rclone will open your browser. Add <code>--rc-web-gui-no-open-browser</code> to disable this feature.</p> 3239 <h2 id="using-the-gui">Using the GUI</h2> 3240 <p>Once the GUI opens, you will be looking at the dashboard which has an overall overview.</p> 3241 <p>On the left hand side you will see a series of view buttons you can click on:</p> 3242 <ul> 3243 <li>Dashboard - main overview</li> 3244 <li>Configs - examine and create new configurations</li> 3245 <li>Explorer - view, download and upload files to the cloud storage systems</li> 3246 <li>Backend - view or alter the backend config</li> 3247 <li>Log out</li> 3248 </ul> 3249 <p>(More docs and walkthrough video to come!)</p> 3250 <h2 id="how-it-works">How it works</h2> 3251 <p>When you run the <code>rclone rcd --rc-web-gui</code> this is what happens</p> 3252 <ul> 3253 <li>Rclone starts but only runs the remote control API (“rc”).</li> 3254 <li>The API is bound to localhost with an auto generated username and password.</li> 3255 <li>If the API bundle is missing then rclone will download it.</li> 3256 <li>rclone will start serving the files from the API bundle over the same port as the API</li> 3257 <li>rclone will open the browser with a <code>login_token</code> so it can log straight in.</li> 3258 </ul> 3259 <h2 id="advanced-use">Advanced use</h2> 3260 <p>The <code>rclone rcd</code> may use any of the <a href="https://rclone.org/rc/#supported-parameters">flags documented on the rc page</a>.</p> 3261 <p>The flag <code>--rc-web-gui</code> is shorthand for</p> 3262 <ul> 3263 <li>Download the web GUI if necessary</li> 3264 <li>Check we are using some authentication</li> 3265 <li><code>--rc-user gui</code></li> 3266 <li><code>--rc-pass <random password></code></li> 3267 <li><code>--rc-serve</code></li> 3268 </ul> 3269 <p>These flags can be overidden as desired.</p> 3270 <p>See also the <a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_rcd/">rclone rcd documentation</a>.</p> 3271 <h3 id="example-running-a-public-gui">Example: Running a public GUI</h3> 3272 <p>For example the GUI could be served on a public port over SSL using an htpasswd file using the following flags:</p> 3273 <ul> 3274 <li><code>--rc-web-gui</code></li> 3275 <li><code>--rc-addr :443</code></li> 3276 <li><code>--rc-htpasswd /path/to/htpasswd</code></li> 3277 <li><code>--rc-cert /path/to/ssl.crt</code></li> 3278 <li><code>--rc-key /path/to/ssl.key</code></li> 3279 </ul> 3280 <h3 id="example-running-a-gui-behind-a-proxy">Example: Running a GUI behind a proxy</h3> 3281 <p>If you want to run the GUI behind a proxy at <code>/rclone</code> you could use these flags:</p> 3282 <ul> 3283 <li><code>--rc-web-gui</code></li> 3284 <li><code>--rc-baseurl rclone</code></li> 3285 <li><code>--rc-htpasswd /path/to/htpasswd</code></li> 3286 </ul> 3287 <p>Or instead of htpassword if you just want a single user and password:</p> 3288 <ul> 3289 <li><code>--rc-user me</code></li> 3290 <li><code>--rc-pass mypassword</code></li> 3291 </ul> 3292 <h2 id="project">Project</h2> 3293 <p>The GUI is being developed in the: <a href="https://github.com/rclone/rclone-webui-react">rclone/rclone-webui-react respository</a>.</p> 3294 <p>Bug reports and contributions are very welcome :-)</p> 3295 <p>If you have questions then please ask them on the <a href="https://forum.rclone.org/">rclone forum</a>.</p> 3296 <h1 id="remote-controlling-rclone">Remote controlling rclone</h1> 3297 <p>If rclone is run with the <code>--rc</code> flag then it starts an http server which can be used to remote control rclone.</p> 3298 <p>If you just want to run a remote control then see the <a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_rcd/">rcd command</a>.</p> 3299 <p><strong>NB</strong> this is experimental and everything here is subject to change!</p> 3300 <h2 id="supported-parameters">Supported parameters</h2> 3301 <h3 id="rc">–rc</h3> 3302 <p>Flag to start the http server listen on remote requests</p> 3303 <h3 id="rc-addrip">–rc-addr=IP</h3> 3304 <p>IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to. (default “localhost:5572”)</p> 3305 <h3 id="rc-certkey">–rc-cert=KEY</h3> 3306 <p>SSL PEM key (concatenation of certificate and CA certificate)</p> 3307 <h3 id="rc-client-capath">–rc-client-ca=PATH</h3> 3308 <p>Client certificate authority to verify clients with</p> 3309 <h3 id="rc-htpasswdpath">–rc-htpasswd=PATH</h3> 3310 <p>htpasswd file - if not provided no authentication is done</p> 3311 <h3 id="rc-keypath">–rc-key=PATH</h3> 3312 <p>SSL PEM Private key</p> 3313 <h3 id="rc-max-header-bytesvalue">–rc-max-header-bytes=VALUE</h3> 3314 <p>Maximum size of request header (default 4096)</p> 3315 <h3 id="rc-uservalue">–rc-user=VALUE</h3> 3316 <p>User name for authentication.</p> 3317 <h3 id="rc-passvalue">–rc-pass=VALUE</h3> 3318 <p>Password for authentication.</p> 3319 <h3 id="rc-realmvalue">–rc-realm=VALUE</h3> 3320 <p>Realm for authentication (default “rclone”)</p> 3321 <h3 id="rc-server-read-timeoutduration">–rc-server-read-timeout=DURATION</h3> 3322 <p>Timeout for server reading data (default 1h0m0s)</p> 3323 <h3 id="rc-server-write-timeoutduration">–rc-server-write-timeout=DURATION</h3> 3324 <p>Timeout for server writing data (default 1h0m0s)</p> 3325 <h3 id="rc-serve">–rc-serve</h3> 3326 <p>Enable the serving of remote objects via the HTTP interface. This means objects will be accessible at http://127.0.0.1:5572/ by default, so you can browse to http://127.0.0.1:5572/ or http://127.0.0.1:5572/* to see a listing of the remotes. Objects may be requested from remotes using this syntax http://127.0.0.1:5572/[remote:path]/path/to/object</p> 3327 <p>Default Off.</p> 3328 <h3 id="rc-files-pathtodirectory">–rc-files /path/to/directory</h3> 3329 <p>Path to local files to serve on the HTTP server.</p> 3330 <p>If this is set then rclone will serve the files in that directory. It will also open the root in the web browser if specified. This is for implementing browser based GUIs for rclone functions.</p> 3331 <p>If <code>--rc-user</code> or <code>--rc-pass</code> is set then the URL that is opened will have the authorization in the URL in the <code>http://user:pass@localhost/</code> style.</p> 3332 <p>Default Off.</p> 3333 <h3 id="rc-web-gui">–rc-web-gui</h3> 3334 <p>Set this flag to serve the default web gui on the same port as rclone.</p> 3335 <p>Default Off.</p> 3336 <h3 id="rc-allow-origin">–rc-allow-origin</h3> 3337 <p>Set the allowed Access-Control-Allow-Origin for rc requests.</p> 3338 <p>Can be used with –rc-web-gui if the rclone is running on different IP than the web-gui.</p> 3339 <p>Default is IP address on which rc is running.</p> 3340 <h3 id="rc-web-fetch-url">–rc-web-fetch-url</h3> 3341 <p>Set the URL to fetch the rclone-web-gui files from.</p> 3342 <p>Default https://api.github.com/repos/rclone/rclone-webui-react/releases/latest.</p> 3343 <h3 id="rc-web-gui-update">–rc-web-gui-update</h3> 3344 <p>Set this flag to check and update rclone-webui-react from the rc-web-fetch-url.</p> 3345 <p>Default Off.</p> 3346 <h3 id="rc-web-gui-force-update">–rc-web-gui-force-update</h3> 3347 <p>Set this flag to force update rclone-webui-react from the rc-web-fetch-url.</p> 3348 <p>Default Off.</p> 3349 <h3 id="rc-web-gui-no-open-browser">–rc-web-gui-no-open-browser</h3> 3350 <p>Set this flag to disable opening browser automatically when using web-gui.</p> 3351 <p>Default Off.</p> 3352 <h3 id="rc-job-expire-durationduration">–rc-job-expire-duration=DURATION</h3> 3353 <p>Expire finished async jobs older than DURATION (default 60s).</p> 3354 <h3 id="rc-job-expire-intervalduration">–rc-job-expire-interval=DURATION</h3> 3355 <p>Interval duration to check for expired async jobs (default 10s).</p> 3356 <h3 id="rc-no-auth">–rc-no-auth</h3> 3357 <p>By default rclone will require authorisation to have been set up on the rc interface in order to use any methods which access any rclone remotes. Eg <code>operations/list</code> is denied as it involved creating a remote as is <code>sync/copy</code>.</p> 3358 <p>If this is set then no authorisation will be required on the server to use these methods. The alternative is to use <code>--rc-user</code> and <code>--rc-pass</code> and use these credentials in the request.</p> 3359 <p>Default Off.</p> 3360 <h2 id="accessing-the-remote-control-via-the-rclone-rc-command">Accessing the remote control via the rclone rc command</h2> 3361 <p>Rclone itself implements the remote control protocol in its <code>rclone rc</code> command.</p> 3362 <p>You can use it like this</p> 3363 <pre><code>$ rclone rc rc/noop param1=one param2=two 3364 { 3365 "param1": "one", 3366 "param2": "two" 3367 }</code></pre> 3368 <p>Run <code>rclone rc</code> on its own to see the help for the installed remote control commands.</p> 3369 <p><code>rclone rc</code> also supports a <code>--json</code> flag which can be used to send more complicated input parameters.</p> 3370 <pre><code>$ rclone rc --json '{ "p1": [1,"2",null,4], "p2": { "a":1, "b":2 } }' rc/noop 3371 { 3372 "p1": [ 3373 1, 3374 "2", 3375 null, 3376 4 3377 ], 3378 "p2": { 3379 "a": 1, 3380 "b": 2 3381 } 3382 }</code></pre> 3383 <h2 id="special-parameters">Special parameters</h2> 3384 <p>The rc interface supports some special parameters which apply to <strong>all</strong> commands. These start with <code>_</code> to show they are different.</p> 3385 <h3 id="running-asynchronous-jobs-with-_async-true">Running asynchronous jobs with _async = true</h3> 3386 <p>Each rc call is classified as a job and it is assigned its own id. By default jobs are executed immediately as they are created or synchronously.</p> 3387 <p>If <code>_async</code> has a true value when supplied to an rc call then it will return immediately with a job id and the task will be run in the background. The <code>job/status</code> call can be used to get information of the background job. The job can be queried for up to 1 minute after it has finished.</p> 3388 <p>It is recommended that potentially long running jobs, eg <code>sync/sync</code>, <code>sync/copy</code>, <code>sync/move</code>, <code>operations/purge</code> are run with the <code>_async</code> flag to avoid any potential problems with the HTTP request and response timing out.</p> 3389 <p>Starting a job with the <code>_async</code> flag:</p> 3390 <pre><code>$ rclone rc --json '{ "p1": [1,"2",null,4], "p2": { "a":1, "b":2 }, "_async": true }' rc/noop 3391 { 3392 "jobid": 2 3393 }</code></pre> 3394 <p>Query the status to see if the job has finished. For more information on the meaning of these return parameters see the <code>job/status</code> call.</p> 3395 <pre><code>$ rclone rc --json '{ "jobid":2 }' job/status 3396 { 3397 "duration": 0.000124163, 3398 "endTime": "2018-10-27T11:38:07.911245881+01:00", 3399 "error": "", 3400 "finished": true, 3401 "id": 2, 3402 "output": { 3403 "_async": true, 3404 "p1": [ 3405 1, 3406 "2", 3407 null, 3408 4 3409 ], 3410 "p2": { 3411 "a": 1, 3412 "b": 2 3413 } 3414 }, 3415 "startTime": "2018-10-27T11:38:07.911121728+01:00", 3416 "success": true 3417 }</code></pre> 3418 <p><code>job/list</code> can be used to show the running or recently completed jobs</p> 3419 <pre><code>$ rclone rc job/list 3420 { 3421 "jobids": [ 3422 2 3423 ] 3424 }</code></pre> 3425 <h3 id="assigning-operations-to-groups-with-_group">Assigning operations to groups with _group = <value></h3> 3426 <p>Each rc call has it’s own stats group for tracking it’s metrics. By default grouping is done by the composite group name from prefix <code>job/</code> and id of the job like so <code>job/1</code>.</p> 3427 <p>If <code>_group</code> has a value then stats for that request will be grouped under that value. This allows caller to group stats under their own name.</p> 3428 <p>Stats for specific group can be accessed by passing <code>group</code> to <code>core/stats</code>:</p> 3429 <pre><code>$ rclone rc --json '{ "group": "job/1" }' core/stats 3430 { 3431 "speed": 12345 3432 ... 3433 }</code></pre> 3434 <h2 id="supported-commands">Supported commands</h2> 3435 <!--- autogenerated start - run make rcdocs - don't edit here --> 3436 <h3 id="cacheexpire-purge-a-remote-from-cache-cacheexpire">cache/expire: Purge a remote from cache {#cache/expire}</h3> 3437 <p>Purge a remote from the cache backend. Supports either a directory or a file. Params: - remote = path to remote (required) - withData = true/false to delete cached data (chunks) as well (optional)</p> 3438 <p>Eg</p> 3439 <pre><code>rclone rc cache/expire remote=path/to/sub/folder/ 3440 rclone rc cache/expire remote=/ withData=true</code></pre> 3441 <h3 id="cachefetch-fetch-file-chunks-cachefetch">cache/fetch: Fetch file chunks {#cache/fetch}</h3> 3442 <p>Ensure the specified file chunks are cached on disk.</p> 3443 <p>The chunks= parameter specifies the file chunks to check. It takes a comma separated list of array slice indices. The slice indices are similar to Python slices: start[:end]</p> 3444 <p>start is the 0 based chunk number from the beginning of the file to fetch inclusive. end is 0 based chunk number from the beginning of the file to fetch exclusive. Both values can be negative, in which case they count from the back of the file. The value “-5:” represents the last 5 chunks of a file.</p> 3445 <p>Some valid examples are: “:5,-5:” -> the first and last five chunks “0,-2” -> the first and the second last chunk “0:10” -> the first ten chunks</p> 3446 <p>Any parameter with a key that starts with “file” can be used to specify files to fetch, eg</p> 3447 <pre><code>rclone rc cache/fetch chunks=0 file=hello file2=home/goodbye</code></pre> 3448 <p>File names will automatically be encrypted when the a crypt remote is used on top of the cache.</p> 3449 <h3 id="cachestats-get-cache-stats-cachestats">cache/stats: Get cache stats {#cache/stats}</h3> 3450 <p>Show statistics for the cache remote.</p> 3451 <h3 id="configcreate-create-the-config-for-a-remote.-configcreate">config/create: create the config for a remote. {#config/create}</h3> 3452 <p>This takes the following parameters</p> 3453 <ul> 3454 <li>name - name of remote</li> 3455 <li>parameters - a map of { “key”: “value” } pairs</li> 3456 <li>type - type of the new remote</li> 3457 </ul> 3458 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config_create/">config create command</a> command for more information on the above.</p> 3459 <p>Authentication is required for this call.</p> 3460 <h3 id="configdelete-delete-a-remote-in-the-config-file.-configdelete">config/delete: Delete a remote in the config file. {#config/delete}</h3> 3461 <p>Parameters:</p> 3462 <ul> 3463 <li>name - name of remote to delete</li> 3464 </ul> 3465 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config_delete/">config delete command</a> command for more information on the above.</p> 3466 <p>Authentication is required for this call.</p> 3467 <h3 id="configdump-dumps-the-config-file.-configdump">config/dump: Dumps the config file. {#config/dump}</h3> 3468 <p>Returns a JSON object: - key: value</p> 3469 <p>Where keys are remote names and values are the config parameters.</p> 3470 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config_dump/">config dump command</a> command for more information on the above.</p> 3471 <p>Authentication is required for this call.</p> 3472 <h3 id="configget-get-a-remote-in-the-config-file.-configget">config/get: Get a remote in the config file. {#config/get}</h3> 3473 <p>Parameters:</p> 3474 <ul> 3475 <li>name - name of remote to get</li> 3476 </ul> 3477 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config_dump/">config dump command</a> command for more information on the above.</p> 3478 <p>Authentication is required for this call.</p> 3479 <h3 id="configlistremotes-lists-the-remotes-in-the-config-file.-configlistremotes">config/listremotes: Lists the remotes in the config file. {#config/listremotes}</h3> 3480 <p>Returns - remotes - array of remote names</p> 3481 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_listremotes/">listremotes command</a> command for more information on the above.</p> 3482 <p>Authentication is required for this call.</p> 3483 <h3 id="configpassword-password-the-config-for-a-remote.-configpassword">config/password: password the config for a remote. {#config/password}</h3> 3484 <p>This takes the following parameters</p> 3485 <ul> 3486 <li>name - name of remote</li> 3487 <li>parameters - a map of { “key”: “value” } pairs</li> 3488 </ul> 3489 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config_password/">config password command</a> command for more information on the above.</p> 3490 <p>Authentication is required for this call.</p> 3491 <h3 id="configproviders-shows-how-providers-are-configured-in-the-config-file.-configproviders">config/providers: Shows how providers are configured in the config file. {#config/providers}</h3> 3492 <p>Returns a JSON object: - providers - array of objects</p> 3493 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config_providers/">config providers command</a> command for more information on the above.</p> 3494 <p>Authentication is required for this call.</p> 3495 <h3 id="configupdate-update-the-config-for-a-remote.-configupdate">config/update: update the config for a remote. {#config/update}</h3> 3496 <p>This takes the following parameters</p> 3497 <ul> 3498 <li>name - name of remote</li> 3499 <li>parameters - a map of { “key”: “value” } pairs</li> 3500 </ul> 3501 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config_update/">config update command</a> command for more information on the above.</p> 3502 <p>Authentication is required for this call.</p> 3503 <h3 id="corebwlimit-set-the-bandwidth-limit.-corebwlimit">core/bwlimit: Set the bandwidth limit. {#core/bwlimit}</h3> 3504 <p>This sets the bandwidth limit to that passed in.</p> 3505 <p>Eg</p> 3506 <pre><code>rclone rc core/bwlimit rate=off 3507 { 3508 "bytesPerSecond": -1, 3509 "rate": "off" 3510 } 3511 rclone rc core/bwlimit rate=1M 3512 { 3513 "bytesPerSecond": 1048576, 3514 "rate": "1M" 3515 }</code></pre> 3516 <p>If the rate parameter is not suppied then the bandwidth is queried</p> 3517 <pre><code>rclone rc core/bwlimit 3518 { 3519 "bytesPerSecond": 1048576, 3520 "rate": "1M" 3521 }</code></pre> 3522 <p>The format of the parameter is exactly the same as passed to –bwlimit except only one bandwidth may be specified.</p> 3523 <p>In either case “rate” is returned as a human readable string, and “bytesPerSecond” is returned as a number.</p> 3524 <h3 id="coregc-runs-a-garbage-collection.-coregc">core/gc: Runs a garbage collection. {#core/gc}</h3> 3525 <p>This tells the go runtime to do a garbage collection run. It isn’t necessary to call this normally, but it can be useful for debugging memory problems.</p> 3526 <h3 id="coregroup-list-returns-list-of-stats.-coregroup-list">core/group-list: Returns list of stats. {#core/group-list}</h3> 3527 <p>This returns list of stats groups currently in memory.</p> 3528 <p>Returns the following values:</p> 3529 <pre><code>{ 3530 "groups": an array of group names: 3531 [ 3532 "group1", 3533 "group2", 3534 ... 3535 ] 3536 }</code></pre> 3537 <h3 id="corememstats-returns-the-memory-statistics-corememstats">core/memstats: Returns the memory statistics {#core/memstats}</h3> 3538 <p>This returns the memory statistics of the running program. What the values mean are explained in the go docs: https://golang.org/pkg/runtime/#MemStats</p> 3539 <p>The most interesting values for most people are:</p> 3540 <ul> 3541 <li>HeapAlloc: This is the amount of memory rclone is actually using</li> 3542 <li>HeapSys: This is the amount of memory rclone has obtained from the OS</li> 3543 <li>Sys: this is the total amount of memory requested from the OS 3544 <ul> 3545 <li>It is virtual memory so may include unused memory</li> 3546 </ul></li> 3547 </ul> 3548 <h3 id="coreobscure-obscures-a-string-passed-in.-coreobscure">core/obscure: Obscures a string passed in. {#core/obscure}</h3> 3549 <p>Pass a clear string and rclone will obscure it for the config file: - clear - string</p> 3550 <p>Returns - obscured - string</p> 3551 <h3 id="corepid-return-pid-of-current-process-corepid">core/pid: Return PID of current process {#core/pid}</h3> 3552 <p>This returns PID of current process. Useful for stopping rclone process.</p> 3553 <h3 id="corequit-terminates-the-app.-corequit">core/quit: Terminates the app. {#core/quit}</h3> 3554 <p>(optional) Pass an exit code to be used for terminating the app: - exitCode - int</p> 3555 <h3 id="corestats-returns-stats-about-current-transfers.-corestats">core/stats: Returns stats about current transfers. {#core/stats}</h3> 3556 <p>This returns all available stats:</p> 3557 <pre><code>rclone rc core/stats</code></pre> 3558 <p>If group is not provided then summed up stats for all groups will be returned.</p> 3559 <p>Parameters</p> 3560 <ul> 3561 <li>group - name of the stats group (string)</li> 3562 </ul> 3563 <p>Returns the following values:</p> 3564 <pre><code>{ 3565 "speed": average speed in bytes/sec since start of the process, 3566 "bytes": total transferred bytes since the start of the process, 3567 "errors": number of errors, 3568 "fatalError": whether there has been at least one FatalError, 3569 "retryError": whether there has been at least one non-NoRetryError, 3570 "checks": number of checked files, 3571 "transfers": number of transferred files, 3572 "deletes" : number of deleted files, 3573 "elapsedTime": time in seconds since the start of the process, 3574 "lastError": last occurred error, 3575 "transferring": an array of currently active file transfers: 3576 [ 3577 { 3578 "bytes": total transferred bytes for this file, 3579 "eta": estimated time in seconds until file transfer completion 3580 "name": name of the file, 3581 "percentage": progress of the file transfer in percent, 3582 "speed": speed in bytes/sec, 3583 "speedAvg": speed in bytes/sec as an exponentially weighted moving average, 3584 "size": size of the file in bytes 3585 } 3586 ], 3587 "checking": an array of names of currently active file checks 3588 [] 3589 }</code></pre> 3590 <p>Values for “transferring”, “checking” and “lastError” are only assigned if data is available. The value for “eta” is null if an eta cannot be determined.</p> 3591 <h3 id="corestats-delete-delete-stats-group.-corestats-delete">core/stats-delete: Delete stats group. {#core/stats-delete}</h3> 3592 <p>This deletes entire stats group</p> 3593 <p>Parameters</p> 3594 <ul> 3595 <li>group - name of the stats group (string)</li> 3596 </ul> 3597 <h3 id="corestats-reset-reset-stats.-corestats-reset">core/stats-reset: Reset stats. {#core/stats-reset}</h3> 3598 <p>This clears counters, errors and finished transfers for all stats or specific stats group if group is provided.</p> 3599 <p>Parameters</p> 3600 <ul> 3601 <li>group - name of the stats group (string)</li> 3602 </ul> 3603 <h3 id="coretransferred-returns-stats-about-completed-transfers.-coretransferred">core/transferred: Returns stats about completed transfers. {#core/transferred}</h3> 3604 <p>This returns stats about completed transfers:</p> 3605 <pre><code>rclone rc core/transferred</code></pre> 3606 <p>If group is not provided then completed transfers for all groups will be returned.</p> 3607 <p>Note only the last 100 completed transfers are returned.</p> 3608 <p>Parameters</p> 3609 <ul> 3610 <li>group - name of the stats group (string)</li> 3611 </ul> 3612 <p>Returns the following values:</p> 3613 <pre><code>{ 3614 "transferred": an array of completed transfers (including failed ones): 3615 [ 3616 { 3617 "name": name of the file, 3618 "size": size of the file in bytes, 3619 "bytes": total transferred bytes for this file, 3620 "checked": if the transfer is only checked (skipped, deleted), 3621 "timestamp": integer representing millisecond unix epoch, 3622 "error": string description of the error (empty if successfull), 3623 "jobid": id of the job that this transfer belongs to 3624 } 3625 ] 3626 }</code></pre> 3627 <h3 id="coreversion-shows-the-current-version-of-rclone-and-the-go-runtime.-coreversion">core/version: Shows the current version of rclone and the go runtime. {#core/version}</h3> 3628 <p>This shows the current version of go and the go runtime</p> 3629 <ul> 3630 <li>version - rclone version, eg “v1.44”</li> 3631 <li>decomposed - version number as [major, minor, patch, subpatch] 3632 <ul> 3633 <li>note patch and subpatch will be 999 for a git compiled version</li> 3634 </ul></li> 3635 <li>isGit - boolean - true if this was compiled from the git version</li> 3636 <li>os - OS in use as according to Go</li> 3637 <li>arch - cpu architecture in use according to Go</li> 3638 <li>goVersion - version of Go runtime in use</li> 3639 </ul> 3640 <h3 id="debugset-block-profile-rate-set-runtime.setblockprofilerate-for-blocking-profiling.-debugset-block-profile-rate">debug/set-block-profile-rate: Set runtime.SetBlockProfileRate for blocking profiling. {#debug/set-block-profile-rate}</h3> 3641 <p>SetBlockProfileRate controls the fraction of goroutine blocking events that are reported in the blocking profile. The profiler aims to sample an average of one blocking event per rate nanoseconds spent blocked.</p> 3642 <p>To include every blocking event in the profile, pass rate = 1. To turn off profiling entirely, pass rate <= 0.</p> 3643 <p>After calling this you can use this to see the blocking profile:</p> 3644 <pre><code>go tool pprof http://localhost:5572/debug/pprof/block</code></pre> 3645 <p>Parameters</p> 3646 <ul> 3647 <li>rate - int</li> 3648 </ul> 3649 <h3 id="debugset-mutex-profile-fraction-set-runtime.setmutexprofilefraction-for-mutex-profiling.-debugset-mutex-profile-fraction">debug/set-mutex-profile-fraction: Set runtime.SetMutexProfileFraction for mutex profiling. {#debug/set-mutex-profile-fraction}</h3> 3650 <p>SetMutexProfileFraction controls the fraction of mutex contention events that are reported in the mutex profile. On average 1/rate events are reported. The previous rate is returned.</p> 3651 <p>To turn off profiling entirely, pass rate 0. To just read the current rate, pass rate < 0. (For n>1 the details of sampling may change.)</p> 3652 <p>Once this is set you can look use this to profile the mutex contention:</p> 3653 <pre><code>go tool pprof http://localhost:5572/debug/pprof/mutex</code></pre> 3654 <p>Parameters</p> 3655 <ul> 3656 <li>rate - int</li> 3657 </ul> 3658 <p>Results</p> 3659 <ul> 3660 <li>previousRate - int</li> 3661 </ul> 3662 <h3 id="joblist-lists-the-ids-of-the-running-jobs-joblist">job/list: Lists the IDs of the running jobs {#job/list}</h3> 3663 <p>Parameters - None</p> 3664 <p>Results</p> 3665 <ul> 3666 <li>jobids - array of integer job ids</li> 3667 </ul> 3668 <h3 id="jobstatus-reads-the-status-of-the-job-id-jobstatus">job/status: Reads the status of the job ID {#job/status}</h3> 3669 <p>Parameters</p> 3670 <ul> 3671 <li>jobid - id of the job (integer)</li> 3672 </ul> 3673 <p>Results</p> 3674 <ul> 3675 <li>finished - boolean</li> 3676 <li>duration - time in seconds that the job ran for</li> 3677 <li>endTime - time the job finished (eg “2018-10-26T18:50:20.528746884+01:00”)</li> 3678 <li>error - error from the job or empty string for no error</li> 3679 <li>finished - boolean whether the job has finished or not</li> 3680 <li>id - as passed in above</li> 3681 <li>startTime - time the job started (eg “2018-10-26T18:50:20.528336039+01:00”)</li> 3682 <li>success - boolean - true for success false otherwise</li> 3683 <li>output - output of the job as would have been returned if called synchronously</li> 3684 <li>progress - output of the progress related to the underlying job</li> 3685 </ul> 3686 <h3 id="jobstop-stop-the-running-job-jobstop">job/stop: Stop the running job {#job/stop}</h3> 3687 <p>Parameters</p> 3688 <ul> 3689 <li>jobid - id of the job (integer)</li> 3690 </ul> 3691 <h3 id="operationsabout-return-the-space-used-on-the-remote-operationsabout">operations/about: Return the space used on the remote {#operations/about}</h3> 3692 <p>This takes the following parameters</p> 3693 <ul> 3694 <li>fs - a remote name string eg “drive:”</li> 3695 </ul> 3696 <p>The result is as returned from rclone about –json</p> 3697 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_size/">about command</a> command for more information on the above.</p> 3698 <p>Authentication is required for this call.</p> 3699 <h3 id="operationscleanup-remove-trashed-files-in-the-remote-or-path-operationscleanup">operations/cleanup: Remove trashed files in the remote or path {#operations/cleanup}</h3> 3700 <p>This takes the following parameters</p> 3701 <ul> 3702 <li>fs - a remote name string eg “drive:”</li> 3703 </ul> 3704 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_cleanup/">cleanup command</a> command for more information on the above.</p> 3705 <p>Authentication is required for this call.</p> 3706 <h3 id="operationscopyfile-copy-a-file-from-source-remote-to-destination-remote-operationscopyfile">operations/copyfile: Copy a file from source remote to destination remote {#operations/copyfile}</h3> 3707 <p>This takes the following parameters</p> 3708 <ul> 3709 <li>srcFs - a remote name string eg “drive:” for the source</li> 3710 <li>srcRemote - a path within that remote eg “file.txt” for the source</li> 3711 <li>dstFs - a remote name string eg “drive2:” for the destination</li> 3712 <li>dstRemote - a path within that remote eg “file2.txt” for the destination</li> 3713 </ul> 3714 <p>Authentication is required for this call.</p> 3715 <h3 id="operationscopyurl-copy-the-url-to-the-object-operationscopyurl">operations/copyurl: Copy the URL to the object {#operations/copyurl}</h3> 3716 <p>This takes the following parameters</p> 3717 <ul> 3718 <li>fs - a remote name string eg “drive:”</li> 3719 <li>remote - a path within that remote eg “dir”</li> 3720 <li>url - string, URL to read from</li> 3721 <li>autoFilename - boolean, set to true to retrieve destination file name from url See the <a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_copyurl/">copyurl command</a> command for more information on the above.</li> 3722 </ul> 3723 <p>Authentication is required for this call.</p> 3724 <h3 id="operationsdelete-remove-files-in-the-path-operationsdelete">operations/delete: Remove files in the path {#operations/delete}</h3> 3725 <p>This takes the following parameters</p> 3726 <ul> 3727 <li>fs - a remote name string eg “drive:”</li> 3728 </ul> 3729 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_delete/">delete command</a> command for more information on the above.</p> 3730 <p>Authentication is required for this call.</p> 3731 <h3 id="operationsdeletefile-remove-the-single-file-pointed-to-operationsdeletefile">operations/deletefile: Remove the single file pointed to {#operations/deletefile}</h3> 3732 <p>This takes the following parameters</p> 3733 <ul> 3734 <li>fs - a remote name string eg “drive:”</li> 3735 <li>remote - a path within that remote eg “dir”</li> 3736 </ul> 3737 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_deletefile/">deletefile command</a> command for more information on the above.</p> 3738 <p>Authentication is required for this call.</p> 3739 <h3 id="operationsfsinfo-return-information-about-the-remote-operationsfsinfo">operations/fsinfo: Return information about the remote {#operations/fsinfo}</h3> 3740 <p>This takes the following parameters</p> 3741 <ul> 3742 <li>fs - a remote name string eg “drive:”</li> 3743 </ul> 3744 <p>This returns info about the remote passed in;</p> 3745 <pre><code>{ 3746 // optional features and whether they are available or not 3747 "Features": { 3748 "About": true, 3749 "BucketBased": false, 3750 "CanHaveEmptyDirectories": true, 3751 "CaseInsensitive": false, 3752 "ChangeNotify": false, 3753 "CleanUp": false, 3754 "Copy": false, 3755 "DirCacheFlush": false, 3756 "DirMove": true, 3757 "DuplicateFiles": false, 3758 "GetTier": false, 3759 "ListR": false, 3760 "MergeDirs": false, 3761 "Move": true, 3762 "OpenWriterAt": true, 3763 "PublicLink": false, 3764 "Purge": true, 3765 "PutStream": true, 3766 "PutUnchecked": false, 3767 "ReadMimeType": false, 3768 "ServerSideAcrossConfigs": false, 3769 "SetTier": false, 3770 "SetWrapper": false, 3771 "UnWrap": false, 3772 "WrapFs": false, 3773 "WriteMimeType": false 3774 }, 3775 // Names of hashes available 3776 "Hashes": [ 3777 "MD5", 3778 "SHA-1", 3779 "DropboxHash", 3780 "QuickXorHash" 3781 ], 3782 "Name": "local", // Name as created 3783 "Precision": 1, // Precision of timestamps in ns 3784 "Root": "/", // Path as created 3785 "String": "Local file system at /" // how the remote will appear in logs 3786 }</code></pre> 3787 <p>This command does not have a command line equivalent so use this instead:</p> 3788 <pre><code>rclone rc --loopback operations/fsinfo fs=remote:</code></pre> 3789 <h3 id="operationslist-list-the-given-remote-and-path-in-json-format-operationslist">operations/list: List the given remote and path in JSON format {#operations/list}</h3> 3790 <p>This takes the following parameters</p> 3791 <ul> 3792 <li>fs - a remote name string eg “drive:”</li> 3793 <li>remote - a path within that remote eg “dir”</li> 3794 <li>opt - a dictionary of options to control the listing (optional) 3795 <ul> 3796 <li>recurse - If set recurse directories</li> 3797 <li>noModTime - If set return modification time</li> 3798 <li>showEncrypted - If set show decrypted names</li> 3799 <li>showOrigIDs - If set show the IDs for each item if known</li> 3800 <li>showHash - If set return a dictionary of hashes</li> 3801 </ul></li> 3802 </ul> 3803 <p>The result is</p> 3804 <ul> 3805 <li>list 3806 <ul> 3807 <li>This is an array of objects as described in the lsjson command</li> 3808 </ul></li> 3809 </ul> 3810 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_lsjson/">lsjson command</a> for more information on the above and examples.</p> 3811 <p>Authentication is required for this call.</p> 3812 <h3 id="operationsmkdir-make-a-destination-directory-or-container-operationsmkdir">operations/mkdir: Make a destination directory or container {#operations/mkdir}</h3> 3813 <p>This takes the following parameters</p> 3814 <ul> 3815 <li>fs - a remote name string eg “drive:”</li> 3816 <li>remote - a path within that remote eg “dir”</li> 3817 </ul> 3818 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_mkdir/">mkdir command</a> command for more information on the above.</p> 3819 <p>Authentication is required for this call.</p> 3820 <h3 id="operationsmovefile-move-a-file-from-source-remote-to-destination-remote-operationsmovefile">operations/movefile: Move a file from source remote to destination remote {#operations/movefile}</h3> 3821 <p>This takes the following parameters</p> 3822 <ul> 3823 <li>srcFs - a remote name string eg “drive:” for the source</li> 3824 <li>srcRemote - a path within that remote eg “file.txt” for the source</li> 3825 <li>dstFs - a remote name string eg “drive2:” for the destination</li> 3826 <li>dstRemote - a path within that remote eg “file2.txt” for the destination</li> 3827 </ul> 3828 <p>Authentication is required for this call.</p> 3829 <h3 id="operationspubliclink-create-or-retrieve-a-public-link-to-the-given-file-or-folder.-operationspubliclink">operations/publiclink: Create or retrieve a public link to the given file or folder. {#operations/publiclink}</h3> 3830 <p>This takes the following parameters</p> 3831 <ul> 3832 <li>fs - a remote name string eg “drive:”</li> 3833 <li>remote - a path within that remote eg “dir”</li> 3834 </ul> 3835 <p>Returns</p> 3836 <ul> 3837 <li>url - URL of the resource</li> 3838 </ul> 3839 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_link/">link command</a> command for more information on the above.</p> 3840 <p>Authentication is required for this call.</p> 3841 <h3 id="operationspurge-remove-a-directory-or-container-and-all-of-its-contents-operationspurge">operations/purge: Remove a directory or container and all of its contents {#operations/purge}</h3> 3842 <p>This takes the following parameters</p> 3843 <ul> 3844 <li>fs - a remote name string eg “drive:”</li> 3845 <li>remote - a path within that remote eg “dir”</li> 3846 </ul> 3847 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_purge/">purge command</a> command for more information on the above.</p> 3848 <p>Authentication is required for this call.</p> 3849 <h3 id="operationsrmdir-remove-an-empty-directory-or-container-operationsrmdir">operations/rmdir: Remove an empty directory or container {#operations/rmdir}</h3> 3850 <p>This takes the following parameters</p> 3851 <ul> 3852 <li>fs - a remote name string eg “drive:”</li> 3853 <li>remote - a path within that remote eg “dir”</li> 3854 </ul> 3855 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_rmdir/">rmdir command</a> command for more information on the above.</p> 3856 <p>Authentication is required for this call.</p> 3857 <h3 id="operationsrmdirs-remove-all-the-empty-directories-in-the-path-operationsrmdirs">operations/rmdirs: Remove all the empty directories in the path {#operations/rmdirs}</h3> 3858 <p>This takes the following parameters</p> 3859 <ul> 3860 <li>fs - a remote name string eg “drive:”</li> 3861 <li>remote - a path within that remote eg “dir”</li> 3862 <li>leaveRoot - boolean, set to true not to delete the root</li> 3863 </ul> 3864 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_rmdirs/">rmdirs command</a> command for more information on the above.</p> 3865 <p>Authentication is required for this call.</p> 3866 <h3 id="operationssize-count-the-number-of-bytes-and-files-in-remote-operationssize">operations/size: Count the number of bytes and files in remote {#operations/size}</h3> 3867 <p>This takes the following parameters</p> 3868 <ul> 3869 <li>fs - a remote name string eg “drive:path/to/dir”</li> 3870 </ul> 3871 <p>Returns</p> 3872 <ul> 3873 <li>count - number of files</li> 3874 <li>bytes - number of bytes in those files</li> 3875 </ul> 3876 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_size/">size command</a> command for more information on the above.</p> 3877 <p>Authentication is required for this call.</p> 3878 <h3 id="optionsblocks-list-all-the-option-blocks-optionsblocks">options/blocks: List all the option blocks {#options/blocks}</h3> 3879 <p>Returns - options - a list of the options block names</p> 3880 <h3 id="optionsget-get-all-the-options-optionsget">options/get: Get all the options {#options/get}</h3> 3881 <p>Returns an object where keys are option block names and values are an object with the current option values in.</p> 3882 <p>This shows the internal names of the option within rclone which should map to the external options very easily with a few exceptions.</p> 3883 <h3 id="optionsset-set-an-option-optionsset">options/set: Set an option {#options/set}</h3> 3884 <p>Parameters</p> 3885 <ul> 3886 <li>option block name containing an object with 3887 <ul> 3888 <li>key: value</li> 3889 </ul></li> 3890 </ul> 3891 <p>Repeated as often as required.</p> 3892 <p>Only supply the options you wish to change. If an option is unknown it will be silently ignored. Not all options will have an effect when changed like this.</p> 3893 <p>For example:</p> 3894 <p>This sets DEBUG level logs (-vv)</p> 3895 <pre><code>rclone rc options/set --json '{"main": {"LogLevel": 8}}'</code></pre> 3896 <p>And this sets INFO level logs (-v)</p> 3897 <pre><code>rclone rc options/set --json '{"main": {"LogLevel": 7}}'</code></pre> 3898 <p>And this sets NOTICE level logs (normal without -v)</p> 3899 <pre><code>rclone rc options/set --json '{"main": {"LogLevel": 6}}'</code></pre> 3900 <h3 id="rcerror-this-returns-an-error-rcerror">rc/error: This returns an error {#rc/error}</h3> 3901 <p>This returns an error with the input as part of its error string. Useful for testing error handling.</p> 3902 <h3 id="rclist-list-all-the-registered-remote-control-commands-rclist">rc/list: List all the registered remote control commands {#rc/list}</h3> 3903 <p>This lists all the registered remote control commands as a JSON map in the commands response.</p> 3904 <h3 id="rcnoop-echo-the-input-to-the-output-parameters-rcnoop">rc/noop: Echo the input to the output parameters {#rc/noop}</h3> 3905 <p>This echoes the input parameters to the output parameters for testing purposes. It can be used to check that rclone is still alive and to check that parameter passing is working properly.</p> 3906 <h3 id="rcnoopauth-echo-the-input-to-the-output-parameters-requiring-auth-rcnoopauth">rc/noopauth: Echo the input to the output parameters requiring auth {#rc/noopauth}</h3> 3907 <p>This echoes the input parameters to the output parameters for testing purposes. It can be used to check that rclone is still alive and to check that parameter passing is working properly.</p> 3908 <p>Authentication is required for this call.</p> 3909 <h3 id="synccopy-copy-a-directory-from-source-remote-to-destination-remote-synccopy">sync/copy: copy a directory from source remote to destination remote {#sync/copy}</h3> 3910 <p>This takes the following parameters</p> 3911 <ul> 3912 <li>srcFs - a remote name string eg “drive:src” for the source</li> 3913 <li>dstFs - a remote name string eg “drive:dst” for the destination</li> 3914 </ul> 3915 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_copy/">copy command</a> command for more information on the above.</p> 3916 <p>Authentication is required for this call.</p> 3917 <h3 id="syncmove-move-a-directory-from-source-remote-to-destination-remote-syncmove">sync/move: move a directory from source remote to destination remote {#sync/move}</h3> 3918 <p>This takes the following parameters</p> 3919 <ul> 3920 <li>srcFs - a remote name string eg “drive:src” for the source</li> 3921 <li>dstFs - a remote name string eg “drive:dst” for the destination</li> 3922 <li>deleteEmptySrcDirs - delete empty src directories if set</li> 3923 </ul> 3924 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_move/">move command</a> command for more information on the above.</p> 3925 <p>Authentication is required for this call.</p> 3926 <h3 id="syncsync-sync-a-directory-from-source-remote-to-destination-remote-syncsync">sync/sync: sync a directory from source remote to destination remote {#sync/sync}</h3> 3927 <p>This takes the following parameters</p> 3928 <ul> 3929 <li>srcFs - a remote name string eg “drive:src” for the source</li> 3930 <li>dstFs - a remote name string eg “drive:dst” for the destination</li> 3931 </ul> 3932 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_sync/">sync command</a> command for more information on the above.</p> 3933 <p>Authentication is required for this call.</p> 3934 <h3 id="vfsforget-forget-files-or-directories-in-the-directory-cache.-vfsforget">vfs/forget: Forget files or directories in the directory cache. {#vfs/forget}</h3> 3935 <p>This forgets the paths in the directory cache causing them to be re-read from the remote when needed.</p> 3936 <p>If no paths are passed in then it will forget all the paths in the directory cache.</p> 3937 <pre><code>rclone rc vfs/forget</code></pre> 3938 <p>Otherwise pass files or dirs in as file=path or dir=path. Any parameter key starting with file will forget that file and any starting with dir will forget that dir, eg</p> 3939 <pre><code>rclone rc vfs/forget file=hello file2=goodbye dir=home/junk</code></pre> 3940 <h3 id="vfspoll-interval-get-the-status-or-update-the-value-of-the-poll-interval-option.-vfspoll-interval">vfs/poll-interval: Get the status or update the value of the poll-interval option. {#vfs/poll-interval}</h3> 3941 <p>Without any parameter given this returns the current status of the poll-interval setting.</p> 3942 <p>When the interval=duration parameter is set, the poll-interval value is updated and the polling function is notified. Setting interval=0 disables poll-interval.</p> 3943 <pre><code>rclone rc vfs/poll-interval interval=5m</code></pre> 3944 <p>The timeout=duration parameter can be used to specify a time to wait for the current poll function to apply the new value. If timeout is less or equal 0, which is the default, wait indefinitely.</p> 3945 <p>The new poll-interval value will only be active when the timeout is not reached.</p> 3946 <p>If poll-interval is updated or disabled temporarily, some changes might not get picked up by the polling function, depending on the used remote.</p> 3947 <h3 id="vfsrefresh-refresh-the-directory-cache.-vfsrefresh">vfs/refresh: Refresh the directory cache. {#vfs/refresh}</h3> 3948 <p>This reads the directories for the specified paths and freshens the directory cache.</p> 3949 <p>If no paths are passed in then it will refresh the root directory.</p> 3950 <pre><code>rclone rc vfs/refresh</code></pre> 3951 <p>Otherwise pass directories in as dir=path. Any parameter key starting with dir will refresh that directory, eg</p> 3952 <pre><code>rclone rc vfs/refresh dir=home/junk dir2=data/misc</code></pre> 3953 <p>If the parameter recursive=true is given the whole directory tree will get refreshed. This refresh will use –fast-list if enabled.</p> 3954 <!--- autogenerated stop --> 3955 <h2 id="accessing-the-remote-control-via-http">Accessing the remote control via HTTP</h2> 3956 <p>Rclone implements a simple HTTP based protocol.</p> 3957 <p>Each endpoint takes an JSON object and returns a JSON object or an error. The JSON objects are essentially a map of string names to values.</p> 3958 <p>All calls must made using POST.</p> 3959 <p>The input objects can be supplied using URL parameters, POST parameters or by supplying “Content-Type: application/json” and a JSON blob in the body. There are examples of these below using <code>curl</code>.</p> 3960 <p>The response will be a JSON blob in the body of the response. This is formatted to be reasonably human readable.</p> 3961 <h3 id="error-returns">Error returns</h3> 3962 <p>If an error occurs then there will be an HTTP error status (eg 500) and the body of the response will contain a JSON encoded error object, eg</p> 3963 <pre><code>{ 3964 "error": "Expecting string value for key \"remote\" (was float64)", 3965 "input": { 3966 "fs": "/tmp", 3967 "remote": 3 3968 }, 3969 "status": 400 3970 "path": "operations/rmdir", 3971 }</code></pre> 3972 <p>The keys in the error response are - error - error string - input - the input parameters to the call - status - the HTTP status code - path - the path of the call</p> 3973 <h3 id="cors">CORS</h3> 3974 <p>The sever implements basic CORS support and allows all origins for that. The response to a preflight OPTIONS request will echo the requested “Access-Control-Request-Headers” back.</p> 3975 <h3 id="using-post-with-url-parameters-only">Using POST with URL parameters only</h3> 3976 <pre><code>curl -X POST 'http://localhost:5572/rc/noop?potato=1&sausage=2'</code></pre> 3977 <p>Response</p> 3978 <pre><code>{ 3979 "potato": "1", 3980 "sausage": "2" 3981 }</code></pre> 3982 <p>Here is what an error response looks like:</p> 3983 <pre><code>curl -X POST 'http://localhost:5572/rc/error?potato=1&sausage=2'</code></pre> 3984 <pre><code>{ 3985 "error": "arbitrary error on input map[potato:1 sausage:2]", 3986 "input": { 3987 "potato": "1", 3988 "sausage": "2" 3989 } 3990 }</code></pre> 3991 <p>Note that curl doesn’t return errors to the shell unless you use the <code>-f</code> option</p> 3992 <pre><code>$ curl -f -X POST 'http://localhost:5572/rc/error?potato=1&sausage=2' 3993 curl: (22) The requested URL returned error: 400 Bad Request 3994 $ echo $? 3995 22</code></pre> 3996 <h3 id="using-post-with-a-form">Using POST with a form</h3> 3997 <pre><code>curl --data "potato=1" --data "sausage=2" http://localhost:5572/rc/noop</code></pre> 3998 <p>Response</p> 3999 <pre><code>{ 4000 "potato": "1", 4001 "sausage": "2" 4002 }</code></pre> 4003 <p>Note that you can combine these with URL parameters too with the POST parameters taking precedence.</p> 4004 <pre><code>curl --data "potato=1" --data "sausage=2" "http://localhost:5572/rc/noop?rutabaga=3&sausage=4"</code></pre> 4005 <p>Response</p> 4006 <pre><code>{ 4007 "potato": "1", 4008 "rutabaga": "3", 4009 "sausage": "4" 4010 } 4011 </code></pre> 4012 <h3 id="using-post-with-a-json-blob">Using POST with a JSON blob</h3> 4013 <pre><code>curl -H "Content-Type: application/json" -X POST -d '{"potato":2,"sausage":1}' http://localhost:5572/rc/noop</code></pre> 4014 <p>response</p> 4015 <pre><code>{ 4016 "password": "xyz", 4017 "username": "xyz" 4018 }</code></pre> 4019 <p>This can be combined with URL parameters too if required. The JSON blob takes precedence.</p> 4020 <pre><code>curl -H "Content-Type: application/json" -X POST -d '{"potato":2,"sausage":1}' 'http://localhost:5572/rc/noop?rutabaga=3&potato=4'</code></pre> 4021 <pre><code>{ 4022 "potato": 2, 4023 "rutabaga": "3", 4024 "sausage": 1 4025 }</code></pre> 4026 <h2 id="debugging-rclone-with-pprof">Debugging rclone with pprof</h2> 4027 <p>If you use the <code>--rc</code> flag this will also enable the use of the go profiling tools on the same port.</p> 4028 <p>To use these, first <a href="https://golang.org/doc/install">install go</a>.</p> 4029 <h3 id="debugging-memory-use">Debugging memory use</h3> 4030 <p>To profile rclone’s memory use you can run:</p> 4031 <pre><code>go tool pprof -web http://localhost:5572/debug/pprof/heap</code></pre> 4032 <p>This should open a page in your browser showing what is using what memory.</p> 4033 <p>You can also use the <code>-text</code> flag to produce a textual summary</p> 4034 <pre><code>$ go tool pprof -text http://localhost:5572/debug/pprof/heap 4035 Showing nodes accounting for 1537.03kB, 100% of 1537.03kB total 4036 flat flat% sum% cum cum% 4037 1024.03kB 66.62% 66.62% 1024.03kB 66.62% github.com/rclone/rclone/vendor/golang.org/x/net/http2/hpack.addDecoderNode 4038 513kB 33.38% 100% 513kB 33.38% net/http.newBufioWriterSize 4039 0 0% 100% 1024.03kB 66.62% github.com/rclone/rclone/cmd/all.init 4040 0 0% 100% 1024.03kB 66.62% github.com/rclone/rclone/cmd/serve.init 4041 0 0% 100% 1024.03kB 66.62% github.com/rclone/rclone/cmd/serve/restic.init 4042 0 0% 100% 1024.03kB 66.62% github.com/rclone/rclone/vendor/golang.org/x/net/http2.init 4043 0 0% 100% 1024.03kB 66.62% github.com/rclone/rclone/vendor/golang.org/x/net/http2/hpack.init 4044 0 0% 100% 1024.03kB 66.62% github.com/rclone/rclone/vendor/golang.org/x/net/http2/hpack.init.0 4045 0 0% 100% 1024.03kB 66.62% main.init 4046 0 0% 100% 513kB 33.38% net/http.(*conn).readRequest 4047 0 0% 100% 513kB 33.38% net/http.(*conn).serve 4048 0 0% 100% 1024.03kB 66.62% runtime.main</code></pre> 4049 <h3 id="debugging-go-routine-leaks">Debugging go routine leaks</h3> 4050 <p>Memory leaks are most often caused by go routine leaks keeping memory alive which should have been garbage collected.</p> 4051 <p>See all active go routines using</p> 4052 <pre><code>curl http://localhost:5572/debug/pprof/goroutine?debug=1</code></pre> 4053 <p>Or go to http://localhost:5572/debug/pprof/goroutine?debug=1 in your browser.</p> 4054 <h3 id="other-profiles-to-look-at">Other profiles to look at</h3> 4055 <p>You can see a summary of profiles available at http://localhost:5572/debug/pprof/</p> 4056 <p>Here is how to use some of them:</p> 4057 <ul> 4058 <li>Memory: <code>go tool pprof http://localhost:5572/debug/pprof/heap</code></li> 4059 <li>Go routines: <code>curl http://localhost:5572/debug/pprof/goroutine?debug=1</code></li> 4060 <li>30-second CPU profile: <code>go tool pprof http://localhost:5572/debug/pprof/profile</code></li> 4061 <li>5-second execution trace: <code>wget http://localhost:5572/debug/pprof/trace?seconds=5</code></li> 4062 <li>Goroutine blocking profile 4063 <ul> 4064 <li>Enable first with: <code>rclone rc debug/set-block-profile-rate rate=1</code> (<a href="#debug/set-block-profile-rate">docs</a>)</li> 4065 <li><code>go tool pprof http://localhost:5572/debug/pprof/block</code></li> 4066 </ul></li> 4067 <li>Contended mutexes: 4068 <ul> 4069 <li>Enable first with: <code>rclone rc debug/set-mutex-profile-fraction rate=1</code> (<a href="#debug/set-mutex-profile-fraction">docs</a>)</li> 4070 <li><code>go tool pprof http://localhost:5572/debug/pprof/mutex</code></li> 4071 </ul></li> 4072 </ul> 4073 <p>See the <a href="https://golang.org/pkg/net/http/pprof/">net/http/pprof docs</a> for more info on how to use the profiling and for a general overview see <a href="https://blog.golang.org/profiling-go-programs">the Go team’s blog post on profiling go programs</a>.</p> 4074 <p>The profiling hook is <a href="https://stackoverflow.com/q/26545159/164234">zero overhead unless it is used</a>.</p> 4075 <h1 id="overview-of-cloud-storage-systems">Overview of cloud storage systems</h1> 4076 <p>Each cloud storage system is slightly different. Rclone attempts to provide a unified interface to them, but some underlying differences show through.</p> 4077 <h2 id="features">Features</h2> 4078 <p>Here is an overview of the major features of each cloud storage system.</p> 4079 <table> 4080 <thead> 4081 <tr class="header"> 4082 <th>Name</th> 4083 <th style="text-align: center;">Hash</th> 4084 <th style="text-align: center;">ModTime</th> 4085 <th style="text-align: center;">Case Insensitive</th> 4086 <th style="text-align: center;">Duplicate Files</th> 4087 <th style="text-align: center;">MIME Type</th> 4088 </tr> 4089 </thead> 4090 <tbody> 4091 <tr class="odd"> 4092 <td>1Fichier</td> 4093 <td style="text-align: center;">Whirlpool</td> 4094 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 4095 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 4096 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 4097 <td style="text-align: center;">R</td> 4098 </tr> 4099 <tr class="even"> 4100 <td>Amazon Drive</td> 4101 <td style="text-align: center;">MD5</td> 4102 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 4103 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 4104 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 4105 <td style="text-align: center;">R</td> 4106 </tr> 4107 <tr class="odd"> 4108 <td>Amazon S3</td> 4109 <td style="text-align: center;">MD5</td> 4110 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 4111 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 4112 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 4113 <td style="text-align: center;">R/W</td> 4114 </tr> 4115 <tr class="even"> 4116 <td>Backblaze B2</td> 4117 <td style="text-align: center;">SHA1</td> 4118 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 4119 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 4120 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 4121 <td style="text-align: center;">R/W</td> 4122 </tr> 4123 <tr class="odd"> 4124 <td>Box</td> 4125 <td style="text-align: center;">SHA1</td> 4126 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 4127 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 4128 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 4129 <td style="text-align: center;">-</td> 4130 </tr> 4131 <tr class="even"> 4132 <td>Citrix ShareFile</td> 4133 <td style="text-align: center;">MD5</td> 4134 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 4135 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 4136 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 4137 <td style="text-align: center;">-</td> 4138 </tr> 4139 <tr class="odd"> 4140 <td>Dropbox</td> 4141 <td style="text-align: center;">DBHASH †</td> 4142 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 4143 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 4144 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 4145 <td style="text-align: center;">-</td> 4146 </tr> 4147 <tr class="even"> 4148 <td>FTP</td> 4149 <td style="text-align: center;">-</td> 4150 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 4151 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 4152 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 4153 <td style="text-align: center;">-</td> 4154 </tr> 4155 <tr class="odd"> 4156 <td>Google Cloud Storage</td> 4157 <td style="text-align: center;">MD5</td> 4158 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 4159 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 4160 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 4161 <td style="text-align: center;">R/W</td> 4162 </tr> 4163 <tr class="even"> 4164 <td>Google Drive</td> 4165 <td style="text-align: center;">MD5</td> 4166 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 4167 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 4168 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 4169 <td style="text-align: center;">R/W</td> 4170 </tr> 4171 <tr class="odd"> 4172 <td>Google Photos</td> 4173 <td style="text-align: center;">-</td> 4174 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 4175 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 4176 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 4177 <td style="text-align: center;">R</td> 4178 </tr> 4179 <tr class="even"> 4180 <td>HTTP</td> 4181 <td style="text-align: center;">-</td> 4182 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 4183 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 4184 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 4185 <td style="text-align: center;">R</td> 4186 </tr> 4187 <tr class="odd"> 4188 <td>Hubic</td> 4189 <td style="text-align: center;">MD5</td> 4190 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 4191 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 4192 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 4193 <td style="text-align: center;">R/W</td> 4194 </tr> 4195 <tr class="even"> 4196 <td>Jottacloud</td> 4197 <td style="text-align: center;">MD5</td> 4198 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 4199 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 4200 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 4201 <td style="text-align: center;">R/W</td> 4202 </tr> 4203 <tr class="odd"> 4204 <td>Koofr</td> 4205 <td style="text-align: center;">MD5</td> 4206 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 4207 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 4208 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 4209 <td style="text-align: center;">-</td> 4210 </tr> 4211 <tr class="even"> 4212 <td>Mail.ru Cloud</td> 4213 <td style="text-align: center;">Mailru ‡‡‡</td> 4214 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 4215 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 4216 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 4217 <td style="text-align: center;">-</td> 4218 </tr> 4219 <tr class="odd"> 4220 <td>Mega</td> 4221 <td style="text-align: center;">-</td> 4222 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 4223 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 4224 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 4225 <td style="text-align: center;">-</td> 4226 </tr> 4227 <tr class="even"> 4228 <td>Memory</td> 4229 <td style="text-align: center;">MD5</td> 4230 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 4231 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 4232 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 4233 <td style="text-align: center;">-</td> 4234 </tr> 4235 <tr class="odd"> 4236 <td>Microsoft Azure Blob Storage</td> 4237 <td style="text-align: center;">MD5</td> 4238 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 4239 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 4240 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 4241 <td style="text-align: center;">R/W</td> 4242 </tr> 4243 <tr class="even"> 4244 <td>Microsoft OneDrive</td> 4245 <td style="text-align: center;">SHA1 ‡‡</td> 4246 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 4247 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 4248 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 4249 <td style="text-align: center;">R</td> 4250 </tr> 4251 <tr class="odd"> 4252 <td>OpenDrive</td> 4253 <td style="text-align: center;">MD5</td> 4254 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 4255 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 4256 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 4257 <td style="text-align: center;">-</td> 4258 </tr> 4259 <tr class="even"> 4260 <td>Openstack Swift</td> 4261 <td style="text-align: center;">MD5</td> 4262 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 4263 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 4264 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 4265 <td style="text-align: center;">R/W</td> 4266 </tr> 4267 <tr class="odd"> 4268 <td>pCloud</td> 4269 <td style="text-align: center;">MD5, SHA1</td> 4270 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 4271 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 4272 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 4273 <td style="text-align: center;">W</td> 4274 </tr> 4275 <tr class="even"> 4276 <td>premiumize.me</td> 4277 <td style="text-align: center;">-</td> 4278 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 4279 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 4280 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 4281 <td style="text-align: center;">R</td> 4282 </tr> 4283 <tr class="odd"> 4284 <td>put.io</td> 4285 <td style="text-align: center;">CRC-32</td> 4286 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 4287 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 4288 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 4289 <td style="text-align: center;">R</td> 4290 </tr> 4291 <tr class="even"> 4292 <td>QingStor</td> 4293 <td style="text-align: center;">MD5</td> 4294 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 4295 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 4296 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 4297 <td style="text-align: center;">R/W</td> 4298 </tr> 4299 <tr class="odd"> 4300 <td>SFTP</td> 4301 <td style="text-align: center;">MD5, SHA1 ‡</td> 4302 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 4303 <td style="text-align: center;">Depends</td> 4304 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 4305 <td style="text-align: center;">-</td> 4306 </tr> 4307 <tr class="even"> 4308 <td>SugarSync</td> 4309 <td style="text-align: center;">-</td> 4310 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 4311 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 4312 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 4313 <td style="text-align: center;">-</td> 4314 </tr> 4315 <tr class="odd"> 4316 <td>WebDAV</td> 4317 <td style="text-align: center;">MD5, SHA1 ††</td> 4318 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes †††</td> 4319 <td style="text-align: center;">Depends</td> 4320 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 4321 <td style="text-align: center;">-</td> 4322 </tr> 4323 <tr class="even"> 4324 <td>Yandex Disk</td> 4325 <td style="text-align: center;">MD5</td> 4326 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 4327 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 4328 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 4329 <td style="text-align: center;">R/W</td> 4330 </tr> 4331 <tr class="odd"> 4332 <td>The local filesystem</td> 4333 <td style="text-align: center;">All</td> 4334 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 4335 <td style="text-align: center;">Depends</td> 4336 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 4337 <td style="text-align: center;">-</td> 4338 </tr> 4339 </tbody> 4340 </table> 4341 <h3 id="hash">Hash</h3> 4342 <p>The cloud storage system supports various hash types of the objects. The hashes are used when transferring data as an integrity check and can be specifically used with the <code>--checksum</code> flag in syncs and in the <code>check</code> command.</p> 4343 <p>To use the verify checksums when transferring between cloud storage systems they must support a common hash type.</p> 4344 <p>† Note that Dropbox supports <a href="https://www.dropbox.com/developers/reference/content-hash">its own custom hash</a>. This is an SHA256 sum of all the 4MB block SHA256s.</p> 4345 <p>‡ SFTP supports checksums if the same login has shell access and <code>md5sum</code> or <code>sha1sum</code> as well as <code>echo</code> are in the remote’s PATH.</p> 4346 <p>†† WebDAV supports hashes when used with Owncloud and Nextcloud only.</p> 4347 <p>††† WebDAV supports modtimes when used with Owncloud and Nextcloud only.</p> 4348 <p>‡‡ Microsoft OneDrive Personal supports SHA1 hashes, whereas OneDrive for business and SharePoint server support Microsoft’s own <a href="https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/onedrive/developer/code-snippets/quickxorhash">QuickXorHash</a>.</p> 4349 <p>‡‡‡ Mail.ru uses its own modified SHA1 hash</p> 4350 <h3 id="modtime">ModTime</h3> 4351 <p>The cloud storage system supports setting modification times on objects. If it does then this enables a using the modification times as part of the sync. If not then only the size will be checked by default, though the MD5SUM can be checked with the <code>--checksum</code> flag.</p> 4352 <p>All cloud storage systems support some kind of date on the object and these will be set when transferring from the cloud storage system.</p> 4353 <h3 id="case-insensitive">Case Insensitive</h3> 4354 <p>If a cloud storage systems is case sensitive then it is possible to have two files which differ only in case, eg <code>file.txt</code> and <code>FILE.txt</code>. If a cloud storage system is case insensitive then that isn’t possible.</p> 4355 <p>This can cause problems when syncing between a case insensitive system and a case sensitive system. The symptom of this is that no matter how many times you run the sync it never completes fully.</p> 4356 <p>The local filesystem and SFTP may or may not be case sensitive depending on OS.</p> 4357 <ul> 4358 <li>Windows - usually case insensitive, though case is preserved</li> 4359 <li>OSX - usually case insensitive, though it is possible to format case sensitive</li> 4360 <li>Linux - usually case sensitive, but there are case insensitive file systems (eg FAT formatted USB keys)</li> 4361 </ul> 4362 <p>Most of the time this doesn’t cause any problems as people tend to avoid files whose name differs only by case even on case sensitive systems.</p> 4363 <h3 id="duplicate-files">Duplicate files</h3> 4364 <p>If a cloud storage system allows duplicate files then it can have two objects with the same name.</p> 4365 <p>This confuses rclone greatly when syncing - use the <code>rclone dedupe</code> command to rename or remove duplicates.</p> 4366 <h3 id="restricted-filenames">Restricted filenames</h3> 4367 <p>Some cloud storage systems might have restrictions on the characters that are usable in file or directory names. When <code>rclone</code> detects such a name during a file upload, it will transparently replace the restricted characters with similar looking Unicode characters.</p> 4368 <p>This process is designed to avoid ambiguous file names as much as possible and allow to move files between many cloud storage systems transparently.</p> 4369 <p>The name shown by <code>rclone</code> to the user or during log output will only contain a minimal set of <a href="#restricted-characters">replaced characters</a> to ensure correct formatting and not necessarily the actual name used on the cloud storage.</p> 4370 <p>This transformation is reversed when downloading a file or parsing <code>rclone</code> arguments. For example, when uploading a file named <code>my file?.txt</code> to Onedrive will be displayed as <code>my file?.txt</code> on the console, but stored as <code>my file？.txt</code> (the <code>?</code> gets replaced by the similar looking <code>？</code> character) to Onedrive. The reverse transformation allows to read a file<code>unusual/name.txt</code> from Google Drive, by passing the name <code>unusual／name.txt</code> (the <code>/</code> needs to be replaced by the similar looking <code>／</code> character) on the command line.</p> 4371 <h4 id="restricted-characters">Default restricted characters</h4> 4372 <p>The table below shows the characters that are replaced by default.</p> 4373 <p>When a replacement character is found in a filename, this character will be escaped with the <code>‛</code> character to avoid ambiguous file names. (e.g. a file named <code>␀.txt</code> would shown as <code>‛␀.txt</code>)</p> 4374 <p>Each cloud storage backend can use a different set of characters, which will be specified in the documentation for each backend.</p> 4375 <table> 4376 <thead> 4377 <tr class="header"> 4378 <th>Character</th> 4379 <th style="text-align: center;">Value</th> 4380 <th style="text-align: center;">Replacement</th> 4381 </tr> 4382 </thead> 4383 <tbody> 4384 <tr class="odd"> 4385 <td>NUL</td> 4386 <td style="text-align: center;">0x00</td> 4387 <td style="text-align: center;">␀</td> 4388 </tr> 4389 <tr class="even"> 4390 <td>SOH</td> 4391 <td style="text-align: center;">0x01</td> 4392 <td style="text-align: center;">␁</td> 4393 </tr> 4394 <tr class="odd"> 4395 <td>STX</td> 4396 <td style="text-align: center;">0x02</td> 4397 <td style="text-align: center;">␂</td> 4398 </tr> 4399 <tr class="even"> 4400 <td>ETX</td> 4401 <td style="text-align: center;">0x03</td> 4402 <td style="text-align: center;">␃</td> 4403 </tr> 4404 <tr class="odd"> 4405 <td>EOT</td> 4406 <td style="text-align: center;">0x04</td> 4407 <td style="text-align: center;">␄</td> 4408 </tr> 4409 <tr class="even"> 4410 <td>ENQ</td> 4411 <td style="text-align: center;">0x05</td> 4412 <td style="text-align: center;">␅</td> 4413 </tr> 4414 <tr class="odd"> 4415 <td>ACK</td> 4416 <td style="text-align: center;">0x06</td> 4417 <td style="text-align: center;">␆</td> 4418 </tr> 4419 <tr class="even"> 4420 <td>BEL</td> 4421 <td style="text-align: center;">0x07</td> 4422 <td style="text-align: center;">␇</td> 4423 </tr> 4424 <tr class="odd"> 4425 <td>BS</td> 4426 <td style="text-align: center;">0x08</td> 4427 <td style="text-align: center;">␈</td> 4428 </tr> 4429 <tr class="even"> 4430 <td>HT</td> 4431 <td style="text-align: center;">0x09</td> 4432 <td style="text-align: center;">␉</td> 4433 </tr> 4434 <tr class="odd"> 4435 <td>LF</td> 4436 <td style="text-align: center;">0x0A</td> 4437 <td style="text-align: center;">␊</td> 4438 </tr> 4439 <tr class="even"> 4440 <td>VT</td> 4441 <td style="text-align: center;">0x0B</td> 4442 <td style="text-align: center;">␋</td> 4443 </tr> 4444 <tr class="odd"> 4445 <td>FF</td> 4446 <td style="text-align: center;">0x0C</td> 4447 <td style="text-align: center;">␌</td> 4448 </tr> 4449 <tr class="even"> 4450 <td>CR</td> 4451 <td style="text-align: center;">0x0D</td> 4452 <td style="text-align: center;">␍</td> 4453 </tr> 4454 <tr class="odd"> 4455 <td>SO</td> 4456 <td style="text-align: center;">0x0E</td> 4457 <td style="text-align: center;">␎</td> 4458 </tr> 4459 <tr class="even"> 4460 <td>SI</td> 4461 <td style="text-align: center;">0x0F</td> 4462 <td style="text-align: center;">␏</td> 4463 </tr> 4464 <tr class="odd"> 4465 <td>DLE</td> 4466 <td style="text-align: center;">0x10</td> 4467 <td style="text-align: center;">␐</td> 4468 </tr> 4469 <tr class="even"> 4470 <td>DC1</td> 4471 <td style="text-align: center;">0x11</td> 4472 <td style="text-align: center;">␑</td> 4473 </tr> 4474 <tr class="odd"> 4475 <td>DC2</td> 4476 <td style="text-align: center;">0x12</td> 4477 <td style="text-align: center;">␒</td> 4478 </tr> 4479 <tr class="even"> 4480 <td>DC3</td> 4481 <td style="text-align: center;">0x13</td> 4482 <td style="text-align: center;">␓</td> 4483 </tr> 4484 <tr class="odd"> 4485 <td>DC4</td> 4486 <td style="text-align: center;">0x14</td> 4487 <td style="text-align: center;">␔</td> 4488 </tr> 4489 <tr class="even"> 4490 <td>NAK</td> 4491 <td style="text-align: center;">0x15</td> 4492 <td style="text-align: center;">␕</td> 4493 </tr> 4494 <tr class="odd"> 4495 <td>SYN</td> 4496 <td style="text-align: center;">0x16</td> 4497 <td style="text-align: center;">␖</td> 4498 </tr> 4499 <tr class="even"> 4500 <td>ETB</td> 4501 <td style="text-align: center;">0x17</td> 4502 <td style="text-align: center;">␗</td> 4503 </tr> 4504 <tr class="odd"> 4505 <td>CAN</td> 4506 <td style="text-align: center;">0x18</td> 4507 <td style="text-align: center;">␘</td> 4508 </tr> 4509 <tr class="even"> 4510 <td>EM</td> 4511 <td style="text-align: center;">0x19</td> 4512 <td style="text-align: center;">␙</td> 4513 </tr> 4514 <tr class="odd"> 4515 <td>SUB</td> 4516 <td style="text-align: center;">0x1A</td> 4517 <td style="text-align: center;">␚</td> 4518 </tr> 4519 <tr class="even"> 4520 <td>ESC</td> 4521 <td style="text-align: center;">0x1B</td> 4522 <td style="text-align: center;">␛</td> 4523 </tr> 4524 <tr class="odd"> 4525 <td>FS</td> 4526 <td style="text-align: center;">0x1C</td> 4527 <td style="text-align: center;">␜</td> 4528 </tr> 4529 <tr class="even"> 4530 <td>GS</td> 4531 <td style="text-align: center;">0x1D</td> 4532 <td style="text-align: center;">␝</td> 4533 </tr> 4534 <tr class="odd"> 4535 <td>RS</td> 4536 <td style="text-align: center;">0x1E</td> 4537 <td style="text-align: center;">␞</td> 4538 </tr> 4539 <tr class="even"> 4540 <td>US</td> 4541 <td style="text-align: center;">0x1F</td> 4542 <td style="text-align: center;">␟</td> 4543 </tr> 4544 <tr class="odd"> 4545 <td>/</td> 4546 <td style="text-align: center;">0x2F</td> 4547 <td style="text-align: center;">／</td> 4548 </tr> 4549 <tr class="even"> 4550 <td>DEL</td> 4551 <td style="text-align: center;">0x7F</td> 4552 <td style="text-align: center;">␡</td> 4553 </tr> 4554 </tbody> 4555 </table> 4556 <p>The default encoding will also encode these file names as they are problematic with many cloud storage systems.</p> 4557 <table> 4558 <thead> 4559 <tr class="header"> 4560 <th>File name</th> 4561 <th style="text-align: center;">Replacement</th> 4562 </tr> 4563 </thead> 4564 <tbody> 4565 <tr class="odd"> 4566 <td>.</td> 4567 <td style="text-align: center;">．</td> 4568 </tr> 4569 <tr class="even"> 4570 <td>..</td> 4571 <td style="text-align: center;">．．</td> 4572 </tr> 4573 </tbody> 4574 </table> 4575 <h4 id="invalid-utf8">Invalid UTF-8 bytes</h4> 4576 <p>Some backends only support a sequence of well formed UTF-8 bytes as file or directory names.</p> 4577 <p>In this case all invalid UTF-8 bytes will be replaced with a quoted representation of the byte value to allow uploading a file to such a backend. For example, the invalid byte <code>0xFE</code> will be encoded as <code>‛FE</code>.</p> 4578 <p>A common source of invalid UTF-8 bytes are local filesystems, that store names in a different encoding than UTF-8 or UTF-16, like latin1. See the <a href="/local/#filenames">local filenames</a> section for details.</p> 4579 <h4 id="encoding">Encoding option</h4> 4580 <p>Most backends have an encoding options, specified as a flag <code>--backend-encoding</code> where <code>backend</code> is the name of the backend, or as a config parameter <code>encoding</code> (you’ll need to select the Advanced config in <code>rclone config</code> to see it).</p> 4581 <p>This will have default value which encodes and decodes characters in such a way as to preserve the maximum number of characters (see above).</p> 4582 <p>However this can be incorrect in some scenarios, for example if you have a Windows file system with characters such as <code>＊</code> and <code>？</code> that you want to remain as those characters on the remote rather than being translated to <code>*</code> and <code>?</code>.</p> 4583 <p>The <code>--backend-encoding</code> flags allow you to change that. You can disable the encoding completely with <code>--backend-encoding None</code> or set <code>encoding = None</code> in the config file.</p> 4584 <p>Encoding takes a comma separated list of encodings. You can see the list of all available characters by passing an invalid value to this flag, eg <code>--local-encoding "help"</code> and <code>rclone help flags encoding</code> will show you the defaults for the backends.</p> 4585 <table> 4586 <thead> 4587 <tr class="header"> 4588 <th>Encoding</th> 4589 <th>Characters</th> 4590 </tr> 4591 </thead> 4592 <tbody> 4593 <tr class="odd"> 4594 <td>Asterisk</td> 4595 <td><code>*</code></td> 4596 </tr> 4597 <tr class="even"> 4598 <td>BackQuote</td> 4599 <td><code>`</code></td> 4600 </tr> 4601 <tr class="odd"> 4602 <td>BackSlash</td> 4603 <td><code>\</code></td> 4604 </tr> 4605 <tr class="even"> 4606 <td>Colon</td> 4607 <td><code>:</code></td> 4608 </tr> 4609 <tr class="odd"> 4610 <td>CrLf</td> 4611 <td>CR 0x0D, LF 0x0A</td> 4612 </tr> 4613 <tr class="even"> 4614 <td>Ctl</td> 4615 <td>All control characters 0x00-0x1F</td> 4616 </tr> 4617 <tr class="odd"> 4618 <td>Del</td> 4619 <td>DEL 0x7F</td> 4620 </tr> 4621 <tr class="even"> 4622 <td>Dollar</td> 4623 <td><code>$</code></td> 4624 </tr> 4625 <tr class="odd"> 4626 <td>Dot</td> 4627 <td><code>.</code></td> 4628 </tr> 4629 <tr class="even"> 4630 <td>DoubleQuote</td> 4631 <td><code>"</code></td> 4632 </tr> 4633 <tr class="odd"> 4634 <td>Hash</td> 4635 <td><code>#</code></td> 4636 </tr> 4637 <tr class="even"> 4638 <td>InvalidUtf8</td> 4639 <td>An invalid UTF-8 character (eg latin1)</td> 4640 </tr> 4641 <tr class="odd"> 4642 <td>LeftCrLfHtVt</td> 4643 <td>CR 0x0D, LF 0x0A,HT 0x09, VT 0x0B on the left of a string</td> 4644 </tr> 4645 <tr class="even"> 4646 <td>LeftPeriod</td> 4647 <td><code>.</code> on the left of a string</td> 4648 </tr> 4649 <tr class="odd"> 4650 <td>LeftSpace</td> 4651 <td>SPACE on the left of a string</td> 4652 </tr> 4653 <tr class="even"> 4654 <td>LeftTilde</td> 4655 <td><code>~</code> on the left of a string</td> 4656 </tr> 4657 <tr class="odd"> 4658 <td>LtGt</td> 4659 <td><code><</code>, <code>></code></td> 4660 </tr> 4661 <tr class="even"> 4662 <td>None</td> 4663 <td>No characters are encoded</td> 4664 </tr> 4665 <tr class="odd"> 4666 <td>Percent</td> 4667 <td><code>%</code></td> 4668 </tr> 4669 <tr class="even"> 4670 <td>Pipe</td> 4671 <td><code>|</code></td> 4672 </tr> 4673 <tr class="odd"> 4674 <td>Question</td> 4675 <td><code>?</code></td> 4676 </tr> 4677 <tr class="even"> 4678 <td>RightCrLfHtVt</td> 4679 <td>CR 0x0D, LF 0x0A, HT 0x09, VT 0x0B on the right of a string</td> 4680 </tr> 4681 <tr class="odd"> 4682 <td>RightPeriod</td> 4683 <td><code>.</code> on the right of a string</td> 4684 </tr> 4685 <tr class="even"> 4686 <td>RightSpace</td> 4687 <td>SPACE on the right of a string</td> 4688 </tr> 4689 <tr class="odd"> 4690 <td>SingleQuote</td> 4691 <td><code>'</code></td> 4692 </tr> 4693 <tr class="even"> 4694 <td>Slash</td> 4695 <td><code>/</code></td> 4696 </tr> 4697 </tbody> 4698 </table> 4699 <p>To take a specific example, the FTP backend’s default encoding is</p> 4700 <pre><code>--ftp-encoding "Slash,Del,Ctl,RightSpace,Dot"</code></pre> 4701 <p>However, let’s say the FTP server is running on Windows and can’t have any of the invalid Windows characters in file names. You are backing up Linux servers to this FTP server which do have those characters in file names. So you would add the Windows set which are</p> 4702 <pre><code>Slash,LtGt,DoubleQuote,Colon,Question,Asterisk,Pipe,BackSlash,Ctl,RightSpace,RightPeriod,InvalidUtf8,Dot</code></pre> 4703 <p>to the existing ones, giving:</p> 4704 <pre><code>Slash,LtGt,DoubleQuote,Colon,Question,Asterisk,Pipe,BackSlash,Ctl,RightSpace,RightPeriod,InvalidUtf8,Dot,Del,RightSpace</code></pre> 4705 <p>This can be specified using the <code>--ftp-encoding</code> flag or using an <code>encoding</code> parameter in the config file.</p> 4706 <p>Or let’s say you have a Windows server but you want to preserve <code>＊</code> and <code>？</code>, you would then have this as the encoding (the Windows encoding minus <code>Asterisk</code> and <code>Question</code>).</p> 4707 <pre><code>Slash,LtGt,DoubleQuote,Colon,Pipe,BackSlash,Ctl,RightSpace,RightPeriod,InvalidUtf8,Dot</code></pre> 4708 <p>This can be specified using the <code>--local-encoding</code> flag or using an <code>encoding</code> parameter in the config file.</p> 4709 <h3 id="mime-type">MIME Type</h3> 4710 <p>MIME types (also known as media types) classify types of documents using a simple text classification, eg <code>text/html</code> or <code>application/pdf</code>.</p> 4711 <p>Some cloud storage systems support reading (<code>R</code>) the MIME type of objects and some support writing (<code>W</code>) the MIME type of objects.</p> 4712 <p>The MIME type can be important if you are serving files directly to HTTP from the storage system.</p> 4713 <p>If you are copying from a remote which supports reading (<code>R</code>) to a remote which supports writing (<code>W</code>) then rclone will preserve the MIME types. Otherwise they will be guessed from the extension, or the remote itself may assign the MIME type.</p> 4714 <h2 id="optional-features">Optional Features</h2> 4715 <p>All the remotes support a basic set of features, but there are some optional features supported by some remotes used to make some operations more efficient.</p> 4716 <table> 4717 <thead> 4718 <tr class="header"> 4719 <th>Name</th> 4720 <th style="text-align: center;">Purge</th> 4721 <th style="text-align: center;">Copy</th> 4722 <th style="text-align: center;">Move</th> 4723 <th style="text-align: center;">DirMove</th> 4724 <th style="text-align: center;">CleanUp</th> 4725 <th style="text-align: center;">ListR</th> 4726 <th style="text-align: center;">StreamUpload</th> 4727 <th style="text-align: center;">LinkSharing</th> 4728 <th style="text-align: center;">About</th> 4729 <th style="text-align: center;">EmptyDir</th> 4730 </tr> 4731 </thead> 4732 <tbody> 4733 <tr class="odd"> 4734 <td>1Fichier</td> 4735 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 4736 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 4737 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 4738 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 4739 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 4740 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 4741 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 4742 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 4743 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 4744 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 4745 </tr> 4746 <tr class="even"> 4747 <td>Amazon Drive</td> 4748 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 4749 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 4750 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 4751 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 4752 <td style="text-align: center;">No <a href="https://github.com/rclone/rclone/issues/575">#575</a></td> 4753 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 4754 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 4755 <td style="text-align: center;">No <a href="https://github.com/rclone/rclone/issues/2178">#2178</a></td> 4756 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 4757 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 4758 </tr> 4759 <tr class="odd"> 4760 <td>Amazon S3</td> 4761 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 4762 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 4763 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 4764 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 4765 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 4766 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 4767 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 4768 <td style="text-align: center;">No <a href="https://github.com/rclone/rclone/issues/2178">#2178</a></td> 4769 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 4770 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 4771 </tr> 4772 <tr class="even"> 4773 <td>Backblaze B2</td> 4774 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 4775 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 4776 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 4777 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 4778 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 4779 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 4780 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 4781 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 4782 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 4783 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 4784 </tr> 4785 <tr class="odd"> 4786 <td>Box</td> 4787 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 4788 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 4789 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 4790 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 4791 <td style="text-align: center;">No <a href="https://github.com/rclone/rclone/issues/575">#575</a></td> 4792 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 4793 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 4794 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 4795 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 4796 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 4797 </tr> 4798 <tr class="even"> 4799 <td>Citrix ShareFile</td> 4800 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 4801 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 4802 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 4803 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 4804 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 4805 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 4806 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 4807 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 4808 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 4809 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 4810 </tr> 4811 <tr class="odd"> 4812 <td>Dropbox</td> 4813 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 4814 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 4815 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 4816 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 4817 <td style="text-align: center;">No <a href="https://github.com/rclone/rclone/issues/575">#575</a></td> 4818 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 4819 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 4820 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 4821 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 4822 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 4823 </tr> 4824 <tr class="even"> 4825 <td>FTP</td> 4826 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 4827 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 4828 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 4829 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 4830 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 4831 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 4832 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 4833 <td style="text-align: center;">No <a href="https://github.com/rclone/rclone/issues/2178">#2178</a></td> 4834 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 4835 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 4836 </tr> 4837 <tr class="odd"> 4838 <td>Google Cloud Storage</td> 4839 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 4840 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 4841 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 4842 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 4843 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 4844 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 4845 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 4846 <td style="text-align: center;">No <a href="https://github.com/rclone/rclone/issues/2178">#2178</a></td> 4847 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 4848 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 4849 </tr> 4850 <tr class="even"> 4851 <td>Google Drive</td> 4852 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 4853 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 4854 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 4855 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 4856 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 4857 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 4858 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 4859 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 4860 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 4861 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 4862 </tr> 4863 <tr class="odd"> 4864 <td>Google Photos</td> 4865 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 4866 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 4867 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 4868 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 4869 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 4870 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 4871 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 4872 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 4873 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 4874 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 4875 </tr> 4876 <tr class="even"> 4877 <td>HTTP</td> 4878 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 4879 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 4880 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 4881 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 4882 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 4883 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 4884 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 4885 <td style="text-align: center;">No <a href="https://github.com/rclone/rclone/issues/2178">#2178</a></td> 4886 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 4887 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 4888 </tr> 4889 <tr class="odd"> 4890 <td>Hubic</td> 4891 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes †</td> 4892 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 4893 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 4894 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 4895 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 4896 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 4897 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 4898 <td style="text-align: center;">No <a href="https://github.com/rclone/rclone/issues/2178">#2178</a></td> 4899 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 4900 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 4901 </tr> 4902 <tr class="even"> 4903 <td>Jottacloud</td> 4904 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 4905 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 4906 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 4907 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 4908 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 4909 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 4910 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 4911 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 4912 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 4913 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 4914 </tr> 4915 <tr class="odd"> 4916 <td>Mail.ru Cloud</td> 4917 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 4918 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 4919 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 4920 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 4921 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 4922 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 4923 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 4924 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 4925 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 4926 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 4927 </tr> 4928 <tr class="even"> 4929 <td>Mega</td> 4930 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 4931 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 4932 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 4933 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 4934 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 4935 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 4936 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 4937 <td style="text-align: center;">No <a href="https://github.com/rclone/rclone/issues/2178">#2178</a></td> 4938 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 4939 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 4940 </tr> 4941 <tr class="odd"> 4942 <td>Memory</td> 4943 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 4944 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 4945 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 4946 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 4947 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 4948 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 4949 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 4950 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 4951 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 4952 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 4953 </tr> 4954 <tr class="even"> 4955 <td>Microsoft Azure Blob Storage</td> 4956 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 4957 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 4958 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 4959 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 4960 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 4961 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 4962 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 4963 <td style="text-align: center;">No <a href="https://github.com/rclone/rclone/issues/2178">#2178</a></td> 4964 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 4965 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 4966 </tr> 4967 <tr class="odd"> 4968 <td>Microsoft OneDrive</td> 4969 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 4970 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 4971 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 4972 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 4973 <td style="text-align: center;">No <a href="https://github.com/rclone/rclone/issues/575">#575</a></td> 4974 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 4975 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 4976 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 4977 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 4978 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 4979 </tr> 4980 <tr class="even"> 4981 <td>OpenDrive</td> 4982 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 4983 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 4984 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 4985 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 4986 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 4987 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 4988 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 4989 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 4990 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 4991 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 4992 </tr> 4993 <tr class="odd"> 4994 <td>Openstack Swift</td> 4995 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes †</td> 4996 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 4997 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 4998 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 4999 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 5000 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 5001 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 5002 <td style="text-align: center;">No <a href="https://github.com/rclone/rclone/issues/2178">#2178</a></td> 5003 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 5004 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 5005 </tr> 5006 <tr class="even"> 5007 <td>pCloud</td> 5008 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 5009 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 5010 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 5011 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 5012 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 5013 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 5014 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 5015 <td style="text-align: center;">No <a href="https://github.com/rclone/rclone/issues/2178">#2178</a></td> 5016 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 5017 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 5018 </tr> 5019 <tr class="odd"> 5020 <td>premiumize.me</td> 5021 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 5022 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 5023 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 5024 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 5025 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 5026 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 5027 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 5028 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 5029 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 5030 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 5031 </tr> 5032 <tr class="even"> 5033 <td>put.io</td> 5034 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 5035 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 5036 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 5037 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 5038 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 5039 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 5040 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 5041 <td style="text-align: center;">No <a href="https://github.com/rclone/rclone/issues/2178">#2178</a></td> 5042 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 5043 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 5044 </tr> 5045 <tr class="odd"> 5046 <td>QingStor</td> 5047 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 5048 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 5049 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 5050 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 5051 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 5052 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 5053 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 5054 <td style="text-align: center;">No <a href="https://github.com/rclone/rclone/issues/2178">#2178</a></td> 5055 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 5056 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 5057 </tr> 5058 <tr class="even"> 5059 <td>SFTP</td> 5060 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 5061 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 5062 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 5063 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 5064 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 5065 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 5066 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 5067 <td style="text-align: center;">No <a href="https://github.com/rclone/rclone/issues/2178">#2178</a></td> 5068 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 5069 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 5070 </tr> 5071 <tr class="odd"> 5072 <td>SugarSync</td> 5073 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 5074 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 5075 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 5076 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 5077 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 5078 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 5079 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 5080 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 5081 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 5082 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 5083 </tr> 5084 <tr class="even"> 5085 <td>WebDAV</td> 5086 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 5087 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 5088 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 5089 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 5090 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 5091 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 5092 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes ‡</td> 5093 <td style="text-align: center;">No <a href="https://github.com/rclone/rclone/issues/2178">#2178</a></td> 5094 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 5095 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 5096 </tr> 5097 <tr class="odd"> 5098 <td>Yandex Disk</td> 5099 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 5100 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 5101 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 5102 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 5103 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 5104 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 5105 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 5106 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 5107 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 5108 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 5109 </tr> 5110 <tr class="even"> 5111 <td>The local filesystem</td> 5112 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 5113 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 5114 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 5115 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 5116 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 5117 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 5118 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 5119 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td> 5120 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 5121 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td> 5122 </tr> 5123 </tbody> 5124 </table> 5125 <h3 id="purge">Purge</h3> 5126 <p>This deletes a directory quicker than just deleting all the files in the directory.</p> 5127 <p>† Note Swift and Hubic implement this in order to delete directory markers but they don’t actually have a quicker way of deleting files other than deleting them individually.</p> 5128 <p>‡ StreamUpload is not supported with Nextcloud</p> 5129 <h3 id="copy">Copy</h3> 5130 <p>Used when copying an object to and from the same remote. This known as a server side copy so you can copy a file without downloading it and uploading it again. It is used if you use <code>rclone copy</code> or <code>rclone move</code> if the remote doesn’t support <code>Move</code> directly.</p> 5131 <p>If the server doesn’t support <code>Copy</code> directly then for copy operations the file is downloaded then re-uploaded.</p> 5132 <h3 id="move">Move</h3> 5133 <p>Used when moving/renaming an object on the same remote. This is known as a server side move of a file. This is used in <code>rclone move</code> if the server doesn’t support <code>DirMove</code>.</p> 5134 <p>If the server isn’t capable of <code>Move</code> then rclone simulates it with <code>Copy</code> then delete. If the server doesn’t support <code>Copy</code> then rclone will download the file and re-upload it.</p> 5135 <h3 id="dirmove">DirMove</h3> 5136 <p>This is used to implement <code>rclone move</code> to move a directory if possible. If it isn’t then it will use <code>Move</code> on each file (which falls back to <code>Copy</code> then download and upload - see <code>Move</code> section).</p> 5137 <h3 id="cleanup">CleanUp</h3> 5138 <p>This is used for emptying the trash for a remote by <code>rclone cleanup</code>.</p> 5139 <p>If the server can’t do <code>CleanUp</code> then <code>rclone cleanup</code> will return an error.</p> 5140 <h3 id="listr">ListR</h3> 5141 <p>The remote supports a recursive list to list all the contents beneath a directory quickly. This enables the <code>--fast-list</code> flag to work. See the <a href="/docs/#fast-list">rclone docs</a> for more details.</p> 5142 <h3 id="streamupload">StreamUpload</h3> 5143 <p>Some remotes allow files to be uploaded without knowing the file size in advance. This allows certain operations to work without spooling the file to local disk first, e.g. <code>rclone rcat</code>.</p> 5144 <h3 id="linksharing">LinkSharing</h3> 5145 <p>Sets the necessary permissions on a file or folder and prints a link that allows others to access them, even if they don’t have an account on the particular cloud provider.</p> 5146 <h3 id="about">About</h3> 5147 <p>This is used to fetch quota information from the remote, like bytes used/free/quota and bytes used in the trash.</p> 5148 <p>This is also used to return the space used, available for <code>rclone mount</code>.</p> 5149 <p>If the server can’t do <code>About</code> then <code>rclone about</code> will return an error.</p> 5150 <h3 id="emptydir">EmptyDir</h3> 5151 <p>The remote supports empty directories. See <a href="/bugs/#limitations">Limitations</a> for details. Most Object/Bucket based remotes do not support this.</p> 5152 <h1 id="global-flags">Global Flags</h1> 5153 <p>This describes the global flags available to every rclone command split into two groups, non backend and backend flags.</p> 5154 <h2 id="non-backend-flags">Non Backend Flags</h2> 5155 <p>These flags are available for every command.</p> 5156 <pre><code> --ask-password Allow prompt for password for encrypted configuration. (default true) 5157 --auto-confirm If enabled, do not request console confirmation. 5158 --backup-dir string Make backups into hierarchy based in DIR. 5159 --bind string Local address to bind to for outgoing connections, IPv4, IPv6 or name. 5160 --buffer-size SizeSuffix In memory buffer size when reading files for each --transfer. (default 16M) 5161 --bwlimit BwTimetable Bandwidth limit in kBytes/s, or use suffix b|k|M|G or a full timetable. 5162 --ca-cert string CA certificate used to verify servers 5163 --cache-dir string Directory rclone will use for caching. (default "$HOME/.cache/rclone") 5164 --checkers int Number of checkers to run in parallel. (default 8) 5165 -c, --checksum Skip based on checksum (if available) & size, not mod-time & size 5166 --client-cert string Client SSL certificate (PEM) for mutual TLS auth 5167 --client-key string Client SSL private key (PEM) for mutual TLS auth 5168 --compare-dest string Include additional server-side path during comparison. 5169 --config string Config file. (default "$HOME/.config/rclone/rclone.conf") 5170 --contimeout duration Connect timeout (default 1m0s) 5171 --copy-dest string Implies --compare-dest but also copies files from path into destination. 5172 --cpuprofile string Write cpu profile to file 5173 --delete-after When synchronizing, delete files on destination after transferring (default) 5174 --delete-before When synchronizing, delete files on destination before transferring 5175 --delete-during When synchronizing, delete files during transfer 5176 --delete-excluded Delete files on dest excluded from sync 5177 --disable string Disable a comma separated list of features. Use help to see a list. 5178 -n, --dry-run Do a trial run with no permanent changes 5179 --dump DumpFlags List of items to dump from: headers,bodies,requests,responses,auth,filters,goroutines,openfiles 5180 --dump-bodies Dump HTTP headers and bodies - may contain sensitive info 5181 --dump-headers Dump HTTP headers - may contain sensitive info 5182 --exclude stringArray Exclude files matching pattern 5183 --exclude-from stringArray Read exclude patterns from file 5184 --exclude-if-present string Exclude directories if filename is present 5185 --expect-continue-timeout duration Timeout when using expect / 100-continue in HTTP (default 1s) 5186 --fast-list Use recursive list if available. Uses more memory but fewer transactions. 5187 --files-from stringArray Read list of source-file names from file 5188 -f, --filter stringArray Add a file-filtering rule 5189 --filter-from stringArray Read filtering patterns from a file 5190 --ignore-case Ignore case in filters (case insensitive) 5191 --ignore-case-sync Ignore case when synchronizing 5192 --ignore-checksum Skip post copy check of checksums. 5193 --ignore-errors delete even if there are I/O errors 5194 --ignore-existing Skip all files that exist on destination 5195 --ignore-size Ignore size when skipping use mod-time or checksum. 5196 -I, --ignore-times Don't skip files that match size and time - transfer all files 5197 --immutable Do not modify files. Fail if existing files have been modified. 5198 --include stringArray Include files matching pattern 5199 --include-from stringArray Read include patterns from file 5200 --log-file string Log everything to this file 5201 --log-format string Comma separated list of log format options (default "date,time") 5202 --log-level string Log level DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "NOTICE") 5203 --low-level-retries int Number of low level retries to do. (default 10) 5204 --max-age Duration Only transfer files younger than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off) 5205 --max-backlog int Maximum number of objects in sync or check backlog. (default 10000) 5206 --max-delete int When synchronizing, limit the number of deletes (default -1) 5207 --max-depth int If set limits the recursion depth to this. (default -1) 5208 --max-duration duration Maximum duration rclone will transfer data for. 5209 --max-size SizeSuffix Only transfer files smaller than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off) 5210 --max-stats-groups int Maximum number of stats groups to keep in memory. On max oldest is discarded. (default 1000) 5211 --max-transfer SizeSuffix Maximum size of data to transfer. (default off) 5212 --memprofile string Write memory profile to file 5213 --min-age Duration Only transfer files older than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off) 5214 --min-size SizeSuffix Only transfer files bigger than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off) 5215 --modify-window duration Max time diff to be considered the same (default 1ns) 5216 --multi-thread-cutoff SizeSuffix Use multi-thread downloads for files above this size. (default 250M) 5217 --multi-thread-streams int Max number of streams to use for multi-thread downloads. (default 4) 5218 --no-check-certificate Do not verify the server SSL certificate. Insecure. 5219 --no-check-dest Don't check the destination, copy regardless. 5220 --no-gzip-encoding Don't set Accept-Encoding: gzip. 5221 --no-traverse Don't traverse destination file system on copy. 5222 --no-update-modtime Don't update destination mod-time if files identical. 5223 --order-by string Instructions on how to order the transfers, eg 'size,descending' 5224 --password-command SpaceSepList Command for supplying password for encrypted configuration. 5225 -P, --progress Show progress during transfer. 5226 -q, --quiet Print as little stuff as possible 5227 --rc Enable the remote control server. 5228 --rc-addr string IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to. (default "localhost:5572") 5229 --rc-allow-origin string Set the allowed origin for CORS. 5230 --rc-baseurl string Prefix for URLs - leave blank for root. 5231 --rc-cert string SSL PEM key (concatenation of certificate and CA certificate) 5232 --rc-client-ca string Client certificate authority to verify clients with 5233 --rc-files string Path to local files to serve on the HTTP server. 5234 --rc-htpasswd string htpasswd file - if not provided no authentication is done 5235 --rc-job-expire-duration duration expire finished async jobs older than this value (default 1m0s) 5236 --rc-job-expire-interval duration interval to check for expired async jobs (default 10s) 5237 --rc-key string SSL PEM Private key 5238 --rc-max-header-bytes int Maximum size of request header (default 4096) 5239 --rc-no-auth Don't require auth for certain methods. 5240 --rc-pass string Password for authentication. 5241 --rc-realm string realm for authentication (default "rclone") 5242 --rc-serve Enable the serving of remote objects. 5243 --rc-server-read-timeout duration Timeout for server reading data (default 1h0m0s) 5244 --rc-server-write-timeout duration Timeout for server writing data (default 1h0m0s) 5245 --rc-user string User name for authentication. 5246 --rc-web-fetch-url string URL to fetch the releases for webgui. (default "https://api.github.com/repos/rclone/rclone-webui-react/releases/latest") 5247 --rc-web-gui Launch WebGUI on localhost 5248 --rc-web-gui-force-update Force update to latest version of web gui 5249 --rc-web-gui-no-open-browser Don't open the browser automatically 5250 --rc-web-gui-update Check and update to latest version of web gui 5251 --retries int Retry operations this many times if they fail (default 3) 5252 --retries-sleep duration Interval between retrying operations if they fail, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable) 5253 --size-only Skip based on size only, not mod-time or checksum 5254 --stats duration Interval between printing stats, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable) (default 1m0s) 5255 --stats-file-name-length int Max file name length in stats. 0 for no limit (default 45) 5256 --stats-log-level string Log level to show --stats output DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "INFO") 5257 --stats-one-line Make the stats fit on one line. 5258 --stats-one-line-date Enables --stats-one-line and add current date/time prefix. 5259 --stats-one-line-date-format string Enables --stats-one-line-date and uses custom formatted date. Enclose date string in double quotes ("). See https://golang.org/pkg/time/#Time.Format 5260 --stats-unit string Show data rate in stats as either 'bits' or 'bytes'/s (default "bytes") 5261 --streaming-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload if file size is unknown. Upload starts after reaching cutoff or when file ends. (default 100k) 5262 --suffix string Suffix to add to changed files. 5263 --suffix-keep-extension Preserve the extension when using --suffix. 5264 --syslog Use Syslog for logging 5265 --syslog-facility string Facility for syslog, eg KERN,USER,... (default "DAEMON") 5266 --timeout duration IO idle timeout (default 5m0s) 5267 --tpslimit float Limit HTTP transactions per second to this. 5268 --tpslimit-burst int Max burst of transactions for --tpslimit. (default 1) 5269 --track-renames When synchronizing, track file renames and do a server side move if possible 5270 --transfers int Number of file transfers to run in parallel. (default 4) 5271 -u, --update Skip files that are newer on the destination. 5272 --use-cookies Enable session cookiejar. 5273 --use-json-log Use json log format. 5274 --use-mmap Use mmap allocator (see docs). 5275 --use-server-modtime Use server modified time instead of object metadata 5276 --user-agent string Set the user-agent to a specified string. The default is rclone/ version (default "rclone/v1.51.0") 5277 -v, --verbose count Print lots more stuff (repeat for more)</code></pre> 5278 <h2 id="backend-flags">Backend Flags</h2> 5279 <p>These flags are available for every command. They control the backends and may be set in the config file.</p> 5280 <pre><code> --acd-auth-url string Auth server URL. 5281 --acd-client-id string Amazon Application Client ID. 5282 --acd-client-secret string Amazon Application Client Secret. 5283 --acd-encoding MultiEncoder This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,InvalidUtf8,Dot) 5284 --acd-templink-threshold SizeSuffix Files >= this size will be downloaded via their tempLink. (default 9G) 5285 --acd-token-url string Token server url. 5286 --acd-upload-wait-per-gb Duration Additional time per GB to wait after a failed complete upload to see if it appears. (default 3m0s) 5287 --alias-remote string Remote or path to alias. 5288 --azureblob-access-tier string Access tier of blob: hot, cool or archive. 5289 --azureblob-account string Storage Account Name (leave blank to use SAS URL or Emulator) 5290 --azureblob-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size (<= 100MB). (default 4M) 5291 --azureblob-encoding MultiEncoder This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,RightPeriod,InvalidUtf8) 5292 --azureblob-endpoint string Endpoint for the service 5293 --azureblob-key string Storage Account Key (leave blank to use SAS URL or Emulator) 5294 --azureblob-list-chunk int Size of blob list. (default 5000) 5295 --azureblob-sas-url string SAS URL for container level access only 5296 --azureblob-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (<= 256MB). (default 256M) 5297 --azureblob-use-emulator Uses local storage emulator if provided as 'true' (leave blank if using real azure storage endpoint) 5298 --b2-account string Account ID or Application Key ID 5299 --b2-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 96M) 5300 --b2-disable-checksum Disable checksums for large (> upload cutoff) files 5301 --b2-download-auth-duration Duration Time before the authorization token will expire in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d. (default 1w) 5302 --b2-download-url string Custom endpoint for downloads. 5303 --b2-encoding MultiEncoder This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot) 5304 --b2-endpoint string Endpoint for the service. 5305 --b2-hard-delete Permanently delete files on remote removal, otherwise hide files. 5306 --b2-key string Application Key 5307 --b2-test-mode string A flag string for X-Bz-Test-Mode header for debugging. 5308 --b2-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 200M) 5309 --b2-versions Include old versions in directory listings. 5310 --box-box-config-file string Box App config.json location 5311 --box-box-sub-type string (default "user") 5312 --box-client-id string Box App Client Id. 5313 --box-client-secret string Box App Client Secret 5314 --box-commit-retries int Max number of times to try committing a multipart file. (default 100) 5315 --box-encoding MultiEncoder This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,RightSpace,InvalidUtf8,Dot) 5316 --box-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to multipart upload (>= 50MB). (default 50M) 5317 --cache-chunk-clean-interval Duration How often should the cache perform cleanups of the chunk storage. (default 1m0s) 5318 --cache-chunk-no-memory Disable the in-memory cache for storing chunks during streaming. 5319 --cache-chunk-path string Directory to cache chunk files. (default "$HOME/.cache/rclone/cache-backend") 5320 --cache-chunk-size SizeSuffix The size of a chunk (partial file data). (default 5M) 5321 --cache-chunk-total-size SizeSuffix The total size that the chunks can take up on the local disk. (default 10G) 5322 --cache-db-path string Directory to store file structure metadata DB. (default "$HOME/.cache/rclone/cache-backend") 5323 --cache-db-purge Clear all the cached data for this remote on start. 5324 --cache-db-wait-time Duration How long to wait for the DB to be available - 0 is unlimited (default 1s) 5325 --cache-info-age Duration How long to cache file structure information (directory listings, file size, times etc). (default 6h0m0s) 5326 --cache-plex-insecure string Skip all certificate verifications when connecting to the Plex server 5327 --cache-plex-password string The password of the Plex user 5328 --cache-plex-url string The URL of the Plex server 5329 --cache-plex-username string The username of the Plex user 5330 --cache-read-retries int How many times to retry a read from a cache storage. (default 10) 5331 --cache-remote string Remote to cache. 5332 --cache-rps int Limits the number of requests per second to the source FS (-1 to disable) (default -1) 5333 --cache-tmp-upload-path string Directory to keep temporary files until they are uploaded. 5334 --cache-tmp-wait-time Duration How long should files be stored in local cache before being uploaded (default 15s) 5335 --cache-workers int How many workers should run in parallel to download chunks. (default 4) 5336 --cache-writes Cache file data on writes through the FS 5337 --chunker-chunk-size SizeSuffix Files larger than chunk size will be split in chunks. (default 2G) 5338 --chunker-fail-hard Choose how chunker should handle files with missing or invalid chunks. 5339 --chunker-hash-type string Choose how chunker handles hash sums. All modes but "none" require metadata. (default "md5") 5340 --chunker-meta-format string Format of the metadata object or "none". By default "simplejson". (default "simplejson") 5341 --chunker-name-format string String format of chunk file names. (default "*.rclone_chunk.###") 5342 --chunker-remote string Remote to chunk/unchunk. 5343 --chunker-start-from int Minimum valid chunk number. Usually 0 or 1. (default 1) 5344 -L, --copy-links Follow symlinks and copy the pointed to item. 5345 --crypt-directory-name-encryption Option to either encrypt directory names or leave them intact. (default true) 5346 --crypt-filename-encryption string How to encrypt the filenames. (default "standard") 5347 --crypt-password string Password or pass phrase for encryption. 5348 --crypt-password2 string Password or pass phrase for salt. Optional but recommended. 5349 --crypt-remote string Remote to encrypt/decrypt. 5350 --crypt-show-mapping For all files listed show how the names encrypt. 5351 --drive-acknowledge-abuse Set to allow files which return cannotDownloadAbusiveFile to be downloaded. 5352 --drive-allow-import-name-change Allow the filetype to change when uploading Google docs (e.g. file.doc to file.docx). This will confuse sync and reupload every time. 5353 --drive-alternate-export Use alternate export URLs for google documents export., 5354 --drive-auth-owner-only Only consider files owned by the authenticated user. 5355 --drive-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must a power of 2 >= 256k. (default 8M) 5356 --drive-client-id string Google Application Client Id 5357 --drive-client-secret string Google Application Client Secret 5358 --drive-disable-http2 Disable drive using http2 (default true) 5359 --drive-encoding MultiEncoder This sets the encoding for the backend. (default InvalidUtf8) 5360 --drive-export-formats string Comma separated list of preferred formats for downloading Google docs. (default "docx,xlsx,pptx,svg") 5361 --drive-formats string Deprecated: see export_formats 5362 --drive-impersonate string Impersonate this user when using a service account. 5363 --drive-import-formats string Comma separated list of preferred formats for uploading Google docs. 5364 --drive-keep-revision-forever Keep new head revision of each file forever. 5365 --drive-list-chunk int Size of listing chunk 100-1000. 0 to disable. (default 1000) 5366 --drive-pacer-burst int Number of API calls to allow without sleeping. (default 100) 5367 --drive-pacer-min-sleep Duration Minimum time to sleep between API calls. (default 100ms) 5368 --drive-root-folder-id string ID of the root folder 5369 --drive-scope string Scope that rclone should use when requesting access from drive. 5370 --drive-server-side-across-configs Allow server side operations (eg copy) to work across different drive configs. 5371 --drive-service-account-credentials string Service Account Credentials JSON blob 5372 --drive-service-account-file string Service Account Credentials JSON file path 5373 --drive-shared-with-me Only show files that are shared with me. 5374 --drive-size-as-quota Show sizes as storage quota usage, not actual size. 5375 --drive-skip-checksum-gphotos Skip MD5 checksum on Google photos and videos only. 5376 --drive-skip-gdocs Skip google documents in all listings. 5377 --drive-stop-on-upload-limit Make upload limit errors be fatal 5378 --drive-team-drive string ID of the Team Drive 5379 --drive-trashed-only Only show files that are in the trash. 5380 --drive-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 8M) 5381 --drive-use-created-date Use file created date instead of modified date., 5382 --drive-use-shared-date Use date file was shared instead of modified date. 5383 --drive-use-trash Send files to the trash instead of deleting permanently. (default true) 5384 --drive-v2-download-min-size SizeSuffix If Object's are greater, use drive v2 API to download. (default off) 5385 --dropbox-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. (< 150M). (default 48M) 5386 --dropbox-client-id string Dropbox App Client Id 5387 --dropbox-client-secret string Dropbox App Client Secret 5388 --dropbox-encoding MultiEncoder This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,BackSlash,Del,RightSpace,InvalidUtf8,Dot) 5389 --dropbox-impersonate string Impersonate this user when using a business account. 5390 --fichier-api-key string Your API Key, get it from https://1fichier.com/console/params.pl 5391 --fichier-encoding MultiEncoder This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,LtGt,DoubleQuote,SingleQuote,BackQuote,Dollar,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,LeftSpace,RightSpace,InvalidUtf8,Dot) 5392 --fichier-shared-folder string If you want to download a shared folder, add this parameter 5393 --ftp-concurrency int Maximum number of FTP simultaneous connections, 0 for unlimited 5394 --ftp-disable-epsv Disable using EPSV even if server advertises support 5395 --ftp-encoding MultiEncoder This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,Del,Ctl,RightSpace,Dot) 5396 --ftp-host string FTP host to connect to 5397 --ftp-no-check-certificate Do not verify the TLS certificate of the server 5398 --ftp-pass string FTP password 5399 --ftp-port string FTP port, leave blank to use default (21) 5400 --ftp-tls Use FTP over TLS (Implicit) 5401 --ftp-user string FTP username, leave blank for current username, $USER 5402 --gcs-bucket-acl string Access Control List for new buckets. 5403 --gcs-bucket-policy-only Access checks should use bucket-level IAM policies. 5404 --gcs-client-id string Google Application Client Id 5405 --gcs-client-secret string Google Application Client Secret 5406 --gcs-encoding MultiEncoder This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,CrLf,InvalidUtf8,Dot) 5407 --gcs-location string Location for the newly created buckets. 5408 --gcs-object-acl string Access Control List for new objects. 5409 --gcs-project-number string Project number. 5410 --gcs-service-account-file string Service Account Credentials JSON file path 5411 --gcs-storage-class string The storage class to use when storing objects in Google Cloud Storage. 5412 --gphotos-client-id string Google Application Client Id 5413 --gphotos-client-secret string Google Application Client Secret 5414 --gphotos-read-only Set to make the Google Photos backend read only. 5415 --gphotos-read-size Set to read the size of media items. 5416 --http-headers CommaSepList Set HTTP headers for all transactions 5417 --http-no-head Don't use HEAD requests to find file sizes in dir listing 5418 --http-no-slash Set this if the site doesn't end directories with / 5419 --http-url string URL of http host to connect to 5420 --hubic-chunk-size SizeSuffix Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G) 5421 --hubic-client-id string Hubic Client Id 5422 --hubic-client-secret string Hubic Client Secret 5423 --hubic-encoding MultiEncoder This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,InvalidUtf8) 5424 --hubic-no-chunk Don't chunk files during streaming upload. 5425 --jottacloud-encoding MultiEncoder This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,LtGt,DoubleQuote,Colon,Question,Asterisk,Pipe,Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot) 5426 --jottacloud-hard-delete Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash. 5427 --jottacloud-md5-memory-limit SizeSuffix Files bigger than this will be cached on disk to calculate the MD5 if required. (default 10M) 5428 --jottacloud-unlink Remove existing public link to file/folder with link command rather than creating. 5429 --jottacloud-upload-resume-limit SizeSuffix Files bigger than this can be resumed if the upload fail's. (default 10M) 5430 --koofr-encoding MultiEncoder This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot) 5431 --koofr-endpoint string The Koofr API endpoint to use (default "https://app.koofr.net") 5432 --koofr-mountid string Mount ID of the mount to use. If omitted, the primary mount is used. 5433 --koofr-password string Your Koofr password for rclone (generate one at https://app.koofr.net/app/admin/preferences/password) 5434 --koofr-setmtime Does the backend support setting modification time. Set this to false if you use a mount ID that points to a Dropbox or Amazon Drive backend. (default true) 5435 --koofr-user string Your Koofr user name 5436 -l, --links Translate symlinks to/from regular files with a '.rclonelink' extension 5437 --local-case-insensitive Force the filesystem to report itself as case insensitive 5438 --local-case-sensitive Force the filesystem to report itself as case sensitive. 5439 --local-encoding MultiEncoder This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,Dot) 5440 --local-no-check-updated Don't check to see if the files change during upload 5441 --local-no-unicode-normalization Don't apply unicode normalization to paths and filenames (Deprecated) 5442 --local-nounc string Disable UNC (long path names) conversion on Windows 5443 --mailru-check-hash What should copy do if file checksum is mismatched or invalid (default true) 5444 --mailru-encoding MultiEncoder This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,LtGt,DoubleQuote,Colon,Question,Asterisk,Pipe,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot) 5445 --mailru-pass string Password 5446 --mailru-speedup-enable Skip full upload if there is another file with same data hash. (default true) 5447 --mailru-speedup-file-patterns string Comma separated list of file name patterns eligible for speedup (put by hash). (default "*.mkv,*.avi,*.mp4,*.mp3,*.zip,*.gz,*.rar,*.pdf") 5448 --mailru-speedup-max-disk SizeSuffix This option allows you to disable speedup (put by hash) for large files (default 3G) 5449 --mailru-speedup-max-memory SizeSuffix Files larger than the size given below will always be hashed on disk. (default 32M) 5450 --mailru-user string User name (usually email) 5451 --mega-debug Output more debug from Mega. 5452 --mega-encoding MultiEncoder This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,InvalidUtf8,Dot) 5453 --mega-hard-delete Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash. 5454 --mega-pass string Password. 5455 --mega-user string User name 5456 -x, --one-file-system Don't cross filesystem boundaries (unix/macOS only). 5457 --onedrive-chunk-size SizeSuffix Chunk size to upload files with - must be multiple of 320k (327,680 bytes). (default 10M) 5458 --onedrive-client-id string Microsoft App Client Id 5459 --onedrive-client-secret string Microsoft App Client Secret 5460 --onedrive-drive-id string The ID of the drive to use 5461 --onedrive-drive-type string The type of the drive ( personal | business | documentLibrary ) 5462 --onedrive-encoding MultiEncoder This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,LtGt,DoubleQuote,Colon,Question,Asterisk,Pipe,Hash,Percent,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,LeftSpace,LeftTilde,RightSpace,RightPeriod,InvalidUtf8,Dot) 5463 --onedrive-expose-onenote-files Set to make OneNote files show up in directory listings. 5464 --opendrive-chunk-size SizeSuffix Files will be uploaded in chunks this size. (default 10M) 5465 --opendrive-encoding MultiEncoder This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,LtGt,DoubleQuote,Colon,Question,Asterisk,Pipe,BackSlash,LeftSpace,LeftCrLfHtVt,RightSpace,RightCrLfHtVt,InvalidUtf8,Dot) 5466 --opendrive-password string Password. 5467 --opendrive-username string Username 5468 --pcloud-client-id string Pcloud App Client Id 5469 --pcloud-client-secret string Pcloud App Client Secret 5470 --pcloud-encoding MultiEncoder This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot) 5471 --premiumizeme-encoding MultiEncoder This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,DoubleQuote,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot) 5472 --putio-encoding MultiEncoder This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot) 5473 --qingstor-access-key-id string QingStor Access Key ID 5474 --qingstor-chunk-size SizeSuffix Chunk size to use for uploading. (default 4M) 5475 --qingstor-connection-retries int Number of connection retries. (default 3) 5476 --qingstor-encoding MultiEncoder This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,Ctl,InvalidUtf8) 5477 --qingstor-endpoint string Enter a endpoint URL to connection QingStor API. 5478 --qingstor-env-auth Get QingStor credentials from runtime. Only applies if access_key_id and secret_access_key is blank. 5479 --qingstor-secret-access-key string QingStor Secret Access Key (password) 5480 --qingstor-upload-concurrency int Concurrency for multipart uploads. (default 1) 5481 --qingstor-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 200M) 5482 --qingstor-zone string Zone to connect to. 5483 --s3-access-key-id string AWS Access Key ID. 5484 --s3-acl string Canned ACL used when creating buckets and storing or copying objects. 5485 --s3-bucket-acl string Canned ACL used when creating buckets. 5486 --s3-chunk-size SizeSuffix Chunk size to use for uploading. (default 5M) 5487 --s3-copy-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to multipart copy (default 5G) 5488 --s3-disable-checksum Don't store MD5 checksum with object metadata 5489 --s3-encoding MultiEncoder This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,InvalidUtf8,Dot) 5490 --s3-endpoint string Endpoint for S3 API. 5491 --s3-env-auth Get AWS credentials from runtime (environment variables or EC2/ECS meta data if no env vars). 5492 --s3-force-path-style If true use path style access if false use virtual hosted style. (default true) 5493 --s3-leave-parts-on-error If true avoid calling abort upload on a failure, leaving all successfully uploaded parts on S3 for manual recovery. 5494 --s3-list-chunk int Size of listing chunk (response list for each ListObject S3 request). (default 1000) 5495 --s3-location-constraint string Location constraint - must be set to match the Region. 5496 --s3-provider string Choose your S3 provider. 5497 --s3-region string Region to connect to. 5498 --s3-secret-access-key string AWS Secret Access Key (password) 5499 --s3-server-side-encryption string The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3. 5500 --s3-session-token string An AWS session token 5501 --s3-sse-kms-key-id string If using KMS ID you must provide the ARN of Key. 5502 --s3-storage-class string The storage class to use when storing new objects in S3. 5503 --s3-upload-concurrency int Concurrency for multipart uploads. (default 4) 5504 --s3-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 200M) 5505 --s3-use-accelerate-endpoint If true use the AWS S3 accelerated endpoint. 5506 --s3-v2-auth If true use v2 authentication. 5507 --sftp-ask-password Allow asking for SFTP password when needed. 5508 --sftp-disable-hashcheck Disable the execution of SSH commands to determine if remote file hashing is available. 5509 --sftp-host string SSH host to connect to 5510 --sftp-key-file string Path to PEM-encoded private key file, leave blank or set key-use-agent to use ssh-agent. 5511 --sftp-key-file-pass string The passphrase to decrypt the PEM-encoded private key file. 5512 --sftp-key-use-agent When set forces the usage of the ssh-agent. 5513 --sftp-md5sum-command string The command used to read md5 hashes. Leave blank for autodetect. 5514 --sftp-pass string SSH password, leave blank to use ssh-agent. 5515 --sftp-path-override string Override path used by SSH connection. 5516 --sftp-port string SSH port, leave blank to use default (22) 5517 --sftp-set-modtime Set the modified time on the remote if set. (default true) 5518 --sftp-sha1sum-command string The command used to read sha1 hashes. Leave blank for autodetect. 5519 --sftp-skip-links Set to skip any symlinks and any other non regular files. 5520 --sftp-use-insecure-cipher Enable the use of insecure ciphers and key exchange methods. 5521 --sftp-user string SSH username, leave blank for current username, ncw 5522 --sharefile-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must a power of 2 >= 256k. (default 64M) 5523 --sharefile-encoding MultiEncoder This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,LtGt,DoubleQuote,Colon,Question,Asterisk,Pipe,BackSlash,Ctl,LeftSpace,LeftPeriod,RightSpace,RightPeriod,InvalidUtf8,Dot) 5524 --sharefile-endpoint string Endpoint for API calls. 5525 --sharefile-root-folder-id string ID of the root folder 5526 --sharefile-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to multipart upload. (default 128M) 5527 --skip-links Don't warn about skipped symlinks. 5528 --sugarsync-access-key-id string Sugarsync Access Key ID. 5529 --sugarsync-app-id string Sugarsync App ID. 5530 --sugarsync-authorization string Sugarsync authorization 5531 --sugarsync-authorization-expiry string Sugarsync authorization expiry 5532 --sugarsync-deleted-id string Sugarsync deleted folder id 5533 --sugarsync-encoding MultiEncoder This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot) 5534 --sugarsync-hard-delete Permanently delete files if true 5535 --sugarsync-private-access-key string Sugarsync Private Access Key 5536 --sugarsync-refresh-token string Sugarsync refresh token 5537 --sugarsync-root-id string Sugarsync root id 5538 --sugarsync-user string Sugarsync user 5539 --swift-application-credential-id string Application Credential ID (OS_APPLICATION_CREDENTIAL_ID) 5540 --swift-application-credential-name string Application Credential Name (OS_APPLICATION_CREDENTIAL_NAME) 5541 --swift-application-credential-secret string Application Credential Secret (OS_APPLICATION_CREDENTIAL_SECRET) 5542 --swift-auth string Authentication URL for server (OS_AUTH_URL). 5543 --swift-auth-token string Auth Token from alternate authentication - optional (OS_AUTH_TOKEN) 5544 --swift-auth-version int AuthVersion - optional - set to (1,2,3) if your auth URL has no version (ST_AUTH_VERSION) 5545 --swift-chunk-size SizeSuffix Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G) 5546 --swift-domain string User domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_USER_DOMAIN_NAME) 5547 --swift-encoding MultiEncoder This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,InvalidUtf8) 5548 --swift-endpoint-type string Endpoint type to choose from the service catalogue (OS_ENDPOINT_TYPE) (default "public") 5549 --swift-env-auth Get swift credentials from environment variables in standard OpenStack form. 5550 --swift-key string API key or password (OS_PASSWORD). 5551 --swift-no-chunk Don't chunk files during streaming upload. 5552 --swift-region string Region name - optional (OS_REGION_NAME) 5553 --swift-storage-policy string The storage policy to use when creating a new container 5554 --swift-storage-url string Storage URL - optional (OS_STORAGE_URL) 5555 --swift-tenant string Tenant name - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant_id required otherwise (OS_TENANT_NAME or OS_PROJECT_NAME) 5556 --swift-tenant-domain string Tenant domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_NAME) 5557 --swift-tenant-id string Tenant ID - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant required otherwise (OS_TENANT_ID) 5558 --swift-user string User name to log in (OS_USERNAME). 5559 --swift-user-id string User ID to log in - optional - most swift systems use user and leave this blank (v3 auth) (OS_USER_ID). 5560 --union-remotes string List of space separated remotes. 5561 --webdav-bearer-token string Bearer token instead of user/pass (eg a Macaroon) 5562 --webdav-bearer-token-command string Command to run to get a bearer token 5563 --webdav-pass string Password. 5564 --webdav-url string URL of http host to connect to 5565 --webdav-user string User name 5566 --webdav-vendor string Name of the Webdav site/service/software you are using 5567 --yandex-client-id string Yandex Client Id 5568 --yandex-client-secret string Yandex Client Secret 5569 --yandex-encoding MultiEncoder This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot) 5570 --yandex-unlink Remove existing public link to file/folder with link command rather than creating.</code></pre> 5571 <h2 id="fichier">1Fichier</h2> 5572 <p>This is a backend for the <a href="https://1fichier.com">1ficher</a> cloud storage service. Note that a Premium subscription is required to use the API.</p> 5573 <p>Paths are specified as <code>remote:path</code></p> 5574 <p>Paths may be as deep as required, eg <code>remote:directory/subdirectory</code>.</p> 5575 <p>The initial setup for 1Fichier involves getting the API key from the website which you need to do in your browser.</p> 5576 <p>Here is an example of how to make a remote called <code>remote</code>. First run:</p> 5577 <pre><code> rclone config</code></pre> 5578 <p>This will guide you through an interactive setup process:</p> 5579 <pre><code>No remotes found - make a new one 5580 n) New remote 5581 s) Set configuration password 5582 q) Quit config 5583 n/s/q> n 5584 name> remote 5585 Type of storage to configure. 5586 Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default (""). 5587 Choose a number from below, or type in your own value 5588 [snip] 5589 XX / 1Fichier 5590 \ "fichier" 5591 [snip] 5592 Storage> fichier 5593 ** See help for fichier backend at: https://rclone.org/fichier/ ** 5594 5595 Your API Key, get it from https://1fichier.com/console/params.pl 5596 Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default (""). 5597 api_key> example_key 5598 5599 Edit advanced config? (y/n) 5600 y) Yes 5601 n) No 5602 y/n> 5603 Remote config 5604 -------------------- 5605 [remote] 5606 type = fichier 5607 api_key = example_key 5608 -------------------- 5609 y) Yes this is OK 5610 e) Edit this remote 5611 d) Delete this remote 5612 y/e/d> y</code></pre> 5613 <p>Once configured you can then use <code>rclone</code> like this,</p> 5614 <p>List directories in top level of your 1Fichier account</p> 5615 <pre><code>rclone lsd remote:</code></pre> 5616 <p>List all the files in your 1Fichier account</p> 5617 <pre><code>rclone ls remote:</code></pre> 5618 <p>To copy a local directory to a 1Fichier directory called backup</p> 5619 <pre><code>rclone copy /home/source remote:backup</code></pre> 5620 <h3 id="modified-time-and-hashes">Modified time and hashes</h3> 5621 <p>1Fichier does not support modification times. It supports the Whirlpool hash algorithm.</p> 5622 <h3 id="duplicated-files">Duplicated files</h3> 5623 <p>1Fichier can have two files with exactly the same name and path (unlike a normal file system).</p> 5624 <p>Duplicated files cause problems with the syncing and you will see messages in the log about duplicates.</p> 5625 <h4 id="restricted-filename-characters">Restricted filename characters</h4> 5626 <p>In addition to the <a href="/overview/#restricted-characters">default restricted characters set</a> the following characters are also replaced:</p> 5627 <table> 5628 <thead> 5629 <tr class="header"> 5630 <th>Character</th> 5631 <th style="text-align: center;">Value</th> 5632 <th style="text-align: center;">Replacement</th> 5633 </tr> 5634 </thead> 5635 <tbody> 5636 <tr class="odd"> 5637 <td>\</td> 5638 <td style="text-align: center;">0x5C</td> 5639 <td style="text-align: center;">＼</td> 5640 </tr> 5641 <tr class="even"> 5642 <td><</td> 5643 <td style="text-align: center;">0x3C</td> 5644 <td style="text-align: center;">＜</td> 5645 </tr> 5646 <tr class="odd"> 5647 <td>></td> 5648 <td style="text-align: center;">0x3E</td> 5649 <td style="text-align: center;">＞</td> 5650 </tr> 5651 <tr class="even"> 5652 <td>"</td> 5653 <td style="text-align: center;">0x22</td> 5654 <td style="text-align: center;">＂</td> 5655 </tr> 5656 <tr class="odd"> 5657 <td>$</td> 5658 <td style="text-align: center;">0x24</td> 5659 <td style="text-align: center;">＄</td> 5660 </tr> 5661 <tr class="even"> 5662 <td>`</td> 5663 <td style="text-align: center;">0x60</td> 5664 <td style="text-align: center;">｀</td> 5665 </tr> 5666 <tr class="odd"> 5667 <td>’</td> 5668 <td style="text-align: center;">0x27</td> 5669 <td style="text-align: center;">＇</td> 5670 </tr> 5671 </tbody> 5672 </table> 5673 <p>File names can also not start or end with the following characters. These only get replaced if they are first or last character in the name:</p> 5674 <table> 5675 <thead> 5676 <tr class="header"> 5677 <th>Character</th> 5678 <th style="text-align: center;">Value</th> 5679 <th style="text-align: center;">Replacement</th> 5680 </tr> 5681 </thead> 5682 <tbody> 5683 <tr class="odd"> 5684 <td>SP</td> 5685 <td style="text-align: center;">0x20</td> 5686 <td style="text-align: center;">␠</td> 5687 </tr> 5688 </tbody> 5689 </table> 5690 <p>Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be <a href="/overview/#invalid-utf8">replaced</a>, as they can’t be used in JSON strings.</p> 5691 <!--- autogenerated options start - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit fs.RegInfo in backend/fichier/fichier.go then run make backenddocs --> 5692 <h3 id="standard-options">Standard Options</h3> 5693 <p>Here are the standard options specific to fichier (1Fichier).</p> 5694 <h4 id="fichier-api-key">–fichier-api-key</h4> 5695 <p>Your API Key, get it from https://1fichier.com/console/params.pl</p> 5696 <ul> 5697 <li>Config: api_key</li> 5698 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_FICHIER_API_KEY</li> 5699 <li>Type: string</li> 5700 <li>Default: ""</li> 5701 </ul> 5702 <h3 id="advanced-options">Advanced Options</h3> 5703 <p>Here are the advanced options specific to fichier (1Fichier).</p> 5704 <h4 id="fichier-shared-folder">–fichier-shared-folder</h4> 5705 <p>If you want to download a shared folder, add this parameter</p> 5706 <ul> 5707 <li>Config: shared_folder</li> 5708 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_FICHIER_SHARED_FOLDER</li> 5709 <li>Type: string</li> 5710 <li>Default: ""</li> 5711 </ul> 5712 <h4 id="fichier-encoding">–fichier-encoding</h4> 5713 <p>This sets the encoding for the backend.</p> 5714 <p>See: the <a href="/overview/#encoding">encoding section in the overview</a> for more info.</p> 5715 <ul> 5716 <li>Config: encoding</li> 5717 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_FICHIER_ENCODING</li> 5718 <li>Type: MultiEncoder</li> 5719 <li>Default: Slash,LtGt,DoubleQuote,SingleQuote,BackQuote,Dollar,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,LeftSpace,RightSpace,InvalidUtf8,Dot</li> 5720 </ul> 5721 <!--- autogenerated options stop --> 5722 <h2 id="alias">Alias</h2> 5723 <p>The <code>alias</code> remote provides a new name for another remote.</p> 5724 <p>Paths may be as deep as required or a local path, eg <code>remote:directory/subdirectory</code> or <code>/directory/subdirectory</code>.</p> 5725 <p>During the initial setup with <code>rclone config</code> you will specify the target remote. The target remote can either be a local path or another remote.</p> 5726 <p>Subfolders can be used in target remote. Assume a alias remote named <code>backup</code> with the target <code>mydrive:private/backup</code>. Invoking <code>rclone mkdir backup:desktop</code> is exactly the same as invoking <code>rclone mkdir mydrive:private/backup/desktop</code>.</p> 5727 <p>There will be no special handling of paths containing <code>..</code> segments. Invoking <code>rclone mkdir backup:../desktop</code> is exactly the same as invoking <code>rclone mkdir mydrive:private/backup/../desktop</code>. The empty path is not allowed as a remote. To alias the current directory use <code>.</code> instead.</p> 5728 <p>Here is an example of how to make a alias called <code>remote</code> for local folder. First run:</p> 5729 <pre><code> rclone config</code></pre> 5730 <p>This will guide you through an interactive setup process:</p> 5731 <pre><code>No remotes found - make a new one 5732 n) New remote 5733 s) Set configuration password 5734 q) Quit config 5735 n/s/q> n 5736 name> remote 5737 Type of storage to configure. 5738 Choose a number from below, or type in your own value 5739 [snip] 5740 XX / Alias for an existing remote 5741 \ "alias" 5742 [snip] 5743 Storage> alias 5744 Remote or path to alias. 5745 Can be "myremote:path/to/dir", "myremote:bucket", "myremote:" or "/local/path". 5746 remote> /mnt/storage/backup 5747 Remote config 5748 -------------------- 5749 [remote] 5750 remote = /mnt/storage/backup 5751 -------------------- 5752 y) Yes this is OK 5753 e) Edit this remote 5754 d) Delete this remote 5755 y/e/d> y 5756 Current remotes: 5757 5758 Name Type 5759 ==== ==== 5760 remote alias 5761 5762 e) Edit existing remote 5763 n) New remote 5764 d) Delete remote 5765 r) Rename remote 5766 c) Copy remote 5767 s) Set configuration password 5768 q) Quit config 5769 e/n/d/r/c/s/q> q</code></pre> 5770 <p>Once configured you can then use <code>rclone</code> like this,</p> 5771 <p>List directories in top level in <code>/mnt/storage/backup</code></p> 5772 <pre><code>rclone lsd remote:</code></pre> 5773 <p>List all the files in <code>/mnt/storage/backup</code></p> 5774 <pre><code>rclone ls remote:</code></pre> 5775 <p>Copy another local directory to the alias directory called source</p> 5776 <pre><code>rclone copy /home/source remote:source</code></pre> 5777 <!--- autogenerated options start - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit fs.RegInfo in backend/alias/alias.go then run make backenddocs --> 5778 <h3 id="standard-options-1">Standard Options</h3> 5779 <p>Here are the standard options specific to alias (Alias for an existing remote).</p> 5780 <h4 id="alias-remote">–alias-remote</h4> 5781 <p>Remote or path to alias. Can be “myremote:path/to/dir”, “myremote:bucket”, “myremote:” or “/local/path”.</p> 5782 <ul> 5783 <li>Config: remote</li> 5784 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_ALIAS_REMOTE</li> 5785 <li>Type: string</li> 5786 <li>Default: ""</li> 5787 </ul> 5788 <!--- autogenerated options stop --> 5789 <h2 id="amazon-drive">Amazon Drive</h2> 5790 <p>Amazon Drive, formerly known as Amazon Cloud Drive, is a cloud storage service run by Amazon for consumers.</p> 5791 <h2 id="status">Status</h2> 5792 <p><strong>Important:</strong> rclone supports Amazon Drive only if you have your own set of API keys. Unfortunately the <a href="https://developer.amazon.com/amazon-drive">Amazon Drive developer program</a> is now closed to new entries so if you don’t already have your own set of keys you will not be able to use rclone with Amazon Drive.</p> 5793 <p>For the history on why rclone no longer has a set of Amazon Drive API keys see <a href="https://forum.rclone.org/t/rclone-has-been-banned-from-amazon-drive/2314">the forum</a>.</p> 5794 <p>If you happen to know anyone who works at Amazon then please ask them to re-instate rclone into the Amazon Drive developer program - thanks!</p> 5795 <h2 id="setup">Setup</h2> 5796 <p>The initial setup for Amazon Drive involves getting a token from Amazon which you need to do in your browser. <code>rclone config</code> walks you through it.</p> 5797 <p>The configuration process for Amazon Drive may involve using an <a href="https://github.com/ncw/oauthproxy">oauth proxy</a>. This is used to keep the Amazon credentials out of the source code. The proxy runs in Google’s very secure App Engine environment and doesn’t store any credentials which pass through it.</p> 5798 <p>Since rclone doesn’t currently have its own Amazon Drive credentials so you will either need to have your own <code>client_id</code> and <code>client_secret</code> with Amazon Drive, or use a a third party ouath proxy in which case you will need to enter <code>client_id</code>, <code>client_secret</code>, <code>auth_url</code> and <code>token_url</code>.</p> 5799 <p>Note also if you are not using Amazon’s <code>auth_url</code> and <code>token_url</code>, (ie you filled in something for those) then if setting up on a remote machine you can only use the <a href="https://rclone.org/remote_setup/#configuring-by-copying-the-config-file">copying the config method of configuration</a> - <code>rclone authorize</code> will not work.</p> 5800 <p>Here is an example of how to make a remote called <code>remote</code>. First run:</p> 5801 <pre><code> rclone config</code></pre> 5802 <p>This will guide you through an interactive setup process:</p> 5803 <pre><code>No remotes found - make a new one 5804 n) New remote 5805 r) Rename remote 5806 c) Copy remote 5807 s) Set configuration password 5808 q) Quit config 5809 n/r/c/s/q> n 5810 name> remote 5811 Type of storage to configure. 5812 Choose a number from below, or type in your own value 5813 [snip] 5814 XX / Amazon Drive 5815 \ "amazon cloud drive" 5816 [snip] 5817 Storage> amazon cloud drive 5818 Amazon Application Client Id - required. 5819 client_id> your client ID goes here 5820 Amazon Application Client Secret - required. 5821 client_secret> your client secret goes here 5822 Auth server URL - leave blank to use Amazon's. 5823 auth_url> Optional auth URL 5824 Token server url - leave blank to use Amazon's. 5825 token_url> Optional token URL 5826 Remote config 5827 Make sure your Redirect URL is set to "http://127.0.0.1:53682/" in your custom config. 5828 Use auto config? 5829 * Say Y if not sure 5830 * Say N if you are working on a remote or headless machine 5831 y) Yes 5832 n) No 5833 y/n> y 5834 If your browser doesn't open automatically go to the following link: http://127.0.0.1:53682/auth 5835 Log in and authorize rclone for access 5836 Waiting for code... 5837 Got code 5838 -------------------- 5839 [remote] 5840 client_id = your client ID goes here 5841 client_secret = your client secret goes here 5842 auth_url = Optional auth URL 5843 token_url = Optional token URL 5844 token = {"access_token":"xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx","token_type":"bearer","refresh_token":"xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx","expiry":"2015-09-06T16:07:39.658438471+01:00"} 5845 -------------------- 5846 y) Yes this is OK 5847 e) Edit this remote 5848 d) Delete this remote 5849 y/e/d> y</code></pre> 5850 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/remote_setup/">remote setup docs</a> for how to set it up on a machine with no Internet browser available.</p> 5851 <p>Note that rclone runs a webserver on your local machine to collect the token as returned from Amazon. This only runs from the moment it opens your browser to the moment you get back the verification code. This is on <code>http://127.0.0.1:53682/</code> and this it may require you to unblock it temporarily if you are running a host firewall.</p> 5852 <p>Once configured you can then use <code>rclone</code> like this,</p> 5853 <p>List directories in top level of your Amazon Drive</p> 5854 <pre><code>rclone lsd remote:</code></pre> 5855 <p>List all the files in your Amazon Drive</p> 5856 <pre><code>rclone ls remote:</code></pre> 5857 <p>To copy a local directory to an Amazon Drive directory called backup</p> 5858 <pre><code>rclone copy /home/source remote:backup</code></pre> 5859 <h3 id="modified-time-and-md5sums">Modified time and MD5SUMs</h3> 5860 <p>Amazon Drive doesn’t allow modification times to be changed via the API so these won’t be accurate or used for syncing.</p> 5861 <p>It does store MD5SUMs so for a more accurate sync, you can use the <code>--checksum</code> flag.</p> 5862 <h4 id="restricted-filename-characters-1">Restricted filename characters</h4> 5863 <table> 5864 <thead> 5865 <tr class="header"> 5866 <th>Character</th> 5867 <th style="text-align: center;">Value</th> 5868 <th style="text-align: center;">Replacement</th> 5869 </tr> 5870 </thead> 5871 <tbody> 5872 <tr class="odd"> 5873 <td>NUL</td> 5874 <td style="text-align: center;">0x00</td> 5875 <td style="text-align: center;">␀</td> 5876 </tr> 5877 <tr class="even"> 5878 <td>/</td> 5879 <td style="text-align: center;">0x2F</td> 5880 <td style="text-align: center;">／</td> 5881 </tr> 5882 </tbody> 5883 </table> 5884 <p>Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be <a href="/overview/#invalid-utf8">replaced</a>, as they can’t be used in JSON strings.</p> 5885 <h3 id="deleting-files">Deleting files</h3> 5886 <p>Any files you delete with rclone will end up in the trash. Amazon don’t provide an API to permanently delete files, nor to empty the trash, so you will have to do that with one of Amazon’s apps or via the Amazon Drive website. As of November 17, 2016, files are automatically deleted by Amazon from the trash after 30 days.</p> 5887 <h3 id="using-with-non-.com-amazon-accounts">Using with non <code>.com</code> Amazon accounts</h3> 5888 <p>Let’s say you usually use <code>amazon.co.uk</code>. When you authenticate with rclone it will take you to an <code>amazon.com</code> page to log in. Your <code>amazon.co.uk</code> email and password should work here just fine.</p> 5889 <!--- autogenerated options start - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit fs.RegInfo in backend/amazonclouddrive/amazonclouddrive.go then run make backenddocs --> 5890 <h3 id="standard-options-2">Standard Options</h3> 5891 <p>Here are the standard options specific to amazon cloud drive (Amazon Drive).</p> 5892 <h4 id="acd-client-id">–acd-client-id</h4> 5893 <p>Amazon Application Client ID.</p> 5894 <ul> 5895 <li>Config: client_id</li> 5896 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_ACD_CLIENT_ID</li> 5897 <li>Type: string</li> 5898 <li>Default: ""</li> 5899 </ul> 5900 <h4 id="acd-client-secret">–acd-client-secret</h4> 5901 <p>Amazon Application Client Secret.</p> 5902 <ul> 5903 <li>Config: client_secret</li> 5904 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_ACD_CLIENT_SECRET</li> 5905 <li>Type: string</li> 5906 <li>Default: ""</li> 5907 </ul> 5908 <h3 id="advanced-options-1">Advanced Options</h3> 5909 <p>Here are the advanced options specific to amazon cloud drive (Amazon Drive).</p> 5910 <h4 id="acd-auth-url">–acd-auth-url</h4> 5911 <p>Auth server URL. Leave blank to use Amazon’s.</p> 5912 <ul> 5913 <li>Config: auth_url</li> 5914 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_ACD_AUTH_URL</li> 5915 <li>Type: string</li> 5916 <li>Default: ""</li> 5917 </ul> 5918 <h4 id="acd-token-url">–acd-token-url</h4> 5919 <p>Token server url. leave blank to use Amazon’s.</p> 5920 <ul> 5921 <li>Config: token_url</li> 5922 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_ACD_TOKEN_URL</li> 5923 <li>Type: string</li> 5924 <li>Default: ""</li> 5925 </ul> 5926 <h4 id="acd-checkpoint">–acd-checkpoint</h4> 5927 <p>Checkpoint for internal polling (debug).</p> 5928 <ul> 5929 <li>Config: checkpoint</li> 5930 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_ACD_CHECKPOINT</li> 5931 <li>Type: string</li> 5932 <li>Default: ""</li> 5933 </ul> 5934 <h4 id="acd-upload-wait-per-gb">–acd-upload-wait-per-gb</h4> 5935 <p>Additional time per GB to wait after a failed complete upload to see if it appears.</p> 5936 <p>Sometimes Amazon Drive gives an error when a file has been fully uploaded but the file appears anyway after a little while. This happens sometimes for files over 1GB in size and nearly every time for files bigger than 10GB. This parameter controls the time rclone waits for the file to appear.</p> 5937 <p>The default value for this parameter is 3 minutes per GB, so by default it will wait 3 minutes for every GB uploaded to see if the file appears.</p> 5938 <p>You can disable this feature by setting it to 0. This may cause conflict errors as rclone retries the failed upload but the file will most likely appear correctly eventually.</p> 5939 <p>These values were determined empirically by observing lots of uploads of big files for a range of file sizes.</p> 5940 <p>Upload with the “-v” flag to see more info about what rclone is doing in this situation.</p> 5941 <ul> 5942 <li>Config: upload_wait_per_gb</li> 5943 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_ACD_UPLOAD_WAIT_PER_GB</li> 5944 <li>Type: Duration</li> 5945 <li>Default: 3m0s</li> 5946 </ul> 5947 <h4 id="acd-templink-threshold">–acd-templink-threshold</h4> 5948 <p>Files >= this size will be downloaded via their tempLink.</p> 5949 <p>Files this size or more will be downloaded via their “tempLink”. This is to work around a problem with Amazon Drive which blocks downloads of files bigger than about 10GB. The default for this is 9GB which shouldn’t need to be changed.</p> 5950 <p>To download files above this threshold, rclone requests a “tempLink” which downloads the file through a temporary URL directly from the underlying S3 storage.</p> 5951 <ul> 5952 <li>Config: templink_threshold</li> 5953 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_ACD_TEMPLINK_THRESHOLD</li> 5954 <li>Type: SizeSuffix</li> 5955 <li>Default: 9G</li> 5956 </ul> 5957 <h4 id="acd-encoding">–acd-encoding</h4> 5958 <p>This sets the encoding for the backend.</p> 5959 <p>See: the <a href="/overview/#encoding">encoding section in the overview</a> for more info.</p> 5960 <ul> 5961 <li>Config: encoding</li> 5962 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_ACD_ENCODING</li> 5963 <li>Type: MultiEncoder</li> 5964 <li>Default: Slash,InvalidUtf8,Dot</li> 5965 </ul> 5966 <!--- autogenerated options stop --> 5967 <h3 id="limitations-2">Limitations</h3> 5968 <p>Note that Amazon Drive is case insensitive so you can’t have a file called “Hello.doc” and one called “hello.doc”.</p> 5969 <p>Amazon Drive has rate limiting so you may notice errors in the sync (429 errors). rclone will automatically retry the sync up to 3 times by default (see <code>--retries</code> flag) which should hopefully work around this problem.</p> 5970 <p>Amazon Drive has an internal limit of file sizes that can be uploaded to the service. This limit is not officially published, but all files larger than this will fail.</p> 5971 <p>At the time of writing (Jan 2016) is in the area of 50GB per file. This means that larger files are likely to fail.</p> 5972 <p>Unfortunately there is no way for rclone to see that this failure is because of file size, so it will retry the operation, as any other failure. To avoid this problem, use <code>--max-size 50000M</code> option to limit the maximum size of uploaded files. Note that <code>--max-size</code> does not split files into segments, it only ignores files over this size.</p> 5973 <h2 id="amazon-s3-storage-providers">Amazon S3 Storage Providers</h2> 5974 <p>The S3 backend can be used with a number of different providers:</p> 5975 <ul> 5976 <li>AWS S3</li> 5977 <li>Alibaba Cloud (Aliyun) Object Storage System (OSS)</li> 5978 <li>Ceph</li> 5979 <li>DigitalOcean Spaces</li> 5980 <li>Dreamhost</li> 5981 <li>IBM COS S3</li> 5982 <li>Minio</li> 5983 <li>Scaleway</li> 5984 <li>Wasabi</li> 5985 </ul> 5986 <p>Paths are specified as <code>remote:bucket</code> (or <code>remote:</code> for the <code>lsd</code> command.) You may put subdirectories in too, eg <code>remote:bucket/path/to/dir</code>.</p> 5987 <p>Once you have made a remote (see the provider specific section above) you can use it like this:</p> 5988 <p>See all buckets</p> 5989 <pre><code>rclone lsd remote:</code></pre> 5990 <p>Make a new bucket</p> 5991 <pre><code>rclone mkdir remote:bucket</code></pre> 5992 <p>List the contents of a bucket</p> 5993 <pre><code>rclone ls remote:bucket</code></pre> 5994 <p>Sync <code>/home/local/directory</code> to the remote bucket, deleting any excess files in the bucket.</p> 5995 <pre><code>rclone sync /home/local/directory remote:bucket</code></pre> 5996 <h2 id="amazon-s3">AWS S3</h2> 5997 <p>Here is an example of making an s3 configuration. First run</p> 5998 <pre><code>rclone config</code></pre> 5999 <p>This will guide you through an interactive setup process.</p> 6000 <pre><code>No remotes found - make a new one 6001 n) New remote 6002 s) Set configuration password 6003 q) Quit config 6004 n/s/q> n 6005 name> remote 6006 Type of storage to configure. 6007 Choose a number from below, or type in your own value 6008 [snip] 6009 XX / Amazon S3 Compliant Storage Providers (AWS, Ceph, Dreamhost, IBM COS, Minio) 6010 \ "s3" 6011 [snip] 6012 Storage> s3 6013 Choose your S3 provider. 6014 Choose a number from below, or type in your own value 6015 1 / Amazon Web Services (AWS) S3 6016 \ "AWS" 6017 2 / Ceph Object Storage 6018 \ "Ceph" 6019 3 / Digital Ocean Spaces 6020 \ "DigitalOcean" 6021 4 / Dreamhost DreamObjects 6022 \ "Dreamhost" 6023 5 / IBM COS S3 6024 \ "IBMCOS" 6025 6 / Minio Object Storage 6026 \ "Minio" 6027 7 / Wasabi Object Storage 6028 \ "Wasabi" 6029 8 / Any other S3 compatible provider 6030 \ "Other" 6031 provider> 1 6032 Get AWS credentials from runtime (environment variables or EC2/ECS meta data if no env vars). Only applies if access_key_id and secret_access_key is blank. 6033 Choose a number from below, or type in your own value 6034 1 / Enter AWS credentials in the next step 6035 \ "false" 6036 2 / Get AWS credentials from the environment (env vars or IAM) 6037 \ "true" 6038 env_auth> 1 6039 AWS Access Key ID - leave blank for anonymous access or runtime credentials. 6040 access_key_id> XXX 6041 AWS Secret Access Key (password) - leave blank for anonymous access or runtime credentials. 6042 secret_access_key> YYY 6043 Region to connect to. 6044 Choose a number from below, or type in your own value 6045 / The default endpoint - a good choice if you are unsure. 6046 1 | US Region, Northern Virginia or Pacific Northwest. 6047 | Leave location constraint empty. 6048 \ "us-east-1" 6049 / US East (Ohio) Region 6050 2 | Needs location constraint us-east-2. 6051 \ "us-east-2" 6052 / US West (Oregon) Region 6053 3 | Needs location constraint us-west-2. 6054 \ "us-west-2" 6055 / US West (Northern California) Region 6056 4 | Needs location constraint us-west-1. 6057 \ "us-west-1" 6058 / Canada (Central) Region 6059 5 | Needs location constraint ca-central-1. 6060 \ "ca-central-1" 6061 / EU (Ireland) Region 6062 6 | Needs location constraint EU or eu-west-1. 6063 \ "eu-west-1" 6064 / EU (London) Region 6065 7 | Needs location constraint eu-west-2. 6066 \ "eu-west-2" 6067 / EU (Frankfurt) Region 6068 8 | Needs location constraint eu-central-1. 6069 \ "eu-central-1" 6070 / Asia Pacific (Singapore) Region 6071 9 | Needs location constraint ap-southeast-1. 6072 \ "ap-southeast-1" 6073 / Asia Pacific (Sydney) Region 6074 10 | Needs location constraint ap-southeast-2. 6075 \ "ap-southeast-2" 6076 / Asia Pacific (Tokyo) Region 6077 11 | Needs location constraint ap-northeast-1. 6078 \ "ap-northeast-1" 6079 / Asia Pacific (Seoul) 6080 12 | Needs location constraint ap-northeast-2. 6081 \ "ap-northeast-2" 6082 / Asia Pacific (Mumbai) 6083 13 | Needs location constraint ap-south-1. 6084 \ "ap-south-1" 6085 / Asia Patific (Hong Kong) Region 6086 14 | Needs location constraint ap-east-1. 6087 \ "ap-east-1" 6088 / South America (Sao Paulo) Region 6089 15 | Needs location constraint sa-east-1. 6090 \ "sa-east-1" 6091 region> 1 6092 Endpoint for S3 API. 6093 Leave blank if using AWS to use the default endpoint for the region. 6094 endpoint> 6095 Location constraint - must be set to match the Region. Used when creating buckets only. 6096 Choose a number from below, or type in your own value 6097 1 / Empty for US Region, Northern Virginia or Pacific Northwest. 6098 \ "" 6099 2 / US East (Ohio) Region. 6100 \ "us-east-2" 6101 3 / US West (Oregon) Region. 6102 \ "us-west-2" 6103 4 / US West (Northern California) Region. 6104 \ "us-west-1" 6105 5 / Canada (Central) Region. 6106 \ "ca-central-1" 6107 6 / EU (Ireland) Region. 6108 \ "eu-west-1" 6109 7 / EU (London) Region. 6110 \ "eu-west-2" 6111 8 / EU Region. 6112 \ "EU" 6113 9 / Asia Pacific (Singapore) Region. 6114 \ "ap-southeast-1" 6115 10 / Asia Pacific (Sydney) Region. 6116 \ "ap-southeast-2" 6117 11 / Asia Pacific (Tokyo) Region. 6118 \ "ap-northeast-1" 6119 12 / Asia Pacific (Seoul) 6120 \ "ap-northeast-2" 6121 13 / Asia Pacific (Mumbai) 6122 \ "ap-south-1" 6123 14 / Asia Pacific (Hong Kong) 6124 \ "ap-east-1" 6125 15 / South America (Sao Paulo) Region. 6126 \ "sa-east-1" 6127 location_constraint> 1 6128 Canned ACL used when creating buckets and/or storing objects in S3. 6129 For more info visit https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html#canned-acl 6130 Choose a number from below, or type in your own value 6131 1 / Owner gets FULL_CONTROL. No one else has access rights (default). 6132 \ "private" 6133 2 / Owner gets FULL_CONTROL. The AllUsers group gets READ access. 6134 \ "public-read" 6135 / Owner gets FULL_CONTROL. The AllUsers group gets READ and WRITE access. 6136 3 | Granting this on a bucket is generally not recommended. 6137 \ "public-read-write" 6138 4 / Owner gets FULL_CONTROL. The AuthenticatedUsers group gets READ access. 6139 \ "authenticated-read" 6140 / Object owner gets FULL_CONTROL. Bucket owner gets READ access. 6141 5 | If you specify this canned ACL when creating a bucket, Amazon S3 ignores it. 6142 \ "bucket-owner-read" 6143 / Both the object owner and the bucket owner get FULL_CONTROL over the object. 6144 6 | If you specify this canned ACL when creating a bucket, Amazon S3 ignores it. 6145 \ "bucket-owner-full-control" 6146 acl> 1 6147 The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3. 6148 Choose a number from below, or type in your own value 6149 1 / None 6150 \ "" 6151 2 / AES256 6152 \ "AES256" 6153 server_side_encryption> 1 6154 The storage class to use when storing objects in S3. 6155 Choose a number from below, or type in your own value 6156 1 / Default 6157 \ "" 6158 2 / Standard storage class 6159 \ "STANDARD" 6160 3 / Reduced redundancy storage class 6161 \ "REDUCED_REDUNDANCY" 6162 4 / Standard Infrequent Access storage class 6163 \ "STANDARD_IA" 6164 5 / One Zone Infrequent Access storage class 6165 \ "ONEZONE_IA" 6166 6 / Glacier storage class 6167 \ "GLACIER" 6168 7 / Glacier Deep Archive storage class 6169 \ "DEEP_ARCHIVE" 6170 8 / Intelligent-Tiering storage class 6171 \ "INTELLIGENT_TIERING" 6172 storage_class> 1 6173 Remote config 6174 -------------------- 6175 [remote] 6176 type = s3 6177 provider = AWS 6178 env_auth = false 6179 access_key_id = XXX 6180 secret_access_key = YYY 6181 region = us-east-1 6182 endpoint = 6183 location_constraint = 6184 acl = private 6185 server_side_encryption = 6186 storage_class = 6187 -------------------- 6188 y) Yes this is OK 6189 e) Edit this remote 6190 d) Delete this remote 6191 y/e/d> </code></pre> 6192 <h3 id="fast-list-1">–fast-list</h3> 6193 <p>This remote supports <code>--fast-list</code> which allows you to use fewer transactions in exchange for more memory. See the <a href="/docs/#fast-list">rclone docs</a> for more details.</p> 6194 <h3 id="update-and-use-server-modtime">–update and –use-server-modtime</h3> 6195 <p>As noted below, the modified time is stored on metadata on the object. It is used by default for all operations that require checking the time a file was last updated. It allows rclone to treat the remote more like a true filesystem, but it is inefficient because it requires an extra API call to retrieve the metadata.</p> 6196 <p>For many operations, the time the object was last uploaded to the remote is sufficient to determine if it is “dirty”. By using <code>--update</code> along with <code>--use-server-modtime</code>, you can avoid the extra API call and simply upload files whose local modtime is newer than the time it was last uploaded.</p> 6197 <h3 id="modified-time">Modified time</h3> 6198 <p>The modified time is stored as metadata on the object as <code>X-Amz-Meta-Mtime</code> as floating point since the epoch accurate to 1 ns.</p> 6199 <p>If the modification time needs to be updated rclone will attempt to perform a server side copy to update the modification if the object can be copied in a single part. In the case the object is larger than 5Gb or is in Glacier or Glacier Deep Archive storage the object will be uploaded rather than copied.</p> 6200 <h4 id="restricted-filename-characters-2">Restricted filename characters</h4> 6201 <p>S3 allows any valid UTF-8 string as a key.</p> 6202 <p>Invalid UTF-8 bytes will be <a href="/overview/#invalid-utf8">replaced</a>, as they can’t be used in XML.</p> 6203 <p>The following characters are replaced since these are problematic when dealing with the REST API:</p> 6204 <table> 6205 <thead> 6206 <tr class="header"> 6207 <th>Character</th> 6208 <th style="text-align: center;">Value</th> 6209 <th style="text-align: center;">Replacement</th> 6210 </tr> 6211 </thead> 6212 <tbody> 6213 <tr class="odd"> 6214 <td>NUL</td> 6215 <td style="text-align: center;">0x00</td> 6216 <td style="text-align: center;">␀</td> 6217 </tr> 6218 <tr class="even"> 6219 <td>/</td> 6220 <td style="text-align: center;">0x2F</td> 6221 <td style="text-align: center;">／</td> 6222 </tr> 6223 </tbody> 6224 </table> 6225 <p>The encoding will also encode these file names as they don’t seem to work with the SDK properly:</p> 6226 <table> 6227 <thead> 6228 <tr class="header"> 6229 <th>File name</th> 6230 <th style="text-align: center;">Replacement</th> 6231 </tr> 6232 </thead> 6233 <tbody> 6234 <tr class="odd"> 6235 <td>.</td> 6236 <td style="text-align: center;">．</td> 6237 </tr> 6238 <tr class="even"> 6239 <td>..</td> 6240 <td style="text-align: center;">．．</td> 6241 </tr> 6242 </tbody> 6243 </table> 6244 <h3 id="multipart-uploads">Multipart uploads</h3> 6245 <p>rclone supports multipart uploads with S3 which means that it can upload files bigger than 5GB.</p> 6246 <p>Note that files uploaded <em>both</em> with multipart upload <em>and</em> through crypt remotes do not have MD5 sums.</p> 6247 <p>rclone switches from single part uploads to multipart uploads at the point specified by <code>--s3-upload-cutoff</code>. This can be a maximum of 5GB and a minimum of 0 (ie always upload multipart files).</p> 6248 <p>The chunk sizes used in the multipart upload are specified by <code>--s3-chunk-size</code> and the number of chunks uploaded concurrently is specified by <code>--s3-upload-concurrency</code>.</p> 6249 <p>Multipart uploads will use <code>--transfers</code> * <code>--s3-upload-concurrency</code> * <code>--s3-chunk-size</code> extra memory. Single part uploads to not use extra memory.</p> 6250 <p>Single part transfers can be faster than multipart transfers or slower depending on your latency from S3 - the more latency, the more likely single part transfers will be faster.</p> 6251 <p>Increasing <code>--s3-upload-concurrency</code> will increase throughput (8 would be a sensible value) and increasing <code>--s3-chunk-size</code> also increases throughput (16M would be sensible). Increasing either of these will use more memory. The default values are high enough to gain most of the possible performance without using too much memory.</p> 6252 <h3 id="buckets-and-regions">Buckets and Regions</h3> 6253 <p>With Amazon S3 you can list buckets (<code>rclone lsd</code>) using any region, but you can only access the content of a bucket from the region it was created in. If you attempt to access a bucket from the wrong region, you will get an error, <code>incorrect region, the bucket is not in 'XXX' region</code>.</p> 6254 <h3 id="authentication-4">Authentication</h3> 6255 <p>There are a number of ways to supply <code>rclone</code> with a set of AWS credentials, with and without using the environment.</p> 6256 <p>The different authentication methods are tried in this order:</p> 6257 <ul> 6258 <li>Directly in the rclone configuration file (<code>env_auth = false</code> in the config file): 6259 <ul> 6260 <li><code>access_key_id</code> and <code>secret_access_key</code> are required.</li> 6261 <li><code>session_token</code> can be optionally set when using AWS STS.</li> 6262 </ul></li> 6263 <li>Runtime configuration (<code>env_auth = true</code> in the config file): 6264 <ul> 6265 <li>Export the following environment variables before running <code>rclone</code>: 6266 <ul> 6267 <li>Access Key ID: <code>AWS_ACCESS_KEY_ID</code> or <code>AWS_ACCESS_KEY</code></li> 6268 <li>Secret Access Key: <code>AWS_SECRET_ACCESS_KEY</code> or <code>AWS_SECRET_KEY</code></li> 6269 <li>Session Token: <code>AWS_SESSION_TOKEN</code> (optional)</li> 6270 </ul></li> 6271 <li>Or, use a <a href="https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cli/latest/userguide/cli-multiple-profiles.html">named profile</a>: 6272 <ul> 6273 <li>Profile files are standard files used by AWS CLI tools</li> 6274 <li>By default it will use the profile in your home directory (eg <code>~/.aws/credentials</code> on unix based systems) file and the “default” profile, to change set these environment variables: 6275 <ul> 6276 <li><code>AWS_SHARED_CREDENTIALS_FILE</code> to control which file.</li> 6277 <li><code>AWS_PROFILE</code> to control which profile to use.</li> 6278 </ul></li> 6279 </ul></li> 6280 <li>Or, run <code>rclone</code> in an ECS task with an IAM role (AWS only).</li> 6281 <li>Or, run <code>rclone</code> on an EC2 instance with an IAM role (AWS only).</li> 6282 <li>Or, run <code>rclone</code> in an EKS pod with an IAM role that is associated with a service account (AWS only).</li> 6283 </ul></li> 6284 </ul> 6285 <p>If none of these option actually end up providing <code>rclone</code> with AWS credentials then S3 interaction will be non-authenticated (see below).</p> 6286 <h3 id="s3-permissions">S3 Permissions</h3> 6287 <p>When using the <code>sync</code> subcommand of <code>rclone</code> the following minimum permissions are required to be available on the bucket being written to:</p> 6288 <ul> 6289 <li><code>ListBucket</code></li> 6290 <li><code>DeleteObject</code></li> 6291 <li><code>GetObject</code></li> 6292 <li><code>PutObject</code></li> 6293 <li><code>PutObjectACL</code></li> 6294 </ul> 6295 <p>When using the <code>lsd</code> subcommand, the <code>ListAllMyBuckets</code> permission is required.</p> 6296 <p>Example policy:</p> 6297 <pre><code>{ 6298 "Version": "2012-10-17", 6299 "Statement": [ 6300 { 6301 "Effect": "Allow", 6302 "Principal": { 6303 "AWS": "arn:aws:iam::USER_SID:user/USER_NAME" 6304 }, 6305 "Action": [ 6306 "s3:ListBucket", 6307 "s3:DeleteObject", 6308 "s3:GetObject", 6309 "s3:PutObject", 6310 "s3:PutObjectAcl" 6311 ], 6312 "Resource": [ 6313 "arn:aws:s3:::BUCKET_NAME/*", 6314 "arn:aws:s3:::BUCKET_NAME" 6315 ] 6316 }, 6317 { 6318 "Effect": "Allow", 6319 "Action": "s3:ListAllMyBuckets", 6320 "Resource": "arn:aws:s3:::*" 6321 } 6322 ] 6323 }</code></pre> 6324 <p>Notes on above:</p> 6325 <ol type="1"> 6326 <li>This is a policy that can be used when creating bucket. It assumes that <code>USER_NAME</code> has been created.</li> 6327 <li>The Resource entry must include both resource ARNs, as one implies the bucket and the other implies the bucket’s objects.</li> 6328 </ol> 6329 <p>For reference, <a href="https://gist.github.com/ebridges/ebfc9042dd7c756cd101cfa807b7ae2b">here’s an Ansible script</a> that will generate one or more buckets that will work with <code>rclone sync</code>.</p> 6330 <h3 id="key-management-system-kms">Key Management System (KMS)</h3> 6331 <p>If you are using server side encryption with KMS then you will find you can’t transfer small objects. As a work-around you can use the <code>--ignore-checksum</code> flag.</p> 6332 <p>A proper fix is being worked on in <a href="https://github.com/rclone/rclone/issues/1824">issue #1824</a>.</p> 6333 <h3 id="glacier-and-glacier-deep-archive">Glacier and Glacier Deep Archive</h3> 6334 <p>You can upload objects using the glacier storage class or transition them to glacier using a <a href="http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/user-guide/create-lifecycle.html">lifecycle policy</a>. The bucket can still be synced or copied into normally, but if rclone tries to access data from the glacier storage class you will see an error like below.</p> 6335 <pre><code>2017/09/11 19:07:43 Failed to sync: failed to open source object: Object in GLACIER, restore first: path/to/file</code></pre> 6336 <p>In this case you need to <a href="http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/user-guide/restore-archived-objects.html">restore</a> the object(s) in question before using rclone.</p> 6337 <p>Note that rclone only speaks the S3 API it does not speak the Glacier Vault API, so rclone cannot directly access Glacier Vaults.</p> 6338 <!--- autogenerated options start - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit fs.RegInfo in backend/s3/s3.go then run make backenddocs --> 6339 <h3 id="standard-options-3">Standard Options</h3> 6340 <p>Here are the standard options specific to s3 (Amazon S3 Compliant Storage Provider (AWS, Alibaba, Ceph, Digital Ocean, Dreamhost, IBM COS, Minio, etc)).</p> 6341 <h4 id="s3-provider">–s3-provider</h4> 6342 <p>Choose your S3 provider.</p> 6343 <ul> 6344 <li>Config: provider</li> 6345 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_S3_PROVIDER</li> 6346 <li>Type: string</li> 6347 <li>Default: ""</li> 6348 <li>Examples: 6349 <ul> 6350 <li>“AWS” 6351 <ul> 6352 <li>Amazon Web Services (AWS) S3</li> 6353 </ul></li> 6354 <li>“Alibaba” 6355 <ul> 6356 <li>Alibaba Cloud Object Storage System (OSS) formerly Aliyun</li> 6357 </ul></li> 6358 <li>“Ceph” 6359 <ul> 6360 <li>Ceph Object Storage</li> 6361 </ul></li> 6362 <li>“DigitalOcean” 6363 <ul> 6364 <li>Digital Ocean Spaces</li> 6365 </ul></li> 6366 <li>“Dreamhost” 6367 <ul> 6368 <li>Dreamhost DreamObjects</li> 6369 </ul></li> 6370 <li>“IBMCOS” 6371 <ul> 6372 <li>IBM COS S3</li> 6373 </ul></li> 6374 <li>“Minio” 6375 <ul> 6376 <li>Minio Object Storage</li> 6377 </ul></li> 6378 <li>“Netease” 6379 <ul> 6380 <li>Netease Object Storage (NOS)</li> 6381 </ul></li> 6382 <li>“Wasabi” 6383 <ul> 6384 <li>Wasabi Object Storage</li> 6385 </ul></li> 6386 <li>“Other” 6387 <ul> 6388 <li>Any other S3 compatible provider</li> 6389 </ul></li> 6390 </ul></li> 6391 </ul> 6392 <h4 id="s3-env-auth">–s3-env-auth</h4> 6393 <p>Get AWS credentials from runtime (environment variables or EC2/ECS meta data if no env vars). Only applies if access_key_id and secret_access_key is blank.</p> 6394 <ul> 6395 <li>Config: env_auth</li> 6396 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_S3_ENV_AUTH</li> 6397 <li>Type: bool</li> 6398 <li>Default: false</li> 6399 <li>Examples: 6400 <ul> 6401 <li>“false” 6402 <ul> 6403 <li>Enter AWS credentials in the next step</li> 6404 </ul></li> 6405 <li>“true” 6406 <ul> 6407 <li>Get AWS credentials from the environment (env vars or IAM)</li> 6408 </ul></li> 6409 </ul></li> 6410 </ul> 6411 <h4 id="s3-access-key-id">–s3-access-key-id</h4> 6412 <p>AWS Access Key ID. Leave blank for anonymous access or runtime credentials.</p> 6413 <ul> 6414 <li>Config: access_key_id</li> 6415 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_S3_ACCESS_KEY_ID</li> 6416 <li>Type: string</li> 6417 <li>Default: ""</li> 6418 </ul> 6419 <h4 id="s3-secret-access-key">–s3-secret-access-key</h4> 6420 <p>AWS Secret Access Key (password) Leave blank for anonymous access or runtime credentials.</p> 6421 <ul> 6422 <li>Config: secret_access_key</li> 6423 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_S3_SECRET_ACCESS_KEY</li> 6424 <li>Type: string</li> 6425 <li>Default: ""</li> 6426 </ul> 6427 <h4 id="s3-region">–s3-region</h4> 6428 <p>Region to connect to.</p> 6429 <ul> 6430 <li>Config: region</li> 6431 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_S3_REGION</li> 6432 <li>Type: string</li> 6433 <li>Default: ""</li> 6434 <li>Examples: 6435 <ul> 6436 <li>“us-east-1” 6437 <ul> 6438 <li>The default endpoint - a good choice if you are unsure.</li> 6439 <li>US Region, Northern Virginia or Pacific Northwest.</li> 6440 <li>Leave location constraint empty.</li> 6441 </ul></li> 6442 <li>“us-east-2” 6443 <ul> 6444 <li>US East (Ohio) Region</li> 6445 <li>Needs location constraint us-east-2.</li> 6446 </ul></li> 6447 <li>“us-west-2” 6448 <ul> 6449 <li>US West (Oregon) Region</li> 6450 <li>Needs location constraint us-west-2.</li> 6451 </ul></li> 6452 <li>“us-west-1” 6453 <ul> 6454 <li>US West (Northern California) Region</li> 6455 <li>Needs location constraint us-west-1.</li> 6456 </ul></li> 6457 <li>“ca-central-1” 6458 <ul> 6459 <li>Canada (Central) Region</li> 6460 <li>Needs location constraint ca-central-1.</li> 6461 </ul></li> 6462 <li>“eu-west-1” 6463 <ul> 6464 <li>EU (Ireland) Region</li> 6465 <li>Needs location constraint EU or eu-west-1.</li> 6466 </ul></li> 6467 <li>“eu-west-2” 6468 <ul> 6469 <li>EU (London) Region</li> 6470 <li>Needs location constraint eu-west-2.</li> 6471 </ul></li> 6472 <li>“eu-north-1” 6473 <ul> 6474 <li>EU (Stockholm) Region</li> 6475 <li>Needs location constraint eu-north-1.</li> 6476 </ul></li> 6477 <li>“eu-central-1” 6478 <ul> 6479 <li>EU (Frankfurt) Region</li> 6480 <li>Needs location constraint eu-central-1.</li> 6481 </ul></li> 6482 <li>“ap-southeast-1” 6483 <ul> 6484 <li>Asia Pacific (Singapore) Region</li> 6485 <li>Needs location constraint ap-southeast-1.</li> 6486 </ul></li> 6487 <li>“ap-southeast-2” 6488 <ul> 6489 <li>Asia Pacific (Sydney) Region</li> 6490 <li>Needs location constraint ap-southeast-2.</li> 6491 </ul></li> 6492 <li>“ap-northeast-1” 6493 <ul> 6494 <li>Asia Pacific (Tokyo) Region</li> 6495 <li>Needs location constraint ap-northeast-1.</li> 6496 </ul></li> 6497 <li>“ap-northeast-2” 6498 <ul> 6499 <li>Asia Pacific (Seoul)</li> 6500 <li>Needs location constraint ap-northeast-2.</li> 6501 </ul></li> 6502 <li>“ap-south-1” 6503 <ul> 6504 <li>Asia Pacific (Mumbai)</li> 6505 <li>Needs location constraint ap-south-1.</li> 6506 </ul></li> 6507 <li>“ap-east-1” 6508 <ul> 6509 <li>Asia Patific (Hong Kong) Region</li> 6510 <li>Needs location constraint ap-east-1.</li> 6511 </ul></li> 6512 <li>“sa-east-1” 6513 <ul> 6514 <li>South America (Sao Paulo) Region</li> 6515 <li>Needs location constraint sa-east-1.</li> 6516 </ul></li> 6517 </ul></li> 6518 </ul> 6519 <h4 id="s3-region-1">–s3-region</h4> 6520 <p>Region to connect to. Leave blank if you are using an S3 clone and you don’t have a region.</p> 6521 <ul> 6522 <li>Config: region</li> 6523 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_S3_REGION</li> 6524 <li>Type: string</li> 6525 <li>Default: ""</li> 6526 <li>Examples: 6527 <ul> 6528 <li>"" 6529 <ul> 6530 <li>Use this if unsure. Will use v4 signatures and an empty region.</li> 6531 </ul></li> 6532 <li>“other-v2-signature” 6533 <ul> 6534 <li>Use this only if v4 signatures don’t work, eg pre Jewel/v10 CEPH.</li> 6535 </ul></li> 6536 </ul></li> 6537 </ul> 6538 <h4 id="s3-endpoint">–s3-endpoint</h4> 6539 <p>Endpoint for S3 API. Leave blank if using AWS to use the default endpoint for the region.</p> 6540 <ul> 6541 <li>Config: endpoint</li> 6542 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_S3_ENDPOINT</li> 6543 <li>Type: string</li> 6544 <li>Default: ""</li> 6545 </ul> 6546 <h4 id="s3-endpoint-1">–s3-endpoint</h4> 6547 <p>Endpoint for IBM COS S3 API. Specify if using an IBM COS On Premise.</p> 6548 <ul> 6549 <li>Config: endpoint</li> 6550 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_S3_ENDPOINT</li> 6551 <li>Type: string</li> 6552 <li>Default: ""</li> 6553 <li>Examples: 6554 <ul> 6555 <li>“s3-api.us-geo.objectstorage.softlayer.net” 6556 <ul> 6557 <li>US Cross Region Endpoint</li> 6558 </ul></li> 6559 <li>“s3-api.dal.us-geo.objectstorage.softlayer.net” 6560 <ul> 6561 <li>US Cross Region Dallas Endpoint</li> 6562 </ul></li> 6563 <li>“s3-api.wdc-us-geo.objectstorage.softlayer.net” 6564 <ul> 6565 <li>US Cross Region Washington DC Endpoint</li> 6566 </ul></li> 6567 <li>“s3-api.sjc-us-geo.objectstorage.softlayer.net” 6568 <ul> 6569 <li>US Cross Region San Jose Endpoint</li> 6570 </ul></li> 6571 <li>“s3-api.us-geo.objectstorage.service.networklayer.com” 6572 <ul> 6573 <li>US Cross Region Private Endpoint</li> 6574 </ul></li> 6575 <li>“s3-api.dal-us-geo.objectstorage.service.networklayer.com” 6576 <ul> 6577 <li>US Cross Region Dallas Private Endpoint</li> 6578 </ul></li> 6579 <li>“s3-api.wdc-us-geo.objectstorage.service.networklayer.com” 6580 <ul> 6581 <li>US Cross Region Washington DC Private Endpoint</li> 6582 </ul></li> 6583 <li>“s3-api.sjc-us-geo.objectstorage.service.networklayer.com” 6584 <ul> 6585 <li>US Cross Region San Jose Private Endpoint</li> 6586 </ul></li> 6587 <li>“s3.us-east.objectstorage.softlayer.net” 6588 <ul> 6589 <li>US Region East Endpoint</li> 6590 </ul></li> 6591 <li>“s3.us-east.objectstorage.service.networklayer.com” 6592 <ul> 6593 <li>US Region East Private Endpoint</li> 6594 </ul></li> 6595 <li>“s3.us-south.objectstorage.softlayer.net” 6596 <ul> 6597 <li>US Region South Endpoint</li> 6598 </ul></li> 6599 <li>“s3.us-south.objectstorage.service.networklayer.com” 6600 <ul> 6601 <li>US Region South Private Endpoint</li> 6602 </ul></li> 6603 <li>“s3.eu-geo.objectstorage.softlayer.net” 6604 <ul> 6605 <li>EU Cross Region Endpoint</li> 6606 </ul></li> 6607 <li>“s3.fra-eu-geo.objectstorage.softlayer.net” 6608 <ul> 6609 <li>EU Cross Region Frankfurt Endpoint</li> 6610 </ul></li> 6611 <li>“s3.mil-eu-geo.objectstorage.softlayer.net” 6612 <ul> 6613 <li>EU Cross Region Milan Endpoint</li> 6614 </ul></li> 6615 <li>“s3.ams-eu-geo.objectstorage.softlayer.net” 6616 <ul> 6617 <li>EU Cross Region Amsterdam Endpoint</li> 6618 </ul></li> 6619 <li>“s3.eu-geo.objectstorage.service.networklayer.com” 6620 <ul> 6621 <li>EU Cross Region Private Endpoint</li> 6622 </ul></li> 6623 <li>“s3.fra-eu-geo.objectstorage.service.networklayer.com” 6624 <ul> 6625 <li>EU Cross Region Frankfurt Private Endpoint</li> 6626 </ul></li> 6627 <li>“s3.mil-eu-geo.objectstorage.service.networklayer.com” 6628 <ul> 6629 <li>EU Cross Region Milan Private Endpoint</li> 6630 </ul></li> 6631 <li>“s3.ams-eu-geo.objectstorage.service.networklayer.com” 6632 <ul> 6633 <li>EU Cross Region Amsterdam Private Endpoint</li> 6634 </ul></li> 6635 <li>“s3.eu-gb.objectstorage.softlayer.net” 6636 <ul> 6637 <li>Great Britain Endpoint</li> 6638 </ul></li> 6639 <li>“s3.eu-gb.objectstorage.service.networklayer.com” 6640 <ul> 6641 <li>Great Britain Private Endpoint</li> 6642 </ul></li> 6643 <li>“s3.ap-geo.objectstorage.softlayer.net” 6644 <ul> 6645 <li>APAC Cross Regional Endpoint</li> 6646 </ul></li> 6647 <li>“s3.tok-ap-geo.objectstorage.softlayer.net” 6648 <ul> 6649 <li>APAC Cross Regional Tokyo Endpoint</li> 6650 </ul></li> 6651 <li>“s3.hkg-ap-geo.objectstorage.softlayer.net” 6652 <ul> 6653 <li>APAC Cross Regional HongKong Endpoint</li> 6654 </ul></li> 6655 <li>“s3.seo-ap-geo.objectstorage.softlayer.net” 6656 <ul> 6657 <li>APAC Cross Regional Seoul Endpoint</li> 6658 </ul></li> 6659 <li>“s3.ap-geo.objectstorage.service.networklayer.com” 6660 <ul> 6661 <li>APAC Cross Regional Private Endpoint</li> 6662 </ul></li> 6663 <li>“s3.tok-ap-geo.objectstorage.service.networklayer.com” 6664 <ul> 6665 <li>APAC Cross Regional Tokyo Private Endpoint</li> 6666 </ul></li> 6667 <li>“s3.hkg-ap-geo.objectstorage.service.networklayer.com” 6668 <ul> 6669 <li>APAC Cross Regional HongKong Private Endpoint</li> 6670 </ul></li> 6671 <li>“s3.seo-ap-geo.objectstorage.service.networklayer.com” 6672 <ul> 6673 <li>APAC Cross Regional Seoul Private Endpoint</li> 6674 </ul></li> 6675 <li>“s3.mel01.objectstorage.softlayer.net” 6676 <ul> 6677 <li>Melbourne Single Site Endpoint</li> 6678 </ul></li> 6679 <li>“s3.mel01.objectstorage.service.networklayer.com” 6680 <ul> 6681 <li>Melbourne Single Site Private Endpoint</li> 6682 </ul></li> 6683 <li>“s3.tor01.objectstorage.softlayer.net” 6684 <ul> 6685 <li>Toronto Single Site Endpoint</li> 6686 </ul></li> 6687 <li>“s3.tor01.objectstorage.service.networklayer.com” 6688 <ul> 6689 <li>Toronto Single Site Private Endpoint</li> 6690 </ul></li> 6691 </ul></li> 6692 </ul> 6693 <h4 id="s3-endpoint-2">–s3-endpoint</h4> 6694 <p>Endpoint for OSS API.</p> 6695 <ul> 6696 <li>Config: endpoint</li> 6697 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_S3_ENDPOINT</li> 6698 <li>Type: string</li> 6699 <li>Default: ""</li> 6700 <li>Examples: 6701 <ul> 6702 <li>“oss-cn-hangzhou.aliyuncs.com” 6703 <ul> 6704 <li>East China 1 (Hangzhou)</li> 6705 </ul></li> 6706 <li>“oss-cn-shanghai.aliyuncs.com” 6707 <ul> 6708 <li>East China 2 (Shanghai)</li> 6709 </ul></li> 6710 <li>“oss-cn-qingdao.aliyuncs.com” 6711 <ul> 6712 <li>North China 1 (Qingdao)</li> 6713 </ul></li> 6714 <li>“oss-cn-beijing.aliyuncs.com” 6715 <ul> 6716 <li>North China 2 (Beijing)</li> 6717 </ul></li> 6718 <li>“oss-cn-zhangjiakou.aliyuncs.com” 6719 <ul> 6720 <li>North China 3 (Zhangjiakou)</li> 6721 </ul></li> 6722 <li>“oss-cn-huhehaote.aliyuncs.com” 6723 <ul> 6724 <li>North China 5 (Huhehaote)</li> 6725 </ul></li> 6726 <li>“oss-cn-shenzhen.aliyuncs.com” 6727 <ul> 6728 <li>South China 1 (Shenzhen)</li> 6729 </ul></li> 6730 <li>“oss-cn-hongkong.aliyuncs.com” 6731 <ul> 6732 <li>Hong Kong (Hong Kong)</li> 6733 </ul></li> 6734 <li>“oss-us-west-1.aliyuncs.com” 6735 <ul> 6736 <li>US West 1 (Silicon Valley)</li> 6737 </ul></li> 6738 <li>“oss-us-east-1.aliyuncs.com” 6739 <ul> 6740 <li>US East 1 (Virginia)</li> 6741 </ul></li> 6742 <li>“oss-ap-southeast-1.aliyuncs.com” 6743 <ul> 6744 <li>Southeast Asia Southeast 1 (Singapore)</li> 6745 </ul></li> 6746 <li>“oss-ap-southeast-2.aliyuncs.com” 6747 <ul> 6748 <li>Asia Pacific Southeast 2 (Sydney)</li> 6749 </ul></li> 6750 <li>“oss-ap-southeast-3.aliyuncs.com” 6751 <ul> 6752 <li>Southeast Asia Southeast 3 (Kuala Lumpur)</li> 6753 </ul></li> 6754 <li>“oss-ap-southeast-5.aliyuncs.com” 6755 <ul> 6756 <li>Asia Pacific Southeast 5 (Jakarta)</li> 6757 </ul></li> 6758 <li>“oss-ap-northeast-1.aliyuncs.com” 6759 <ul> 6760 <li>Asia Pacific Northeast 1 (Japan)</li> 6761 </ul></li> 6762 <li>“oss-ap-south-1.aliyuncs.com” 6763 <ul> 6764 <li>Asia Pacific South 1 (Mumbai)</li> 6765 </ul></li> 6766 <li>“oss-eu-central-1.aliyuncs.com” 6767 <ul> 6768 <li>Central Europe 1 (Frankfurt)</li> 6769 </ul></li> 6770 <li>“oss-eu-west-1.aliyuncs.com” 6771 <ul> 6772 <li>West Europe (London)</li> 6773 </ul></li> 6774 <li>“oss-me-east-1.aliyuncs.com” 6775 <ul> 6776 <li>Middle East 1 (Dubai)</li> 6777 </ul></li> 6778 </ul></li> 6779 </ul> 6780 <h4 id="s3-endpoint-3">–s3-endpoint</h4> 6781 <p>Endpoint for S3 API. Required when using an S3 clone.</p> 6782 <ul> 6783 <li>Config: endpoint</li> 6784 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_S3_ENDPOINT</li> 6785 <li>Type: string</li> 6786 <li>Default: ""</li> 6787 <li>Examples: 6788 <ul> 6789 <li>“objects-us-east-1.dream.io” 6790 <ul> 6791 <li>Dream Objects endpoint</li> 6792 </ul></li> 6793 <li>“nyc3.digitaloceanspaces.com” 6794 <ul> 6795 <li>Digital Ocean Spaces New York 3</li> 6796 </ul></li> 6797 <li>“ams3.digitaloceanspaces.com” 6798 <ul> 6799 <li>Digital Ocean Spaces Amsterdam 3</li> 6800 </ul></li> 6801 <li>“sgp1.digitaloceanspaces.com” 6802 <ul> 6803 <li>Digital Ocean Spaces Singapore 1</li> 6804 </ul></li> 6805 <li>“s3.wasabisys.com” 6806 <ul> 6807 <li>Wasabi US East endpoint</li> 6808 </ul></li> 6809 <li>“s3.us-west-1.wasabisys.com” 6810 <ul> 6811 <li>Wasabi US West endpoint</li> 6812 </ul></li> 6813 <li>“s3.eu-central-1.wasabisys.com” 6814 <ul> 6815 <li>Wasabi EU Central endpoint</li> 6816 </ul></li> 6817 </ul></li> 6818 </ul> 6819 <h4 id="s3-location-constraint">–s3-location-constraint</h4> 6820 <p>Location constraint - must be set to match the Region. Used when creating buckets only.</p> 6821 <ul> 6822 <li>Config: location_constraint</li> 6823 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_S3_LOCATION_CONSTRAINT</li> 6824 <li>Type: string</li> 6825 <li>Default: ""</li> 6826 <li>Examples: 6827 <ul> 6828 <li>"" 6829 <ul> 6830 <li>Empty for US Region, Northern Virginia or Pacific Northwest.</li> 6831 </ul></li> 6832 <li>“us-east-2” 6833 <ul> 6834 <li>US East (Ohio) Region.</li> 6835 </ul></li> 6836 <li>“us-west-2” 6837 <ul> 6838 <li>US West (Oregon) Region.</li> 6839 </ul></li> 6840 <li>“us-west-1” 6841 <ul> 6842 <li>US West (Northern California) Region.</li> 6843 </ul></li> 6844 <li>“ca-central-1” 6845 <ul> 6846 <li>Canada (Central) Region.</li> 6847 </ul></li> 6848 <li>“eu-west-1” 6849 <ul> 6850 <li>EU (Ireland) Region.</li> 6851 </ul></li> 6852 <li>“eu-west-2” 6853 <ul> 6854 <li>EU (London) Region.</li> 6855 </ul></li> 6856 <li>“eu-north-1” 6857 <ul> 6858 <li>EU (Stockholm) Region.</li> 6859 </ul></li> 6860 <li>“EU” 6861 <ul> 6862 <li>EU Region.</li> 6863 </ul></li> 6864 <li>“ap-southeast-1” 6865 <ul> 6866 <li>Asia Pacific (Singapore) Region.</li> 6867 </ul></li> 6868 <li>“ap-southeast-2” 6869 <ul> 6870 <li>Asia Pacific (Sydney) Region.</li> 6871 </ul></li> 6872 <li>“ap-northeast-1” 6873 <ul> 6874 <li>Asia Pacific (Tokyo) Region.</li> 6875 </ul></li> 6876 <li>“ap-northeast-2” 6877 <ul> 6878 <li>Asia Pacific (Seoul)</li> 6879 </ul></li> 6880 <li>“ap-south-1” 6881 <ul> 6882 <li>Asia Pacific (Mumbai)</li> 6883 </ul></li> 6884 <li>“ap-east-1” 6885 <ul> 6886 <li>Asia Pacific (Hong Kong)</li> 6887 </ul></li> 6888 <li>“sa-east-1” 6889 <ul> 6890 <li>South America (Sao Paulo) Region.</li> 6891 </ul></li> 6892 </ul></li> 6893 </ul> 6894 <h4 id="s3-location-constraint-1">–s3-location-constraint</h4> 6895 <p>Location constraint - must match endpoint when using IBM Cloud Public. For on-prem COS, do not make a selection from this list, hit enter</p> 6896 <ul> 6897 <li>Config: location_constraint</li> 6898 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_S3_LOCATION_CONSTRAINT</li> 6899 <li>Type: string</li> 6900 <li>Default: ""</li> 6901 <li>Examples: 6902 <ul> 6903 <li>“us-standard” 6904 <ul> 6905 <li>US Cross Region Standard</li> 6906 </ul></li> 6907 <li>“us-vault” 6908 <ul> 6909 <li>US Cross Region Vault</li> 6910 </ul></li> 6911 <li>“us-cold” 6912 <ul> 6913 <li>US Cross Region Cold</li> 6914 </ul></li> 6915 <li>“us-flex” 6916 <ul> 6917 <li>US Cross Region Flex</li> 6918 </ul></li> 6919 <li>“us-east-standard” 6920 <ul> 6921 <li>US East Region Standard</li> 6922 </ul></li> 6923 <li>“us-east-vault” 6924 <ul> 6925 <li>US East Region Vault</li> 6926 </ul></li> 6927 <li>“us-east-cold” 6928 <ul> 6929 <li>US East Region Cold</li> 6930 </ul></li> 6931 <li>“us-east-flex” 6932 <ul> 6933 <li>US East Region Flex</li> 6934 </ul></li> 6935 <li>“us-south-standard” 6936 <ul> 6937 <li>US South Region Standard</li> 6938 </ul></li> 6939 <li>“us-south-vault” 6940 <ul> 6941 <li>US South Region Vault</li> 6942 </ul></li> 6943 <li>“us-south-cold” 6944 <ul> 6945 <li>US South Region Cold</li> 6946 </ul></li> 6947 <li>“us-south-flex” 6948 <ul> 6949 <li>US South Region Flex</li> 6950 </ul></li> 6951 <li>“eu-standard” 6952 <ul> 6953 <li>EU Cross Region Standard</li> 6954 </ul></li> 6955 <li>“eu-vault” 6956 <ul> 6957 <li>EU Cross Region Vault</li> 6958 </ul></li> 6959 <li>“eu-cold” 6960 <ul> 6961 <li>EU Cross Region Cold</li> 6962 </ul></li> 6963 <li>“eu-flex” 6964 <ul> 6965 <li>EU Cross Region Flex</li> 6966 </ul></li> 6967 <li>“eu-gb-standard” 6968 <ul> 6969 <li>Great Britain Standard</li> 6970 </ul></li> 6971 <li>“eu-gb-vault” 6972 <ul> 6973 <li>Great Britain Vault</li> 6974 </ul></li> 6975 <li>“eu-gb-cold” 6976 <ul> 6977 <li>Great Britain Cold</li> 6978 </ul></li> 6979 <li>“eu-gb-flex” 6980 <ul> 6981 <li>Great Britain Flex</li> 6982 </ul></li> 6983 <li>“ap-standard” 6984 <ul> 6985 <li>APAC Standard</li> 6986 </ul></li> 6987 <li>“ap-vault” 6988 <ul> 6989 <li>APAC Vault</li> 6990 </ul></li> 6991 <li>“ap-cold” 6992 <ul> 6993 <li>APAC Cold</li> 6994 </ul></li> 6995 <li>“ap-flex” 6996 <ul> 6997 <li>APAC Flex</li> 6998 </ul></li> 6999 <li>“mel01-standard” 7000 <ul> 7001 <li>Melbourne Standard</li> 7002 </ul></li> 7003 <li>“mel01-vault” 7004 <ul> 7005 <li>Melbourne Vault</li> 7006 </ul></li> 7007 <li>“mel01-cold” 7008 <ul> 7009 <li>Melbourne Cold</li> 7010 </ul></li> 7011 <li>“mel01-flex” 7012 <ul> 7013 <li>Melbourne Flex</li> 7014 </ul></li> 7015 <li>“tor01-standard” 7016 <ul> 7017 <li>Toronto Standard</li> 7018 </ul></li> 7019 <li>“tor01-vault” 7020 <ul> 7021 <li>Toronto Vault</li> 7022 </ul></li> 7023 <li>“tor01-cold” 7024 <ul> 7025 <li>Toronto Cold</li> 7026 </ul></li> 7027 <li>“tor01-flex” 7028 <ul> 7029 <li>Toronto Flex</li> 7030 </ul></li> 7031 </ul></li> 7032 </ul> 7033 <h4 id="s3-location-constraint-2">–s3-location-constraint</h4> 7034 <p>Location constraint - must be set to match the Region. Leave blank if not sure. Used when creating buckets only.</p> 7035 <ul> 7036 <li>Config: location_constraint</li> 7037 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_S3_LOCATION_CONSTRAINT</li> 7038 <li>Type: string</li> 7039 <li>Default: ""</li> 7040 </ul> 7041 <h4 id="s3-acl">–s3-acl</h4> 7042 <p>Canned ACL used when creating buckets and storing or copying objects.</p> 7043 <p>This ACL is used for creating objects and if bucket_acl isn’t set, for creating buckets too.</p> 7044 <p>For more info visit https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html#canned-acl</p> 7045 <p>Note that this ACL is applied when server side copying objects as S3 doesn’t copy the ACL from the source but rather writes a fresh one.</p> 7046 <ul> 7047 <li>Config: acl</li> 7048 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_S3_ACL</li> 7049 <li>Type: string</li> 7050 <li>Default: ""</li> 7051 <li>Examples: 7052 <ul> 7053 <li>“private” 7054 <ul> 7055 <li>Owner gets FULL_CONTROL. No one else has access rights (default).</li> 7056 </ul></li> 7057 <li>“public-read” 7058 <ul> 7059 <li>Owner gets FULL_CONTROL. The AllUsers group gets READ access.</li> 7060 </ul></li> 7061 <li>“public-read-write” 7062 <ul> 7063 <li>Owner gets FULL_CONTROL. The AllUsers group gets READ and WRITE access.</li> 7064 <li>Granting this on a bucket is generally not recommended.</li> 7065 </ul></li> 7066 <li>“authenticated-read” 7067 <ul> 7068 <li>Owner gets FULL_CONTROL. The AuthenticatedUsers group gets READ access.</li> 7069 </ul></li> 7070 <li>“bucket-owner-read” 7071 <ul> 7072 <li>Object owner gets FULL_CONTROL. Bucket owner gets READ access.</li> 7073 <li>If you specify this canned ACL when creating a bucket, Amazon S3 ignores it.</li> 7074 </ul></li> 7075 <li>“bucket-owner-full-control” 7076 <ul> 7077 <li>Both the object owner and the bucket owner get FULL_CONTROL over the object.</li> 7078 <li>If you specify this canned ACL when creating a bucket, Amazon S3 ignores it.</li> 7079 </ul></li> 7080 <li>“private” 7081 <ul> 7082 <li>Owner gets FULL_CONTROL. No one else has access rights (default). This acl is available on IBM Cloud (Infra), IBM Cloud (Storage), On-Premise COS</li> 7083 </ul></li> 7084 <li>“public-read” 7085 <ul> 7086 <li>Owner gets FULL_CONTROL. The AllUsers group gets READ access. This acl is available on IBM Cloud (Infra), IBM Cloud (Storage), On-Premise IBM COS</li> 7087 </ul></li> 7088 <li>“public-read-write” 7089 <ul> 7090 <li>Owner gets FULL_CONTROL. The AllUsers group gets READ and WRITE access. This acl is available on IBM Cloud (Infra), On-Premise IBM COS</li> 7091 </ul></li> 7092 <li>“authenticated-read” 7093 <ul> 7094 <li>Owner gets FULL_CONTROL. The AuthenticatedUsers group gets READ access. Not supported on Buckets. This acl is available on IBM Cloud (Infra) and On-Premise IBM COS</li> 7095 </ul></li> 7096 </ul></li> 7097 </ul> 7098 <h4 id="s3-server-side-encryption">–s3-server-side-encryption</h4> 7099 <p>The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3.</p> 7100 <ul> 7101 <li>Config: server_side_encryption</li> 7102 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_S3_SERVER_SIDE_ENCRYPTION</li> 7103 <li>Type: string</li> 7104 <li>Default: ""</li> 7105 <li>Examples: 7106 <ul> 7107 <li>"" 7108 <ul> 7109 <li>None</li> 7110 </ul></li> 7111 <li>“AES256” 7112 <ul> 7113 <li>AES256</li> 7114 </ul></li> 7115 <li>“aws:kms” 7116 <ul> 7117 <li>aws:kms</li> 7118 </ul></li> 7119 </ul></li> 7120 </ul> 7121 <h4 id="s3-sse-kms-key-id">–s3-sse-kms-key-id</h4> 7122 <p>If using KMS ID you must provide the ARN of Key.</p> 7123 <ul> 7124 <li>Config: sse_kms_key_id</li> 7125 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_S3_SSE_KMS_KEY_ID</li> 7126 <li>Type: string</li> 7127 <li>Default: ""</li> 7128 <li>Examples: 7129 <ul> 7130 <li>"" 7131 <ul> 7132 <li>None</li> 7133 </ul></li> 7134 <li>"arn:aws:kms:us-east-1:*" 7135 <ul> 7136 <li>arn:aws:kms:*</li> 7137 </ul></li> 7138 </ul></li> 7139 </ul> 7140 <h4 id="s3-storage-class">–s3-storage-class</h4> 7141 <p>The storage class to use when storing new objects in S3.</p> 7142 <ul> 7143 <li>Config: storage_class</li> 7144 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_S3_STORAGE_CLASS</li> 7145 <li>Type: string</li> 7146 <li>Default: ""</li> 7147 <li>Examples: 7148 <ul> 7149 <li>"" 7150 <ul> 7151 <li>Default</li> 7152 </ul></li> 7153 <li>“STANDARD” 7154 <ul> 7155 <li>Standard storage class</li> 7156 </ul></li> 7157 <li>“REDUCED_REDUNDANCY” 7158 <ul> 7159 <li>Reduced redundancy storage class</li> 7160 </ul></li> 7161 <li>“STANDARD_IA” 7162 <ul> 7163 <li>Standard Infrequent Access storage class</li> 7164 </ul></li> 7165 <li>“ONEZONE_IA” 7166 <ul> 7167 <li>One Zone Infrequent Access storage class</li> 7168 </ul></li> 7169 <li>“GLACIER” 7170 <ul> 7171 <li>Glacier storage class</li> 7172 </ul></li> 7173 <li>“DEEP_ARCHIVE” 7174 <ul> 7175 <li>Glacier Deep Archive storage class</li> 7176 </ul></li> 7177 <li>“INTELLIGENT_TIERING” 7178 <ul> 7179 <li>Intelligent-Tiering storage class</li> 7180 </ul></li> 7181 </ul></li> 7182 </ul> 7183 <h4 id="s3-storage-class-1">–s3-storage-class</h4> 7184 <p>The storage class to use when storing new objects in OSS.</p> 7185 <ul> 7186 <li>Config: storage_class</li> 7187 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_S3_STORAGE_CLASS</li> 7188 <li>Type: string</li> 7189 <li>Default: ""</li> 7190 <li>Examples: 7191 <ul> 7192 <li>"" 7193 <ul> 7194 <li>Default</li> 7195 </ul></li> 7196 <li>“STANDARD” 7197 <ul> 7198 <li>Standard storage class</li> 7199 </ul></li> 7200 <li>“GLACIER” 7201 <ul> 7202 <li>Archive storage mode.</li> 7203 </ul></li> 7204 <li>“STANDARD_IA” 7205 <ul> 7206 <li>Infrequent access storage mode.</li> 7207 </ul></li> 7208 </ul></li> 7209 </ul> 7210 <h3 id="advanced-options-2">Advanced Options</h3> 7211 <p>Here are the advanced options specific to s3 (Amazon S3 Compliant Storage Provider (AWS, Alibaba, Ceph, Digital Ocean, Dreamhost, IBM COS, Minio, etc)).</p> 7212 <h4 id="s3-bucket-acl">–s3-bucket-acl</h4> 7213 <p>Canned ACL used when creating buckets.</p> 7214 <p>For more info visit https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html#canned-acl</p> 7215 <p>Note that this ACL is applied when only when creating buckets. If it isn’t set then “acl” is used instead.</p> 7216 <ul> 7217 <li>Config: bucket_acl</li> 7218 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_S3_BUCKET_ACL</li> 7219 <li>Type: string</li> 7220 <li>Default: ""</li> 7221 <li>Examples: 7222 <ul> 7223 <li>“private” 7224 <ul> 7225 <li>Owner gets FULL_CONTROL. No one else has access rights (default).</li> 7226 </ul></li> 7227 <li>“public-read” 7228 <ul> 7229 <li>Owner gets FULL_CONTROL. The AllUsers group gets READ access.</li> 7230 </ul></li> 7231 <li>“public-read-write” 7232 <ul> 7233 <li>Owner gets FULL_CONTROL. The AllUsers group gets READ and WRITE access.</li> 7234 <li>Granting this on a bucket is generally not recommended.</li> 7235 </ul></li> 7236 <li>“authenticated-read” 7237 <ul> 7238 <li>Owner gets FULL_CONTROL. The AuthenticatedUsers group gets READ access.</li> 7239 </ul></li> 7240 </ul></li> 7241 </ul> 7242 <h4 id="s3-upload-cutoff">–s3-upload-cutoff</h4> 7243 <p>Cutoff for switching to chunked upload</p> 7244 <p>Any files larger than this will be uploaded in chunks of chunk_size. The minimum is 0 and the maximum is 5GB.</p> 7245 <ul> 7246 <li>Config: upload_cutoff</li> 7247 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_S3_UPLOAD_CUTOFF</li> 7248 <li>Type: SizeSuffix</li> 7249 <li>Default: 200M</li> 7250 </ul> 7251 <h4 id="s3-chunk-size">–s3-chunk-size</h4> 7252 <p>Chunk size to use for uploading.</p> 7253 <p>When uploading files larger than upload_cutoff or files with unknown size (eg from “rclone rcat” or uploaded with “rclone mount” or google photos or google docs) they will be uploaded as multipart uploads using this chunk size.</p> 7254 <p>Note that “–s3-upload-concurrency” chunks of this size are buffered in memory per transfer.</p> 7255 <p>If you are transferring large files over high speed links and you have enough memory, then increasing this will speed up the transfers.</p> 7256 <p>Rclone will automatically increase the chunk size when uploading a large file of known size to stay below the 10,000 chunks limit.</p> 7257 <p>Files of unknown size are uploaded with the configured chunk_size. Since the default chunk size is 5MB and there can be at most 10,000 chunks, this means that by default the maximum size of file you can stream upload is 48GB. If you wish to stream upload larger files then you will need to increase chunk_size.</p> 7258 <ul> 7259 <li>Config: chunk_size</li> 7260 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_S3_CHUNK_SIZE</li> 7261 <li>Type: SizeSuffix</li> 7262 <li>Default: 5M</li> 7263 </ul> 7264 <h4 id="s3-copy-cutoff">–s3-copy-cutoff</h4> 7265 <p>Cutoff for switching to multipart copy</p> 7266 <p>Any files larger than this that need to be server side copied will be copied in chunks of this size.</p> 7267 <p>The minimum is 0 and the maximum is 5GB.</p> 7268 <ul> 7269 <li>Config: copy_cutoff</li> 7270 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_S3_COPY_CUTOFF</li> 7271 <li>Type: SizeSuffix</li> 7272 <li>Default: 5G</li> 7273 </ul> 7274 <h4 id="s3-disable-checksum">–s3-disable-checksum</h4> 7275 <p>Don’t store MD5 checksum with object metadata</p> 7276 <ul> 7277 <li>Config: disable_checksum</li> 7278 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_S3_DISABLE_CHECKSUM</li> 7279 <li>Type: bool</li> 7280 <li>Default: false</li> 7281 </ul> 7282 <h4 id="s3-session-token">–s3-session-token</h4> 7283 <p>An AWS session token</p> 7284 <ul> 7285 <li>Config: session_token</li> 7286 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_S3_SESSION_TOKEN</li> 7287 <li>Type: string</li> 7288 <li>Default: ""</li> 7289 </ul> 7290 <h4 id="s3-upload-concurrency">–s3-upload-concurrency</h4> 7291 <p>Concurrency for multipart uploads.</p> 7292 <p>This is the number of chunks of the same file that are uploaded concurrently.</p> 7293 <p>If you are uploading small numbers of large file over high speed link and these uploads do not fully utilize your bandwidth, then increasing this may help to speed up the transfers.</p> 7294 <ul> 7295 <li>Config: upload_concurrency</li> 7296 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_S3_UPLOAD_CONCURRENCY</li> 7297 <li>Type: int</li> 7298 <li>Default: 4</li> 7299 </ul> 7300 <h4 id="s3-force-path-style">–s3-force-path-style</h4> 7301 <p>If true use path style access if false use virtual hosted style.</p> 7302 <p>If this is true (the default) then rclone will use path style access, if false then rclone will use virtual path style. See <a href="https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/UsingBucket.html#access-bucket-intro">the AWS S3 docs</a> for more info.</p> 7303 <p>Some providers (eg AWS, Aliyun OSS or Netease COS) require this set to false - rclone will do this automatically based on the provider setting.</p> 7304 <ul> 7305 <li>Config: force_path_style</li> 7306 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_S3_FORCE_PATH_STYLE</li> 7307 <li>Type: bool</li> 7308 <li>Default: true</li> 7309 </ul> 7310 <h4 id="s3-v2-auth">–s3-v2-auth</h4> 7311 <p>If true use v2 authentication.</p> 7312 <p>If this is false (the default) then rclone will use v4 authentication. If it is set then rclone will use v2 authentication.</p> 7313 <p>Use this only if v4 signatures don’t work, eg pre Jewel/v10 CEPH.</p> 7314 <ul> 7315 <li>Config: v2_auth</li> 7316 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_S3_V2_AUTH</li> 7317 <li>Type: bool</li> 7318 <li>Default: false</li> 7319 </ul> 7320 <h4 id="s3-use-accelerate-endpoint">–s3-use-accelerate-endpoint</h4> 7321 <p>If true use the AWS S3 accelerated endpoint.</p> 7322 <p>See: <a href="https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/transfer-acceleration-examples.html">AWS S3 Transfer acceleration</a></p> 7323 <ul> 7324 <li>Config: use_accelerate_endpoint</li> 7325 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_S3_USE_ACCELERATE_ENDPOINT</li> 7326 <li>Type: bool</li> 7327 <li>Default: false</li> 7328 </ul> 7329 <h4 id="s3-leave-parts-on-error">–s3-leave-parts-on-error</h4> 7330 <p>If true avoid calling abort upload on a failure, leaving all successfully uploaded parts on S3 for manual recovery.</p> 7331 <p>It should be set to true for resuming uploads across different sessions.</p> 7332 <p>WARNING: Storing parts of an incomplete multipart upload counts towards space usage on S3 and will add additional costs if not cleaned up.</p> 7333 <ul> 7334 <li>Config: leave_parts_on_error</li> 7335 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_S3_LEAVE_PARTS_ON_ERROR</li> 7336 <li>Type: bool</li> 7337 <li>Default: false</li> 7338 </ul> 7339 <h4 id="s3-list-chunk">–s3-list-chunk</h4> 7340 <p>Size of listing chunk (response list for each ListObject S3 request).</p> 7341 <p>This option is also known as “MaxKeys”, “max-items”, or “page-size” from the AWS S3 specification. Most services truncate the response list to 1000 objects even if requested more than that. In AWS S3 this is a global maximum and cannot be changed, see <a href="https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cli/latest/reference/s3/ls.html">AWS S3</a>. In Ceph, this can be increased with the “rgw list buckets max chunk” option.</p> 7342 <ul> 7343 <li>Config: list_chunk</li> 7344 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_S3_LIST_CHUNK</li> 7345 <li>Type: int</li> 7346 <li>Default: 1000</li> 7347 </ul> 7348 <h4 id="s3-encoding">–s3-encoding</h4> 7349 <p>This sets the encoding for the backend.</p> 7350 <p>See: the <a href="/overview/#encoding">encoding section in the overview</a> for more info.</p> 7351 <ul> 7352 <li>Config: encoding</li> 7353 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_S3_ENCODING</li> 7354 <li>Type: MultiEncoder</li> 7355 <li>Default: Slash,InvalidUtf8,Dot</li> 7356 </ul> 7357 <!--- autogenerated options stop --> 7358 <h3 id="anonymous-access-to-public-buckets">Anonymous access to public buckets</h3> 7359 <p>If you want to use rclone to access a public bucket, configure with a blank <code>access_key_id</code> and <code>secret_access_key</code>. Your config should end up looking like this:</p> 7360 <pre><code>[anons3] 7361 type = s3 7362 provider = AWS 7363 env_auth = false 7364 access_key_id = 7365 secret_access_key = 7366 region = us-east-1 7367 endpoint = 7368 location_constraint = 7369 acl = private 7370 server_side_encryption = 7371 storage_class = </code></pre> 7372 <p>Then use it as normal with the name of the public bucket, eg</p> 7373 <pre><code>rclone lsd anons3:1000genomes</code></pre> 7374 <p>You will be able to list and copy data but not upload it.</p> 7375 <h3 id="ceph">Ceph</h3> 7376 <p><a href="https://ceph.com/">Ceph</a> is an open source unified, distributed storage system designed for excellent performance, reliability and scalability. It has an S3 compatible object storage interface.</p> 7377 <p>To use rclone with Ceph, configure as above but leave the region blank and set the endpoint. You should end up with something like this in your config:</p> 7378 <pre><code>[ceph] 7379 type = s3 7380 provider = Ceph 7381 env_auth = false 7382 access_key_id = XXX 7383 secret_access_key = YYY 7384 region = 7385 endpoint = https://ceph.endpoint.example.com 7386 location_constraint = 7387 acl = 7388 server_side_encryption = 7389 storage_class =</code></pre> 7390 <p>If you are using an older version of CEPH, eg 10.2.x Jewel, then you may need to supply the parameter <code>--s3-upload-cutoff 0</code> or put this in the config file as <code>upload_cutoff 0</code> to work around a bug which causes uploading of small files to fail.</p> 7391 <p>Note also that Ceph sometimes puts <code>/</code> in the passwords it gives users. If you read the secret access key using the command line tools you will get a JSON blob with the <code>/</code> escaped as <code>\/</code>. Make sure you only write <code>/</code> in the secret access key.</p> 7392 <p>Eg the dump from Ceph looks something like this (irrelevant keys removed).</p> 7393 <pre><code>{ 7394 "user_id": "xxx", 7395 "display_name": "xxxx", 7396 "keys": [ 7397 { 7398 "user": "xxx", 7399 "access_key": "xxxxxx", 7400 "secret_key": "xxxxxx\/xxxx" 7401 } 7402 ], 7403 }</code></pre> 7404 <p>Because this is a json dump, it is encoding the <code>/</code> as <code>\/</code>, so if you use the secret key as <code>xxxxxx/xxxx</code> it will work fine.</p> 7405 <h3 id="dreamhost">Dreamhost</h3> 7406 <p>Dreamhost <a href="https://www.dreamhost.com/cloud/storage/">DreamObjects</a> is an object storage system based on CEPH.</p> 7407 <p>To use rclone with Dreamhost, configure as above but leave the region blank and set the endpoint. You should end up with something like this in your config:</p> 7408 <pre><code>[dreamobjects] 7409 type = s3 7410 provider = DreamHost 7411 env_auth = false 7412 access_key_id = your_access_key 7413 secret_access_key = your_secret_key 7414 region = 7415 endpoint = objects-us-west-1.dream.io 7416 location_constraint = 7417 acl = private 7418 server_side_encryption = 7419 storage_class =</code></pre> 7420 <h3 id="digitalocean-spaces">DigitalOcean Spaces</h3> 7421 <p><a href="https://www.digitalocean.com/products/object-storage/">Spaces</a> is an <a href="https://developers.digitalocean.com/documentation/spaces/">S3-interoperable</a> object storage service from cloud provider DigitalOcean.</p> 7422 <p>To connect to DigitalOcean Spaces you will need an access key and secret key. These can be retrieved on the “<a href="https://cloud.digitalocean.com/settings/api/tokens">Applications & API</a>” page of the DigitalOcean control panel. They will be needed when promted by <code>rclone config</code> for your <code>access_key_id</code> and <code>secret_access_key</code>.</p> 7423 <p>When prompted for a <code>region</code> or <code>location_constraint</code>, press enter to use the default value. The region must be included in the <code>endpoint</code> setting (e.g. <code>nyc3.digitaloceanspaces.com</code>). The default values can be used for other settings.</p> 7424 <p>Going through the whole process of creating a new remote by running <code>rclone config</code>, each prompt should be answered as shown below:</p> 7425 <pre><code>Storage> s3 7426 env_auth> 1 7427 access_key_id> YOUR_ACCESS_KEY 7428 secret_access_key> YOUR_SECRET_KEY 7429 region> 7430 endpoint> nyc3.digitaloceanspaces.com 7431 location_constraint> 7432 acl> 7433 storage_class></code></pre> 7434 <p>The resulting configuration file should look like:</p> 7435 <pre><code>[spaces] 7436 type = s3 7437 provider = DigitalOcean 7438 env_auth = false 7439 access_key_id = YOUR_ACCESS_KEY 7440 secret_access_key = YOUR_SECRET_KEY 7441 region = 7442 endpoint = nyc3.digitaloceanspaces.com 7443 location_constraint = 7444 acl = 7445 server_side_encryption = 7446 storage_class =</code></pre> 7447 <p>Once configured, you can create a new Space and begin copying files. For example:</p> 7448 <pre><code>rclone mkdir spaces:my-new-space 7449 rclone copy /path/to/files spaces:my-new-space</code></pre> 7450 <h3 id="ibm-cos-s3">IBM COS (S3)</h3> 7451 <p>Information stored with IBM Cloud Object Storage is encrypted and dispersed across multiple geographic locations, and accessed through an implementation of the S3 API. This service makes use of the distributed storage technologies provided by IBM’s Cloud Object Storage System (formerly Cleversafe). For more information visit: (http://www.ibm.com/cloud/object-storage)</p> 7452 <p>To configure access to IBM COS S3, follow the steps below:</p> 7453 <ol type="1"> 7454 <li>Run rclone config and select n for a new remote.</li> 7455 </ol> 7456 <pre><code> 2018/02/14 14:13:11 NOTICE: Config file "C:\\Users\\a\\.config\\rclone\\rclone.conf" not found - using defaults 7457 No remotes found - make a new one 7458 n) New remote 7459 s) Set configuration password 7460 q) Quit config 7461 n/s/q> n</code></pre> 7462 <ol start="2" type="1"> 7463 <li>Enter the name for the configuration</li> 7464 </ol> 7465 <pre><code> name> <YOUR NAME></code></pre> 7466 <ol start="3" type="1"> 7467 <li>Select “s3” storage.</li> 7468 </ol> 7469 <pre><code>Choose a number from below, or type in your own value 7470 1 / Alias for an existing remote 7471 \ "alias" 7472 2 / Amazon Drive 7473 \ "amazon cloud drive" 7474 3 / Amazon S3 Complaint Storage Providers (Dreamhost, Ceph, Minio, IBM COS) 7475 \ "s3" 7476 4 / Backblaze B2 7477 \ "b2" 7478 [snip] 7479 23 / http Connection 7480 \ "http" 7481 Storage> 3</code></pre> 7482 <ol start="4" type="1"> 7483 <li>Select IBM COS as the S3 Storage Provider.</li> 7484 </ol> 7485 <pre><code>Choose the S3 provider. 7486 Choose a number from below, or type in your own value 7487 1 / Choose this option to configure Storage to AWS S3 7488 \ "AWS" 7489 2 / Choose this option to configure Storage to Ceph Systems 7490 \ "Ceph" 7491 3 / Choose this option to configure Storage to Dreamhost 7492 \ "Dreamhost" 7493 4 / Choose this option to the configure Storage to IBM COS S3 7494 \ "IBMCOS" 7495 5 / Choose this option to the configure Storage to Minio 7496 \ "Minio" 7497 Provider>4</code></pre> 7498 <ol start="5" type="1"> 7499 <li>Enter the Access Key and Secret.</li> 7500 </ol> 7501 <pre><code> AWS Access Key ID - leave blank for anonymous access or runtime credentials. 7502 access_key_id> <> 7503 AWS Secret Access Key (password) - leave blank for anonymous access or runtime credentials. 7504 secret_access_key> <></code></pre> 7505 <ol start="6" type="1"> 7506 <li>Specify the endpoint for IBM COS. For Public IBM COS, choose from the option below. For On Premise IBM COS, enter an enpoint address.</li> 7507 </ol> 7508 <pre><code> Endpoint for IBM COS S3 API. 7509 Specify if using an IBM COS On Premise. 7510 Choose a number from below, or type in your own value 7511 1 / US Cross Region Endpoint 7512 \ "s3-api.us-geo.objectstorage.softlayer.net" 7513 2 / US Cross Region Dallas Endpoint 7514 \ "s3-api.dal.us-geo.objectstorage.softlayer.net" 7515 3 / US Cross Region Washington DC Endpoint 7516 \ "s3-api.wdc-us-geo.objectstorage.softlayer.net" 7517 4 / US Cross Region San Jose Endpoint 7518 \ "s3-api.sjc-us-geo.objectstorage.softlayer.net" 7519 5 / US Cross Region Private Endpoint 7520 \ "s3-api.us-geo.objectstorage.service.networklayer.com" 7521 6 / US Cross Region Dallas Private Endpoint 7522 \ "s3-api.dal-us-geo.objectstorage.service.networklayer.com" 7523 7 / US Cross Region Washington DC Private Endpoint 7524 \ "s3-api.wdc-us-geo.objectstorage.service.networklayer.com" 7525 8 / US Cross Region San Jose Private Endpoint 7526 \ "s3-api.sjc-us-geo.objectstorage.service.networklayer.com" 7527 9 / US Region East Endpoint 7528 \ "s3.us-east.objectstorage.softlayer.net" 7529 10 / US Region East Private Endpoint 7530 \ "s3.us-east.objectstorage.service.networklayer.com" 7531 11 / US Region South Endpoint 7532 [snip] 7533 34 / Toronto Single Site Private Endpoint 7534 \ "s3.tor01.objectstorage.service.networklayer.com" 7535 endpoint>1</code></pre> 7536 <ol start="7" type="1"> 7537 <li>Specify a IBM COS Location Constraint. The location constraint must match endpoint when using IBM Cloud Public. For on-prem COS, do not make a selection from this list, hit enter</li> 7538 </ol> 7539 <pre><code> 1 / US Cross Region Standard 7540 \ "us-standard" 7541 2 / US Cross Region Vault 7542 \ "us-vault" 7543 3 / US Cross Region Cold 7544 \ "us-cold" 7545 4 / US Cross Region Flex 7546 \ "us-flex" 7547 5 / US East Region Standard 7548 \ "us-east-standard" 7549 6 / US East Region Vault 7550 \ "us-east-vault" 7551 7 / US East Region Cold 7552 \ "us-east-cold" 7553 8 / US East Region Flex 7554 \ "us-east-flex" 7555 9 / US South Region Standard 7556 \ "us-south-standard" 7557 10 / US South Region Vault 7558 \ "us-south-vault" 7559 [snip] 7560 32 / Toronto Flex 7561 \ "tor01-flex" 7562 location_constraint>1</code></pre> 7563 <ol start="9" type="1"> 7564 <li>Specify a canned ACL. IBM Cloud (Strorage) supports “public-read” and “private”. IBM Cloud(Infra) supports all the canned ACLs. On-Premise COS supports all the canned ACLs.</li> 7565 </ol> 7566 <pre><code>Canned ACL used when creating buckets and/or storing objects in S3. 7567 For more info visit https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html#canned-acl 7568 Choose a number from below, or type in your own value 7569 1 / Owner gets FULL_CONTROL. No one else has access rights (default). This acl is available on IBM Cloud (Infra), IBM Cloud (Storage), On-Premise COS 7570 \ "private" 7571 2 / Owner gets FULL_CONTROL. The AllUsers group gets READ access. This acl is available on IBM Cloud (Infra), IBM Cloud (Storage), On-Premise IBM COS 7572 \ "public-read" 7573 3 / Owner gets FULL_CONTROL. The AllUsers group gets READ and WRITE access. This acl is available on IBM Cloud (Infra), On-Premise IBM COS 7574 \ "public-read-write" 7575 4 / Owner gets FULL_CONTROL. The AuthenticatedUsers group gets READ access. Not supported on Buckets. This acl is available on IBM Cloud (Infra) and On-Premise IBM COS 7576 \ "authenticated-read" 7577 acl> 1</code></pre> 7578 <ol start="12" type="1"> 7579 <li>Review the displayed configuration and accept to save the “remote” then quit. The config file should look like this</li> 7580 </ol> 7581 <pre><code> [xxx] 7582 type = s3 7583 Provider = IBMCOS 7584 access_key_id = xxx 7585 secret_access_key = yyy 7586 endpoint = s3-api.us-geo.objectstorage.softlayer.net 7587 location_constraint = us-standard 7588 acl = private</code></pre> 7589 <ol start="13" type="1"> 7590 <li>Execute rclone commands</li> 7591 </ol> 7592 <pre><code> 1) Create a bucket. 7593 rclone mkdir IBM-COS-XREGION:newbucket 7594 2) List available buckets. 7595 rclone lsd IBM-COS-XREGION: 7596 -1 2017-11-08 21:16:22 -1 test 7597 -1 2018-02-14 20:16:39 -1 newbucket 7598 3) List contents of a bucket. 7599 rclone ls IBM-COS-XREGION:newbucket 7600 18685952 test.exe 7601 4) Copy a file from local to remote. 7602 rclone copy /Users/file.txt IBM-COS-XREGION:newbucket 7603 5) Copy a file from remote to local. 7604 rclone copy IBM-COS-XREGION:newbucket/file.txt . 7605 6) Delete a file on remote. 7606 rclone delete IBM-COS-XREGION:newbucket/file.txt</code></pre> 7607 <h3 id="minio">Minio</h3> 7608 <p><a href="https://minio.io/">Minio</a> is an object storage server built for cloud application developers and devops.</p> 7609 <p>It is very easy to install and provides an S3 compatible server which can be used by rclone.</p> 7610 <p>To use it, install Minio following the instructions <a href="https://docs.minio.io/docs/minio-quickstart-guide">here</a>.</p> 7611 <p>When it configures itself Minio will print something like this</p> 7612 <pre><code>Endpoint: http://192.168.1.106:9000 http://172.23.0.1:9000 7613 AccessKey: USWUXHGYZQYFYFFIT3RE 7614 SecretKey: MOJRH0mkL1IPauahWITSVvyDrQbEEIwljvmxdq03 7615 Region: us-east-1 7616 SQS ARNs: arn:minio:sqs:us-east-1:1:redis arn:minio:sqs:us-east-1:2:redis 7617 7618 Browser Access: 7619 http://192.168.1.106:9000 http://172.23.0.1:9000 7620 7621 Command-line Access: https://docs.minio.io/docs/minio-client-quickstart-guide 7622 $ mc config host add myminio http://192.168.1.106:9000 USWUXHGYZQYFYFFIT3RE MOJRH0mkL1IPauahWITSVvyDrQbEEIwljvmxdq03 7623 7624 Object API (Amazon S3 compatible): 7625 Go: https://docs.minio.io/docs/golang-client-quickstart-guide 7626 Java: https://docs.minio.io/docs/java-client-quickstart-guide 7627 Python: https://docs.minio.io/docs/python-client-quickstart-guide 7628 JavaScript: https://docs.minio.io/docs/javascript-client-quickstart-guide 7629 .NET: https://docs.minio.io/docs/dotnet-client-quickstart-guide 7630 7631 Drive Capacity: 26 GiB Free, 165 GiB Total</code></pre> 7632 <p>These details need to go into <code>rclone config</code> like this. Note that it is important to put the region in as stated above.</p> 7633 <pre><code>env_auth> 1 7634 access_key_id> USWUXHGYZQYFYFFIT3RE 7635 secret_access_key> MOJRH0mkL1IPauahWITSVvyDrQbEEIwljvmxdq03 7636 region> us-east-1 7637 endpoint> http://192.168.1.106:9000 7638 location_constraint> 7639 server_side_encryption></code></pre> 7640 <p>Which makes the config file look like this</p> 7641 <pre><code>[minio] 7642 type = s3 7643 provider = Minio 7644 env_auth = false 7645 access_key_id = USWUXHGYZQYFYFFIT3RE 7646 secret_access_key = MOJRH0mkL1IPauahWITSVvyDrQbEEIwljvmxdq03 7647 region = us-east-1 7648 endpoint = http://192.168.1.106:9000 7649 location_constraint = 7650 server_side_encryption =</code></pre> 7651 <p>So once set up, for example to copy files into a bucket</p> 7652 <pre><code>rclone copy /path/to/files minio:bucket</code></pre> 7653 <h3 id="scaleway">Scaleway</h3> 7654 <p><a href="https://www.scaleway.com/object-storage/">Scaleway</a> The Object Storage platform allows you to store anything from backups, logs and web assets to documents and photos. Files can be dropped from the Scaleway console or transferred through our API and CLI or using any S3-compatible tool.</p> 7655 <p>Scaleway provides an S3 interface which can be configured for use with rclone like this:</p> 7656 <pre><code>[scaleway] 7657 type = s3 7658 env_auth = false 7659 endpoint = s3.nl-ams.scw.cloud 7660 access_key_id = SCWXXXXXXXXXXXXXX 7661 secret_access_key = 1111111-2222-3333-44444-55555555555555 7662 region = nl-ams 7663 location_constraint = 7664 acl = private 7665 force_path_style = false 7666 server_side_encryption = 7667 storage_class =</code></pre> 7668 <h3 id="wasabi">Wasabi</h3> 7669 <p><a href="https://wasabi.com">Wasabi</a> is a cloud-based object storage service for a broad range of applications and use cases. Wasabi is designed for individuals and organizations that require a high-performance, reliable, and secure data storage infrastructure at minimal cost.</p> 7670 <p>Wasabi provides an S3 interface which can be configured for use with rclone like this.</p> 7671 <pre><code>No remotes found - make a new one 7672 n) New remote 7673 s) Set configuration password 7674 n/s> n 7675 name> wasabi 7676 Type of storage to configure. 7677 Choose a number from below, or type in your own value 7678 [snip] 7679 XX / Amazon S3 (also Dreamhost, Ceph, Minio) 7680 \ "s3" 7681 [snip] 7682 Storage> s3 7683 Get AWS credentials from runtime (environment variables or EC2/ECS meta data if no env vars). Only applies if access_key_id and secret_access_key is blank. 7684 Choose a number from below, or type in your own value 7685 1 / Enter AWS credentials in the next step 7686 \ "false" 7687 2 / Get AWS credentials from the environment (env vars or IAM) 7688 \ "true" 7689 env_auth> 1 7690 AWS Access Key ID - leave blank for anonymous access or runtime credentials. 7691 access_key_id> YOURACCESSKEY 7692 AWS Secret Access Key (password) - leave blank for anonymous access or runtime credentials. 7693 secret_access_key> YOURSECRETACCESSKEY 7694 Region to connect to. 7695 Choose a number from below, or type in your own value 7696 / The default endpoint - a good choice if you are unsure. 7697 1 | US Region, Northern Virginia or Pacific Northwest. 7698 | Leave location constraint empty. 7699 \ "us-east-1" 7700 [snip] 7701 region> us-east-1 7702 Endpoint for S3 API. 7703 Leave blank if using AWS to use the default endpoint for the region. 7704 Specify if using an S3 clone such as Ceph. 7705 endpoint> s3.wasabisys.com 7706 Location constraint - must be set to match the Region. Used when creating buckets only. 7707 Choose a number from below, or type in your own value 7708 1 / Empty for US Region, Northern Virginia or Pacific Northwest. 7709 \ "" 7710 [snip] 7711 location_constraint> 7712 Canned ACL used when creating buckets and/or storing objects in S3. 7713 For more info visit https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html#canned-acl 7714 Choose a number from below, or type in your own value 7715 1 / Owner gets FULL_CONTROL. No one else has access rights (default). 7716 \ "private" 7717 [snip] 7718 acl> 7719 The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3. 7720 Choose a number from below, or type in your own value 7721 1 / None 7722 \ "" 7723 2 / AES256 7724 \ "AES256" 7725 server_side_encryption> 7726 The storage class to use when storing objects in S3. 7727 Choose a number from below, or type in your own value 7728 1 / Default 7729 \ "" 7730 2 / Standard storage class 7731 \ "STANDARD" 7732 3 / Reduced redundancy storage class 7733 \ "REDUCED_REDUNDANCY" 7734 4 / Standard Infrequent Access storage class 7735 \ "STANDARD_IA" 7736 storage_class> 7737 Remote config 7738 -------------------- 7739 [wasabi] 7740 env_auth = false 7741 access_key_id = YOURACCESSKEY 7742 secret_access_key = YOURSECRETACCESSKEY 7743 region = us-east-1 7744 endpoint = s3.wasabisys.com 7745 location_constraint = 7746 acl = 7747 server_side_encryption = 7748 storage_class = 7749 -------------------- 7750 y) Yes this is OK 7751 e) Edit this remote 7752 d) Delete this remote 7753 y/e/d> y</code></pre> 7754 <p>This will leave the config file looking like this.</p> 7755 <pre><code>[wasabi] 7756 type = s3 7757 provider = Wasabi 7758 env_auth = false 7759 access_key_id = YOURACCESSKEY 7760 secret_access_key = YOURSECRETACCESSKEY 7761 region = 7762 endpoint = s3.wasabisys.com 7763 location_constraint = 7764 acl = 7765 server_side_encryption = 7766 storage_class =</code></pre> 7767 <h3 id="alibaba-oss">Alibaba OSS</h3> 7768 <p>Here is an example of making an <a href="https://www.alibabacloud.com/product/oss/">Alibaba Cloud (Aliyun) OSS</a> configuration. First run:</p> 7769 <pre><code>rclone config</code></pre> 7770 <p>This will guide you through an interactive setup process.</p> 7771 <pre><code>No remotes found - make a new one 7772 n) New remote 7773 s) Set configuration password 7774 q) Quit config 7775 n/s/q> n 7776 name> oss 7777 Type of storage to configure. 7778 Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default (""). 7779 Choose a number from below, or type in your own value 7780 [snip] 7781 4 / Amazon S3 Compliant Storage Provider (AWS, Alibaba, Ceph, Digital Ocean, Dreamhost, IBM COS, Minio, etc) 7782 \ "s3" 7783 [snip] 7784 Storage> s3 7785 Choose your S3 provider. 7786 Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default (""). 7787 Choose a number from below, or type in your own value 7788 1 / Amazon Web Services (AWS) S3 7789 \ "AWS" 7790 2 / Alibaba Cloud Object Storage System (OSS) formerly Aliyun 7791 \ "Alibaba" 7792 3 / Ceph Object Storage 7793 \ "Ceph" 7794 [snip] 7795 provider> Alibaba 7796 Get AWS credentials from runtime (environment variables or EC2/ECS meta data if no env vars). 7797 Only applies if access_key_id and secret_access_key is blank. 7798 Enter a boolean value (true or false). Press Enter for the default ("false"). 7799 Choose a number from below, or type in your own value 7800 1 / Enter AWS credentials in the next step 7801 \ "false" 7802 2 / Get AWS credentials from the environment (env vars or IAM) 7803 \ "true" 7804 env_auth> 1 7805 AWS Access Key ID. 7806 Leave blank for anonymous access or runtime credentials. 7807 Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default (""). 7808 access_key_id> accesskeyid 7809 AWS Secret Access Key (password) 7810 Leave blank for anonymous access or runtime credentials. 7811 Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default (""). 7812 secret_access_key> secretaccesskey 7813 Endpoint for OSS API. 7814 Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default (""). 7815 Choose a number from below, or type in your own value 7816 1 / East China 1 (Hangzhou) 7817 \ "oss-cn-hangzhou.aliyuncs.com" 7818 2 / East China 2 (Shanghai) 7819 \ "oss-cn-shanghai.aliyuncs.com" 7820 3 / North China 1 (Qingdao) 7821 \ "oss-cn-qingdao.aliyuncs.com" 7822 [snip] 7823 endpoint> 1 7824 Canned ACL used when creating buckets and storing or copying objects. 7825 7826 Note that this ACL is applied when server side copying objects as S3 7827 doesn't copy the ACL from the source but rather writes a fresh one. 7828 Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default (""). 7829 Choose a number from below, or type in your own value 7830 1 / Owner gets FULL_CONTROL. No one else has access rights (default). 7831 \ "private" 7832 2 / Owner gets FULL_CONTROL. The AllUsers group gets READ access. 7833 \ "public-read" 7834 / Owner gets FULL_CONTROL. The AllUsers group gets READ and WRITE access. 7835 [snip] 7836 acl> 1 7837 The storage class to use when storing new objects in OSS. 7838 Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default (""). 7839 Choose a number from below, or type in your own value 7840 1 / Default 7841 \ "" 7842 2 / Standard storage class 7843 \ "STANDARD" 7844 3 / Archive storage mode. 7845 \ "GLACIER" 7846 4 / Infrequent access storage mode. 7847 \ "STANDARD_IA" 7848 storage_class> 1 7849 Edit advanced config? (y/n) 7850 y) Yes 7851 n) No 7852 y/n> n 7853 Remote config 7854 -------------------- 7855 [oss] 7856 type = s3 7857 provider = Alibaba 7858 env_auth = false 7859 access_key_id = accesskeyid 7860 secret_access_key = secretaccesskey 7861 endpoint = oss-cn-hangzhou.aliyuncs.com 7862 acl = private 7863 storage_class = Standard 7864 -------------------- 7865 y) Yes this is OK 7866 e) Edit this remote 7867 d) Delete this remote 7868 y/e/d> y</code></pre> 7869 <h3 id="netease-nos">Netease NOS</h3> 7870 <p>For Netease NOS configure as per the configurator <code>rclone config</code> setting the provider <code>Netease</code>. This will automatically set <code>force_path_style = false</code> which is necessary for it to run properly.</p> 7871 <h2 id="backblaze-b2">Backblaze B2</h2> 7872 <p>B2 is <a href="https://www.backblaze.com/b2/">Backblaze’s cloud storage system</a>.</p> 7873 <p>Paths are specified as <code>remote:bucket</code> (or <code>remote:</code> for the <code>lsd</code> command.) You may put subdirectories in too, eg <code>remote:bucket/path/to/dir</code>.</p> 7874 <p>Here is an example of making a b2 configuration. First run</p> 7875 <pre><code>rclone config</code></pre> 7876 <p>This will guide you through an interactive setup process. To authenticate you will either need your Account ID (a short hex number) and Master Application Key (a long hex number) OR an Application Key, which is the recommended method. See below for further details on generating and using an Application Key.</p> 7877 <pre><code>No remotes found - make a new one 7878 n) New remote 7879 q) Quit config 7880 n/q> n 7881 name> remote 7882 Type of storage to configure. 7883 Choose a number from below, or type in your own value 7884 [snip] 7885 XX / Backblaze B2 7886 \ "b2" 7887 [snip] 7888 Storage> b2 7889 Account ID or Application Key ID 7890 account> 123456789abc 7891 Application Key 7892 key> 0123456789abcdef0123456789abcdef0123456789 7893 Endpoint for the service - leave blank normally. 7894 endpoint> 7895 Remote config 7896 -------------------- 7897 [remote] 7898 account = 123456789abc 7899 key = 0123456789abcdef0123456789abcdef0123456789 7900 endpoint = 7901 -------------------- 7902 y) Yes this is OK 7903 e) Edit this remote 7904 d) Delete this remote 7905 y/e/d> y</code></pre> 7906 <p>This remote is called <code>remote</code> and can now be used like this</p> 7907 <p>See all buckets</p> 7908 <pre><code>rclone lsd remote:</code></pre> 7909 <p>Create a new bucket</p> 7910 <pre><code>rclone mkdir remote:bucket</code></pre> 7911 <p>List the contents of a bucket</p> 7912 <pre><code>rclone ls remote:bucket</code></pre> 7913 <p>Sync <code>/home/local/directory</code> to the remote bucket, deleting any excess files in the bucket.</p> 7914 <pre><code>rclone sync /home/local/directory remote:bucket</code></pre> 7915 <h3 id="application-keys">Application Keys</h3> 7916 <p>B2 supports multiple <a href="https://www.backblaze.com/b2/docs/application_keys.html">Application Keys for different access permission to B2 Buckets</a>.</p> 7917 <p>You can use these with rclone too; you will need to use rclone version 1.43 or later.</p> 7918 <p>Follow Backblaze’s docs to create an Application Key with the required permission and add the <code>applicationKeyId</code> as the <code>account</code> and the <code>Application Key</code> itself as the <code>key</code>.</p> 7919 <p>Note that you must put the <em>applicationKeyId</em> as the <code>account</code> – you can’t use the master Account ID. If you try then B2 will return 401 errors.</p> 7920 <h3 id="fast-list-2">–fast-list</h3> 7921 <p>This remote supports <code>--fast-list</code> which allows you to use fewer transactions in exchange for more memory. See the <a href="/docs/#fast-list">rclone docs</a> for more details.</p> 7922 <h3 id="modified-time-1">Modified time</h3> 7923 <p>The modified time is stored as metadata on the object as <code>X-Bz-Info-src_last_modified_millis</code> as milliseconds since 1970-01-01 in the Backblaze standard. Other tools should be able to use this as a modified time.</p> 7924 <p>Modified times are used in syncing and are fully supported. Note that if a modification time needs to be updated on an object then it will create a new version of the object.</p> 7925 <h4 id="restricted-filename-characters-3">Restricted filename characters</h4> 7926 <p>In addition to the <a href="/overview/#restricted-characters">default restricted characters set</a> the following characters are also replaced:</p> 7927 <table> 7928 <thead> 7929 <tr class="header"> 7930 <th>Character</th> 7931 <th style="text-align: center;">Value</th> 7932 <th style="text-align: center;">Replacement</th> 7933 </tr> 7934 </thead> 7935 <tbody> 7936 <tr class="odd"> 7937 <td>\</td> 7938 <td style="text-align: center;">0x5C</td> 7939 <td style="text-align: center;">＼</td> 7940 </tr> 7941 </tbody> 7942 </table> 7943 <p>Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be <a href="/overview/#invalid-utf8">replaced</a>, as they can’t be used in JSON strings.</p> 7944 <h3 id="sha1-checksums">SHA1 checksums</h3> 7945 <p>The SHA1 checksums of the files are checked on upload and download and will be used in the syncing process.</p> 7946 <p>Large files (bigger than the limit in <code>--b2-upload-cutoff</code>) which are uploaded in chunks will store their SHA1 on the object as <code>X-Bz-Info-large_file_sha1</code> as recommended by Backblaze.</p> 7947 <p>For a large file to be uploaded with an SHA1 checksum, the source needs to support SHA1 checksums. The local disk supports SHA1 checksums so large file transfers from local disk will have an SHA1. See <a href="/overview/#features">the overview</a> for exactly which remotes support SHA1.</p> 7948 <p>Sources which don’t support SHA1, in particular <code>crypt</code> will upload large files without SHA1 checksums. This may be fixed in the future (see <a href="https://github.com/rclone/rclone/issues/1767">#1767</a>).</p> 7949 <p>Files sizes below <code>--b2-upload-cutoff</code> will always have an SHA1 regardless of the source.</p> 7950 <h3 id="transfers">Transfers</h3> 7951 <p>Backblaze recommends that you do lots of transfers simultaneously for maximum speed. In tests from my SSD equipped laptop the optimum setting is about <code>--transfers 32</code> though higher numbers may be used for a slight speed improvement. The optimum number for you may vary depending on your hardware, how big the files are, how much you want to load your computer, etc. The default of <code>--transfers 4</code> is definitely too low for Backblaze B2 though.</p> 7952 <p>Note that uploading big files (bigger than 200 MB by default) will use a 96 MB RAM buffer by default. There can be at most <code>--transfers</code> of these in use at any moment, so this sets the upper limit on the memory used.</p> 7953 <h3 id="versions">Versions</h3> 7954 <p>When rclone uploads a new version of a file it creates a <a href="https://www.backblaze.com/b2/docs/file_versions.html">new version of it</a>. Likewise when you delete a file, the old version will be marked hidden and still be available. Conversely, you may opt in to a “hard delete” of files with the <code>--b2-hard-delete</code> flag which would permanently remove the file instead of hiding it.</p> 7955 <p>Old versions of files, where available, are visible using the <code>--b2-versions</code> flag.</p> 7956 <p><strong>NB</strong> Note that <code>--b2-versions</code> does not work with crypt at the moment <a href="https://github.com/rclone/rclone/issues/1627">#1627</a>. Using <a href="/docs/#backup-dir-dir">–backup-dir</a> with rclone is the recommended way of working around this.</p> 7957 <p>If you wish to remove all the old versions then you can use the <code>rclone cleanup remote:bucket</code> command which will delete all the old versions of files, leaving the current ones intact. You can also supply a path and only old versions under that path will be deleted, eg <code>rclone cleanup remote:bucket/path/to/stuff</code>.</p> 7958 <p>Note that <code>cleanup</code> will remove partially uploaded files from the bucket if they are more than a day old.</p> 7959 <p>When you <code>purge</code> a bucket, the current and the old versions will be deleted then the bucket will be deleted.</p> 7960 <p>However <code>delete</code> will cause the current versions of the files to become hidden old versions.</p> 7961 <p>Here is a session showing the listing and retrieval of an old version followed by a <code>cleanup</code> of the old versions.</p> 7962 <p>Show current version and all the versions with <code>--b2-versions</code> flag.</p> 7963 <pre><code>$ rclone -q ls b2:cleanup-test 7964 9 one.txt 7965 7966 $ rclone -q --b2-versions ls b2:cleanup-test 7967 9 one.txt 7968 8 one-v2016-07-04-141032-000.txt 7969 16 one-v2016-07-04-141003-000.txt 7970 15 one-v2016-07-02-155621-000.txt</code></pre> 7971 <p>Retrieve an old version</p> 7972 <pre><code>$ rclone -q --b2-versions copy b2:cleanup-test/one-v2016-07-04-141003-000.txt /tmp 7973 7974 $ ls -l /tmp/one-v2016-07-04-141003-000.txt 7975 -rw-rw-r-- 1 ncw ncw 16 Jul 2 17:46 /tmp/one-v2016-07-04-141003-000.txt</code></pre> 7976 <p>Clean up all the old versions and show that they’ve gone.</p> 7977 <pre><code>$ rclone -q cleanup b2:cleanup-test 7978 7979 $ rclone -q ls b2:cleanup-test 7980 9 one.txt 7981 7982 $ rclone -q --b2-versions ls b2:cleanup-test 7983 9 one.txt</code></pre> 7984 <h3 id="data-usage">Data usage</h3> 7985 <p>It is useful to know how many requests are sent to the server in different scenarios.</p> 7986 <p>All copy commands send the following 4 requests:</p> 7987 <pre><code>/b2api/v1/b2_authorize_account 7988 /b2api/v1/b2_create_bucket 7989 /b2api/v1/b2_list_buckets 7990 /b2api/v1/b2_list_file_names</code></pre> 7991 <p>The <code>b2_list_file_names</code> request will be sent once for every 1k files in the remote path, providing the checksum and modification time of the listed files. As of version 1.33 issue <a href="https://github.com/rclone/rclone/issues/818">#818</a> causes extra requests to be sent when using B2 with Crypt. When a copy operation does not require any files to be uploaded, no more requests will be sent.</p> 7992 <p>Uploading files that do not require chunking, will send 2 requests per file upload:</p> 7993 <pre><code>/b2api/v1/b2_get_upload_url 7994 /b2api/v1/b2_upload_file/</code></pre> 7995 <p>Uploading files requiring chunking, will send 2 requests (one each to start and finish the upload) and another 2 requests for each chunk:</p> 7996 <pre><code>/b2api/v1/b2_start_large_file 7997 /b2api/v1/b2_get_upload_part_url 7998 /b2api/v1/b2_upload_part/ 7999 /b2api/v1/b2_finish_large_file</code></pre> 8000 <h4 id="versions-1">Versions</h4> 8001 <p>Versions can be viewed with the <code>--b2-versions</code> flag. When it is set rclone will show and act on older versions of files. For example</p> 8002 <p>Listing without <code>--b2-versions</code></p> 8003 <pre><code>$ rclone -q ls b2:cleanup-test 8004 9 one.txt</code></pre> 8005 <p>And with</p> 8006 <pre><code>$ rclone -q --b2-versions ls b2:cleanup-test 8007 9 one.txt 8008 8 one-v2016-07-04-141032-000.txt 8009 16 one-v2016-07-04-141003-000.txt 8010 15 one-v2016-07-02-155621-000.txt</code></pre> 8011 <p>Showing that the current version is unchanged but older versions can be seen. These have the UTC date that they were uploaded to the server to the nearest millisecond appended to them.</p> 8012 <p>Note that when using <code>--b2-versions</code> no file write operations are permitted, so you can’t upload files or delete them.</p> 8013 <h3 id="b2-and-rclone-link">B2 and rclone link</h3> 8014 <p>Rclone supports generating file share links for private B2 buckets. They can either be for a file for example:</p> 8015 <pre><code>./rclone link B2:bucket/path/to/file.txt 8016 https://f002.backblazeb2.com/file/bucket/path/to/file.txt?Authorization=xxxxxxxx 8017 </code></pre> 8018 <p>or if run on a directory you will get:</p> 8019 <pre><code>./rclone link B2:bucket/path 8020 https://f002.backblazeb2.com/file/bucket/path?Authorization=xxxxxxxx</code></pre> 8021 <p>you can then use the authorization token (the part of the url from the <code>?Authorization=</code> on) on any file path under that directory. For example:</p> 8022 <pre><code>https://f002.backblazeb2.com/file/bucket/path/to/file1?Authorization=xxxxxxxx 8023 https://f002.backblazeb2.com/file/bucket/path/file2?Authorization=xxxxxxxx 8024 https://f002.backblazeb2.com/file/bucket/path/folder/file3?Authorization=xxxxxxxx 8025 </code></pre> 8026 <!--- autogenerated options start - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit fs.RegInfo in backend/b2/b2.go then run make backenddocs --> 8027 <h3 id="standard-options-4">Standard Options</h3> 8028 <p>Here are the standard options specific to b2 (Backblaze B2).</p> 8029 <h4 id="b2-account">–b2-account</h4> 8030 <p>Account ID or Application Key ID</p> 8031 <ul> 8032 <li>Config: account</li> 8033 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_B2_ACCOUNT</li> 8034 <li>Type: string</li> 8035 <li>Default: ""</li> 8036 </ul> 8037 <h4 id="b2-key">–b2-key</h4> 8038 <p>Application Key</p> 8039 <ul> 8040 <li>Config: key</li> 8041 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_B2_KEY</li> 8042 <li>Type: string</li> 8043 <li>Default: ""</li> 8044 </ul> 8045 <h4 id="b2-hard-delete">–b2-hard-delete</h4> 8046 <p>Permanently delete files on remote removal, otherwise hide files.</p> 8047 <ul> 8048 <li>Config: hard_delete</li> 8049 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_B2_HARD_DELETE</li> 8050 <li>Type: bool</li> 8051 <li>Default: false</li> 8052 </ul> 8053 <h3 id="advanced-options-3">Advanced Options</h3> 8054 <p>Here are the advanced options specific to b2 (Backblaze B2).</p> 8055 <h4 id="b2-endpoint">–b2-endpoint</h4> 8056 <p>Endpoint for the service. Leave blank normally.</p> 8057 <ul> 8058 <li>Config: endpoint</li> 8059 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_B2_ENDPOINT</li> 8060 <li>Type: string</li> 8061 <li>Default: ""</li> 8062 </ul> 8063 <h4 id="b2-test-mode">–b2-test-mode</h4> 8064 <p>A flag string for X-Bz-Test-Mode header for debugging.</p> 8065 <p>This is for debugging purposes only. Setting it to one of the strings below will cause b2 to return specific errors:</p> 8066 <ul> 8067 <li>“fail_some_uploads”</li> 8068 <li>“expire_some_account_authorization_tokens”</li> 8069 <li>“force_cap_exceeded”</li> 8070 </ul> 8071 <p>These will be set in the “X-Bz-Test-Mode” header which is documented in the <a href="https://www.backblaze.com/b2/docs/integration_checklist.html">b2 integrations checklist</a>.</p> 8072 <ul> 8073 <li>Config: test_mode</li> 8074 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_B2_TEST_MODE</li> 8075 <li>Type: string</li> 8076 <li>Default: ""</li> 8077 </ul> 8078 <h4 id="b2-versions">–b2-versions</h4> 8079 <p>Include old versions in directory listings. Note that when using this no file write operations are permitted, so you can’t upload files or delete them.</p> 8080 <ul> 8081 <li>Config: versions</li> 8082 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_B2_VERSIONS</li> 8083 <li>Type: bool</li> 8084 <li>Default: false</li> 8085 </ul> 8086 <h4 id="b2-upload-cutoff">–b2-upload-cutoff</h4> 8087 <p>Cutoff for switching to chunked upload.</p> 8088 <p>Files above this size will be uploaded in chunks of “–b2-chunk-size”.</p> 8089 <p>This value should be set no larger than 4.657GiB (== 5GB).</p> 8090 <ul> 8091 <li>Config: upload_cutoff</li> 8092 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_B2_UPLOAD_CUTOFF</li> 8093 <li>Type: SizeSuffix</li> 8094 <li>Default: 200M</li> 8095 </ul> 8096 <h4 id="b2-chunk-size">–b2-chunk-size</h4> 8097 <p>Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory.</p> 8098 <p>When uploading large files, chunk the file into this size. Note that these chunks are buffered in memory and there might a maximum of “–transfers” chunks in progress at once. 5,000,000 Bytes is the minimum size.</p> 8099 <ul> 8100 <li>Config: chunk_size</li> 8101 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_B2_CHUNK_SIZE</li> 8102 <li>Type: SizeSuffix</li> 8103 <li>Default: 96M</li> 8104 </ul> 8105 <h4 id="b2-disable-checksum">–b2-disable-checksum</h4> 8106 <p>Disable checksums for large (> upload cutoff) files</p> 8107 <ul> 8108 <li>Config: disable_checksum</li> 8109 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_B2_DISABLE_CHECKSUM</li> 8110 <li>Type: bool</li> 8111 <li>Default: false</li> 8112 </ul> 8113 <h4 id="b2-download-url">–b2-download-url</h4> 8114 <p>Custom endpoint for downloads.</p> 8115 <p>This is usually set to a Cloudflare CDN URL as Backblaze offers free egress for data downloaded through the Cloudflare network. This is probably only useful for a public bucket. Leave blank if you want to use the endpoint provided by Backblaze.</p> 8116 <ul> 8117 <li>Config: download_url</li> 8118 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_B2_DOWNLOAD_URL</li> 8119 <li>Type: string</li> 8120 <li>Default: ""</li> 8121 </ul> 8122 <h4 id="b2-download-auth-duration">–b2-download-auth-duration</h4> 8123 <p>Time before the authorization token will expire in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d.</p> 8124 <p>The duration before the download authorization token will expire. The minimum value is 1 second. The maximum value is one week.</p> 8125 <ul> 8126 <li>Config: download_auth_duration</li> 8127 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_B2_DOWNLOAD_AUTH_DURATION</li> 8128 <li>Type: Duration</li> 8129 <li>Default: 1w</li> 8130 </ul> 8131 <h4 id="b2-encoding">–b2-encoding</h4> 8132 <p>This sets the encoding for the backend.</p> 8133 <p>See: the <a href="/overview/#encoding">encoding section in the overview</a> for more info.</p> 8134 <ul> 8135 <li>Config: encoding</li> 8136 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_B2_ENCODING</li> 8137 <li>Type: MultiEncoder</li> 8138 <li>Default: Slash,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot</li> 8139 </ul> 8140 <!--- autogenerated options stop --> 8141 <h2 id="box">Box</h2> 8142 <p>Paths are specified as <code>remote:path</code></p> 8143 <p>Paths may be as deep as required, eg <code>remote:directory/subdirectory</code>.</p> 8144 <p>The initial setup for Box involves getting a token from Box which you can do either in your browser, or with a config.json downloaded from Box to use JWT authentication. <code>rclone config</code> walks you through it.</p> 8145 <p>Here is an example of how to make a remote called <code>remote</code>. First run:</p> 8146 <pre><code> rclone config</code></pre> 8147 <p>This will guide you through an interactive setup process:</p> 8148 <pre><code>No remotes found - make a new one 8149 n) New remote 8150 s) Set configuration password 8151 q) Quit config 8152 n/s/q> n 8153 name> remote 8154 Type of storage to configure. 8155 Choose a number from below, or type in your own value 8156 [snip] 8157 XX / Box 8158 \ "box" 8159 [snip] 8160 Storage> box 8161 Box App Client Id - leave blank normally. 8162 client_id> 8163 Box App Client Secret - leave blank normally. 8164 client_secret> 8165 Box App config.json location 8166 Leave blank normally. 8167 Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default (""). 8168 config_json> 8169 'enterprise' or 'user' depending on the type of token being requested. 8170 Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default ("user"). 8171 box_sub_type> 8172 Remote config 8173 Use auto config? 8174 * Say Y if not sure 8175 * Say N if you are working on a remote or headless machine 8176 y) Yes 8177 n) No 8178 y/n> y 8179 If your browser doesn't open automatically go to the following link: http://127.0.0.1:53682/auth 8180 Log in and authorize rclone for access 8181 Waiting for code... 8182 Got code 8183 -------------------- 8184 [remote] 8185 client_id = 8186 client_secret = 8187 token = {"access_token":"XXX","token_type":"bearer","refresh_token":"XXX","expiry":"XXX"} 8188 -------------------- 8189 y) Yes this is OK 8190 e) Edit this remote 8191 d) Delete this remote 8192 y/e/d> y</code></pre> 8193 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/remote_setup/">remote setup docs</a> for how to set it up on a machine with no Internet browser available.</p> 8194 <p>Note that rclone runs a webserver on your local machine to collect the token as returned from Box. This only runs from the moment it opens your browser to the moment you get back the verification code. This is on <code>http://127.0.0.1:53682/</code> and this it may require you to unblock it temporarily if you are running a host firewall.</p> 8195 <p>Once configured you can then use <code>rclone</code> like this,</p> 8196 <p>List directories in top level of your Box</p> 8197 <pre><code>rclone lsd remote:</code></pre> 8198 <p>List all the files in your Box</p> 8199 <pre><code>rclone ls remote:</code></pre> 8200 <p>To copy a local directory to an Box directory called backup</p> 8201 <pre><code>rclone copy /home/source remote:backup</code></pre> 8202 <h3 id="using-rclone-with-an-enterprise-account-with-sso">Using rclone with an Enterprise account with SSO</h3> 8203 <p>If you have an “Enterprise” account type with Box with single sign on (SSO), you need to create a password to use Box with rclone. This can be done at your Enterprise Box account by going to Settings, “Account” Tab, and then set the password in the “Authentication” field.</p> 8204 <p>Once you have done this, you can setup your Enterprise Box account using the same procedure detailed above in the, using the password you have just set.</p> 8205 <h3 id="invalid-refresh-token">Invalid refresh token</h3> 8206 <p>According to the <a href="https://developer.box.com/v2.0/docs/oauth-20#section-6-using-the-access-and-refresh-tokens">box docs</a>:</p> 8207 <blockquote> 8208 <p>Each refresh_token is valid for one use in 60 days.</p> 8209 </blockquote> 8210 <p>This means that if you</p> 8211 <ul> 8212 <li>Don’t use the box remote for 60 days</li> 8213 <li>Copy the config file with a box refresh token in and use it in two places</li> 8214 <li>Get an error on a token refresh</li> 8215 </ul> 8216 <p>then rclone will return an error which includes the text <code>Invalid refresh token</code>.</p> 8217 <p>To fix this you will need to use oauth2 again to update the refresh token. You can use the methods in <a href="https://rclone.org/remote_setup/">the remote setup docs</a>, bearing in mind that if you use the copy the config file method, you should not use that remote on the computer you did the authentication on.</p> 8218 <p>Here is how to do it.</p> 8219 <pre><code>$ rclone config 8220 Current remotes: 8221 8222 Name Type 8223 ==== ==== 8224 remote box 8225 8226 e) Edit existing remote 8227 n) New remote 8228 d) Delete remote 8229 r) Rename remote 8230 c) Copy remote 8231 s) Set configuration password 8232 q) Quit config 8233 e/n/d/r/c/s/q> e 8234 Choose a number from below, or type in an existing value 8235 1 > remote 8236 remote> remote 8237 -------------------- 8238 [remote] 8239 type = box 8240 token = {"access_token":"XXX","token_type":"bearer","refresh_token":"XXX","expiry":"2017-07-08T23:40:08.059167677+01:00"} 8241 -------------------- 8242 Edit remote 8243 Value "client_id" = "" 8244 Edit? (y/n)> 8245 y) Yes 8246 n) No 8247 y/n> n 8248 Value "client_secret" = "" 8249 Edit? (y/n)> 8250 y) Yes 8251 n) No 8252 y/n> n 8253 Remote config 8254 Already have a token - refresh? 8255 y) Yes 8256 n) No 8257 y/n> y 8258 Use auto config? 8259 * Say Y if not sure 8260 * Say N if you are working on a remote or headless machine 8261 y) Yes 8262 n) No 8263 y/n> y 8264 If your browser doesn't open automatically go to the following link: http://127.0.0.1:53682/auth 8265 Log in and authorize rclone for access 8266 Waiting for code... 8267 Got code 8268 -------------------- 8269 [remote] 8270 type = box 8271 token = {"access_token":"YYY","token_type":"bearer","refresh_token":"YYY","expiry":"2017-07-23T12:22:29.259137901+01:00"} 8272 -------------------- 8273 y) Yes this is OK 8274 e) Edit this remote 8275 d) Delete this remote 8276 y/e/d> y</code></pre> 8277 <h3 id="modified-time-and-hashes-1">Modified time and hashes</h3> 8278 <p>Box allows modification times to be set on objects accurate to 1 second. These will be used to detect whether objects need syncing or not.</p> 8279 <p>Box supports SHA1 type hashes, so you can use the <code>--checksum</code> flag.</p> 8280 <h4 id="restricted-filename-characters-4">Restricted filename characters</h4> 8281 <p>In addition to the <a href="/overview/#restricted-characters">default restricted characters set</a> the following characters are also replaced:</p> 8282 <table> 8283 <thead> 8284 <tr class="header"> 8285 <th>Character</th> 8286 <th style="text-align: center;">Value</th> 8287 <th style="text-align: center;">Replacement</th> 8288 </tr> 8289 </thead> 8290 <tbody> 8291 <tr class="odd"> 8292 <td>\</td> 8293 <td style="text-align: center;">0x5C</td> 8294 <td style="text-align: center;">＼</td> 8295 </tr> 8296 </tbody> 8297 </table> 8298 <p>File names can also not end with the following characters. These only get replaced if they are last character in the name:</p> 8299 <table> 8300 <thead> 8301 <tr class="header"> 8302 <th>Character</th> 8303 <th style="text-align: center;">Value</th> 8304 <th style="text-align: center;">Replacement</th> 8305 </tr> 8306 </thead> 8307 <tbody> 8308 <tr class="odd"> 8309 <td>SP</td> 8310 <td style="text-align: center;">0x20</td> 8311 <td style="text-align: center;">␠</td> 8312 </tr> 8313 </tbody> 8314 </table> 8315 <p>Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be <a href="/overview/#invalid-utf8">replaced</a>, as they can’t be used in JSON strings.</p> 8316 <h3 id="transfers-1">Transfers</h3> 8317 <p>For files above 50MB rclone will use a chunked transfer. Rclone will upload up to <code>--transfers</code> chunks at the same time (shared among all the multipart uploads). Chunks are buffered in memory and are normally 8MB so increasing <code>--transfers</code> will increase memory use.</p> 8318 <h3 id="deleting-files-1">Deleting files</h3> 8319 <p>Depending on the enterprise settings for your user, the item will either be actually deleted from Box or moved to the trash.</p> 8320 <!--- autogenerated options start - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit fs.RegInfo in backend/box/box.go then run make backenddocs --> 8321 <h3 id="standard-options-5">Standard Options</h3> 8322 <p>Here are the standard options specific to box (Box).</p> 8323 <h4 id="box-client-id">–box-client-id</h4> 8324 <p>Box App Client Id. Leave blank normally.</p> 8325 <ul> 8326 <li>Config: client_id</li> 8327 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_BOX_CLIENT_ID</li> 8328 <li>Type: string</li> 8329 <li>Default: ""</li> 8330 </ul> 8331 <h4 id="box-client-secret">–box-client-secret</h4> 8332 <p>Box App Client Secret Leave blank normally.</p> 8333 <ul> 8334 <li>Config: client_secret</li> 8335 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_BOX_CLIENT_SECRET</li> 8336 <li>Type: string</li> 8337 <li>Default: ""</li> 8338 </ul> 8339 <h4 id="box-box-config-file">–box-box-config-file</h4> 8340 <p>Box App config.json location Leave blank normally.</p> 8341 <ul> 8342 <li>Config: box_config_file</li> 8343 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_BOX_BOX_CONFIG_FILE</li> 8344 <li>Type: string</li> 8345 <li>Default: ""</li> 8346 </ul> 8347 <h4 id="box-box-sub-type">–box-box-sub-type</h4> 8348 <ul> 8349 <li>Config: box_sub_type</li> 8350 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_BOX_BOX_SUB_TYPE</li> 8351 <li>Type: string</li> 8352 <li>Default: “user”</li> 8353 <li>Examples: 8354 <ul> 8355 <li>“user” 8356 <ul> 8357 <li>Rclone should act on behalf of a user</li> 8358 </ul></li> 8359 <li>“enterprise” 8360 <ul> 8361 <li>Rclone should act on behalf of a service account</li> 8362 </ul></li> 8363 </ul></li> 8364 </ul> 8365 <h3 id="advanced-options-4">Advanced Options</h3> 8366 <p>Here are the advanced options specific to box (Box).</p> 8367 <h4 id="box-upload-cutoff">–box-upload-cutoff</h4> 8368 <p>Cutoff for switching to multipart upload (>= 50MB).</p> 8369 <ul> 8370 <li>Config: upload_cutoff</li> 8371 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_BOX_UPLOAD_CUTOFF</li> 8372 <li>Type: SizeSuffix</li> 8373 <li>Default: 50M</li> 8374 </ul> 8375 <h4 id="box-commit-retries">–box-commit-retries</h4> 8376 <p>Max number of times to try committing a multipart file.</p> 8377 <ul> 8378 <li>Config: commit_retries</li> 8379 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_BOX_COMMIT_RETRIES</li> 8380 <li>Type: int</li> 8381 <li>Default: 100</li> 8382 </ul> 8383 <h4 id="box-encoding">–box-encoding</h4> 8384 <p>This sets the encoding for the backend.</p> 8385 <p>See: the <a href="/overview/#encoding">encoding section in the overview</a> for more info.</p> 8386 <ul> 8387 <li>Config: encoding</li> 8388 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_BOX_ENCODING</li> 8389 <li>Type: MultiEncoder</li> 8390 <li>Default: Slash,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,RightSpace,InvalidUtf8,Dot</li> 8391 </ul> 8392 <!--- autogenerated options stop --> 8393 <h3 id="limitations-3">Limitations</h3> 8394 <p>Note that Box is case insensitive so you can’t have a file called “Hello.doc” and one called “hello.doc”.</p> 8395 <p>Box file names can’t have the <code>\</code> character in. rclone maps this to and from an identical looking unicode equivalent <code>＼</code>.</p> 8396 <p>Box only supports filenames up to 255 characters in length.</p> 8397 <h2 id="cache-beta">Cache (BETA)</h2> 8398 <p>The <code>cache</code> remote wraps another existing remote and stores file structure and its data for long running tasks like <code>rclone mount</code>.</p> 8399 <p>To get started you just need to have an existing remote which can be configured with <code>cache</code>.</p> 8400 <p>Here is an example of how to make a remote called <code>test-cache</code>. First run:</p> 8401 <pre><code> rclone config</code></pre> 8402 <p>This will guide you through an interactive setup process:</p> 8403 <pre><code>No remotes found - make a new one 8404 n) New remote 8405 r) Rename remote 8406 c) Copy remote 8407 s) Set configuration password 8408 q) Quit config 8409 n/r/c/s/q> n 8410 name> test-cache 8411 Type of storage to configure. 8412 Choose a number from below, or type in your own value 8413 [snip] 8414 XX / Cache a remote 8415 \ "cache" 8416 [snip] 8417 Storage> cache 8418 Remote to cache. 8419 Normally should contain a ':' and a path, eg "myremote:path/to/dir", 8420 "myremote:bucket" or maybe "myremote:" (not recommended). 8421 remote> local:/test 8422 Optional: The URL of the Plex server 8423 plex_url> http://127.0.0.1:32400 8424 Optional: The username of the Plex user 8425 plex_username> dummyusername 8426 Optional: The password of the Plex user 8427 y) Yes type in my own password 8428 g) Generate random password 8429 n) No leave this optional password blank 8430 y/g/n> y 8431 Enter the password: 8432 password: 8433 Confirm the password: 8434 password: 8435 The size of a chunk. Lower value good for slow connections but can affect seamless reading. 8436 Default: 5M 8437 Choose a number from below, or type in your own value 8438 1 / 1MB 8439 \ "1m" 8440 2 / 5 MB 8441 \ "5M" 8442 3 / 10 MB 8443 \ "10M" 8444 chunk_size> 2 8445 How much time should object info (file size, file hashes etc) be stored in cache. Use a very high value if you don't plan on changing the source FS from outside the cache. 8446 Accepted units are: "s", "m", "h". 8447 Default: 5m 8448 Choose a number from below, or type in your own value 8449 1 / 1 hour 8450 \ "1h" 8451 2 / 24 hours 8452 \ "24h" 8453 3 / 24 hours 8454 \ "48h" 8455 info_age> 2 8456 The maximum size of stored chunks. When the storage grows beyond this size, the oldest chunks will be deleted. 8457 Default: 10G 8458 Choose a number from below, or type in your own value 8459 1 / 500 MB 8460 \ "500M" 8461 2 / 1 GB 8462 \ "1G" 8463 3 / 10 GB 8464 \ "10G" 8465 chunk_total_size> 3 8466 Remote config 8467 -------------------- 8468 [test-cache] 8469 remote = local:/test 8470 plex_url = http://127.0.0.1:32400 8471 plex_username = dummyusername 8472 plex_password = *** ENCRYPTED *** 8473 chunk_size = 5M 8474 info_age = 48h 8475 chunk_total_size = 10G</code></pre> 8476 <p>You can then use it like this,</p> 8477 <p>List directories in top level of your drive</p> 8478 <pre><code>rclone lsd test-cache:</code></pre> 8479 <p>List all the files in your drive</p> 8480 <pre><code>rclone ls test-cache:</code></pre> 8481 <p>To start a cached mount</p> 8482 <pre><code>rclone mount --allow-other test-cache: /var/tmp/test-cache</code></pre> 8483 <h3 id="write-features">Write Features</h3> 8484 <h3 id="offline-uploading">Offline uploading</h3> 8485 <p>In an effort to make writing through cache more reliable, the backend now supports this feature which can be activated by specifying a <code>cache-tmp-upload-path</code>.</p> 8486 <p>A files goes through these states when using this feature:</p> 8487 <ol type="1"> 8488 <li>An upload is started (usually by copying a file on the cache remote)</li> 8489 <li>When the copy to the temporary location is complete the file is part of the cached remote and looks and behaves like any other file (reading included)</li> 8490 <li>After <code>cache-tmp-wait-time</code> passes and the file is next in line, <code>rclone move</code> is used to move the file to the cloud provider</li> 8491 <li>Reading the file still works during the upload but most modifications on it will be prohibited</li> 8492 <li>Once the move is complete the file is unlocked for modifications as it becomes as any other regular file</li> 8493 <li>If the file is being read through <code>cache</code> when it’s actually deleted from the temporary path then <code>cache</code> will simply swap the source to the cloud provider without interrupting the reading (small blip can happen though)</li> 8494 </ol> 8495 <p>Files are uploaded in sequence and only one file is uploaded at a time. Uploads will be stored in a queue and be processed based on the order they were added. The queue and the temporary storage is persistent across restarts but can be cleared on startup with the <code>--cache-db-purge</code> flag.</p> 8496 <h3 id="write-support">Write Support</h3> 8497 <p>Writes are supported through <code>cache</code>. One caveat is that a mounted cache remote does not add any retry or fallback mechanism to the upload operation. This will depend on the implementation of the wrapped remote. Consider using <code>Offline uploading</code> for reliable writes.</p> 8498 <p>One special case is covered with <code>cache-writes</code> which will cache the file data at the same time as the upload when it is enabled making it available from the cache store immediately once the upload is finished.</p> 8499 <h3 id="read-features">Read Features</h3> 8500 <h4 id="multiple-connections">Multiple connections</h4> 8501 <p>To counter the high latency between a local PC where rclone is running and cloud providers, the cache remote can split multiple requests to the cloud provider for smaller file chunks and combines them together locally where they can be available almost immediately before the reader usually needs them.</p> 8502 <p>This is similar to buffering when media files are played online. Rclone will stay around the current marker but always try its best to stay ahead and prepare the data before.</p> 8503 <h4 id="plex-integration">Plex Integration</h4> 8504 <p>There is a direct integration with Plex which allows cache to detect during reading if the file is in playback or not. This helps cache to adapt how it queries the cloud provider depending on what is needed for.</p> 8505 <p>Scans will have a minimum amount of workers (1) while in a confirmed playback cache will deploy the configured number of workers.</p> 8506 <p>This integration opens the doorway to additional performance improvements which will be explored in the near future.</p> 8507 <p><strong>Note:</strong> If Plex options are not configured, <code>cache</code> will function with its configured options without adapting any of its settings.</p> 8508 <p>How to enable? Run <code>rclone config</code> and add all the Plex options (endpoint, username and password) in your remote and it will be automatically enabled.</p> 8509 <p>Affected settings: - <code>cache-workers</code>: <em>Configured value</em> during confirmed playback or <em>1</em> all the other times</p> 8510 <h5 id="certificate-validation">Certificate Validation</h5> 8511 <p>When the Plex server is configured to only accept secure connections, it is possible to use <code>.plex.direct</code> URL’s to ensure certificate validation succeeds. These URL’s are used by Plex internally to connect to the Plex server securely.</p> 8512 <p>The format for this URL’s is the following:</p> 8513 <p>https://ip-with-dots-replaced.server-hash.plex.direct:32400/</p> 8514 <p>The <code>ip-with-dots-replaced</code> part can be any IPv4 address, where the dots have been replaced with dashes, e.g. <code>127.0.0.1</code> becomes <code>127-0-0-1</code>.</p> 8515 <p>To get the <code>server-hash</code> part, the easiest way is to visit</p> 8516 <p>https://plex.tv/api/resources?includeHttps=1&X-Plex-Token=your-plex-token</p> 8517 <p>This page will list all the available Plex servers for your account with at least one <code>.plex.direct</code> link for each. Copy one URL and replace the IP address with the desired address. This can be used as the <code>plex_url</code> value.</p> 8518 <h3 id="known-issues">Known issues</h3> 8519 <h4 id="mount-and-dir-cache-time">Mount and –dir-cache-time</h4> 8520 <p>–dir-cache-time controls the first layer of directory caching which works at the mount layer. Being an independent caching mechanism from the <code>cache</code> backend, it will manage its own entries based on the configured time.</p> 8521 <p>To avoid getting in a scenario where dir cache has obsolete data and cache would have the correct one, try to set <code>--dir-cache-time</code> to a lower time than <code>--cache-info-age</code>. Default values are already configured in this way.</p> 8522 <h4 id="windows-support---experimental">Windows support - Experimental</h4> 8523 <p>There are a couple of issues with Windows <code>mount</code> functionality that still require some investigations. It should be considered as experimental thus far as fixes come in for this OS.</p> 8524 <p>Most of the issues seem to be related to the difference between filesystems on Linux flavors and Windows as cache is heavily dependant on them.</p> 8525 <p>Any reports or feedback on how cache behaves on this OS is greatly appreciated.</p> 8526 <ul> 8527 <li>https://github.com/rclone/rclone/issues/1935</li> 8528 <li>https://github.com/rclone/rclone/issues/1907</li> 8529 <li>https://github.com/rclone/rclone/issues/1834</li> 8530 </ul> 8531 <h4 id="risk-of-throttling">Risk of throttling</h4> 8532 <p>Future iterations of the cache backend will make use of the pooling functionality of the cloud provider to synchronize and at the same time make writing through it more tolerant to failures.</p> 8533 <p>There are a couple of enhancements in track to add these but in the meantime there is a valid concern that the expiring cache listings can lead to cloud provider throttles or bans due to repeated queries on it for very large mounts.</p> 8534 <p>Some recommendations: - don’t use a very small interval for entry informations (<code>--cache-info-age</code>) - while writes aren’t yet optimised, you can still write through <code>cache</code> which gives you the advantage of adding the file in the cache at the same time if configured to do so.</p> 8535 <p>Future enhancements:</p> 8536 <ul> 8537 <li>https://github.com/rclone/rclone/issues/1937</li> 8538 <li>https://github.com/rclone/rclone/issues/1936</li> 8539 </ul> 8540 <h4 id="cache-and-crypt">cache and crypt</h4> 8541 <p>One common scenario is to keep your data encrypted in the cloud provider using the <code>crypt</code> remote. <code>crypt</code> uses a similar technique to wrap around an existing remote and handles this translation in a seamless way.</p> 8542 <p>There is an issue with wrapping the remotes in this order: <span style="color:red"><strong>cloud remote</strong> -> <strong>crypt</strong> -> <strong>cache</strong></span></p> 8543 <p>During testing, I experienced a lot of bans with the remotes in this order. I suspect it might be related to how crypt opens files on the cloud provider which makes it think we’re downloading the full file instead of small chunks. Organizing the remotes in this order yields better results: <span style="color:green"><strong>cloud remote</strong> -> <strong>cache</strong> -> <strong>crypt</strong></span></p> 8544 <h4 id="absolute-remote-paths">absolute remote paths</h4> 8545 <p><code>cache</code> can not differentiate between relative and absolute paths for the wrapped remote. Any path given in the <code>remote</code> config setting and on the command line will be passed to the wrapped remote as is, but for storing the chunks on disk the path will be made relative by removing any leading <code>/</code> character.</p> 8546 <p>This behavior is irrelevant for most backend types, but there are backends where a leading <code>/</code> changes the effective directory, e.g. in the <code>sftp</code> backend paths starting with a <code>/</code> are relative to the root of the SSH server and paths without are relative to the user home directory. As a result <code>sftp:bin</code> and <code>sftp:/bin</code> will share the same cache folder, even if they represent a different directory on the SSH server.</p> 8547 <h3 id="cache-and-remote-control-rc">Cache and Remote Control (–rc)</h3> 8548 <p>Cache supports the new <code>--rc</code> mode in rclone and can be remote controlled through the following end points: By default, the listener is disabled if you do not add the flag.</p> 8549 <h3 id="rc-cacheexpire">rc cache/expire</h3> 8550 <p>Purge a remote from the cache backend. Supports either a directory or a file. It supports both encrypted and unencrypted file names if cache is wrapped by crypt.</p> 8551 <p>Params: - <strong>remote</strong> = path to remote <strong>(required)</strong> - <strong>withData</strong> = true/false to delete cached data (chunks) as well <em>(optional, false by default)</em></p> 8552 <!--- autogenerated options start - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit fs.RegInfo in backend/cache/cache.go then run make backenddocs --> 8553 <h3 id="standard-options-6">Standard Options</h3> 8554 <p>Here are the standard options specific to cache (Cache a remote).</p> 8555 <h4 id="cache-remote">–cache-remote</h4> 8556 <p>Remote to cache. Normally should contain a ‘:’ and a path, eg “myremote:path/to/dir”, “myremote:bucket” or maybe “myremote:” (not recommended).</p> 8557 <ul> 8558 <li>Config: remote</li> 8559 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_CACHE_REMOTE</li> 8560 <li>Type: string</li> 8561 <li>Default: ""</li> 8562 </ul> 8563 <h4 id="cache-plex-url">–cache-plex-url</h4> 8564 <p>The URL of the Plex server</p> 8565 <ul> 8566 <li>Config: plex_url</li> 8567 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_CACHE_PLEX_URL</li> 8568 <li>Type: string</li> 8569 <li>Default: ""</li> 8570 </ul> 8571 <h4 id="cache-plex-username">–cache-plex-username</h4> 8572 <p>The username of the Plex user</p> 8573 <ul> 8574 <li>Config: plex_username</li> 8575 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_CACHE_PLEX_USERNAME</li> 8576 <li>Type: string</li> 8577 <li>Default: ""</li> 8578 </ul> 8579 <h4 id="cache-plex-password">–cache-plex-password</h4> 8580 <p>The password of the Plex user</p> 8581 <ul> 8582 <li>Config: plex_password</li> 8583 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_CACHE_PLEX_PASSWORD</li> 8584 <li>Type: string</li> 8585 <li>Default: ""</li> 8586 </ul> 8587 <h4 id="cache-chunk-size">–cache-chunk-size</h4> 8588 <p>The size of a chunk (partial file data).</p> 8589 <p>Use lower numbers for slower connections. If the chunk size is changed, any downloaded chunks will be invalid and cache-chunk-path will need to be cleared or unexpected EOF errors will occur.</p> 8590 <ul> 8591 <li>Config: chunk_size</li> 8592 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_CACHE_CHUNK_SIZE</li> 8593 <li>Type: SizeSuffix</li> 8594 <li>Default: 5M</li> 8595 <li>Examples: 8596 <ul> 8597 <li>“1m” 8598 <ul> 8599 <li>1MB</li> 8600 </ul></li> 8601 <li>“5M” 8602 <ul> 8603 <li>5 MB</li> 8604 </ul></li> 8605 <li>“10M” 8606 <ul> 8607 <li>10 MB</li> 8608 </ul></li> 8609 </ul></li> 8610 </ul> 8611 <h4 id="cache-info-age">–cache-info-age</h4> 8612 <p>How long to cache file structure information (directory listings, file size, times etc). If all write operations are done through the cache then you can safely make this value very large as the cache store will also be updated in real time.</p> 8613 <ul> 8614 <li>Config: info_age</li> 8615 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_CACHE_INFO_AGE</li> 8616 <li>Type: Duration</li> 8617 <li>Default: 6h0m0s</li> 8618 <li>Examples: 8619 <ul> 8620 <li>“1h” 8621 <ul> 8622 <li>1 hour</li> 8623 </ul></li> 8624 <li>“24h” 8625 <ul> 8626 <li>24 hours</li> 8627 </ul></li> 8628 <li>“48h” 8629 <ul> 8630 <li>48 hours</li> 8631 </ul></li> 8632 </ul></li> 8633 </ul> 8634 <h4 id="cache-chunk-total-size">–cache-chunk-total-size</h4> 8635 <p>The total size that the chunks can take up on the local disk.</p> 8636 <p>If the cache exceeds this value then it will start to delete the oldest chunks until it goes under this value.</p> 8637 <ul> 8638 <li>Config: chunk_total_size</li> 8639 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_CACHE_CHUNK_TOTAL_SIZE</li> 8640 <li>Type: SizeSuffix</li> 8641 <li>Default: 10G</li> 8642 <li>Examples: 8643 <ul> 8644 <li>“500M” 8645 <ul> 8646 <li>500 MB</li> 8647 </ul></li> 8648 <li>“1G” 8649 <ul> 8650 <li>1 GB</li> 8651 </ul></li> 8652 <li>“10G” 8653 <ul> 8654 <li>10 GB</li> 8655 </ul></li> 8656 </ul></li> 8657 </ul> 8658 <h3 id="advanced-options-5">Advanced Options</h3> 8659 <p>Here are the advanced options specific to cache (Cache a remote).</p> 8660 <h4 id="cache-plex-token">–cache-plex-token</h4> 8661 <p>The plex token for authentication - auto set normally</p> 8662 <ul> 8663 <li>Config: plex_token</li> 8664 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_CACHE_PLEX_TOKEN</li> 8665 <li>Type: string</li> 8666 <li>Default: ""</li> 8667 </ul> 8668 <h4 id="cache-plex-insecure">–cache-plex-insecure</h4> 8669 <p>Skip all certificate verifications when connecting to the Plex server</p> 8670 <ul> 8671 <li>Config: plex_insecure</li> 8672 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_CACHE_PLEX_INSECURE</li> 8673 <li>Type: string</li> 8674 <li>Default: ""</li> 8675 </ul> 8676 <h4 id="cache-db-path">–cache-db-path</h4> 8677 <p>Directory to store file structure metadata DB. The remote name is used as the DB file name.</p> 8678 <ul> 8679 <li>Config: db_path</li> 8680 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_CACHE_DB_PATH</li> 8681 <li>Type: string</li> 8682 <li>Default: “$HOME/.cache/rclone/cache-backend”</li> 8683 </ul> 8684 <h4 id="cache-chunk-path">–cache-chunk-path</h4> 8685 <p>Directory to cache chunk files.</p> 8686 <p>Path to where partial file data (chunks) are stored locally. The remote name is appended to the final path.</p> 8687 <p>This config follows the “–cache-db-path”. If you specify a custom location for “–cache-db-path” and don’t specify one for “–cache-chunk-path” then “–cache-chunk-path” will use the same path as “–cache-db-path”.</p> 8688 <ul> 8689 <li>Config: chunk_path</li> 8690 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_CACHE_CHUNK_PATH</li> 8691 <li>Type: string</li> 8692 <li>Default: “$HOME/.cache/rclone/cache-backend”</li> 8693 </ul> 8694 <h4 id="cache-db-purge">–cache-db-purge</h4> 8695 <p>Clear all the cached data for this remote on start.</p> 8696 <ul> 8697 <li>Config: db_purge</li> 8698 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_CACHE_DB_PURGE</li> 8699 <li>Type: bool</li> 8700 <li>Default: false</li> 8701 </ul> 8702 <h4 id="cache-chunk-clean-interval">–cache-chunk-clean-interval</h4> 8703 <p>How often should the cache perform cleanups of the chunk storage. The default value should be ok for most people. If you find that the cache goes over “cache-chunk-total-size” too often then try to lower this value to force it to perform cleanups more often.</p> 8704 <ul> 8705 <li>Config: chunk_clean_interval</li> 8706 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_CACHE_CHUNK_CLEAN_INTERVAL</li> 8707 <li>Type: Duration</li> 8708 <li>Default: 1m0s</li> 8709 </ul> 8710 <h4 id="cache-read-retries">–cache-read-retries</h4> 8711 <p>How many times to retry a read from a cache storage.</p> 8712 <p>Since reading from a cache stream is independent from downloading file data, readers can get to a point where there’s no more data in the cache. Most of the times this can indicate a connectivity issue if cache isn’t able to provide file data anymore.</p> 8713 <p>For really slow connections, increase this to a point where the stream is able to provide data but your experience will be very stuttering.</p> 8714 <ul> 8715 <li>Config: read_retries</li> 8716 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_CACHE_READ_RETRIES</li> 8717 <li>Type: int</li> 8718 <li>Default: 10</li> 8719 </ul> 8720 <h4 id="cache-workers">–cache-workers</h4> 8721 <p>How many workers should run in parallel to download chunks.</p> 8722 <p>Higher values will mean more parallel processing (better CPU needed) and more concurrent requests on the cloud provider. This impacts several aspects like the cloud provider API limits, more stress on the hardware that rclone runs on but it also means that streams will be more fluid and data will be available much more faster to readers.</p> 8723 <p><strong>Note</strong>: If the optional Plex integration is enabled then this setting will adapt to the type of reading performed and the value specified here will be used as a maximum number of workers to use.</p> 8724 <ul> 8725 <li>Config: workers</li> 8726 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_CACHE_WORKERS</li> 8727 <li>Type: int</li> 8728 <li>Default: 4</li> 8729 </ul> 8730 <h4 id="cache-chunk-no-memory">–cache-chunk-no-memory</h4> 8731 <p>Disable the in-memory cache for storing chunks during streaming.</p> 8732 <p>By default, cache will keep file data during streaming in RAM as well to provide it to readers as fast as possible.</p> 8733 <p>This transient data is evicted as soon as it is read and the number of chunks stored doesn’t exceed the number of workers. However, depending on other settings like “cache-chunk-size” and “cache-workers” this footprint can increase if there are parallel streams too (multiple files being read at the same time).</p> 8734 <p>If the hardware permits it, use this feature to provide an overall better performance during streaming but it can also be disabled if RAM is not available on the local machine.</p> 8735 <ul> 8736 <li>Config: chunk_no_memory</li> 8737 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_CACHE_CHUNK_NO_MEMORY</li> 8738 <li>Type: bool</li> 8739 <li>Default: false</li> 8740 </ul> 8741 <h4 id="cache-rps">–cache-rps</h4> 8742 <p>Limits the number of requests per second to the source FS (-1 to disable)</p> 8743 <p>This setting places a hard limit on the number of requests per second that cache will be doing to the cloud provider remote and try to respect that value by setting waits between reads.</p> 8744 <p>If you find that you’re getting banned or limited on the cloud provider through cache and know that a smaller number of requests per second will allow you to work with it then you can use this setting for that.</p> 8745 <p>A good balance of all the other settings should make this setting useless but it is available to set for more special cases.</p> 8746 <p><strong>NOTE</strong>: This will limit the number of requests during streams but other API calls to the cloud provider like directory listings will still pass.</p> 8747 <ul> 8748 <li>Config: rps</li> 8749 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_CACHE_RPS</li> 8750 <li>Type: int</li> 8751 <li>Default: -1</li> 8752 </ul> 8753 <h4 id="cache-writes">–cache-writes</h4> 8754 <p>Cache file data on writes through the FS</p> 8755 <p>If you need to read files immediately after you upload them through cache you can enable this flag to have their data stored in the cache store at the same time during upload.</p> 8756 <ul> 8757 <li>Config: writes</li> 8758 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_CACHE_WRITES</li> 8759 <li>Type: bool</li> 8760 <li>Default: false</li> 8761 </ul> 8762 <h4 id="cache-tmp-upload-path">–cache-tmp-upload-path</h4> 8763 <p>Directory to keep temporary files until they are uploaded.</p> 8764 <p>This is the path where cache will use as a temporary storage for new files that need to be uploaded to the cloud provider.</p> 8765 <p>Specifying a value will enable this feature. Without it, it is completely disabled and files will be uploaded directly to the cloud provider</p> 8766 <ul> 8767 <li>Config: tmp_upload_path</li> 8768 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_CACHE_TMP_UPLOAD_PATH</li> 8769 <li>Type: string</li> 8770 <li>Default: ""</li> 8771 </ul> 8772 <h4 id="cache-tmp-wait-time">–cache-tmp-wait-time</h4> 8773 <p>How long should files be stored in local cache before being uploaded</p> 8774 <p>This is the duration that a file must wait in the temporary location <em>cache-tmp-upload-path</em> before it is selected for upload.</p> 8775 <p>Note that only one file is uploaded at a time and it can take longer to start the upload if a queue formed for this purpose.</p> 8776 <ul> 8777 <li>Config: tmp_wait_time</li> 8778 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_CACHE_TMP_WAIT_TIME</li> 8779 <li>Type: Duration</li> 8780 <li>Default: 15s</li> 8781 </ul> 8782 <h4 id="cache-db-wait-time">–cache-db-wait-time</h4> 8783 <p>How long to wait for the DB to be available - 0 is unlimited</p> 8784 <p>Only one process can have the DB open at any one time, so rclone waits for this duration for the DB to become available before it gives an error.</p> 8785 <p>If you set it to 0 then it will wait forever.</p> 8786 <ul> 8787 <li>Config: db_wait_time</li> 8788 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_CACHE_DB_WAIT_TIME</li> 8789 <li>Type: Duration</li> 8790 <li>Default: 1s</li> 8791 </ul> 8792 <!--- autogenerated options stop --> 8793 <h2 id="chunker-beta">Chunker (BETA)</h2> 8794 <p>The <code>chunker</code> overlay transparently splits large files into smaller chunks during upload to wrapped remote and transparently assembles them back when the file is downloaded. This allows to effectively overcome size limits imposed by storage providers.</p> 8795 <p>To use it, first set up the underlying remote following the configuration instructions for that remote. You can also use a local pathname instead of a remote.</p> 8796 <p>First check your chosen remote is working - we’ll call it <code>remote:path</code> here. Note that anything inside <code>remote:path</code> will be chunked and anything outside won’t. This means that if you are using a bucket based remote (eg S3, B2, swift) then you should probably put the bucket in the remote <code>s3:bucket</code>.</p> 8797 <p>Now configure <code>chunker</code> using <code>rclone config</code>. We will call this one <code>overlay</code> to separate it from the <code>remote</code> itself.</p> 8798 <pre><code>No remotes found - make a new one 8799 n) New remote 8800 s) Set configuration password 8801 q) Quit config 8802 n/s/q> n 8803 name> overlay 8804 Type of storage to configure. 8805 Choose a number from below, or type in your own value 8806 [snip] 8807 XX / Transparently chunk/split large files 8808 \ "chunker" 8809 [snip] 8810 Storage> chunker 8811 Remote to chunk/unchunk. 8812 Normally should contain a ':' and a path, eg "myremote:path/to/dir", 8813 "myremote:bucket" or maybe "myremote:" (not recommended). 8814 Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default (""). 8815 remote> remote:path 8816 Files larger than chunk size will be split in chunks. 8817 Enter a size with suffix k,M,G,T. Press Enter for the default ("2G"). 8818 chunk_size> 100M 8819 Choose how chunker handles hash sums. All modes but "none" require metadata. 8820 Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default ("md5"). 8821 Choose a number from below, or type in your own value 8822 1 / Pass any hash supported by wrapped remote for non-chunked files, return nothing otherwise 8823 \ "none" 8824 2 / MD5 for composite files 8825 \ "md5" 8826 3 / SHA1 for composite files 8827 \ "sha1" 8828 4 / MD5 for all files 8829 \ "md5all" 8830 5 / SHA1 for all files 8831 \ "sha1all" 8832 6 / Copying a file to chunker will request MD5 from the source falling back to SHA1 if unsupported 8833 \ "md5quick" 8834 7 / Similar to "md5quick" but prefers SHA1 over MD5 8835 \ "sha1quick" 8836 hash_type> md5 8837 Edit advanced config? (y/n) 8838 y) Yes 8839 n) No 8840 y/n> n 8841 Remote config 8842 -------------------- 8843 [overlay] 8844 type = chunker 8845 remote = remote:bucket 8846 chunk_size = 100M 8847 hash_type = md5 8848 -------------------- 8849 y) Yes this is OK 8850 e) Edit this remote 8851 d) Delete this remote 8852 y/e/d> y</code></pre> 8853 <h3 id="specifying-the-remote">Specifying the remote</h3> 8854 <p>In normal use, make sure the remote has a <code>:</code> in. If you specify the remote without a <code>:</code> then rclone will use a local directory of that name. So if you use a remote of <code>/path/to/secret/files</code> then rclone will chunk stuff in that directory. If you use a remote of <code>name</code> then rclone will put files in a directory called <code>name</code> in the current directory.</p> 8855 <h3 id="chunking">Chunking</h3> 8856 <p>When rclone starts a file upload, chunker checks the file size. If it doesn’t exceed the configured chunk size, chunker will just pass the file to the wrapped remote. If a file is large, chunker will transparently cut data in pieces with temporary names and stream them one by one, on the fly. Each data chunk will contain the specified number of bytes, except for the last one which may have less data. If file size is unknown in advance (this is called a streaming upload), chunker will internally create a temporary copy, record its size and repeat the above process.</p> 8857 <p>When upload completes, temporary chunk files are finally renamed. This scheme guarantees that operations can be run in parallel and look from outside as atomic. A similar method with hidden temporary chunks is used for other operations (copy/move/rename etc). If an operation fails, hidden chunks are normally destroyed, and the target composite file stays intact.</p> 8858 <p>When a composite file download is requested, chunker transparently assembles it by concatenating data chunks in order. As the split is trivial one could even manually concatenate data chunks together to obtain the original content.</p> 8859 <p>When the <code>list</code> rclone command scans a directory on wrapped remote, the potential chunk files are accounted for, grouped and assembled into composite directory entries. Any temporary chunks are hidden.</p> 8860 <p>List and other commands can sometimes come across composite files with missing or invalid chunks, eg. shadowed by like-named directory or another file. This usually means that wrapped file system has been directly tampered with or damaged. If chunker detects a missing chunk it will by default print warning, skip the whole incomplete group of chunks but proceed with current command. You can set the <code>--chunker-fail-hard</code> flag to have commands abort with error message in such cases.</p> 8861 <h4 id="chunk-names">Chunk names</h4> 8862 <p>The default chunk name format is <code>*.rclone_chunk.###</code>, hence by default chunk names are <code>BIG_FILE_NAME.rclone_chunk.001</code>, <code>BIG_FILE_NAME.rclone_chunk.002</code> etc. You can configure another name format using the <code>name_format</code> configuration file option. The format uses asterisk <code>*</code> as a placeholder for the base file name and one or more consecutive hash characters <code>#</code> as a placeholder for sequential chunk number. There must be one and only one asterisk. The number of consecutive hash characters defines the minimum length of a string representing a chunk number. If decimal chunk number has less digits than the number of hashes, it is left-padded by zeros. If the decimal string is longer, it is left intact. By default numbering starts from 1 but there is another option that allows user to start from 0, eg. for compatibility with legacy software.</p> 8863 <p>For example, if name format is <code>big_*-##.part</code> and original file name is <code>data.txt</code> and numbering starts from 0, then the first chunk will be named <code>big_data.txt-00.part</code>, the 99th chunk will be <code>big_data.txt-98.part</code> and the 302nd chunk will become <code>big_data.txt-301.part</code>.</p> 8864 <p>Note that <code>list</code> assembles composite directory entries only when chunk names match the configured format and treats non-conforming file names as normal non-chunked files.</p> 8865 <h3 id="metadata">Metadata</h3> 8866 <p>Besides data chunks chunker will by default create metadata object for a composite file. The object is named after the original file. Chunker allows user to disable metadata completely (the <code>none</code> format). Note that metadata is normally not created for files smaller than the configured chunk size. This may change in future rclone releases.</p> 8867 <h4 id="simple-json-metadata-format">Simple JSON metadata format</h4> 8868 <p>This is the default format. It supports hash sums and chunk validation for composite files. Meta objects carry the following fields:</p> 8869 <ul> 8870 <li><code>ver</code> - version of format, currently <code>1</code></li> 8871 <li><code>size</code> - total size of composite file</li> 8872 <li><code>nchunks</code> - number of data chunks in file</li> 8873 <li><code>md5</code> - MD5 hashsum of composite file (if present)</li> 8874 <li><code>sha1</code> - SHA1 hashsum (if present)</li> 8875 </ul> 8876 <p>There is no field for composite file name as it’s simply equal to the name of meta object on the wrapped remote. Please refer to respective sections for details on hashsums and modified time handling.</p> 8877 <h4 id="no-metadata">No metadata</h4> 8878 <p>You can disable meta objects by setting the meta format option to <code>none</code>. In this mode chunker will scan directory for all files that follow configured chunk name format, group them by detecting chunks with the same base name and show group names as virtual composite files. This method is more prone to missing chunk errors (especially missing last chunk) than format with metadata enabled.</p> 8879 <h3 id="hashsums">Hashsums</h3> 8880 <p>Chunker supports hashsums only when a compatible metadata is present. Hence, if you choose metadata format of <code>none</code>, chunker will report hashsum as <code>UNSUPPORTED</code>.</p> 8881 <p>Please note that by default metadata is stored only for composite files. If a file is smaller than configured chunk size, chunker will transparently redirect hash requests to wrapped remote, so support depends on that. You will see the empty string as a hashsum of requested type for small files if the wrapped remote doesn’t support it.</p> 8882 <p>Many storage backends support MD5 and SHA1 hash types, so does chunker. With chunker you can choose one or another but not both. MD5 is set by default as the most supported type. Since chunker keeps hashes for composite files and falls back to the wrapped remote hash for non-chunked ones, we advise you to choose the same hash type as supported by wrapped remote so that your file listings look coherent.</p> 8883 <p>If your storage backend does not support MD5 or SHA1 but you need consistent file hashing, configure chunker with <code>md5all</code> or <code>sha1all</code>. These two modes guarantee given hash for all files. If wrapped remote doesn’t support it, chunker will then add metadata to all files, even small. However, this can double the amount of small files in storage and incur additional service charges. You can even use chunker to force md5/sha1 support in any other remote at expence of sidecar meta objects by setting eg. <code>chunk_type=sha1all</code> to force hashsums and <code>chunk_size=1P</code> to effectively disable chunking.</p> 8884 <p>Normally, when a file is copied to chunker controlled remote, chunker will ask the file source for compatible file hash and revert to on-the-fly calculation if none is found. This involves some CPU overhead but provides a guarantee that given hashsum is available. Also, chunker will reject a server-side copy or move operation if source and destination hashsum types are different resulting in the extra network bandwidth, too. In some rare cases this may be undesired, so chunker provides two optional choices: <code>sha1quick</code> and <code>md5quick</code>. If the source does not support primary hash type and the quick mode is enabled, chunker will try to fall back to the secondary type. This will save CPU and bandwidth but can result in empty hashsums at destination. Beware of consequences: the <code>sync</code> command will revert (sometimes silently) to time/size comparison if compatible hashsums between source and target are not found.</p> 8885 <h3 id="modified-time-2">Modified time</h3> 8886 <p>Chunker stores modification times using the wrapped remote so support depends on that. For a small non-chunked file the chunker overlay simply manipulates modification time of the wrapped remote file. For a composite file with metadata chunker will get and set modification time of the metadata object on the wrapped remote. If file is chunked but metadata format is <code>none</code> then chunker will use modification time of the first data chunk.</p> 8887 <h3 id="migrations">Migrations</h3> 8888 <p>The idiomatic way to migrate to a different chunk size, hash type or chunk naming scheme is to:</p> 8889 <ul> 8890 <li>Collect all your chunked files under a directory and have your chunker remote point to it.</li> 8891 <li>Create another directory (most probably on the same cloud storage) and configure a new remote with desired metadata format, hash type, chunk naming etc.</li> 8892 <li>Now run <code>rclone sync oldchunks: newchunks:</code> and all your data will be transparently converted in transfer. This may take some time, yet chunker will try server-side copy if possible.</li> 8893 <li>After checking data integrity you may remove configuration section of the old remote.</li> 8894 </ul> 8895 <p>If rclone gets killed during a long operation on a big composite file, hidden temporary chunks may stay in the directory. They will not be shown by the <code>list</code> command but will eat up your account quota. Please note that the <code>deletefile</code> command deletes only active chunks of a file. As a workaround, you can use remote of the wrapped file system to see them. An easy way to get rid of hidden garbage is to copy littered directory somewhere using the chunker remote and purge the original directory. The <code>copy</code> command will copy only active chunks while the <code>purge</code> will remove everything including garbage.</p> 8896 <h3 id="caveats-and-limitations">Caveats and Limitations</h3> 8897 <p>Chunker requires wrapped remote to support server side <code>move</code> (or <code>copy</code> + <code>delete</code>) operations, otherwise it will explicitly refuse to start. This is because it internally renames temporary chunk files to their final names when an operation completes successfully.</p> 8898 <p>Chunker encodes chunk number in file name, so with default <code>name_format</code> setting it adds 17 characters. Also chunker adds 7 characters of temporary suffix during operations. Many file systems limit base file name without path by 255 characters. Using rclone’s crypt remote as a base file system limits file name by 143 characters. Thus, maximum name length is 231 for most files and 119 for chunker-over-crypt. A user in need can change name format to eg. <code>*.rcc##</code> and save 10 characters (provided at most 99 chunks per file).</p> 8899 <p>Note that a move implemented using the copy-and-delete method may incur double charging with some cloud storage providers.</p> 8900 <p>Chunker will not automatically rename existing chunks when you run <code>rclone config</code> on a live remote and change the chunk name format. Beware that in result of this some files which have been treated as chunks before the change can pop up in directory listings as normal files and vice versa. The same warning holds for the chunk size. If you desperately need to change critical chunking setings, you should run data migration as described above.</p> 8901 <p>If wrapped remote is case insensitive, the chunker overlay will inherit that property (so you can’t have a file called “Hello.doc” and “hello.doc” in the same directory).</p> 8902 <!--- autogenerated options start - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit fs.RegInfo in backend/chunker/chunker.go then run make backenddocs --> 8903 <h3 id="standard-options-7">Standard Options</h3> 8904 <p>Here are the standard options specific to chunker (Transparently chunk/split large files).</p> 8905 <h4 id="chunker-remote">–chunker-remote</h4> 8906 <p>Remote to chunk/unchunk. Normally should contain a ‘:’ and a path, eg “myremote:path/to/dir”, “myremote:bucket” or maybe “myremote:” (not recommended).</p> 8907 <ul> 8908 <li>Config: remote</li> 8909 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_CHUNKER_REMOTE</li> 8910 <li>Type: string</li> 8911 <li>Default: ""</li> 8912 </ul> 8913 <h4 id="chunker-chunk-size">–chunker-chunk-size</h4> 8914 <p>Files larger than chunk size will be split in chunks.</p> 8915 <ul> 8916 <li>Config: chunk_size</li> 8917 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_CHUNKER_CHUNK_SIZE</li> 8918 <li>Type: SizeSuffix</li> 8919 <li>Default: 2G</li> 8920 </ul> 8921 <h4 id="chunker-hash-type">–chunker-hash-type</h4> 8922 <p>Choose how chunker handles hash sums. All modes but “none” require metadata.</p> 8923 <ul> 8924 <li>Config: hash_type</li> 8925 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_CHUNKER_HASH_TYPE</li> 8926 <li>Type: string</li> 8927 <li>Default: “md5”</li> 8928 <li>Examples: 8929 <ul> 8930 <li>“none” 8931 <ul> 8932 <li>Pass any hash supported by wrapped remote for non-chunked files, return nothing otherwise</li> 8933 </ul></li> 8934 <li>“md5” 8935 <ul> 8936 <li>MD5 for composite files</li> 8937 </ul></li> 8938 <li>“sha1” 8939 <ul> 8940 <li>SHA1 for composite files</li> 8941 </ul></li> 8942 <li>“md5all” 8943 <ul> 8944 <li>MD5 for all files</li> 8945 </ul></li> 8946 <li>“sha1all” 8947 <ul> 8948 <li>SHA1 for all files</li> 8949 </ul></li> 8950 <li>“md5quick” 8951 <ul> 8952 <li>Copying a file to chunker will request MD5 from the source falling back to SHA1 if unsupported</li> 8953 </ul></li> 8954 <li>“sha1quick” 8955 <ul> 8956 <li>Similar to “md5quick” but prefers SHA1 over MD5</li> 8957 </ul></li> 8958 </ul></li> 8959 </ul> 8960 <h3 id="advanced-options-6">Advanced Options</h3> 8961 <p>Here are the advanced options specific to chunker (Transparently chunk/split large files).</p> 8962 <h4 id="chunker-name-format">–chunker-name-format</h4> 8963 <p>String format of chunk file names. The two placeholders are: base file name (*) and chunk number (#…). There must be one and only one asterisk and one or more consecutive hash characters. If chunk number has less digits than the number of hashes, it is left-padded by zeros. If there are more digits in the number, they are left as is. Possible chunk files are ignored if their name does not match given format.</p> 8964 <ul> 8965 <li>Config: name_format</li> 8966 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_CHUNKER_NAME_FORMAT</li> 8967 <li>Type: string</li> 8968 <li>Default: "*.rclone_chunk.###"</li> 8969 </ul> 8970 <h4 id="chunker-start-from">–chunker-start-from</h4> 8971 <p>Minimum valid chunk number. Usually 0 or 1. By default chunk numbers start from 1.</p> 8972 <ul> 8973 <li>Config: start_from</li> 8974 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_CHUNKER_START_FROM</li> 8975 <li>Type: int</li> 8976 <li>Default: 1</li> 8977 </ul> 8978 <h4 id="chunker-meta-format">–chunker-meta-format</h4> 8979 <p>Format of the metadata object or “none”. By default “simplejson”. Metadata is a small JSON file named after the composite file.</p> 8980 <ul> 8981 <li>Config: meta_format</li> 8982 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_CHUNKER_META_FORMAT</li> 8983 <li>Type: string</li> 8984 <li>Default: “simplejson”</li> 8985 <li>Examples: 8986 <ul> 8987 <li>“none” 8988 <ul> 8989 <li>Do not use metadata files at all. Requires hash type “none”.</li> 8990 </ul></li> 8991 <li>“simplejson” 8992 <ul> 8993 <li>Simple JSON supports hash sums and chunk validation.</li> 8994 <li>It has the following fields: ver, size, nchunks, md5, sha1.</li> 8995 </ul></li> 8996 </ul></li> 8997 </ul> 8998 <h4 id="chunker-fail-hard">–chunker-fail-hard</h4> 8999 <p>Choose how chunker should handle files with missing or invalid chunks.</p> 9000 <ul> 9001 <li>Config: fail_hard</li> 9002 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_CHUNKER_FAIL_HARD</li> 9003 <li>Type: bool</li> 9004 <li>Default: false</li> 9005 <li>Examples: 9006 <ul> 9007 <li>“true” 9008 <ul> 9009 <li>Report errors and abort current command.</li> 9010 </ul></li> 9011 <li>“false” 9012 <ul> 9013 <li>Warn user, skip incomplete file and proceed.</li> 9014 </ul></li> 9015 </ul></li> 9016 </ul> 9017 <!--- autogenerated options stop --> 9018 <h2 id="citrix-sharefile">Citrix ShareFile</h2> 9019 <p><a href="https://sharefile.com">Citrix ShareFile</a> is a secure file sharing and transfer service aimed as business.</p> 9020 <p>The initial setup for Citrix ShareFile involves getting a token from Citrix ShareFile which you can in your browser. <code>rclone config</code> walks you through it.</p> 9021 <p>Here is an example of how to make a remote called <code>remote</code>. First run:</p> 9022 <pre><code> rclone config</code></pre> 9023 <p>This will guide you through an interactive setup process:</p> 9024 <pre><code>No remotes found - make a new one 9025 n) New remote 9026 s) Set configuration password 9027 q) Quit config 9028 n/s/q> n 9029 name> remote 9030 Type of storage to configure. 9031 Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default (""). 9032 Choose a number from below, or type in your own value 9033 XX / Citrix Sharefile 9034 \ "sharefile" 9035 Storage> sharefile 9036 ** See help for sharefile backend at: https://rclone.org/sharefile/ ** 9037 9038 ID of the root folder 9039 9040 Leave blank to access "Personal Folders". You can use one of the 9041 standard values here or any folder ID (long hex number ID). 9042 Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default (""). 9043 Choose a number from below, or type in your own value 9044 1 / Access the Personal Folders. (Default) 9045 \ "" 9046 2 / Access the Favorites folder. 9047 \ "favorites" 9048 3 / Access all the shared folders. 9049 \ "allshared" 9050 4 / Access all the individual connectors. 9051 \ "connectors" 9052 5 / Access the home, favorites, and shared folders as well as the connectors. 9053 \ "top" 9054 root_folder_id> 9055 Edit advanced config? (y/n) 9056 y) Yes 9057 n) No 9058 y/n> n 9059 Remote config 9060 Use auto config? 9061 * Say Y if not sure 9062 * Say N if you are working on a remote or headless machine 9063 y) Yes 9064 n) No 9065 y/n> y 9066 If your browser doesn't open automatically go to the following link: http://127.0.0.1:53682/auth?state=XXX 9067 Log in and authorize rclone for access 9068 Waiting for code... 9069 Got code 9070 -------------------- 9071 [remote] 9072 type = sharefile 9073 endpoint = https://XXX.sharefile.com 9074 token = {"access_token":"XXX","token_type":"bearer","refresh_token":"XXX","expiry":"2019-09-30T19:41:45.878561877+01:00"} 9075 -------------------- 9076 y) Yes this is OK 9077 e) Edit this remote 9078 d) Delete this remote 9079 y/e/d> y</code></pre> 9080 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/remote_setup/">remote setup docs</a> for how to set it up on a machine with no Internet browser available.</p> 9081 <p>Note that rclone runs a webserver on your local machine to collect the token as returned from Citrix ShareFile. This only runs from the moment it opens your browser to the moment you get back the verification code. This is on <code>http://127.0.0.1:53682/</code> and this it may require you to unblock it temporarily if you are running a host firewall.</p> 9082 <p>Once configured you can then use <code>rclone</code> like this,</p> 9083 <p>List directories in top level of your ShareFile</p> 9084 <pre><code>rclone lsd remote:</code></pre> 9085 <p>List all the files in your ShareFile</p> 9086 <pre><code>rclone ls remote:</code></pre> 9087 <p>To copy a local directory to an ShareFile directory called backup</p> 9088 <pre><code>rclone copy /home/source remote:backup</code></pre> 9089 <p>Paths may be as deep as required, eg <code>remote:directory/subdirectory</code>.</p> 9090 <h3 id="modified-time-and-hashes-2">Modified time and hashes</h3> 9091 <p>ShareFile allows modification times to be set on objects accurate to 1 second. These will be used to detect whether objects need syncing or not.</p> 9092 <p>ShareFile supports MD5 type hashes, so you can use the <code>--checksum</code> flag.</p> 9093 <h3 id="transfers-2">Transfers</h3> 9094 <p>For files above 128MB rclone will use a chunked transfer. Rclone will upload up to <code>--transfers</code> chunks at the same time (shared among all the multipart uploads). Chunks are buffered in memory and are normally 64MB so increasing <code>--transfers</code> will increase memory use.</p> 9095 <h3 id="limitations-4">Limitations</h3> 9096 <p>Note that ShareFile is case insensitive so you can’t have a file called “Hello.doc” and one called “hello.doc”.</p> 9097 <p>ShareFile only supports filenames up to 256 characters in length.</p> 9098 <h4 id="restricted-filename-characters-5">Restricted filename characters</h4> 9099 <p>In addition to the <a href="/overview/#restricted-characters">default restricted characters set</a> the following characters are also replaced:</p> 9100 <table> 9101 <thead> 9102 <tr class="header"> 9103 <th>Character</th> 9104 <th style="text-align: center;">Value</th> 9105 <th style="text-align: center;">Replacement</th> 9106 </tr> 9107 </thead> 9108 <tbody> 9109 <tr class="odd"> 9110 <td>\</td> 9111 <td style="text-align: center;">0x5C</td> 9112 <td style="text-align: center;">＼</td> 9113 </tr> 9114 <tr class="even"> 9115 <td>*</td> 9116 <td style="text-align: center;">0x2A</td> 9117 <td style="text-align: center;">＊</td> 9118 </tr> 9119 <tr class="odd"> 9120 <td><</td> 9121 <td style="text-align: center;">0x3C</td> 9122 <td style="text-align: center;">＜</td> 9123 </tr> 9124 <tr class="even"> 9125 <td>></td> 9126 <td style="text-align: center;">0x3E</td> 9127 <td style="text-align: center;">＞</td> 9128 </tr> 9129 <tr class="odd"> 9130 <td>?</td> 9131 <td style="text-align: center;">0x3F</td> 9132 <td style="text-align: center;">？</td> 9133 </tr> 9134 <tr class="even"> 9135 <td>:</td> 9136 <td style="text-align: center;">0x3A</td> 9137 <td style="text-align: center;">：</td> 9138 </tr> 9139 <tr class="odd"> 9140 <td>|</td> 9141 <td style="text-align: center;">0x7C</td> 9142 <td style="text-align: center;">｜</td> 9143 </tr> 9144 <tr class="even"> 9145 <td>"</td> 9146 <td style="text-align: center;">0x22</td> 9147 <td style="text-align: center;">＂</td> 9148 </tr> 9149 </tbody> 9150 </table> 9151 <p>File names can also not start or end with the following characters. These only get replaced if they are first or last character in the name:</p> 9152 <table> 9153 <thead> 9154 <tr class="header"> 9155 <th>Character</th> 9156 <th style="text-align: center;">Value</th> 9157 <th style="text-align: center;">Replacement</th> 9158 </tr> 9159 </thead> 9160 <tbody> 9161 <tr class="odd"> 9162 <td>SP</td> 9163 <td style="text-align: center;">0x20</td> 9164 <td style="text-align: center;">␠</td> 9165 </tr> 9166 <tr class="even"> 9167 <td>.</td> 9168 <td style="text-align: center;">0x2E</td> 9169 <td style="text-align: center;">．</td> 9170 </tr> 9171 </tbody> 9172 </table> 9173 <p>Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be <a href="/overview/#invalid-utf8">replaced</a>, as they can’t be used in JSON strings.</p> 9174 <!--- autogenerated options start - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit fs.RegInfo in backend/sharefile/sharefile.go then run make backenddocs --> 9175 <h3 id="standard-options-8">Standard Options</h3> 9176 <p>Here are the standard options specific to sharefile (Citrix Sharefile).</p> 9177 <h4 id="sharefile-root-folder-id">–sharefile-root-folder-id</h4> 9178 <p>ID of the root folder</p> 9179 <p>Leave blank to access “Personal Folders”. You can use one of the standard values here or any folder ID (long hex number ID).</p> 9180 <ul> 9181 <li>Config: root_folder_id</li> 9182 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_SHAREFILE_ROOT_FOLDER_ID</li> 9183 <li>Type: string</li> 9184 <li>Default: ""</li> 9185 <li>Examples: 9186 <ul> 9187 <li>"" 9188 <ul> 9189 <li>Access the Personal Folders. (Default)</li> 9190 </ul></li> 9191 <li>“favorites” 9192 <ul> 9193 <li>Access the Favorites folder.</li> 9194 </ul></li> 9195 <li>“allshared” 9196 <ul> 9197 <li>Access all the shared folders.</li> 9198 </ul></li> 9199 <li>“connectors” 9200 <ul> 9201 <li>Access all the individual connectors.</li> 9202 </ul></li> 9203 <li>“top” 9204 <ul> 9205 <li>Access the home, favorites, and shared folders as well as the connectors.</li> 9206 </ul></li> 9207 </ul></li> 9208 </ul> 9209 <h3 id="advanced-options-7">Advanced Options</h3> 9210 <p>Here are the advanced options specific to sharefile (Citrix Sharefile).</p> 9211 <h4 id="sharefile-upload-cutoff">–sharefile-upload-cutoff</h4> 9212 <p>Cutoff for switching to multipart upload.</p> 9213 <ul> 9214 <li>Config: upload_cutoff</li> 9215 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_SHAREFILE_UPLOAD_CUTOFF</li> 9216 <li>Type: SizeSuffix</li> 9217 <li>Default: 128M</li> 9218 </ul> 9219 <h4 id="sharefile-chunk-size">–sharefile-chunk-size</h4> 9220 <p>Upload chunk size. Must a power of 2 >= 256k.</p> 9221 <p>Making this larger will improve performance, but note that each chunk is buffered in memory one per transfer.</p> 9222 <p>Reducing this will reduce memory usage but decrease performance.</p> 9223 <ul> 9224 <li>Config: chunk_size</li> 9225 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_SHAREFILE_CHUNK_SIZE</li> 9226 <li>Type: SizeSuffix</li> 9227 <li>Default: 64M</li> 9228 </ul> 9229 <h4 id="sharefile-endpoint">–sharefile-endpoint</h4> 9230 <p>Endpoint for API calls.</p> 9231 <p>This is usually auto discovered as part of the oauth process, but can be set manually to something like: https://XXX.sharefile.com</p> 9232 <ul> 9233 <li>Config: endpoint</li> 9234 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_SHAREFILE_ENDPOINT</li> 9235 <li>Type: string</li> 9236 <li>Default: ""</li> 9237 </ul> 9238 <h4 id="sharefile-encoding">–sharefile-encoding</h4> 9239 <p>This sets the encoding for the backend.</p> 9240 <p>See: the <a href="/overview/#encoding">encoding section in the overview</a> for more info.</p> 9241 <ul> 9242 <li>Config: encoding</li> 9243 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_SHAREFILE_ENCODING</li> 9244 <li>Type: MultiEncoder</li> 9245 <li>Default: Slash,LtGt,DoubleQuote,Colon,Question,Asterisk,Pipe,BackSlash,Ctl,LeftSpace,LeftPeriod,RightSpace,RightPeriod,InvalidUtf8,Dot</li> 9246 </ul> 9247 <!--- autogenerated options stop --> 9248 <h2 id="crypt">Crypt</h2> 9249 <p>The <code>crypt</code> remote encrypts and decrypts another remote.</p> 9250 <p>To use it first set up the underlying remote following the config instructions for that remote. You can also use a local pathname instead of a remote which will encrypt and decrypt from that directory which might be useful for encrypting onto a USB stick for example.</p> 9251 <p>First check your chosen remote is working - we’ll call it <code>remote:path</code> in these docs. Note that anything inside <code>remote:path</code> will be encrypted and anything outside won’t. This means that if you are using a bucket based remote (eg S3, B2, swift) then you should probably put the bucket in the remote <code>s3:bucket</code>. If you just use <code>s3:</code> then rclone will make encrypted bucket names too (if using file name encryption) which may or may not be what you want.</p> 9252 <p>Now configure <code>crypt</code> using <code>rclone config</code>. We will call this one <code>secret</code> to differentiate it from the <code>remote</code>.</p> 9253 <pre><code>No remotes found - make a new one 9254 n) New remote 9255 s) Set configuration password 9256 q) Quit config 9257 n/s/q> n 9258 name> secret 9259 Type of storage to configure. 9260 Choose a number from below, or type in your own value 9261 [snip] 9262 XX / Encrypt/Decrypt a remote 9263 \ "crypt" 9264 [snip] 9265 Storage> crypt 9266 Remote to encrypt/decrypt. 9267 Normally should contain a ':' and a path, eg "myremote:path/to/dir", 9268 "myremote:bucket" or maybe "myremote:" (not recommended). 9269 remote> remote:path 9270 How to encrypt the filenames. 9271 Choose a number from below, or type in your own value 9272 1 / Don't encrypt the file names. Adds a ".bin" extension only. 9273 \ "off" 9274 2 / Encrypt the filenames see the docs for the details. 9275 \ "standard" 9276 3 / Very simple filename obfuscation. 9277 \ "obfuscate" 9278 filename_encryption> 2 9279 Option to either encrypt directory names or leave them intact. 9280 Choose a number from below, or type in your own value 9281 1 / Encrypt directory names. 9282 \ "true" 9283 2 / Don't encrypt directory names, leave them intact. 9284 \ "false" 9285 filename_encryption> 1 9286 Password or pass phrase for encryption. 9287 y) Yes type in my own password 9288 g) Generate random password 9289 y/g> y 9290 Enter the password: 9291 password: 9292 Confirm the password: 9293 password: 9294 Password or pass phrase for salt. Optional but recommended. 9295 Should be different to the previous password. 9296 y) Yes type in my own password 9297 g) Generate random password 9298 n) No leave this optional password blank 9299 y/g/n> g 9300 Password strength in bits. 9301 64 is just about memorable 9302 128 is secure 9303 1024 is the maximum 9304 Bits> 128 9305 Your password is: JAsJvRcgR-_veXNfy_sGmQ 9306 Use this password? 9307 y) Yes 9308 n) No 9309 y/n> y 9310 Remote config 9311 -------------------- 9312 [secret] 9313 remote = remote:path 9314 filename_encryption = standard 9315 password = *** ENCRYPTED *** 9316 password2 = *** ENCRYPTED *** 9317 -------------------- 9318 y) Yes this is OK 9319 e) Edit this remote 9320 d) Delete this remote 9321 y/e/d> y</code></pre> 9322 <p><strong>Important</strong> The password is stored in the config file is lightly obscured so it isn’t immediately obvious what it is. It is in no way secure unless you use config file encryption.</p> 9323 <p>A long passphrase is recommended, or you can use a random one. Note that if you reconfigure rclone with the same passwords/passphrases elsewhere it will be compatible - all the secrets used are derived from those two passwords/passphrases.</p> 9324 <p>Note that rclone does not encrypt</p> 9325 <ul> 9326 <li>file length - this can be calcuated within 16 bytes</li> 9327 <li>modification time - used for syncing</li> 9328 </ul> 9329 <h2 id="specifying-the-remote-1">Specifying the remote</h2> 9330 <p>In normal use, make sure the remote has a <code>:</code> in. If you specify the remote without a <code>:</code> then rclone will use a local directory of that name. So if you use a remote of <code>/path/to/secret/files</code> then rclone will encrypt stuff to that directory. If you use a remote of <code>name</code> then rclone will put files in a directory called <code>name</code> in the current directory.</p> 9331 <p>If you specify the remote as <code>remote:path/to/dir</code> then rclone will store encrypted files in <code>path/to/dir</code> on the remote. If you are using file name encryption, then when you save files to <code>secret:subdir/subfile</code> this will store them in the unencrypted path <code>path/to/dir</code> but the <code>subdir/subpath</code> bit will be encrypted.</p> 9332 <p>Note that unless you want encrypted bucket names (which are difficult to manage because you won’t know what directory they represent in web interfaces etc), you should probably specify a bucket, eg <code>remote:secretbucket</code> when using bucket based remotes such as S3, Swift, Hubic, B2, GCS.</p> 9333 <h2 id="example">Example</h2> 9334 <p>To test I made a little directory of files using “standard” file name encryption.</p> 9335 <pre><code>plaintext/ 9336 ├── file0.txt 9337 ├── file1.txt 9338 └── subdir 9339 ├── file2.txt 9340 ├── file3.txt 9341 └── subsubdir 9342 └── file4.txt</code></pre> 9343 <p>Copy these to the remote and list them back</p> 9344 <pre><code>$ rclone -q copy plaintext secret: 9345 $ rclone -q ls secret: 9346 7 file1.txt 9347 6 file0.txt 9348 8 subdir/file2.txt 9349 10 subdir/subsubdir/file4.txt 9350 9 subdir/file3.txt</code></pre> 9351 <p>Now see what that looked like when encrypted</p> 9352 <pre><code>$ rclone -q ls remote:path 9353 55 hagjclgavj2mbiqm6u6cnjjqcg 9354 54 v05749mltvv1tf4onltun46gls 9355 57 86vhrsv86mpbtd3a0akjuqslj8/dlj7fkq4kdq72emafg7a7s41uo 9356 58 86vhrsv86mpbtd3a0akjuqslj8/7uu829995du6o42n32otfhjqp4/b9pausrfansjth5ob3jkdqd4lc 9357 56 86vhrsv86mpbtd3a0akjuqslj8/8njh1sk437gttmep3p70g81aps</code></pre> 9358 <p>Note that this retains the directory structure which means you can do this</p> 9359 <pre><code>$ rclone -q ls secret:subdir 9360 8 file2.txt 9361 9 file3.txt 9362 10 subsubdir/file4.txt</code></pre> 9363 <p>If don’t use file name encryption then the remote will look like this - note the <code>.bin</code> extensions added to prevent the cloud provider attempting to interpret the data.</p> 9364 <pre><code>$ rclone -q ls remote:path 9365 54 file0.txt.bin 9366 57 subdir/file3.txt.bin 9367 56 subdir/file2.txt.bin 9368 58 subdir/subsubdir/file4.txt.bin 9369 55 file1.txt.bin</code></pre> 9370 <h3 id="file-name-encryption-modes">File name encryption modes</h3> 9371 <p>Here are some of the features of the file name encryption modes</p> 9372 <p>Off</p> 9373 <ul> 9374 <li>doesn’t hide file names or directory structure</li> 9375 <li>allows for longer file names (~246 characters)</li> 9376 <li>can use sub paths and copy single files</li> 9377 </ul> 9378 <p>Standard</p> 9379 <ul> 9380 <li>file names encrypted</li> 9381 <li>file names can’t be as long (~143 characters)</li> 9382 <li>can use sub paths and copy single files</li> 9383 <li>directory structure visible</li> 9384 <li>identical files names will have identical uploaded names</li> 9385 <li>can use shortcuts to shorten the directory recursion</li> 9386 </ul> 9387 <p>Obfuscation</p> 9388 <p>This is a simple “rotate” of the filename, with each file having a rot distance based on the filename. We store the distance at the beginning of the filename. So a file called “hello” may become “53.jgnnq”</p> 9389 <p>This is not a strong encryption of filenames, but it may stop automated scanning tools from picking up on filename patterns. As such it’s an intermediate between “off” and “standard”. The advantage is that it allows for longer path segment names.</p> 9390 <p>There is a possibility with some unicode based filenames that the obfuscation is weak and may map lower case characters to upper case equivalents. You can not rely on this for strong protection.</p> 9391 <ul> 9392 <li>file names very lightly obfuscated</li> 9393 <li>file names can be longer than standard encryption</li> 9394 <li>can use sub paths and copy single files</li> 9395 <li>directory structure visible</li> 9396 <li>identical files names will have identical uploaded names</li> 9397 </ul> 9398 <p>Cloud storage systems have various limits on file name length and total path length which you are more likely to hit using “Standard” file name encryption. If you keep your file names to below 156 characters in length then you should be OK on all providers.</p> 9399 <p>There may be an even more secure file name encryption mode in the future which will address the long file name problem.</p> 9400 <h3 id="directory-name-encryption">Directory name encryption</h3> 9401 <p>Crypt offers the option of encrypting dir names or leaving them intact. There are two options:</p> 9402 <p>True</p> 9403 <p>Encrypts the whole file path including directory names Example: <code>1/12/123.txt</code> is encrypted to <code>p0e52nreeaj0a5ea7s64m4j72s/l42g6771hnv3an9cgc8cr2n1ng/qgm4avr35m5loi1th53ato71v0</code></p> 9404 <p>False</p> 9405 <p>Only encrypts file names, skips directory names Example: <code>1/12/123.txt</code> is encrypted to <code>1/12/qgm4avr35m5loi1th53ato71v0</code></p> 9406 <h3 id="modified-time-and-hashes-3">Modified time and hashes</h3> 9407 <p>Crypt stores modification times using the underlying remote so support depends on that.</p> 9408 <p>Hashes are not stored for crypt. However the data integrity is protected by an extremely strong crypto authenticator.</p> 9409 <p>Note that you should use the <code>rclone cryptcheck</code> command to check the integrity of a crypted remote instead of <code>rclone check</code> which can’t check the checksums properly.</p> 9410 <!--- autogenerated options start - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit fs.RegInfo in backend/crypt/crypt.go then run make backenddocs --> 9411 <h3 id="standard-options-9">Standard Options</h3> 9412 <p>Here are the standard options specific to crypt (Encrypt/Decrypt a remote).</p> 9413 <h4 id="crypt-remote">–crypt-remote</h4> 9414 <p>Remote to encrypt/decrypt. Normally should contain a ‘:’ and a path, eg “myremote:path/to/dir”, “myremote:bucket” or maybe “myremote:” (not recommended).</p> 9415 <ul> 9416 <li>Config: remote</li> 9417 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_CRYPT_REMOTE</li> 9418 <li>Type: string</li> 9419 <li>Default: ""</li> 9420 </ul> 9421 <h4 id="crypt-filename-encryption">–crypt-filename-encryption</h4> 9422 <p>How to encrypt the filenames.</p> 9423 <ul> 9424 <li>Config: filename_encryption</li> 9425 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_CRYPT_FILENAME_ENCRYPTION</li> 9426 <li>Type: string</li> 9427 <li>Default: “standard”</li> 9428 <li>Examples: 9429 <ul> 9430 <li>“standard” 9431 <ul> 9432 <li>Encrypt the filenames see the docs for the details.</li> 9433 </ul></li> 9434 <li>“obfuscate” 9435 <ul> 9436 <li>Very simple filename obfuscation.</li> 9437 </ul></li> 9438 <li>“off” 9439 <ul> 9440 <li>Don’t encrypt the file names. Adds a “.bin” extension only.</li> 9441 </ul></li> 9442 </ul></li> 9443 </ul> 9444 <h4 id="crypt-directory-name-encryption">–crypt-directory-name-encryption</h4> 9445 <p>Option to either encrypt directory names or leave them intact.</p> 9446 <ul> 9447 <li>Config: directory_name_encryption</li> 9448 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_CRYPT_DIRECTORY_NAME_ENCRYPTION</li> 9449 <li>Type: bool</li> 9450 <li>Default: true</li> 9451 <li>Examples: 9452 <ul> 9453 <li>“true” 9454 <ul> 9455 <li>Encrypt directory names.</li> 9456 </ul></li> 9457 <li>“false” 9458 <ul> 9459 <li>Don’t encrypt directory names, leave them intact.</li> 9460 </ul></li> 9461 </ul></li> 9462 </ul> 9463 <h4 id="crypt-password">–crypt-password</h4> 9464 <p>Password or pass phrase for encryption.</p> 9465 <ul> 9466 <li>Config: password</li> 9467 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_CRYPT_PASSWORD</li> 9468 <li>Type: string</li> 9469 <li>Default: ""</li> 9470 </ul> 9471 <h4 id="crypt-password2">–crypt-password2</h4> 9472 <p>Password or pass phrase for salt. Optional but recommended. Should be different to the previous password.</p> 9473 <ul> 9474 <li>Config: password2</li> 9475 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_CRYPT_PASSWORD2</li> 9476 <li>Type: string</li> 9477 <li>Default: ""</li> 9478 </ul> 9479 <h3 id="advanced-options-8">Advanced Options</h3> 9480 <p>Here are the advanced options specific to crypt (Encrypt/Decrypt a remote).</p> 9481 <h4 id="crypt-show-mapping">–crypt-show-mapping</h4> 9482 <p>For all files listed show how the names encrypt.</p> 9483 <p>If this flag is set then for each file that the remote is asked to list, it will log (at level INFO) a line stating the decrypted file name and the encrypted file name.</p> 9484 <p>This is so you can work out which encrypted names are which decrypted names just in case you need to do something with the encrypted file names, or for debugging purposes.</p> 9485 <ul> 9486 <li>Config: show_mapping</li> 9487 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_CRYPT_SHOW_MAPPING</li> 9488 <li>Type: bool</li> 9489 <li>Default: false</li> 9490 </ul> 9491 <!--- autogenerated options stop --> 9492 <h2 id="backing-up-a-crypted-remote">Backing up a crypted remote</h2> 9493 <p>If you wish to backup a crypted remote, it it recommended that you use <code>rclone sync</code> on the encrypted files, and make sure the passwords are the same in the new encrypted remote.</p> 9494 <p>This will have the following advantages</p> 9495 <ul> 9496 <li><code>rclone sync</code> will check the checksums while copying</li> 9497 <li>you can use <code>rclone check</code> between the encrypted remotes</li> 9498 <li>you don’t decrypt and encrypt unnecessarily</li> 9499 </ul> 9500 <p>For example, let’s say you have your original remote at <code>remote:</code> with the encrypted version at <code>eremote:</code> with path <code>remote:crypt</code>. You would then set up the new remote <code>remote2:</code> and then the encrypted version <code>eremote2:</code> with path <code>remote2:crypt</code> using the same passwords as <code>eremote:</code>.</p> 9501 <p>To sync the two remotes you would do</p> 9502 <pre><code>rclone sync remote:crypt remote2:crypt</code></pre> 9503 <p>And to check the integrity you would do</p> 9504 <pre><code>rclone check remote:crypt remote2:crypt</code></pre> 9505 <h2 id="file-formats">File formats</h2> 9506 <h3 id="file-encryption">File encryption</h3> 9507 <p>Files are encrypted 1:1 source file to destination object. The file has a header and is divided into chunks.</p> 9508 <h4 id="header">Header</h4> 9509 <ul> 9510 <li>8 bytes magic string <code>RCLONE\x00\x00</code></li> 9511 <li>24 bytes Nonce (IV)</li> 9512 </ul> 9513 <p>The initial nonce is generated from the operating systems crypto strong random number generator. The nonce is incremented for each chunk read making sure each nonce is unique for each block written. The chance of a nonce being re-used is minuscule. If you wrote an exabyte of data (10¹⁸ bytes) you would have a probability of approximately 2×10⁻³² of re-using a nonce.</p> 9514 <h4 id="chunk">Chunk</h4> 9515 <p>Each chunk will contain 64kB of data, except for the last one which may have less data. The data chunk is in standard NACL secretbox format. Secretbox uses XSalsa20 and Poly1305 to encrypt and authenticate messages.</p> 9516 <p>Each chunk contains:</p> 9517 <ul> 9518 <li>16 Bytes of Poly1305 authenticator</li> 9519 <li>1 - 65536 bytes XSalsa20 encrypted data</li> 9520 </ul> 9521 <p>64k chunk size was chosen as the best performing chunk size (the authenticator takes too much time below this and the performance drops off due to cache effects above this). Note that these chunks are buffered in memory so they can’t be too big.</p> 9522 <p>This uses a 32 byte (256 bit key) key derived from the user password.</p> 9523 <h4 id="examples">Examples</h4> 9524 <p>1 byte file will encrypt to</p> 9525 <ul> 9526 <li>32 bytes header</li> 9527 <li>17 bytes data chunk</li> 9528 </ul> 9529 <p>49 bytes total</p> 9530 <p>1MB (1048576 bytes) file will encrypt to</p> 9531 <ul> 9532 <li>32 bytes header</li> 9533 <li>16 chunks of 65568 bytes</li> 9534 </ul> 9535 <p>1049120 bytes total (a 0.05% overhead). This is the overhead for big files.</p> 9536 <h3 id="name-encryption">Name encryption</h3> 9537 <p>File names are encrypted segment by segment - the path is broken up into <code>/</code> separated strings and these are encrypted individually.</p> 9538 <p>File segments are padded using using PKCS#7 to a multiple of 16 bytes before encryption.</p> 9539 <p>They are then encrypted with EME using AES with 256 bit key. EME (ECB-Mix-ECB) is a wide-block encryption mode presented in the 2003 paper “A Parallelizable Enciphering Mode” by Halevi and Rogaway.</p> 9540 <p>This makes for deterministic encryption which is what we want - the same filename must encrypt to the same thing otherwise we can’t find it on the cloud storage system.</p> 9541 <p>This means that</p> 9542 <ul> 9543 <li>filenames with the same name will encrypt the same</li> 9544 <li>filenames which start the same won’t have a common prefix</li> 9545 </ul> 9546 <p>This uses a 32 byte key (256 bits) and a 16 byte (128 bits) IV both of which are derived from the user password.</p> 9547 <p>After encryption they are written out using a modified version of standard <code>base32</code> encoding as described in RFC4648. The standard encoding is modified in two ways:</p> 9548 <ul> 9549 <li>it becomes lower case (no-one likes upper case filenames!)</li> 9550 <li>we strip the padding character <code>=</code></li> 9551 </ul> 9552 <p><code>base32</code> is used rather than the more efficient <code>base64</code> so rclone can be used on case insensitive remotes (eg Windows, Amazon Drive).</p> 9553 <h3 id="key-derivation">Key derivation</h3> 9554 <p>Rclone uses <code>scrypt</code> with parameters <code>N=16384, r=8, p=1</code> with an optional user supplied salt (password2) to derive the 32+32+16 = 80 bytes of key material required. If the user doesn’t supply a salt then rclone uses an internal one.</p> 9555 <p><code>scrypt</code> makes it impractical to mount a dictionary attack on rclone encrypted data. For full protection against this you should always use a salt.</p> 9556 <h2 id="dropbox">Dropbox</h2> 9557 <p>Paths are specified as <code>remote:path</code></p> 9558 <p>Dropbox paths may be as deep as required, eg <code>remote:directory/subdirectory</code>.</p> 9559 <p>The initial setup for dropbox involves getting a token from Dropbox which you need to do in your browser. <code>rclone config</code> walks you through it.</p> 9560 <p>Here is an example of how to make a remote called <code>remote</code>. First run:</p> 9561 <pre><code> rclone config</code></pre> 9562 <p>This will guide you through an interactive setup process:</p> 9563 <pre><code>n) New remote 9564 d) Delete remote 9565 q) Quit config 9566 e/n/d/q> n 9567 name> remote 9568 Type of storage to configure. 9569 Choose a number from below, or type in your own value 9570 [snip] 9571 XX / Dropbox 9572 \ "dropbox" 9573 [snip] 9574 Storage> dropbox 9575 Dropbox App Key - leave blank normally. 9576 app_key> 9577 Dropbox App Secret - leave blank normally. 9578 app_secret> 9579 Remote config 9580 Please visit: 9581 https://www.dropbox.com/1/oauth2/authorize?client_id=XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX&response_type=code 9582 Enter the code: XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX_XXXXXXXXXX 9583 -------------------- 9584 [remote] 9585 app_key = 9586 app_secret = 9587 token = XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX_XXXX_XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX 9588 -------------------- 9589 y) Yes this is OK 9590 e) Edit this remote 9591 d) Delete this remote 9592 y/e/d> y</code></pre> 9593 <p>You can then use it like this,</p> 9594 <p>List directories in top level of your dropbox</p> 9595 <pre><code>rclone lsd remote:</code></pre> 9596 <p>List all the files in your dropbox</p> 9597 <pre><code>rclone ls remote:</code></pre> 9598 <p>To copy a local directory to a dropbox directory called backup</p> 9599 <pre><code>rclone copy /home/source remote:backup</code></pre> 9600 <h3 id="dropbox-for-business">Dropbox for business</h3> 9601 <p>Rclone supports Dropbox for business and Team Folders.</p> 9602 <p>When using Dropbox for business <code>remote:</code> and <code>remote:path/to/file</code> will refer to your personal folder.</p> 9603 <p>If you wish to see Team Folders you must use a leading <code>/</code> in the path, so <code>rclone lsd remote:/</code> will refer to the root and show you all Team Folders and your User Folder.</p> 9604 <p>You can then use team folders like this <code>remote:/TeamFolder</code> and <code>remote:/TeamFolder/path/to/file</code>.</p> 9605 <p>A leading <code>/</code> for a Dropbox personal account will do nothing, but it will take an extra HTTP transaction so it should be avoided.</p> 9606 <h3 id="modified-time-and-hashes-4">Modified time and Hashes</h3> 9607 <p>Dropbox supports modified times, but the only way to set a modification time is to re-upload the file.</p> 9608 <p>This means that if you uploaded your data with an older version of rclone which didn’t support the v2 API and modified times, rclone will decide to upload all your old data to fix the modification times. If you don’t want this to happen use <code>--size-only</code> or <code>--checksum</code> flag to stop it.</p> 9609 <p>Dropbox supports <a href="https://www.dropbox.com/developers/reference/content-hash">its own hash type</a> which is checked for all transfers.</p> 9610 <h4 id="restricted-filename-characters-6">Restricted filename characters</h4> 9611 <table> 9612 <thead> 9613 <tr class="header"> 9614 <th>Character</th> 9615 <th style="text-align: center;">Value</th> 9616 <th style="text-align: center;">Replacement</th> 9617 </tr> 9618 </thead> 9619 <tbody> 9620 <tr class="odd"> 9621 <td>NUL</td> 9622 <td style="text-align: center;">0x00</td> 9623 <td style="text-align: center;">␀</td> 9624 </tr> 9625 <tr class="even"> 9626 <td>/</td> 9627 <td style="text-align: center;">0x2F</td> 9628 <td style="text-align: center;">／</td> 9629 </tr> 9630 <tr class="odd"> 9631 <td>DEL</td> 9632 <td style="text-align: center;">0x7F</td> 9633 <td style="text-align: center;">␡</td> 9634 </tr> 9635 <tr class="even"> 9636 <td>\</td> 9637 <td style="text-align: center;">0x5C</td> 9638 <td style="text-align: center;">＼</td> 9639 </tr> 9640 </tbody> 9641 </table> 9642 <p>File names can also not end with the following characters. These only get replaced if they are last character in the name:</p> 9643 <table> 9644 <thead> 9645 <tr class="header"> 9646 <th>Character</th> 9647 <th style="text-align: center;">Value</th> 9648 <th style="text-align: center;">Replacement</th> 9649 </tr> 9650 </thead> 9651 <tbody> 9652 <tr class="odd"> 9653 <td>SP</td> 9654 <td style="text-align: center;">0x20</td> 9655 <td style="text-align: center;">␠</td> 9656 </tr> 9657 </tbody> 9658 </table> 9659 <p>Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be <a href="/overview/#invalid-utf8">replaced</a>, as they can’t be used in JSON strings.</p> 9660 <!--- autogenerated options start - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit fs.RegInfo in backend/dropbox/dropbox.go then run make backenddocs --> 9661 <h3 id="standard-options-10">Standard Options</h3> 9662 <p>Here are the standard options specific to dropbox (Dropbox).</p> 9663 <h4 id="dropbox-client-id">–dropbox-client-id</h4> 9664 <p>Dropbox App Client Id Leave blank normally.</p> 9665 <ul> 9666 <li>Config: client_id</li> 9667 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_DROPBOX_CLIENT_ID</li> 9668 <li>Type: string</li> 9669 <li>Default: ""</li> 9670 </ul> 9671 <h4 id="dropbox-client-secret">–dropbox-client-secret</h4> 9672 <p>Dropbox App Client Secret Leave blank normally.</p> 9673 <ul> 9674 <li>Config: client_secret</li> 9675 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_DROPBOX_CLIENT_SECRET</li> 9676 <li>Type: string</li> 9677 <li>Default: ""</li> 9678 </ul> 9679 <h3 id="advanced-options-9">Advanced Options</h3> 9680 <p>Here are the advanced options specific to dropbox (Dropbox).</p> 9681 <h4 id="dropbox-chunk-size">–dropbox-chunk-size</h4> 9682 <p>Upload chunk size. (< 150M).</p> 9683 <p>Any files larger than this will be uploaded in chunks of this size.</p> 9684 <p>Note that chunks are buffered in memory (one at a time) so rclone can deal with retries. Setting this larger will increase the speed slightly (at most 10% for 128MB in tests) at the cost of using more memory. It can be set smaller if you are tight on memory.</p> 9685 <ul> 9686 <li>Config: chunk_size</li> 9687 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_DROPBOX_CHUNK_SIZE</li> 9688 <li>Type: SizeSuffix</li> 9689 <li>Default: 48M</li> 9690 </ul> 9691 <h4 id="dropbox-impersonate">–dropbox-impersonate</h4> 9692 <p>Impersonate this user when using a business account.</p> 9693 <ul> 9694 <li>Config: impersonate</li> 9695 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_DROPBOX_IMPERSONATE</li> 9696 <li>Type: string</li> 9697 <li>Default: ""</li> 9698 </ul> 9699 <h4 id="dropbox-encoding">–dropbox-encoding</h4> 9700 <p>This sets the encoding for the backend.</p> 9701 <p>See: the <a href="/overview/#encoding">encoding section in the overview</a> for more info.</p> 9702 <ul> 9703 <li>Config: encoding</li> 9704 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_DROPBOX_ENCODING</li> 9705 <li>Type: MultiEncoder</li> 9706 <li>Default: Slash,BackSlash,Del,RightSpace,InvalidUtf8,Dot</li> 9707 </ul> 9708 <!--- autogenerated options stop --> 9709 <h3 id="limitations-5">Limitations</h3> 9710 <p>Note that Dropbox is case insensitive so you can’t have a file called “Hello.doc” and one called “hello.doc”.</p> 9711 <p>There are some file names such as <code>thumbs.db</code> which Dropbox can’t store. There is a full list of them in the <a href="https://www.dropbox.com/en/help/145">“Ignored Files” section of this document</a>. Rclone will issue an error message <code>File name disallowed - not uploading</code> if it attempts to upload one of those file names, but the sync won’t fail.</p> 9712 <p>If you have more than 10,000 files in a directory then <code>rclone purge dropbox:dir</code> will return the error <code>Failed to purge: There are too many files involved in this operation</code>. As a work-around do an <code>rclone delete dropbox:dir</code> followed by an <code>rclone rmdir dropbox:dir</code>.</p> 9713 <h3 id="get-your-own-dropbox-app-id">Get your own Dropbox App ID</h3> 9714 <p>When you use rclone with Dropbox in its default configuration you are using rclone’s App ID. This is shared between all the rclone users.</p> 9715 <p>Here is how to create your own Dropbox App ID for rclone:</p> 9716 <ol type="1"> 9717 <li><p>Log into the <a href="https://www.dropbox.com/developers/apps/create">Dropbox App console</a> with your Dropbox Account (It need not to be the same account as the Dropbox you want to access)</p></li> 9718 <li><p>Choose an API => Usually this should be <code>Dropbox API</code></p></li> 9719 <li><p>Choose the type of access you want to use => Full Dropbox or App Folder</p></li> 9720 <li><p>Name your App</p></li> 9721 <li><p>Click the button <code>Create App</code></p></li> 9722 <li><p>Find the <code>App key</code> and <code>App secret</code> Use these values in rclone config to add a new remote or edit an existing remote.</p></li> 9723 </ol> 9724 <h2 id="ftp">FTP</h2> 9725 <p>FTP is the File Transfer Protocol. FTP support is provided using the <a href="https://godoc.org/github.com/jlaffaye/ftp">github.com/jlaffaye/ftp</a> package.</p> 9726 <p>Here is an example of making an FTP configuration. First run</p> 9727 <pre><code>rclone config</code></pre> 9728 <p>This will guide you through an interactive setup process. An FTP remote only needs a host together with and a username and a password. With anonymous FTP server, you will need to use <code>anonymous</code> as username and your email address as the password.</p> 9729 <pre><code>No remotes found - make a new one 9730 n) New remote 9731 r) Rename remote 9732 c) Copy remote 9733 s) Set configuration password 9734 q) Quit config 9735 n/r/c/s/q> n 9736 name> remote 9737 Type of storage to configure. 9738 Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default (""). 9739 Choose a number from below, or type in your own value 9740 [snip] 9741 XX / FTP Connection 9742 \ "ftp" 9743 [snip] 9744 Storage> ftp 9745 ** See help for ftp backend at: https://rclone.org/ftp/ ** 9746 9747 FTP host to connect to 9748 Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default (""). 9749 Choose a number from below, or type in your own value 9750 1 / Connect to ftp.example.com 9751 \ "ftp.example.com" 9752 host> ftp.example.com 9753 FTP username, leave blank for current username, ncw 9754 Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default (""). 9755 user> 9756 FTP port, leave blank to use default (21) 9757 Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default (""). 9758 port> 9759 FTP password 9760 y) Yes type in my own password 9761 g) Generate random password 9762 y/g> y 9763 Enter the password: 9764 password: 9765 Confirm the password: 9766 password: 9767 Use FTP over TLS (Implicit) 9768 Enter a boolean value (true or false). Press Enter for the default ("false"). 9769 tls> 9770 Remote config 9771 -------------------- 9772 [remote] 9773 type = ftp 9774 host = ftp.example.com 9775 pass = *** ENCRYPTED *** 9776 -------------------- 9777 y) Yes this is OK 9778 e) Edit this remote 9779 d) Delete this remote 9780 y/e/d> y</code></pre> 9781 <p>This remote is called <code>remote</code> and can now be used like this</p> 9782 <p>See all directories in the home directory</p> 9783 <pre><code>rclone lsd remote:</code></pre> 9784 <p>Make a new directory</p> 9785 <pre><code>rclone mkdir remote:path/to/directory</code></pre> 9786 <p>List the contents of a directory</p> 9787 <pre><code>rclone ls remote:path/to/directory</code></pre> 9788 <p>Sync <code>/home/local/directory</code> to the remote directory, deleting any excess files in the directory.</p> 9789 <pre><code>rclone sync /home/local/directory remote:directory</code></pre> 9790 <h3 id="modified-time-3">Modified time</h3> 9791 <p>FTP does not support modified times. Any times you see on the server will be time of upload.</p> 9792 <h3 id="checksums">Checksums</h3> 9793 <p>FTP does not support any checksums.</p> 9794 <h4 id="restricted-filename-characters-7">Restricted filename characters</h4> 9795 <p>In addition to the <a href="/overview/#restricted-characters">default restricted characters set</a> the following characters are also replaced:</p> 9796 <p>File names can also not end with the following characters. These only get replaced if they are last character in the name:</p> 9797 <table> 9798 <thead> 9799 <tr class="header"> 9800 <th>Character</th> 9801 <th style="text-align: center;">Value</th> 9802 <th style="text-align: center;">Replacement</th> 9803 </tr> 9804 </thead> 9805 <tbody> 9806 <tr class="odd"> 9807 <td>SP</td> 9808 <td style="text-align: center;">0x20</td> 9809 <td style="text-align: center;">␠</td> 9810 </tr> 9811 </tbody> 9812 </table> 9813 <p>Note that not all FTP servers can have all characters in file names, for example:</p> 9814 <table> 9815 <thead> 9816 <tr class="header"> 9817 <th>FTP Server</th> 9818 <th style="text-align: center;">Forbidden characters</th> 9819 </tr> 9820 </thead> 9821 <tbody> 9822 <tr class="odd"> 9823 <td>proftpd</td> 9824 <td style="text-align: center;"><code>*</code></td> 9825 </tr> 9826 <tr class="even"> 9827 <td>pureftpd</td> 9828 <td style="text-align: center;"><code>\ [ ]</code></td> 9829 </tr> 9830 </tbody> 9831 </table> 9832 <h3 id="implicit-tls">Implicit TLS</h3> 9833 <p>FTP supports implicit FTP over TLS servers (FTPS). This has to be enabled in the config for the remote. The default FTPS port is <code>990</code> so the port will likely have to be explictly set in the config for the remote.</p> 9834 <!--- autogenerated options start - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit fs.RegInfo in backend/ftp/ftp.go then run make backenddocs --> 9835 <h3 id="standard-options-11">Standard Options</h3> 9836 <p>Here are the standard options specific to ftp (FTP Connection).</p> 9837 <h4 id="ftp-host">–ftp-host</h4> 9838 <p>FTP host to connect to</p> 9839 <ul> 9840 <li>Config: host</li> 9841 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_FTP_HOST</li> 9842 <li>Type: string</li> 9843 <li>Default: ""</li> 9844 <li>Examples: 9845 <ul> 9846 <li>“ftp.example.com” 9847 <ul> 9848 <li>Connect to ftp.example.com</li> 9849 </ul></li> 9850 </ul></li> 9851 </ul> 9852 <h4 id="ftp-user">–ftp-user</h4> 9853 <p>FTP username, leave blank for current username, $USER</p> 9854 <ul> 9855 <li>Config: user</li> 9856 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_FTP_USER</li> 9857 <li>Type: string</li> 9858 <li>Default: ""</li> 9859 </ul> 9860 <h4 id="ftp-port">–ftp-port</h4> 9861 <p>FTP port, leave blank to use default (21)</p> 9862 <ul> 9863 <li>Config: port</li> 9864 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_FTP_PORT</li> 9865 <li>Type: string</li> 9866 <li>Default: ""</li> 9867 </ul> 9868 <h4 id="ftp-pass">–ftp-pass</h4> 9869 <p>FTP password</p> 9870 <ul> 9871 <li>Config: pass</li> 9872 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_FTP_PASS</li> 9873 <li>Type: string</li> 9874 <li>Default: ""</li> 9875 </ul> 9876 <h4 id="ftp-tls">–ftp-tls</h4> 9877 <p>Use FTP over TLS (Implicit)</p> 9878 <ul> 9879 <li>Config: tls</li> 9880 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_FTP_TLS</li> 9881 <li>Type: bool</li> 9882 <li>Default: false</li> 9883 </ul> 9884 <h3 id="advanced-options-10">Advanced Options</h3> 9885 <p>Here are the advanced options specific to ftp (FTP Connection).</p> 9886 <h4 id="ftp-concurrency">–ftp-concurrency</h4> 9887 <p>Maximum number of FTP simultaneous connections, 0 for unlimited</p> 9888 <ul> 9889 <li>Config: concurrency</li> 9890 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_FTP_CONCURRENCY</li> 9891 <li>Type: int</li> 9892 <li>Default: 0</li> 9893 </ul> 9894 <h4 id="ftp-no-check-certificate">–ftp-no-check-certificate</h4> 9895 <p>Do not verify the TLS certificate of the server</p> 9896 <ul> 9897 <li>Config: no_check_certificate</li> 9898 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_FTP_NO_CHECK_CERTIFICATE</li> 9899 <li>Type: bool</li> 9900 <li>Default: false</li> 9901 </ul> 9902 <h4 id="ftp-disable-epsv">–ftp-disable-epsv</h4> 9903 <p>Disable using EPSV even if server advertises support</p> 9904 <ul> 9905 <li>Config: disable_epsv</li> 9906 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_FTP_DISABLE_EPSV</li> 9907 <li>Type: bool</li> 9908 <li>Default: false</li> 9909 </ul> 9910 <h4 id="ftp-encoding">–ftp-encoding</h4> 9911 <p>This sets the encoding for the backend.</p> 9912 <p>See: the <a href="/overview/#encoding">encoding section in the overview</a> for more info.</p> 9913 <ul> 9914 <li>Config: encoding</li> 9915 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_FTP_ENCODING</li> 9916 <li>Type: MultiEncoder</li> 9917 <li>Default: Slash,Del,Ctl,RightSpace,Dot</li> 9918 </ul> 9919 <!--- autogenerated options stop --> 9920 <h3 id="limitations-6">Limitations</h3> 9921 <p>Note that since FTP isn’t HTTP based the following flags don’t work with it: <code>--dump-headers</code>, <code>--dump-bodies</code>, <code>--dump-auth</code></p> 9922 <p>Note that <code>--timeout</code> isn’t supported (but <code>--contimeout</code> is).</p> 9923 <p>Note that <code>--bind</code> isn’t supported.</p> 9924 <p>FTP could support server side move but doesn’t yet.</p> 9925 <p>Note that the ftp backend does not support the <code>ftp_proxy</code> environment variable yet.</p> 9926 <p>Note that while implicit FTP over TLS is supported, explicit FTP over TLS is not.</p> 9927 <h2 id="google-cloud-storage">Google Cloud Storage</h2> 9928 <p>Paths are specified as <code>remote:bucket</code> (or <code>remote:</code> for the <code>lsd</code> command.) You may put subdirectories in too, eg <code>remote:bucket/path/to/dir</code>.</p> 9929 <p>The initial setup for google cloud storage involves getting a token from Google Cloud Storage which you need to do in your browser. <code>rclone config</code> walks you through it.</p> 9930 <p>Here is an example of how to make a remote called <code>remote</code>. First run:</p> 9931 <pre><code> rclone config</code></pre> 9932 <p>This will guide you through an interactive setup process:</p> 9933 <pre><code>n) New remote 9934 d) Delete remote 9935 q) Quit config 9936 e/n/d/q> n 9937 name> remote 9938 Type of storage to configure. 9939 Choose a number from below, or type in your own value 9940 [snip] 9941 XX / Google Cloud Storage (this is not Google Drive) 9942 \ "google cloud storage" 9943 [snip] 9944 Storage> google cloud storage 9945 Google Application Client Id - leave blank normally. 9946 client_id> 9947 Google Application Client Secret - leave blank normally. 9948 client_secret> 9949 Project number optional - needed only for list/create/delete buckets - see your developer console. 9950 project_number> 12345678 9951 Service Account Credentials JSON file path - needed only if you want use SA instead of interactive login. 9952 service_account_file> 9953 Access Control List for new objects. 9954 Choose a number from below, or type in your own value 9955 1 / Object owner gets OWNER access, and all Authenticated Users get READER access. 9956 \ "authenticatedRead" 9957 2 / Object owner gets OWNER access, and project team owners get OWNER access. 9958 \ "bucketOwnerFullControl" 9959 3 / Object owner gets OWNER access, and project team owners get READER access. 9960 \ "bucketOwnerRead" 9961 4 / Object owner gets OWNER access [default if left blank]. 9962 \ "private" 9963 5 / Object owner gets OWNER access, and project team members get access according to their roles. 9964 \ "projectPrivate" 9965 6 / Object owner gets OWNER access, and all Users get READER access. 9966 \ "publicRead" 9967 object_acl> 4 9968 Access Control List for new buckets. 9969 Choose a number from below, or type in your own value 9970 1 / Project team owners get OWNER access, and all Authenticated Users get READER access. 9971 \ "authenticatedRead" 9972 2 / Project team owners get OWNER access [default if left blank]. 9973 \ "private" 9974 3 / Project team members get access according to their roles. 9975 \ "projectPrivate" 9976 4 / Project team owners get OWNER access, and all Users get READER access. 9977 \ "publicRead" 9978 5 / Project team owners get OWNER access, and all Users get WRITER access. 9979 \ "publicReadWrite" 9980 bucket_acl> 2 9981 Location for the newly created buckets. 9982 Choose a number from below, or type in your own value 9983 1 / Empty for default location (US). 9984 \ "" 9985 2 / Multi-regional location for Asia. 9986 \ "asia" 9987 3 / Multi-regional location for Europe. 9988 \ "eu" 9989 4 / Multi-regional location for United States. 9990 \ "us" 9991 5 / Taiwan. 9992 \ "asia-east1" 9993 6 / Tokyo. 9994 \ "asia-northeast1" 9995 7 / Singapore. 9996 \ "asia-southeast1" 9997 8 / Sydney. 9998 \ "australia-southeast1" 9999 9 / Belgium. 10000 \ "europe-west1" 10001 10 / London. 10002 \ "europe-west2" 10003 11 / Iowa. 10004 \ "us-central1" 10005 12 / South Carolina. 10006 \ "us-east1" 10007 13 / Northern Virginia. 10008 \ "us-east4" 10009 14 / Oregon. 10010 \ "us-west1" 10011 location> 12 10012 The storage class to use when storing objects in Google Cloud Storage. 10013 Choose a number from below, or type in your own value 10014 1 / Default 10015 \ "" 10016 2 / Multi-regional storage class 10017 \ "MULTI_REGIONAL" 10018 3 / Regional storage class 10019 \ "REGIONAL" 10020 4 / Nearline storage class 10021 \ "NEARLINE" 10022 5 / Coldline storage class 10023 \ "COLDLINE" 10024 6 / Durable reduced availability storage class 10025 \ "DURABLE_REDUCED_AVAILABILITY" 10026 storage_class> 5 10027 Remote config 10028 Use auto config? 10029 * Say Y if not sure 10030 * Say N if you are working on a remote or headless machine or Y didn't work 10031 y) Yes 10032 n) No 10033 y/n> y 10034 If your browser doesn't open automatically go to the following link: http://127.0.0.1:53682/auth 10035 Log in and authorize rclone for access 10036 Waiting for code... 10037 Got code 10038 -------------------- 10039 [remote] 10040 type = google cloud storage 10041 client_id = 10042 client_secret = 10043 token = {"AccessToken":"xxxx.xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx-xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx","RefreshToken":"x/xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx_xxxxxxxxx","Expiry":"2014-07-17T20:49:14.929208288+01:00","Extra":null} 10044 project_number = 12345678 10045 object_acl = private 10046 bucket_acl = private 10047 -------------------- 10048 y) Yes this is OK 10049 e) Edit this remote 10050 d) Delete this remote 10051 y/e/d> y</code></pre> 10052 <p>Note that rclone runs a webserver on your local machine to collect the token as returned from Google if you use auto config mode. This only runs from the moment it opens your browser to the moment you get back the verification code. This is on <code>http://127.0.0.1:53682/</code> and this it may require you to unblock it temporarily if you are running a host firewall, or use manual mode.</p> 10053 <p>This remote is called <code>remote</code> and can now be used like this</p> 10054 <p>See all the buckets in your project</p> 10055 <pre><code>rclone lsd remote:</code></pre> 10056 <p>Make a new bucket</p> 10057 <pre><code>rclone mkdir remote:bucket</code></pre> 10058 <p>List the contents of a bucket</p> 10059 <pre><code>rclone ls remote:bucket</code></pre> 10060 <p>Sync <code>/home/local/directory</code> to the remote bucket, deleting any excess files in the bucket.</p> 10061 <pre><code>rclone sync /home/local/directory remote:bucket</code></pre> 10062 <h3 id="service-account-support">Service Account support</h3> 10063 <p>You can set up rclone with Google Cloud Storage in an unattended mode, i.e. not tied to a specific end-user Google account. This is useful when you want to synchronise files onto machines that don’t have actively logged-in users, for example build machines.</p> 10064 <p>To get credentials for Google Cloud Platform <a href="https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-accounts">IAM Service Accounts</a>, please head to the <a href="https://console.cloud.google.com/permissions/serviceaccounts">Service Account</a> section of the Google Developer Console. Service Accounts behave just like normal <code>User</code> permissions in <a href="https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/access-control">Google Cloud Storage ACLs</a>, so you can limit their access (e.g. make them read only). After creating an account, a JSON file containing the Service Account’s credentials will be downloaded onto your machines. These credentials are what rclone will use for authentication.</p> 10065 <p>To use a Service Account instead of OAuth2 token flow, enter the path to your Service Account credentials at the <code>service_account_file</code> prompt and rclone won’t use the browser based authentication flow. If you’d rather stuff the contents of the credentials file into the rclone config file, you can set <code>service_account_credentials</code> with the actual contents of the file instead, or set the equivalent environment variable.</p> 10066 <h3 id="application-default-credentials">Application Default Credentials</h3> 10067 <p>If no other source of credentials is provided, rclone will fall back to <a href="https://cloud.google.com/video-intelligence/docs/common/auth#authenticating_with_application_default_credentials">Application Default Credentials</a> this is useful both when you already have configured authentication for your developer account, or in production when running on a google compute host. Note that if running in docker, you may need to run additional commands on your google compute machine - <a href="https://cloud.google.com/container-registry/docs/advanced-authentication#gcloud_as_a_docker_credential_helper">see this page</a>.</p> 10068 <p>Note that in the case application default credentials are used, there is no need to explicitly configure a project number.</p> 10069 <h3 id="fast-list-3">–fast-list</h3> 10070 <p>This remote supports <code>--fast-list</code> which allows you to use fewer transactions in exchange for more memory. See the <a href="/docs/#fast-list">rclone docs</a> for more details.</p> 10071 <h3 id="modified-time-4">Modified time</h3> 10072 <p>Google google cloud storage stores md5sums natively and rclone stores modification times as metadata on the object, under the “mtime” key in RFC3339 format accurate to 1ns.</p> 10073 <h4 id="restricted-filename-characters-8">Restricted filename characters</h4> 10074 <table> 10075 <thead> 10076 <tr class="header"> 10077 <th>Character</th> 10078 <th style="text-align: center;">Value</th> 10079 <th style="text-align: center;">Replacement</th> 10080 </tr> 10081 </thead> 10082 <tbody> 10083 <tr class="odd"> 10084 <td>NUL</td> 10085 <td style="text-align: center;">0x00</td> 10086 <td style="text-align: center;">␀</td> 10087 </tr> 10088 <tr class="even"> 10089 <td>LF</td> 10090 <td style="text-align: center;">0x0A</td> 10091 <td style="text-align: center;">␊</td> 10092 </tr> 10093 <tr class="odd"> 10094 <td>CR</td> 10095 <td style="text-align: center;">0x0D</td> 10096 <td style="text-align: center;">␍</td> 10097 </tr> 10098 <tr class="even"> 10099 <td>/</td> 10100 <td style="text-align: center;">0x2F</td> 10101 <td style="text-align: center;">／</td> 10102 </tr> 10103 </tbody> 10104 </table> 10105 <p>Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be <a href="/overview/#invalid-utf8">replaced</a>, as they can’t be used in JSON strings.</p> 10106 <!--- autogenerated options start - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit fs.RegInfo in backend/googlecloudstorage/googlecloudstorage.go then run make backenddocs --> 10107 <h3 id="standard-options-12">Standard Options</h3> 10108 <p>Here are the standard options specific to google cloud storage (Google Cloud Storage (this is not Google Drive)).</p> 10109 <h4 id="gcs-client-id">–gcs-client-id</h4> 10110 <p>Google Application Client Id Leave blank normally.</p> 10111 <ul> 10112 <li>Config: client_id</li> 10113 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_GCS_CLIENT_ID</li> 10114 <li>Type: string</li> 10115 <li>Default: ""</li> 10116 </ul> 10117 <h4 id="gcs-client-secret">–gcs-client-secret</h4> 10118 <p>Google Application Client Secret Leave blank normally.</p> 10119 <ul> 10120 <li>Config: client_secret</li> 10121 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_GCS_CLIENT_SECRET</li> 10122 <li>Type: string</li> 10123 <li>Default: ""</li> 10124 </ul> 10125 <h4 id="gcs-project-number">–gcs-project-number</h4> 10126 <p>Project number. Optional - needed only for list/create/delete buckets - see your developer console.</p> 10127 <ul> 10128 <li>Config: project_number</li> 10129 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_GCS_PROJECT_NUMBER</li> 10130 <li>Type: string</li> 10131 <li>Default: ""</li> 10132 </ul> 10133 <h4 id="gcs-service-account-file">–gcs-service-account-file</h4> 10134 <p>Service Account Credentials JSON file path Leave blank normally. Needed only if you want use SA instead of interactive login.</p> 10135 <ul> 10136 <li>Config: service_account_file</li> 10137 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_GCS_SERVICE_ACCOUNT_FILE</li> 10138 <li>Type: string</li> 10139 <li>Default: ""</li> 10140 </ul> 10141 <h4 id="gcs-service-account-credentials">–gcs-service-account-credentials</h4> 10142 <p>Service Account Credentials JSON blob Leave blank normally. Needed only if you want use SA instead of interactive login.</p> 10143 <ul> 10144 <li>Config: service_account_credentials</li> 10145 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_GCS_SERVICE_ACCOUNT_CREDENTIALS</li> 10146 <li>Type: string</li> 10147 <li>Default: ""</li> 10148 </ul> 10149 <h4 id="gcs-object-acl">–gcs-object-acl</h4> 10150 <p>Access Control List for new objects.</p> 10151 <ul> 10152 <li>Config: object_acl</li> 10153 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_GCS_OBJECT_ACL</li> 10154 <li>Type: string</li> 10155 <li>Default: ""</li> 10156 <li>Examples: 10157 <ul> 10158 <li>“authenticatedRead” 10159 <ul> 10160 <li>Object owner gets OWNER access, and all Authenticated Users get READER access.</li> 10161 </ul></li> 10162 <li>“bucketOwnerFullControl” 10163 <ul> 10164 <li>Object owner gets OWNER access, and project team owners get OWNER access.</li> 10165 </ul></li> 10166 <li>“bucketOwnerRead” 10167 <ul> 10168 <li>Object owner gets OWNER access, and project team owners get READER access.</li> 10169 </ul></li> 10170 <li>“private” 10171 <ul> 10172 <li>Object owner gets OWNER access [default if left blank].</li> 10173 </ul></li> 10174 <li>“projectPrivate” 10175 <ul> 10176 <li>Object owner gets OWNER access, and project team members get access according to their roles.</li> 10177 </ul></li> 10178 <li>“publicRead” 10179 <ul> 10180 <li>Object owner gets OWNER access, and all Users get READER access.</li> 10181 </ul></li> 10182 </ul></li> 10183 </ul> 10184 <h4 id="gcs-bucket-acl">–gcs-bucket-acl</h4> 10185 <p>Access Control List for new buckets.</p> 10186 <ul> 10187 <li>Config: bucket_acl</li> 10188 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_GCS_BUCKET_ACL</li> 10189 <li>Type: string</li> 10190 <li>Default: ""</li> 10191 <li>Examples: 10192 <ul> 10193 <li>“authenticatedRead” 10194 <ul> 10195 <li>Project team owners get OWNER access, and all Authenticated Users get READER access.</li> 10196 </ul></li> 10197 <li>“private” 10198 <ul> 10199 <li>Project team owners get OWNER access [default if left blank].</li> 10200 </ul></li> 10201 <li>“projectPrivate” 10202 <ul> 10203 <li>Project team members get access according to their roles.</li> 10204 </ul></li> 10205 <li>“publicRead” 10206 <ul> 10207 <li>Project team owners get OWNER access, and all Users get READER access.</li> 10208 </ul></li> 10209 <li>“publicReadWrite” 10210 <ul> 10211 <li>Project team owners get OWNER access, and all Users get WRITER access.</li> 10212 </ul></li> 10213 </ul></li> 10214 </ul> 10215 <h4 id="gcs-bucket-policy-only">–gcs-bucket-policy-only</h4> 10216 <p>Access checks should use bucket-level IAM policies.</p> 10217 <p>If you want to upload objects to a bucket with Bucket Policy Only set then you will need to set this.</p> 10218 <p>When it is set, rclone:</p> 10219 <ul> 10220 <li>ignores ACLs set on buckets</li> 10221 <li>ignores ACLs set on objects</li> 10222 <li>creates buckets with Bucket Policy Only set</li> 10223 </ul> 10224 <p>Docs: https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-policy-only</p> 10225 <ul> 10226 <li>Config: bucket_policy_only</li> 10227 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_GCS_BUCKET_POLICY_ONLY</li> 10228 <li>Type: bool</li> 10229 <li>Default: false</li> 10230 </ul> 10231 <h4 id="gcs-location">–gcs-location</h4> 10232 <p>Location for the newly created buckets.</p> 10233 <ul> 10234 <li>Config: location</li> 10235 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_GCS_LOCATION</li> 10236 <li>Type: string</li> 10237 <li>Default: ""</li> 10238 <li>Examples: 10239 <ul> 10240 <li>"" 10241 <ul> 10242 <li>Empty for default location (US).</li> 10243 </ul></li> 10244 <li>“asia” 10245 <ul> 10246 <li>Multi-regional location for Asia.</li> 10247 </ul></li> 10248 <li>“eu” 10249 <ul> 10250 <li>Multi-regional location for Europe.</li> 10251 </ul></li> 10252 <li>“us” 10253 <ul> 10254 <li>Multi-regional location for United States.</li> 10255 </ul></li> 10256 <li>“asia-east1” 10257 <ul> 10258 <li>Taiwan.</li> 10259 </ul></li> 10260 <li>“asia-east2” 10261 <ul> 10262 <li>Hong Kong.</li> 10263 </ul></li> 10264 <li>“asia-northeast1” 10265 <ul> 10266 <li>Tokyo.</li> 10267 </ul></li> 10268 <li>“asia-south1” 10269 <ul> 10270 <li>Mumbai.</li> 10271 </ul></li> 10272 <li>“asia-southeast1” 10273 <ul> 10274 <li>Singapore.</li> 10275 </ul></li> 10276 <li>“australia-southeast1” 10277 <ul> 10278 <li>Sydney.</li> 10279 </ul></li> 10280 <li>“europe-north1” 10281 <ul> 10282 <li>Finland.</li> 10283 </ul></li> 10284 <li>“europe-west1” 10285 <ul> 10286 <li>Belgium.</li> 10287 </ul></li> 10288 <li>“europe-west2” 10289 <ul> 10290 <li>London.</li> 10291 </ul></li> 10292 <li>“europe-west3” 10293 <ul> 10294 <li>Frankfurt.</li> 10295 </ul></li> 10296 <li>“europe-west4” 10297 <ul> 10298 <li>Netherlands.</li> 10299 </ul></li> 10300 <li>“us-central1” 10301 <ul> 10302 <li>Iowa.</li> 10303 </ul></li> 10304 <li>“us-east1” 10305 <ul> 10306 <li>South Carolina.</li> 10307 </ul></li> 10308 <li>“us-east4” 10309 <ul> 10310 <li>Northern Virginia.</li> 10311 </ul></li> 10312 <li>“us-west1” 10313 <ul> 10314 <li>Oregon.</li> 10315 </ul></li> 10316 <li>“us-west2” 10317 <ul> 10318 <li>California.</li> 10319 </ul></li> 10320 </ul></li> 10321 </ul> 10322 <h4 id="gcs-storage-class">–gcs-storage-class</h4> 10323 <p>The storage class to use when storing objects in Google Cloud Storage.</p> 10324 <ul> 10325 <li>Config: storage_class</li> 10326 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_GCS_STORAGE_CLASS</li> 10327 <li>Type: string</li> 10328 <li>Default: ""</li> 10329 <li>Examples: 10330 <ul> 10331 <li>"" 10332 <ul> 10333 <li>Default</li> 10334 </ul></li> 10335 <li>“MULTI_REGIONAL” 10336 <ul> 10337 <li>Multi-regional storage class</li> 10338 </ul></li> 10339 <li>“REGIONAL” 10340 <ul> 10341 <li>Regional storage class</li> 10342 </ul></li> 10343 <li>“NEARLINE” 10344 <ul> 10345 <li>Nearline storage class</li> 10346 </ul></li> 10347 <li>“COLDLINE” 10348 <ul> 10349 <li>Coldline storage class</li> 10350 </ul></li> 10351 <li>“DURABLE_REDUCED_AVAILABILITY” 10352 <ul> 10353 <li>Durable reduced availability storage class</li> 10354 </ul></li> 10355 </ul></li> 10356 </ul> 10357 <h3 id="advanced-options-11">Advanced Options</h3> 10358 <p>Here are the advanced options specific to google cloud storage (Google Cloud Storage (this is not Google Drive)).</p> 10359 <h4 id="gcs-encoding">–gcs-encoding</h4> 10360 <p>This sets the encoding for the backend.</p> 10361 <p>See: the <a href="/overview/#encoding">encoding section in the overview</a> for more info.</p> 10362 <ul> 10363 <li>Config: encoding</li> 10364 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_GCS_ENCODING</li> 10365 <li>Type: MultiEncoder</li> 10366 <li>Default: Slash,CrLf,InvalidUtf8,Dot</li> 10367 </ul> 10368 <!--- autogenerated options stop --> 10369 <h2 id="google-drive">Google Drive</h2> 10370 <p>Paths are specified as <code>drive:path</code></p> 10371 <p>Drive paths may be as deep as required, eg <code>drive:directory/subdirectory</code>.</p> 10372 <p>The initial setup for drive involves getting a token from Google drive which you need to do in your browser. <code>rclone config</code> walks you through it.</p> 10373 <p>Here is an example of how to make a remote called <code>remote</code>. First run:</p> 10374 <pre><code> rclone config</code></pre> 10375 <p>This will guide you through an interactive setup process:</p> 10376 <pre><code>No remotes found - make a new one 10377 n) New remote 10378 r) Rename remote 10379 c) Copy remote 10380 s) Set configuration password 10381 q) Quit config 10382 n/r/c/s/q> n 10383 name> remote 10384 Type of storage to configure. 10385 Choose a number from below, or type in your own value 10386 [snip] 10387 XX / Google Drive 10388 \ "drive" 10389 [snip] 10390 Storage> drive 10391 Google Application Client Id - leave blank normally. 10392 client_id> 10393 Google Application Client Secret - leave blank normally. 10394 client_secret> 10395 Scope that rclone should use when requesting access from drive. 10396 Choose a number from below, or type in your own value 10397 1 / Full access all files, excluding Application Data Folder. 10398 \ "drive" 10399 2 / Read-only access to file metadata and file contents. 10400 \ "drive.readonly" 10401 / Access to files created by rclone only. 10402 3 | These are visible in the drive website. 10403 | File authorization is revoked when the user deauthorizes the app. 10404 \ "drive.file" 10405 / Allows read and write access to the Application Data folder. 10406 4 | This is not visible in the drive website. 10407 \ "drive.appfolder" 10408 / Allows read-only access to file metadata but 10409 5 | does not allow any access to read or download file content. 10410 \ "drive.metadata.readonly" 10411 scope> 1 10412 ID of the root folder - leave blank normally. Fill in to access "Computers" folders. (see docs). 10413 root_folder_id> 10414 Service Account Credentials JSON file path - needed only if you want use SA instead of interactive login. 10415 service_account_file> 10416 Remote config 10417 Use auto config? 10418 * Say Y if not sure 10419 * Say N if you are working on a remote or headless machine or Y didn't work 10420 y) Yes 10421 n) No 10422 y/n> y 10423 If your browser doesn't open automatically go to the following link: http://127.0.0.1:53682/auth 10424 Log in and authorize rclone for access 10425 Waiting for code... 10426 Got code 10427 Configure this as a team drive? 10428 y) Yes 10429 n) No 10430 y/n> n 10431 -------------------- 10432 [remote] 10433 client_id = 10434 client_secret = 10435 scope = drive 10436 root_folder_id = 10437 service_account_file = 10438 token = {"access_token":"XXX","token_type":"Bearer","refresh_token":"XXX","expiry":"2014-03-16T13:57:58.955387075Z"} 10439 -------------------- 10440 y) Yes this is OK 10441 e) Edit this remote 10442 d) Delete this remote 10443 y/e/d> y</code></pre> 10444 <p>Note that rclone runs a webserver on your local machine to collect the token as returned from Google if you use auto config mode. This only runs from the moment it opens your browser to the moment you get back the verification code. This is on <code>http://127.0.0.1:53682/</code> and this it may require you to unblock it temporarily if you are running a host firewall, or use manual mode.</p> 10445 <p>You can then use it like this,</p> 10446 <p>List directories in top level of your drive</p> 10447 <pre><code>rclone lsd remote:</code></pre> 10448 <p>List all the files in your drive</p> 10449 <pre><code>rclone ls remote:</code></pre> 10450 <p>To copy a local directory to a drive directory called backup</p> 10451 <pre><code>rclone copy /home/source remote:backup</code></pre> 10452 <h3 id="scopes">Scopes</h3> 10453 <p>Rclone allows you to select which scope you would like for rclone to use. This changes what type of token is granted to rclone. <a href="https://developers.google.com/drive/v3/web/about-auth">The scopes are defined here.</a>.</p> 10454 <p>The scope are</p> 10455 <h4 id="drive">drive</h4> 10456 <p>This is the default scope and allows full access to all files, except for the Application Data Folder (see below).</p> 10457 <p>Choose this one if you aren’t sure.</p> 10458 <h4 id="drive.readonly">drive.readonly</h4> 10459 <p>This allows read only access to all files. Files may be listed and downloaded but not uploaded, renamed or deleted.</p> 10460 <h4 id="drive.file">drive.file</h4> 10461 <p>With this scope rclone can read/view/modify only those files and folders it creates.</p> 10462 <p>So if you uploaded files to drive via the web interface (or any other means) they will not be visible to rclone.</p> 10463 <p>This can be useful if you are using rclone to backup data and you want to be sure confidential data on your drive is not visible to rclone.</p> 10464 <p>Files created with this scope are visible in the web interface.</p> 10465 <h4 id="drive.appfolder">drive.appfolder</h4> 10466 <p>This gives rclone its own private area to store files. Rclone will not be able to see any other files on your drive and you won’t be able to see rclone’s files from the web interface either.</p> 10467 <h4 id="drive.metadata.readonly">drive.metadata.readonly</h4> 10468 <p>This allows read only access to file names only. It does not allow rclone to download or upload data, or rename or delete files or directories.</p> 10469 <h3 id="root-folder-id">Root folder ID</h3> 10470 <p>You can set the <code>root_folder_id</code> for rclone. This is the directory (identified by its <code>Folder ID</code>) that rclone considers to be the root of your drive.</p> 10471 <p>Normally you will leave this blank and rclone will determine the correct root to use itself.</p> 10472 <p>However you can set this to restrict rclone to a specific folder hierarchy or to access data within the “Computers” tab on the drive web interface (where files from Google’s Backup and Sync desktop program go).</p> 10473 <p>In order to do this you will have to find the <code>Folder ID</code> of the directory you wish rclone to display. This will be the last segment of the URL when you open the relevant folder in the drive web interface.</p> 10474 <p>So if the folder you want rclone to use has a URL which looks like <code>https://drive.google.com/drive/folders/1XyfxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxKHCh</code> in the browser, then you use <code>1XyfxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxKHCh</code> as the <code>root_folder_id</code> in the config.</p> 10475 <p><strong>NB</strong> folders under the “Computers” tab seem to be read only (drive gives a 500 error) when using rclone.</p> 10476 <p>There doesn’t appear to be an API to discover the folder IDs of the “Computers” tab - please contact us if you know otherwise!</p> 10477 <p>Note also that rclone can’t access any data under the “Backups” tab on the google drive web interface yet.</p> 10478 <h3 id="service-account-support-1">Service Account support</h3> 10479 <p>You can set up rclone with Google Drive in an unattended mode, i.e. not tied to a specific end-user Google account. This is useful when you want to synchronise files onto machines that don’t have actively logged-in users, for example build machines.</p> 10480 <p>To use a Service Account instead of OAuth2 token flow, enter the path to your Service Account credentials at the <code>service_account_file</code> prompt during <code>rclone config</code> and rclone won’t use the browser based authentication flow. If you’d rather stuff the contents of the credentials file into the rclone config file, you can set <code>service_account_credentials</code> with the actual contents of the file instead, or set the equivalent environment variable.</p> 10481 <h4 id="use-case---google-appsg-suite-account-and-individual-drive">Use case - Google Apps/G-suite account and individual Drive</h4> 10482 <p>Let’s say that you are the administrator of a Google Apps (old) or G-suite account. The goal is to store data on an individual’s Drive account, who IS a member of the domain. We’ll call the domain <strong>example.com</strong>, and the user <strong>foo@example.com</strong>.</p> 10483 <p>There’s a few steps we need to go through to accomplish this:</p> 10484 <h5 id="create-a-service-account-for-example.com">1. Create a service account for example.com</h5> 10485 <ul> 10486 <li>To create a service account and obtain its credentials, go to the <a href="https://console.developers.google.com">Google Developer Console</a>.</li> 10487 <li>You must have a project - create one if you don’t.</li> 10488 <li>Then go to “IAM & admin” -> “Service Accounts”.</li> 10489 <li>Use the “Create Credentials” button. Fill in “Service account name” with something that identifies your client. “Role” can be empty.</li> 10490 <li>Tick “Furnish a new private key” - select “Key type JSON”.</li> 10491 <li>Tick “Enable G Suite Domain-wide Delegation”. This option makes “impersonation” possible, as documented here: <a href="https://developers.google.com/identity/protocols/OAuth2ServiceAccount#delegatingauthority">Delegating domain-wide authority to the service account</a></li> 10492 <li>These credentials are what rclone will use for authentication. If you ever need to remove access, press the “Delete service account key” button.</li> 10493 </ul> 10494 <h5 id="allowing-api-access-to-example.com-google-drive">2. Allowing API access to example.com Google Drive</h5> 10495 <ul> 10496 <li>Go to example.com’s admin console</li> 10497 <li>Go into “Security” (or use the search bar)</li> 10498 <li>Select “Show more” and then “Advanced settings”</li> 10499 <li>Select “Manage API client access” in the “Authentication” section</li> 10500 <li>In the “Client Name” field enter the service account’s “Client ID” - this can be found in the Developer Console under “IAM & Admin” -> “Service Accounts”, then “View Client ID” for the newly created service account. It is a ~21 character numerical string.</li> 10501 <li>In the next field, “One or More API Scopes”, enter <code>https://www.googleapis.com/auth/drive</code> to grant access to Google Drive specifically.</li> 10502 </ul> 10503 <h5 id="configure-rclone-assuming-a-new-install">3. Configure rclone, assuming a new install</h5> 10504 <pre><code>rclone config 10505 10506 n/s/q> n # New 10507 name>gdrive # Gdrive is an example name 10508 Storage> # Select the number shown for Google Drive 10509 client_id> # Can be left blank 10510 client_secret> # Can be left blank 10511 scope> # Select your scope, 1 for example 10512 root_folder_id> # Can be left blank 10513 service_account_file> /home/foo/myJSONfile.json # This is where the JSON file goes! 10514 y/n> # Auto config, y 10515 </code></pre> 10516 <h5 id="verify-that-its-working">4. Verify that it’s working</h5> 10517 <ul> 10518 <li><code>rclone -v --drive-impersonate foo@example.com lsf gdrive:backup</code></li> 10519 <li>The arguments do: 10520 <ul> 10521 <li><code>-v</code> - verbose logging</li> 10522 <li><code>--drive-impersonate foo@example.com</code> - this is what does the magic, pretending to be user foo.</li> 10523 <li><code>lsf</code> - list files in a parsing friendly way</li> 10524 <li><code>gdrive:backup</code> - use the remote called gdrive, work in the folder named backup.</li> 10525 </ul></li> 10526 </ul> 10527 <h3 id="team-drives">Team drives</h3> 10528 <p>If you want to configure the remote to point to a Google Team Drive then answer <code>y</code> to the question <code>Configure this as a team drive?</code>.</p> 10529 <p>This will fetch the list of Team Drives from google and allow you to configure which one you want to use. You can also type in a team drive ID if you prefer.</p> 10530 <p>For example:</p> 10531 <pre><code>Configure this as a team drive? 10532 y) Yes 10533 n) No 10534 y/n> y 10535 Fetching team drive list... 10536 Choose a number from below, or type in your own value 10537 1 / Rclone Test 10538 \ "xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx" 10539 2 / Rclone Test 2 10540 \ "yyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyy" 10541 3 / Rclone Test 3 10542 \ "zzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzz" 10543 Enter a Team Drive ID> 1 10544 -------------------- 10545 [remote] 10546 client_id = 10547 client_secret = 10548 token = {"AccessToken":"xxxx.x.xxxxx_xxxxxxxxxxx_xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx","RefreshToken":"1/xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx_xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx","Expiry":"2014-03-16T13:57:58.955387075Z","Extra":null} 10549 team_drive = xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx 10550 -------------------- 10551 y) Yes this is OK 10552 e) Edit this remote 10553 d) Delete this remote 10554 y/e/d> y</code></pre> 10555 <h3 id="fast-list-4">–fast-list</h3> 10556 <p>This remote supports <code>--fast-list</code> which allows you to use fewer transactions in exchange for more memory. See the <a href="/docs/#fast-list">rclone docs</a> for more details.</p> 10557 <p>It does this by combining multiple <code>list</code> calls into a single API request.</p> 10558 <p>This works by combining many <code>'%s' in parents</code> filters into one expression. To list the contents of directories a, b and c, the following requests will be send by the regular <code>List</code> function:</p> 10559 <pre><code>trashed=false and 'a' in parents 10560 trashed=false and 'b' in parents 10561 trashed=false and 'c' in parents</code></pre> 10562 <p>These can now be combined into a single request:</p> 10563 <pre><code>trashed=false and ('a' in parents or 'b' in parents or 'c' in parents)</code></pre> 10564 <p>The implementation of <code>ListR</code> will put up to 50 <code>parents</code> filters into one request. It will use the <code>--checkers</code> value to specify the number of requests to run in parallel.</p> 10565 <p>In tests, these batch requests were up to 20x faster than the regular method. Running the following command against different sized folders gives:</p> 10566 <pre><code>rclone lsjson -vv -R --checkers=6 gdrive:folder</code></pre> 10567 <p>small folder (220 directories, 700 files):</p> 10568 <ul> 10569 <li>without <code>--fast-list</code>: 38s</li> 10570 <li>with <code>--fast-list</code>: 10s</li> 10571 </ul> 10572 <p>large folder (10600 directories, 39000 files):</p> 10573 <ul> 10574 <li>without <code>--fast-list</code>: 22:05 min</li> 10575 <li>with <code>--fast-list</code>: 58s</li> 10576 </ul> 10577 <h3 id="modified-time-5">Modified time</h3> 10578 <p>Google drive stores modification times accurate to 1 ms.</p> 10579 <h4 id="restricted-filename-characters-9">Restricted filename characters</h4> 10580 <p>Only Invalid UTF-8 bytes will be <a href="/overview/#invalid-utf8">replaced</a>, as they can’t be used in JSON strings.</p> 10581 <p>In contrast to other backends, <code>/</code> can also be used in names and <code>.</code> or <code>..</code> are valid names.</p> 10582 <h3 id="revisions">Revisions</h3> 10583 <p>Google drive stores revisions of files. When you upload a change to an existing file to google drive using rclone it will create a new revision of that file.</p> 10584 <p>Revisions follow the standard google policy which at time of writing was</p> 10585 <ul> 10586 <li>They are deleted after 30 days or 100 revisions (whatever comes first).</li> 10587 <li>They do not count towards a user storage quota.</li> 10588 </ul> 10589 <h3 id="deleting-files-2">Deleting files</h3> 10590 <p>By default rclone will send all files to the trash when deleting files. If deleting them permanently is required then use the <code>--drive-use-trash=false</code> flag, or set the equivalent environment variable.</p> 10591 <h3 id="emptying-trash">Emptying trash</h3> 10592 <p>If you wish to empty your trash you can use the <code>rclone cleanup remote:</code> command which will permanently delete all your trashed files. This command does not take any path arguments.</p> 10593 <p>Note that Google Drive takes some time (minutes to days) to empty the trash even though the command returns within a few seconds. No output is echoed, so there will be no confirmation even using -v or -vv.</p> 10594 <h3 id="quota-information">Quota information</h3> 10595 <p>To view your current quota you can use the <code>rclone about remote:</code> command which will display your usage limit (quota), the usage in Google Drive, the size of all files in the Trash and the space used by other Google services such as Gmail. This command does not take any path arguments.</p> 10596 <h4 id="importexport-of-google-documents">Import/Export of google documents</h4> 10597 <p>Google documents can be exported from and uploaded to Google Drive.</p> 10598 <p>When rclone downloads a Google doc it chooses a format to download depending upon the <code>--drive-export-formats</code> setting. By default the export formats are <code>docx,xlsx,pptx,svg</code> which are a sensible default for an editable document.</p> 10599 <p>When choosing a format, rclone runs down the list provided in order and chooses the first file format the doc can be exported as from the list. If the file can’t be exported to a format on the formats list, then rclone will choose a format from the default list.</p> 10600 <p>If you prefer an archive copy then you might use <code>--drive-export-formats pdf</code>, or if you prefer openoffice/libreoffice formats you might use <code>--drive-export-formats ods,odt,odp</code>.</p> 10601 <p>Note that rclone adds the extension to the google doc, so if it is called <code>My Spreadsheet</code> on google docs, it will be exported as <code>My Spreadsheet.xlsx</code> or <code>My Spreadsheet.pdf</code> etc.</p> 10602 <p>When importing files into Google Drive, rclone will convert all files with an extension in <code>--drive-import-formats</code> to their associated document type. rclone will not convert any files by default, since the conversion is lossy process.</p> 10603 <p>The conversion must result in a file with the same extension when the <code>--drive-export-formats</code> rules are applied to the uploaded document.</p> 10604 <p>Here are some examples for allowed and prohibited conversions.</p> 10605 <table> 10606 <thead> 10607 <tr class="header"> 10608 <th>export-formats</th> 10609 <th>import-formats</th> 10610 <th>Upload Ext</th> 10611 <th>Document Ext</th> 10612 <th>Allowed</th> 10613 </tr> 10614 </thead> 10615 <tbody> 10616 <tr class="odd"> 10617 <td>odt</td> 10618 <td>odt</td> 10619 <td>odt</td> 10620 <td>odt</td> 10621 <td>Yes</td> 10622 </tr> 10623 <tr class="even"> 10624 <td>odt</td> 10625 <td>docx,odt</td> 10626 <td>odt</td> 10627 <td>odt</td> 10628 <td>Yes</td> 10629 </tr> 10630 <tr class="odd"> 10631 <td></td> 10632 <td>docx</td> 10633 <td>docx</td> 10634 <td>docx</td> 10635 <td>Yes</td> 10636 </tr> 10637 <tr class="even"> 10638 <td></td> 10639 <td>odt</td> 10640 <td>odt</td> 10641 <td>docx</td> 10642 <td>No</td> 10643 </tr> 10644 <tr class="odd"> 10645 <td>odt,docx</td> 10646 <td>docx,odt</td> 10647 <td>docx</td> 10648 <td>odt</td> 10649 <td>No</td> 10650 </tr> 10651 <tr class="even"> 10652 <td>docx,odt</td> 10653 <td>docx,odt</td> 10654 <td>docx</td> 10655 <td>docx</td> 10656 <td>Yes</td> 10657 </tr> 10658 <tr class="odd"> 10659 <td>docx,odt</td> 10660 <td>docx,odt</td> 10661 <td>odt</td> 10662 <td>docx</td> 10663 <td>No</td> 10664 </tr> 10665 </tbody> 10666 </table> 10667 <p>This limitation can be disabled by specifying <code>--drive-allow-import-name-change</code>. When using this flag, rclone can convert multiple files types resulting in the same document type at once, eg with <code>--drive-import-formats docx,odt,txt</code>, all files having these extension would result in a document represented as a docx file. This brings the additional risk of overwriting a document, if multiple files have the same stem. Many rclone operations will not handle this name change in any way. They assume an equal name when copying files and might copy the file again or delete them when the name changes.</p> 10668 <p>Here are the possible export extensions with their corresponding mime types. Most of these can also be used for importing, but there more that are not listed here. Some of these additional ones might only be available when the operating system provides the correct MIME type entries.</p> 10669 <p>This list can be changed by Google Drive at any time and might not represent the currently available conversions.</p> 10670 <table> 10671 <colgroup> 10672 <col style="width: 28%" /> 10673 <col style="width: 34%" /> 10674 <col style="width: 37%" /> 10675 </colgroup> 10676 <thead> 10677 <tr class="header"> 10678 <th>Extension</th> 10679 <th>Mime Type</th> 10680 <th>Description</th> 10681 </tr> 10682 </thead> 10683 <tbody> 10684 <tr class="odd"> 10685 <td>csv</td> 10686 <td>text/csv</td> 10687 <td>Standard CSV format for Spreadsheets</td> 10688 </tr> 10689 <tr class="even"> 10690 <td>docx</td> 10691 <td>application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document</td> 10692 <td>Microsoft Office Document</td> 10693 </tr> 10694 <tr class="odd"> 10695 <td>epub</td> 10696 <td>application/epub+zip</td> 10697 <td>E-book format</td> 10698 </tr> 10699 <tr class="even"> 10700 <td>html</td> 10701 <td>text/html</td> 10702 <td>An HTML Document</td> 10703 </tr> 10704 <tr class="odd"> 10705 <td>jpg</td> 10706 <td>image/jpeg</td> 10707 <td>A JPEG Image File</td> 10708 </tr> 10709 <tr class="even"> 10710 <td>json</td> 10711 <td>application/vnd.google-apps.script+json</td> 10712 <td>JSON Text Format</td> 10713 </tr> 10714 <tr class="odd"> 10715 <td>odp</td> 10716 <td>application/vnd.oasis.opendocument.presentation</td> 10717 <td>Openoffice Presentation</td> 10718 </tr> 10719 <tr class="even"> 10720 <td>ods</td> 10721 <td>application/vnd.oasis.opendocument.spreadsheet</td> 10722 <td>Openoffice Spreadsheet</td> 10723 </tr> 10724 <tr class="odd"> 10725 <td>ods</td> 10726 <td>application/x-vnd.oasis.opendocument.spreadsheet</td> 10727 <td>Openoffice Spreadsheet</td> 10728 </tr> 10729 <tr class="even"> 10730 <td>odt</td> 10731 <td>application/vnd.oasis.opendocument.text</td> 10732 <td>Openoffice Document</td> 10733 </tr> 10734 <tr class="odd"> 10735 <td>pdf</td> 10736 <td>application/pdf</td> 10737 <td>Adobe PDF Format</td> 10738 </tr> 10739 <tr class="even"> 10740 <td>png</td> 10741 <td>image/png</td> 10742 <td>PNG Image Format</td> 10743 </tr> 10744 <tr class="odd"> 10745 <td>pptx</td> 10746 <td>application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation</td> 10747 <td>Microsoft Office Powerpoint</td> 10748 </tr> 10749 <tr class="even"> 10750 <td>rtf</td> 10751 <td>application/rtf</td> 10752 <td>Rich Text Format</td> 10753 </tr> 10754 <tr class="odd"> 10755 <td>svg</td> 10756 <td>image/svg+xml</td> 10757 <td>Scalable Vector Graphics Format</td> 10758 </tr> 10759 <tr class="even"> 10760 <td>tsv</td> 10761 <td>text/tab-separated-values</td> 10762 <td>Standard TSV format for spreadsheets</td> 10763 </tr> 10764 <tr class="odd"> 10765 <td>txt</td> 10766 <td>text/plain</td> 10767 <td>Plain Text</td> 10768 </tr> 10769 <tr class="even"> 10770 <td>xlsx</td> 10771 <td>application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet</td> 10772 <td>Microsoft Office Spreadsheet</td> 10773 </tr> 10774 <tr class="odd"> 10775 <td>zip</td> 10776 <td>application/zip</td> 10777 <td>A ZIP file of HTML, Images CSS</td> 10778 </tr> 10779 </tbody> 10780 </table> 10781 <p>Google documents can also be exported as link files. These files will open a browser window for the Google Docs website of that document when opened. The link file extension has to be specified as a <code>--drive-export-formats</code> parameter. They will match all available Google Documents.</p> 10782 <table> 10783 <thead> 10784 <tr class="header"> 10785 <th>Extension</th> 10786 <th>Description</th> 10787 <th>OS Support</th> 10788 </tr> 10789 </thead> 10790 <tbody> 10791 <tr class="odd"> 10792 <td>desktop</td> 10793 <td>freedesktop.org specified desktop entry</td> 10794 <td>Linux</td> 10795 </tr> 10796 <tr class="even"> 10797 <td>link.html</td> 10798 <td>An HTML Document with a redirect</td> 10799 <td>All</td> 10800 </tr> 10801 <tr class="odd"> 10802 <td>url</td> 10803 <td>INI style link file</td> 10804 <td>macOS, Windows</td> 10805 </tr> 10806 <tr class="even"> 10807 <td>webloc</td> 10808 <td>macOS specific XML format</td> 10809 <td>macOS</td> 10810 </tr> 10811 </tbody> 10812 </table> 10813 <!--- autogenerated options start - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit fs.RegInfo in backend/drive/drive.go then run make backenddocs --> 10814 <h3 id="standard-options-13">Standard Options</h3> 10815 <p>Here are the standard options specific to drive (Google Drive).</p> 10816 <h4 id="drive-client-id">–drive-client-id</h4> 10817 <p>Google Application Client Id Setting your own is recommended. See https://rclone.org/drive/#making-your-own-client-id for how to create your own. If you leave this blank, it will use an internal key which is low performance.</p> 10818 <ul> 10819 <li>Config: client_id</li> 10820 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_CLIENT_ID</li> 10821 <li>Type: string</li> 10822 <li>Default: ""</li> 10823 </ul> 10824 <h4 id="drive-client-secret">–drive-client-secret</h4> 10825 <p>Google Application Client Secret Setting your own is recommended.</p> 10826 <ul> 10827 <li>Config: client_secret</li> 10828 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_CLIENT_SECRET</li> 10829 <li>Type: string</li> 10830 <li>Default: ""</li> 10831 </ul> 10832 <h4 id="drive-scope">–drive-scope</h4> 10833 <p>Scope that rclone should use when requesting access from drive.</p> 10834 <ul> 10835 <li>Config: scope</li> 10836 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_SCOPE</li> 10837 <li>Type: string</li> 10838 <li>Default: ""</li> 10839 <li>Examples: 10840 <ul> 10841 <li>“drive” 10842 <ul> 10843 <li>Full access all files, excluding Application Data Folder.</li> 10844 </ul></li> 10845 <li>“drive.readonly” 10846 <ul> 10847 <li>Read-only access to file metadata and file contents.</li> 10848 </ul></li> 10849 <li>“drive.file” 10850 <ul> 10851 <li>Access to files created by rclone only.</li> 10852 <li>These are visible in the drive website.</li> 10853 <li>File authorization is revoked when the user deauthorizes the app.</li> 10854 </ul></li> 10855 <li>“drive.appfolder” 10856 <ul> 10857 <li>Allows read and write access to the Application Data folder.</li> 10858 <li>This is not visible in the drive website.</li> 10859 </ul></li> 10860 <li>“drive.metadata.readonly” 10861 <ul> 10862 <li>Allows read-only access to file metadata but</li> 10863 <li>does not allow any access to read or download file content.</li> 10864 </ul></li> 10865 </ul></li> 10866 </ul> 10867 <h4 id="drive-root-folder-id">–drive-root-folder-id</h4> 10868 <p>ID of the root folder Leave blank normally.</p> 10869 <p>Fill in to access “Computers” folders (see docs), or for rclone to use a non root folder as its starting point.</p> 10870 <p>Note that if this is blank, the first time rclone runs it will fill it in with the ID of the root folder.</p> 10871 <ul> 10872 <li>Config: root_folder_id</li> 10873 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_ROOT_FOLDER_ID</li> 10874 <li>Type: string</li> 10875 <li>Default: ""</li> 10876 </ul> 10877 <h4 id="drive-service-account-file">–drive-service-account-file</h4> 10878 <p>Service Account Credentials JSON file path Leave blank normally. Needed only if you want use SA instead of interactive login.</p> 10879 <ul> 10880 <li>Config: service_account_file</li> 10881 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_SERVICE_ACCOUNT_FILE</li> 10882 <li>Type: string</li> 10883 <li>Default: ""</li> 10884 </ul> 10885 <h3 id="advanced-options-12">Advanced Options</h3> 10886 <p>Here are the advanced options specific to drive (Google Drive).</p> 10887 <h4 id="drive-service-account-credentials">–drive-service-account-credentials</h4> 10888 <p>Service Account Credentials JSON blob Leave blank normally. Needed only if you want use SA instead of interactive login.</p> 10889 <ul> 10890 <li>Config: service_account_credentials</li> 10891 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_SERVICE_ACCOUNT_CREDENTIALS</li> 10892 <li>Type: string</li> 10893 <li>Default: ""</li> 10894 </ul> 10895 <h4 id="drive-team-drive">–drive-team-drive</h4> 10896 <p>ID of the Team Drive</p> 10897 <ul> 10898 <li>Config: team_drive</li> 10899 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_TEAM_DRIVE</li> 10900 <li>Type: string</li> 10901 <li>Default: ""</li> 10902 </ul> 10903 <h4 id="drive-auth-owner-only">–drive-auth-owner-only</h4> 10904 <p>Only consider files owned by the authenticated user.</p> 10905 <ul> 10906 <li>Config: auth_owner_only</li> 10907 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_AUTH_OWNER_ONLY</li> 10908 <li>Type: bool</li> 10909 <li>Default: false</li> 10910 </ul> 10911 <h4 id="drive-use-trash">–drive-use-trash</h4> 10912 <p>Send files to the trash instead of deleting permanently. Defaults to true, namely sending files to the trash. Use <code>--drive-use-trash=false</code> to delete files permanently instead.</p> 10913 <ul> 10914 <li>Config: use_trash</li> 10915 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_USE_TRASH</li> 10916 <li>Type: bool</li> 10917 <li>Default: true</li> 10918 </ul> 10919 <h4 id="drive-skip-gdocs">–drive-skip-gdocs</h4> 10920 <p>Skip google documents in all listings. If given, gdocs practically become invisible to rclone.</p> 10921 <ul> 10922 <li>Config: skip_gdocs</li> 10923 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_SKIP_GDOCS</li> 10924 <li>Type: bool</li> 10925 <li>Default: false</li> 10926 </ul> 10927 <h4 id="drive-skip-checksum-gphotos">–drive-skip-checksum-gphotos</h4> 10928 <p>Skip MD5 checksum on Google photos and videos only.</p> 10929 <p>Use this if you get checksum errors when transferring Google photos or videos.</p> 10930 <p>Setting this flag will cause Google photos and videos to return a blank MD5 checksum.</p> 10931 <p>Google photos are identifed by being in the “photos” space.</p> 10932 <p>Corrupted checksums are caused by Google modifying the image/video but not updating the checksum.</p> 10933 <ul> 10934 <li>Config: skip_checksum_gphotos</li> 10935 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_SKIP_CHECKSUM_GPHOTOS</li> 10936 <li>Type: bool</li> 10937 <li>Default: false</li> 10938 </ul> 10939 <h4 id="drive-shared-with-me">–drive-shared-with-me</h4> 10940 <p>Only show files that are shared with me.</p> 10941 <p>Instructs rclone to operate on your “Shared with me” folder (where Google Drive lets you access the files and folders others have shared with you).</p> 10942 <p>This works both with the “list” (lsd, lsl, etc) and the “copy” commands (copy, sync, etc), and with all other commands too.</p> 10943 <ul> 10944 <li>Config: shared_with_me</li> 10945 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_SHARED_WITH_ME</li> 10946 <li>Type: bool</li> 10947 <li>Default: false</li> 10948 </ul> 10949 <h4 id="drive-trashed-only">–drive-trashed-only</h4> 10950 <p>Only show files that are in the trash. This will show trashed files in their original directory structure.</p> 10951 <ul> 10952 <li>Config: trashed_only</li> 10953 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_TRASHED_ONLY</li> 10954 <li>Type: bool</li> 10955 <li>Default: false</li> 10956 </ul> 10957 <h4 id="drive-formats">–drive-formats</h4> 10958 <p>Deprecated: see export_formats</p> 10959 <ul> 10960 <li>Config: formats</li> 10961 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_FORMATS</li> 10962 <li>Type: string</li> 10963 <li>Default: ""</li> 10964 </ul> 10965 <h4 id="drive-export-formats">–drive-export-formats</h4> 10966 <p>Comma separated list of preferred formats for downloading Google docs.</p> 10967 <ul> 10968 <li>Config: export_formats</li> 10969 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_EXPORT_FORMATS</li> 10970 <li>Type: string</li> 10971 <li>Default: “docx,xlsx,pptx,svg”</li> 10972 </ul> 10973 <h4 id="drive-import-formats">–drive-import-formats</h4> 10974 <p>Comma separated list of preferred formats for uploading Google docs.</p> 10975 <ul> 10976 <li>Config: import_formats</li> 10977 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_IMPORT_FORMATS</li> 10978 <li>Type: string</li> 10979 <li>Default: ""</li> 10980 </ul> 10981 <h4 id="drive-allow-import-name-change">–drive-allow-import-name-change</h4> 10982 <p>Allow the filetype to change when uploading Google docs (e.g. file.doc to file.docx). This will confuse sync and reupload every time.</p> 10983 <ul> 10984 <li>Config: allow_import_name_change</li> 10985 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_ALLOW_IMPORT_NAME_CHANGE</li> 10986 <li>Type: bool</li> 10987 <li>Default: false</li> 10988 </ul> 10989 <h4 id="drive-use-created-date">–drive-use-created-date</h4> 10990 <p>Use file created date instead of modified date.,</p> 10991 <p>Useful when downloading data and you want the creation date used in place of the last modified date.</p> 10992 <p><strong>WARNING</strong>: This flag may have some unexpected consequences.</p> 10993 <p>When uploading to your drive all files will be overwritten unless they haven’t been modified since their creation. And the inverse will occur while downloading. This side effect can be avoided by using the “–checksum” flag.</p> 10994 <p>This feature was implemented to retain photos capture date as recorded by google photos. You will first need to check the “Create a Google Photos folder” option in your google drive settings. You can then copy or move the photos locally and use the date the image was taken (created) set as the modification date.</p> 10995 <ul> 10996 <li>Config: use_created_date</li> 10997 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_USE_CREATED_DATE</li> 10998 <li>Type: bool</li> 10999 <li>Default: false</li> 11000 </ul> 11001 <h4 id="drive-use-shared-date">–drive-use-shared-date</h4> 11002 <p>Use date file was shared instead of modified date.</p> 11003 <p>Note that, as with “–drive-use-created-date”, this flag may have unexpected consequences when uploading/downloading files.</p> 11004 <p>If both this flag and “–drive-use-created-date” are set, the created date is used.</p> 11005 <ul> 11006 <li>Config: use_shared_date</li> 11007 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_USE_SHARED_DATE</li> 11008 <li>Type: bool</li> 11009 <li>Default: false</li> 11010 </ul> 11011 <h4 id="drive-list-chunk">–drive-list-chunk</h4> 11012 <p>Size of listing chunk 100-1000. 0 to disable.</p> 11013 <ul> 11014 <li>Config: list_chunk</li> 11015 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_LIST_CHUNK</li> 11016 <li>Type: int</li> 11017 <li>Default: 1000</li> 11018 </ul> 11019 <h4 id="drive-impersonate">–drive-impersonate</h4> 11020 <p>Impersonate this user when using a service account.</p> 11021 <ul> 11022 <li>Config: impersonate</li> 11023 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_IMPERSONATE</li> 11024 <li>Type: string</li> 11025 <li>Default: ""</li> 11026 </ul> 11027 <h4 id="drive-alternate-export">–drive-alternate-export</h4> 11028 <p>Use alternate export URLs for google documents export.,</p> 11029 <p>If this option is set this instructs rclone to use an alternate set of export URLs for drive documents. Users have reported that the official export URLs can’t export large documents, whereas these unofficial ones can.</p> 11030 <p>See rclone issue <a href="https://github.com/rclone/rclone/issues/2243">#2243</a> for background, <a href="https://issuetracker.google.com/issues/36761333">this google drive issue</a> and <a href="https://www.labnol.org/internet/direct-links-for-google-drive/28356/">this helpful post</a>.</p> 11031 <ul> 11032 <li>Config: alternate_export</li> 11033 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_ALTERNATE_EXPORT</li> 11034 <li>Type: bool</li> 11035 <li>Default: false</li> 11036 </ul> 11037 <h4 id="drive-upload-cutoff">–drive-upload-cutoff</h4> 11038 <p>Cutoff for switching to chunked upload</p> 11039 <ul> 11040 <li>Config: upload_cutoff</li> 11041 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_UPLOAD_CUTOFF</li> 11042 <li>Type: SizeSuffix</li> 11043 <li>Default: 8M</li> 11044 </ul> 11045 <h4 id="drive-chunk-size">–drive-chunk-size</h4> 11046 <p>Upload chunk size. Must a power of 2 >= 256k.</p> 11047 <p>Making this larger will improve performance, but note that each chunk is buffered in memory one per transfer.</p> 11048 <p>Reducing this will reduce memory usage but decrease performance.</p> 11049 <ul> 11050 <li>Config: chunk_size</li> 11051 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_CHUNK_SIZE</li> 11052 <li>Type: SizeSuffix</li> 11053 <li>Default: 8M</li> 11054 </ul> 11055 <h4 id="drive-acknowledge-abuse">–drive-acknowledge-abuse</h4> 11056 <p>Set to allow files which return cannotDownloadAbusiveFile to be downloaded.</p> 11057 <p>If downloading a file returns the error “This file has been identified as malware or spam and cannot be downloaded” with the error code “cannotDownloadAbusiveFile” then supply this flag to rclone to indicate you acknowledge the risks of downloading the file and rclone will download it anyway.</p> 11058 <ul> 11059 <li>Config: acknowledge_abuse</li> 11060 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_ACKNOWLEDGE_ABUSE</li> 11061 <li>Type: bool</li> 11062 <li>Default: false</li> 11063 </ul> 11064 <h4 id="drive-keep-revision-forever">–drive-keep-revision-forever</h4> 11065 <p>Keep new head revision of each file forever.</p> 11066 <ul> 11067 <li>Config: keep_revision_forever</li> 11068 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_KEEP_REVISION_FOREVER</li> 11069 <li>Type: bool</li> 11070 <li>Default: false</li> 11071 </ul> 11072 <h4 id="drive-size-as-quota">–drive-size-as-quota</h4> 11073 <p>Show sizes as storage quota usage, not actual size.</p> 11074 <p>Show the size of a file as the the storage quota used. This is the current version plus any older versions that have been set to keep forever.</p> 11075 <p><strong>WARNING</strong>: This flag may have some unexpected consequences.</p> 11076 <p>It is not recommended to set this flag in your config - the recommended usage is using the flag form –drive-size-as-quota when doing rclone ls/lsl/lsf/lsjson/etc only.</p> 11077 <p>If you do use this flag for syncing (not recommended) then you will need to use –ignore size also.</p> 11078 <ul> 11079 <li>Config: size_as_quota</li> 11080 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_SIZE_AS_QUOTA</li> 11081 <li>Type: bool</li> 11082 <li>Default: false</li> 11083 </ul> 11084 <h4 id="drive-v2-download-min-size">–drive-v2-download-min-size</h4> 11085 <p>If Object’s are greater, use drive v2 API to download.</p> 11086 <ul> 11087 <li>Config: v2_download_min_size</li> 11088 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_V2_DOWNLOAD_MIN_SIZE</li> 11089 <li>Type: SizeSuffix</li> 11090 <li>Default: off</li> 11091 </ul> 11092 <h4 id="drive-pacer-min-sleep">–drive-pacer-min-sleep</h4> 11093 <p>Minimum time to sleep between API calls.</p> 11094 <ul> 11095 <li>Config: pacer_min_sleep</li> 11096 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_PACER_MIN_SLEEP</li> 11097 <li>Type: Duration</li> 11098 <li>Default: 100ms</li> 11099 </ul> 11100 <h4 id="drive-pacer-burst">–drive-pacer-burst</h4> 11101 <p>Number of API calls to allow without sleeping.</p> 11102 <ul> 11103 <li>Config: pacer_burst</li> 11104 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_PACER_BURST</li> 11105 <li>Type: int</li> 11106 <li>Default: 100</li> 11107 </ul> 11108 <h4 id="drive-server-side-across-configs">–drive-server-side-across-configs</h4> 11109 <p>Allow server side operations (eg copy) to work across different drive configs.</p> 11110 <p>This can be useful if you wish to do a server side copy between two different Google drives. Note that this isn’t enabled by default because it isn’t easy to tell if it will work between any two configurations.</p> 11111 <ul> 11112 <li>Config: server_side_across_configs</li> 11113 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_SERVER_SIDE_ACROSS_CONFIGS</li> 11114 <li>Type: bool</li> 11115 <li>Default: false</li> 11116 </ul> 11117 <h4 id="drive-disable-http2">–drive-disable-http2</h4> 11118 <p>Disable drive using http2</p> 11119 <p>There is currently an unsolved issue with the google drive backend and HTTP/2. HTTP/2 is therefore disabled by default for the drive backend but can be re-enabled here. When the issue is solved this flag will be removed.</p> 11120 <p>See: https://github.com/rclone/rclone/issues/3631</p> 11121 <ul> 11122 <li>Config: disable_http2</li> 11123 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_DISABLE_HTTP2</li> 11124 <li>Type: bool</li> 11125 <li>Default: true</li> 11126 </ul> 11127 <h4 id="drive-stop-on-upload-limit">–drive-stop-on-upload-limit</h4> 11128 <p>Make upload limit errors be fatal</p> 11129 <p>At the time of writing it is only possible to upload 750GB of data to Google Drive a day (this is an undocumented limit). When this limit is reached Google Drive produces a slightly different error message. When this flag is set it causes these errors to be fatal. These will stop the in-progress sync.</p> 11130 <p>Note that this detection is relying on error message strings which Google don’t document so it may break in the future.</p> 11131 <p>See: https://github.com/rclone/rclone/issues/3857</p> 11132 <ul> 11133 <li>Config: stop_on_upload_limit</li> 11134 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_STOP_ON_UPLOAD_LIMIT</li> 11135 <li>Type: bool</li> 11136 <li>Default: false</li> 11137 </ul> 11138 <h4 id="drive-encoding">–drive-encoding</h4> 11139 <p>This sets the encoding for the backend.</p> 11140 <p>See: the <a href="/overview/#encoding">encoding section in the overview</a> for more info.</p> 11141 <ul> 11142 <li>Config: encoding</li> 11143 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_ENCODING</li> 11144 <li>Type: MultiEncoder</li> 11145 <li>Default: InvalidUtf8</li> 11146 </ul> 11147 <!--- autogenerated options stop --> 11148 <h3 id="limitations-7">Limitations</h3> 11149 <p>Drive has quite a lot of rate limiting. This causes rclone to be limited to transferring about 2 files per second only. Individual files may be transferred much faster at 100s of MBytes/s but lots of small files can take a long time.</p> 11150 <p>Server side copies are also subject to a separate rate limit. If you see User rate limit exceeded errors, wait at least 24 hours and retry. You can disable server side copies with <code>--disable copy</code> to download and upload the files if you prefer.</p> 11151 <h4 id="limitations-of-google-docs">Limitations of Google Docs</h4> 11152 <p>Google docs will appear as size -1 in <code>rclone ls</code> and as size 0 in anything which uses the VFS layer, eg <code>rclone mount</code>, <code>rclone serve</code>.</p> 11153 <p>This is because rclone can’t find out the size of the Google docs without downloading them.</p> 11154 <p>Google docs will transfer correctly with <code>rclone sync</code>, <code>rclone copy</code> etc as rclone knows to ignore the size when doing the transfer.</p> 11155 <p>However an unfortunate consequence of this is that you may not be able to download Google docs using <code>rclone mount</code>. If it doesn’t work you will get a 0 sized file. If you try again the doc may gain its correct size and be downloadable. Whther it will work on not depends on the application accessing the mount and the OS you are running - experiment to find out if it does work for you!</p> 11156 <h3 id="duplicated-files-1">Duplicated files</h3> 11157 <p>Sometimes, for no reason I’ve been able to track down, drive will duplicate a file that rclone uploads. Drive unlike all the other remotes can have duplicated files.</p> 11158 <p>Duplicated files cause problems with the syncing and you will see messages in the log about duplicates.</p> 11159 <p>Use <code>rclone dedupe</code> to fix duplicated files.</p> 11160 <p>Note that this isn’t just a problem with rclone, even Google Photos on Android duplicates files on drive sometimes.</p> 11161 <h3 id="rclone-appears-to-be-re-copying-files-it-shouldnt">Rclone appears to be re-copying files it shouldn’t</h3> 11162 <p>The most likely cause of this is the duplicated file issue above - run <code>rclone dedupe</code> and check your logs for duplicate object or directory messages.</p> 11163 <p>This can also be caused by a delay/caching on google drive’s end when comparing directory listings. Specifically with team drives used in combination with –fast-list. Files that were uploaded recently may not appear on the directory list sent to rclone when using –fast-list.</p> 11164 <p>Waiting a moderate period of time between attempts (estimated to be approximately 1 hour) and/or not using –fast-list both seem to be effective in preventing the problem.</p> 11165 <h3 id="making-your-own-client_id">Making your own client_id</h3> 11166 <p>When you use rclone with Google drive in its default configuration you are using rclone’s client_id. This is shared between all the rclone users. There is a global rate limit on the number of queries per second that each client_id can do set by Google. rclone already has a high quota and I will continue to make sure it is high enough by contacting Google.</p> 11167 <p>It is strongly recommended to use your own client ID as the default rclone ID is heavily used. If you have multiple services running, it is recommended to use an API key for each service. The default Google quota is 10 transactions per second so it is recommended to stay under that number as if you use more than that, it will cause rclone to rate limit and make things slower.</p> 11168 <p>Here is how to create your own Google Drive client ID for rclone:</p> 11169 <ol type="1"> 11170 <li><p>Log into the <a href="https://console.developers.google.com/">Google API Console</a> with your Google account. It doesn’t matter what Google account you use. (It need not be the same account as the Google Drive you want to access)</p></li> 11171 <li><p>Select a project or create a new project.</p></li> 11172 <li><p>Under “ENABLE APIS AND SERVICES” search for “Drive”, and enable the “Google Drive API”.</p></li> 11173 <li><p>Click “Credentials” in the left-side panel (not “Create credentials”, which opens the wizard), then “Create credentials”, then “OAuth client ID”. It will prompt you to set the OAuth consent screen product name, if you haven’t set one already.</p></li> 11174 <li><p>Choose an application type of “other”, and click “Create”. (the default name is fine)</p></li> 11175 <li><p>It will show you a client ID and client secret. Use these values in rclone config to add a new remote or edit an existing remote.</p></li> 11176 </ol> 11177 <p>(Thanks to <span class="citation" data-cites="balazer">@balazer</span> on github for these instructions.)</p> 11178 <h2 id="google-photos">Google Photos</h2> 11179 <p>The rclone backend for <a href="https://www.google.com/photos/about/">Google Photos</a> is a specialized backend for transferring photos and videos to and from Google Photos.</p> 11180 <p><strong>NB</strong> The Google Photos API which rclone uses has quite a few limitations, so please read the <a href="#limitations">limitations section</a> carefully to make sure it is suitable for your use.</p> 11181 <h2 id="configuring-google-photos">Configuring Google Photos</h2> 11182 <p>The initial setup for google cloud storage involves getting a token from Google Photos which you need to do in your browser. <code>rclone config</code> walks you through it.</p> 11183 <p>Here is an example of how to make a remote called <code>remote</code>. First run:</p> 11184 <pre><code> rclone config</code></pre> 11185 <p>This will guide you through an interactive setup process:</p> 11186 <pre><code>No remotes found - make a new one 11187 n) New remote 11188 s) Set configuration password 11189 q) Quit config 11190 n/s/q> n 11191 name> remote 11192 Type of storage to configure. 11193 Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default (""). 11194 Choose a number from below, or type in your own value 11195 [snip] 11196 XX / Google Photos 11197 \ "google photos" 11198 [snip] 11199 Storage> google photos 11200 ** See help for google photos backend at: https://rclone.org/googlephotos/ ** 11201 11202 Google Application Client Id 11203 Leave blank normally. 11204 Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default (""). 11205 client_id> 11206 Google Application Client Secret 11207 Leave blank normally. 11208 Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default (""). 11209 client_secret> 11210 Set to make the Google Photos backend read only. 11211 11212 If you choose read only then rclone will only request read only access 11213 to your photos, otherwise rclone will request full access. 11214 Enter a boolean value (true or false). Press Enter for the default ("false"). 11215 read_only> 11216 Edit advanced config? (y/n) 11217 y) Yes 11218 n) No 11219 y/n> n 11220 Remote config 11221 Use auto config? 11222 * Say Y if not sure 11223 * Say N if you are working on a remote or headless machine 11224 y) Yes 11225 n) No 11226 y/n> y 11227 If your browser doesn't open automatically go to the following link: http://127.0.0.1:53682/auth 11228 Log in and authorize rclone for access 11229 Waiting for code... 11230 Got code 11231 11232 *** IMPORTANT: All media items uploaded to Google Photos with rclone 11233 *** are stored in full resolution at original quality. These uploads 11234 *** will count towards storage in your Google Account. 11235 11236 -------------------- 11237 [remote] 11238 type = google photos 11239 token = {"access_token":"XXX","token_type":"Bearer","refresh_token":"XXX","expiry":"2019-06-28T17:38:04.644930156+01:00"} 11240 -------------------- 11241 y) Yes this is OK 11242 e) Edit this remote 11243 d) Delete this remote 11244 y/e/d> y</code></pre> 11245 <p>Note that rclone runs a webserver on your local machine to collect the token as returned from Google if you use auto config mode. This only runs from the moment it opens your browser to the moment you get back the verification code. This is on <code>http://127.0.0.1:53682/</code> and this may require you to unblock it temporarily if you are running a host firewall, or use manual mode.</p> 11246 <p>This remote is called <code>remote</code> and can now be used like this</p> 11247 <p>See all the albums in your photos</p> 11248 <pre><code>rclone lsd remote:album</code></pre> 11249 <p>Make a new album</p> 11250 <pre><code>rclone mkdir remote:album/newAlbum</code></pre> 11251 <p>List the contents of an album</p> 11252 <pre><code>rclone ls remote:album/newAlbum</code></pre> 11253 <p>Sync <code>/home/local/images</code> to the Google Photos, removing any excess files in the album.</p> 11254 <pre><code>rclone sync /home/local/image remote:album/newAlbum</code></pre> 11255 <h2 id="layout">Layout</h2> 11256 <p>As Google Photos is not a general purpose cloud storage system the backend is laid out to help you navigate it.</p> 11257 <p>The directories under <code>media</code> show different ways of categorizing the media. Each file will appear multiple times. So if you want to make a backup of your google photos you might choose to backup <code>remote:media/by-month</code>. (<strong>NB</strong> <code>remote:media/by-day</code> is rather slow at the moment so avoid for syncing.)</p> 11258 <p>Note that all your photos and videos will appear somewhere under <code>media</code>, but they may not appear under <code>album</code> unless you’ve put them into albums.</p> 11259 <pre><code>/ 11260 - upload 11261 - file1.jpg 11262 - file2.jpg 11263 - ... 11264 - media 11265 - all 11266 - file1.jpg 11267 - file2.jpg 11268 - ... 11269 - by-year 11270 - 2000 11271 - file1.jpg 11272 - ... 11273 - 2001 11274 - file2.jpg 11275 - ... 11276 - ... 11277 - by-month 11278 - 2000 11279 - 2000-01 11280 - file1.jpg 11281 - ... 11282 - 2000-02 11283 - file2.jpg 11284 - ... 11285 - ... 11286 - by-day 11287 - 2000 11288 - 2000-01-01 11289 - file1.jpg 11290 - ... 11291 - 2000-01-02 11292 - file2.jpg 11293 - ... 11294 - ... 11295 - album 11296 - album name 11297 - album name/sub 11298 - shared-album 11299 - album name 11300 - album name/sub</code></pre> 11301 <p>There are two writable parts of the tree, the <code>upload</code> directory and sub directories of the the <code>album</code> directory.</p> 11302 <p>The <code>upload</code> directory is for uploading files you don’t want to put into albums. This will be empty to start with and will contain the files you’ve uploaded for one rclone session only, becoming empty again when you restart rclone. The use case for this would be if you have a load of files you just want to once off dump into Google Photos. For repeated syncing, uploading to <code>album</code> will work better.</p> 11303 <p>Directories within the <code>album</code> directory are also writeable and you may create new directories (albums) under <code>album</code>. If you copy files with a directory hierarchy in there then rclone will create albums with the <code>/</code> character in them. For example if you do</p> 11304 <pre><code>rclone copy /path/to/images remote:album/images</code></pre> 11305 <p>and the images directory contains</p> 11306 <pre><code>images 11307 - file1.jpg 11308 dir 11309 file2.jpg 11310 dir2 11311 dir3 11312 file3.jpg</code></pre> 11313 <p>Then rclone will create the following albums with the following files in</p> 11314 <ul> 11315 <li>images 11316 <ul> 11317 <li>file1.jpg</li> 11318 </ul></li> 11319 <li>images/dir 11320 <ul> 11321 <li>file2.jpg</li> 11322 </ul></li> 11323 <li>images/dir2/dir3 11324 <ul> 11325 <li>file3.jpg</li> 11326 </ul></li> 11327 </ul> 11328 <p>This means that you can use the <code>album</code> path pretty much like a normal filesystem and it is a good target for repeated syncing.</p> 11329 <p>The <code>shared-album</code> directory shows albums shared with you or by you. This is similar to the Sharing tab in the Google Photos web interface.</p> 11330 <h2 id="limitations-8">Limitations</h2> 11331 <p>Only images and videos can be uploaded. If you attempt to upload non videos or images or formats that Google Photos doesn’t understand, rclone will upload the file, then Google Photos will give an error when it is put turned into a media item.</p> 11332 <p>Note that all media items uploaded to Google Photos through the API are stored in full resolution at “original quality” and <strong>will</strong> count towards your storage quota in your Google Account. The API does <strong>not</strong> offer a way to upload in “high quality” mode..</p> 11333 <h3 id="downloading-images">Downloading Images</h3> 11334 <p>When Images are downloaded this strips EXIF location (according to the docs and my tests). This is a limitation of the Google Photos API and is covered by <a href="https://issuetracker.google.com/issues/112096115">bug #112096115</a>.</p> 11335 <p><strong>The current google API does not allow photos to be downloaded at original resolution. This is very important if you are, for example, relying on “Google Photos” as a backup of your photos. You will not be able to use rclone to redownload original images. You could use ‘google takeout’ to recover the original photos as a last resort</strong></p> 11336 <h3 id="downloading-videos">Downloading Videos</h3> 11337 <p>When videos are downloaded they are downloaded in a really compressed version of the video compared to downloading it via the Google Photos web interface. This is covered by <a href="https://issuetracker.google.com/issues/113672044">bug #113672044</a>.</p> 11338 <h3 id="duplicates">Duplicates</h3> 11339 <p>If a file name is duplicated in a directory then rclone will add the file ID into its name. So two files called <code>file.jpg</code> would then appear as <code>file {123456}.jpg</code> and <code>file {ABCDEF}.jpg</code> (the actual IDs are a lot longer alas!).</p> 11340 <p>If you upload the same image (with the same binary data) twice then Google Photos will deduplicate it. However it will retain the filename from the first upload which may confuse rclone. For example if you uploaded an image to <code>upload</code> then uploaded the same image to <code>album/my_album</code> the filename of the image in <code>album/my_album</code> will be what it was uploaded with initially, not what you uploaded it with to <code>album</code>. In practise this shouldn’t cause too many problems.</p> 11341 <h3 id="modified-time-6">Modified time</h3> 11342 <p>The date shown of media in Google Photos is the creation date as determined by the EXIF information, or the upload date if that is not known.</p> 11343 <p>This is not changeable by rclone and is not the modification date of the media on local disk. This means that rclone cannot use the dates from Google Photos for syncing purposes.</p> 11344 <h3 id="size">Size</h3> 11345 <p>The Google Photos API does not return the size of media. This means that when syncing to Google Photos, rclone can only do a file existence check.</p> 11346 <p>It is possible to read the size of the media, but this needs an extra HTTP HEAD request per media item so is <strong>very slow</strong> and uses up a lot of transactions. This can be enabled with the <code>--gphotos-read-size</code> option or the <code>read_size = true</code> config parameter.</p> 11347 <p>If you want to use the backend with <code>rclone mount</code> you may need to enable this flag (depending on your OS and application using the photos) otherwise you may not be able to read media off the mount. You’ll need to experiment to see if it works for you without the flag.</p> 11348 <h3 id="albums">Albums</h3> 11349 <p>Rclone can only upload files to albums it created. This is a <a href="https://developers.google.com/photos/library/guides/manage-albums">limitation of the Google Photos API</a>.</p> 11350 <p>Rclone can remove files it uploaded from albums it created only.</p> 11351 <h3 id="deleting-files-3">Deleting files</h3> 11352 <p>Rclone can remove files from albums it created, but note that the Google Photos API does not allow media to be deleted permanently so this media will still remain. See <a href="https://issuetracker.google.com/issues/109759781">bug #109759781</a>.</p> 11353 <p>Rclone cannot delete files anywhere except under <code>album</code>.</p> 11354 <h3 id="deleting-albums">Deleting albums</h3> 11355 <p>The Google Photos API does not support deleting albums - see <a href="https://issuetracker.google.com/issues/135714733">bug #135714733</a>.</p> 11356 <!--- autogenerated options start - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit fs.RegInfo in backend/googlephotos/googlephotos.go then run make backenddocs --> 11357 <h3 id="standard-options-14">Standard Options</h3> 11358 <p>Here are the standard options specific to google photos (Google Photos).</p> 11359 <h4 id="gphotos-client-id">–gphotos-client-id</h4> 11360 <p>Google Application Client Id Leave blank normally.</p> 11361 <ul> 11362 <li>Config: client_id</li> 11363 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_GPHOTOS_CLIENT_ID</li> 11364 <li>Type: string</li> 11365 <li>Default: ""</li> 11366 </ul> 11367 <h4 id="gphotos-client-secret">–gphotos-client-secret</h4> 11368 <p>Google Application Client Secret Leave blank normally.</p> 11369 <ul> 11370 <li>Config: client_secret</li> 11371 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_GPHOTOS_CLIENT_SECRET</li> 11372 <li>Type: string</li> 11373 <li>Default: ""</li> 11374 </ul> 11375 <h4 id="gphotos-read-only">–gphotos-read-only</h4> 11376 <p>Set to make the Google Photos backend read only.</p> 11377 <p>If you choose read only then rclone will only request read only access to your photos, otherwise rclone will request full access.</p> 11378 <ul> 11379 <li>Config: read_only</li> 11380 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_GPHOTOS_READ_ONLY</li> 11381 <li>Type: bool</li> 11382 <li>Default: false</li> 11383 </ul> 11384 <h3 id="advanced-options-13">Advanced Options</h3> 11385 <p>Here are the advanced options specific to google photos (Google Photos).</p> 11386 <h4 id="gphotos-read-size">–gphotos-read-size</h4> 11387 <p>Set to read the size of media items.</p> 11388 <p>Normally rclone does not read the size of media items since this takes another transaction. This isn’t necessary for syncing. However rclone mount needs to know the size of files in advance of reading them, so setting this flag when using rclone mount is recommended if you want to read the media.</p> 11389 <ul> 11390 <li>Config: read_size</li> 11391 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_GPHOTOS_READ_SIZE</li> 11392 <li>Type: bool</li> 11393 <li>Default: false</li> 11394 </ul> 11395 <!--- autogenerated options stop --> 11396 <h2 id="http">HTTP</h2> 11397 <p>The HTTP remote is a read only remote for reading files of a webserver. The webserver should provide file listings which rclone will read and turn into a remote. This has been tested with common webservers such as Apache/Nginx/Caddy and will likely work with file listings from most web servers. (If it doesn’t then please file an issue, or send a pull request!)</p> 11398 <p>Paths are specified as <code>remote:</code> or <code>remote:path/to/dir</code>.</p> 11399 <p>Here is an example of how to make a remote called <code>remote</code>. First run:</p> 11400 <pre><code> rclone config</code></pre> 11401 <p>This will guide you through an interactive setup process:</p> 11402 <pre><code>No remotes found - make a new one 11403 n) New remote 11404 s) Set configuration password 11405 q) Quit config 11406 n/s/q> n 11407 name> remote 11408 Type of storage to configure. 11409 Choose a number from below, or type in your own value 11410 [snip] 11411 XX / http Connection 11412 \ "http" 11413 [snip] 11414 Storage> http 11415 URL of http host to connect to 11416 Choose a number from below, or type in your own value 11417 1 / Connect to example.com 11418 \ "https://example.com" 11419 url> https://beta.rclone.org 11420 Remote config 11421 -------------------- 11422 [remote] 11423 url = https://beta.rclone.org 11424 -------------------- 11425 y) Yes this is OK 11426 e) Edit this remote 11427 d) Delete this remote 11428 y/e/d> y 11429 Current remotes: 11430 11431 Name Type 11432 ==== ==== 11433 remote http 11434 11435 e) Edit existing remote 11436 n) New remote 11437 d) Delete remote 11438 r) Rename remote 11439 c) Copy remote 11440 s) Set configuration password 11441 q) Quit config 11442 e/n/d/r/c/s/q> q</code></pre> 11443 <p>This remote is called <code>remote</code> and can now be used like this</p> 11444 <p>See all the top level directories</p> 11445 <pre><code>rclone lsd remote:</code></pre> 11446 <p>List the contents of a directory</p> 11447 <pre><code>rclone ls remote:directory</code></pre> 11448 <p>Sync the remote <code>directory</code> to <code>/home/local/directory</code>, deleting any excess files.</p> 11449 <pre><code>rclone sync remote:directory /home/local/directory</code></pre> 11450 <h3 id="read-only">Read only</h3> 11451 <p>This remote is read only - you can’t upload files to an HTTP server.</p> 11452 <h3 id="modified-time-7">Modified time</h3> 11453 <p>Most HTTP servers store time accurate to 1 second.</p> 11454 <h3 id="checksum">Checksum</h3> 11455 <p>No checksums are stored.</p> 11456 <h3 id="usage-without-a-config-file">Usage without a config file</h3> 11457 <p>Since the http remote only has one config parameter it is easy to use without a config file:</p> 11458 <pre><code>rclone lsd --http-url https://beta.rclone.org :http:</code></pre> 11459 <!--- autogenerated options start - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit fs.RegInfo in backend/http/http.go then run make backenddocs --> 11460 <h3 id="standard-options-15">Standard Options</h3> 11461 <p>Here are the standard options specific to http (http Connection).</p> 11462 <h4 id="http-url">–http-url</h4> 11463 <p>URL of http host to connect to</p> 11464 <ul> 11465 <li>Config: url</li> 11466 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_HTTP_URL</li> 11467 <li>Type: string</li> 11468 <li>Default: ""</li> 11469 <li>Examples: 11470 <ul> 11471 <li>“https://example.com” 11472 <ul> 11473 <li>Connect to example.com</li> 11474 </ul></li> 11475 <li>“https://user:pass@example.com” 11476 <ul> 11477 <li>Connect to example.com using a username and password</li> 11478 </ul></li> 11479 </ul></li> 11480 </ul> 11481 <h3 id="advanced-options-14">Advanced Options</h3> 11482 <p>Here are the advanced options specific to http (http Connection).</p> 11483 <h4 id="http-headers">–http-headers</h4> 11484 <p>Set HTTP headers for all transactions</p> 11485 <p>Use this to set additional HTTP headers for all transactions</p> 11486 <p>The input format is comma separated list of key,value pairs. Standard <a href="https://godoc.org/encoding/csv">CSV encoding</a> may be used.</p> 11487 <p>For example to set a Cookie use ‘Cookie,name=value’, or ‘“Cookie”,“name=value”’.</p> 11488 <p>You can set multiple headers, eg ‘“Cookie”,“name=value”,“Authorization”,“xxx”’.</p> 11489 <ul> 11490 <li>Config: headers</li> 11491 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_HTTP_HEADERS</li> 11492 <li>Type: CommaSepList</li> 11493 <li>Default:</li> 11494 </ul> 11495 <h4 id="http-no-slash">–http-no-slash</h4> 11496 <p>Set this if the site doesn’t end directories with /</p> 11497 <p>Use this if your target website does not use / on the end of directories.</p> 11498 <p>A / on the end of a path is how rclone normally tells the difference between files and directories. If this flag is set, then rclone will treat all files with Content-Type: text/html as directories and read URLs from them rather than downloading them.</p> 11499 <p>Note that this may cause rclone to confuse genuine HTML files with directories.</p> 11500 <ul> 11501 <li>Config: no_slash</li> 11502 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_HTTP_NO_SLASH</li> 11503 <li>Type: bool</li> 11504 <li>Default: false</li> 11505 </ul> 11506 <h4 id="http-no-head">–http-no-head</h4> 11507 <p>Don’t use HEAD requests to find file sizes in dir listing</p> 11508 <p>If your site is being very slow to load then you can try this option. Normally rclone does a HEAD request for each potential file in a directory listing to:</p> 11509 <ul> 11510 <li>find its size</li> 11511 <li>check it really exists</li> 11512 <li>check to see if it is a directory</li> 11513 </ul> 11514 <p>If you set this option, rclone will not do the HEAD request. This will mean</p> 11515 <ul> 11516 <li>directory listings are much quicker</li> 11517 <li>rclone won’t have the times or sizes of any files</li> 11518 <li><p>some files that don’t exist may be in the listing</p></li> 11519 <li>Config: no_head</li> 11520 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_HTTP_NO_HEAD</li> 11521 <li>Type: bool</li> 11522 <li><p>Default: false</p></li> 11523 </ul> 11524 <!--- autogenerated options stop --> 11525 <h2 id="hubic">Hubic</h2> 11526 <p>Paths are specified as <code>remote:path</code></p> 11527 <p>Paths are specified as <code>remote:container</code> (or <code>remote:</code> for the <code>lsd</code> command.) You may put subdirectories in too, eg <code>remote:container/path/to/dir</code>.</p> 11528 <p>The initial setup for Hubic involves getting a token from Hubic which you need to do in your browser. <code>rclone config</code> walks you through it.</p> 11529 <p>Here is an example of how to make a remote called <code>remote</code>. First run:</p> 11530 <pre><code> rclone config</code></pre> 11531 <p>This will guide you through an interactive setup process:</p> 11532 <pre><code>n) New remote 11533 s) Set configuration password 11534 n/s> n 11535 name> remote 11536 Type of storage to configure. 11537 Choose a number from below, or type in your own value 11538 [snip] 11539 XX / Hubic 11540 \ "hubic" 11541 [snip] 11542 Storage> hubic 11543 Hubic Client Id - leave blank normally. 11544 client_id> 11545 Hubic Client Secret - leave blank normally. 11546 client_secret> 11547 Remote config 11548 Use auto config? 11549 * Say Y if not sure 11550 * Say N if you are working on a remote or headless machine 11551 y) Yes 11552 n) No 11553 y/n> y 11554 If your browser doesn't open automatically go to the following link: http://127.0.0.1:53682/auth 11555 Log in and authorize rclone for access 11556 Waiting for code... 11557 Got code 11558 -------------------- 11559 [remote] 11560 client_id = 11561 client_secret = 11562 token = {"access_token":"XXXXXX"} 11563 -------------------- 11564 y) Yes this is OK 11565 e) Edit this remote 11566 d) Delete this remote 11567 y/e/d> y</code></pre> 11568 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/remote_setup/">remote setup docs</a> for how to set it up on a machine with no Internet browser available.</p> 11569 <p>Note that rclone runs a webserver on your local machine to collect the token as returned from Hubic. This only runs from the moment it opens your browser to the moment you get back the verification code. This is on <code>http://127.0.0.1:53682/</code> and this it may require you to unblock it temporarily if you are running a host firewall.</p> 11570 <p>Once configured you can then use <code>rclone</code> like this,</p> 11571 <p>List containers in the top level of your Hubic</p> 11572 <pre><code>rclone lsd remote:</code></pre> 11573 <p>List all the files in your Hubic</p> 11574 <pre><code>rclone ls remote:</code></pre> 11575 <p>To copy a local directory to an Hubic directory called backup</p> 11576 <pre><code>rclone copy /home/source remote:backup</code></pre> 11577 <p>If you want the directory to be visible in the official <em>Hubic browser</em>, you need to copy your files to the <code>default</code> directory</p> 11578 <pre><code>rclone copy /home/source remote:default/backup</code></pre> 11579 <h3 id="fast-list-5">–fast-list</h3> 11580 <p>This remote supports <code>--fast-list</code> which allows you to use fewer transactions in exchange for more memory. See the <a href="/docs/#fast-list">rclone docs</a> for more details.</p> 11581 <h3 id="modified-time-8">Modified time</h3> 11582 <p>The modified time is stored as metadata on the object as <code>X-Object-Meta-Mtime</code> as floating point since the epoch accurate to 1 ns.</p> 11583 <p>This is a de facto standard (used in the official python-swiftclient amongst others) for storing the modification time for an object.</p> 11584 <p>Note that Hubic wraps the Swift backend, so most of the properties of are the same.</p> 11585 <!--- autogenerated options start - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit fs.RegInfo in backend/hubic/hubic.go then run make backenddocs --> 11586 <h3 id="standard-options-16">Standard Options</h3> 11587 <p>Here are the standard options specific to hubic (Hubic).</p> 11588 <h4 id="hubic-client-id">–hubic-client-id</h4> 11589 <p>Hubic Client Id Leave blank normally.</p> 11590 <ul> 11591 <li>Config: client_id</li> 11592 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_HUBIC_CLIENT_ID</li> 11593 <li>Type: string</li> 11594 <li>Default: ""</li> 11595 </ul> 11596 <h4 id="hubic-client-secret">–hubic-client-secret</h4> 11597 <p>Hubic Client Secret Leave blank normally.</p> 11598 <ul> 11599 <li>Config: client_secret</li> 11600 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_HUBIC_CLIENT_SECRET</li> 11601 <li>Type: string</li> 11602 <li>Default: ""</li> 11603 </ul> 11604 <h3 id="advanced-options-15">Advanced Options</h3> 11605 <p>Here are the advanced options specific to hubic (Hubic).</p> 11606 <h4 id="hubic-chunk-size">–hubic-chunk-size</h4> 11607 <p>Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container.</p> 11608 <p>Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. The default for this is 5GB which is its maximum value.</p> 11609 <ul> 11610 <li>Config: chunk_size</li> 11611 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_HUBIC_CHUNK_SIZE</li> 11612 <li>Type: SizeSuffix</li> 11613 <li>Default: 5G</li> 11614 </ul> 11615 <h4 id="hubic-no-chunk">–hubic-no-chunk</h4> 11616 <p>Don’t chunk files during streaming upload.</p> 11617 <p>When doing streaming uploads (eg using rcat or mount) setting this flag will cause the swift backend to not upload chunked files.</p> 11618 <p>This will limit the maximum upload size to 5GB. However non chunked files are easier to deal with and have an MD5SUM.</p> 11619 <p>Rclone will still chunk files bigger than chunk_size when doing normal copy operations.</p> 11620 <ul> 11621 <li>Config: no_chunk</li> 11622 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_HUBIC_NO_CHUNK</li> 11623 <li>Type: bool</li> 11624 <li>Default: false</li> 11625 </ul> 11626 <h4 id="hubic-encoding">–hubic-encoding</h4> 11627 <p>This sets the encoding for the backend.</p> 11628 <p>See: the <a href="/overview/#encoding">encoding section in the overview</a> for more info.</p> 11629 <ul> 11630 <li>Config: encoding</li> 11631 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_HUBIC_ENCODING</li> 11632 <li>Type: MultiEncoder</li> 11633 <li>Default: Slash,InvalidUtf8</li> 11634 </ul> 11635 <!--- autogenerated options stop --> 11636 <h3 id="limitations-9">Limitations</h3> 11637 <p>This uses the normal OpenStack Swift mechanism to refresh the Swift API credentials and ignores the expires field returned by the Hubic API.</p> 11638 <p>The Swift API doesn’t return a correct MD5SUM for segmented files (Dynamic or Static Large Objects) so rclone won’t check or use the MD5SUM for these.</p> 11639 <h2 id="jottacloud">Jottacloud</h2> 11640 <p>Paths are specified as <code>remote:path</code></p> 11641 <p>Paths may be as deep as required, eg <code>remote:directory/subdirectory</code>.</p> 11642 <p>To configure Jottacloud you will need to generate a personal security token in the Jottacloud web inteface. You will the option to do in your <a href="https://www.jottacloud.com/web/secure">account security settings</a>. Note that the web inteface may refer to this token as a JottaCli token.</p> 11643 <p>Here is an example of how to make a remote called <code>remote</code>. First run:</p> 11644 <pre><code> rclone config</code></pre> 11645 <p>This will guide you through an interactive setup process:</p> 11646 <pre><code>No remotes found - make a new one 11647 n) New remote 11648 s) Set configuration password 11649 q) Quit config 11650 n/s/q> n 11651 name> jotta 11652 Type of storage to configure. 11653 Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default (""). 11654 Choose a number from below, or type in your own value 11655 [snip] 11656 XX / JottaCloud 11657 \ "jottacloud" 11658 [snip] 11659 Storage> jottacloud 11660 ** See help for jottacloud backend at: https://rclone.org/jottacloud/ ** 11661 11662 Edit advanced config? (y/n) 11663 y) Yes 11664 n) No 11665 y/n> n 11666 Remote config 11667 11668 Generate a personal login token here: https://www.jottacloud.com/web/secure 11669 Login Token> <your token here> 11670 11671 Do you want to use a non standard device/mountpoint e.g. for accessing files uploaded using the official Jottacloud client? 11672 11673 y) Yes 11674 n) No 11675 y/n> y 11676 Please select the device to use. Normally this will be Jotta 11677 Choose a number from below, or type in an existing value 11678 1 > DESKTOP-3H31129 11679 2 > fla1 11680 3 > Jotta 11681 Devices> 3 11682 Please select the mountpoint to user. Normally this will be Archive 11683 Choose a number from below, or type in an existing value 11684 1 > Archive 11685 2 > Shared 11686 3 > Sync 11687 Mountpoints> 1 11688 -------------------- 11689 [jotta] 11690 type = jottacloud 11691 user = 0xC4KE@gmail.com 11692 token = {........} 11693 device = Jotta 11694 mountpoint = Archive 11695 configVersion = 1 11696 -------------------- 11697 y) Yes this is OK 11698 e) Edit this remote 11699 d) Delete this remote 11700 y/e/d> y</code></pre> 11701 <p>Once configured you can then use <code>rclone</code> like this,</p> 11702 <p>List directories in top level of your Jottacloud</p> 11703 <pre><code>rclone lsd remote:</code></pre> 11704 <p>List all the files in your Jottacloud</p> 11705 <pre><code>rclone ls remote:</code></pre> 11706 <p>To copy a local directory to an Jottacloud directory called backup</p> 11707 <pre><code>rclone copy /home/source remote:backup</code></pre> 11708 <h3 id="devices-and-mountpoints">Devices and Mountpoints</h3> 11709 <p>The official Jottacloud client registers a device for each computer you install it on and then creates a mountpoint for each folder you select for Backup. The web interface uses a special device called Jotta for the Archive, Sync and Shared mountpoints. In most cases you’ll want to use the Jotta/Archive device/mounpoint however if you want to access files uploaded by any of the official clients rclone provides the option to select other devices and mountpoints during config.</p> 11710 <h3 id="fast-list-6">–fast-list</h3> 11711 <p>This remote supports <code>--fast-list</code> which allows you to use fewer transactions in exchange for more memory. See the <a href="/docs/#fast-list">rclone docs</a> for more details.</p> 11712 <p>Note that the implementation in Jottacloud always uses only a single API request to get the entire list, so for large folders this could lead to long wait time before the first results are shown.</p> 11713 <h3 id="modified-time-and-hashes-5">Modified time and hashes</h3> 11714 <p>Jottacloud allows modification times to be set on objects accurate to 1 second. These will be used to detect whether objects need syncing or not.</p> 11715 <p>Jottacloud supports MD5 type hashes, so you can use the <code>--checksum</code> flag.</p> 11716 <p>Note that Jottacloud requires the MD5 hash before upload so if the source does not have an MD5 checksum then the file will be cached temporarily on disk (wherever the <code>TMPDIR</code> environment variable points to) before it is uploaded. Small files will be cached in memory - see the <code>--jottacloud-md5-memory-limit</code> flag.</p> 11717 <h4 id="restricted-filename-characters-10">Restricted filename characters</h4> 11718 <p>In addition to the <a href="/overview/#restricted-characters">default restricted characters set</a> the following characters are also replaced:</p> 11719 <table> 11720 <thead> 11721 <tr class="header"> 11722 <th>Character</th> 11723 <th style="text-align: center;">Value</th> 11724 <th style="text-align: center;">Replacement</th> 11725 </tr> 11726 </thead> 11727 <tbody> 11728 <tr class="odd"> 11729 <td>"</td> 11730 <td style="text-align: center;">0x22</td> 11731 <td style="text-align: center;">＂</td> 11732 </tr> 11733 <tr class="even"> 11734 <td>*</td> 11735 <td style="text-align: center;">0x2A</td> 11736 <td style="text-align: center;">＊</td> 11737 </tr> 11738 <tr class="odd"> 11739 <td>:</td> 11740 <td style="text-align: center;">0x3A</td> 11741 <td style="text-align: center;">：</td> 11742 </tr> 11743 <tr class="even"> 11744 <td><</td> 11745 <td style="text-align: center;">0x3C</td> 11746 <td style="text-align: center;">＜</td> 11747 </tr> 11748 <tr class="odd"> 11749 <td>></td> 11750 <td style="text-align: center;">0x3E</td> 11751 <td style="text-align: center;">＞</td> 11752 </tr> 11753 <tr class="even"> 11754 <td>?</td> 11755 <td style="text-align: center;">0x3F</td> 11756 <td style="text-align: center;">？</td> 11757 </tr> 11758 <tr class="odd"> 11759 <td>|</td> 11760 <td style="text-align: center;">0x7C</td> 11761 <td style="text-align: center;">｜</td> 11762 </tr> 11763 </tbody> 11764 </table> 11765 <p>Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be <a href="/overview/#invalid-utf8">replaced</a>, as they can’t be used in XML strings.</p> 11766 <h3 id="deleting-files-4">Deleting files</h3> 11767 <p>By default rclone will send all files to the trash when deleting files. Due to a lack of API documentation emptying the trash is currently only possible via the Jottacloud website. If deleting permanently is required then use the <code>--jottacloud-hard-delete</code> flag, or set the equivalent environment variable.</p> 11768 <h3 id="versions-2">Versions</h3> 11769 <p>Jottacloud supports file versioning. When rclone uploads a new version of a file it creates a new version of it. Currently rclone only supports retrieving the current version but older versions can be accessed via the Jottacloud Website.</p> 11770 <h3 id="quota-information-1">Quota information</h3> 11771 <p>To view your current quota you can use the <code>rclone about remote:</code> command which will display your usage limit (unless it is unlimited) and the current usage.</p> 11772 <h3 id="device-ids">Device IDs</h3> 11773 <p>Jottacloud requires each ‘device’ to be registered. Rclone brings such a registration to easily access your account but if you want to use Jottacloud together with rclone on multiple machines you NEED to create a seperate deviceID/deviceSecrect on each machine. You will asked during setting up the remote. Please be aware that this also means that copying the rclone config from one machine to another does NOT work with Jottacloud accounts. You have to create it on each machine.</p> 11774 <!--- autogenerated options start - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit fs.RegInfo in backend/jottacloud/jottacloud.go then run make backenddocs --> 11775 <h3 id="advanced-options-16">Advanced Options</h3> 11776 <p>Here are the advanced options specific to jottacloud (JottaCloud).</p> 11777 <h4 id="jottacloud-md5-memory-limit">–jottacloud-md5-memory-limit</h4> 11778 <p>Files bigger than this will be cached on disk to calculate the MD5 if required.</p> 11779 <ul> 11780 <li>Config: md5_memory_limit</li> 11781 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_JOTTACLOUD_MD5_MEMORY_LIMIT</li> 11782 <li>Type: SizeSuffix</li> 11783 <li>Default: 10M</li> 11784 </ul> 11785 <h4 id="jottacloud-hard-delete">–jottacloud-hard-delete</h4> 11786 <p>Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash.</p> 11787 <ul> 11788 <li>Config: hard_delete</li> 11789 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_JOTTACLOUD_HARD_DELETE</li> 11790 <li>Type: bool</li> 11791 <li>Default: false</li> 11792 </ul> 11793 <h4 id="jottacloud-unlink">–jottacloud-unlink</h4> 11794 <p>Remove existing public link to file/folder with link command rather than creating. Default is false, meaning link command will create or retrieve public link.</p> 11795 <ul> 11796 <li>Config: unlink</li> 11797 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_JOTTACLOUD_UNLINK</li> 11798 <li>Type: bool</li> 11799 <li>Default: false</li> 11800 </ul> 11801 <h4 id="jottacloud-upload-resume-limit">–jottacloud-upload-resume-limit</h4> 11802 <p>Files bigger than this can be resumed if the upload fail’s.</p> 11803 <ul> 11804 <li>Config: upload_resume_limit</li> 11805 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_JOTTACLOUD_UPLOAD_RESUME_LIMIT</li> 11806 <li>Type: SizeSuffix</li> 11807 <li>Default: 10M</li> 11808 </ul> 11809 <h4 id="jottacloud-encoding">–jottacloud-encoding</h4> 11810 <p>This sets the encoding for the backend.</p> 11811 <p>See: the <a href="/overview/#encoding">encoding section in the overview</a> for more info.</p> 11812 <ul> 11813 <li>Config: encoding</li> 11814 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_JOTTACLOUD_ENCODING</li> 11815 <li>Type: MultiEncoder</li> 11816 <li>Default: Slash,LtGt,DoubleQuote,Colon,Question,Asterisk,Pipe,Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot</li> 11817 </ul> 11818 <!--- autogenerated options stop --> 11819 <h3 id="limitations-10">Limitations</h3> 11820 <p>Note that Jottacloud is case insensitive so you can’t have a file called “Hello.doc” and one called “hello.doc”.</p> 11821 <p>There are quite a few characters that can’t be in Jottacloud file names. Rclone will map these names to and from an identical looking unicode equivalent. For example if a file has a ? in it will be mapped to ？ instead.</p> 11822 <p>Jottacloud only supports filenames up to 255 characters in length.</p> 11823 <h3 id="troubleshooting">Troubleshooting</h3> 11824 <p>Jottacloud exhibits some inconsistent behaviours regarding deleted files and folders which may cause Copy, Move and DirMove operations to previously deleted paths to fail. Emptying the trash should help in such cases.</p> 11825 <h2 id="koofr">Koofr</h2> 11826 <p>Paths are specified as <code>remote:path</code></p> 11827 <p>Paths may be as deep as required, eg <code>remote:directory/subdirectory</code>.</p> 11828 <p>The initial setup for Koofr involves creating an application password for rclone. You can do that by opening the Koofr <a href="https://app.koofr.net/app/admin/preferences/password">web application</a>, giving the password a nice name like <code>rclone</code> and clicking on generate.</p> 11829 <p>Here is an example of how to make a remote called <code>koofr</code>. First run:</p> 11830 <pre><code> rclone config</code></pre> 11831 <p>This will guide you through an interactive setup process:</p> 11832 <pre><code>No remotes found - make a new one 11833 n) New remote 11834 s) Set configuration password 11835 q) Quit config 11836 n/s/q> n 11837 name> koofr 11838 Type of storage to configure. 11839 Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default (""). 11840 Choose a number from below, or type in your own value 11841 [snip] 11842 XX / Koofr 11843 \ "koofr" 11844 [snip] 11845 Storage> koofr 11846 ** See help for koofr backend at: https://rclone.org/koofr/ ** 11847 11848 Your Koofr user name 11849 Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default (""). 11850 user> USER@NAME 11851 Your Koofr password for rclone (generate one at https://app.koofr.net/app/admin/preferences/password) 11852 y) Yes type in my own password 11853 g) Generate random password 11854 y/g> y 11855 Enter the password: 11856 password: 11857 Confirm the password: 11858 password: 11859 Edit advanced config? (y/n) 11860 y) Yes 11861 n) No 11862 y/n> n 11863 Remote config 11864 -------------------- 11865 [koofr] 11866 type = koofr 11867 baseurl = https://app.koofr.net 11868 user = USER@NAME 11869 password = *** ENCRYPTED *** 11870 -------------------- 11871 y) Yes this is OK 11872 e) Edit this remote 11873 d) Delete this remote 11874 y/e/d> y</code></pre> 11875 <p>You can choose to edit advanced config in order to enter your own service URL if you use an on-premise or white label Koofr instance, or choose an alternative mount instead of your primary storage.</p> 11876 <p>Once configured you can then use <code>rclone</code> like this,</p> 11877 <p>List directories in top level of your Koofr</p> 11878 <pre><code>rclone lsd koofr:</code></pre> 11879 <p>List all the files in your Koofr</p> 11880 <pre><code>rclone ls koofr:</code></pre> 11881 <p>To copy a local directory to an Koofr directory called backup</p> 11882 <pre><code>rclone copy /home/source remote:backup</code></pre> 11883 <h4 id="restricted-filename-characters-11">Restricted filename characters</h4> 11884 <p>In addition to the <a href="/overview/#restricted-characters">default restricted characters set</a> the following characters are also replaced:</p> 11885 <table> 11886 <thead> 11887 <tr class="header"> 11888 <th>Character</th> 11889 <th style="text-align: center;">Value</th> 11890 <th style="text-align: center;">Replacement</th> 11891 </tr> 11892 </thead> 11893 <tbody> 11894 <tr class="odd"> 11895 <td>\</td> 11896 <td style="text-align: center;">0x5C</td> 11897 <td style="text-align: center;">＼</td> 11898 </tr> 11899 </tbody> 11900 </table> 11901 <p>Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be <a href="/overview/#invalid-utf8">replaced</a>, as they can’t be used in XML strings.</p> 11902 <!--- autogenerated options start - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit fs.RegInfo in backend/koofr/koofr.go then run make backenddocs --> 11903 <h3 id="standard-options-17">Standard Options</h3> 11904 <p>Here are the standard options specific to koofr (Koofr).</p> 11905 <h4 id="koofr-user">–koofr-user</h4> 11906 <p>Your Koofr user name</p> 11907 <ul> 11908 <li>Config: user</li> 11909 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_KOOFR_USER</li> 11910 <li>Type: string</li> 11911 <li>Default: ""</li> 11912 </ul> 11913 <h4 id="koofr-password">–koofr-password</h4> 11914 <p>Your Koofr password for rclone (generate one at https://app.koofr.net/app/admin/preferences/password)</p> 11915 <ul> 11916 <li>Config: password</li> 11917 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_KOOFR_PASSWORD</li> 11918 <li>Type: string</li> 11919 <li>Default: ""</li> 11920 </ul> 11921 <h3 id="advanced-options-17">Advanced Options</h3> 11922 <p>Here are the advanced options specific to koofr (Koofr).</p> 11923 <h4 id="koofr-endpoint">–koofr-endpoint</h4> 11924 <p>The Koofr API endpoint to use</p> 11925 <ul> 11926 <li>Config: endpoint</li> 11927 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_KOOFR_ENDPOINT</li> 11928 <li>Type: string</li> 11929 <li>Default: “https://app.koofr.net”</li> 11930 </ul> 11931 <h4 id="koofr-mountid">–koofr-mountid</h4> 11932 <p>Mount ID of the mount to use. If omitted, the primary mount is used.</p> 11933 <ul> 11934 <li>Config: mountid</li> 11935 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_KOOFR_MOUNTID</li> 11936 <li>Type: string</li> 11937 <li>Default: ""</li> 11938 </ul> 11939 <h4 id="koofr-setmtime">–koofr-setmtime</h4> 11940 <p>Does the backend support setting modification time. Set this to false if you use a mount ID that points to a Dropbox or Amazon Drive backend.</p> 11941 <ul> 11942 <li>Config: setmtime</li> 11943 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_KOOFR_SETMTIME</li> 11944 <li>Type: bool</li> 11945 <li>Default: true</li> 11946 </ul> 11947 <h4 id="koofr-encoding">–koofr-encoding</h4> 11948 <p>This sets the encoding for the backend.</p> 11949 <p>See: the <a href="/overview/#encoding">encoding section in the overview</a> for more info.</p> 11950 <ul> 11951 <li>Config: encoding</li> 11952 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_KOOFR_ENCODING</li> 11953 <li>Type: MultiEncoder</li> 11954 <li>Default: Slash,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot</li> 11955 </ul> 11956 <!--- autogenerated options stop --> 11957 <h3 id="limitations-11">Limitations</h3> 11958 <p>Note that Koofr is case insensitive so you can’t have a file called “Hello.doc” and one called “hello.doc”.</p> 11959 <h2 id="mail.ru-cloud">Mail.ru Cloud</h2> 11960 <p><a href="https://cloud.mail.ru/">Mail.ru Cloud</a> is a cloud storage provided by a Russian internet company <a href="https://mail.ru">Mail.Ru Group</a>. The official desktop client is <a href="https://disk-o.cloud/">Disk-O:</a>, available only on Windows. (Please note that official sites are in Russian)</p> 11961 <h3 id="features-highlights">Features highlights</h3> 11962 <ul> 11963 <li>Paths may be as deep as required, eg <code>remote:directory/subdirectory</code></li> 11964 <li>Files have a <code>last modified time</code> property, directories don’t</li> 11965 <li>Deleted files are by default moved to the trash</li> 11966 <li>Files and directories can be shared via public links</li> 11967 <li>Partial uploads or streaming are not supported, file size must be known before upload</li> 11968 <li>Maximum file size is limited to 2G for a free acount, unlimited for paid accounts</li> 11969 <li>Storage keeps hash for all files and performs transparent deduplication, the hash algorithm is a modified SHA1</li> 11970 <li>If a particular file is already present in storage, one can quickly submit file hash instead of long file upload (this optimization is supported by rclone)</li> 11971 </ul> 11972 <h3 id="configuration">Configuration</h3> 11973 <p>Here is an example of making a mailru configuration. First create a Mail.ru Cloud account and choose a tariff, then run</p> 11974 <pre><code>rclone config</code></pre> 11975 <p>This will guide you through an interactive setup process:</p> 11976 <pre><code>No remotes found - make a new one 11977 n) New remote 11978 s) Set configuration password 11979 q) Quit config 11980 n/s/q> n 11981 name> remote 11982 Type of storage to configure. 11983 Type of storage to configure. 11984 Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default (""). 11985 Choose a number from below, or type in your own value 11986 [snip] 11987 XX / Mail.ru Cloud 11988 \ "mailru" 11989 [snip] 11990 Storage> mailru 11991 User name (usually email) 11992 Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default (""). 11993 user> username@mail.ru 11994 Password 11995 y) Yes type in my own password 11996 g) Generate random password 11997 y/g> y 11998 Enter the password: 11999 password: 12000 Confirm the password: 12001 password: 12002 Skip full upload if there is another file with same data hash. 12003 This feature is called "speedup" or "put by hash". It is especially efficient 12004 in case of generally available files like popular books, video or audio clips 12005 [snip] 12006 Enter a boolean value (true or false). Press Enter for the default ("true"). 12007 Choose a number from below, or type in your own value 12008 1 / Enable 12009 \ "true" 12010 2 / Disable 12011 \ "false" 12012 speedup_enable> 1 12013 Edit advanced config? (y/n) 12014 y) Yes 12015 n) No 12016 y/n> n 12017 Remote config 12018 -------------------- 12019 [remote] 12020 type = mailru 12021 user = username@mail.ru 12022 pass = *** ENCRYPTED *** 12023 speedup_enable = true 12024 -------------------- 12025 y) Yes this is OK 12026 e) Edit this remote 12027 d) Delete this remote 12028 y/e/d> y</code></pre> 12029 <p>Configuration of this backend does not require a local web browser. You can use the configured backend as shown below:</p> 12030 <p>See top level directories</p> 12031 <pre><code>rclone lsd remote:</code></pre> 12032 <p>Make a new directory</p> 12033 <pre><code>rclone mkdir remote:directory</code></pre> 12034 <p>List the contents of a directory</p> 12035 <pre><code>rclone ls remote:directory</code></pre> 12036 <p>Sync <code>/home/local/directory</code> to the remote path, deleting any excess files in the path.</p> 12037 <pre><code>rclone sync /home/local/directory remote:directory</code></pre> 12038 <h3 id="modified-time-9">Modified time</h3> 12039 <p>Files support a modification time attribute with up to 1 second precision. Directories do not have a modification time, which is shown as “Jan 1 1970”.</p> 12040 <h3 id="hash-checksums">Hash checksums</h3> 12041 <p>Hash sums use a custom Mail.ru algorithm based on SHA1. If file size is less than or equal to the SHA1 block size (20 bytes), its hash is simply its data right-padded with zero bytes. Hash sum of a larger file is computed as a SHA1 sum of the file data bytes concatenated with a decimal representation of the data length.</p> 12042 <h3 id="emptying-trash-1">Emptying Trash</h3> 12043 <p>Removing a file or directory actually moves it to the trash, which is not visible to rclone but can be seen in a web browser. The trashed file still occupies part of total quota. If you wish to empty your trash and free some quota, you can use the <code>rclone cleanup remote:</code> command, which will permanently delete all your trashed files. This command does not take any path arguments.</p> 12044 <h3 id="quota-information-2">Quota information</h3> 12045 <p>To view your current quota you can use the <code>rclone about remote:</code> command which will display your usage limit (quota) and the current usage.</p> 12046 <h4 id="restricted-filename-characters-12">Restricted filename characters</h4> 12047 <p>In addition to the <a href="/overview/#restricted-characters">default restricted characters set</a> the following characters are also replaced:</p> 12048 <table> 12049 <thead> 12050 <tr class="header"> 12051 <th>Character</th> 12052 <th style="text-align: center;">Value</th> 12053 <th style="text-align: center;">Replacement</th> 12054 </tr> 12055 </thead> 12056 <tbody> 12057 <tr class="odd"> 12058 <td>"</td> 12059 <td style="text-align: center;">0x22</td> 12060 <td style="text-align: center;">＂</td> 12061 </tr> 12062 <tr class="even"> 12063 <td>*</td> 12064 <td style="text-align: center;">0x2A</td> 12065 <td style="text-align: center;">＊</td> 12066 </tr> 12067 <tr class="odd"> 12068 <td>:</td> 12069 <td style="text-align: center;">0x3A</td> 12070 <td style="text-align: center;">：</td> 12071 </tr> 12072 <tr class="even"> 12073 <td><</td> 12074 <td style="text-align: center;">0x3C</td> 12075 <td style="text-align: center;">＜</td> 12076 </tr> 12077 <tr class="odd"> 12078 <td>></td> 12079 <td style="text-align: center;">0x3E</td> 12080 <td style="text-align: center;">＞</td> 12081 </tr> 12082 <tr class="even"> 12083 <td>?</td> 12084 <td style="text-align: center;">0x3F</td> 12085 <td style="text-align: center;">？</td> 12086 </tr> 12087 <tr class="odd"> 12088 <td>\</td> 12089 <td style="text-align: center;">0x5C</td> 12090 <td style="text-align: center;">＼</td> 12091 </tr> 12092 <tr class="even"> 12093 <td>|</td> 12094 <td style="text-align: center;">0x7C</td> 12095 <td style="text-align: center;">｜</td> 12096 </tr> 12097 </tbody> 12098 </table> 12099 <p>Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be <a href="/overview/#invalid-utf8">replaced</a>, as they can’t be used in JSON strings.</p> 12100 <h3 id="limitations-12">Limitations</h3> 12101 <p>File size limits depend on your account. A single file size is limited by 2G for a free account and unlimited for paid tariffs. Please refer to the Mail.ru site for the total uploaded size limits.</p> 12102 <p>Note that Mailru is case insensitive so you can’t have a file called “Hello.doc” and one called “hello.doc”.</p> 12103 <!--- autogenerated options start - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit fs.RegInfo in backend/mailru/mailru.go then run make backenddocs --> 12104 <h3 id="standard-options-18">Standard Options</h3> 12105 <p>Here are the standard options specific to mailru (Mail.ru Cloud).</p> 12106 <h4 id="mailru-user">–mailru-user</h4> 12107 <p>User name (usually email)</p> 12108 <ul> 12109 <li>Config: user</li> 12110 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_MAILRU_USER</li> 12111 <li>Type: string</li> 12112 <li>Default: ""</li> 12113 </ul> 12114 <h4 id="mailru-pass">–mailru-pass</h4> 12115 <p>Password</p> 12116 <ul> 12117 <li>Config: pass</li> 12118 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_MAILRU_PASS</li> 12119 <li>Type: string</li> 12120 <li>Default: ""</li> 12121 </ul> 12122 <h4 id="mailru-speedup-enable">–mailru-speedup-enable</h4> 12123 <p>Skip full upload if there is another file with same data hash. This feature is called “speedup” or “put by hash”. It is especially efficient in case of generally available files like popular books, video or audio clips, because files are searched by hash in all accounts of all mailru users. Please note that rclone may need local memory and disk space to calculate content hash in advance and decide whether full upload is required. Also, if rclone does not know file size in advance (e.g. in case of streaming or partial uploads), it will not even try this optimization.</p> 12124 <ul> 12125 <li>Config: speedup_enable</li> 12126 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_MAILRU_SPEEDUP_ENABLE</li> 12127 <li>Type: bool</li> 12128 <li>Default: true</li> 12129 <li>Examples: 12130 <ul> 12131 <li>“true” 12132 <ul> 12133 <li>Enable</li> 12134 </ul></li> 12135 <li>“false” 12136 <ul> 12137 <li>Disable</li> 12138 </ul></li> 12139 </ul></li> 12140 </ul> 12141 <h3 id="advanced-options-18">Advanced Options</h3> 12142 <p>Here are the advanced options specific to mailru (Mail.ru Cloud).</p> 12143 <h4 id="mailru-speedup-file-patterns">–mailru-speedup-file-patterns</h4> 12144 <p>Comma separated list of file name patterns eligible for speedup (put by hash). Patterns are case insensitive and can contain ’*’ or ‘?’ meta characters.</p> 12145 <ul> 12146 <li>Config: speedup_file_patterns</li> 12147 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_MAILRU_SPEEDUP_FILE_PATTERNS</li> 12148 <li>Type: string</li> 12149 <li>Default: “<em>.mkv,</em>.avi,<em>.mp4,</em>.mp3,<em>.zip,</em>.gz,<em>.rar,</em>.pdf”</li> 12150 <li>Examples: 12151 <ul> 12152 <li>"" 12153 <ul> 12154 <li>Empty list completely disables speedup (put by hash).</li> 12155 </ul></li> 12156 <li>"*" 12157 <ul> 12158 <li>All files will be attempted for speedup.</li> 12159 </ul></li> 12160 <li>“<em>.mkv,</em>.avi,<em>.mp4,</em>.mp3” 12161 <ul> 12162 <li>Only common audio/video files will be tried for put by hash.</li> 12163 </ul></li> 12164 <li>“<em>.zip,</em>.gz,<em>.rar,</em>.pdf” 12165 <ul> 12166 <li>Only common archives or PDF books will be tried for speedup.</li> 12167 </ul></li> 12168 </ul></li> 12169 </ul> 12170 <h4 id="mailru-speedup-max-disk">–mailru-speedup-max-disk</h4> 12171 <p>This option allows you to disable speedup (put by hash) for large files (because preliminary hashing can exhaust you RAM or disk space)</p> 12172 <ul> 12173 <li>Config: speedup_max_disk</li> 12174 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_MAILRU_SPEEDUP_MAX_DISK</li> 12175 <li>Type: SizeSuffix</li> 12176 <li>Default: 3G</li> 12177 <li>Examples: 12178 <ul> 12179 <li>“0” 12180 <ul> 12181 <li>Completely disable speedup (put by hash).</li> 12182 </ul></li> 12183 <li>“1G” 12184 <ul> 12185 <li>Files larger than 1Gb will be uploaded directly.</li> 12186 </ul></li> 12187 <li>“3G” 12188 <ul> 12189 <li>Choose this option if you have less than 3Gb free on local disk.</li> 12190 </ul></li> 12191 </ul></li> 12192 </ul> 12193 <h4 id="mailru-speedup-max-memory">–mailru-speedup-max-memory</h4> 12194 <p>Files larger than the size given below will always be hashed on disk.</p> 12195 <ul> 12196 <li>Config: speedup_max_memory</li> 12197 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_MAILRU_SPEEDUP_MAX_MEMORY</li> 12198 <li>Type: SizeSuffix</li> 12199 <li>Default: 32M</li> 12200 <li>Examples: 12201 <ul> 12202 <li>“0” 12203 <ul> 12204 <li>Preliminary hashing will always be done in a temporary disk location.</li> 12205 </ul></li> 12206 <li>“32M” 12207 <ul> 12208 <li>Do not dedicate more than 32Mb RAM for preliminary hashing.</li> 12209 </ul></li> 12210 <li>“256M” 12211 <ul> 12212 <li>You have at most 256Mb RAM free for hash calculations.</li> 12213 </ul></li> 12214 </ul></li> 12215 </ul> 12216 <h4 id="mailru-check-hash">–mailru-check-hash</h4> 12217 <p>What should copy do if file checksum is mismatched or invalid</p> 12218 <ul> 12219 <li>Config: check_hash</li> 12220 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_MAILRU_CHECK_HASH</li> 12221 <li>Type: bool</li> 12222 <li>Default: true</li> 12223 <li>Examples: 12224 <ul> 12225 <li>“true” 12226 <ul> 12227 <li>Fail with error.</li> 12228 </ul></li> 12229 <li>“false” 12230 <ul> 12231 <li>Ignore and continue.</li> 12232 </ul></li> 12233 </ul></li> 12234 </ul> 12235 <h4 id="mailru-user-agent">–mailru-user-agent</h4> 12236 <p>HTTP user agent used internally by client. Defaults to “rclone/VERSION” or “–user-agent” provided on command line.</p> 12237 <ul> 12238 <li>Config: user_agent</li> 12239 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_MAILRU_USER_AGENT</li> 12240 <li>Type: string</li> 12241 <li>Default: ""</li> 12242 </ul> 12243 <h4 id="mailru-quirks">–mailru-quirks</h4> 12244 <p>Comma separated list of internal maintenance flags. This option must not be used by an ordinary user. It is intended only to facilitate remote troubleshooting of backend issues. Strict meaning of flags is not documented and not guaranteed to persist between releases. Quirks will be removed when the backend grows stable. Supported quirks: atomicmkdir binlist gzip insecure retry400</p> 12245 <ul> 12246 <li>Config: quirks</li> 12247 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_MAILRU_QUIRKS</li> 12248 <li>Type: string</li> 12249 <li>Default: ""</li> 12250 </ul> 12251 <h4 id="mailru-encoding">–mailru-encoding</h4> 12252 <p>This sets the encoding for the backend.</p> 12253 <p>See: the <a href="/overview/#encoding">encoding section in the overview</a> for more info.</p> 12254 <ul> 12255 <li>Config: encoding</li> 12256 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_MAILRU_ENCODING</li> 12257 <li>Type: MultiEncoder</li> 12258 <li>Default: Slash,LtGt,DoubleQuote,Colon,Question,Asterisk,Pipe,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot</li> 12259 </ul> 12260 <!--- autogenerated options stop --> 12261 <h2 id="mega">Mega</h2> 12262 <p><a href="https://mega.nz/">Mega</a> is a cloud storage and file hosting service known for its security feature where all files are encrypted locally before they are uploaded. This prevents anyone (including employees of Mega) from accessing the files without knowledge of the key used for encryption.</p> 12263 <p>This is an rclone backend for Mega which supports the file transfer features of Mega using the same client side encryption.</p> 12264 <p>Paths are specified as <code>remote:path</code></p> 12265 <p>Paths may be as deep as required, eg <code>remote:directory/subdirectory</code>.</p> 12266 <p>Here is an example of how to make a remote called <code>remote</code>. First run:</p> 12267 <pre><code> rclone config</code></pre> 12268 <p>This will guide you through an interactive setup process:</p> 12269 <pre><code>No remotes found - make a new one 12270 n) New remote 12271 s) Set configuration password 12272 q) Quit config 12273 n/s/q> n 12274 name> remote 12275 Type of storage to configure. 12276 Choose a number from below, or type in your own value 12277 [snip] 12278 XX / Mega 12279 \ "mega" 12280 [snip] 12281 Storage> mega 12282 User name 12283 user> you@example.com 12284 Password. 12285 y) Yes type in my own password 12286 g) Generate random password 12287 n) No leave this optional password blank 12288 y/g/n> y 12289 Enter the password: 12290 password: 12291 Confirm the password: 12292 password: 12293 Remote config 12294 -------------------- 12295 [remote] 12296 type = mega 12297 user = you@example.com 12298 pass = *** ENCRYPTED *** 12299 -------------------- 12300 y) Yes this is OK 12301 e) Edit this remote 12302 d) Delete this remote 12303 y/e/d> y</code></pre> 12304 <p><strong>NOTE:</strong> The encryption keys need to have been already generated after a regular login via the browser, otherwise attempting to use the credentials in <code>rclone</code> will fail.</p> 12305 <p>Once configured you can then use <code>rclone</code> like this,</p> 12306 <p>List directories in top level of your Mega</p> 12307 <pre><code>rclone lsd remote:</code></pre> 12308 <p>List all the files in your Mega</p> 12309 <pre><code>rclone ls remote:</code></pre> 12310 <p>To copy a local directory to an Mega directory called backup</p> 12311 <pre><code>rclone copy /home/source remote:backup</code></pre> 12312 <h3 id="modified-time-and-hashes-6">Modified time and hashes</h3> 12313 <p>Mega does not support modification times or hashes yet.</p> 12314 <h4 id="restricted-filename-characters-13">Restricted filename characters</h4> 12315 <table> 12316 <thead> 12317 <tr class="header"> 12318 <th>Character</th> 12319 <th style="text-align: center;">Value</th> 12320 <th style="text-align: center;">Replacement</th> 12321 </tr> 12322 </thead> 12323 <tbody> 12324 <tr class="odd"> 12325 <td>NUL</td> 12326 <td style="text-align: center;">0x00</td> 12327 <td style="text-align: center;">␀</td> 12328 </tr> 12329 <tr class="even"> 12330 <td>/</td> 12331 <td style="text-align: center;">0x2F</td> 12332 <td style="text-align: center;">／</td> 12333 </tr> 12334 </tbody> 12335 </table> 12336 <p>Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be <a href="/overview/#invalid-utf8">replaced</a>, as they can’t be used in JSON strings.</p> 12337 <h3 id="duplicated-files-2">Duplicated files</h3> 12338 <p>Mega can have two files with exactly the same name and path (unlike a normal file system).</p> 12339 <p>Duplicated files cause problems with the syncing and you will see messages in the log about duplicates.</p> 12340 <p>Use <code>rclone dedupe</code> to fix duplicated files.</p> 12341 <h3 id="failure-to-log-in">Failure to log-in</h3> 12342 <p>Mega remotes seem to get blocked (reject logins) under “heavy use”. We haven’t worked out the exact blocking rules but it seems to be related to fast paced, sucessive rclone commands.</p> 12343 <p>For example, executing this command 90 times in a row <code>rclone link remote:file</code> will cause the remote to become “blocked”. This is not an abnormal situation, for example if you wish to get the public links of a directory with hundred of files… After more or less a week, the remote will remote accept rclone logins normally again.</p> 12344 <p>You can mitigate this issue by mounting the remote it with <code>rclone mount</code>. This will log-in when mounting and a log-out when unmounting only. You can also run <code>rclone rcd</code> and then use <code>rclone rc</code> to run the commands over the API to avoid logging in each time.</p> 12345 <p>Rclone does not currently close mega sessions (you can see them in the web interface), however closing the sessions does not solve the issue.</p> 12346 <p>If you space rclone commands by 3 seconds it will avoid blocking the remote. We haven’t identified the exact blocking rules, so perhaps one could execute the command 80 times without waiting and avoid blocking by waiting 3 seconds, then continuing…</p> 12347 <p>Note that this has been observed by trial and error and might not be set in stone.</p> 12348 <p>Other tools seem not to produce this blocking effect, as they use a different working approach (state-based, using sessionIDs instead of log-in) which isn’t compatible with the current stateless rclone approach.</p> 12349 <p>Note that once blocked, the use of other tools (such as megacmd) is not a sure workaround: following megacmd login times have been observed in sucession for blocked remote: 7 minutes, 20 min, 30min, 30 min, 30min. Web access looks unaffected though.</p> 12350 <p>Investigation is continuing in relation to workarounds based on timeouts, pacers, retrials and tpslimits - if you discover something relevant, please post on the forum.</p> 12351 <p>So, if rclone was working nicely and suddenly you are unable to log-in and you are sure the user and the password are correct, likely you have got the remote blocked for a while.</p> 12352 <!--- autogenerated options start - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit fs.RegInfo in backend/mega/mega.go then run make backenddocs --> 12353 <h3 id="standard-options-19">Standard Options</h3> 12354 <p>Here are the standard options specific to mega (Mega).</p> 12355 <h4 id="mega-user">–mega-user</h4> 12356 <p>User name</p> 12357 <ul> 12358 <li>Config: user</li> 12359 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_MEGA_USER</li> 12360 <li>Type: string</li> 12361 <li>Default: ""</li> 12362 </ul> 12363 <h4 id="mega-pass">–mega-pass</h4> 12364 <p>Password.</p> 12365 <ul> 12366 <li>Config: pass</li> 12367 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_MEGA_PASS</li> 12368 <li>Type: string</li> 12369 <li>Default: ""</li> 12370 </ul> 12371 <h3 id="advanced-options-19">Advanced Options</h3> 12372 <p>Here are the advanced options specific to mega (Mega).</p> 12373 <h4 id="mega-debug">–mega-debug</h4> 12374 <p>Output more debug from Mega.</p> 12375 <p>If this flag is set (along with -vv) it will print further debugging information from the mega backend.</p> 12376 <ul> 12377 <li>Config: debug</li> 12378 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_MEGA_DEBUG</li> 12379 <li>Type: bool</li> 12380 <li>Default: false</li> 12381 </ul> 12382 <h4 id="mega-hard-delete">–mega-hard-delete</h4> 12383 <p>Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash.</p> 12384 <p>Normally the mega backend will put all deletions into the trash rather than permanently deleting them. If you specify this then rclone will permanently delete objects instead.</p> 12385 <ul> 12386 <li>Config: hard_delete</li> 12387 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_MEGA_HARD_DELETE</li> 12388 <li>Type: bool</li> 12389 <li>Default: false</li> 12390 </ul> 12391 <h4 id="mega-encoding">–mega-encoding</h4> 12392 <p>This sets the encoding for the backend.</p> 12393 <p>See: the <a href="/overview/#encoding">encoding section in the overview</a> for more info.</p> 12394 <ul> 12395 <li>Config: encoding</li> 12396 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_MEGA_ENCODING</li> 12397 <li>Type: MultiEncoder</li> 12398 <li>Default: Slash,InvalidUtf8,Dot</li> 12399 </ul> 12400 <!--- autogenerated options stop --> 12401 <h3 id="limitations-13">Limitations</h3> 12402 <p>This backend uses the <a href="https://github.com/t3rm1n4l/go-mega">go-mega go library</a> which is an opensource go library implementing the Mega API. There doesn’t appear to be any documentation for the mega protocol beyond the <a href="https://github.com/meganz/sdk">mega C++ SDK</a> source code so there are likely quite a few errors still remaining in this library.</p> 12403 <p>Mega allows duplicate files which may confuse rclone.</p> 12404 <h2 id="memory">Memory</h2> 12405 <p>The memory backend is an in RAM backend. It does not persist its data - use the local backend for that.</p> 12406 <p>The memory backend behaves like a bucket based remote (eg like s3). Because it has no parameters you can just use it with the <code>:memory:</code> remote name.</p> 12407 <p>You can configure it as a remote like this with <code>rclone config</code> too if you want to:</p> 12408 <pre><code>No remotes found - make a new one 12409 n) New remote 12410 s) Set configuration password 12411 q) Quit config 12412 n/s/q> n 12413 name> remote 12414 Type of storage to configure. 12415 Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default (""). 12416 Choose a number from below, or type in your own value 12417 [snip] 12418 XX / Memory 12419 \ "memory" 12420 [snip] 12421 Storage> memory 12422 ** See help for memory backend at: https://rclone.org/memory/ ** 12423 12424 Remote config 12425 12426 -------------------- 12427 [remote] 12428 type = memory 12429 -------------------- 12430 y) Yes this is OK (default) 12431 e) Edit this remote 12432 d) Delete this remote 12433 y/e/d> y</code></pre> 12434 <p>Because the memory backend isn’t persistent it is most useful for testing or with an rclone server or rclone mount, eg</p> 12435 <pre><code>rclone mount :memory: /mnt/tmp 12436 rclone serve webdav :memory: 12437 rclone serve sftp :memory:</code></pre> 12438 <h3 id="modified-time-and-hashes-7">Modified time and hashes</h3> 12439 <p>The memory backend supports MD5 hashes and modification times accurate to 1 nS.</p> 12440 <h4 id="restricted-filename-characters-14">Restricted filename characters</h4> 12441 <p>The memory backend replaces the <a href="/overview/#restricted-characters">default restricted characters set</a>.</p> 12442 <!--- autogenerated options start - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit fs.RegInfo in backend/memory/memory.go then run make backenddocs --> 12443 <!--- autogenerated options stop --> 12444 <h2 id="microsoft-azure-blob-storage">Microsoft Azure Blob Storage</h2> 12445 <p>Paths are specified as <code>remote:container</code> (or <code>remote:</code> for the <code>lsd</code> command.) You may put subdirectories in too, eg <code>remote:container/path/to/dir</code>.</p> 12446 <p>Here is an example of making a Microsoft Azure Blob Storage configuration. For a remote called <code>remote</code>. First run:</p> 12447 <pre><code> rclone config</code></pre> 12448 <p>This will guide you through an interactive setup process:</p> 12449 <pre><code>No remotes found - make a new one 12450 n) New remote 12451 s) Set configuration password 12452 q) Quit config 12453 n/s/q> n 12454 name> remote 12455 Type of storage to configure. 12456 Choose a number from below, or type in your own value 12457 [snip] 12458 XX / Microsoft Azure Blob Storage 12459 \ "azureblob" 12460 [snip] 12461 Storage> azureblob 12462 Storage Account Name 12463 account> account_name 12464 Storage Account Key 12465 key> base64encodedkey== 12466 Endpoint for the service - leave blank normally. 12467 endpoint> 12468 Remote config 12469 -------------------- 12470 [remote] 12471 account = account_name 12472 key = base64encodedkey== 12473 endpoint = 12474 -------------------- 12475 y) Yes this is OK 12476 e) Edit this remote 12477 d) Delete this remote 12478 y/e/d> y</code></pre> 12479 <p>See all containers</p> 12480 <pre><code>rclone lsd remote:</code></pre> 12481 <p>Make a new container</p> 12482 <pre><code>rclone mkdir remote:container</code></pre> 12483 <p>List the contents of a container</p> 12484 <pre><code>rclone ls remote:container</code></pre> 12485 <p>Sync <code>/home/local/directory</code> to the remote container, deleting any excess files in the container.</p> 12486 <pre><code>rclone sync /home/local/directory remote:container</code></pre> 12487 <h3 id="fast-list-7">–fast-list</h3> 12488 <p>This remote supports <code>--fast-list</code> which allows you to use fewer transactions in exchange for more memory. See the <a href="/docs/#fast-list">rclone docs</a> for more details.</p> 12489 <h3 id="modified-time-10">Modified time</h3> 12490 <p>The modified time is stored as metadata on the object with the <code>mtime</code> key. It is stored using RFC3339 Format time with nanosecond precision. The metadata is supplied during directory listings so there is no overhead to using it.</p> 12491 <h3 id="restricted-filename-characters-15">Restricted filename characters</h3> 12492 <p>In addition to the <a href="/overview/#restricted-characters">default restricted characters set</a> the following characters are also replaced:</p> 12493 <table> 12494 <thead> 12495 <tr class="header"> 12496 <th>Character</th> 12497 <th style="text-align: center;">Value</th> 12498 <th style="text-align: center;">Replacement</th> 12499 </tr> 12500 </thead> 12501 <tbody> 12502 <tr class="odd"> 12503 <td>/</td> 12504 <td style="text-align: center;">0x2F</td> 12505 <td style="text-align: center;">／</td> 12506 </tr> 12507 <tr class="even"> 12508 <td>\</td> 12509 <td style="text-align: center;">0x5C</td> 12510 <td style="text-align: center;">＼</td> 12511 </tr> 12512 </tbody> 12513 </table> 12514 <p>File names can also not end with the following characters. These only get replaced if they are last character in the name:</p> 12515 <table> 12516 <thead> 12517 <tr class="header"> 12518 <th>Character</th> 12519 <th style="text-align: center;">Value</th> 12520 <th style="text-align: center;">Replacement</th> 12521 </tr> 12522 </thead> 12523 <tbody> 12524 <tr class="odd"> 12525 <td>.</td> 12526 <td style="text-align: center;">0x2E</td> 12527 <td style="text-align: center;">．</td> 12528 </tr> 12529 </tbody> 12530 </table> 12531 <p>Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be <a href="/overview/#invalid-utf8">replaced</a>, as they can’t be used in JSON strings.</p> 12532 <h3 id="hashes">Hashes</h3> 12533 <p>MD5 hashes are stored with blobs. However blobs that were uploaded in chunks only have an MD5 if the source remote was capable of MD5 hashes, eg the local disk.</p> 12534 <h3 id="authenticating-with-azure-blob-storage">Authenticating with Azure Blob Storage</h3> 12535 <p>Rclone has 3 ways of authenticating with Azure Blob Storage:</p> 12536 <h4 id="account-and-key">Account and Key</h4> 12537 <p>This is the most straight forward and least flexible way. Just fill in the <code>account</code> and <code>key</code> lines and leave the rest blank.</p> 12538 <h4 id="sas-url">SAS URL</h4> 12539 <p>This can be an account level SAS URL or container level SAS URL</p> 12540 <p>To use it leave <code>account</code>, <code>key</code> blank and fill in <code>sas_url</code>.</p> 12541 <p>Account level SAS URL or container level SAS URL can be obtained from Azure portal or Azure Storage Explorer. To get a container level SAS URL right click on a container in the Azure Blob explorer in the Azure portal.</p> 12542 <p>If You use container level SAS URL, rclone operations are permitted only on particular container, eg</p> 12543 <pre><code>rclone ls azureblob:container or rclone ls azureblob:</code></pre> 12544 <p>Since container name already exists in SAS URL, you can leave it empty as well.</p> 12545 <p>However these will not work</p> 12546 <pre><code>rclone lsd azureblob: 12547 rclone ls azureblob:othercontainer</code></pre> 12548 <p>This would be useful for temporarily allowing third parties access to a single container or putting credentials into an untrusted environment.</p> 12549 <h3 id="multipart-uploads-1">Multipart uploads</h3> 12550 <p>Rclone supports multipart uploads with Azure Blob storage. Files bigger than 256MB will be uploaded using chunked upload by default.</p> 12551 <p>The files will be uploaded in parallel in 4MB chunks (by default). Note that these chunks are buffered in memory and there may be up to <code>--transfers</code> of them being uploaded at once.</p> 12552 <p>Files can’t be split into more than 50,000 chunks so by default, so the largest file that can be uploaded with 4MB chunk size is 195GB. Above this rclone will double the chunk size until it creates less than 50,000 chunks. By default this will mean a maximum file size of 3.2TB can be uploaded. This can be raised to 5TB using <code>--azureblob-chunk-size 100M</code>.</p> 12553 <p>Note that rclone doesn’t commit the block list until the end of the upload which means that there is a limit of 9.5TB of multipart uploads in progress as Azure won’t allow more than that amount of uncommitted blocks.</p> 12554 <!--- autogenerated options start - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit fs.RegInfo in backend/azureblob/azureblob.go then run make backenddocs --> 12555 <h3 id="standard-options-20">Standard Options</h3> 12556 <p>Here are the standard options specific to azureblob (Microsoft Azure Blob Storage).</p> 12557 <h4 id="azureblob-account">–azureblob-account</h4> 12558 <p>Storage Account Name (leave blank to use SAS URL or Emulator)</p> 12559 <ul> 12560 <li>Config: account</li> 12561 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_AZUREBLOB_ACCOUNT</li> 12562 <li>Type: string</li> 12563 <li>Default: ""</li> 12564 </ul> 12565 <h4 id="azureblob-key">–azureblob-key</h4> 12566 <p>Storage Account Key (leave blank to use SAS URL or Emulator)</p> 12567 <ul> 12568 <li>Config: key</li> 12569 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_AZUREBLOB_KEY</li> 12570 <li>Type: string</li> 12571 <li>Default: ""</li> 12572 </ul> 12573 <h4 id="azureblob-sas-url">–azureblob-sas-url</h4> 12574 <p>SAS URL for container level access only (leave blank if using account/key or Emulator)</p> 12575 <ul> 12576 <li>Config: sas_url</li> 12577 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_AZUREBLOB_SAS_URL</li> 12578 <li>Type: string</li> 12579 <li>Default: ""</li> 12580 </ul> 12581 <h4 id="azureblob-use-emulator">–azureblob-use-emulator</h4> 12582 <p>Uses local storage emulator if provided as ‘true’ (leave blank if using real azure storage endpoint)</p> 12583 <ul> 12584 <li>Config: use_emulator</li> 12585 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_AZUREBLOB_USE_EMULATOR</li> 12586 <li>Type: bool</li> 12587 <li>Default: false</li> 12588 </ul> 12589 <h3 id="advanced-options-20">Advanced Options</h3> 12590 <p>Here are the advanced options specific to azureblob (Microsoft Azure Blob Storage).</p> 12591 <h4 id="azureblob-endpoint">–azureblob-endpoint</h4> 12592 <p>Endpoint for the service Leave blank normally.</p> 12593 <ul> 12594 <li>Config: endpoint</li> 12595 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_AZUREBLOB_ENDPOINT</li> 12596 <li>Type: string</li> 12597 <li>Default: ""</li> 12598 </ul> 12599 <h4 id="azureblob-upload-cutoff">–azureblob-upload-cutoff</h4> 12600 <p>Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (<= 256MB).</p> 12601 <ul> 12602 <li>Config: upload_cutoff</li> 12603 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_AZUREBLOB_UPLOAD_CUTOFF</li> 12604 <li>Type: SizeSuffix</li> 12605 <li>Default: 256M</li> 12606 </ul> 12607 <h4 id="azureblob-chunk-size">–azureblob-chunk-size</h4> 12608 <p>Upload chunk size (<= 100MB).</p> 12609 <p>Note that this is stored in memory and there may be up to “–transfers” chunks stored at once in memory.</p> 12610 <ul> 12611 <li>Config: chunk_size</li> 12612 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_AZUREBLOB_CHUNK_SIZE</li> 12613 <li>Type: SizeSuffix</li> 12614 <li>Default: 4M</li> 12615 </ul> 12616 <h4 id="azureblob-list-chunk">–azureblob-list-chunk</h4> 12617 <p>Size of blob list.</p> 12618 <p>This sets the number of blobs requested in each listing chunk. Default is the maximum, 5000. “List blobs” requests are permitted 2 minutes per megabyte to complete. If an operation is taking longer than 2 minutes per megabyte on average, it will time out ( <a href="https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/rest/api/storageservices/setting-timeouts-for-blob-service-operations#exceptions-to-default-timeout-interval">source</a> ). This can be used to limit the number of blobs items to return, to avoid the time out.</p> 12619 <ul> 12620 <li>Config: list_chunk</li> 12621 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_AZUREBLOB_LIST_CHUNK</li> 12622 <li>Type: int</li> 12623 <li>Default: 5000</li> 12624 </ul> 12625 <h4 id="azureblob-access-tier">–azureblob-access-tier</h4> 12626 <p>Access tier of blob: hot, cool or archive.</p> 12627 <p>Archived blobs can be restored by setting access tier to hot or cool. Leave blank if you intend to use default access tier, which is set at account level</p> 12628 <p>If there is no “access tier” specified, rclone doesn’t apply any tier. rclone performs “Set Tier” operation on blobs while uploading, if objects are not modified, specifying “access tier” to new one will have no effect. If blobs are in “archive tier” at remote, trying to perform data transfer operations from remote will not be allowed. User should first restore by tiering blob to “Hot” or “Cool”.</p> 12629 <ul> 12630 <li>Config: access_tier</li> 12631 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_AZUREBLOB_ACCESS_TIER</li> 12632 <li>Type: string</li> 12633 <li>Default: ""</li> 12634 </ul> 12635 <h4 id="azureblob-encoding">–azureblob-encoding</h4> 12636 <p>This sets the encoding for the backend.</p> 12637 <p>See: the <a href="/overview/#encoding">encoding section in the overview</a> for more info.</p> 12638 <ul> 12639 <li>Config: encoding</li> 12640 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_AZUREBLOB_ENCODING</li> 12641 <li>Type: MultiEncoder</li> 12642 <li>Default: Slash,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,RightPeriod,InvalidUtf8</li> 12643 </ul> 12644 <!--- autogenerated options stop --> 12645 <h3 id="limitations-14">Limitations</h3> 12646 <p>MD5 sums are only uploaded with chunked files if the source has an MD5 sum. This will always be the case for a local to azure copy.</p> 12647 <h3 id="azure-storage-emulator-support">Azure Storage Emulator Support</h3> 12648 <p>You can test rlcone with storage emulator locally, to do this make sure azure storage emulator installed locally and set up a new remote with <code>rclone config</code> follow instructions described in introduction, set <code>use_emulator</code> config as <code>true</code>, you do not need to provide default account name or key if using emulator.</p> 12649 <h2 id="microsoft-onedrive">Microsoft OneDrive</h2> 12650 <p>Paths are specified as <code>remote:path</code></p> 12651 <p>Paths may be as deep as required, eg <code>remote:directory/subdirectory</code>.</p> 12652 <p>The initial setup for OneDrive involves getting a token from Microsoft which you need to do in your browser. <code>rclone config</code> walks you through it.</p> 12653 <p>Here is an example of how to make a remote called <code>remote</code>. First run:</p> 12654 <pre><code> rclone config</code></pre> 12655 <p>This will guide you through an interactive setup process:</p> 12656 <pre><code>e) Edit existing remote 12657 n) New remote 12658 d) Delete remote 12659 r) Rename remote 12660 c) Copy remote 12661 s) Set configuration password 12662 q) Quit config 12663 e/n/d/r/c/s/q> n 12664 name> remote 12665 Type of storage to configure. 12666 Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default (""). 12667 Choose a number from below, or type in your own value 12668 [snip] 12669 XX / Microsoft OneDrive 12670 \ "onedrive" 12671 [snip] 12672 Storage> onedrive 12673 Microsoft App Client Id 12674 Leave blank normally. 12675 Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default (""). 12676 client_id> 12677 Microsoft App Client Secret 12678 Leave blank normally. 12679 Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default (""). 12680 client_secret> 12681 Edit advanced config? (y/n) 12682 y) Yes 12683 n) No 12684 y/n> n 12685 Remote config 12686 Use auto config? 12687 * Say Y if not sure 12688 * Say N if you are working on a remote or headless machine 12689 y) Yes 12690 n) No 12691 y/n> y 12692 If your browser doesn't open automatically go to the following link: http://127.0.0.1:53682/auth 12693 Log in and authorize rclone for access 12694 Waiting for code... 12695 Got code 12696 Choose a number from below, or type in an existing value 12697 1 / OneDrive Personal or Business 12698 \ "onedrive" 12699 2 / Sharepoint site 12700 \ "sharepoint" 12701 3 / Type in driveID 12702 \ "driveid" 12703 4 / Type in SiteID 12704 \ "siteid" 12705 5 / Search a Sharepoint site 12706 \ "search" 12707 Your choice> 1 12708 Found 1 drives, please select the one you want to use: 12709 0: OneDrive (business) id=b!Eqwertyuiopasdfghjklzxcvbnm-7mnbvcxzlkjhgfdsapoiuytrewqk 12710 Chose drive to use:> 0 12711 Found drive 'root' of type 'business', URL: https://org-my.sharepoint.com/personal/you/Documents 12712 Is that okay? 12713 y) Yes 12714 n) No 12715 y/n> y 12716 -------------------- 12717 [remote] 12718 type = onedrive 12719 token = {"access_token":"youraccesstoken","token_type":"Bearer","refresh_token":"yourrefreshtoken","expiry":"2018-08-26T22:39:52.486512262+08:00"} 12720 drive_id = b!Eqwertyuiopasdfghjklzxcvbnm-7mnbvcxzlkjhgfdsapoiuytrewqk 12721 drive_type = business 12722 -------------------- 12723 y) Yes this is OK 12724 e) Edit this remote 12725 d) Delete this remote 12726 y/e/d> y</code></pre> 12727 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/remote_setup/">remote setup docs</a> for how to set it up on a machine with no Internet browser available.</p> 12728 <p>Note that rclone runs a webserver on your local machine to collect the token as returned from Microsoft. This only runs from the moment it opens your browser to the moment you get back the verification code. This is on <code>http://127.0.0.1:53682/</code> and this it may require you to unblock it temporarily if you are running a host firewall.</p> 12729 <p>Once configured you can then use <code>rclone</code> like this,</p> 12730 <p>List directories in top level of your OneDrive</p> 12731 <pre><code>rclone lsd remote:</code></pre> 12732 <p>List all the files in your OneDrive</p> 12733 <pre><code>rclone ls remote:</code></pre> 12734 <p>To copy a local directory to an OneDrive directory called backup</p> 12735 <pre><code>rclone copy /home/source remote:backup</code></pre> 12736 <h3 id="getting-your-own-client-id-and-key">Getting your own Client ID and Key</h3> 12737 <p>You can use your own Client ID if the default (<code>client_id</code> left blank) one doesn’t work for you or you see lots of throttling. The default Client ID and Key is shared by all rclone users when performing requests.</p> 12738 <p>If you are having problems with them (E.g., seeing a lot of throttling), you can get your own Client ID and Key by following the steps below:</p> 12739 <ol type="1"> 12740 <li>Open https://portal.azure.com/#blade/Microsoft_AAD_RegisteredApps/ApplicationsListBlade, then click <code>New registration</code>.</li> 12741 <li>Enter a name for your app, choose account type <code>Any Azure AD directory - Multitenant</code>, select <code>Web</code> in <code>Redirect URI</code> Enter <code>http://localhost:53682/</code> and click Register. Copy and keep the <code>Application (client) ID</code> under the app name for later use.</li> 12742 <li>Under <code>manage</code> select <code>Certificates & secrets</code>, click <code>New client secret</code>. Copy and keep that secret for later use.</li> 12743 <li>Under <code>manage</code> select <code>API permissions</code>, click <code>Add a permission</code> and select <code>Microsoft Graph</code> then select <code>delegated permissions</code>.</li> 12744 <li>Search and select the follwing permssions: <code>Files.Read</code>, <code>Files.ReadWrite</code>, <code>Files.Read.All</code>, <code>Files.ReadWrite.All</code>, <code>offline_access</code>, <code>User.Read</code>. Once selected click <code>Add permissions</code> at the bottom.</li> 12745 </ol> 12746 <p>Now the application is complete. Run <code>rclone config</code> to create or edit a OneDrive remote. Supply the app ID and password as Client ID and Secret, respectively. rclone will walk you through the remaining steps.</p> 12747 <h3 id="modification-time-and-hashes">Modification time and hashes</h3> 12748 <p>OneDrive allows modification times to be set on objects accurate to 1 second. These will be used to detect whether objects need syncing or not.</p> 12749 <p>OneDrive personal supports SHA1 type hashes. OneDrive for business and Sharepoint Server support <a href="https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/onedrive/developer/code-snippets/quickxorhash">QuickXorHash</a>.</p> 12750 <p>For all types of OneDrive you can use the <code>--checksum</code> flag.</p> 12751 <h3 id="restricted-filename-characters-16">Restricted filename characters</h3> 12752 <p>In addition to the <a href="/overview/#restricted-characters">default restricted characters set</a> the following characters are also replaced:</p> 12753 <table> 12754 <thead> 12755 <tr class="header"> 12756 <th>Character</th> 12757 <th style="text-align: center;">Value</th> 12758 <th style="text-align: center;">Replacement</th> 12759 </tr> 12760 </thead> 12761 <tbody> 12762 <tr class="odd"> 12763 <td>"</td> 12764 <td style="text-align: center;">0x22</td> 12765 <td style="text-align: center;">＂</td> 12766 </tr> 12767 <tr class="even"> 12768 <td>*</td> 12769 <td style="text-align: center;">0x2A</td> 12770 <td style="text-align: center;">＊</td> 12771 </tr> 12772 <tr class="odd"> 12773 <td>:</td> 12774 <td style="text-align: center;">0x3A</td> 12775 <td style="text-align: center;">：</td> 12776 </tr> 12777 <tr class="even"> 12778 <td><</td> 12779 <td style="text-align: center;">0x3C</td> 12780 <td style="text-align: center;">＜</td> 12781 </tr> 12782 <tr class="odd"> 12783 <td>></td> 12784 <td style="text-align: center;">0x3E</td> 12785 <td style="text-align: center;">＞</td> 12786 </tr> 12787 <tr class="even"> 12788 <td>?</td> 12789 <td style="text-align: center;">0x3F</td> 12790 <td style="text-align: center;">？</td> 12791 </tr> 12792 <tr class="odd"> 12793 <td>\</td> 12794 <td style="text-align: center;">0x5C</td> 12795 <td style="text-align: center;">＼</td> 12796 </tr> 12797 <tr class="even"> 12798 <td>|</td> 12799 <td style="text-align: center;">0x7C</td> 12800 <td style="text-align: center;">｜</td> 12801 </tr> 12802 <tr class="odd"> 12803 <td>#</td> 12804 <td style="text-align: center;">0x23</td> 12805 <td style="text-align: center;">＃</td> 12806 </tr> 12807 <tr class="even"> 12808 <td>%</td> 12809 <td style="text-align: center;">0x25</td> 12810 <td style="text-align: center;">％</td> 12811 </tr> 12812 </tbody> 12813 </table> 12814 <p>File names can also not end with the following characters. These only get replaced if they are last character in the name:</p> 12815 <table> 12816 <thead> 12817 <tr class="header"> 12818 <th>Character</th> 12819 <th style="text-align: center;">Value</th> 12820 <th style="text-align: center;">Replacement</th> 12821 </tr> 12822 </thead> 12823 <tbody> 12824 <tr class="odd"> 12825 <td>SP</td> 12826 <td style="text-align: center;">0x20</td> 12827 <td style="text-align: center;">␠</td> 12828 </tr> 12829 <tr class="even"> 12830 <td>.</td> 12831 <td style="text-align: center;">0x2E</td> 12832 <td style="text-align: center;">．</td> 12833 </tr> 12834 </tbody> 12835 </table> 12836 <p>File names can also not begin with the following characters. These only get replaced if they are first character in the name:</p> 12837 <table> 12838 <thead> 12839 <tr class="header"> 12840 <th>Character</th> 12841 <th style="text-align: center;">Value</th> 12842 <th style="text-align: center;">Replacement</th> 12843 </tr> 12844 </thead> 12845 <tbody> 12846 <tr class="odd"> 12847 <td>SP</td> 12848 <td style="text-align: center;">0x20</td> 12849 <td style="text-align: center;">␠</td> 12850 </tr> 12851 <tr class="even"> 12852 <td>~</td> 12853 <td style="text-align: center;">0x7E</td> 12854 <td style="text-align: center;">～</td> 12855 </tr> 12856 </tbody> 12857 </table> 12858 <p>Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be <a href="/overview/#invalid-utf8">replaced</a>, as they can’t be used in JSON strings.</p> 12859 <h3 id="deleting-files-5">Deleting files</h3> 12860 <p>Any files you delete with rclone will end up in the trash. Microsoft doesn’t provide an API to permanently delete files, nor to empty the trash, so you will have to do that with one of Microsoft’s apps or via the OneDrive website.</p> 12861 <!--- autogenerated options start - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit fs.RegInfo in backend/onedrive/onedrive.go then run make backenddocs --> 12862 <h3 id="standard-options-21">Standard Options</h3> 12863 <p>Here are the standard options specific to onedrive (Microsoft OneDrive).</p> 12864 <h4 id="onedrive-client-id">–onedrive-client-id</h4> 12865 <p>Microsoft App Client Id Leave blank normally.</p> 12866 <ul> 12867 <li>Config: client_id</li> 12868 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_ONEDRIVE_CLIENT_ID</li> 12869 <li>Type: string</li> 12870 <li>Default: ""</li> 12871 </ul> 12872 <h4 id="onedrive-client-secret">–onedrive-client-secret</h4> 12873 <p>Microsoft App Client Secret Leave blank normally.</p> 12874 <ul> 12875 <li>Config: client_secret</li> 12876 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_ONEDRIVE_CLIENT_SECRET</li> 12877 <li>Type: string</li> 12878 <li>Default: ""</li> 12879 </ul> 12880 <h3 id="advanced-options-21">Advanced Options</h3> 12881 <p>Here are the advanced options specific to onedrive (Microsoft OneDrive).</p> 12882 <h4 id="onedrive-chunk-size">–onedrive-chunk-size</h4> 12883 <p>Chunk size to upload files with - must be multiple of 320k (327,680 bytes).</p> 12884 <p>Above this size files will be chunked - must be multiple of 320k (327,680 bytes). Note that the chunks will be buffered into memory.</p> 12885 <ul> 12886 <li>Config: chunk_size</li> 12887 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_ONEDRIVE_CHUNK_SIZE</li> 12888 <li>Type: SizeSuffix</li> 12889 <li>Default: 10M</li> 12890 </ul> 12891 <h4 id="onedrive-drive-id">–onedrive-drive-id</h4> 12892 <p>The ID of the drive to use</p> 12893 <ul> 12894 <li>Config: drive_id</li> 12895 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_ONEDRIVE_DRIVE_ID</li> 12896 <li>Type: string</li> 12897 <li>Default: ""</li> 12898 </ul> 12899 <h4 id="onedrive-drive-type">–onedrive-drive-type</h4> 12900 <p>The type of the drive ( personal | business | documentLibrary )</p> 12901 <ul> 12902 <li>Config: drive_type</li> 12903 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_ONEDRIVE_DRIVE_TYPE</li> 12904 <li>Type: string</li> 12905 <li>Default: ""</li> 12906 </ul> 12907 <h4 id="onedrive-expose-onenote-files">–onedrive-expose-onenote-files</h4> 12908 <p>Set to make OneNote files show up in directory listings.</p> 12909 <p>By default rclone will hide OneNote files in directory listings because operations like “Open” and “Update” won’t work on them. But this behaviour may also prevent you from deleting them. If you want to delete OneNote files or otherwise want them to show up in directory listing, set this option.</p> 12910 <ul> 12911 <li>Config: expose_onenote_files</li> 12912 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_ONEDRIVE_EXPOSE_ONENOTE_FILES</li> 12913 <li>Type: bool</li> 12914 <li>Default: false</li> 12915 </ul> 12916 <h4 id="onedrive-encoding">–onedrive-encoding</h4> 12917 <p>This sets the encoding for the backend.</p> 12918 <p>See: the <a href="/overview/#encoding">encoding section in the overview</a> for more info.</p> 12919 <ul> 12920 <li>Config: encoding</li> 12921 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_ONEDRIVE_ENCODING</li> 12922 <li>Type: MultiEncoder</li> 12923 <li>Default: Slash,LtGt,DoubleQuote,Colon,Question,Asterisk,Pipe,Hash,Percent,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,LeftSpace,LeftTilde,RightSpace,RightPeriod,InvalidUtf8,Dot</li> 12924 </ul> 12925 <!--- autogenerated options stop --> 12926 <h3 id="limitations-15">Limitations</h3> 12927 <h4 id="naming">Naming</h4> 12928 <p>Note that OneDrive is case insensitive so you can’t have a file called “Hello.doc” and one called “hello.doc”.</p> 12929 <p>There are quite a few characters that can’t be in OneDrive file names. These can’t occur on Windows platforms, but on non-Windows platforms they are common. Rclone will map these names to and from an identical looking unicode equivalent. For example if a file has a <code>?</code> in it will be mapped to <code>？</code> instead.</p> 12930 <h4 id="file-sizes">File sizes</h4> 12931 <p>The largest allowed file sizes are 15GB for OneDrive for Business and 35GB for OneDrive Personal (Updated 4 Jan 2019).</p> 12932 <h4 id="path-length">Path length</h4> 12933 <p>The entire path, including the file name, must contain fewer than 400 characters for OneDrive, OneDrive for Business and SharePoint Online. If you are encrypting file and folder names with rclone, you may want to pay attention to this limitation because the encrypted names are typically longer than the original ones.</p> 12934 <h4 id="number-of-files">Number of files</h4> 12935 <p>OneDrive seems to be OK with at least 50,000 files in a folder, but at 100,000 rclone will get errors listing the directory like <code>couldn’t list files: UnknownError:</code>. See <a href="https://github.com/rclone/rclone/issues/2707">#2707</a> for more info.</p> 12936 <p>An official document about the limitations for different types of OneDrive can be found <a href="https://support.office.com/en-us/article/invalid-file-names-and-file-types-in-onedrive-onedrive-for-business-and-sharepoint-64883a5d-228e-48f5-b3d2-eb39e07630fa">here</a>.</p> 12937 <h3 id="versioning-issue">Versioning issue</h3> 12938 <p>Every change in OneDrive causes the service to create a new version. This counts against a users quota. For example changing the modification time of a file creates a second version, so the file is using twice the space.</p> 12939 <p>The <code>copy</code> is the only rclone command affected by this as we copy the file and then afterwards set the modification time to match the source file.</p> 12940 <p><strong>Note</strong>: Starting October 2018, users will no longer be able to disable versioning by default. This is because Microsoft has brought an <a href="https://techcommunity.microsoft.com/t5/Microsoft-OneDrive-Blog/New-Updates-to-OneDrive-and-SharePoint-Team-Site-Versioning/ba-p/204390">update</a> to the mechanism. To change this new default setting, a PowerShell command is required to be run by a SharePoint admin. If you are an admin, you can run these commands in PowerShell to change that setting:</p> 12941 <ol type="1"> 12942 <li><code>Install-Module -Name Microsoft.Online.SharePoint.PowerShell</code> (in case you haven’t installed this already)</li> 12943 <li><code>Import-Module Microsoft.Online.SharePoint.PowerShell -DisableNameChecking</code></li> 12944 <li><code>Connect-SPOService -Url https://YOURSITE-admin.sharepoint.com -Credential YOU@YOURSITE.COM</code> (replacing <code>YOURSITE</code>, <code>YOU</code>, <code>YOURSITE.COM</code> with the actual values; this will prompt for your credentials)</li> 12945 <li><code>Set-SPOTenant -EnableMinimumVersionRequirement $False</code></li> 12946 <li><code>Disconnect-SPOService</code> (to disconnect from the server)</li> 12947 </ol> 12948 <p><em>Below are the steps for normal users to disable versioning. If you don’t see the “No Versioning” option, make sure the above requirements are met.</em></p> 12949 <p>User <a href="https://github.com/Weropol">Weropol</a> has found a method to disable versioning on OneDrive</p> 12950 <ol type="1"> 12951 <li>Open the settings menu by clicking on the gear symbol at the top of the OneDrive Business page.</li> 12952 <li>Click Site settings.</li> 12953 <li>Once on the Site settings page, navigate to Site Administration > Site libraries and lists.</li> 12954 <li>Click Customize “Documents”.</li> 12955 <li>Click General Settings > Versioning Settings.</li> 12956 <li>Under Document Version History select the option No versioning. Note: This will disable the creation of new file versions, but will not remove any previous versions. Your documents are safe.</li> 12957 <li>Apply the changes by clicking OK.</li> 12958 <li>Use rclone to upload or modify files. (I also use the –no-update-modtime flag)</li> 12959 <li>Restore the versioning settings after using rclone. (Optional)</li> 12960 </ol> 12961 <h3 id="troubleshooting-1">Troubleshooting</h3> 12962 <h4 id="unexpected-file-sizehash-differences-on-sharepoint">Unexpected file size/hash differences on Sharepoint</h4> 12963 <p>It is a <a href="https://github.com/OneDrive/onedrive-api-docs/issues/935#issuecomment-441741631">known</a> issue that Sharepoint (not OneDrive or OneDrive for Business) silently modifies uploaded files, mainly Office files (.docx, .xlsx, etc.), causing file size and hash checks to fail. To use rclone with such affected files on Sharepoint, you may disable these checks with the following command line arguments:</p> 12964 <pre><code>--ignore-checksum --ignore-size</code></pre> 12965 <h4 id="replacingdeleting-existing-files-on-sharepoint-gets-item-not-found">Replacing/deleting existing files on Sharepoint gets “item not found”</h4> 12966 <p>It is a <a href="https://github.com/OneDrive/onedrive-api-docs/issues/1068">known</a> issue that Sharepoint (not OneDrive or OneDrive for Business) may return “item not found” errors when users try to replace or delete uploaded files; this seems to mainly affect Office files (.docx, .xlsx, etc.). As a workaround, you may use the <code>--backup-dir <BACKUP_DIR></code> command line argument so rclone moves the files to be replaced/deleted into a given backup directory (instead of directly replacing/deleting them). For example, to instruct rclone to move the files into the directory <code>rclone-backup-dir</code> on backend <code>mysharepoint</code>, you may use:</p> 12967 <pre><code>--backup-dir mysharepoint:rclone-backup-dir</code></pre> 12968 <h4 id="access_denied-aadsts65005">access_denied (AADSTS65005)</h4> 12969 <pre><code>Error: access_denied 12970 Code: AADSTS65005 12971 Description: Using application 'rclone' is currently not supported for your organization [YOUR_ORGANIZATION] because it is in an unmanaged state. An administrator needs to claim ownership of the company by DNS validation of [YOUR_ORGANIZATION] before the application rclone can be provisioned.</code></pre> 12972 <p>This means that rclone can’t use the OneDrive for Business API with your account. You can’t do much about it, maybe write an email to your admins.</p> 12973 <p>However, there are other ways to interact with your OneDrive account. Have a look at the webdav backend: https://rclone.org/webdav/#sharepoint</p> 12974 <h4 id="invalid_grant-aadsts50076">invalid_grant (AADSTS50076)</h4> 12975 <pre><code>Error: invalid_grant 12976 Code: AADSTS50076 12977 Description: Due to a configuration change made by your administrator, or because you moved to a new location, you must use multi-factor authentication to access '...'.</code></pre> 12978 <p>If you see the error above after enabling multi-factor authentication for your account, you can fix it by refreshing your OAuth refresh token. To do that, run <code>rclone config</code>, and choose to edit your OneDrive backend. Then, you don’t need to actually make any changes until you reach this question: <code>Already have a token - refresh?</code>. For this question, answer <code>y</code> and go through the process to refresh your token, just like the first time the backend is configured. After this, rclone should work again for this backend.</p> 12979 <h2 id="opendrive">OpenDrive</h2> 12980 <p>Paths are specified as <code>remote:path</code></p> 12981 <p>Paths may be as deep as required, eg <code>remote:directory/subdirectory</code>.</p> 12982 <p>Here is an example of how to make a remote called <code>remote</code>. First run:</p> 12983 <pre><code> rclone config</code></pre> 12984 <p>This will guide you through an interactive setup process:</p> 12985 <pre><code>n) New remote 12986 d) Delete remote 12987 q) Quit config 12988 e/n/d/q> n 12989 name> remote 12990 Type of storage to configure. 12991 Choose a number from below, or type in your own value 12992 [snip] 12993 XX / OpenDrive 12994 \ "opendrive" 12995 [snip] 12996 Storage> opendrive 12997 Username 12998 username> 12999 Password 13000 y) Yes type in my own password 13001 g) Generate random password 13002 y/g> y 13003 Enter the password: 13004 password: 13005 Confirm the password: 13006 password: 13007 -------------------- 13008 [remote] 13009 username = 13010 password = *** ENCRYPTED *** 13011 -------------------- 13012 y) Yes this is OK 13013 e) Edit this remote 13014 d) Delete this remote 13015 y/e/d> y</code></pre> 13016 <p>List directories in top level of your OpenDrive</p> 13017 <pre><code>rclone lsd remote:</code></pre> 13018 <p>List all the files in your OpenDrive</p> 13019 <pre><code>rclone ls remote:</code></pre> 13020 <p>To copy a local directory to an OpenDrive directory called backup</p> 13021 <pre><code>rclone copy /home/source remote:backup</code></pre> 13022 <h3 id="modified-time-and-md5sums-1">Modified time and MD5SUMs</h3> 13023 <p>OpenDrive allows modification times to be set on objects accurate to 1 second. These will be used to detect whether objects need syncing or not.</p> 13024 <h4 id="restricted-filename-characters-17">Restricted filename characters</h4> 13025 <table> 13026 <thead> 13027 <tr class="header"> 13028 <th>Character</th> 13029 <th style="text-align: center;">Value</th> 13030 <th style="text-align: center;">Replacement</th> 13031 </tr> 13032 </thead> 13033 <tbody> 13034 <tr class="odd"> 13035 <td>NUL</td> 13036 <td style="text-align: center;">0x00</td> 13037 <td style="text-align: center;">␀</td> 13038 </tr> 13039 <tr class="even"> 13040 <td>/</td> 13041 <td style="text-align: center;">0x2F</td> 13042 <td style="text-align: center;">／</td> 13043 </tr> 13044 <tr class="odd"> 13045 <td>"</td> 13046 <td style="text-align: center;">0x22</td> 13047 <td style="text-align: center;">＂</td> 13048 </tr> 13049 <tr class="even"> 13050 <td>*</td> 13051 <td style="text-align: center;">0x2A</td> 13052 <td style="text-align: center;">＊</td> 13053 </tr> 13054 <tr class="odd"> 13055 <td>:</td> 13056 <td style="text-align: center;">0x3A</td> 13057 <td style="text-align: center;">：</td> 13058 </tr> 13059 <tr class="even"> 13060 <td><</td> 13061 <td style="text-align: center;">0x3C</td> 13062 <td style="text-align: center;">＜</td> 13063 </tr> 13064 <tr class="odd"> 13065 <td>></td> 13066 <td style="text-align: center;">0x3E</td> 13067 <td style="text-align: center;">＞</td> 13068 </tr> 13069 <tr class="even"> 13070 <td>?</td> 13071 <td style="text-align: center;">0x3F</td> 13072 <td style="text-align: center;">？</td> 13073 </tr> 13074 <tr class="odd"> 13075 <td>\</td> 13076 <td style="text-align: center;">0x5C</td> 13077 <td style="text-align: center;">＼</td> 13078 </tr> 13079 <tr class="even"> 13080 <td>|</td> 13081 <td style="text-align: center;">0x7C</td> 13082 <td style="text-align: center;">｜</td> 13083 </tr> 13084 </tbody> 13085 </table> 13086 <p>File names can also not begin or end with the following characters. These only get replaced if they are the first or last character in the name:</p> 13087 <table> 13088 <thead> 13089 <tr class="header"> 13090 <th>Character</th> 13091 <th style="text-align: center;">Value</th> 13092 <th style="text-align: center;">Replacement</th> 13093 </tr> 13094 </thead> 13095 <tbody> 13096 <tr class="odd"> 13097 <td>SP</td> 13098 <td style="text-align: center;">0x20</td> 13099 <td style="text-align: center;">␠</td> 13100 </tr> 13101 <tr class="even"> 13102 <td>HT</td> 13103 <td style="text-align: center;">0x09</td> 13104 <td style="text-align: center;">␉</td> 13105 </tr> 13106 <tr class="odd"> 13107 <td>LF</td> 13108 <td style="text-align: center;">0x0A</td> 13109 <td style="text-align: center;">␊</td> 13110 </tr> 13111 <tr class="even"> 13112 <td>VT</td> 13113 <td style="text-align: center;">0x0B</td> 13114 <td style="text-align: center;">␋</td> 13115 </tr> 13116 <tr class="odd"> 13117 <td>CR</td> 13118 <td style="text-align: center;">0x0D</td> 13119 <td style="text-align: center;">␍</td> 13120 </tr> 13121 </tbody> 13122 </table> 13123 <p>Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be <a href="/overview/#invalid-utf8">replaced</a>, as they can’t be used in JSON strings.</p> 13124 <!--- autogenerated options start - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit fs.RegInfo in backend/opendrive/opendrive.go then run make backenddocs --> 13125 <h3 id="standard-options-22">Standard Options</h3> 13126 <p>Here are the standard options specific to opendrive (OpenDrive).</p> 13127 <h4 id="opendrive-username">–opendrive-username</h4> 13128 <p>Username</p> 13129 <ul> 13130 <li>Config: username</li> 13131 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_OPENDRIVE_USERNAME</li> 13132 <li>Type: string</li> 13133 <li>Default: ""</li> 13134 </ul> 13135 <h4 id="opendrive-password">–opendrive-password</h4> 13136 <p>Password.</p> 13137 <ul> 13138 <li>Config: password</li> 13139 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_OPENDRIVE_PASSWORD</li> 13140 <li>Type: string</li> 13141 <li>Default: ""</li> 13142 </ul> 13143 <h3 id="advanced-options-22">Advanced Options</h3> 13144 <p>Here are the advanced options specific to opendrive (OpenDrive).</p> 13145 <h4 id="opendrive-encoding">–opendrive-encoding</h4> 13146 <p>This sets the encoding for the backend.</p> 13147 <p>See: the <a href="/overview/#encoding">encoding section in the overview</a> for more info.</p> 13148 <ul> 13149 <li>Config: encoding</li> 13150 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_OPENDRIVE_ENCODING</li> 13151 <li>Type: MultiEncoder</li> 13152 <li>Default: Slash,LtGt,DoubleQuote,Colon,Question,Asterisk,Pipe,BackSlash,LeftSpace,LeftCrLfHtVt,RightSpace,RightCrLfHtVt,InvalidUtf8,Dot</li> 13153 </ul> 13154 <h4 id="opendrive-chunk-size">–opendrive-chunk-size</h4> 13155 <p>Files will be uploaded in chunks this size.</p> 13156 <p>Note that these chunks are buffered in memory so increasing them will increase memory use.</p> 13157 <ul> 13158 <li>Config: chunk_size</li> 13159 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_OPENDRIVE_CHUNK_SIZE</li> 13160 <li>Type: SizeSuffix</li> 13161 <li>Default: 10M</li> 13162 </ul> 13163 <!--- autogenerated options stop --> 13164 <h3 id="limitations-16">Limitations</h3> 13165 <p>Note that OpenDrive is case insensitive so you can’t have a file called “Hello.doc” and one called “hello.doc”.</p> 13166 <p>There are quite a few characters that can’t be in OpenDrive file names. These can’t occur on Windows platforms, but on non-Windows platforms they are common. Rclone will map these names to and from an identical looking unicode equivalent. For example if a file has a <code>?</code> in it will be mapped to <code>？</code> instead.</p> 13167 <h2 id="qingstor">QingStor</h2> 13168 <p>Paths are specified as <code>remote:bucket</code> (or <code>remote:</code> for the <code>lsd</code> command.) You may put subdirectories in too, eg <code>remote:bucket/path/to/dir</code>.</p> 13169 <p>Here is an example of making an QingStor configuration. First run</p> 13170 <pre><code>rclone config</code></pre> 13171 <p>This will guide you through an interactive setup process.</p> 13172 <pre><code>No remotes found - make a new one 13173 n) New remote 13174 r) Rename remote 13175 c) Copy remote 13176 s) Set configuration password 13177 q) Quit config 13178 n/r/c/s/q> n 13179 name> remote 13180 Type of storage to configure. 13181 Choose a number from below, or type in your own value 13182 [snip] 13183 XX / QingStor Object Storage 13184 \ "qingstor" 13185 [snip] 13186 Storage> qingstor 13187 Get QingStor credentials from runtime. Only applies if access_key_id and secret_access_key is blank. 13188 Choose a number from below, or type in your own value 13189 1 / Enter QingStor credentials in the next step 13190 \ "false" 13191 2 / Get QingStor credentials from the environment (env vars or IAM) 13192 \ "true" 13193 env_auth> 1 13194 QingStor Access Key ID - leave blank for anonymous access or runtime credentials. 13195 access_key_id> access_key 13196 QingStor Secret Access Key (password) - leave blank for anonymous access or runtime credentials. 13197 secret_access_key> secret_key 13198 Enter a endpoint URL to connection QingStor API. 13199 Leave blank will use the default value "https://qingstor.com:443" 13200 endpoint> 13201 Zone connect to. Default is "pek3a". 13202 Choose a number from below, or type in your own value 13203 / The Beijing (China) Three Zone 13204 1 | Needs location constraint pek3a. 13205 \ "pek3a" 13206 / The Shanghai (China) First Zone 13207 2 | Needs location constraint sh1a. 13208 \ "sh1a" 13209 zone> 1 13210 Number of connnection retry. 13211 Leave blank will use the default value "3". 13212 connection_retries> 13213 Remote config 13214 -------------------- 13215 [remote] 13216 env_auth = false 13217 access_key_id = access_key 13218 secret_access_key = secret_key 13219 endpoint = 13220 zone = pek3a 13221 connection_retries = 13222 -------------------- 13223 y) Yes this is OK 13224 e) Edit this remote 13225 d) Delete this remote 13226 y/e/d> y</code></pre> 13227 <p>This remote is called <code>remote</code> and can now be used like this</p> 13228 <p>See all buckets</p> 13229 <pre><code>rclone lsd remote:</code></pre> 13230 <p>Make a new bucket</p> 13231 <pre><code>rclone mkdir remote:bucket</code></pre> 13232 <p>List the contents of a bucket</p> 13233 <pre><code>rclone ls remote:bucket</code></pre> 13234 <p>Sync <code>/home/local/directory</code> to the remote bucket, deleting any excess files in the bucket.</p> 13235 <pre><code>rclone sync /home/local/directory remote:bucket</code></pre> 13236 <h3 id="fast-list-8">–fast-list</h3> 13237 <p>This remote supports <code>--fast-list</code> which allows you to use fewer transactions in exchange for more memory. See the <a href="/docs/#fast-list">rclone docs</a> for more details.</p> 13238 <h3 id="multipart-uploads-2">Multipart uploads</h3> 13239 <p>rclone supports multipart uploads with QingStor which means that it can upload files bigger than 5GB. Note that files uploaded with multipart upload don’t have an MD5SUM.</p> 13240 <h3 id="buckets-and-zone">Buckets and Zone</h3> 13241 <p>With QingStor you can list buckets (<code>rclone lsd</code>) using any zone, but you can only access the content of a bucket from the zone it was created in. If you attempt to access a bucket from the wrong zone, you will get an error, <code>incorrect zone, the bucket is not in 'XXX' zone</code>.</p> 13242 <h3 id="authentication-5">Authentication</h3> 13243 <p>There are two ways to supply <code>rclone</code> with a set of QingStor credentials. In order of precedence:</p> 13244 <ul> 13245 <li>Directly in the rclone configuration file (as configured by <code>rclone config</code>) 13246 <ul> 13247 <li>set <code>access_key_id</code> and <code>secret_access_key</code></li> 13248 </ul></li> 13249 <li>Runtime configuration: 13250 <ul> 13251 <li>set <code>env_auth</code> to <code>true</code> in the config file</li> 13252 <li>Exporting the following environment variables before running <code>rclone</code> 13253 <ul> 13254 <li>Access Key ID: <code>QS_ACCESS_KEY_ID</code> or <code>QS_ACCESS_KEY</code></li> 13255 <li>Secret Access Key: <code>QS_SECRET_ACCESS_KEY</code> or <code>QS_SECRET_KEY</code></li> 13256 </ul></li> 13257 </ul></li> 13258 </ul> 13259 <h3 id="restricted-filename-characters-18">Restricted filename characters</h3> 13260 <p>The control characters 0x00-0x1F and / are replaced as in the <a href="/overview/#restricted-characters">default restricted characters set</a>. Note that 0x7F is not replaced.</p> 13261 <p>Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be <a href="/overview/#invalid-utf8">replaced</a>, as they can’t be used in JSON strings.</p> 13262 <!--- autogenerated options start - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit fs.RegInfo in backend/qingstor/qingstor.go then run make backenddocs --> 13263 <h3 id="standard-options-23">Standard Options</h3> 13264 <p>Here are the standard options specific to qingstor (QingCloud Object Storage).</p> 13265 <h4 id="qingstor-env-auth">–qingstor-env-auth</h4> 13266 <p>Get QingStor credentials from runtime. Only applies if access_key_id and secret_access_key is blank.</p> 13267 <ul> 13268 <li>Config: env_auth</li> 13269 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_QINGSTOR_ENV_AUTH</li> 13270 <li>Type: bool</li> 13271 <li>Default: false</li> 13272 <li>Examples: 13273 <ul> 13274 <li>“false” 13275 <ul> 13276 <li>Enter QingStor credentials in the next step</li> 13277 </ul></li> 13278 <li>“true” 13279 <ul> 13280 <li>Get QingStor credentials from the environment (env vars or IAM)</li> 13281 </ul></li> 13282 </ul></li> 13283 </ul> 13284 <h4 id="qingstor-access-key-id">–qingstor-access-key-id</h4> 13285 <p>QingStor Access Key ID Leave blank for anonymous access or runtime credentials.</p> 13286 <ul> 13287 <li>Config: access_key_id</li> 13288 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_QINGSTOR_ACCESS_KEY_ID</li> 13289 <li>Type: string</li> 13290 <li>Default: ""</li> 13291 </ul> 13292 <h4 id="qingstor-secret-access-key">–qingstor-secret-access-key</h4> 13293 <p>QingStor Secret Access Key (password) Leave blank for anonymous access or runtime credentials.</p> 13294 <ul> 13295 <li>Config: secret_access_key</li> 13296 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_QINGSTOR_SECRET_ACCESS_KEY</li> 13297 <li>Type: string</li> 13298 <li>Default: ""</li> 13299 </ul> 13300 <h4 id="qingstor-endpoint">–qingstor-endpoint</h4> 13301 <p>Enter a endpoint URL to connection QingStor API. Leave blank will use the default value “https://qingstor.com:443”</p> 13302 <ul> 13303 <li>Config: endpoint</li> 13304 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_QINGSTOR_ENDPOINT</li> 13305 <li>Type: string</li> 13306 <li>Default: ""</li> 13307 </ul> 13308 <h4 id="qingstor-zone">–qingstor-zone</h4> 13309 <p>Zone to connect to. Default is “pek3a”.</p> 13310 <ul> 13311 <li>Config: zone</li> 13312 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_QINGSTOR_ZONE</li> 13313 <li>Type: string</li> 13314 <li>Default: ""</li> 13315 <li>Examples: 13316 <ul> 13317 <li>“pek3a” 13318 <ul> 13319 <li>The Beijing (China) Three Zone</li> 13320 <li>Needs location constraint pek3a.</li> 13321 </ul></li> 13322 <li>“sh1a” 13323 <ul> 13324 <li>The Shanghai (China) First Zone</li> 13325 <li>Needs location constraint sh1a.</li> 13326 </ul></li> 13327 <li>“gd2a” 13328 <ul> 13329 <li>The Guangdong (China) Second Zone</li> 13330 <li>Needs location constraint gd2a.</li> 13331 </ul></li> 13332 </ul></li> 13333 </ul> 13334 <h3 id="advanced-options-23">Advanced Options</h3> 13335 <p>Here are the advanced options specific to qingstor (QingCloud Object Storage).</p> 13336 <h4 id="qingstor-connection-retries">–qingstor-connection-retries</h4> 13337 <p>Number of connection retries.</p> 13338 <ul> 13339 <li>Config: connection_retries</li> 13340 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_QINGSTOR_CONNECTION_RETRIES</li> 13341 <li>Type: int</li> 13342 <li>Default: 3</li> 13343 </ul> 13344 <h4 id="qingstor-upload-cutoff">–qingstor-upload-cutoff</h4> 13345 <p>Cutoff for switching to chunked upload</p> 13346 <p>Any files larger than this will be uploaded in chunks of chunk_size. The minimum is 0 and the maximum is 5GB.</p> 13347 <ul> 13348 <li>Config: upload_cutoff</li> 13349 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_QINGSTOR_UPLOAD_CUTOFF</li> 13350 <li>Type: SizeSuffix</li> 13351 <li>Default: 200M</li> 13352 </ul> 13353 <h4 id="qingstor-chunk-size">–qingstor-chunk-size</h4> 13354 <p>Chunk size to use for uploading.</p> 13355 <p>When uploading files larger than upload_cutoff they will be uploaded as multipart uploads using this chunk size.</p> 13356 <p>Note that “–qingstor-upload-concurrency” chunks of this size are buffered in memory per transfer.</p> 13357 <p>If you are transferring large files over high speed links and you have enough memory, then increasing this will speed up the transfers.</p> 13358 <ul> 13359 <li>Config: chunk_size</li> 13360 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_QINGSTOR_CHUNK_SIZE</li> 13361 <li>Type: SizeSuffix</li> 13362 <li>Default: 4M</li> 13363 </ul> 13364 <h4 id="qingstor-upload-concurrency">–qingstor-upload-concurrency</h4> 13365 <p>Concurrency for multipart uploads.</p> 13366 <p>This is the number of chunks of the same file that are uploaded concurrently.</p> 13367 <p>NB if you set this to > 1 then the checksums of multpart uploads become corrupted (the uploads themselves are not corrupted though).</p> 13368 <p>If you are uploading small numbers of large file over high speed link and these uploads do not fully utilize your bandwidth, then increasing this may help to speed up the transfers.</p> 13369 <ul> 13370 <li>Config: upload_concurrency</li> 13371 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_QINGSTOR_UPLOAD_CONCURRENCY</li> 13372 <li>Type: int</li> 13373 <li>Default: 1</li> 13374 </ul> 13375 <h4 id="qingstor-encoding">–qingstor-encoding</h4> 13376 <p>This sets the encoding for the backend.</p> 13377 <p>See: the <a href="/overview/#encoding">encoding section in the overview</a> for more info.</p> 13378 <ul> 13379 <li>Config: encoding</li> 13380 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_QINGSTOR_ENCODING</li> 13381 <li>Type: MultiEncoder</li> 13382 <li>Default: Slash,Ctl,InvalidUtf8</li> 13383 </ul> 13384 <!--- autogenerated options stop --> 13385 <h2 id="swift">Swift</h2> 13386 <p>Swift refers to <a href="https://docs.openstack.org/swift/latest/">Openstack Object Storage</a>. Commercial implementations of that being:</p> 13387 <ul> 13388 <li><a href="https://www.rackspace.com/cloud/files/">Rackspace Cloud Files</a></li> 13389 <li><a href="https://www.memset.com/cloud/storage/">Memset Memstore</a></li> 13390 <li><a href="https://www.ovh.co.uk/public-cloud/storage/object-storage/">OVH Object Storage</a></li> 13391 <li><a href="https://cloud.oracle.com/storage-opc">Oracle Cloud Storage</a></li> 13392 <li><a href="https://console.bluemix.net/docs/infrastructure/objectstorage-swift/index.html">IBM Bluemix Cloud ObjectStorage Swift</a></li> 13393 </ul> 13394 <p>Paths are specified as <code>remote:container</code> (or <code>remote:</code> for the <code>lsd</code> command.) You may put subdirectories in too, eg <code>remote:container/path/to/dir</code>.</p> 13395 <p>Here is an example of making a swift configuration. First run</p> 13396 <pre><code>rclone config</code></pre> 13397 <p>This will guide you through an interactive setup process.</p> 13398 <pre><code>No remotes found - make a new one 13399 n) New remote 13400 s) Set configuration password 13401 q) Quit config 13402 n/s/q> n 13403 name> remote 13404 Type of storage to configure. 13405 Choose a number from below, or type in your own value 13406 [snip] 13407 XX / Openstack Swift (Rackspace Cloud Files, Memset Memstore, OVH) 13408 \ "swift" 13409 [snip] 13410 Storage> swift 13411 Get swift credentials from environment variables in standard OpenStack form. 13412 Choose a number from below, or type in your own value 13413 1 / Enter swift credentials in the next step 13414 \ "false" 13415 2 / Get swift credentials from environment vars. Leave other fields blank if using this. 13416 \ "true" 13417 env_auth> true 13418 User name to log in (OS_USERNAME). 13419 user> 13420 API key or password (OS_PASSWORD). 13421 key> 13422 Authentication URL for server (OS_AUTH_URL). 13423 Choose a number from below, or type in your own value 13424 1 / Rackspace US 13425 \ "https://auth.api.rackspacecloud.com/v1.0" 13426 2 / Rackspace UK 13427 \ "https://lon.auth.api.rackspacecloud.com/v1.0" 13428 3 / Rackspace v2 13429 \ "https://identity.api.rackspacecloud.com/v2.0" 13430 4 / Memset Memstore UK 13431 \ "https://auth.storage.memset.com/v1.0" 13432 5 / Memset Memstore UK v2 13433 \ "https://auth.storage.memset.com/v2.0" 13434 6 / OVH 13435 \ "https://auth.cloud.ovh.net/v3" 13436 auth> 13437 User ID to log in - optional - most swift systems use user and leave this blank (v3 auth) (OS_USER_ID). 13438 user_id> 13439 User domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_USER_DOMAIN_NAME) 13440 domain> 13441 Tenant name - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant_id required otherwise (OS_TENANT_NAME or OS_PROJECT_NAME) 13442 tenant> 13443 Tenant ID - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant required otherwise (OS_TENANT_ID) 13444 tenant_id> 13445 Tenant domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_NAME) 13446 tenant_domain> 13447 Region name - optional (OS_REGION_NAME) 13448 region> 13449 Storage URL - optional (OS_STORAGE_URL) 13450 storage_url> 13451 Auth Token from alternate authentication - optional (OS_AUTH_TOKEN) 13452 auth_token> 13453 AuthVersion - optional - set to (1,2,3) if your auth URL has no version (ST_AUTH_VERSION) 13454 auth_version> 13455 Endpoint type to choose from the service catalogue (OS_ENDPOINT_TYPE) 13456 Choose a number from below, or type in your own value 13457 1 / Public (default, choose this if not sure) 13458 \ "public" 13459 2 / Internal (use internal service net) 13460 \ "internal" 13461 3 / Admin 13462 \ "admin" 13463 endpoint_type> 13464 Remote config 13465 -------------------- 13466 [test] 13467 env_auth = true 13468 user = 13469 key = 13470 auth = 13471 user_id = 13472 domain = 13473 tenant = 13474 tenant_id = 13475 tenant_domain = 13476 region = 13477 storage_url = 13478 auth_token = 13479 auth_version = 13480 endpoint_type = 13481 -------------------- 13482 y) Yes this is OK 13483 e) Edit this remote 13484 d) Delete this remote 13485 y/e/d> y</code></pre> 13486 <p>This remote is called <code>remote</code> and can now be used like this</p> 13487 <p>See all containers</p> 13488 <pre><code>rclone lsd remote:</code></pre> 13489 <p>Make a new container</p> 13490 <pre><code>rclone mkdir remote:container</code></pre> 13491 <p>List the contents of a container</p> 13492 <pre><code>rclone ls remote:container</code></pre> 13493 <p>Sync <code>/home/local/directory</code> to the remote container, deleting any excess files in the container.</p> 13494 <pre><code>rclone sync /home/local/directory remote:container</code></pre> 13495 <h3 id="configuration-from-an-openstack-credentials-file">Configuration from an OpenStack credentials file</h3> 13496 <p>An OpenStack credentials file typically looks something something like this (without the comments)</p> 13497 <pre><code>export OS_AUTH_URL=https://a.provider.net/v2.0 13498 export OS_TENANT_ID=ffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffff 13499 export OS_TENANT_NAME="1234567890123456" 13500 export OS_USERNAME="123abc567xy" 13501 echo "Please enter your OpenStack Password: " 13502 read -sr OS_PASSWORD_INPUT 13503 export OS_PASSWORD=$OS_PASSWORD_INPUT 13504 export OS_REGION_NAME="SBG1" 13505 if [ -z "$OS_REGION_NAME" ]; then unset OS_REGION_NAME; fi</code></pre> 13506 <p>The config file needs to look something like this where <code>$OS_USERNAME</code> represents the value of the <code>OS_USERNAME</code> variable - <code>123abc567xy</code> in the example above.</p> 13507 <pre><code>[remote] 13508 type = swift 13509 user = $OS_USERNAME 13510 key = $OS_PASSWORD 13511 auth = $OS_AUTH_URL 13512 tenant = $OS_TENANT_NAME</code></pre> 13513 <p>Note that you may (or may not) need to set <code>region</code> too - try without first.</p> 13514 <h3 id="configuration-from-the-environment">Configuration from the environment</h3> 13515 <p>If you prefer you can configure rclone to use swift using a standard set of OpenStack environment variables.</p> 13516 <p>When you run through the config, make sure you choose <code>true</code> for <code>env_auth</code> and leave everything else blank.</p> 13517 <p>rclone will then set any empty config parameters from the environment using standard OpenStack environment variables. There is <a href="https://godoc.org/github.com/ncw/swift#Connection.ApplyEnvironment">a list of the variables</a> in the docs for the swift library.</p> 13518 <h3 id="using-an-alternate-authentication-method">Using an alternate authentication method</h3> 13519 <p>If your OpenStack installation uses a non-standard authentication method that might not be yet supported by rclone or the underlying swift library, you can authenticate externally (e.g. calling manually the <code>openstack</code> commands to get a token). Then, you just need to pass the two configuration variables <code>auth_token</code> and <code>storage_url</code>. If they are both provided, the other variables are ignored. rclone will not try to authenticate but instead assume it is already authenticated and use these two variables to access the OpenStack installation.</p> 13520 <h4 id="using-rclone-without-a-config-file">Using rclone without a config file</h4> 13521 <p>You can use rclone with swift without a config file, if desired, like this:</p> 13522 <pre><code>source openstack-credentials-file 13523 export RCLONE_CONFIG_MYREMOTE_TYPE=swift 13524 export RCLONE_CONFIG_MYREMOTE_ENV_AUTH=true 13525 rclone lsd myremote:</code></pre> 13526 <h3 id="fast-list-9">–fast-list</h3> 13527 <p>This remote supports <code>--fast-list</code> which allows you to use fewer transactions in exchange for more memory. See the <a href="/docs/#fast-list">rclone docs</a> for more details.</p> 13528 <h3 id="update-and-use-server-modtime-1">–update and –use-server-modtime</h3> 13529 <p>As noted below, the modified time is stored on metadata on the object. It is used by default for all operations that require checking the time a file was last updated. It allows rclone to treat the remote more like a true filesystem, but it is inefficient because it requires an extra API call to retrieve the metadata.</p> 13530 <p>For many operations, the time the object was last uploaded to the remote is sufficient to determine if it is “dirty”. By using <code>--update</code> along with <code>--use-server-modtime</code>, you can avoid the extra API call and simply upload files whose local modtime is newer than the time it was last uploaded.</p> 13531 <!--- autogenerated options start - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit fs.RegInfo in backend/swift/swift.go then run make backenddocs --> 13532 <h3 id="standard-options-24">Standard Options</h3> 13533 <p>Here are the standard options specific to swift (Openstack Swift (Rackspace Cloud Files, Memset Memstore, OVH)).</p> 13534 <h4 id="swift-env-auth">–swift-env-auth</h4> 13535 <p>Get swift credentials from environment variables in standard OpenStack form.</p> 13536 <ul> 13537 <li>Config: env_auth</li> 13538 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_SWIFT_ENV_AUTH</li> 13539 <li>Type: bool</li> 13540 <li>Default: false</li> 13541 <li>Examples: 13542 <ul> 13543 <li>“false” 13544 <ul> 13545 <li>Enter swift credentials in the next step</li> 13546 </ul></li> 13547 <li>“true” 13548 <ul> 13549 <li>Get swift credentials from environment vars. Leave other fields blank if using this.</li> 13550 </ul></li> 13551 </ul></li> 13552 </ul> 13553 <h4 id="swift-user">–swift-user</h4> 13554 <p>User name to log in (OS_USERNAME).</p> 13555 <ul> 13556 <li>Config: user</li> 13557 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_SWIFT_USER</li> 13558 <li>Type: string</li> 13559 <li>Default: ""</li> 13560 </ul> 13561 <h4 id="swift-key">–swift-key</h4> 13562 <p>API key or password (OS_PASSWORD).</p> 13563 <ul> 13564 <li>Config: key</li> 13565 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_SWIFT_KEY</li> 13566 <li>Type: string</li> 13567 <li>Default: ""</li> 13568 </ul> 13569 <h4 id="swift-auth">–swift-auth</h4> 13570 <p>Authentication URL for server (OS_AUTH_URL).</p> 13571 <ul> 13572 <li>Config: auth</li> 13573 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_SWIFT_AUTH</li> 13574 <li>Type: string</li> 13575 <li>Default: ""</li> 13576 <li>Examples: 13577 <ul> 13578 <li>“https://auth.api.rackspacecloud.com/v1.0” 13579 <ul> 13580 <li>Rackspace US</li> 13581 </ul></li> 13582 <li>“https://lon.auth.api.rackspacecloud.com/v1.0” 13583 <ul> 13584 <li>Rackspace UK</li> 13585 </ul></li> 13586 <li>“https://identity.api.rackspacecloud.com/v2.0” 13587 <ul> 13588 <li>Rackspace v2</li> 13589 </ul></li> 13590 <li>“https://auth.storage.memset.com/v1.0” 13591 <ul> 13592 <li>Memset Memstore UK</li> 13593 </ul></li> 13594 <li>“https://auth.storage.memset.com/v2.0” 13595 <ul> 13596 <li>Memset Memstore UK v2</li> 13597 </ul></li> 13598 <li>“https://auth.cloud.ovh.net/v3” 13599 <ul> 13600 <li>OVH</li> 13601 </ul></li> 13602 </ul></li> 13603 </ul> 13604 <h4 id="swift-user-id">–swift-user-id</h4> 13605 <p>User ID to log in - optional - most swift systems use user and leave this blank (v3 auth) (OS_USER_ID).</p> 13606 <ul> 13607 <li>Config: user_id</li> 13608 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_SWIFT_USER_ID</li> 13609 <li>Type: string</li> 13610 <li>Default: ""</li> 13611 </ul> 13612 <h4 id="swift-domain">–swift-domain</h4> 13613 <p>User domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_USER_DOMAIN_NAME)</p> 13614 <ul> 13615 <li>Config: domain</li> 13616 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_SWIFT_DOMAIN</li> 13617 <li>Type: string</li> 13618 <li>Default: ""</li> 13619 </ul> 13620 <h4 id="swift-tenant">–swift-tenant</h4> 13621 <p>Tenant name - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant_id required otherwise (OS_TENANT_NAME or OS_PROJECT_NAME)</p> 13622 <ul> 13623 <li>Config: tenant</li> 13624 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_SWIFT_TENANT</li> 13625 <li>Type: string</li> 13626 <li>Default: ""</li> 13627 </ul> 13628 <h4 id="swift-tenant-id">–swift-tenant-id</h4> 13629 <p>Tenant ID - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant required otherwise (OS_TENANT_ID)</p> 13630 <ul> 13631 <li>Config: tenant_id</li> 13632 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_SWIFT_TENANT_ID</li> 13633 <li>Type: string</li> 13634 <li>Default: ""</li> 13635 </ul> 13636 <h4 id="swift-tenant-domain">–swift-tenant-domain</h4> 13637 <p>Tenant domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_NAME)</p> 13638 <ul> 13639 <li>Config: tenant_domain</li> 13640 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_SWIFT_TENANT_DOMAIN</li> 13641 <li>Type: string</li> 13642 <li>Default: ""</li> 13643 </ul> 13644 <h4 id="swift-region">–swift-region</h4> 13645 <p>Region name - optional (OS_REGION_NAME)</p> 13646 <ul> 13647 <li>Config: region</li> 13648 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_SWIFT_REGION</li> 13649 <li>Type: string</li> 13650 <li>Default: ""</li> 13651 </ul> 13652 <h4 id="swift-storage-url">–swift-storage-url</h4> 13653 <p>Storage URL - optional (OS_STORAGE_URL)</p> 13654 <ul> 13655 <li>Config: storage_url</li> 13656 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_SWIFT_STORAGE_URL</li> 13657 <li>Type: string</li> 13658 <li>Default: ""</li> 13659 </ul> 13660 <h4 id="swift-auth-token">–swift-auth-token</h4> 13661 <p>Auth Token from alternate authentication - optional (OS_AUTH_TOKEN)</p> 13662 <ul> 13663 <li>Config: auth_token</li> 13664 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_SWIFT_AUTH_TOKEN</li> 13665 <li>Type: string</li> 13666 <li>Default: ""</li> 13667 </ul> 13668 <h4 id="swift-application-credential-id">–swift-application-credential-id</h4> 13669 <p>Application Credential ID (OS_APPLICATION_CREDENTIAL_ID)</p> 13670 <ul> 13671 <li>Config: application_credential_id</li> 13672 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_SWIFT_APPLICATION_CREDENTIAL_ID</li> 13673 <li>Type: string</li> 13674 <li>Default: ""</li> 13675 </ul> 13676 <h4 id="swift-application-credential-name">–swift-application-credential-name</h4> 13677 <p>Application Credential Name (OS_APPLICATION_CREDENTIAL_NAME)</p> 13678 <ul> 13679 <li>Config: application_credential_name</li> 13680 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_SWIFT_APPLICATION_CREDENTIAL_NAME</li> 13681 <li>Type: string</li> 13682 <li>Default: ""</li> 13683 </ul> 13684 <h4 id="swift-application-credential-secret">–swift-application-credential-secret</h4> 13685 <p>Application Credential Secret (OS_APPLICATION_CREDENTIAL_SECRET)</p> 13686 <ul> 13687 <li>Config: application_credential_secret</li> 13688 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_SWIFT_APPLICATION_CREDENTIAL_SECRET</li> 13689 <li>Type: string</li> 13690 <li>Default: ""</li> 13691 </ul> 13692 <h4 id="swift-auth-version">–swift-auth-version</h4> 13693 <p>AuthVersion - optional - set to (1,2,3) if your auth URL has no version (ST_AUTH_VERSION)</p> 13694 <ul> 13695 <li>Config: auth_version</li> 13696 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_SWIFT_AUTH_VERSION</li> 13697 <li>Type: int</li> 13698 <li>Default: 0</li> 13699 </ul> 13700 <h4 id="swift-endpoint-type">–swift-endpoint-type</h4> 13701 <p>Endpoint type to choose from the service catalogue (OS_ENDPOINT_TYPE)</p> 13702 <ul> 13703 <li>Config: endpoint_type</li> 13704 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_SWIFT_ENDPOINT_TYPE</li> 13705 <li>Type: string</li> 13706 <li>Default: “public”</li> 13707 <li>Examples: 13708 <ul> 13709 <li>“public” 13710 <ul> 13711 <li>Public (default, choose this if not sure)</li> 13712 </ul></li> 13713 <li>“internal” 13714 <ul> 13715 <li>Internal (use internal service net)</li> 13716 </ul></li> 13717 <li>“admin” 13718 <ul> 13719 <li>Admin</li> 13720 </ul></li> 13721 </ul></li> 13722 </ul> 13723 <h4 id="swift-storage-policy">–swift-storage-policy</h4> 13724 <p>The storage policy to use when creating a new container</p> 13725 <p>This applies the specified storage policy when creating a new container. The policy cannot be changed afterwards. The allowed configuration values and their meaning depend on your Swift storage provider.</p> 13726 <ul> 13727 <li>Config: storage_policy</li> 13728 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_SWIFT_STORAGE_POLICY</li> 13729 <li>Type: string</li> 13730 <li>Default: ""</li> 13731 <li>Examples: 13732 <ul> 13733 <li>"" 13734 <ul> 13735 <li>Default</li> 13736 </ul></li> 13737 <li>“pcs” 13738 <ul> 13739 <li>OVH Public Cloud Storage</li> 13740 </ul></li> 13741 <li>“pca” 13742 <ul> 13743 <li>OVH Public Cloud Archive</li> 13744 </ul></li> 13745 </ul></li> 13746 </ul> 13747 <h3 id="advanced-options-24">Advanced Options</h3> 13748 <p>Here are the advanced options specific to swift (Openstack Swift (Rackspace Cloud Files, Memset Memstore, OVH)).</p> 13749 <h4 id="swift-chunk-size">–swift-chunk-size</h4> 13750 <p>Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container.</p> 13751 <p>Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. The default for this is 5GB which is its maximum value.</p> 13752 <ul> 13753 <li>Config: chunk_size</li> 13754 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_SWIFT_CHUNK_SIZE</li> 13755 <li>Type: SizeSuffix</li> 13756 <li>Default: 5G</li> 13757 </ul> 13758 <h4 id="swift-no-chunk">–swift-no-chunk</h4> 13759 <p>Don’t chunk files during streaming upload.</p> 13760 <p>When doing streaming uploads (eg using rcat or mount) setting this flag will cause the swift backend to not upload chunked files.</p> 13761 <p>This will limit the maximum upload size to 5GB. However non chunked files are easier to deal with and have an MD5SUM.</p> 13762 <p>Rclone will still chunk files bigger than chunk_size when doing normal copy operations.</p> 13763 <ul> 13764 <li>Config: no_chunk</li> 13765 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_SWIFT_NO_CHUNK</li> 13766 <li>Type: bool</li> 13767 <li>Default: false</li> 13768 </ul> 13769 <h4 id="swift-encoding">–swift-encoding</h4> 13770 <p>This sets the encoding for the backend.</p> 13771 <p>See: the <a href="/overview/#encoding">encoding section in the overview</a> for more info.</p> 13772 <ul> 13773 <li>Config: encoding</li> 13774 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_SWIFT_ENCODING</li> 13775 <li>Type: MultiEncoder</li> 13776 <li>Default: Slash,InvalidUtf8</li> 13777 </ul> 13778 <!--- autogenerated options stop --> 13779 <h3 id="modified-time-11">Modified time</h3> 13780 <p>The modified time is stored as metadata on the object as <code>X-Object-Meta-Mtime</code> as floating point since the epoch accurate to 1 ns.</p> 13781 <p>This is a defacto standard (used in the official python-swiftclient amongst others) for storing the modification time for an object.</p> 13782 <h3 id="restricted-filename-characters-19">Restricted filename characters</h3> 13783 <table> 13784 <thead> 13785 <tr class="header"> 13786 <th>Character</th> 13787 <th style="text-align: center;">Value</th> 13788 <th style="text-align: center;">Replacement</th> 13789 </tr> 13790 </thead> 13791 <tbody> 13792 <tr class="odd"> 13793 <td>NUL</td> 13794 <td style="text-align: center;">0x00</td> 13795 <td style="text-align: center;">␀</td> 13796 </tr> 13797 <tr class="even"> 13798 <td>/</td> 13799 <td style="text-align: center;">0x2F</td> 13800 <td style="text-align: center;">／</td> 13801 </tr> 13802 </tbody> 13803 </table> 13804 <p>Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be <a href="/overview/#invalid-utf8">replaced</a>, as they can’t be used in JSON strings.</p> 13805 <h3 id="limitations-17">Limitations</h3> 13806 <p>The Swift API doesn’t return a correct MD5SUM for segmented files (Dynamic or Static Large Objects) so rclone won’t check or use the MD5SUM for these.</p> 13807 <h3 id="troubleshooting-2">Troubleshooting</h3> 13808 <h4 id="rclone-gives-failed-to-create-file-system-for-remote-bad-request">Rclone gives Failed to create file system for “remote:”: Bad Request</h4> 13809 <p>Due to an oddity of the underlying swift library, it gives a “Bad Request” error rather than a more sensible error when the authentication fails for Swift.</p> 13810 <p>So this most likely means your username / password is wrong. You can investigate further with the <code>--dump-bodies</code> flag.</p> 13811 <p>This may also be caused by specifying the region when you shouldn’t have (eg OVH).</p> 13812 <h4 id="rclone-gives-failed-to-create-file-system-response-didnt-have-storage-storage-url-and-auth-token">Rclone gives Failed to create file system: Response didn’t have storage storage url and auth token</h4> 13813 <p>This is most likely caused by forgetting to specify your tenant when setting up a swift remote.</p> 13814 <h2 id="pcloud">pCloud</h2> 13815 <p>Paths are specified as <code>remote:path</code></p> 13816 <p>Paths may be as deep as required, eg <code>remote:directory/subdirectory</code>.</p> 13817 <p>The initial setup for pCloud involves getting a token from pCloud which you need to do in your browser. <code>rclone config</code> walks you through it.</p> 13818 <p>Here is an example of how to make a remote called <code>remote</code>. First run:</p> 13819 <pre><code> rclone config</code></pre> 13820 <p>This will guide you through an interactive setup process:</p> 13821 <pre><code>No remotes found - make a new one 13822 n) New remote 13823 s) Set configuration password 13824 q) Quit config 13825 n/s/q> n 13826 name> remote 13827 Type of storage to configure. 13828 Choose a number from below, or type in your own value 13829 [snip] 13830 XX / Pcloud 13831 \ "pcloud" 13832 [snip] 13833 Storage> pcloud 13834 Pcloud App Client Id - leave blank normally. 13835 client_id> 13836 Pcloud App Client Secret - leave blank normally. 13837 client_secret> 13838 Remote config 13839 Use auto config? 13840 * Say Y if not sure 13841 * Say N if you are working on a remote or headless machine 13842 y) Yes 13843 n) No 13844 y/n> y 13845 If your browser doesn't open automatically go to the following link: http://127.0.0.1:53682/auth 13846 Log in and authorize rclone for access 13847 Waiting for code... 13848 Got code 13849 -------------------- 13850 [remote] 13851 client_id = 13852 client_secret = 13853 token = {"access_token":"XXX","token_type":"bearer","expiry":"0001-01-01T00:00:00Z"} 13854 -------------------- 13855 y) Yes this is OK 13856 e) Edit this remote 13857 d) Delete this remote 13858 y/e/d> y</code></pre> 13859 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/remote_setup/">remote setup docs</a> for how to set it up on a machine with no Internet browser available.</p> 13860 <p>Note that rclone runs a webserver on your local machine to collect the token as returned from pCloud. This only runs from the moment it opens your browser to the moment you get back the verification code. This is on <code>http://127.0.0.1:53682/</code> and this it may require you to unblock it temporarily if you are running a host firewall.</p> 13861 <p>Once configured you can then use <code>rclone</code> like this,</p> 13862 <p>List directories in top level of your pCloud</p> 13863 <pre><code>rclone lsd remote:</code></pre> 13864 <p>List all the files in your pCloud</p> 13865 <pre><code>rclone ls remote:</code></pre> 13866 <p>To copy a local directory to an pCloud directory called backup</p> 13867 <pre><code>rclone copy /home/source remote:backup</code></pre> 13868 <h3 id="modified-time-and-hashes-8">Modified time and hashes</h3> 13869 <p>pCloud allows modification times to be set on objects accurate to 1 second. These will be used to detect whether objects need syncing or not. In order to set a Modification time pCloud requires the object be re-uploaded.</p> 13870 <p>pCloud supports MD5 and SHA1 type hashes, so you can use the <code>--checksum</code> flag.</p> 13871 <h4 id="restricted-filename-characters-20">Restricted filename characters</h4> 13872 <p>In addition to the <a href="/overview/#restricted-characters">default restricted characters set</a> the following characters are also replaced:</p> 13873 <table> 13874 <thead> 13875 <tr class="header"> 13876 <th>Character</th> 13877 <th style="text-align: center;">Value</th> 13878 <th style="text-align: center;">Replacement</th> 13879 </tr> 13880 </thead> 13881 <tbody> 13882 <tr class="odd"> 13883 <td>\</td> 13884 <td style="text-align: center;">0x5C</td> 13885 <td style="text-align: center;">＼</td> 13886 </tr> 13887 </tbody> 13888 </table> 13889 <p>Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be <a href="/overview/#invalid-utf8">replaced</a>, as they can’t be used in JSON strings.</p> 13890 <h3 id="deleting-files-6">Deleting files</h3> 13891 <p>Deleted files will be moved to the trash. Your subscription level will determine how long items stay in the trash. <code>rclone cleanup</code> can be used to empty the trash.</p> 13892 <!--- autogenerated options start - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit fs.RegInfo in backend/pcloud/pcloud.go then run make backenddocs --> 13893 <h3 id="standard-options-25">Standard Options</h3> 13894 <p>Here are the standard options specific to pcloud (Pcloud).</p> 13895 <h4 id="pcloud-client-id">–pcloud-client-id</h4> 13896 <p>Pcloud App Client Id Leave blank normally.</p> 13897 <ul> 13898 <li>Config: client_id</li> 13899 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_PCLOUD_CLIENT_ID</li> 13900 <li>Type: string</li> 13901 <li>Default: ""</li> 13902 </ul> 13903 <h4 id="pcloud-client-secret">–pcloud-client-secret</h4> 13904 <p>Pcloud App Client Secret Leave blank normally.</p> 13905 <ul> 13906 <li>Config: client_secret</li> 13907 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_PCLOUD_CLIENT_SECRET</li> 13908 <li>Type: string</li> 13909 <li>Default: ""</li> 13910 </ul> 13911 <h3 id="advanced-options-25">Advanced Options</h3> 13912 <p>Here are the advanced options specific to pcloud (Pcloud).</p> 13913 <h4 id="pcloud-encoding">–pcloud-encoding</h4> 13914 <p>This sets the encoding for the backend.</p> 13915 <p>See: the <a href="/overview/#encoding">encoding section in the overview</a> for more info.</p> 13916 <ul> 13917 <li>Config: encoding</li> 13918 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_PCLOUD_ENCODING</li> 13919 <li>Type: MultiEncoder</li> 13920 <li>Default: Slash,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot</li> 13921 </ul> 13922 <!--- autogenerated options stop --> 13923 <h2 id="premiumize.me">premiumize.me</h2> 13924 <p>Paths are specified as <code>remote:path</code></p> 13925 <p>Paths may be as deep as required, eg <code>remote:directory/subdirectory</code>.</p> 13926 <p>The initial setup for <a href="https://premiumize.me/">premiumize.me</a> involves getting a token from premiumize.me which you need to do in your browser. <code>rclone config</code> walks you through it.</p> 13927 <p>Here is an example of how to make a remote called <code>remote</code>. First run:</p> 13928 <pre><code> rclone config</code></pre> 13929 <p>This will guide you through an interactive setup process:</p> 13930 <pre><code>No remotes found - make a new one 13931 n) New remote 13932 s) Set configuration password 13933 q) Quit config 13934 n/s/q> n 13935 name> remote 13936 Type of storage to configure. 13937 Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default (""). 13938 Choose a number from below, or type in your own value 13939 [snip] 13940 XX / premiumize.me 13941 \ "premiumizeme" 13942 [snip] 13943 Storage> premiumizeme 13944 ** See help for premiumizeme backend at: https://rclone.org/premiumizeme/ ** 13945 13946 Remote config 13947 Use auto config? 13948 * Say Y if not sure 13949 * Say N if you are working on a remote or headless machine 13950 y) Yes 13951 n) No 13952 y/n> y 13953 If your browser doesn't open automatically go to the following link: http://127.0.0.1:53682/auth 13954 Log in and authorize rclone for access 13955 Waiting for code... 13956 Got code 13957 -------------------- 13958 [remote] 13959 type = premiumizeme 13960 token = {"access_token":"XXX","token_type":"Bearer","refresh_token":"XXX","expiry":"2029-08-07T18:44:15.548915378+01:00"} 13961 -------------------- 13962 y) Yes this is OK 13963 e) Edit this remote 13964 d) Delete this remote 13965 y/e/d> </code></pre> 13966 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/remote_setup/">remote setup docs</a> for how to set it up on a machine with no Internet browser available.</p> 13967 <p>Note that rclone runs a webserver on your local machine to collect the token as returned from premiumize.me. This only runs from the moment it opens your browser to the moment you get back the verification code. This is on <code>http://127.0.0.1:53682/</code> and this it may require you to unblock it temporarily if you are running a host firewall.</p> 13968 <p>Once configured you can then use <code>rclone</code> like this,</p> 13969 <p>List directories in top level of your premiumize.me</p> 13970 <pre><code>rclone lsd remote:</code></pre> 13971 <p>List all the files in your premiumize.me</p> 13972 <pre><code>rclone ls remote:</code></pre> 13973 <p>To copy a local directory to an premiumize.me directory called backup</p> 13974 <pre><code>rclone copy /home/source remote:backup</code></pre> 13975 <h3 id="modified-time-and-hashes-9">Modified time and hashes</h3> 13976 <p>premiumize.me does not support modification times or hashes, therefore syncing will default to <code>--size-only</code> checking. Note that using <code>--update</code> will work.</p> 13977 <h4 id="restricted-filename-characters-21">Restricted filename characters</h4> 13978 <p>In addition to the <a href="/overview/#restricted-characters">default restricted characters set</a> the following characters are also replaced:</p> 13979 <table> 13980 <thead> 13981 <tr class="header"> 13982 <th>Character</th> 13983 <th style="text-align: center;">Value</th> 13984 <th style="text-align: center;">Replacement</th> 13985 </tr> 13986 </thead> 13987 <tbody> 13988 <tr class="odd"> 13989 <td>\</td> 13990 <td style="text-align: center;">0x5C</td> 13991 <td style="text-align: center;">＼</td> 13992 </tr> 13993 <tr class="even"> 13994 <td>"</td> 13995 <td style="text-align: center;">0x22</td> 13996 <td style="text-align: center;">＂</td> 13997 </tr> 13998 </tbody> 13999 </table> 14000 <p>Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be <a href="/overview/#invalid-utf8">replaced</a>, as they can’t be used in JSON strings.</p> 14001 <!--- autogenerated options start - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit fs.RegInfo in backend/premiumizeme/premiumizeme.go then run make backenddocs --> 14002 <h3 id="standard-options-26">Standard Options</h3> 14003 <p>Here are the standard options specific to premiumizeme (premiumize.me).</p> 14004 <h4 id="premiumizeme-api-key">–premiumizeme-api-key</h4> 14005 <p>API Key.</p> 14006 <p>This is not normally used - use oauth instead.</p> 14007 <ul> 14008 <li>Config: api_key</li> 14009 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_PREMIUMIZEME_API_KEY</li> 14010 <li>Type: string</li> 14011 <li>Default: ""</li> 14012 </ul> 14013 <h3 id="advanced-options-26">Advanced Options</h3> 14014 <p>Here are the advanced options specific to premiumizeme (premiumize.me).</p> 14015 <h4 id="premiumizeme-encoding">–premiumizeme-encoding</h4> 14016 <p>This sets the encoding for the backend.</p> 14017 <p>See: the <a href="/overview/#encoding">encoding section in the overview</a> for more info.</p> 14018 <ul> 14019 <li>Config: encoding</li> 14020 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_PREMIUMIZEME_ENCODING</li> 14021 <li>Type: MultiEncoder</li> 14022 <li>Default: Slash,DoubleQuote,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot</li> 14023 </ul> 14024 <!--- autogenerated options stop --> 14025 <h3 id="limitations-18">Limitations</h3> 14026 <p>Note that premiumize.me is case insensitive so you can’t have a file called “Hello.doc” and one called “hello.doc”.</p> 14027 <p>premiumize.me file names can’t have the <code>\</code> or <code>"</code> characters in. rclone maps these to and from an identical looking unicode equivalents <code>＼</code> and <code>＂</code></p> 14028 <p>premiumize.me only supports filenames up to 255 characters in length.</p> 14029 <h2 id="put.io">put.io</h2> 14030 <p>Paths are specified as <code>remote:path</code></p> 14031 <p>put.io paths may be as deep as required, eg <code>remote:directory/subdirectory</code>.</p> 14032 <p>The initial setup for put.io involves getting a token from put.io which you need to do in your browser. <code>rclone config</code> walks you through it.</p> 14033 <p>Here is an example of how to make a remote called <code>remote</code>. First run:</p> 14034 <pre><code> rclone config</code></pre> 14035 <p>This will guide you through an interactive setup process:</p> 14036 <pre><code>No remotes found - make a new one 14037 n) New remote 14038 s) Set configuration password 14039 q) Quit config 14040 n/s/q> n 14041 name> putio 14042 Type of storage to configure. 14043 Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default (""). 14044 Choose a number from below, or type in your own value 14045 [snip] 14046 XX / Put.io 14047 \ "putio" 14048 [snip] 14049 Storage> putio 14050 ** See help for putio backend at: https://rclone.org/putio/ ** 14051 14052 Remote config 14053 Use auto config? 14054 * Say Y if not sure 14055 * Say N if you are working on a remote or headless machine 14056 y) Yes 14057 n) No 14058 y/n> y 14059 If your browser doesn't open automatically go to the following link: http://127.0.0.1:53682/auth 14060 Log in and authorize rclone for access 14061 Waiting for code... 14062 Got code 14063 -------------------- 14064 [putio] 14065 type = putio 14066 token = {"access_token":"XXXXXXXX","expiry":"0001-01-01T00:00:00Z"} 14067 -------------------- 14068 y) Yes this is OK 14069 e) Edit this remote 14070 d) Delete this remote 14071 y/e/d> y 14072 Current remotes: 14073 14074 Name Type 14075 ==== ==== 14076 putio putio 14077 14078 e) Edit existing remote 14079 n) New remote 14080 d) Delete remote 14081 r) Rename remote 14082 c) Copy remote 14083 s) Set configuration password 14084 q) Quit config 14085 e/n/d/r/c/s/q> q</code></pre> 14086 <p>Note that rclone runs a webserver on your local machine to collect the token as returned from Google if you use auto config mode. This only runs from the moment it opens your browser to the moment you get back the verification code. This is on <code>http://127.0.0.1:53682/</code> and this it may require you to unblock it temporarily if you are running a host firewall, or use manual mode.</p> 14087 <p>You can then use it like this,</p> 14088 <p>List directories in top level of your put.io</p> 14089 <pre><code>rclone lsd remote:</code></pre> 14090 <p>List all the files in your put.io</p> 14091 <pre><code>rclone ls remote:</code></pre> 14092 <p>To copy a local directory to a put.io directory called backup</p> 14093 <pre><code>rclone copy /home/source remote:backup</code></pre> 14094 <h4 id="restricted-filename-characters-22">Restricted filename characters</h4> 14095 <p>In addition to the <a href="/overview/#restricted-characters">default restricted characters set</a> the following characters are also replaced:</p> 14096 <table> 14097 <thead> 14098 <tr class="header"> 14099 <th>Character</th> 14100 <th style="text-align: center;">Value</th> 14101 <th style="text-align: center;">Replacement</th> 14102 </tr> 14103 </thead> 14104 <tbody> 14105 <tr class="odd"> 14106 <td>\</td> 14107 <td style="text-align: center;">0x5C</td> 14108 <td style="text-align: center;">＼</td> 14109 </tr> 14110 </tbody> 14111 </table> 14112 <p>Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be <a href="/overview/#invalid-utf8">replaced</a>, as they can’t be used in JSON strings.</p> 14113 <!--- autogenerated options start - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit fs.RegInfo in backend/putio/putio.go then run make backenddocs --> 14114 <h3 id="advanced-options-27">Advanced Options</h3> 14115 <p>Here are the advanced options specific to putio (Put.io).</p> 14116 <h4 id="putio-encoding">–putio-encoding</h4> 14117 <p>This sets the encoding for the backend.</p> 14118 <p>See: the <a href="/overview/#encoding">encoding section in the overview</a> for more info.</p> 14119 <ul> 14120 <li>Config: encoding</li> 14121 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_PUTIO_ENCODING</li> 14122 <li>Type: MultiEncoder</li> 14123 <li>Default: Slash,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot</li> 14124 </ul> 14125 <!--- autogenerated options stop --> 14126 <h2 id="sftp">SFTP</h2> 14127 <p>SFTP is the <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/SSH_File_Transfer_Protocol">Secure (or SSH) File Transfer Protocol</a>.</p> 14128 <p>The SFTP backend can be used with a number of different providers:</p> 14129 <ul> 14130 <li>C14</li> 14131 <li>rsync.net</li> 14132 </ul> 14133 <p>SFTP runs over SSH v2 and is installed as standard with most modern SSH installations.</p> 14134 <p>Paths are specified as <code>remote:path</code>. If the path does not begin with a <code>/</code> it is relative to the home directory of the user. An empty path <code>remote:</code> refers to the user’s home directory.</p> 14135 <p>"Note that some SFTP servers will need the leading / - Synology is a good example of this. rsync.net, on the other hand, requires users to OMIT the leading /.</p> 14136 <p>Here is an example of making an SFTP configuration. First run</p> 14137 <pre><code>rclone config</code></pre> 14138 <p>This will guide you through an interactive setup process.</p> 14139 <pre><code>No remotes found - make a new one 14140 n) New remote 14141 s) Set configuration password 14142 q) Quit config 14143 n/s/q> n 14144 name> remote 14145 Type of storage to configure. 14146 Choose a number from below, or type in your own value 14147 [snip] 14148 XX / SSH/SFTP Connection 14149 \ "sftp" 14150 [snip] 14151 Storage> sftp 14152 SSH host to connect to 14153 Choose a number from below, or type in your own value 14154 1 / Connect to example.com 14155 \ "example.com" 14156 host> example.com 14157 SSH username, leave blank for current username, ncw 14158 user> sftpuser 14159 SSH port, leave blank to use default (22) 14160 port> 14161 SSH password, leave blank to use ssh-agent. 14162 y) Yes type in my own password 14163 g) Generate random password 14164 n) No leave this optional password blank 14165 y/g/n> n 14166 Path to unencrypted PEM-encoded private key file, leave blank to use ssh-agent. 14167 key_file> 14168 Remote config 14169 -------------------- 14170 [remote] 14171 host = example.com 14172 user = sftpuser 14173 port = 14174 pass = 14175 key_file = 14176 -------------------- 14177 y) Yes this is OK 14178 e) Edit this remote 14179 d) Delete this remote 14180 y/e/d> y</code></pre> 14181 <p>This remote is called <code>remote</code> and can now be used like this:</p> 14182 <p>See all directories in the home directory</p> 14183 <pre><code>rclone lsd remote:</code></pre> 14184 <p>Make a new directory</p> 14185 <pre><code>rclone mkdir remote:path/to/directory</code></pre> 14186 <p>List the contents of a directory</p> 14187 <pre><code>rclone ls remote:path/to/directory</code></pre> 14188 <p>Sync <code>/home/local/directory</code> to the remote directory, deleting any excess files in the directory.</p> 14189 <pre><code>rclone sync /home/local/directory remote:directory</code></pre> 14190 <h3 id="ssh-authentication">SSH Authentication</h3> 14191 <p>The SFTP remote supports three authentication methods:</p> 14192 <ul> 14193 <li>Password</li> 14194 <li>Key file</li> 14195 <li>ssh-agent</li> 14196 </ul> 14197 <p>Key files should be PEM-encoded private key files. For instance <code>/home/$USER/.ssh/id_rsa</code>. Only unencrypted OpenSSH or PEM encrypted files are supported.</p> 14198 <p>If you don’t specify <code>pass</code> or <code>key_file</code> then rclone will attempt to contact an ssh-agent.</p> 14199 <p>You can also specify <code>key_use_agent</code> to force the usage of an ssh-agent. In this case <code>key_file</code> can also be specified to force the usage of a specific key in the ssh-agent.</p> 14200 <p>Using an ssh-agent is the only way to load encrypted OpenSSH keys at the moment.</p> 14201 <p>If you set the <code>--sftp-ask-password</code> option, rclone will prompt for a password when needed and no password has been configured.</p> 14202 <h3 id="ssh-agent-on-macos">ssh-agent on macOS</h3> 14203 <p>Note that there seem to be various problems with using an ssh-agent on macOS due to recent changes in the OS. The most effective work-around seems to be to start an ssh-agent in each session, eg</p> 14204 <pre><code>eval `ssh-agent -s` && ssh-add -A</code></pre> 14205 <p>And then at the end of the session</p> 14206 <pre><code>eval `ssh-agent -k`</code></pre> 14207 <p>These commands can be used in scripts of course.</p> 14208 <h3 id="modified-time-12">Modified time</h3> 14209 <p>Modified times are stored on the server to 1 second precision.</p> 14210 <p>Modified times are used in syncing and are fully supported.</p> 14211 <p>Some SFTP servers disable setting/modifying the file modification time after upload (for example, certain configurations of ProFTPd with mod_sftp). If you are using one of these servers, you can set the option <code>set_modtime = false</code> in your RClone backend configuration to disable this behaviour.</p> 14212 <!--- autogenerated options start - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit fs.RegInfo in backend/sftp/sftp.go then run make backenddocs --> 14213 <h3 id="standard-options-27">Standard Options</h3> 14214 <p>Here are the standard options specific to sftp (SSH/SFTP Connection).</p> 14215 <h4 id="sftp-host">–sftp-host</h4> 14216 <p>SSH host to connect to</p> 14217 <ul> 14218 <li>Config: host</li> 14219 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_SFTP_HOST</li> 14220 <li>Type: string</li> 14221 <li>Default: ""</li> 14222 <li>Examples: 14223 <ul> 14224 <li>“example.com” 14225 <ul> 14226 <li>Connect to example.com</li> 14227 </ul></li> 14228 </ul></li> 14229 </ul> 14230 <h4 id="sftp-user">–sftp-user</h4> 14231 <p>SSH username, leave blank for current username, ncw</p> 14232 <ul> 14233 <li>Config: user</li> 14234 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_SFTP_USER</li> 14235 <li>Type: string</li> 14236 <li>Default: ""</li> 14237 </ul> 14238 <h4 id="sftp-port">–sftp-port</h4> 14239 <p>SSH port, leave blank to use default (22)</p> 14240 <ul> 14241 <li>Config: port</li> 14242 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_SFTP_PORT</li> 14243 <li>Type: string</li> 14244 <li>Default: ""</li> 14245 </ul> 14246 <h4 id="sftp-pass">–sftp-pass</h4> 14247 <p>SSH password, leave blank to use ssh-agent.</p> 14248 <ul> 14249 <li>Config: pass</li> 14250 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_SFTP_PASS</li> 14251 <li>Type: string</li> 14252 <li>Default: ""</li> 14253 </ul> 14254 <h4 id="sftp-key-file">–sftp-key-file</h4> 14255 <p>Path to PEM-encoded private key file, leave blank or set key-use-agent to use ssh-agent.</p> 14256 <ul> 14257 <li>Config: key_file</li> 14258 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_SFTP_KEY_FILE</li> 14259 <li>Type: string</li> 14260 <li>Default: ""</li> 14261 </ul> 14262 <h4 id="sftp-key-file-pass">–sftp-key-file-pass</h4> 14263 <p>The passphrase to decrypt the PEM-encoded private key file.</p> 14264 <p>Only PEM encrypted key files (old OpenSSH format) are supported. Encrypted keys in the new OpenSSH format can’t be used.</p> 14265 <ul> 14266 <li>Config: key_file_pass</li> 14267 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_SFTP_KEY_FILE_PASS</li> 14268 <li>Type: string</li> 14269 <li>Default: ""</li> 14270 </ul> 14271 <h4 id="sftp-key-use-agent">–sftp-key-use-agent</h4> 14272 <p>When set forces the usage of the ssh-agent.</p> 14273 <p>When key-file is also set, the “.pub” file of the specified key-file is read and only the associated key is requested from the ssh-agent. This allows to avoid <code>Too many authentication failures for *username*</code> errors when the ssh-agent contains many keys.</p> 14274 <ul> 14275 <li>Config: key_use_agent</li> 14276 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_SFTP_KEY_USE_AGENT</li> 14277 <li>Type: bool</li> 14278 <li>Default: false</li> 14279 </ul> 14280 <h4 id="sftp-use-insecure-cipher">–sftp-use-insecure-cipher</h4> 14281 <p>Enable the use of insecure ciphers and key exchange methods.</p> 14282 <p>This enables the use of the the following insecure ciphers and key exchange methods:</p> 14283 <ul> 14284 <li>aes128-cbc</li> 14285 <li>aes192-cbc</li> 14286 <li>aes256-cbc</li> 14287 <li>3des-cbc</li> 14288 <li>diffie-hellman-group-exchange-sha256</li> 14289 <li>diffie-hellman-group-exchange-sha1</li> 14290 </ul> 14291 <p>Those algorithms are insecure and may allow plaintext data to be recovered by an attacker.</p> 14292 <ul> 14293 <li>Config: use_insecure_cipher</li> 14294 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_SFTP_USE_INSECURE_CIPHER</li> 14295 <li>Type: bool</li> 14296 <li>Default: false</li> 14297 <li>Examples: 14298 <ul> 14299 <li>“false” 14300 <ul> 14301 <li>Use default Cipher list.</li> 14302 </ul></li> 14303 <li>“true” 14304 <ul> 14305 <li>Enables the use of the aes128-cbc cipher and diffie-hellman-group-exchange-sha256, diffie-hellman-group-exchange-sha1 key exchange.</li> 14306 </ul></li> 14307 </ul></li> 14308 </ul> 14309 <h4 id="sftp-disable-hashcheck">–sftp-disable-hashcheck</h4> 14310 <p>Disable the execution of SSH commands to determine if remote file hashing is available. Leave blank or set to false to enable hashing (recommended), set to true to disable hashing.</p> 14311 <ul> 14312 <li>Config: disable_hashcheck</li> 14313 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_SFTP_DISABLE_HASHCHECK</li> 14314 <li>Type: bool</li> 14315 <li>Default: false</li> 14316 </ul> 14317 <h3 id="advanced-options-28">Advanced Options</h3> 14318 <p>Here are the advanced options specific to sftp (SSH/SFTP Connection).</p> 14319 <h4 id="sftp-ask-password">–sftp-ask-password</h4> 14320 <p>Allow asking for SFTP password when needed.</p> 14321 <p>If this is set and no password is supplied then rclone will: - ask for a password - not contact the ssh agent</p> 14322 <ul> 14323 <li>Config: ask_password</li> 14324 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_SFTP_ASK_PASSWORD</li> 14325 <li>Type: bool</li> 14326 <li>Default: false</li> 14327 </ul> 14328 <h4 id="sftp-path-override">–sftp-path-override</h4> 14329 <p>Override path used by SSH connection.</p> 14330 <p>This allows checksum calculation when SFTP and SSH paths are different. This issue affects among others Synology NAS boxes.</p> 14331 <p>Shared folders can be found in directories representing volumes</p> 14332 <pre><code>rclone sync /home/local/directory remote:/directory --ssh-path-override /volume2/directory</code></pre> 14333 <p>Home directory can be found in a shared folder called “home”</p> 14334 <pre><code>rclone sync /home/local/directory remote:/home/directory --ssh-path-override /volume1/homes/USER/directory</code></pre> 14335 <ul> 14336 <li>Config: path_override</li> 14337 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_SFTP_PATH_OVERRIDE</li> 14338 <li>Type: string</li> 14339 <li>Default: ""</li> 14340 </ul> 14341 <h4 id="sftp-set-modtime">–sftp-set-modtime</h4> 14342 <p>Set the modified time on the remote if set.</p> 14343 <ul> 14344 <li>Config: set_modtime</li> 14345 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_SFTP_SET_MODTIME</li> 14346 <li>Type: bool</li> 14347 <li>Default: true</li> 14348 </ul> 14349 <h4 id="sftp-md5sum-command">–sftp-md5sum-command</h4> 14350 <p>The command used to read md5 hashes. Leave blank for autodetect.</p> 14351 <ul> 14352 <li>Config: md5sum_command</li> 14353 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_SFTP_MD5SUM_COMMAND</li> 14354 <li>Type: string</li> 14355 <li>Default: ""</li> 14356 </ul> 14357 <h4 id="sftp-sha1sum-command">–sftp-sha1sum-command</h4> 14358 <p>The command used to read sha1 hashes. Leave blank for autodetect.</p> 14359 <ul> 14360 <li>Config: sha1sum_command</li> 14361 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_SFTP_SHA1SUM_COMMAND</li> 14362 <li>Type: string</li> 14363 <li>Default: ""</li> 14364 </ul> 14365 <h4 id="sftp-skip-links">–sftp-skip-links</h4> 14366 <p>Set to skip any symlinks and any other non regular files.</p> 14367 <ul> 14368 <li>Config: skip_links</li> 14369 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_SFTP_SKIP_LINKS</li> 14370 <li>Type: bool</li> 14371 <li>Default: false</li> 14372 </ul> 14373 <!--- autogenerated options stop --> 14374 <h3 id="limitations-19">Limitations</h3> 14375 <p>SFTP supports checksums if the same login has shell access and <code>md5sum</code> or <code>sha1sum</code> as well as <code>echo</code> are in the remote’s PATH. This remote checksumming (file hashing) is recommended and enabled by default. Disabling the checksumming may be required if you are connecting to SFTP servers which are not under your control, and to which the execution of remote commands is prohibited. Set the configuration option <code>disable_hashcheck</code> to <code>true</code> to disable checksumming.</p> 14376 <p>SFTP also supports <code>about</code> if the same login has shell access and <code>df</code> are in the remote’s PATH. <code>about</code> will return the total space, free space, and used space on the remote for the disk of the specified path on the remote or, if not set, the disk of the root on the remote. <code>about</code> will fail if it does not have shell access or if <code>df</code> is not in the remote’s PATH.</p> 14377 <p>Note that some SFTP servers (eg Synology) the paths are different for SSH and SFTP so the hashes can’t be calculated properly. For them using <code>disable_hashcheck</code> is a good idea.</p> 14378 <p>The only ssh agent supported under Windows is Putty’s pageant.</p> 14379 <p>The Go SSH library disables the use of the aes128-cbc cipher by default, due to security concerns. This can be re-enabled on a per-connection basis by setting the <code>use_insecure_cipher</code> setting in the configuration file to <code>true</code>. Further details on the insecurity of this cipher can be found [in this paper] (http://www.isg.rhul.ac.uk/~kp/SandPfinal.pdf).</p> 14380 <p>SFTP isn’t supported under plan9 until <a href="https://github.com/pkg/sftp/issues/156">this issue</a> is fixed.</p> 14381 <p>Note that since SFTP isn’t HTTP based the following flags don’t work with it: <code>--dump-headers</code>, <code>--dump-bodies</code>, <code>--dump-auth</code></p> 14382 <p>Note that <code>--timeout</code> isn’t supported (but <code>--contimeout</code> is).</p> 14383 <h2 id="c14">C14</h2> 14384 <p>C14 is supported through the SFTP backend.</p> 14385 <p>See <a href="https://www.online.net/en/storage/c14-cold-storage">C14’s documentation</a></p> 14386 <h2 id="rsync-net">rsync.net</h2> 14387 <p>rsync.net is supported through the SFTP backend.</p> 14388 <p>See <a href="https://www.rsync.net/products/rclone.html">rsync.net’s documentation of rclone examples</a>.</p> 14389 <h2 id="sugarsync">SugarSync</h2> 14390 <p><a href="https://sugarsync.com">SugarSync</a> is a cloud service that enables active synchronization of files across computers and other devices for file backup, access, syncing, and sharing.</p> 14391 <p>The initial setup for SugarSync involves getting a token from SugarSync which you can do with rclone. <code>rclone config</code> walks you through it.</p> 14392 <p>Here is an example of how to make a remote called <code>remote</code>. First run:</p> 14393 <pre><code> rclone config</code></pre> 14394 <p>This will guide you through an interactive setup process:</p> 14395 <pre><code>No remotes found - make a new one 14396 n) New remote 14397 s) Set configuration password 14398 q) Quit config 14399 n/s/q> n 14400 name> remote 14401 Type of storage to configure. 14402 Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default (""). 14403 Choose a number from below, or type in your own value 14404 [snip] 14405 XX / Sugarsync 14406 \ "sugarsync" 14407 [snip] 14408 Storage> sugarsync 14409 ** See help for sugarsync backend at: https://rclone.org/sugarsync/ ** 14410 14411 Sugarsync App ID. 14412 Leave blank to use rclone's. 14413 Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default (""). 14414 app_id> 14415 Sugarsync Access Key ID. 14416 Leave blank to use rclone's. 14417 Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default (""). 14418 access_key_id> 14419 Sugarsync Private Access Key 14420 Leave blank to use rclone's. 14421 Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default (""). 14422 private_access_key> 14423 Permanently delete files if true 14424 otherwise put them in the deleted files. 14425 Enter a boolean value (true or false). Press Enter for the default ("false"). 14426 hard_delete> 14427 Edit advanced config? (y/n) 14428 y) Yes 14429 n) No (default) 14430 y/n> n 14431 Remote config 14432 Username (email address)> nick@craig-wood.com 14433 Your Sugarsync password is only required during setup and will not be stored. 14434 password: 14435 -------------------- 14436 [remote] 14437 type = sugarsync 14438 refresh_token = https://api.sugarsync.com/app-authorization/XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX 14439 -------------------- 14440 y) Yes this is OK (default) 14441 e) Edit this remote 14442 d) Delete this remote 14443 y/e/d> y</code></pre> 14444 <p>Note that the config asks for your email and password but doesn’t store them, it only uses them to get the initial token.</p> 14445 <p>Once configured you can then use <code>rclone</code> like this,</p> 14446 <p>List directories (sync folders) in top level of your SugarSync</p> 14447 <pre><code>rclone lsd remote:</code></pre> 14448 <p>List all the files in your SugarSync folder “Test”</p> 14449 <pre><code>rclone ls remote:Test</code></pre> 14450 <p>To copy a local directory to an SugarSync folder called backup</p> 14451 <pre><code>rclone copy /home/source remote:backup</code></pre> 14452 <p>Paths are specified as <code>remote:path</code></p> 14453 <p>Paths may be as deep as required, eg <code>remote:directory/subdirectory</code>.</p> 14454 <p><strong>NB</strong> you can’t create files in the top level folder you have to create a folder, which rclone will create as a “Sync Folder” with SugarSync.</p> 14455 <h3 id="modified-time-and-hashes-10">Modified time and hashes</h3> 14456 <p>SugarSync does not support modification times or hashes, therefore syncing will default to <code>--size-only</code> checking. Note that using <code>--update</code> will work as rclone can read the time files were uploaded.</p> 14457 <h4 id="restricted-filename-characters-23">Restricted filename characters</h4> 14458 <p>SugarSync replaces the <a href="/overview/#restricted-characters">default restricted characters set</a> except for DEL.</p> 14459 <p>Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be <a href="/overview/#invalid-utf8">replaced</a>, as they can’t be used in XML strings.</p> 14460 <h3 id="deleting-files-7">Deleting files</h3> 14461 <p>Deleted files will be moved to the “Deleted items” folder by default.</p> 14462 <p>However you can supply the flag <code>--sugarsync-hard-delete</code> or set the config parameter <code>hard_delete = true</code> if you would like files to be deleted straight away.</p> 14463 <!--- autogenerated options start - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit fs.RegInfo in backend/sugarsync/sugarsync.go then run make backenddocs --> 14464 <h3 id="standard-options-28">Standard Options</h3> 14465 <p>Here are the standard options specific to sugarsync (Sugarsync).</p> 14466 <h4 id="sugarsync-app-id">–sugarsync-app-id</h4> 14467 <p>Sugarsync App ID.</p> 14468 <p>Leave blank to use rclone’s.</p> 14469 <ul> 14470 <li>Config: app_id</li> 14471 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_SUGARSYNC_APP_ID</li> 14472 <li>Type: string</li> 14473 <li>Default: ""</li> 14474 </ul> 14475 <h4 id="sugarsync-access-key-id">–sugarsync-access-key-id</h4> 14476 <p>Sugarsync Access Key ID.</p> 14477 <p>Leave blank to use rclone’s.</p> 14478 <ul> 14479 <li>Config: access_key_id</li> 14480 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_SUGARSYNC_ACCESS_KEY_ID</li> 14481 <li>Type: string</li> 14482 <li>Default: ""</li> 14483 </ul> 14484 <h4 id="sugarsync-private-access-key">–sugarsync-private-access-key</h4> 14485 <p>Sugarsync Private Access Key</p> 14486 <p>Leave blank to use rclone’s.</p> 14487 <ul> 14488 <li>Config: private_access_key</li> 14489 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_SUGARSYNC_PRIVATE_ACCESS_KEY</li> 14490 <li>Type: string</li> 14491 <li>Default: ""</li> 14492 </ul> 14493 <h4 id="sugarsync-hard-delete">–sugarsync-hard-delete</h4> 14494 <p>Permanently delete files if true otherwise put them in the deleted files.</p> 14495 <ul> 14496 <li>Config: hard_delete</li> 14497 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_SUGARSYNC_HARD_DELETE</li> 14498 <li>Type: bool</li> 14499 <li>Default: false</li> 14500 </ul> 14501 <h3 id="advanced-options-29">Advanced Options</h3> 14502 <p>Here are the advanced options specific to sugarsync (Sugarsync).</p> 14503 <h4 id="sugarsync-refresh-token">–sugarsync-refresh-token</h4> 14504 <p>Sugarsync refresh token</p> 14505 <p>Leave blank normally, will be auto configured by rclone.</p> 14506 <ul> 14507 <li>Config: refresh_token</li> 14508 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_SUGARSYNC_REFRESH_TOKEN</li> 14509 <li>Type: string</li> 14510 <li>Default: ""</li> 14511 </ul> 14512 <h4 id="sugarsync-authorization">–sugarsync-authorization</h4> 14513 <p>Sugarsync authorization</p> 14514 <p>Leave blank normally, will be auto configured by rclone.</p> 14515 <ul> 14516 <li>Config: authorization</li> 14517 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_SUGARSYNC_AUTHORIZATION</li> 14518 <li>Type: string</li> 14519 <li>Default: ""</li> 14520 </ul> 14521 <h4 id="sugarsync-authorization-expiry">–sugarsync-authorization-expiry</h4> 14522 <p>Sugarsync authorization expiry</p> 14523 <p>Leave blank normally, will be auto configured by rclone.</p> 14524 <ul> 14525 <li>Config: authorization_expiry</li> 14526 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_SUGARSYNC_AUTHORIZATION_EXPIRY</li> 14527 <li>Type: string</li> 14528 <li>Default: ""</li> 14529 </ul> 14530 <h4 id="sugarsync-user">–sugarsync-user</h4> 14531 <p>Sugarsync user</p> 14532 <p>Leave blank normally, will be auto configured by rclone.</p> 14533 <ul> 14534 <li>Config: user</li> 14535 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_SUGARSYNC_USER</li> 14536 <li>Type: string</li> 14537 <li>Default: ""</li> 14538 </ul> 14539 <h4 id="sugarsync-root-id">–sugarsync-root-id</h4> 14540 <p>Sugarsync root id</p> 14541 <p>Leave blank normally, will be auto configured by rclone.</p> 14542 <ul> 14543 <li>Config: root_id</li> 14544 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_SUGARSYNC_ROOT_ID</li> 14545 <li>Type: string</li> 14546 <li>Default: ""</li> 14547 </ul> 14548 <h4 id="sugarsync-deleted-id">–sugarsync-deleted-id</h4> 14549 <p>Sugarsync deleted folder id</p> 14550 <p>Leave blank normally, will be auto configured by rclone.</p> 14551 <ul> 14552 <li>Config: deleted_id</li> 14553 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_SUGARSYNC_DELETED_ID</li> 14554 <li>Type: string</li> 14555 <li>Default: ""</li> 14556 </ul> 14557 <h4 id="sugarsync-encoding">–sugarsync-encoding</h4> 14558 <p>This sets the encoding for the backend.</p> 14559 <p>See: the <a href="/overview/#encoding">encoding section in the overview</a> for more info.</p> 14560 <ul> 14561 <li>Config: encoding</li> 14562 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_SUGARSYNC_ENCODING</li> 14563 <li>Type: MultiEncoder</li> 14564 <li>Default: Slash,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot</li> 14565 </ul> 14566 <!--- autogenerated options stop --> 14567 <h2 id="union">Union</h2> 14568 <p>The <code>union</code> remote provides a unification similar to UnionFS using other remotes.</p> 14569 <p>Paths may be as deep as required or a local path, eg <code>remote:directory/subdirectory</code> or <code>/directory/subdirectory</code>.</p> 14570 <p>During the initial setup with <code>rclone config</code> you will specify the target remotes as a space separated list. The target remotes can either be a local paths or other remotes.</p> 14571 <p>The order of the remotes is important as it defines which remotes take precedence over others if there are files with the same name in the same logical path. The last remote is the topmost remote and replaces files with the same name from previous remotes.</p> 14572 <p>Only the last remote is used to write to and delete from, all other remotes are read-only.</p> 14573 <p>Subfolders can be used in target remote. Assume a union remote named <code>backup</code> with the remotes <code>mydrive:private/backup mydrive2:/backup</code>. Invoking <code>rclone mkdir backup:desktop</code> is exactly the same as invoking <code>rclone mkdir mydrive2:/backup/desktop</code>.</p> 14574 <p>There will be no special handling of paths containing <code>..</code> segments. Invoking <code>rclone mkdir backup:../desktop</code> is exactly the same as invoking <code>rclone mkdir mydrive2:/backup/../desktop</code>.</p> 14575 <p>Here is an example of how to make a union called <code>remote</code> for local folders. First run:</p> 14576 <pre><code> rclone config</code></pre> 14577 <p>This will guide you through an interactive setup process:</p> 14578 <pre><code>No remotes found - make a new one 14579 n) New remote 14580 s) Set configuration password 14581 q) Quit config 14582 n/s/q> n 14583 name> remote 14584 Type of storage to configure. 14585 Choose a number from below, or type in your own value 14586 [snip] 14587 XX / Union merges the contents of several remotes 14588 \ "union" 14589 [snip] 14590 Storage> union 14591 List of space separated remotes. 14592 Can be 'remotea:test/dir remoteb:', '"remotea:test/space dir" remoteb:', etc. 14593 The last remote is used to write to. 14594 Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default (""). 14595 remotes> 14596 Remote config 14597 -------------------- 14598 [remote] 14599 type = union 14600 remotes = C:\dir1 C:\dir2 C:\dir3 14601 -------------------- 14602 y) Yes this is OK 14603 e) Edit this remote 14604 d) Delete this remote 14605 y/e/d> y 14606 Current remotes: 14607 14608 Name Type 14609 ==== ==== 14610 remote union 14611 14612 e) Edit existing remote 14613 n) New remote 14614 d) Delete remote 14615 r) Rename remote 14616 c) Copy remote 14617 s) Set configuration password 14618 q) Quit config 14619 e/n/d/r/c/s/q> q</code></pre> 14620 <p>Once configured you can then use <code>rclone</code> like this,</p> 14621 <p>List directories in top level in <code>C:\dir1</code>, <code>C:\dir2</code> and <code>C:\dir3</code></p> 14622 <pre><code>rclone lsd remote:</code></pre> 14623 <p>List all the files in <code>C:\dir1</code>, <code>C:\dir2</code> and <code>C:\dir3</code></p> 14624 <pre><code>rclone ls remote:</code></pre> 14625 <p>Copy another local directory to the union directory called source, which will be placed into <code>C:\dir3</code></p> 14626 <pre><code>rclone copy C:\source remote:source</code></pre> 14627 <!--- autogenerated options start - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit fs.RegInfo in backend/union/union.go then run make backenddocs --> 14628 <h3 id="standard-options-29">Standard Options</h3> 14629 <p>Here are the standard options specific to union (Union merges the contents of several remotes).</p> 14630 <h4 id="union-remotes">–union-remotes</h4> 14631 <p>List of space separated remotes. Can be ‘remotea:test/dir remoteb:’, ‘“remotea:test/space dir” remoteb:’, etc. The last remote is used to write to.</p> 14632 <ul> 14633 <li>Config: remotes</li> 14634 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_UNION_REMOTES</li> 14635 <li>Type: string</li> 14636 <li>Default: ""</li> 14637 </ul> 14638 <!--- autogenerated options stop --> 14639 <h2 id="webdav">WebDAV</h2> 14640 <p>Paths are specified as <code>remote:path</code></p> 14641 <p>Paths may be as deep as required, eg <code>remote:directory/subdirectory</code>.</p> 14642 <p>To configure the WebDAV remote you will need to have a URL for it, and a username and password. If you know what kind of system you are connecting to then rclone can enable extra features.</p> 14643 <p>Here is an example of how to make a remote called <code>remote</code>. First run:</p> 14644 <pre><code> rclone config</code></pre> 14645 <p>This will guide you through an interactive setup process:</p> 14646 <pre><code>No remotes found - make a new one 14647 n) New remote 14648 s) Set configuration password 14649 q) Quit config 14650 n/s/q> n 14651 name> remote 14652 Type of storage to configure. 14653 Choose a number from below, or type in your own value 14654 [snip] 14655 XX / Webdav 14656 \ "webdav" 14657 [snip] 14658 Storage> webdav 14659 URL of http host to connect to 14660 Choose a number from below, or type in your own value 14661 1 / Connect to example.com 14662 \ "https://example.com" 14663 url> https://example.com/remote.php/webdav/ 14664 Name of the Webdav site/service/software you are using 14665 Choose a number from below, or type in your own value 14666 1 / Nextcloud 14667 \ "nextcloud" 14668 2 / Owncloud 14669 \ "owncloud" 14670 3 / Sharepoint 14671 \ "sharepoint" 14672 4 / Other site/service or software 14673 \ "other" 14674 vendor> 1 14675 User name 14676 user> user 14677 Password. 14678 y) Yes type in my own password 14679 g) Generate random password 14680 n) No leave this optional password blank 14681 y/g/n> y 14682 Enter the password: 14683 password: 14684 Confirm the password: 14685 password: 14686 Bearer token instead of user/pass (eg a Macaroon) 14687 bearer_token> 14688 Remote config 14689 -------------------- 14690 [remote] 14691 type = webdav 14692 url = https://example.com/remote.php/webdav/ 14693 vendor = nextcloud 14694 user = user 14695 pass = *** ENCRYPTED *** 14696 bearer_token = 14697 -------------------- 14698 y) Yes this is OK 14699 e) Edit this remote 14700 d) Delete this remote 14701 y/e/d> y</code></pre> 14702 <p>Once configured you can then use <code>rclone</code> like this,</p> 14703 <p>List directories in top level of your WebDAV</p> 14704 <pre><code>rclone lsd remote:</code></pre> 14705 <p>List all the files in your WebDAV</p> 14706 <pre><code>rclone ls remote:</code></pre> 14707 <p>To copy a local directory to an WebDAV directory called backup</p> 14708 <pre><code>rclone copy /home/source remote:backup</code></pre> 14709 <h3 id="modified-time-and-hashes-11">Modified time and hashes</h3> 14710 <p>Plain WebDAV does not support modified times. However when used with Owncloud or Nextcloud rclone will support modified times.</p> 14711 <p>Likewise plain WebDAV does not support hashes, however when used with Owncloud or Nextcloud rclone will support SHA1 and MD5 hashes. Depending on the exact version of Owncloud or Nextcloud hashes may appear on all objects, or only on objects which had a hash uploaded with them.</p> 14712 <!--- autogenerated options start - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit fs.RegInfo in backend/webdav/webdav.go then run make backenddocs --> 14713 <h3 id="standard-options-30">Standard Options</h3> 14714 <p>Here are the standard options specific to webdav (Webdav).</p> 14715 <h4 id="webdav-url">–webdav-url</h4> 14716 <p>URL of http host to connect to</p> 14717 <ul> 14718 <li>Config: url</li> 14719 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_WEBDAV_URL</li> 14720 <li>Type: string</li> 14721 <li>Default: ""</li> 14722 <li>Examples: 14723 <ul> 14724 <li>“https://example.com” 14725 <ul> 14726 <li>Connect to example.com</li> 14727 </ul></li> 14728 </ul></li> 14729 </ul> 14730 <h4 id="webdav-vendor">–webdav-vendor</h4> 14731 <p>Name of the Webdav site/service/software you are using</p> 14732 <ul> 14733 <li>Config: vendor</li> 14734 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_WEBDAV_VENDOR</li> 14735 <li>Type: string</li> 14736 <li>Default: ""</li> 14737 <li>Examples: 14738 <ul> 14739 <li>“nextcloud” 14740 <ul> 14741 <li>Nextcloud</li> 14742 </ul></li> 14743 <li>“owncloud” 14744 <ul> 14745 <li>Owncloud</li> 14746 </ul></li> 14747 <li>“sharepoint” 14748 <ul> 14749 <li>Sharepoint</li> 14750 </ul></li> 14751 <li>“other” 14752 <ul> 14753 <li>Other site/service or software</li> 14754 </ul></li> 14755 </ul></li> 14756 </ul> 14757 <h4 id="webdav-user">–webdav-user</h4> 14758 <p>User name</p> 14759 <ul> 14760 <li>Config: user</li> 14761 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_WEBDAV_USER</li> 14762 <li>Type: string</li> 14763 <li>Default: ""</li> 14764 </ul> 14765 <h4 id="webdav-pass">–webdav-pass</h4> 14766 <p>Password.</p> 14767 <ul> 14768 <li>Config: pass</li> 14769 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_WEBDAV_PASS</li> 14770 <li>Type: string</li> 14771 <li>Default: ""</li> 14772 </ul> 14773 <h4 id="webdav-bearer-token">–webdav-bearer-token</h4> 14774 <p>Bearer token instead of user/pass (eg a Macaroon)</p> 14775 <ul> 14776 <li>Config: bearer_token</li> 14777 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_WEBDAV_BEARER_TOKEN</li> 14778 <li>Type: string</li> 14779 <li>Default: ""</li> 14780 </ul> 14781 <h3 id="advanced-options-30">Advanced Options</h3> 14782 <p>Here are the advanced options specific to webdav (Webdav).</p> 14783 <h4 id="webdav-bearer-token-command">–webdav-bearer-token-command</h4> 14784 <p>Command to run to get a bearer token</p> 14785 <ul> 14786 <li>Config: bearer_token_command</li> 14787 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_WEBDAV_BEARER_TOKEN_COMMAND</li> 14788 <li>Type: string</li> 14789 <li>Default: ""</li> 14790 </ul> 14791 <!--- autogenerated options stop --> 14792 <h2 id="provider-notes">Provider notes</h2> 14793 <p>See below for notes on specific providers.</p> 14794 <h3 id="owncloud">Owncloud</h3> 14795 <p>Click on the settings cog in the bottom right of the page and this will show the WebDAV URL that rclone needs in the config step. It will look something like <code>https://example.com/remote.php/webdav/</code>.</p> 14796 <p>Owncloud supports modified times using the <code>X-OC-Mtime</code> header.</p> 14797 <h3 id="nextcloud">Nextcloud</h3> 14798 <p>This is configured in an identical way to Owncloud. Note that Nextcloud does not support streaming of files (<code>rcat</code>) whereas Owncloud does. This <a href="https://github.com/nextcloud/nextcloud-snap/issues/365">may be fixed</a> in the future.</p> 14799 <h3 id="sharepoint">Sharepoint</h3> 14800 <p>Rclone can be used with Sharepoint provided by OneDrive for Business or Office365 Education Accounts. This feature is only needed for a few of these Accounts, mostly Office365 Education ones. These accounts are sometimes not verified by the domain owner <a href="https://github.com/rclone/rclone/issues/1975">github#1975</a></p> 14801 <p>This means that these accounts can’t be added using the official API (other Accounts should work with the “onedrive” option). However, it is possible to access them using webdav.</p> 14802 <p>To use a sharepoint remote with rclone, add it like this: First, you need to get your remote’s URL:</p> 14803 <ul> 14804 <li>Go <a href="https://onedrive.live.com/about/en-us/signin/">here</a> to open your OneDrive or to sign in</li> 14805 <li>Now take a look at your address bar, the URL should look like this: <code>https://[YOUR-DOMAIN]-my.sharepoint.com/personal/[YOUR-EMAIL]/_layouts/15/onedrive.aspx</code></li> 14806 </ul> 14807 <p>You’ll only need this URL upto the email address. After that, you’ll most likely want to add “/Documents”. That subdirectory contains the actual data stored on your OneDrive.</p> 14808 <p>Add the remote to rclone like this: Configure the <code>url</code> as <code>https://[YOUR-DOMAIN]-my.sharepoint.com/personal/[YOUR-EMAIL]/Documents</code> and use your normal account email and password for <code>user</code> and <code>pass</code>. If you have 2FA enabled, you have to generate an app password. Set the <code>vendor</code> to <code>sharepoint</code>.</p> 14809 <p>Your config file should look like this:</p> 14810 <pre><code>[sharepoint] 14811 type = webdav 14812 url = https://[YOUR-DOMAIN]-my.sharepoint.com/personal/[YOUR-EMAIL]/Documents 14813 vendor = other 14814 user = YourEmailAddress 14815 pass = encryptedpassword</code></pre> 14816 <h4 id="required-flags-for-sharepoint">Required Flags for SharePoint</h4> 14817 <p>As SharePoint does some special things with uploaded documents, you won’t be able to use the documents size or the documents hash to compare if a file has been changed since the upload / which file is newer.</p> 14818 <p>For Rclone calls copying files (especially Office files such as .docx, .xlsx, etc.) from/to SharePoint (like copy, sync, etc.), you should append these flags to ensure Rclone uses the “Last Modified” datetime property to compare your documents:</p> 14819 <pre><code>--ignore-size --ignore-checksum --update</code></pre> 14820 <h3 id="dcache">dCache</h3> 14821 <p>dCache is a storage system that supports many protocols and authentication/authorisation schemes. For WebDAV clients, it allows users to authenticate with username and password (BASIC), X.509, Kerberos, and various bearer tokens, including <a href="https://www.dcache.org/manuals/workshop-2017-05-29-Umea/000-Final/anupam_macaroons_v02.pdf">Macaroons</a> and <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/OpenID_Connect">OpenID-Connect</a> access tokens.</p> 14822 <p>Configure as normal using the <code>other</code> type. Don’t enter a username or password, instead enter your Macaroon as the <code>bearer_token</code>.</p> 14823 <p>The config will end up looking something like this.</p> 14824 <pre><code>[dcache] 14825 type = webdav 14826 url = https://dcache... 14827 vendor = other 14828 user = 14829 pass = 14830 bearer_token = your-macaroon</code></pre> 14831 <p>There is a <a href="https://github.com/sara-nl/GridScripts/blob/master/get-macaroon">script</a> that obtains a Macaroon from a dCache WebDAV endpoint, and creates an rclone config file.</p> 14832 <p>Macaroons may also be obtained from the dCacheView web-browser/JavaScript client that comes with dCache.</p> 14833 <h3 id="openid-connect">OpenID-Connect</h3> 14834 <p>dCache also supports authenticating with OpenID-Connect access tokens. OpenID-Connect is a protocol (based on OAuth 2.0) that allows services to identify users who have authenticated with some central service.</p> 14835 <p>Support for OpenID-Connect in rclone is currently achieved using another software package called <a href="https://github.com/indigo-dc/oidc-agent">oidc-agent</a>. This is a command-line tool that facilitates obtaining an access token. Once installed and configured, an access token is obtained by running the <code>oidc-token</code> command. The following example shows a (shortened) access token obtained from the <em>XDC</em> OIDC Provider.</p> 14836 <pre><code>paul@celebrimbor:~$ oidc-token XDC 14837 eyJraWQ[...]QFXDt0 14838 paul@celebrimbor:~$</code></pre> 14839 <p><strong>Note</strong> Before the <code>oidc-token</code> command will work, the refresh token must be loaded into the oidc agent. This is done with the <code>oidc-add</code> command (e.g., <code>oidc-add XDC</code>). This is typically done once per login session. Full details on this and how to register oidc-agent with your OIDC Provider are provided in the <a href="https://indigo-dc.gitbooks.io/oidc-agent/">oidc-agent documentation</a>.</p> 14840 <p>The rclone <code>bearer_token_command</code> configuration option is used to fetch the access token from oidc-agent.</p> 14841 <p>Configure as a normal WebDAV endpoint, using the ‘other’ vendor, leaving the username and password empty. When prompted, choose to edit the advanced config and enter the command to get a bearer token (e.g., <code>oidc-agent XDC</code>).</p> 14842 <p>The following example config shows a WebDAV endpoint that uses oidc-agent to supply an access token from the <em>XDC</em> OIDC Provider.</p> 14843 <pre><code>[dcache] 14844 type = webdav 14845 url = https://dcache.example.org/ 14846 vendor = other 14847 bearer_token_command = oidc-token XDC</code></pre> 14848 <h2 id="yandex-disk">Yandex Disk</h2> 14849 <p><a href="https://disk.yandex.com">Yandex Disk</a> is a cloud storage solution created by <a href="https://yandex.com">Yandex</a>.</p> 14850 <p>Here is an example of making a yandex configuration. First run</p> 14851 <pre><code>rclone config</code></pre> 14852 <p>This will guide you through an interactive setup process:</p> 14853 <pre><code>No remotes found - make a new one 14854 n) New remote 14855 s) Set configuration password 14856 n/s> n 14857 name> remote 14858 Type of storage to configure. 14859 Choose a number from below, or type in your own value 14860 [snip] 14861 XX / Yandex Disk 14862 \ "yandex" 14863 [snip] 14864 Storage> yandex 14865 Yandex Client Id - leave blank normally. 14866 client_id> 14867 Yandex Client Secret - leave blank normally. 14868 client_secret> 14869 Remote config 14870 Use auto config? 14871 * Say Y if not sure 14872 * Say N if you are working on a remote or headless machine 14873 y) Yes 14874 n) No 14875 y/n> y 14876 If your browser doesn't open automatically go to the following link: http://127.0.0.1:53682/auth 14877 Log in and authorize rclone for access 14878 Waiting for code... 14879 Got code 14880 -------------------- 14881 [remote] 14882 client_id = 14883 client_secret = 14884 token = {"access_token":"xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx","token_type":"bearer","expiry":"2016-12-29T12:27:11.362788025Z"} 14885 -------------------- 14886 y) Yes this is OK 14887 e) Edit this remote 14888 d) Delete this remote 14889 y/e/d> y</code></pre> 14890 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/remote_setup/">remote setup docs</a> for how to set it up on a machine with no Internet browser available.</p> 14891 <p>Note that rclone runs a webserver on your local machine to collect the token as returned from Yandex Disk. This only runs from the moment it opens your browser to the moment you get back the verification code. This is on <code>http://127.0.0.1:53682/</code> and this it may require you to unblock it temporarily if you are running a host firewall.</p> 14892 <p>Once configured you can then use <code>rclone</code> like this,</p> 14893 <p>See top level directories</p> 14894 <pre><code>rclone lsd remote:</code></pre> 14895 <p>Make a new directory</p> 14896 <pre><code>rclone mkdir remote:directory</code></pre> 14897 <p>List the contents of a directory</p> 14898 <pre><code>rclone ls remote:directory</code></pre> 14899 <p>Sync <code>/home/local/directory</code> to the remote path, deleting any excess files in the path.</p> 14900 <pre><code>rclone sync /home/local/directory remote:directory</code></pre> 14901 <p>Yandex paths may be as deep as required, eg <code>remote:directory/subdirectory</code>.</p> 14902 <h3 id="modified-time-13">Modified time</h3> 14903 <p>Modified times are supported and are stored accurate to 1 ns in custom metadata called <code>rclone_modified</code> in RFC3339 with nanoseconds format.</p> 14904 <h3 id="md5-checksums">MD5 checksums</h3> 14905 <p>MD5 checksums are natively supported by Yandex Disk.</p> 14906 <h3 id="emptying-trash-2">Emptying Trash</h3> 14907 <p>If you wish to empty your trash you can use the <code>rclone cleanup remote:</code> command which will permanently delete all your trashed files. This command does not take any path arguments.</p> 14908 <h3 id="quota-information-3">Quota information</h3> 14909 <p>To view your current quota you can use the <code>rclone about remote:</code> command which will display your usage limit (quota) and the current usage.</p> 14910 <h4 id="restricted-filename-characters-24">Restricted filename characters</h4> 14911 <p>The <a href="/overview/#restricted-characters">default restricted characters set</a> are replaced.</p> 14912 <p>Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be <a href="/overview/#invalid-utf8">replaced</a>, as they can’t be used in JSON strings.</p> 14913 <h3 id="limitations-20">Limitations</h3> 14914 <p>When uploading very large files (bigger than about 5GB) you will need to increase the <code>--timeout</code> parameter. This is because Yandex pauses (perhaps to calculate the MD5SUM for the entire file) before returning confirmation that the file has been uploaded. The default handling of timeouts in rclone is to assume a 5 minute pause is an error and close the connection - you’ll see <code>net/http: timeout awaiting response headers</code> errors in the logs if this is happening. Setting the timeout to twice the max size of file in GB should be enough, so if you want to upload a 30GB file set a timeout of <code>2 * 30 = 60m</code>, that is <code>--timeout 60m</code>.</p> 14915 <!--- autogenerated options start - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit fs.RegInfo in backend/yandex/yandex.go then run make backenddocs --> 14916 <h3 id="standard-options-31">Standard Options</h3> 14917 <p>Here are the standard options specific to yandex (Yandex Disk).</p> 14918 <h4 id="yandex-client-id">–yandex-client-id</h4> 14919 <p>Yandex Client Id Leave blank normally.</p> 14920 <ul> 14921 <li>Config: client_id</li> 14922 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_YANDEX_CLIENT_ID</li> 14923 <li>Type: string</li> 14924 <li>Default: ""</li> 14925 </ul> 14926 <h4 id="yandex-client-secret">–yandex-client-secret</h4> 14927 <p>Yandex Client Secret Leave blank normally.</p> 14928 <ul> 14929 <li>Config: client_secret</li> 14930 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_YANDEX_CLIENT_SECRET</li> 14931 <li>Type: string</li> 14932 <li>Default: ""</li> 14933 </ul> 14934 <h3 id="advanced-options-31">Advanced Options</h3> 14935 <p>Here are the advanced options specific to yandex (Yandex Disk).</p> 14936 <h4 id="yandex-unlink">–yandex-unlink</h4> 14937 <p>Remove existing public link to file/folder with link command rather than creating. Default is false, meaning link command will create or retrieve public link.</p> 14938 <ul> 14939 <li>Config: unlink</li> 14940 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_YANDEX_UNLINK</li> 14941 <li>Type: bool</li> 14942 <li>Default: false</li> 14943 </ul> 14944 <h4 id="yandex-encoding">–yandex-encoding</h4> 14945 <p>This sets the encoding for the backend.</p> 14946 <p>See: the <a href="/overview/#encoding">encoding section in the overview</a> for more info.</p> 14947 <ul> 14948 <li>Config: encoding</li> 14949 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_YANDEX_ENCODING</li> 14950 <li>Type: MultiEncoder</li> 14951 <li>Default: Slash,Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot</li> 14952 </ul> 14953 <!--- autogenerated options stop --> 14954 <h2 id="local-filesystem">Local Filesystem</h2> 14955 <p>Local paths are specified as normal filesystem paths, eg <code>/path/to/wherever</code>, so</p> 14956 <pre><code>rclone sync /home/source /tmp/destination</code></pre> 14957 <p>Will sync <code>/home/source</code> to <code>/tmp/destination</code></p> 14958 <p>These can be configured into the config file for consistencies sake, but it is probably easier not to.</p> 14959 <h3 id="modified-time-14">Modified time</h3> 14960 <p>Rclone reads and writes the modified time using an accuracy determined by the OS. Typically this is 1ns on Linux, 10 ns on Windows and 1 Second on OS X.</p> 14961 <h3 id="filenames">Filenames</h3> 14962 <p>Filenames should be encoded in UTF-8 on disk. This is the normal case for Windows and OS X.</p> 14963 <p>There is a bit more uncertainty in the Linux world, but new distributions will have UTF-8 encoded files names. If you are using an old Linux filesystem with non UTF-8 file names (eg latin1) then you can use the <code>convmv</code> tool to convert the filesystem to UTF-8. This tool is available in most distributions’ package managers.</p> 14964 <p>If an invalid (non-UTF8) filename is read, the invalid characters will be replaced with a quoted representation of the invalid bytes. The name <code>gro\xdf</code> will be transferred as <code>gro‛DF</code>. <code>rclone</code> will emit a debug message in this case (use <code>-v</code> to see), eg</p> 14965 <pre><code>Local file system at .: Replacing invalid UTF-8 characters in "gro\xdf"</code></pre> 14966 <h4 id="restricted-characters-1">Restricted characters</h4> 14967 <p>On non Windows platforms the following characters are replaced when handling file names.</p> 14968 <table> 14969 <thead> 14970 <tr class="header"> 14971 <th>Character</th> 14972 <th style="text-align: center;">Value</th> 14973 <th style="text-align: center;">Replacement</th> 14974 </tr> 14975 </thead> 14976 <tbody> 14977 <tr class="odd"> 14978 <td>NUL</td> 14979 <td style="text-align: center;">0x00</td> 14980 <td style="text-align: center;">␀</td> 14981 </tr> 14982 <tr class="even"> 14983 <td>/</td> 14984 <td style="text-align: center;">0x2F</td> 14985 <td style="text-align: center;">／</td> 14986 </tr> 14987 </tbody> 14988 </table> 14989 <p>When running on Windows the following characters are replaced. This list is based on the <a href="https://docs.microsoft.com/de-de/windows/desktop/FileIO/naming-a-file#naming-conventions">Windows file naming conventions</a>.</p> 14990 <table> 14991 <thead> 14992 <tr class="header"> 14993 <th>Character</th> 14994 <th style="text-align: center;">Value</th> 14995 <th style="text-align: center;">Replacement</th> 14996 </tr> 14997 </thead> 14998 <tbody> 14999 <tr class="odd"> 15000 <td>NUL</td> 15001 <td style="text-align: center;">0x00</td> 15002 <td style="text-align: center;">␀</td> 15003 </tr> 15004 <tr class="even"> 15005 <td>SOH</td> 15006 <td style="text-align: center;">0x01</td> 15007 <td style="text-align: center;">␁</td> 15008 </tr> 15009 <tr class="odd"> 15010 <td>STX</td> 15011 <td style="text-align: center;">0x02</td> 15012 <td style="text-align: center;">␂</td> 15013 </tr> 15014 <tr class="even"> 15015 <td>ETX</td> 15016 <td style="text-align: center;">0x03</td> 15017 <td style="text-align: center;">␃</td> 15018 </tr> 15019 <tr class="odd"> 15020 <td>EOT</td> 15021 <td style="text-align: center;">0x04</td> 15022 <td style="text-align: center;">␄</td> 15023 </tr> 15024 <tr class="even"> 15025 <td>ENQ</td> 15026 <td style="text-align: center;">0x05</td> 15027 <td style="text-align: center;">␅</td> 15028 </tr> 15029 <tr class="odd"> 15030 <td>ACK</td> 15031 <td style="text-align: center;">0x06</td> 15032 <td style="text-align: center;">␆</td> 15033 </tr> 15034 <tr class="even"> 15035 <td>BEL</td> 15036 <td style="text-align: center;">0x07</td> 15037 <td style="text-align: center;">␇</td> 15038 </tr> 15039 <tr class="odd"> 15040 <td>BS</td> 15041 <td style="text-align: center;">0x08</td> 15042 <td style="text-align: center;">␈</td> 15043 </tr> 15044 <tr class="even"> 15045 <td>HT</td> 15046 <td style="text-align: center;">0x09</td> 15047 <td style="text-align: center;">␉</td> 15048 </tr> 15049 <tr class="odd"> 15050 <td>LF</td> 15051 <td style="text-align: center;">0x0A</td> 15052 <td style="text-align: center;">␊</td> 15053 </tr> 15054 <tr class="even"> 15055 <td>VT</td> 15056 <td style="text-align: center;">0x0B</td> 15057 <td style="text-align: center;">␋</td> 15058 </tr> 15059 <tr class="odd"> 15060 <td>FF</td> 15061 <td style="text-align: center;">0x0C</td> 15062 <td style="text-align: center;">␌</td> 15063 </tr> 15064 <tr class="even"> 15065 <td>CR</td> 15066 <td style="text-align: center;">0x0D</td> 15067 <td style="text-align: center;">␍</td> 15068 </tr> 15069 <tr class="odd"> 15070 <td>SO</td> 15071 <td style="text-align: center;">0x0E</td> 15072 <td style="text-align: center;">␎</td> 15073 </tr> 15074 <tr class="even"> 15075 <td>SI</td> 15076 <td style="text-align: center;">0x0F</td> 15077 <td style="text-align: center;">␏</td> 15078 </tr> 15079 <tr class="odd"> 15080 <td>DLE</td> 15081 <td style="text-align: center;">0x10</td> 15082 <td style="text-align: center;">␐</td> 15083 </tr> 15084 <tr class="even"> 15085 <td>DC1</td> 15086 <td style="text-align: center;">0x11</td> 15087 <td style="text-align: center;">␑</td> 15088 </tr> 15089 <tr class="odd"> 15090 <td>DC2</td> 15091 <td style="text-align: center;">0x12</td> 15092 <td style="text-align: center;">␒</td> 15093 </tr> 15094 <tr class="even"> 15095 <td>DC3</td> 15096 <td style="text-align: center;">0x13</td> 15097 <td style="text-align: center;">␓</td> 15098 </tr> 15099 <tr class="odd"> 15100 <td>DC4</td> 15101 <td style="text-align: center;">0x14</td> 15102 <td style="text-align: center;">␔</td> 15103 </tr> 15104 <tr class="even"> 15105 <td>NAK</td> 15106 <td style="text-align: center;">0x15</td> 15107 <td style="text-align: center;">␕</td> 15108 </tr> 15109 <tr class="odd"> 15110 <td>SYN</td> 15111 <td style="text-align: center;">0x16</td> 15112 <td style="text-align: center;">␖</td> 15113 </tr> 15114 <tr class="even"> 15115 <td>ETB</td> 15116 <td style="text-align: center;">0x17</td> 15117 <td style="text-align: center;">␗</td> 15118 </tr> 15119 <tr class="odd"> 15120 <td>CAN</td> 15121 <td style="text-align: center;">0x18</td> 15122 <td style="text-align: center;">␘</td> 15123 </tr> 15124 <tr class="even"> 15125 <td>EM</td> 15126 <td style="text-align: center;">0x19</td> 15127 <td style="text-align: center;">␙</td> 15128 </tr> 15129 <tr class="odd"> 15130 <td>SUB</td> 15131 <td style="text-align: center;">0x1A</td> 15132 <td style="text-align: center;">␚</td> 15133 </tr> 15134 <tr class="even"> 15135 <td>ESC</td> 15136 <td style="text-align: center;">0x1B</td> 15137 <td style="text-align: center;">␛</td> 15138 </tr> 15139 <tr class="odd"> 15140 <td>FS</td> 15141 <td style="text-align: center;">0x1C</td> 15142 <td style="text-align: center;">␜</td> 15143 </tr> 15144 <tr class="even"> 15145 <td>GS</td> 15146 <td style="text-align: center;">0x1D</td> 15147 <td style="text-align: center;">␝</td> 15148 </tr> 15149 <tr class="odd"> 15150 <td>RS</td> 15151 <td style="text-align: center;">0x1E</td> 15152 <td style="text-align: center;">␞</td> 15153 </tr> 15154 <tr class="even"> 15155 <td>US</td> 15156 <td style="text-align: center;">0x1F</td> 15157 <td style="text-align: center;">␟</td> 15158 </tr> 15159 <tr class="odd"> 15160 <td>/</td> 15161 <td style="text-align: center;">0x2F</td> 15162 <td style="text-align: center;">／</td> 15163 </tr> 15164 <tr class="even"> 15165 <td>"</td> 15166 <td style="text-align: center;">0x22</td> 15167 <td style="text-align: center;">＂</td> 15168 </tr> 15169 <tr class="odd"> 15170 <td>*</td> 15171 <td style="text-align: center;">0x2A</td> 15172 <td style="text-align: center;">＊</td> 15173 </tr> 15174 <tr class="even"> 15175 <td>:</td> 15176 <td style="text-align: center;">0x3A</td> 15177 <td style="text-align: center;">：</td> 15178 </tr> 15179 <tr class="odd"> 15180 <td><</td> 15181 <td style="text-align: center;">0x3C</td> 15182 <td style="text-align: center;">＜</td> 15183 </tr> 15184 <tr class="even"> 15185 <td>></td> 15186 <td style="text-align: center;">0x3E</td> 15187 <td style="text-align: center;">＞</td> 15188 </tr> 15189 <tr class="odd"> 15190 <td>?</td> 15191 <td style="text-align: center;">0x3F</td> 15192 <td style="text-align: center;">？</td> 15193 </tr> 15194 <tr class="even"> 15195 <td>\</td> 15196 <td style="text-align: center;">0x5C</td> 15197 <td style="text-align: center;">＼</td> 15198 </tr> 15199 <tr class="odd"> 15200 <td>|</td> 15201 <td style="text-align: center;">0x7C</td> 15202 <td style="text-align: center;">｜</td> 15203 </tr> 15204 </tbody> 15205 </table> 15206 <p>File names on Windows can also not end with the following characters. These only get replaced if they are last character in the name:</p> 15207 <table> 15208 <thead> 15209 <tr class="header"> 15210 <th>Character</th> 15211 <th style="text-align: center;">Value</th> 15212 <th style="text-align: center;">Replacement</th> 15213 </tr> 15214 </thead> 15215 <tbody> 15216 <tr class="odd"> 15217 <td>SP</td> 15218 <td style="text-align: center;">0x20</td> 15219 <td style="text-align: center;">␠</td> 15220 </tr> 15221 <tr class="even"> 15222 <td>.</td> 15223 <td style="text-align: center;">0x2E</td> 15224 <td style="text-align: center;">．</td> 15225 </tr> 15226 </tbody> 15227 </table> 15228 <p>Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be <a href="/overview/#invalid-utf8">replaced</a>, as they can’t be converted to UTF-16.</p> 15229 <h3 id="long-paths-on-windows">Long paths on Windows</h3> 15230 <p>Rclone handles long paths automatically, by converting all paths to long <a href="https://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/aa365247(v=vs.85).aspx#maxpath">UNC paths</a> which allows paths up to 32,767 characters.</p> 15231 <p>This is why you will see that your paths, for instance <code>c:\files</code> is converted to the UNC path <code>\\?\c:\files</code> in the output, and <code>\\server\share</code> is converted to <code>\\?\UNC\server\share</code>.</p> 15232 <p>However, in rare cases this may cause problems with buggy file system drivers like <a href="https://github.com/rclone/rclone/issues/261">EncFS</a>. To disable UNC conversion globally, add this to your <code>.rclone.conf</code> file:</p> 15233 <pre><code>[local] 15234 nounc = true</code></pre> 15235 <p>If you want to selectively disable UNC, you can add it to a separate entry like this:</p> 15236 <pre><code>[nounc] 15237 type = local 15238 nounc = true</code></pre> 15239 <p>And use rclone like this:</p> 15240 <p><code>rclone copy c:\src nounc:z:\dst</code></p> 15241 <p>This will use UNC paths on <code>c:\src</code> but not on <code>z:\dst</code>. Of course this will cause problems if the absolute path length of a file exceeds 258 characters on z, so only use this option if you have to.</p> 15242 <h3 id="symlinks-junction-points">Symlinks / Junction points</h3> 15243 <p>Normally rclone will ignore symlinks or junction points (which behave like symlinks under Windows).</p> 15244 <p>If you supply <code>--copy-links</code> or <code>-L</code> then rclone will follow the symlink and copy the pointed to file or directory. Note that this flag is incompatible with <code>-links</code> / <code>-l</code>.</p> 15245 <p>This flag applies to all commands.</p> 15246 <p>For example, supposing you have a directory structure like this</p> 15247 <pre><code>$ tree /tmp/a 15248 /tmp/a 15249 ├── b -> ../b 15250 ├── expected -> ../expected 15251 ├── one 15252 └── two 15253 └── three</code></pre> 15254 <p>Then you can see the difference with and without the flag like this</p> 15255 <pre><code>$ rclone ls /tmp/a 15256 6 one 15257 6 two/three</code></pre> 15258 <p>and</p> 15259 <pre><code>$ rclone -L ls /tmp/a 15260 4174 expected 15261 6 one 15262 6 two/three 15263 6 b/two 15264 6 b/one</code></pre> 15265 <h4 id="links--l">–links, -l</h4> 15266 <p>Normally rclone will ignore symlinks or junction points (which behave like symlinks under Windows).</p> 15267 <p>If you supply this flag then rclone will copy symbolic links from the local storage, and store them as text files, with a ‘.rclonelink’ suffix in the remote storage.</p> 15268 <p>The text file will contain the target of the symbolic link (see example).</p> 15269 <p>This flag applies to all commands.</p> 15270 <p>For example, supposing you have a directory structure like this</p> 15271 <pre><code>$ tree /tmp/a 15272 /tmp/a 15273 ├── file1 -> ./file4 15274 └── file2 -> /home/user/file3</code></pre> 15275 <p>Copying the entire directory with ‘-l’</p> 15276 <pre><code>$ rclone copyto -l /tmp/a/file1 remote:/tmp/a/</code></pre> 15277 <p>The remote files are created with a ‘.rclonelink’ suffix</p> 15278 <pre><code>$ rclone ls remote:/tmp/a 15279 5 file1.rclonelink 15280 14 file2.rclonelink</code></pre> 15281 <p>The remote files will contain the target of the symbolic links</p> 15282 <pre><code>$ rclone cat remote:/tmp/a/file1.rclonelink 15283 ./file4 15284 15285 $ rclone cat remote:/tmp/a/file2.rclonelink 15286 /home/user/file3</code></pre> 15287 <p>Copying them back with ‘-l’</p> 15288 <pre><code>$ rclone copyto -l remote:/tmp/a/ /tmp/b/ 15289 15290 $ tree /tmp/b 15291 /tmp/b 15292 ├── file1 -> ./file4 15293 └── file2 -> /home/user/file3</code></pre> 15294 <p>However, if copied back without ‘-l’</p> 15295 <pre><code>$ rclone copyto remote:/tmp/a/ /tmp/b/ 15296 15297 $ tree /tmp/b 15298 /tmp/b 15299 ├── file1.rclonelink 15300 └── file2.rclonelink</code></pre> 15301 <p>Note that this flag is incompatible with <code>-copy-links</code> / <code>-L</code>.</p> 15302 <h3 id="restricting-filesystems-with-one-file-system">Restricting filesystems with –one-file-system</h3> 15303 <p>Normally rclone will recurse through filesystems as mounted.</p> 15304 <p>However if you set <code>--one-file-system</code> or <code>-x</code> this tells rclone to stay in the filesystem specified by the root and not to recurse into different file systems.</p> 15305 <p>For example if you have a directory hierarchy like this</p> 15306 <pre><code>root 15307 ├── disk1 - disk1 mounted on the root 15308 │ └── file3 - stored on disk1 15309 ├── disk2 - disk2 mounted on the root 15310 │ └── file4 - stored on disk12 15311 ├── file1 - stored on the root disk 15312 └── file2 - stored on the root disk</code></pre> 15313 <p>Using <code>rclone --one-file-system copy root remote:</code> will only copy <code>file1</code> and <code>file2</code>. Eg</p> 15314 <pre><code>$ rclone -q --one-file-system ls root 15315 0 file1 15316 0 file2</code></pre> 15317 <pre><code>$ rclone -q ls root 15318 0 disk1/file3 15319 0 disk2/file4 15320 0 file1 15321 0 file2</code></pre> 15322 <p><strong>NB</strong> Rclone (like most unix tools such as <code>du</code>, <code>rsync</code> and <code>tar</code>) treats a bind mount to the same device as being on the same filesystem.</p> 15323 <p><strong>NB</strong> This flag is only available on Unix based systems. On systems where it isn’t supported (eg Windows) it will be ignored.</p> 15324 <!--- autogenerated options start - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit fs.RegInfo in backend/local/local.go then run make backenddocs --> 15325 <h3 id="standard-options-32">Standard Options</h3> 15326 <p>Here are the standard options specific to local (Local Disk).</p> 15327 <h4 id="local-nounc">–local-nounc</h4> 15328 <p>Disable UNC (long path names) conversion on Windows</p> 15329 <ul> 15330 <li>Config: nounc</li> 15331 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_LOCAL_NOUNC</li> 15332 <li>Type: string</li> 15333 <li>Default: ""</li> 15334 <li>Examples: 15335 <ul> 15336 <li>“true” 15337 <ul> 15338 <li>Disables long file names</li> 15339 </ul></li> 15340 </ul></li> 15341 </ul> 15342 <h3 id="advanced-options-32">Advanced Options</h3> 15343 <p>Here are the advanced options specific to local (Local Disk).</p> 15344 <h4 id="copy-links--l">–copy-links / -L</h4> 15345 <p>Follow symlinks and copy the pointed to item.</p> 15346 <ul> 15347 <li>Config: copy_links</li> 15348 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_LOCAL_COPY_LINKS</li> 15349 <li>Type: bool</li> 15350 <li>Default: false</li> 15351 </ul> 15352 <h4 id="links--l-1">–links / -l</h4> 15353 <p>Translate symlinks to/from regular files with a ‘.rclonelink’ extension</p> 15354 <ul> 15355 <li>Config: links</li> 15356 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_LOCAL_LINKS</li> 15357 <li>Type: bool</li> 15358 <li>Default: false</li> 15359 </ul> 15360 <h4 id="skip-links">–skip-links</h4> 15361 <p>Don’t warn about skipped symlinks. This flag disables warning messages on skipped symlinks or junction points, as you explicitly acknowledge that they should be skipped.</p> 15362 <ul> 15363 <li>Config: skip_links</li> 15364 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_LOCAL_SKIP_LINKS</li> 15365 <li>Type: bool</li> 15366 <li>Default: false</li> 15367 </ul> 15368 <h4 id="local-no-unicode-normalization">–local-no-unicode-normalization</h4> 15369 <p>Don’t apply unicode normalization to paths and filenames (Deprecated)</p> 15370 <p>This flag is deprecated now. Rclone no longer normalizes unicode file names, but it compares them with unicode normalization in the sync routine instead.</p> 15371 <ul> 15372 <li>Config: no_unicode_normalization</li> 15373 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_LOCAL_NO_UNICODE_NORMALIZATION</li> 15374 <li>Type: bool</li> 15375 <li>Default: false</li> 15376 </ul> 15377 <h4 id="local-no-check-updated">–local-no-check-updated</h4> 15378 <p>Don’t check to see if the files change during upload</p> 15379 <p>Normally rclone checks the size and modification time of files as they are being uploaded and aborts with a message which starts “can’t copy - source file is being updated” if the file changes during upload.</p> 15380 <p>However on some file systems this modification time check may fail (eg <a href="https://github.com/rclone/rclone/issues/2206">Glusterfs #2206</a>) so this check can be disabled with this flag.</p> 15381 <ul> 15382 <li>Config: no_check_updated</li> 15383 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_LOCAL_NO_CHECK_UPDATED</li> 15384 <li>Type: bool</li> 15385 <li>Default: false</li> 15386 </ul> 15387 <h4 id="one-file-system--x">–one-file-system / -x</h4> 15388 <p>Don’t cross filesystem boundaries (unix/macOS only).</p> 15389 <ul> 15390 <li>Config: one_file_system</li> 15391 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_LOCAL_ONE_FILE_SYSTEM</li> 15392 <li>Type: bool</li> 15393 <li>Default: false</li> 15394 </ul> 15395 <h4 id="local-case-sensitive">–local-case-sensitive</h4> 15396 <p>Force the filesystem to report itself as case sensitive.</p> 15397 <p>Normally the local backend declares itself as case insensitive on Windows/macOS and case sensitive for everything else. Use this flag to override the default choice.</p> 15398 <ul> 15399 <li>Config: case_sensitive</li> 15400 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_LOCAL_CASE_SENSITIVE</li> 15401 <li>Type: bool</li> 15402 <li>Default: false</li> 15403 </ul> 15404 <h4 id="local-case-insensitive">–local-case-insensitive</h4> 15405 <p>Force the filesystem to report itself as case insensitive</p> 15406 <p>Normally the local backend declares itself as case insensitive on Windows/macOS and case sensitive for everything else. Use this flag to override the default choice.</p> 15407 <ul> 15408 <li>Config: case_insensitive</li> 15409 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_LOCAL_CASE_INSENSITIVE</li> 15410 <li>Type: bool</li> 15411 <li>Default: false</li> 15412 </ul> 15413 <h4 id="local-encoding">–local-encoding</h4> 15414 <p>This sets the encoding for the backend.</p> 15415 <p>See: the <a href="/overview/#encoding">encoding section in the overview</a> for more info.</p> 15416 <ul> 15417 <li>Config: encoding</li> 15418 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_LOCAL_ENCODING</li> 15419 <li>Type: MultiEncoder</li> 15420 <li>Default: Slash,Dot</li> 15421 </ul> 15422 <!--- autogenerated options stop --> 15423 <h1 id="changelog">Changelog</h1> 15424 <h2 id="v1.51.0---2020-02-01">v1.51.0 - 2020-02-01</h2> 15425 <ul> 15426 <li>New backends 15427 <ul> 15428 <li><a href="/memory">Memory</a> (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15429 <li><a href="/sugarsync">Sugarsync</a> (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15430 </ul></li> 15431 <li>New Features 15432 <ul> 15433 <li>Adjust all backends to have <code>--backend-encoding</code> parameter (Nick Craig-Wood) 15434 <ul> 15435 <li>this enables the encoding for special characters to be adjusted or disabled</li> 15436 </ul></li> 15437 <li>Add <code>--max-duration</code> flag to control the maximum duration of a transfer session (boosh)</li> 15438 <li>Add <code>--expect-continue-timeout</code> flag, default 1s (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15439 <li>Add <code>--no-check-dest</code> flag for copying without testing the destination (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15440 <li>Implement <code>--order-by</code> flag to order transfers (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15441 <li>accounting 15442 <ul> 15443 <li>Don’t show entries in both transferring and checking (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15444 <li>Add option to delete stats (Aleksandar Jankovic)</li> 15445 </ul></li> 15446 <li>build 15447 <ul> 15448 <li>Compress the test builds with gzip (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15449 <li>Implement a framework for starting test servers during tests (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15450 </ul></li> 15451 <li>cmd: Always print elapsed time to tenth place seconds in progress (Gary Kim)</li> 15452 <li>config 15453 <ul> 15454 <li>Add <code>--password-command</code> to allow dynamic config password (Damon Permezel)</li> 15455 <li>Give config questions default values (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15456 <li>Check a remote exists when creating a new one (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15457 </ul></li> 15458 <li>copyurl: Add <code>--stdout</code> flag to write to stdout (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15459 <li>dedupe: Implement keep smallest too (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15460 <li>hashsum: Add flag <code>--base64</code> flag (landall)</li> 15461 <li>lsf: Speed up on s3/swift/etc by not reading mimetype by default (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15462 <li>lsjson: Add <code>--no-mimetype</code> flag (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15463 <li>rc: Add methods to turn on blocking and mutex profiling (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15464 <li>rcd 15465 <ul> 15466 <li>Adding group parameter to stats (Chaitanya)</li> 15467 <li>Move webgui apart; option to disable browser (Xiaoxing Ye)</li> 15468 </ul></li> 15469 <li>serve sftp: Add support for public key with auth proxy (Paul Tinsley)</li> 15470 <li>stats: Show deletes in stats and hide zero stats (anuar45)</li> 15471 </ul></li> 15472 <li>Bug Fixes 15473 <ul> 15474 <li>accounting 15475 <ul> 15476 <li>Fix error counter counting multiple times (Ankur Gupta)</li> 15477 <li>Fix error count shown as checks (Cnly)</li> 15478 <li>Clear finished transfer in stats-reset (Maciej Zimnoch)</li> 15479 <li>Added StatsInfo locking in statsGroups sum function (Michał Matczuk)</li> 15480 </ul></li> 15481 <li>asyncreader: Fix EOF error (buengese)</li> 15482 <li>check: Fix <code>--one-way</code> recursing more directories than it needs to (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15483 <li>chunkedreader: Disable hash calculation for first segment (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15484 <li>config 15485 <ul> 15486 <li>Do not open browser on headless on drive/gcs/google photos (Xiaoxing Ye)</li> 15487 <li>SetValueAndSave ignore error if config section does not exist yet (buengese)</li> 15488 </ul></li> 15489 <li>cmd: Fix completion with an encrypted config (Danil Semelenov)</li> 15490 <li>dbhashsum: Stop it returning UNSUPPORTED on dropbox (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15491 <li>dedupe: Add missing modes to help string (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15492 <li>operations 15493 <ul> 15494 <li>Fix dedupe continuing on errors like insufficientFilePermisson (SezalAgrawal)</li> 15495 <li>Clear accounting before low level retry (Maciej Zimnoch)</li> 15496 <li>Write debug message when hashes could not be checked (Ole Schütt)</li> 15497 <li>Move interface assertion to tests to remove pflag dependency (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15498 <li>Make NewOverrideObjectInfo public and factor uses (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15499 </ul></li> 15500 <li>proxy: Replace use of bcrypt with sha256 (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15501 <li>vendor 15502 <ul> 15503 <li>Update bazil.org/fuse to fix FreeBSD 12.1 (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15504 <li>Update github.com/t3rm1n4l/go-mega to fix mega “illegal base64 data at input byte 22” (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15505 <li>Update termbox-go to fix ncdu command on FreeBSD (Kuang-che Wu)</li> 15506 <li>Update t3rm1n4l/go-mega - fixes mega: couldn’t login: crypto/aes: invalid key size 0 (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15507 </ul></li> 15508 </ul></li> 15509 <li>Mount 15510 <ul> 15511 <li>Enable async reads for a 20% speedup (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15512 <li>Replace use of WriteAt with Write for cache mode >= writes and O_APPEND (Brett Dutro)</li> 15513 <li>Make sure we call unmount when exiting (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15514 <li>Don’t build on go1.10 as bazil/fuse no longer supports it (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15515 <li>When setting dates discard out of range dates (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15516 </ul></li> 15517 <li>VFS 15518 <ul> 15519 <li>Add a newly created file straight into the directory (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15520 <li>Only calculate one hash for reads for a speedup (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15521 <li>Make ReadAt for non cached files work better with non-sequential reads (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15522 <li>Fix edge cases when reading ModTime from file (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15523 <li>Make sure existing files opened for write show correct size (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15524 <li>Don’t cache the path in RW file objects to fix renaming (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15525 <li>Fix rename of open files when using the VFS cache (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15526 <li>When renaming files in the cache, rename the cache item in memory too (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15527 <li>Fix open file renaming on drive when using <code>--vfs-cache-mode writes</code> (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15528 <li>Fix incorrect modtime for mv into mount with <code>--vfs-cache-modes writes</code> (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15529 <li>On rename, rename in cache too if the file exists (Anagh Kumar Baranwal)</li> 15530 </ul></li> 15531 <li>Local 15532 <ul> 15533 <li>Make source file being updated errors be NoLowLevelRetry errors (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15534 <li>Fix update of hidden files on Windows (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15535 </ul></li> 15536 <li>Cache 15537 <ul> 15538 <li>Follow move of upstream library github.com/coreos/bbolt github.com/etcd-io/bbolt (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15539 <li>Fix <code>fatal error: concurrent map writes</code> (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15540 </ul></li> 15541 <li>Crypt 15542 <ul> 15543 <li>Reorder the filename encryption options (Thomas Eales)</li> 15544 <li>Correctly handle trailing dot (buengese)</li> 15545 </ul></li> 15546 <li>Chunker 15547 <ul> 15548 <li>Reduce length of temporary suffix (Ivan Andreev)</li> 15549 </ul></li> 15550 <li>Drive 15551 <ul> 15552 <li>Add <code>--drive-stop-on-upload-limit</code> flag to stop syncs when upload limit reached (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15553 <li>Add <code>--drive-use-shared-date</code> to use date file was shared instead of modified date (Garry McNulty)</li> 15554 <li>Make sure invalid auth for teamdrives always reports an error (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15555 <li>Fix <code>--fast-list</code> when using appDataFolder (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15556 <li>Use multipart resumable uploads for streaming and uploads in mount (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15557 <li>Log an ERROR if an incomplete search is returned (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15558 <li>Hide dangerous config from the configurator (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15559 </ul></li> 15560 <li>Dropbox 15561 <ul> 15562 <li>Treat <code>insufficient_space</code> errors as non retriable errors (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15563 </ul></li> 15564 <li>Jottacloud 15565 <ul> 15566 <li>Use new auth method used by official client (buengese)</li> 15567 <li>Add URL to generate Login Token to config wizard (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15568 <li>Add support whitelabel versions (buengese)</li> 15569 </ul></li> 15570 <li>Koofr 15571 <ul> 15572 <li>Use rclone HTTP client. (jaKa)</li> 15573 </ul></li> 15574 <li>Onedrive 15575 <ul> 15576 <li>Add Sites.Read.All permission (Benjamin Richter)</li> 15577 <li>Add support “Retry-After” header (Motonori IWAMURO)</li> 15578 </ul></li> 15579 <li>Opendrive 15580 <ul> 15581 <li>Implement <code>--opendrive-chunk-size</code> (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15582 </ul></li> 15583 <li>S3 15584 <ul> 15585 <li>Re-implement multipart upload to fix memory issues (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15586 <li>Add <code>--s3-copy-cutoff</code> for size to switch to multipart copy (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15587 <li>Add new region Asia Patific (Hong Kong) (Outvi V)</li> 15588 <li>Reduce memory usage streaming files by reducing max stream upload size (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15589 <li>Add <code>--s3-list-chunk</code> option for bucket listing (Thomas Kriechbaumer)</li> 15590 <li>Force path style bucket access to off for AWS deprecation (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15591 <li>Use AWS web identity role provider if available (Tennix)</li> 15592 <li>Fix ExpiryWindow value (Aleksandar Jankovic)</li> 15593 <li>Fix DisableChecksum condition (Aleksandar Janković)</li> 15594 <li>Fix URL decoding of NextMarker (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15595 </ul></li> 15596 <li>SFTP 15597 <ul> 15598 <li>Add <code>--sftp-skip-links</code> to skip symlinks and non regular files (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15599 <li>Retry Creation of Connection (Sebastian Brandt)</li> 15600 <li>Fix “failed to parse private key file: ssh: not an encrypted key” error (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15601 <li>Open files for update write only to fix AWS SFTP interop (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15602 </ul></li> 15603 <li>Swift 15604 <ul> 15605 <li>Reserve segments of dynamic large object when delete objects in container what was enabled versioning. (Nguyễn Hữu Luân)</li> 15606 <li>Fix parsing of X-Object-Manifest (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15607 <li>Update OVH API endpoint (unbelauscht)</li> 15608 </ul></li> 15609 <li>WebDAV 15610 <ul> 15611 <li>Make nextcloud only upload SHA1 checksums (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15612 <li>Fix case of “Bearer” in Authorization: header to agree with RFC (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15613 <li>Add Referer header to fix problems with WAFs (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15614 </ul></li> 15615 </ul> 15616 <h2 id="v1.50.2---2019-11-19">v1.50.2 - 2019-11-19</h2> 15617 <ul> 15618 <li>Bug Fixes 15619 <ul> 15620 <li>accounting: Fix memory leak on retries operations (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15621 </ul></li> 15622 <li>Drive 15623 <ul> 15624 <li>Fix listing of the root directory with drive.files scope (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15625 <li>Fix –drive-root-folder-id with team/shared drives (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15626 </ul></li> 15627 </ul> 15628 <h2 id="v1.50.1---2019-11-02">v1.50.1 - 2019-11-02</h2> 15629 <ul> 15630 <li>Bug Fixes 15631 <ul> 15632 <li>hash: Fix accidentally changed hash names for <code>DropboxHash</code> and <code>CRC-32</code> (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15633 <li>fshttp: Fix error reporting on tpslimit token bucket errors (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15634 <li>fshttp: Don’t print token bucket errors on context cancelled (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15635 </ul></li> 15636 <li>Local 15637 <ul> 15638 <li>Fix listings of . on Windows (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15639 </ul></li> 15640 <li>Onedrive 15641 <ul> 15642 <li>Fix DirMove/Move after Onedrive change (Xiaoxing Ye)</li> 15643 </ul></li> 15644 </ul> 15645 <h2 id="v1.50.0---2019-10-26">v1.50.0 - 2019-10-26</h2> 15646 <ul> 15647 <li>New backends 15648 <ul> 15649 <li><a href="/sharefile">Citrix Sharefile</a> (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15650 <li><a href="/chunker">Chunker</a> - an overlay backend to split files into smaller parts (Ivan Andreev)</li> 15651 <li><a href="/mailru">Mail.ru Cloud</a> (Ivan Andreev)</li> 15652 </ul></li> 15653 <li>New Features 15654 <ul> 15655 <li>encodings (Fabian Möller & Nick Craig-Wood) 15656 <ul> 15657 <li>All backends now use file name encoding to ensure any file name can be written to any backend.</li> 15658 <li>See the <a href="/overview/#restricted-filenames">restricted file name docs</a> for more info and the <a href="/local/#filenames">local backend docs</a>.</li> 15659 <li>Some file names may look different in rclone if you are using any control characters in names or <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Halfwidth_and_Fullwidth_Forms_(Unicode_block)">unicode FULLWIDTH symbols</a>.</li> 15660 </ul></li> 15661 <li>build 15662 <ul> 15663 <li>Update to use go1.13 for the build (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15664 <li>Drop support for go1.9 (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15665 <li>Build rclone with GitHub actions (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15666 <li>Convert python scripts to python3 (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15667 <li>Swap Azure/go-ansiterm for mattn/go-colorable (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15668 <li>Dockerfile fixes (Matei David)</li> 15669 <li>Add <a href="https://github.com/rclone/rclone/blob/master/CONTRIBUTING.md#writing-a-plugin">plugin support</a> for backends and commands (Richard Patel)</li> 15670 </ul></li> 15671 <li>config 15672 <ul> 15673 <li>Use alternating Red/Green in config to make more obvious (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15674 </ul></li> 15675 <li>contrib 15676 <ul> 15677 <li>Add sample DLNA server Docker Compose manifest. (pataquets)</li> 15678 <li>Add sample WebDAV server Docker Compose manifest. (pataquets)</li> 15679 </ul></li> 15680 <li>copyurl 15681 <ul> 15682 <li>Add <code>--auto-filename</code> flag for using file name from URL in destination path (Denis)</li> 15683 </ul></li> 15684 <li>serve dlna: 15685 <ul> 15686 <li>Many compatability improvements (Dan Walters)</li> 15687 <li>Support for external srt subtitles (Dan Walters)</li> 15688 </ul></li> 15689 <li>rc 15690 <ul> 15691 <li>Added command core/quit (Saksham Khanna)</li> 15692 </ul></li> 15693 </ul></li> 15694 <li>Bug Fixes 15695 <ul> 15696 <li>sync 15697 <ul> 15698 <li>Make <code>--update</code>/<code>-u</code> not transfer files that haven’t changed (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15699 <li>Free objects after they come out of the transfer pipe to save memory (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15700 <li>Fix <code>--files-from without --no-traverse</code> doing a recursive scan (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15701 </ul></li> 15702 <li>operations 15703 <ul> 15704 <li>Fix accounting for server side copies (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15705 <li>Display ‘All duplicates removed’ only if dedupe successful (Sezal Agrawal)</li> 15706 <li>Display ‘Deleted X extra copies’ only if dedupe successful (Sezal Agrawal)</li> 15707 </ul></li> 15708 <li>accounting 15709 <ul> 15710 <li>Only allow up to 100 completed transfers in the accounting list to save memory (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15711 <li>Cull the old time ranges when possible to save memory (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15712 <li>Fix panic due to server-side copy fallback (Ivan Andreev)</li> 15713 <li>Fix memory leak noticeable for transfers of large numbers of objects (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15714 <li>Fix total duration calculation (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15715 </ul></li> 15716 <li>cmd 15717 <ul> 15718 <li>Fix environment variables not setting command line flags (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15719 <li>Make autocomplete compatible with bash’s posix mode for macOS (Danil Semelenov)</li> 15720 <li>Make <code>--progress</code> work in git bash on Windows (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15721 <li>Fix ‘compopt: command not found’ on autocomplete on macOS (Danil Semelenov)</li> 15722 </ul></li> 15723 <li>config 15724 <ul> 15725 <li>Fix setting of non top level flags from environment variables (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15726 <li>Check config names more carefully and report errors (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15727 <li>Remove error: can’t use <code>--size-only</code> and <code>--ignore-size</code> together. (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15728 </ul></li> 15729 <li>filter: Prevent mixing options when <code>--files-from</code> is in use (Michele Caci)</li> 15730 <li>serve sftp: Fix crash on unsupported operations (eg Readlink) (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15731 </ul></li> 15732 <li>Mount 15733 <ul> 15734 <li>Allow files of unkown size to be read properly (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15735 <li>Skip tests on <= 2 CPUs to avoid lockup (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15736 <li>Fix panic on File.Open (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15737 <li>Fix “mount_fusefs: -o timeout=: option not supported” on FreeBSD (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15738 <li>Don’t pass huge filenames (>4k) to FUSE as it can’t cope (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15739 </ul></li> 15740 <li>VFS 15741 <ul> 15742 <li>Add flag <code>--vfs-case-insensitive</code> for windows/macOS mounts (Ivan Andreev)</li> 15743 <li>Make objects of unknown size readable through the VFS (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15744 <li>Move writeback of dirty data out of close() method into its own method (FlushWrites) and remove close() call from Flush() (Brett Dutro)</li> 15745 <li>Stop empty dirs disappearing when renamed on bucket based remotes (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15746 <li>Stop change notify polling clearing so much of the directory cache (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15747 </ul></li> 15748 <li>Azure Blob 15749 <ul> 15750 <li>Disable logging to the Windows event log (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15751 </ul></li> 15752 <li>B2 15753 <ul> 15754 <li>Remove <code>unverified:</code> prefix on sha1 to improve interop (eg with CyberDuck) (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15755 </ul></li> 15756 <li>Box 15757 <ul> 15758 <li>Add options to get access token via JWT auth (David)</li> 15759 </ul></li> 15760 <li>Drive 15761 <ul> 15762 <li>Disable HTTP/2 by default to work around INTERNAL_ERROR problems (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15763 <li>Make sure that drive root ID is always canonical (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15764 <li>Fix <code>--drive-shared-with-me</code> from the root with lsand <code>--fast-list</code> (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15765 <li>Fix ChangeNotify polling for shared drives (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15766 <li>Fix change notify polling when using appDataFolder (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15767 </ul></li> 15768 <li>Dropbox 15769 <ul> 15770 <li>Make disallowed filenames errors not retry (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15771 <li>Fix nil pointer exception on restricted files (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15772 </ul></li> 15773 <li>Fichier 15774 <ul> 15775 <li>Fix accessing files > 2GB on 32 bit systems (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15776 </ul></li> 15777 <li>FTP 15778 <ul> 15779 <li>Allow disabling EPSV mode (Jon Fautley)</li> 15780 </ul></li> 15781 <li>HTTP 15782 <ul> 15783 <li>HEAD directory entries in parallel to speedup (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15784 <li>Add <code>--http-no-head</code> to stop rclone doing HEAD in listings (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15785 </ul></li> 15786 <li>Putio 15787 <ul> 15788 <li>Add ability to resume uploads (Cenk Alti)</li> 15789 </ul></li> 15790 <li>S3 15791 <ul> 15792 <li>Fix signature v2_auth headers (Anthony Rusdi)</li> 15793 <li>Fix encoding for control characters (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15794 <li>Only ask for URL encoded directory listings if we need them on Ceph (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15795 <li>Add option for multipart failiure behaviour (Aleksandar Jankovic)</li> 15796 <li>Support for multipart copy (庄天翼)</li> 15797 <li>Fix nil pointer reference if no metadata returned for object (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15798 </ul></li> 15799 <li>SFTP 15800 <ul> 15801 <li>Fix <code>--sftp-ask-password</code> trying to contact the ssh agent (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15802 <li>Fix hashes of files with backslashes (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15803 <li>Include more ciphers with <code>--sftp-use-insecure-cipher</code> (Carlos Ferreyra)</li> 15804 </ul></li> 15805 <li>WebDAV 15806 <ul> 15807 <li>Parse and return Sharepoint error response (Henning Surmeier)</li> 15808 </ul></li> 15809 </ul> 15810 <h2 id="v1.49.5---2019-10-05">v1.49.5 - 2019-10-05</h2> 15811 <ul> 15812 <li>Bug Fixes 15813 <ul> 15814 <li>Revert back to go1.12.x for the v1.49.x builds as go1.13.x was causing issues (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15815 <li>Fix rpm packages by using master builds of nfpm (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15816 <li>Fix macOS build after brew changes (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15817 </ul></li> 15818 </ul> 15819 <h2 id="v1.49.4---2019-09-29">v1.49.4 - 2019-09-29</h2> 15820 <ul> 15821 <li>Bug Fixes 15822 <ul> 15823 <li>cmd/rcd: Address ZipSlip vulnerability (Richard Patel)</li> 15824 <li>accounting: Fix file handle leak on errors (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15825 <li>oauthutil: Fix security problem when running with two users on the same machine (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15826 </ul></li> 15827 <li>FTP 15828 <ul> 15829 <li>Fix listing of an empty root returning: error dir not found (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15830 </ul></li> 15831 <li>S3 15832 <ul> 15833 <li>Fix SetModTime on GLACIER/ARCHIVE objects and implement set/get tier (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15834 </ul></li> 15835 </ul> 15836 <h2 id="v1.49.3---2019-09-15">v1.49.3 - 2019-09-15</h2> 15837 <ul> 15838 <li>Bug Fixes 15839 <ul> 15840 <li>accounting 15841 <ul> 15842 <li>Fix total duration calculation (Aleksandar Jankovic)</li> 15843 <li>Fix “file already closed” on transfer retries (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15844 </ul></li> 15845 </ul></li> 15846 </ul> 15847 <h2 id="v1.49.2---2019-09-08">v1.49.2 - 2019-09-08</h2> 15848 <ul> 15849 <li>New Features 15850 <ul> 15851 <li>build: Add Docker workflow support (Alfonso Montero)</li> 15852 </ul></li> 15853 <li>Bug Fixes 15854 <ul> 15855 <li>accounting: Fix locking in Transfer to avoid deadlock with <code>--progress</code> (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15856 <li>docs: Fix template argument for mktemp in install.sh (Cnly)</li> 15857 <li>operations: Fix <code>-u</code>/<code>--update</code> with google photos / files of unknown size (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15858 <li>rc: Fix docs for config/create /update /password (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15859 </ul></li> 15860 <li>Google Cloud Storage 15861 <ul> 15862 <li>Fix need for elevated permissions on SetModTime (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15863 </ul></li> 15864 </ul> 15865 <h2 id="v1.49.1---2019-08-28">v1.49.1 - 2019-08-28</h2> 15866 <ul> 15867 <li>Bug Fixes 15868 <ul> 15869 <li>config: Fix generated passwords being stored as empty password (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15870 <li>rcd: Added missing parameter for web-gui info logs. (Chaitanya)</li> 15871 </ul></li> 15872 <li>Googlephotos 15873 <ul> 15874 <li>Fix crash on error response (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15875 </ul></li> 15876 <li>Onedrive 15877 <ul> 15878 <li>Fix crash on error response (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15879 </ul></li> 15880 </ul> 15881 <h2 id="v1.49.0---2019-08-26">v1.49.0 - 2019-08-26</h2> 15882 <ul> 15883 <li>New backends 15884 <ul> 15885 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/fichier/">1fichier</a> (Laura Hausmann)</li> 15886 <li><a href="/googlephotos">Google Photos</a> (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15887 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/putio/">Putio</a> (Cenk Alti)</li> 15888 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/premiumizeme/">premiumize.me</a> (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15889 </ul></li> 15890 <li>New Features 15891 <ul> 15892 <li>Experimental <a href="https://rclone.org/gui/">web GUI</a> (Chaitanya Bankanhal)</li> 15893 <li>Implement <code>--compare-dest</code> & <code>--copy-dest</code> (yparitcher)</li> 15894 <li>Implement <code>--suffix</code> without <code>--backup-dir</code> for backup to current dir (yparitcher)</li> 15895 <li><code>config reconnect</code> to re-login (re-run the oauth login) for the backend. (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15896 <li><code>config userinfo</code> to discover which user you are logged in as. (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15897 <li><code>config disconnect</code> to disconnect you (log out) from the backend. (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15898 <li>Add <code>--use-json-log</code> for JSON logging (justinalin)</li> 15899 <li>Add context propagation to rclone (Aleksandar Jankovic)</li> 15900 <li>Reworking internal statistics interfaces so they work with rc jobs (Aleksandar Jankovic)</li> 15901 <li>Add Higher units for ETA (AbelThar)</li> 15902 <li>Update rclone logos to new design (Andreas Chlupka)</li> 15903 <li>hash: Add CRC-32 support (Cenk Alti)</li> 15904 <li>help showbackend: Fixed advanced option category when there are no standard options (buengese)</li> 15905 <li>ncdu: Display/Copy to Clipboard Current Path (Gary Kim)</li> 15906 <li>operations: 15907 <ul> 15908 <li>Run hashing operations in parallel (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15909 <li>Don’t calculate checksums when using <code>--ignore-checksum</code> (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15910 <li>Check transfer hashes when using <code>--size-only</code> mode (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15911 <li>Disable multi thread copy for local to local copies (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15912 <li>Debug successful hashes as well as failures (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15913 </ul></li> 15914 <li>rc 15915 <ul> 15916 <li>Add ability to stop async jobs (Aleksandar Jankovic)</li> 15917 <li>Return current settings if core/bwlimit called without parameters (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15918 <li>Rclone-WebUI integration with rclone (Chaitanya Bankanhal)</li> 15919 <li>Added command line parameter to control the cross origin resource sharing (CORS) in the rcd. (Security Improvement) (Chaitanya Bankanhal)</li> 15920 <li>Add anchor tags to the docs so links are consistent (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15921 <li>Remove _async key from input parameters after parsing so later operations won’t get confused (buengese)</li> 15922 <li>Add call to clear stats (Aleksandar Jankovic)</li> 15923 </ul></li> 15924 <li>rcd 15925 <ul> 15926 <li>Auto-login for web-gui (Chaitanya Bankanhal)</li> 15927 <li>Implement <code>--baseurl</code> for rcd and web-gui (Chaitanya Bankanhal)</li> 15928 </ul></li> 15929 <li>serve dlna 15930 <ul> 15931 <li>Only select interfaces which can multicast for SSDP (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15932 <li>Add more builtin mime types to cover standard audio/video (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15933 <li>Fix missing mime types on Android causing missing videos (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15934 </ul></li> 15935 <li>serve ftp 15936 <ul> 15937 <li>Refactor to bring into line with other serve commands (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15938 <li>Implement <code>--auth-proxy</code> (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15939 </ul></li> 15940 <li>serve http: Implement <code>--baseurl</code> (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15941 <li>serve restic: Implement <code>--baseurl</code> (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15942 <li>serve sftp 15943 <ul> 15944 <li>Implement auth proxy (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15945 <li>Fix detection of whether server is authorized (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15946 </ul></li> 15947 <li>serve webdav 15948 <ul> 15949 <li>Implement <code>--baseurl</code> (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15950 <li>Support <code>--auth-proxy</code> (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15951 </ul></li> 15952 </ul></li> 15953 <li>Bug Fixes 15954 <ul> 15955 <li>Make “bad record MAC” a retriable error (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15956 <li>copyurl: Fix copying files that return HTTP errors (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15957 <li>march: Fix checking sub-directories when using <code>--no-traverse</code> (buengese)</li> 15958 <li>rc 15959 <ul> 15960 <li>Fix unmarshalable http.AuthFn in options and put in test for marshalability (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15961 <li>Move job expire flags to rc to fix initalization problem (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15962 <li>Fix <code>--loopback</code> with rc/list and others (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15963 </ul></li> 15964 <li>rcat: Fix slowdown on systems with multiple hashes (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15965 <li>rcd: Fix permissions problems on cache directory with web gui download (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15966 </ul></li> 15967 <li>Mount 15968 <ul> 15969 <li>Default <code>--deamon-timout</code> to 15 minutes on macOS and FreeBSD (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15970 <li>Update docs to show mounting from root OK for bucket based (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15971 <li>Remove nonseekable flag from write files (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15972 </ul></li> 15973 <li>VFS 15974 <ul> 15975 <li>Make write without cache more efficient (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15976 <li>Fix <code>--vfs-cache-mode minimal</code> and <code>writes</code> ignoring cached files (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15977 </ul></li> 15978 <li>Local 15979 <ul> 15980 <li>Add <code>--local-case-sensitive</code> and <code>--local-case-insensitive</code> (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15981 <li>Avoid polluting page cache when uploading local files to remote backends (Michał Matczuk)</li> 15982 <li>Don’t calculate any hashes by default (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15983 <li>Fadvise run syscall on a dedicated go routine (Michał Matczuk)</li> 15984 </ul></li> 15985 <li>Azure Blob 15986 <ul> 15987 <li>Azure Storage Emulator support (Sandeep)</li> 15988 <li>Updated config help details to remove connection string references (Sandeep)</li> 15989 <li>Make all operations work from the root (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15990 </ul></li> 15991 <li>B2 15992 <ul> 15993 <li>Implement link sharing (yparitcher)</li> 15994 <li>Enable server side copy to copy between buckets (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15995 <li>Make all operations work from the root (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 15996 </ul></li> 15997 <li>Drive 15998 <ul> 15999 <li>Fix server side copy of big files (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16000 <li>Update API for teamdrive use (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16001 <li>Add error for purge with <code>--drive-trashed-only</code> (ginvine)</li> 16002 </ul></li> 16003 <li>Fichier 16004 <ul> 16005 <li>Make FolderID int and adjust related code (buengese)</li> 16006 </ul></li> 16007 <li>Google Cloud Storage 16008 <ul> 16009 <li>Reduce oauth scope requested as suggested by Google (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16010 <li>Make all operations work from the root (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16011 </ul></li> 16012 <li>HTTP 16013 <ul> 16014 <li>Add <code>--http-headers</code> flag for setting arbitrary headers (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16015 </ul></li> 16016 <li>Jottacloud 16017 <ul> 16018 <li>Use new api for retrieving internal username (buengese)</li> 16019 <li>Refactor configuration and minor cleanup (buengese)</li> 16020 </ul></li> 16021 <li>Koofr 16022 <ul> 16023 <li>Support setting modification times on Koofr backend. (jaKa)</li> 16024 </ul></li> 16025 <li>Opendrive 16026 <ul> 16027 <li>Refactor to use existing lib/rest facilities for uploads (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16028 </ul></li> 16029 <li>Qingstor 16030 <ul> 16031 <li>Upgrade to v3 SDK and fix listing loop (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16032 <li>Make all operations work from the root (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16033 </ul></li> 16034 <li>S3 16035 <ul> 16036 <li>Add INTELLIGENT_TIERING storage class (Matti Niemenmaa)</li> 16037 <li>Make all operations work from the root (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16038 </ul></li> 16039 <li>SFTP 16040 <ul> 16041 <li>Add missing interface check and fix About (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16042 <li>Completely ignore all modtime checks if SetModTime=false (Jon Fautley)</li> 16043 <li>Support md5/sha1 with rsync.net (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16044 <li>Save the md5/sha1 command in use to the config file for efficiency (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16045 <li>Opt-in support for diffie-hellman-group-exchange-sha256 diffie-hellman-group-exchange-sha1 (Yi FU)</li> 16046 </ul></li> 16047 <li>Swift 16048 <ul> 16049 <li>Use FixRangeOption to fix 0 length files via the VFS (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16050 <li>Fix upload when using no_chunk to return the correct size (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16051 <li>Make all operations work from the root (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16052 <li>Fix segments leak during failed large file uploads. (nguyenhuuluan434)</li> 16053 </ul></li> 16054 <li>WebDAV 16055 <ul> 16056 <li>Add <code>--webdav-bearer-token-command</code> (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16057 <li>Refresh token when it expires with <code>--webdav-bearer-token-command</code> (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16058 <li>Add docs for using bearer_token_command with oidc-agent (Paul Millar)</li> 16059 </ul></li> 16060 </ul> 16061 <h2 id="v1.48.0---2019-06-15">v1.48.0 - 2019-06-15</h2> 16062 <ul> 16063 <li>New commands 16064 <ul> 16065 <li>serve sftp: Serve an rclone remote over SFTP (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16066 </ul></li> 16067 <li>New Features 16068 <ul> 16069 <li>Multi threaded downloads to local storage (Nick Craig-Wood) 16070 <ul> 16071 <li>controlled with <code>--multi-thread-cutoff</code> and <code>--multi-thread-streams</code></li> 16072 </ul></li> 16073 <li>Use rclone.conf from rclone executable directory to enable portable use (albertony)</li> 16074 <li>Allow sync of a file and a directory with the same name (forgems) 16075 <ul> 16076 <li>this is common on bucket based remotes, eg s3, gcs</li> 16077 </ul></li> 16078 <li>Add <code>--ignore-case-sync</code> for forced case insensitivity (garry415)</li> 16079 <li>Implement <code>--stats-one-line-date</code> and <code>--stats-one-line-date-format</code> (Peter Berbec)</li> 16080 <li>Log an ERROR for all commands which exit with non-zero status (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16081 <li>Use go-homedir to read the home directory more reliably (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16082 <li>Enable creating encrypted config through external script invocation (Wojciech Smigielski)</li> 16083 <li>build: Drop support for go1.8 (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16084 <li>config: Make config create/update encrypt passwords where necessary (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16085 <li>copyurl: Honor <code>--no-check-certificate</code> (Stefan Breunig)</li> 16086 <li>install: Linux skip man pages if no mandb (didil)</li> 16087 <li>lsf: Support showing the Tier of the object (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16088 <li>lsjson 16089 <ul> 16090 <li>Added EncryptedPath to output (calisro)</li> 16091 <li>Support showing the Tier of the object (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16092 <li>Add IsBucket field for bucket based remote listing of the root (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16093 </ul></li> 16094 <li>rc 16095 <ul> 16096 <li>Add <code>--loopback</code> flag to run commands directly without a server (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16097 <li>Add operations/fsinfo: Return information about the remote (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16098 <li>Skip auth for OPTIONS request (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16099 <li>cmd/providers: Add DefaultStr, ValueStr and Type fields (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16100 <li>jobs: Make job expiry timeouts configurable (Aleksandar Jankovic)</li> 16101 </ul></li> 16102 <li>serve dlna reworked and improved (Dan Walters)</li> 16103 <li>serve ftp: add <code>--ftp-public-ip</code> flag to specify public IP (calistri)</li> 16104 <li>serve restic: Add support for <code>--private-repos</code> in <code>serve restic</code> (Florian Apolloner)</li> 16105 <li>serve webdav: Combine serve webdav and serve http (Gary Kim)</li> 16106 <li>size: Ignore negative sizes when calculating total (Garry McNulty)</li> 16107 </ul></li> 16108 <li>Bug Fixes 16109 <ul> 16110 <li>Make move and copy individual files obey <code>--backup-dir</code> (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16111 <li>If <code>--ignore-checksum</code> is in effect, don’t calculate checksum (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16112 <li>moveto: Fix case-insensitive same remote move (Gary Kim)</li> 16113 <li>rc: Fix serving bucket based objects with <code>--rc-serve</code> (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16114 <li>serve webdav: Fix serveDir not being updated with changes from webdav (Gary Kim)</li> 16115 </ul></li> 16116 <li>Mount 16117 <ul> 16118 <li>Fix poll interval documentation (Animosity022)</li> 16119 </ul></li> 16120 <li>VFS 16121 <ul> 16122 <li>Make WriteAt for non cached files work with non-sequential writes (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16123 </ul></li> 16124 <li>Local 16125 <ul> 16126 <li>Only calculate the required hashes for big speedup (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16127 <li>Log errors when listing instead of returning an error (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16128 <li>Fix preallocate warning on Linux with ZFS (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16129 </ul></li> 16130 <li>Crypt 16131 <ul> 16132 <li>Make rclone dedupe work through crypt (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16133 <li>Fix wrapping of ChangeNotify to decrypt directories properly (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16134 <li>Support PublicLink (rclone link) of underlying backend (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16135 <li>Implement Optional methods SetTier, GetTier (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16136 </ul></li> 16137 <li>B2 16138 <ul> 16139 <li>Implement server side copy (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16140 <li>Implement SetModTime (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16141 </ul></li> 16142 <li>Drive 16143 <ul> 16144 <li>Fix move and copy from TeamDrive to GDrive (Fionera)</li> 16145 <li>Add notes that cleanup works in the background on drive (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16146 <li>Add <code>--drive-server-side-across-configs</code> to default back to old server side copy semantics by default (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16147 <li>Add <code>--drive-size-as-quota</code> to show storage quota usage for file size (Garry McNulty)</li> 16148 </ul></li> 16149 <li>FTP 16150 <ul> 16151 <li>Add FTP List timeout (Jeff Quinn)</li> 16152 <li>Add FTP over TLS support (Gary Kim)</li> 16153 <li>Add <code>--ftp-no-check-certificate</code> option for FTPS (Gary Kim)</li> 16154 </ul></li> 16155 <li>Google Cloud Storage 16156 <ul> 16157 <li>Fix upload errors when uploading pre 1970 files (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16158 </ul></li> 16159 <li>Jottacloud 16160 <ul> 16161 <li>Add support for selecting device and mountpoint. (buengese)</li> 16162 </ul></li> 16163 <li>Mega 16164 <ul> 16165 <li>Add cleanup support (Gary Kim)</li> 16166 </ul></li> 16167 <li>Onedrive 16168 <ul> 16169 <li>More accurately check if root is found (Cnly)</li> 16170 </ul></li> 16171 <li>S3 16172 <ul> 16173 <li>Suppport S3 Accelerated endpoints with <code>--s3-use-accelerate-endpoint</code> (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16174 <li>Add config info for Wasabi’s EU Central endpoint (Robert Marko)</li> 16175 <li>Make SetModTime work for GLACIER while syncing (Philip Harvey)</li> 16176 </ul></li> 16177 <li>SFTP 16178 <ul> 16179 <li>Add About support (Gary Kim)</li> 16180 <li>Fix about parsing of <code>df</code> results so it can cope with -ve results (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16181 <li>Send custom client version and debug server version (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16182 </ul></li> 16183 <li>WebDAV 16184 <ul> 16185 <li>Retry on 423 Locked errors (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16186 </ul></li> 16187 </ul> 16188 <h2 id="v1.47.0---2019-04-13">v1.47.0 - 2019-04-13</h2> 16189 <ul> 16190 <li>New backends 16191 <ul> 16192 <li>Backend for Koofr cloud storage service. (jaKa)</li> 16193 </ul></li> 16194 <li>New Features 16195 <ul> 16196 <li>Resume downloads if the reader fails in copy (Nick Craig-Wood) 16197 <ul> 16198 <li>this means rclone will restart transfers if the source has an error</li> 16199 <li>this is most useful for downloads or cloud to cloud copies</li> 16200 </ul></li> 16201 <li>Use <code>--fast-list</code> for listing operations where it won’t use more memory (Nick Craig-Wood) 16202 <ul> 16203 <li>this should speed up the following operations on remotes which support <code>ListR</code></li> 16204 <li><code>dedupe</code>, <code>serve restic</code> <code>lsf</code>, <code>ls</code>, <code>lsl</code>, <code>lsjson</code>, <code>lsd</code>, <code>md5sum</code>, <code>sha1sum</code>, <code>hashsum</code>, <code>size</code>, <code>delete</code>, <code>cat</code>, <code>settier</code></li> 16205 <li>use <code>--disable ListR</code> to get old behaviour if required</li> 16206 </ul></li> 16207 <li>Make <code>--files-from</code> traverse the destination unless <code>--no-traverse</code> is set (Nick Craig-Wood) 16208 <ul> 16209 <li>this fixes <code>--files-from</code> with Google drive and excessive API use in general.</li> 16210 </ul></li> 16211 <li>Make server side copy account bytes and obey <code>--max-transfer</code> (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16212 <li>Add <code>--create-empty-src-dirs</code> flag and default to not creating empty dirs (ishuah)</li> 16213 <li>Add client side TLS/SSL flags <code>--ca-cert</code>/<code>--client-cert</code>/<code>--client-key</code> (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16214 <li>Implement <code>--suffix-keep-extension</code> for use with <code>--suffix</code> (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16215 <li>build: 16216 <ul> 16217 <li>Switch to semvar compliant version tags to be go modules compliant (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16218 <li>Update to use go1.12.x for the build (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16219 </ul></li> 16220 <li>serve dlna: Add connection manager service description to improve compatibility (Dan Walters)</li> 16221 <li>lsf: Add ‘e’ format to show encrypted names and ‘o’ for original IDs (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16222 <li>lsjson: Added <code>--files-only</code> and <code>--dirs-only</code> flags (calistri)</li> 16223 <li>rc: Implement operations/publiclink the equivalent of <code>rclone link</code> (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16224 </ul></li> 16225 <li>Bug Fixes 16226 <ul> 16227 <li>accounting: Fix total ETA when <code>--stats-unit bits</code> is in effect (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16228 <li>Bash TAB completion 16229 <ul> 16230 <li>Use private custom func to fix clash between rclone and kubectl (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16231 <li>Fix for remotes with underscores in their names (Six)</li> 16232 <li>Fix completion of remotes (Florian Gamböck)</li> 16233 <li>Fix autocompletion of remote paths with spaces (Danil Semelenov)</li> 16234 </ul></li> 16235 <li>serve dlna: Fix root XML service descriptor (Dan Walters)</li> 16236 <li>ncdu: Fix display corruption with Chinese characters (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16237 <li>Add SIGTERM to signals which run the exit handlers on unix (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16238 <li>rc: Reload filter when the options are set via the rc (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16239 </ul></li> 16240 <li>VFS / Mount 16241 <ul> 16242 <li>Fix FreeBSD: Ignore Truncate if called with no readers and already the correct size (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16243 <li>Read directory and check for a file before mkdir (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16244 <li>Shorten the locking window for vfs/refresh (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16245 </ul></li> 16246 <li>Azure Blob 16247 <ul> 16248 <li>Enable MD5 checksums when uploading files bigger than the “Cutoff” (Dr.Rx)</li> 16249 <li>Fix SAS URL support (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16250 </ul></li> 16251 <li>B2 16252 <ul> 16253 <li>Allow manual configuration of backblaze downloadUrl (Vince)</li> 16254 <li>Ignore already_hidden error on remove (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16255 <li>Ignore malformed <code>src_last_modified_millis</code> (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16256 </ul></li> 16257 <li>Drive 16258 <ul> 16259 <li>Add <code>--skip-checksum-gphotos</code> to ignore incorrect checksums on Google Photos (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16260 <li>Allow server side move/copy between different remotes. (Fionera)</li> 16261 <li>Add docs on team drives and <code>--fast-list</code> eventual consistency (Nestar47)</li> 16262 <li>Fix imports of text files (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16263 <li>Fix range requests on 0 length files (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16264 <li>Fix creation of duplicates with server side copy (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16265 </ul></li> 16266 <li>Dropbox 16267 <ul> 16268 <li>Retry blank errors to fix long listings (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16269 </ul></li> 16270 <li>FTP 16271 <ul> 16272 <li>Add <code>--ftp-concurrency</code> to limit maximum number of connections (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16273 </ul></li> 16274 <li>Google Cloud Storage 16275 <ul> 16276 <li>Fall back to default application credentials (marcintustin)</li> 16277 <li>Allow bucket policy only buckets (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16278 </ul></li> 16279 <li>HTTP 16280 <ul> 16281 <li>Add <code>--http-no-slash</code> for websites with directories with no slashes (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16282 <li>Remove duplicates from listings (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16283 <li>Fix socket leak on 404 errors (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16284 </ul></li> 16285 <li>Jottacloud 16286 <ul> 16287 <li>Fix token refresh (Sebastian Bünger)</li> 16288 <li>Add device registration (Oliver Heyme)</li> 16289 </ul></li> 16290 <li>Onedrive 16291 <ul> 16292 <li>Implement graceful cancel of multipart uploads if rclone is interrupted (Cnly)</li> 16293 <li>Always add trailing colon to path when addressing items, (Cnly)</li> 16294 <li>Return errors instead of panic for invalid uploads (Fabian Möller)</li> 16295 </ul></li> 16296 <li>S3 16297 <ul> 16298 <li>Add support for “Glacier Deep Archive” storage class (Manu)</li> 16299 <li>Update Dreamhost endpoint (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16300 <li>Note incompatibility with CEPH Jewel (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16301 </ul></li> 16302 <li>SFTP 16303 <ul> 16304 <li>Allow custom ssh client config (Alexandru Bumbacea)</li> 16305 </ul></li> 16306 <li>Swift 16307 <ul> 16308 <li>Obey Retry-After to enable OVH restore from cold storage (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16309 <li>Work around token expiry on CEPH (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16310 </ul></li> 16311 <li>WebDAV 16312 <ul> 16313 <li>Allow IsCollection property to be integer or boolean (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16314 <li>Fix race when creating directories (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16315 <li>Fix About/df when reading the available/total returns 0 (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16316 </ul></li> 16317 </ul> 16318 <h2 id="v1.46---2019-02-09">v1.46 - 2019-02-09</h2> 16319 <ul> 16320 <li>New backends 16321 <ul> 16322 <li>Support Alibaba Cloud (Aliyun) OSS via the s3 backend (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16323 </ul></li> 16324 <li>New commands 16325 <ul> 16326 <li>serve dlna: serves a remove via DLNA for the local network (nicolov)</li> 16327 </ul></li> 16328 <li>New Features 16329 <ul> 16330 <li>copy, move: Restore deprecated <code>--no-traverse</code> flag (Nick Craig-Wood) 16331 <ul> 16332 <li>This is useful for when transferring a small number of files into a large destination</li> 16333 </ul></li> 16334 <li>genautocomplete: Add remote path completion for bash completion (Christopher Peterson & Danil Semelenov)</li> 16335 <li>Buffer memory handling reworked to return memory to the OS better (Nick Craig-Wood) 16336 <ul> 16337 <li>Buffer recycling library to replace sync.Pool</li> 16338 <li>Optionally use memory mapped memory for better memory shrinking</li> 16339 <li>Enable with <code>--use-mmap</code> if having memory problems - not default yet</li> 16340 </ul></li> 16341 <li>Parallelise reading of files specified by <code>--files-from</code> (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16342 <li>check: Add stats showing total files matched. (Dario Guzik)</li> 16343 <li>Allow rename/delete open files under Windows (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16344 <li>lsjson: Use exactly the correct number of decimal places in the seconds (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16345 <li>Add cookie support with cmdline switch <code>--use-cookies</code> for all HTTP based remotes (qip)</li> 16346 <li>Warn if <code>--checksum</code> is set but there are no hashes available (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16347 <li>Rework rate limiting (pacer) to be more accurate and allow bursting (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16348 <li>Improve error reporting for too many/few arguments in commands (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16349 <li>listremotes: Remove <code>-l</code> short flag as it conflicts with the new global flag (weetmuts)</li> 16350 <li>Make http serving with auth generate INFO messages on auth fail (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16351 </ul></li> 16352 <li>Bug Fixes 16353 <ul> 16354 <li>Fix layout of stats (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16355 <li>Fix <code>--progress</code> crash under Windows Jenkins (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16356 <li>Fix transfer of google/onedrive docs by calling Rcat in Copy when size is -1 (Cnly)</li> 16357 <li>copyurl: Fix checking of <code>--dry-run</code> (Denis Skovpen)</li> 16358 </ul></li> 16359 <li>Mount 16360 <ul> 16361 <li>Check that mountpoint and local directory to mount don’t overlap (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16362 <li>Fix mount size under 32 bit Windows (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16363 </ul></li> 16364 <li>VFS 16365 <ul> 16366 <li>Implement renaming of directories for backends without DirMove (Nick Craig-Wood) 16367 <ul> 16368 <li>now all backends except b2 support renaming directories</li> 16369 </ul></li> 16370 <li>Implement <code>--vfs-cache-max-size</code> to limit the total size of the cache (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16371 <li>Add <code>--dir-perms</code> and <code>--file-perms</code> flags to set default permissions (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16372 <li>Fix deadlock on concurrent operations on a directory (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16373 <li>Fix deadlock between RWFileHandle.close and File.Remove (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16374 <li>Fix renaming/deleting open files with cache mode “writes” under Windows (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16375 <li>Fix panic on rename with <code>--dry-run</code> set (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16376 <li>Fix vfs/refresh with recurse=true needing the <code>--fast-list</code> flag</li> 16377 </ul></li> 16378 <li>Local 16379 <ul> 16380 <li>Add support for <code>-l</code>/<code>--links</code> (symbolic link translation) (yair@unicorn) 16381 <ul> 16382 <li>this works by showing links as <code>link.rclonelink</code> - see local backend docs for more info</li> 16383 <li>this errors if used with <code>-L</code>/<code>--copy-links</code></li> 16384 </ul></li> 16385 <li>Fix renaming/deleting open files on Windows (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16386 </ul></li> 16387 <li>Crypt 16388 <ul> 16389 <li>Check for maximum length before decrypting filename to fix panic (Garry McNulty)</li> 16390 </ul></li> 16391 <li>Azure Blob 16392 <ul> 16393 <li>Allow building azureblob backend on *BSD (themylogin)</li> 16394 <li>Use the rclone HTTP client to support <code>--dump headers</code>, <code>--tpslimit</code> etc (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16395 <li>Use the s3 pacer for 0 delay in non error conditions (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16396 <li>Ignore directory markers (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16397 <li>Stop Mkdir attempting to create existing containers (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16398 </ul></li> 16399 <li>B2 16400 <ul> 16401 <li>cleanup: will remove unfinished large files >24hrs old (Garry McNulty)</li> 16402 <li>For a bucket limited application key check the bucket name (Nick Craig-Wood) 16403 <ul> 16404 <li>before this, rclone would use the authorised bucket regardless of what you put on the command line</li> 16405 </ul></li> 16406 <li>Added <code>--b2-disable-checksum</code> flag (Wojciech Smigielski) 16407 <ul> 16408 <li>this enables large files to be uploaded without a SHA-1 hash for speed reasons</li> 16409 </ul></li> 16410 </ul></li> 16411 <li>Drive 16412 <ul> 16413 <li>Set default pacer to 100ms for 10 tps (Nick Craig-Wood) 16414 <ul> 16415 <li>This fits the Google defaults much better and reduces the 403 errors massively</li> 16416 <li>Add <code>--drive-pacer-min-sleep</code> and <code>--drive-pacer-burst</code> to control the pacer</li> 16417 </ul></li> 16418 <li>Improve ChangeNotify support for items with multiple parents (Fabian Möller)</li> 16419 <li>Fix ListR for items with multiple parents - this fixes oddities with <code>vfs/refresh</code> (Fabian Möller)</li> 16420 <li>Fix using <code>--drive-impersonate</code> and appfolders (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16421 <li>Fix google docs in rclone mount for some (not all) applications (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16422 </ul></li> 16423 <li>Dropbox 16424 <ul> 16425 <li>Retry-After support for Dropbox backend (Mathieu Carbou)</li> 16426 </ul></li> 16427 <li>FTP 16428 <ul> 16429 <li>Wait for 60 seconds for a connection to Close then declare it dead (Nick Craig-Wood) 16430 <ul> 16431 <li>helps with indefinite hangs on some FTP servers</li> 16432 </ul></li> 16433 </ul></li> 16434 <li>Google Cloud Storage 16435 <ul> 16436 <li>Update google cloud storage endpoints (weetmuts)</li> 16437 </ul></li> 16438 <li>HTTP 16439 <ul> 16440 <li>Add an example with username and password which is supported but wasn’t documented (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16441 <li>Fix backend with <code>--files-from</code> and non-existent files (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16442 </ul></li> 16443 <li>Hubic 16444 <ul> 16445 <li>Make error message more informative if authentication fails (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16446 </ul></li> 16447 <li>Jottacloud 16448 <ul> 16449 <li>Resume and deduplication support (Oliver Heyme)</li> 16450 <li>Use token auth for all API requests Don’t store password anymore (Sebastian Bünger)</li> 16451 <li>Add support for 2-factor authentification (Sebastian Bünger)</li> 16452 </ul></li> 16453 <li>Mega 16454 <ul> 16455 <li>Implement v2 account login which fixes logins for newer Mega accounts (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16456 <li>Return error if an unknown length file is attempted to be uploaded (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16457 <li>Add new error codes for better error reporting (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16458 </ul></li> 16459 <li>Onedrive 16460 <ul> 16461 <li>Fix broken support for “shared with me” folders (Alex Chen)</li> 16462 <li>Fix root ID not normalised (Cnly)</li> 16463 <li>Return err instead of panic on unknown-sized uploads (Cnly)</li> 16464 </ul></li> 16465 <li>Qingstor 16466 <ul> 16467 <li>Fix go routine leak on multipart upload errors (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16468 <li>Add upload chunk size/concurrency/cutoff control (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16469 <li>Default <code>--qingstor-upload-concurrency</code> to 1 to work around bug (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16470 </ul></li> 16471 <li>S3 16472 <ul> 16473 <li>Implement <code>--s3-upload-cutoff</code> for single part uploads below this (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16474 <li>Change <code>--s3-upload-concurrency</code> default to 4 to increase perfomance (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16475 <li>Add <code>--s3-bucket-acl</code> to control bucket ACL (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16476 <li>Auto detect region for buckets on operation failure (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16477 <li>Add GLACIER storage class (William Cocker)</li> 16478 <li>Add Scaleway to s3 documentation (Rémy Léone)</li> 16479 <li>Add AWS endpoint eu-north-1 (weetmuts)</li> 16480 </ul></li> 16481 <li>SFTP 16482 <ul> 16483 <li>Add support for PEM encrypted private keys (Fabian Möller)</li> 16484 <li>Add option to force the usage of an ssh-agent (Fabian Möller)</li> 16485 <li>Perform environment variable expansion on key-file (Fabian Möller)</li> 16486 <li>Fix rmdir on Windows based servers (eg CrushFTP) (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16487 <li>Fix rmdir deleting directory contents on some SFTP servers (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16488 <li>Fix error on dangling symlinks (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16489 </ul></li> 16490 <li>Swift 16491 <ul> 16492 <li>Add <code>--swift-no-chunk</code> to disable segmented uploads in rcat/mount (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16493 <li>Introduce application credential auth support (kayrus)</li> 16494 <li>Fix memory usage by slimming Object (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16495 <li>Fix extra requests on upload (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16496 <li>Fix reauth on big files (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16497 </ul></li> 16498 <li>Union 16499 <ul> 16500 <li>Fix poll-interval not working (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16501 </ul></li> 16502 <li>WebDAV 16503 <ul> 16504 <li>Support About which means rclone mount will show the correct disk size (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16505 <li>Support MD5 and SHA1 hashes with Owncloud and Nextcloud (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16506 <li>Fail soft on time parsing errors (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16507 <li>Fix infinite loop on failed directory creation (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16508 <li>Fix identification of directories for Bitrix Site Manager (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16509 <li>Fix upload of 0 length files on some servers (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16510 <li>Fix if MKCOL fails with 423 Locked assume the directory exists (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16511 </ul></li> 16512 </ul> 16513 <h2 id="v1.45---2018-11-24">v1.45 - 2018-11-24</h2> 16514 <ul> 16515 <li>New backends 16516 <ul> 16517 <li>The Yandex backend was re-written - see below for details (Sebastian Bünger)</li> 16518 </ul></li> 16519 <li>New commands 16520 <ul> 16521 <li>rcd: New command just to serve the remote control API (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16522 </ul></li> 16523 <li>New Features 16524 <ul> 16525 <li>The remote control API (rc) was greatly expanded to allow full control over rclone (Nick Craig-Wood) 16526 <ul> 16527 <li>sensitive operations require authorization or the <code>--rc-no-auth</code> flag</li> 16528 <li>config/* operations to configure rclone</li> 16529 <li>options/* for reading/setting command line flags</li> 16530 <li>operations/* for all low level operations, eg copy file, list directory</li> 16531 <li>sync/* for sync, copy and move</li> 16532 <li><code>--rc-files</code> flag to serve files on the rc http server 16533 <ul> 16534 <li>this is for building web native GUIs for rclone</li> 16535 </ul></li> 16536 <li>Optionally serving objects on the rc http server</li> 16537 <li>Ensure rclone fails to start up if the <code>--rc</code> port is in use already</li> 16538 <li>See <a href="https://rclone.org/rc/">the rc docs</a> for more info</li> 16539 </ul></li> 16540 <li>sync/copy/move 16541 <ul> 16542 <li>Make <code>--files-from</code> only read the objects specified and don’t scan directories (Nick Craig-Wood) 16543 <ul> 16544 <li>This is a huge speed improvement for destinations with lots of files</li> 16545 </ul></li> 16546 </ul></li> 16547 <li>filter: Add <code>--ignore-case</code> flag (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16548 <li>ncdu: Add remove function (‘d’ key) (Henning Surmeier)</li> 16549 <li>rc command 16550 <ul> 16551 <li>Add <code>--json</code> flag for structured JSON input (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16552 <li>Add <code>--user</code> and <code>--pass</code> flags and interpret <code>--rc-user</code>, <code>--rc-pass</code>, <code>--rc-addr</code> (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16553 </ul></li> 16554 <li>build 16555 <ul> 16556 <li>Require go1.8 or later for compilation (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16557 <li>Enable softfloat on MIPS arch (Scott Edlund)</li> 16558 <li>Integration test framework revamped with a better report and better retries (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16559 </ul></li> 16560 </ul></li> 16561 <li>Bug Fixes 16562 <ul> 16563 <li>cmd: Make <code>--progress</code> update the stats correctly at the end (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16564 <li>config: Create config directory on save if it is missing (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16565 <li>dedupe: Check for existing filename before renaming a dupe file (ssaqua)</li> 16566 <li>move: Don’t create directories with <code>--dry-run</code> (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16567 <li>operations: Fix Purge and Rmdirs when dir is not the root (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16568 <li>serve http/webdav/restic: Ensure rclone exits if the port is in use (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16569 </ul></li> 16570 <li>Mount 16571 <ul> 16572 <li>Make <code>--volname</code> work for Windows and macOS (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16573 </ul></li> 16574 <li>Azure Blob 16575 <ul> 16576 <li>Avoid context deadline exceeded error by setting a large TryTimeout value (brused27)</li> 16577 <li>Fix erroneous Rmdir error “directory not empty” (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16578 <li>Wait for up to 60s to create a just deleted container (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16579 </ul></li> 16580 <li>Dropbox 16581 <ul> 16582 <li>Add dropbox impersonate support (Jake Coggiano)</li> 16583 </ul></li> 16584 <li>Jottacloud 16585 <ul> 16586 <li>Fix bug in <code>--fast-list</code> handing of empty folders (albertony)</li> 16587 </ul></li> 16588 <li>Opendrive 16589 <ul> 16590 <li>Fix transfer of files with <code>+</code> and <code>&</code> in (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16591 <li>Fix retries of upload chunks (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16592 </ul></li> 16593 <li>S3 16594 <ul> 16595 <li>Set ACL for server side copies to that provided by the user (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16596 <li>Fix role_arn, credential_source, … (Erik Swanson)</li> 16597 <li>Add config info for Wasabi’s US-West endpoint (Henry Ptasinski)</li> 16598 </ul></li> 16599 <li>SFTP 16600 <ul> 16601 <li>Ensure file hash checking is really disabled (Jon Fautley)</li> 16602 </ul></li> 16603 <li>Swift 16604 <ul> 16605 <li>Add pacer for retries to make swift more reliable (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16606 </ul></li> 16607 <li>WebDAV 16608 <ul> 16609 <li>Add Content-Type to PUT requests (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16610 <li>Fix config parsing so <code>--webdav-user</code> and <code>--webdav-pass</code> flags work (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16611 <li>Add RFC3339 date format (Ralf Hemberger)</li> 16612 </ul></li> 16613 <li>Yandex 16614 <ul> 16615 <li>The yandex backend was re-written (Sebastian Bünger) 16616 <ul> 16617 <li>This implements low level retries (Sebastian Bünger)</li> 16618 <li>Copy, Move, DirMove, PublicLink and About optional interfaces (Sebastian Bünger)</li> 16619 <li>Improved general error handling (Sebastian Bünger)</li> 16620 <li>Removed ListR for now due to inconsistent behaviour (Sebastian Bünger)</li> 16621 </ul></li> 16622 </ul></li> 16623 </ul> 16624 <h2 id="v1.44---2018-10-15">v1.44 - 2018-10-15</h2> 16625 <ul> 16626 <li>New commands 16627 <ul> 16628 <li>serve ftp: Add ftp server (Antoine GIRARD)</li> 16629 <li>settier: perform storage tier changes on supported remotes (sandeepkru)</li> 16630 </ul></li> 16631 <li>New Features 16632 <ul> 16633 <li>Reworked command line help 16634 <ul> 16635 <li>Make default help less verbose (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16636 <li>Split flags up into global and backend flags (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16637 <li>Implement specialised help for flags and backends (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16638 <li>Show URL of backend help page when starting config (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16639 </ul></li> 16640 <li>stats: Long names now split in center (Joanna Marek)</li> 16641 <li>Add <code>--log-format</code> flag for more control over log output (dcpu)</li> 16642 <li>rc: Add support for OPTIONS and basic CORS (frenos)</li> 16643 <li>stats: show FatalErrors and NoRetryErrors in stats (Cédric Connes)</li> 16644 </ul></li> 16645 <li>Bug Fixes 16646 <ul> 16647 <li>Fix -P not ending with a new line (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16648 <li>config: don’t create default config dir when user supplies <code>--config</code> (albertony)</li> 16649 <li>Don’t print non-ASCII characters with <code>--progress</code> on windows (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16650 <li>Correct logs for excluded items (ssaqua)</li> 16651 </ul></li> 16652 <li>Mount 16653 <ul> 16654 <li>Remove EXPERIMENTAL tags (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16655 </ul></li> 16656 <li>VFS 16657 <ul> 16658 <li>Fix race condition detected by serve ftp tests (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16659 <li>Add vfs/poll-interval rc command (Fabian Möller)</li> 16660 <li>Enable rename for nearly all remotes using server side Move or Copy (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16661 <li>Reduce directory cache cleared by poll-interval (Fabian Möller)</li> 16662 <li>Remove EXPERIMENTAL tags (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16663 </ul></li> 16664 <li>Local 16665 <ul> 16666 <li>Skip bad symlinks in dir listing with -L enabled (Cédric Connes)</li> 16667 <li>Preallocate files on Windows to reduce fragmentation (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16668 <li>Preallocate files on linux with fallocate(2) (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16669 </ul></li> 16670 <li>Cache 16671 <ul> 16672 <li>Add cache/fetch rc function (Fabian Möller)</li> 16673 <li>Fix worker scale down (Fabian Möller)</li> 16674 <li>Improve performance by not sending info requests for cached chunks (dcpu)</li> 16675 <li>Fix error return value of cache/fetch rc method (Fabian Möller)</li> 16676 <li>Documentation fix for cache-chunk-total-size (Anagh Kumar Baranwal)</li> 16677 <li>Preserve leading / in wrapped remote path (Fabian Möller)</li> 16678 <li>Add plex_insecure option to skip certificate validation (Fabian Möller)</li> 16679 <li>Remove entries that no longer exist in the source (dcpu)</li> 16680 </ul></li> 16681 <li>Crypt 16682 <ul> 16683 <li>Preserve leading / in wrapped remote path (Fabian Möller)</li> 16684 </ul></li> 16685 <li>Alias 16686 <ul> 16687 <li>Fix handling of Windows network paths (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16688 </ul></li> 16689 <li>Azure Blob 16690 <ul> 16691 <li>Add <code>--azureblob-list-chunk</code> parameter (Santiago Rodríguez)</li> 16692 <li>Implemented settier command support on azureblob remote. (sandeepkru)</li> 16693 <li>Work around SDK bug which causes errors for chunk-sized files (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16694 </ul></li> 16695 <li>Box 16696 <ul> 16697 <li>Implement link sharing. (Sebastian Bünger)</li> 16698 </ul></li> 16699 <li>Drive 16700 <ul> 16701 <li>Add <code>--drive-import-formats</code> - google docs can now be imported (Fabian Möller) 16702 <ul> 16703 <li>Rewrite mime type and extension handling (Fabian Möller)</li> 16704 <li>Add document links (Fabian Möller)</li> 16705 <li>Add support for multipart document extensions (Fabian Möller)</li> 16706 <li>Add support for apps-script to json export (Fabian Möller)</li> 16707 <li>Fix escaped chars in documents during list (Fabian Möller)</li> 16708 </ul></li> 16709 <li>Add <code>--drive-v2-download-min-size</code> a workaround for slow downloads (Fabian Möller)</li> 16710 <li>Improve directory notifications in ChangeNotify (Fabian Möller)</li> 16711 <li>When listing team drives in config, continue on failure (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16712 </ul></li> 16713 <li>FTP 16714 <ul> 16715 <li>Add a small pause after failed upload before deleting file (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16716 </ul></li> 16717 <li>Google Cloud Storage 16718 <ul> 16719 <li>Fix service_account_file being ignored (Fabian Möller)</li> 16720 </ul></li> 16721 <li>Jottacloud 16722 <ul> 16723 <li>Minor improvement in quota info (omit if unlimited) (albertony)</li> 16724 <li>Add <code>--fast-list</code> support (albertony)</li> 16725 <li>Add permanent delete support: <code>--jottacloud-hard-delete</code> (albertony)</li> 16726 <li>Add link sharing support (albertony)</li> 16727 <li>Fix handling of reserved characters. (Sebastian Bünger)</li> 16728 <li>Fix socket leak on Object.Remove (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16729 </ul></li> 16730 <li>Onedrive 16731 <ul> 16732 <li>Rework to support Microsoft Graph (Cnly) 16733 <ul> 16734 <li><strong>NB</strong> this will require re-authenticating the remote</li> 16735 </ul></li> 16736 <li>Removed upload cutoff and always do session uploads (Oliver Heyme)</li> 16737 <li>Use single-part upload for empty files (Cnly)</li> 16738 <li>Fix new fields not saved when editing old config (Alex Chen)</li> 16739 <li>Fix sometimes special chars in filenames not replaced (Alex Chen)</li> 16740 <li>Ignore OneNote files by default (Alex Chen)</li> 16741 <li>Add link sharing support (jackyzy823)</li> 16742 </ul></li> 16743 <li>S3 16744 <ul> 16745 <li>Use custom pacer, to retry operations when reasonable (Craig Miskell)</li> 16746 <li>Use configured server-side-encryption and storace class options when calling CopyObject() (Paul Kohout)</li> 16747 <li>Make <code>--s3-v2-auth</code> flag (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16748 <li>Fix v2 auth on files with spaces (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16749 </ul></li> 16750 <li>Union 16751 <ul> 16752 <li>Implement union backend which reads from multiple backends (Felix Brucker)</li> 16753 <li>Implement optional interfaces (Move, DirMove, Copy etc) (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16754 <li>Fix ChangeNotify to support multiple remotes (Fabian Möller)</li> 16755 <li>Fix <code>--backup-dir</code> on union backend (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16756 </ul></li> 16757 <li>WebDAV 16758 <ul> 16759 <li>Add another time format (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16760 <li>Add a small pause after failed upload before deleting file (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16761 <li>Add workaround for missing mtime (buergi)</li> 16762 <li>Sharepoint: Renew cookies after 12hrs (Henning Surmeier)</li> 16763 </ul></li> 16764 <li>Yandex 16765 <ul> 16766 <li>Remove redundant nil checks (teresy)</li> 16767 </ul></li> 16768 </ul> 16769 <h2 id="v1.43.1---2018-09-07">v1.43.1 - 2018-09-07</h2> 16770 <p>Point release to fix hubic and azureblob backends.</p> 16771 <ul> 16772 <li>Bug Fixes 16773 <ul> 16774 <li>ncdu: Return error instead of log.Fatal in Show (Fabian Möller)</li> 16775 <li>cmd: Fix crash with <code>--progress</code> and <code>--stats 0</code> (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16776 <li>docs: Tidy website display (Anagh Kumar Baranwal)</li> 16777 </ul></li> 16778 <li>Azure Blob: 16779 <ul> 16780 <li>Fix multi-part uploads. (sandeepkru)</li> 16781 </ul></li> 16782 <li>Hubic 16783 <ul> 16784 <li>Fix uploads (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16785 <li>Retry auth fetching if it fails to make hubic more reliable (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16786 </ul></li> 16787 </ul> 16788 <h2 id="v1.43---2018-09-01">v1.43 - 2018-09-01</h2> 16789 <ul> 16790 <li>New backends 16791 <ul> 16792 <li>Jottacloud (Sebastian Bünger)</li> 16793 </ul></li> 16794 <li>New commands 16795 <ul> 16796 <li>copyurl: copies a URL to a remote (Denis)</li> 16797 </ul></li> 16798 <li>New Features 16799 <ul> 16800 <li>Reworked config for backends (Nick Craig-Wood) 16801 <ul> 16802 <li>All backend config can now be supplied by command line, env var or config file</li> 16803 <li>Advanced section in the config wizard for the optional items</li> 16804 <li>A large step towards rclone backends being usable in other go software</li> 16805 <li>Allow on the fly remotes with :backend: syntax</li> 16806 </ul></li> 16807 <li>Stats revamp 16808 <ul> 16809 <li>Add <code>--progress</code>/<code>-P</code> flag to show interactive progress (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16810 <li>Show the total progress of the sync in the stats (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16811 <li>Add <code>--stats-one-line</code> flag for single line stats (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16812 </ul></li> 16813 <li>Added weekday schedule into <code>--bwlimit</code> (Mateusz)</li> 16814 <li>lsjson: Add option to show the original object IDs (Fabian Möller)</li> 16815 <li>serve webdav: Make Content-Type without reading the file and add <code>--etag-hash</code> (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16816 <li>build 16817 <ul> 16818 <li>Build macOS with native compiler (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16819 <li>Update to use go1.11 for the build (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16820 </ul></li> 16821 <li>rc 16822 <ul> 16823 <li>Added core/stats to return the stats (reddi1)</li> 16824 </ul></li> 16825 <li><code>version --check</code>: Prints the current release and beta versions (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16826 </ul></li> 16827 <li>Bug Fixes 16828 <ul> 16829 <li>accounting 16830 <ul> 16831 <li>Fix time to completion estimates (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16832 <li>Fix moving average speed for file stats (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16833 </ul></li> 16834 <li>config: Fix error reading password from piped input (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16835 <li>move: Fix <code>--delete-empty-src-dirs</code> flag to delete all empty dirs on move (ishuah)</li> 16836 </ul></li> 16837 <li>Mount 16838 <ul> 16839 <li>Implement <code>--daemon-timeout</code> flag for OSXFUSE (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16840 <li>Fix mount <code>--daemon</code> not working with encrypted config (Alex Chen)</li> 16841 <li>Clip the number of blocks to 2^32-1 on macOS - fixes borg backup (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16842 </ul></li> 16843 <li>VFS 16844 <ul> 16845 <li>Enable vfs-read-chunk-size by default (Fabian Möller)</li> 16846 <li>Add the vfs/refresh rc command (Fabian Möller)</li> 16847 <li>Add non recursive mode to vfs/refresh rc command (Fabian Möller)</li> 16848 <li>Try to seek buffer on read only files (Fabian Möller)</li> 16849 </ul></li> 16850 <li>Local 16851 <ul> 16852 <li>Fix crash when deprecated <code>--local-no-unicode-normalization</code> is supplied (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16853 <li>Fix mkdir error when trying to copy files to the root of a drive on windows (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16854 </ul></li> 16855 <li>Cache 16856 <ul> 16857 <li>Fix nil pointer deref when using lsjson on cached directory (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16858 <li>Fix nil pointer deref for occasional crash on playback (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16859 </ul></li> 16860 <li>Crypt 16861 <ul> 16862 <li>Fix accounting when checking hashes on upload (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16863 </ul></li> 16864 <li>Amazon Cloud Drive 16865 <ul> 16866 <li>Make very clear in the docs that rclone has no ACD keys (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16867 </ul></li> 16868 <li>Azure Blob 16869 <ul> 16870 <li>Add connection string and SAS URL auth (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16871 <li>List the container to see if it exists (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16872 <li>Port new Azure Blob Storage SDK (sandeepkru)</li> 16873 <li>Added blob tier, tier between Hot, Cool and Archive. (sandeepkru)</li> 16874 <li>Remove leading / from paths (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16875 </ul></li> 16876 <li>B2 16877 <ul> 16878 <li>Support Application Keys (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16879 <li>Remove leading / from paths (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16880 </ul></li> 16881 <li>Box 16882 <ul> 16883 <li>Fix upload of > 2GB files on 32 bit platforms (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16884 <li>Make <code>--box-commit-retries</code> flag defaulting to 100 to fix large uploads (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16885 </ul></li> 16886 <li>Drive 16887 <ul> 16888 <li>Add <code>--drive-keep-revision-forever</code> flag (lewapm)</li> 16889 <li>Handle gdocs when filtering file names in list (Fabian Möller)</li> 16890 <li>Support using <code>--fast-list</code> for large speedups (Fabian Möller)</li> 16891 </ul></li> 16892 <li>FTP 16893 <ul> 16894 <li>Fix Put mkParentDir failed: 521 for BunnyCDN (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16895 </ul></li> 16896 <li>Google Cloud Storage 16897 <ul> 16898 <li>Fix index out of range error with <code>--fast-list</code> (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16899 </ul></li> 16900 <li>Jottacloud 16901 <ul> 16902 <li>Fix MD5 error check (Oliver Heyme)</li> 16903 <li>Handle empty time values (Martin Polden)</li> 16904 <li>Calculate missing MD5s (Oliver Heyme)</li> 16905 <li>Docs, fixes and tests for MD5 calculation (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16906 <li>Add optional MimeTyper interface. (Sebastian Bünger)</li> 16907 <li>Implement optional About interface (for <code>df</code> support). (Sebastian Bünger)</li> 16908 </ul></li> 16909 <li>Mega 16910 <ul> 16911 <li>Wait for events instead of arbitrary sleeping (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16912 <li>Add <code>--mega-hard-delete</code> flag (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16913 <li>Fix failed logins with upper case chars in email (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16914 </ul></li> 16915 <li>Onedrive 16916 <ul> 16917 <li>Shared folder support (Yoni Jah)</li> 16918 <li>Implement DirMove (Cnly)</li> 16919 <li>Fix rmdir sometimes deleting directories with contents (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16920 </ul></li> 16921 <li>Pcloud 16922 <ul> 16923 <li>Delete half uploaded files on upload error (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16924 </ul></li> 16925 <li>Qingstor 16926 <ul> 16927 <li>Remove leading / from paths (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16928 </ul></li> 16929 <li>S3 16930 <ul> 16931 <li>Fix index out of range error with <code>--fast-list</code> (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16932 <li>Add <code>--s3-force-path-style</code> (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16933 <li>Add support for KMS Key ID (bsteiss)</li> 16934 <li>Remove leading / from paths (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16935 </ul></li> 16936 <li>Swift 16937 <ul> 16938 <li>Add <code>storage_policy</code> (Ruben Vandamme)</li> 16939 <li>Make it so just <code>storage_url</code> or <code>auth_token</code> can be overidden (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16940 <li>Fix server side copy bug for unusal file names (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16941 <li>Remove leading / from paths (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16942 </ul></li> 16943 <li>WebDAV 16944 <ul> 16945 <li>Ensure we call MKCOL with a URL with a trailing / for QNAP interop (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16946 <li>If root ends with / then don’t check if it is a file (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16947 <li>Don’t accept redirects when reading metadata (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16948 <li>Add bearer token (Macaroon) support for dCache (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16949 <li>Document dCache and Macaroons (Onno Zweers)</li> 16950 <li>Sharepoint recursion with different depth (Henning)</li> 16951 <li>Attempt to remove failed uploads (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16952 </ul></li> 16953 <li>Yandex 16954 <ul> 16955 <li>Fix listing/deleting files in the root (Nick Craig-Wood)</li> 16956 </ul></li> 16957 </ul> 16958 <h2 id="v1.42---2018-06-16">v1.42 - 2018-06-16</h2> 16959 <ul> 16960 <li>New backends 16961 <ul> 16962 <li>OpenDrive (Oliver Heyme, Jakub Karlicek, ncw)</li> 16963 </ul></li> 16964 <li>New commands 16965 <ul> 16966 <li>deletefile command (Filip Bartodziej)</li> 16967 </ul></li> 16968 <li>New Features 16969 <ul> 16970 <li>copy, move: Copy single files directly, don’t use <code>--files-from</code> work-around 16971 <ul> 16972 <li>this makes them much more efficient</li> 16973 </ul></li> 16974 <li>Implement <code>--max-transfer</code> flag to quit transferring at a limit 16975 <ul> 16976 <li>make exit code 8 for <code>--max-transfer</code> exceeded</li> 16977 </ul></li> 16978 <li>copy: copy empty source directories to destination (Ishuah Kariuki)</li> 16979 <li>check: Add <code>--one-way</code> flag (Kasper Byrdal Nielsen)</li> 16980 <li>Add siginfo handler for macOS for ctrl-T stats (kubatasiemski)</li> 16981 <li>rc 16982 <ul> 16983 <li>add core/gc to run a garbage collection on demand</li> 16984 <li>enable go profiling by default on the <code>--rc</code> port</li> 16985 <li>return error from remote on failure</li> 16986 </ul></li> 16987 <li>lsf 16988 <ul> 16989 <li>Add <code>--absolute</code> flag to add a leading / onto path names</li> 16990 <li>Add <code>--csv</code> flag for compliant CSV output</li> 16991 <li>Add ‘m’ format specifier to show the MimeType</li> 16992 <li>Implement ‘i’ format for showing object ID</li> 16993 </ul></li> 16994 <li>lsjson 16995 <ul> 16996 <li>Add MimeType to the output</li> 16997 <li>Add ID field to output to show Object ID</li> 16998 </ul></li> 16999 <li>Add <code>--retries-sleep</code> flag (Benjamin Joseph Dag)</li> 17000 <li>Oauth tidy up web page and error handling (Henning Surmeier)</li> 17001 </ul></li> 17002 <li>Bug Fixes 17003 <ul> 17004 <li>Password prompt output with <code>--log-file</code> fixed for unix (Filip Bartodziej)</li> 17005 <li>Calculate ModifyWindow each time on the fly to fix various problems (Stefan Breunig)</li> 17006 </ul></li> 17007 <li>Mount 17008 <ul> 17009 <li>Only print “File.rename error” if there actually is an error (Stefan Breunig)</li> 17010 <li>Delay rename if file has open writers instead of failing outright (Stefan Breunig)</li> 17011 <li>Ensure atexit gets run on interrupt</li> 17012 <li>macOS enhancements 17013 <ul> 17014 <li>Make <code>--noappledouble</code> <code>--noapplexattr</code></li> 17015 <li>Add <code>--volname</code> flag and remove special chars from it</li> 17016 <li>Make Get/List/Set/Remove xattr return ENOSYS for efficiency</li> 17017 <li>Make <code>--daemon</code> work for macOS without CGO</li> 17018 </ul></li> 17019 </ul></li> 17020 <li>VFS 17021 <ul> 17022 <li>Add <code>--vfs-read-chunk-size</code> and <code>--vfs-read-chunk-size-limit</code> (Fabian Möller)</li> 17023 <li>Fix ChangeNotify for new or changed folders (Fabian Möller)</li> 17024 </ul></li> 17025 <li>Local 17026 <ul> 17027 <li>Fix symlink/junction point directory handling under Windows 17028 <ul> 17029 <li><strong>NB</strong> you will need to add <code>-L</code> to your command line to copy files with reparse points</li> 17030 </ul></li> 17031 </ul></li> 17032 <li>Cache 17033 <ul> 17034 <li>Add non cached dirs on notifications (Remus Bunduc)</li> 17035 <li>Allow root to be expired from rc (Remus Bunduc)</li> 17036 <li>Clean remaining empty folders from temp upload path (Remus Bunduc)</li> 17037 <li>Cache lists using batch writes (Remus Bunduc)</li> 17038 <li>Use secure websockets for HTTPS Plex addresses (John Clayton)</li> 17039 <li>Reconnect plex websocket on failures (Remus Bunduc)</li> 17040 <li>Fix panic when running without plex configs (Remus Bunduc)</li> 17041 <li>Fix root folder caching (Remus Bunduc)</li> 17042 </ul></li> 17043 <li>Crypt 17044 <ul> 17045 <li>Check the crypted hash of files when uploading for extra data security</li> 17046 </ul></li> 17047 <li>Dropbox 17048 <ul> 17049 <li>Make Dropbox for business folders accessible using an initial <code>/</code> in the path</li> 17050 </ul></li> 17051 <li>Google Cloud Storage 17052 <ul> 17053 <li>Low level retry all operations if necessary</li> 17054 </ul></li> 17055 <li>Google Drive 17056 <ul> 17057 <li>Add <code>--drive-acknowledge-abuse</code> to download flagged files</li> 17058 <li>Add <code>--drive-alternate-export</code> to fix large doc export</li> 17059 <li>Don’t attempt to choose Team Drives when using rclone config create</li> 17060 <li>Fix change list polling with team drives</li> 17061 <li>Fix ChangeNotify for folders (Fabian Möller)</li> 17062 <li>Fix about (and df on a mount) for team drives</li> 17063 </ul></li> 17064 <li>Onedrive 17065 <ul> 17066 <li>Errorhandler for onedrive for business requests (Henning Surmeier)</li> 17067 </ul></li> 17068 <li>S3 17069 <ul> 17070 <li>Adjust upload concurrency with <code>--s3-upload-concurrency</code> (themylogin)</li> 17071 <li>Fix <code>--s3-chunk-size</code> which was always using the minimum</li> 17072 </ul></li> 17073 <li>SFTP 17074 <ul> 17075 <li>Add <code>--ssh-path-override</code> flag (Piotr Oleszczyk)</li> 17076 <li>Fix slow downloads for long latency connections</li> 17077 </ul></li> 17078 <li>Webdav 17079 <ul> 17080 <li>Add workarounds for biz.mail.ru</li> 17081 <li>Ignore Reason-Phrase in status line to fix 4shared (Rodrigo)</li> 17082 <li>Better error message generation</li> 17083 </ul></li> 17084 </ul> 17085 <h2 id="v1.41---2018-04-28">v1.41 - 2018-04-28</h2> 17086 <ul> 17087 <li>New backends 17088 <ul> 17089 <li>Mega support added</li> 17090 <li>Webdav now supports SharePoint cookie authentication (hensur)</li> 17091 </ul></li> 17092 <li>New commands 17093 <ul> 17094 <li>link: create public link to files and folders (Stefan Breunig)</li> 17095 <li>about: gets quota info from a remote (a-roussos, ncw)</li> 17096 <li>hashsum: a generic tool for any hash to produce md5sum like output</li> 17097 </ul></li> 17098 <li>New Features 17099 <ul> 17100 <li>lsd: Add -R flag and fix and update docs for all ls commands</li> 17101 <li>ncdu: added a “refresh” key - CTRL-L (Keith Goldfarb)</li> 17102 <li>serve restic: Add append-only mode (Steve Kriss)</li> 17103 <li>serve restic: Disallow overwriting files in append-only mode (Alexander Neumann)</li> 17104 <li>serve restic: Print actual listener address (Matt Holt)</li> 17105 <li>size: Add –json flag (Matthew Holt)</li> 17106 <li>sync: implement –ignore-errors (Mateusz Pabian)</li> 17107 <li>dedupe: Add dedupe largest functionality (Richard Yang)</li> 17108 <li>fs: Extend SizeSuffix to include TB and PB for rclone about</li> 17109 <li>fs: add –dump goroutines and –dump openfiles for debugging</li> 17110 <li>rc: implement core/memstats to print internal memory usage info</li> 17111 <li>rc: new call rc/pid (Michael P. Dubner)</li> 17112 </ul></li> 17113 <li>Compile 17114 <ul> 17115 <li>Drop support for go1.6</li> 17116 </ul></li> 17117 <li>Release 17118 <ul> 17119 <li>Fix <code>make tarball</code> (Chih-Hsuan Yen)</li> 17120 </ul></li> 17121 <li>Bug Fixes 17122 <ul> 17123 <li>filter: fix –min-age and –max-age together check</li> 17124 <li>fs: limit MaxIdleConns and MaxIdleConnsPerHost in transport</li> 17125 <li>lsd,lsf: make sure all times we output are in local time</li> 17126 <li>rc: fix setting bwlimit to unlimited</li> 17127 <li>rc: take note of the –rc-addr flag too as per the docs</li> 17128 </ul></li> 17129 <li>Mount 17130 <ul> 17131 <li>Use About to return the correct disk total/used/free (eg in <code>df</code>)</li> 17132 <li>Set <code>--attr-timeout default</code> to <code>1s</code> - fixes: 17133 <ul> 17134 <li>rclone using too much memory</li> 17135 <li>rclone not serving files to samba</li> 17136 <li>excessive time listing directories</li> 17137 </ul></li> 17138 <li>Fix <code>df -i</code> (upstream fix)</li> 17139 </ul></li> 17140 <li>VFS 17141 <ul> 17142 <li>Filter files <code>.</code> and <code>..</code> from directory listing</li> 17143 <li>Only make the VFS cache if –vfs-cache-mode > Off</li> 17144 </ul></li> 17145 <li>Local 17146 <ul> 17147 <li>Add –local-no-check-updated to disable updated file checks</li> 17148 <li>Retry remove on Windows sharing violation error</li> 17149 </ul></li> 17150 <li>Cache 17151 <ul> 17152 <li>Flush the memory cache after close</li> 17153 <li>Purge file data on notification</li> 17154 <li>Always forget parent dir for notifications</li> 17155 <li>Integrate with Plex websocket</li> 17156 <li>Add rc cache/stats (seuffert)</li> 17157 <li>Add info log on notification</li> 17158 </ul></li> 17159 <li>Box 17160 <ul> 17161 <li>Fix failure reading large directories - parse file/directory size as float</li> 17162 </ul></li> 17163 <li>Dropbox 17164 <ul> 17165 <li>Fix crypt+obfuscate on dropbox</li> 17166 <li>Fix repeatedly uploading the same files</li> 17167 </ul></li> 17168 <li>FTP 17169 <ul> 17170 <li>Work around strange response from box FTP server</li> 17171 <li>More workarounds for FTP servers to fix mkParentDir error</li> 17172 <li>Fix no error on listing non-existent directory</li> 17173 </ul></li> 17174 <li>Google Cloud Storage 17175 <ul> 17176 <li>Add service_account_credentials (Matt Holt)</li> 17177 <li>Detect bucket presence by listing it - minimises permissions needed</li> 17178 <li>Ignore zero length directory markers</li> 17179 </ul></li> 17180 <li>Google Drive 17181 <ul> 17182 <li>Add service_account_credentials (Matt Holt)</li> 17183 <li>Fix directory move leaving a hardlinked directory behind</li> 17184 <li>Return proper google errors when Opening files</li> 17185 <li>When initialized with a filepath, optional features used incorrect root path (Stefan Breunig)</li> 17186 </ul></li> 17187 <li>HTTP 17188 <ul> 17189 <li>Fix sync for servers which don’t return Content-Length in HEAD</li> 17190 </ul></li> 17191 <li>Onedrive 17192 <ul> 17193 <li>Add QuickXorHash support for OneDrive for business</li> 17194 <li>Fix socket leak in multipart session upload</li> 17195 </ul></li> 17196 <li>S3 17197 <ul> 17198 <li>Look in S3 named profile files for credentials</li> 17199 <li>Add <code>--s3-disable-checksum</code> to disable checksum uploading (Chris Redekop)</li> 17200 <li>Hierarchical configuration support (Giri Badanahatti)</li> 17201 <li>Add in config for all the supported S3 providers</li> 17202 <li>Add One Zone Infrequent Access storage class (Craig Rachel)</li> 17203 <li>Add –use-server-modtime support (Peter Baumgartner)</li> 17204 <li>Add –s3-chunk-size option to control multipart uploads</li> 17205 <li>Ignore zero length directory markers</li> 17206 </ul></li> 17207 <li>SFTP 17208 <ul> 17209 <li>Update docs to match code, fix typos and clarify disable_hashcheck prompt (Michael G. Noll)</li> 17210 <li>Update docs with Synology quirks</li> 17211 <li>Fail soft with a debug on hash failure</li> 17212 </ul></li> 17213 <li>Swift 17214 <ul> 17215 <li>Add –use-server-modtime support (Peter Baumgartner)</li> 17216 </ul></li> 17217 <li>Webdav 17218 <ul> 17219 <li>Support SharePoint cookie authentication (hensur)</li> 17220 <li>Strip leading and trailing / off root</li> 17221 </ul></li> 17222 </ul> 17223 <h2 id="v1.40---2018-03-19">v1.40 - 2018-03-19</h2> 17224 <ul> 17225 <li>New backends 17226 <ul> 17227 <li>Alias backend to create aliases for existing remote names (Fabian Möller)</li> 17228 </ul></li> 17229 <li>New commands 17230 <ul> 17231 <li><code>lsf</code>: list for parsing purposes (Jakub Tasiemski) 17232 <ul> 17233 <li>by default this is a simple non recursive list of files and directories</li> 17234 <li>it can be configured to add more info in an easy to parse way</li> 17235 </ul></li> 17236 <li><code>serve restic</code>: for serving a remote as a Restic REST endpoint 17237 <ul> 17238 <li>This enables restic to use any backends that rclone can access</li> 17239 <li>Thanks Alexander Neumann for help, patches and review</li> 17240 </ul></li> 17241 <li><code>rc</code>: enable the remote control of a running rclone 17242 <ul> 17243 <li>The running rclone must be started with –rc and related flags.</li> 17244 <li>Currently there is support for bwlimit, and flushing for mount and cache.</li> 17245 </ul></li> 17246 </ul></li> 17247 <li>New Features 17248 <ul> 17249 <li><code>--max-delete</code> flag to add a delete threshold (Bjørn Erik Pedersen)</li> 17250 <li>All backends now support RangeOption for ranged Open 17251 <ul> 17252 <li><code>cat</code>: Use RangeOption for limited fetches to make more efficient</li> 17253 <li><code>cryptcheck</code>: make reading of nonce more efficient with RangeOption</li> 17254 </ul></li> 17255 <li>serve http/webdav/restic 17256 <ul> 17257 <li>support SSL/TLS</li> 17258 <li>add <code>--user</code> <code>--pass</code> and <code>--htpasswd</code> for authentication</li> 17259 </ul></li> 17260 <li><code>copy</code>/<code>move</code>: detect file size change during copy/move and abort transfer (ishuah)</li> 17261 <li><code>cryptdecode</code>: added option to return encrypted file names. (ishuah)</li> 17262 <li><code>lsjson</code>: add <code>--encrypted</code> to show encrypted name (Jakub Tasiemski)</li> 17263 <li>Add <code>--stats-file-name-length</code> to specify the printed file name length for stats (Will Gunn)</li> 17264 </ul></li> 17265 <li>Compile 17266 <ul> 17267 <li>Code base was shuffled and factored 17268 <ul> 17269 <li>backends moved into a backend directory</li> 17270 <li>large packages split up</li> 17271 <li>See the CONTRIBUTING.md doc for info as to what lives where now</li> 17272 </ul></li> 17273 <li>Update to using go1.10 as the default go version</li> 17274 <li>Implement daily <a href="https://pub.rclone.org/integration-tests/">full integration tests</a></li> 17275 </ul></li> 17276 <li>Release 17277 <ul> 17278 <li>Include a source tarball and sign it and the binaries</li> 17279 <li>Sign the git tags as part of the release process</li> 17280 <li>Add .deb and .rpm packages as part of the build</li> 17281 <li>Make a beta release for all branches on the main repo (but not pull requests)</li> 17282 </ul></li> 17283 <li>Bug Fixes 17284 <ul> 17285 <li>config: fixes errors on non existing config by loading config file only on first access</li> 17286 <li>config: retry saving the config after failure (Mateusz)</li> 17287 <li>sync: when using <code>--backup-dir</code> don’t delete files if we can’t set their modtime 17288 <ul> 17289 <li>this fixes odd behaviour with Dropbox and <code>--backup-dir</code></li> 17290 </ul></li> 17291 <li>fshttp: fix idle timeouts for HTTP connections</li> 17292 <li><code>serve http</code>: fix serving files with : in - fixes</li> 17293 <li>Fix <code>--exclude-if-present</code> to ignore directories which it doesn’t have permission for (Iakov Davydov)</li> 17294 <li>Make accounting work properly with crypt and b2</li> 17295 <li>remove <code>--no-traverse</code> flag because it is obsolete</li> 17296 </ul></li> 17297 <li>Mount 17298 <ul> 17299 <li>Add <code>--attr-timeout</code> flag to control attribute caching in kernel 17300 <ul> 17301 <li>this now defaults to 0 which is correct but less efficient</li> 17302 <li>see <a href="/commands/rclone_mount/#attribute-caching">the mount docs</a> for more info</li> 17303 </ul></li> 17304 <li>Add <code>--daemon</code> flag to allow mount to run in the background (ishuah)</li> 17305 <li>Fix: Return ENOSYS rather than EIO on attempted link 17306 <ul> 17307 <li>This fixes FileZilla accessing an rclone mount served over sftp.</li> 17308 </ul></li> 17309 <li>Fix setting modtime twice</li> 17310 <li>Mount tests now run on CI for Linux (mount & cmount)/Mac/Windows</li> 17311 <li>Many bugs fixed in the VFS layer - see below</li> 17312 </ul></li> 17313 <li>VFS 17314 <ul> 17315 <li>Many fixes for <code>--vfs-cache-mode</code> writes and above 17316 <ul> 17317 <li>Update cached copy if we know it has changed (fixes stale data)</li> 17318 <li>Clean path names before using them in the cache</li> 17319 <li>Disable cache cleaner if <code>--vfs-cache-poll-interval=0</code></li> 17320 <li>Fill and clean the cache immediately on startup</li> 17321 </ul></li> 17322 <li>Fix Windows opening every file when it stats the file</li> 17323 <li>Fix applying modtime for an open Write Handle</li> 17324 <li>Fix creation of files when truncating</li> 17325 <li>Write 0 bytes when flushing unwritten handles to avoid race conditions in FUSE</li> 17326 <li>Downgrade “poll-interval is not supported” message to Info</li> 17327 <li>Make OpenFile and friends return EINVAL if O_RDONLY and O_TRUNC</li> 17328 </ul></li> 17329 <li>Local 17330 <ul> 17331 <li>Downgrade “invalid cross-device link: trying copy” to debug</li> 17332 <li>Make DirMove return fs.ErrorCantDirMove to allow fallback to Copy for cross device</li> 17333 <li>Fix race conditions updating the hashes</li> 17334 </ul></li> 17335 <li>Cache 17336 <ul> 17337 <li>Add support for polling - cache will update when remote changes on supported backends</li> 17338 <li>Reduce log level for Plex api</li> 17339 <li>Fix dir cache issue</li> 17340 <li>Implement <code>--cache-db-wait-time</code> flag</li> 17341 <li>Improve efficiency with RangeOption and RangeSeek</li> 17342 <li>Fix dirmove with temp fs enabled</li> 17343 <li>Notify vfs when using temp fs</li> 17344 <li>Offline uploading</li> 17345 <li>Remote control support for path flushing</li> 17346 </ul></li> 17347 <li>Amazon cloud drive 17348 <ul> 17349 <li>Rclone no longer has any working keys - disable integration tests</li> 17350 <li>Implement DirChangeNotify to notify cache/vfs/mount of changes</li> 17351 </ul></li> 17352 <li>Azureblob 17353 <ul> 17354 <li>Don’t check for bucket/container presense if listing was OK 17355 <ul> 17356 <li>this makes rclone do one less request per invocation</li> 17357 </ul></li> 17358 <li>Improve accounting for chunked uploads</li> 17359 </ul></li> 17360 <li>Backblaze B2 17361 <ul> 17362 <li>Don’t check for bucket/container presense if listing was OK 17363 <ul> 17364 <li>this makes rclone do one less request per invocation</li> 17365 </ul></li> 17366 </ul></li> 17367 <li>Box 17368 <ul> 17369 <li>Improve accounting for chunked uploads</li> 17370 </ul></li> 17371 <li>Dropbox 17372 <ul> 17373 <li>Fix custom oauth client parameters</li> 17374 </ul></li> 17375 <li>Google Cloud Storage 17376 <ul> 17377 <li>Don’t check for bucket/container presense if listing was OK 17378 <ul> 17379 <li>this makes rclone do one less request per invocation</li> 17380 </ul></li> 17381 </ul></li> 17382 <li>Google Drive 17383 <ul> 17384 <li>Migrate to api v3 (Fabian Möller)</li> 17385 <li>Add scope configuration and root folder selection</li> 17386 <li>Add <code>--drive-impersonate</code> for service accounts 17387 <ul> 17388 <li>thanks to everyone who tested, explored and contributed docs</li> 17389 </ul></li> 17390 <li>Add <code>--drive-use-created-date</code> to use created date as modified date (nbuchanan)</li> 17391 <li>Request the export formats only when required 17392 <ul> 17393 <li>This makes rclone quicker when there are no google docs</li> 17394 </ul></li> 17395 <li>Fix finding paths with latin1 chars (a workaround for a drive bug)</li> 17396 <li>Fix copying of a single Google doc file</li> 17397 <li>Fix <code>--drive-auth-owner-only</code> to look in all directories</li> 17398 </ul></li> 17399 <li>HTTP 17400 <ul> 17401 <li>Fix handling of directories with & in</li> 17402 </ul></li> 17403 <li>Onedrive 17404 <ul> 17405 <li>Removed upload cutoff and always do session uploads 17406 <ul> 17407 <li>this stops the creation of multiple versions on business onedrive</li> 17408 </ul></li> 17409 <li>Overwrite object size value with real size when reading file. (Victor) 17410 <ul> 17411 <li>this fixes oddities when onedrive misreports the size of images</li> 17412 </ul></li> 17413 </ul></li> 17414 <li>Pcloud 17415 <ul> 17416 <li>Remove unused chunked upload flag and code</li> 17417 </ul></li> 17418 <li>Qingstor 17419 <ul> 17420 <li>Don’t check for bucket/container presense if listing was OK 17421 <ul> 17422 <li>this makes rclone do one less request per invocation</li> 17423 </ul></li> 17424 </ul></li> 17425 <li>S3 17426 <ul> 17427 <li>Support hashes for multipart files (Chris Redekop)</li> 17428 <li>Initial support for IBM COS (S3) (Giri Badanahatti)</li> 17429 <li>Update docs to discourage use of v2 auth with CEPH and others</li> 17430 <li>Don’t check for bucket/container presense if listing was OK 17431 <ul> 17432 <li>this makes rclone do one less request per invocation</li> 17433 </ul></li> 17434 <li>Fix server side copy and set modtime on files with + in</li> 17435 </ul></li> 17436 <li>SFTP 17437 <ul> 17438 <li>Add option to disable remote hash check command execution (Jon Fautley)</li> 17439 <li>Add <code>--sftp-ask-password</code> flag to prompt for password when needed (Leo R. Lundgren)</li> 17440 <li>Add <code>set_modtime</code> configuration option</li> 17441 <li>Fix following of symlinks</li> 17442 <li>Fix reading config file outside of Fs setup</li> 17443 <li>Fix reading $USER in username fallback not $HOME</li> 17444 <li>Fix running under crontab - Use correct OS way of reading username</li> 17445 </ul></li> 17446 <li>Swift 17447 <ul> 17448 <li>Fix refresh of authentication token 17449 <ul> 17450 <li>in v1.39 a bug was introduced which ignored new tokens - this fixes it</li> 17451 </ul></li> 17452 <li>Fix extra HEAD transaction when uploading a new file</li> 17453 <li>Don’t check for bucket/container presense if listing was OK 17454 <ul> 17455 <li>this makes rclone do one less request per invocation</li> 17456 </ul></li> 17457 </ul></li> 17458 <li>Webdav 17459 <ul> 17460 <li>Add new time formats to support mydrive.ch and others</li> 17461 </ul></li> 17462 </ul> 17463 <h2 id="v1.39---2017-12-23">v1.39 - 2017-12-23</h2> 17464 <ul> 17465 <li>New backends 17466 <ul> 17467 <li>WebDAV 17468 <ul> 17469 <li>tested with nextcloud, owncloud, put.io and others!</li> 17470 </ul></li> 17471 <li>Pcloud</li> 17472 <li>cache - wraps a cache around other backends (Remus Bunduc) 17473 <ul> 17474 <li>useful in combination with mount</li> 17475 <li>NB this feature is in beta so use with care</li> 17476 </ul></li> 17477 </ul></li> 17478 <li>New commands 17479 <ul> 17480 <li>serve command with subcommands: 17481 <ul> 17482 <li>serve webdav: this implements a webdav server for any rclone remote.</li> 17483 <li>serve http: command to serve a remote over HTTP</li> 17484 </ul></li> 17485 <li>config: add sub commands for full config file management 17486 <ul> 17487 <li>create/delete/dump/edit/file/password/providers/show/update</li> 17488 </ul></li> 17489 <li>touch: to create or update the timestamp of a file (Jakub Tasiemski)</li> 17490 </ul></li> 17491 <li>New Features 17492 <ul> 17493 <li>curl install for rclone (Filip Bartodziej)</li> 17494 <li>–stats now shows percentage, size, rate and ETA in condensed form (Ishuah Kariuki)</li> 17495 <li>–exclude-if-present to exclude a directory if a file is present (Iakov Davydov)</li> 17496 <li>rmdirs: add –leave-root flag (lewpam)</li> 17497 <li>move: add –delete-empty-src-dirs flag to remove dirs after move (Ishuah Kariuki)</li> 17498 <li>Add –dump flag, introduce –dump requests, responses and remove –dump-auth, –dump-filters 17499 <ul> 17500 <li>Obscure X-Auth-Token: from headers when dumping too</li> 17501 </ul></li> 17502 <li>Document and implement exit codes for different failure modes (Ishuah Kariuki)</li> 17503 </ul></li> 17504 <li>Compile</li> 17505 <li>Bug Fixes 17506 <ul> 17507 <li>Retry lots more different types of errors to make multipart transfers more reliable</li> 17508 <li>Save the config before asking for a token, fixes disappearing oauth config</li> 17509 <li>Warn the user if –include and –exclude are used together (Ernest Borowski)</li> 17510 <li>Fix duplicate files (eg on Google drive) causing spurious copies</li> 17511 <li>Allow trailing and leading whitespace for passwords (Jason Rose)</li> 17512 <li>ncdu: fix crashes on empty directories</li> 17513 <li>rcat: fix goroutine leak</li> 17514 <li>moveto/copyto: Fix to allow copying to the same name</li> 17515 </ul></li> 17516 <li>Mount 17517 <ul> 17518 <li>–vfs-cache mode to make writes into mounts more reliable. 17519 <ul> 17520 <li>this requires caching files on the disk (see –cache-dir)</li> 17521 <li>As this is a new feature, use with care</li> 17522 </ul></li> 17523 <li>Use sdnotify to signal systemd the mount is ready (Fabian Möller)</li> 17524 <li>Check if directory is not empty before mounting (Ernest Borowski)</li> 17525 </ul></li> 17526 <li>Local 17527 <ul> 17528 <li>Add error message for cross file system moves</li> 17529 <li>Fix equality check for times</li> 17530 </ul></li> 17531 <li>Dropbox 17532 <ul> 17533 <li>Rework multipart upload 17534 <ul> 17535 <li>buffer the chunks when uploading large files so they can be retried</li> 17536 <li>change default chunk size to 48MB now we are buffering them in memory</li> 17537 <li>retry every error after the first chunk is done successfully</li> 17538 </ul></li> 17539 <li>Fix error when renaming directories</li> 17540 </ul></li> 17541 <li>Swift 17542 <ul> 17543 <li>Fix crash on bad authentication</li> 17544 </ul></li> 17545 <li>Google Drive 17546 <ul> 17547 <li>Add service account support (Tim Cooijmans)</li> 17548 </ul></li> 17549 <li>S3 17550 <ul> 17551 <li>Make it work properly with Digital Ocean Spaces (Andrew Starr-Bochicchio)</li> 17552 <li>Fix crash if a bad listing is received</li> 17553 <li>Add support for ECS task IAM roles (David Minor)</li> 17554 </ul></li> 17555 <li>Backblaze B2 17556 <ul> 17557 <li>Fix multipart upload retries</li> 17558 <li>Fix –hard-delete to make it work 100% of the time</li> 17559 </ul></li> 17560 <li>Swift 17561 <ul> 17562 <li>Allow authentication with storage URL and auth key (Giovanni Pizzi)</li> 17563 <li>Add new fields for swift configuration to support IBM Bluemix Swift (Pierre Carlson)</li> 17564 <li>Add OS_TENANT_ID and OS_USER_ID to config</li> 17565 <li>Allow configs with user id instead of user name</li> 17566 <li>Check if swift segments container exists before creating (John Leach)</li> 17567 <li>Fix memory leak in swift transfers (upstream fix)</li> 17568 </ul></li> 17569 <li>SFTP 17570 <ul> 17571 <li>Add option to enable the use of aes128-cbc cipher (Jon Fautley)</li> 17572 </ul></li> 17573 <li>Amazon cloud drive 17574 <ul> 17575 <li>Fix download of large files failing with “Only one auth mechanism allowed”</li> 17576 </ul></li> 17577 <li>crypt 17578 <ul> 17579 <li>Option to encrypt directory names or leave them intact</li> 17580 <li>Implement DirChangeNotify (Fabian Möller)</li> 17581 </ul></li> 17582 <li>onedrive 17583 <ul> 17584 <li>Add option to choose resourceURL during setup of OneDrive Business account if more than one is available for user</li> 17585 </ul></li> 17586 </ul> 17587 <h2 id="v1.38---2017-09-30">v1.38 - 2017-09-30</h2> 17588 <ul> 17589 <li>New backends 17590 <ul> 17591 <li>Azure Blob Storage (thanks Andrei Dragomir)</li> 17592 <li>Box</li> 17593 <li>Onedrive for Business (thanks Oliver Heyme)</li> 17594 <li>QingStor from QingCloud (thanks wuyu)</li> 17595 </ul></li> 17596 <li>New commands 17597 <ul> 17598 <li><code>rcat</code> - read from standard input and stream upload</li> 17599 <li><code>tree</code> - shows a nicely formatted recursive listing</li> 17600 <li><code>cryptdecode</code> - decode crypted file names (thanks ishuah)</li> 17601 <li><code>config show</code> - print the config file</li> 17602 <li><code>config file</code> - print the config file location</li> 17603 </ul></li> 17604 <li>New Features 17605 <ul> 17606 <li>Empty directories are deleted on <code>sync</code></li> 17607 <li><code>dedupe</code> - implement merging of duplicate directories</li> 17608 <li><code>check</code> and <code>cryptcheck</code> made more consistent and use less memory</li> 17609 <li><code>cleanup</code> for remaining remotes (thanks ishuah)</li> 17610 <li><code>--immutable</code> for ensuring that files don’t change (thanks Jacob McNamee)</li> 17611 <li><code>--user-agent</code> option (thanks Alex McGrath Kraak)</li> 17612 <li><code>--disable</code> flag to disable optional features</li> 17613 <li><code>--bind</code> flag for choosing the local addr on outgoing connections</li> 17614 <li>Support for zsh auto-completion (thanks bpicode)</li> 17615 <li>Stop normalizing file names but do a normalized compare in <code>sync</code></li> 17616 </ul></li> 17617 <li>Compile 17618 <ul> 17619 <li>Update to using go1.9 as the default go version</li> 17620 <li>Remove snapd build due to maintenance problems</li> 17621 </ul></li> 17622 <li>Bug Fixes 17623 <ul> 17624 <li>Improve retriable error detection which makes multipart uploads better</li> 17625 <li>Make <code>check</code> obey <code>--ignore-size</code></li> 17626 <li>Fix bwlimit toggle in conjunction with schedules (thanks cbruegg)</li> 17627 <li><code>config</code> ensures newly written config is on the same mount</li> 17628 </ul></li> 17629 <li>Local 17630 <ul> 17631 <li>Revert to copy when moving file across file system boundaries</li> 17632 <li><code>--skip-links</code> to suppress symlink warnings (thanks Zhiming Wang)</li> 17633 </ul></li> 17634 <li>Mount 17635 <ul> 17636 <li>Re-use <code>rcat</code> internals to support uploads from all remotes</li> 17637 </ul></li> 17638 <li>Dropbox 17639 <ul> 17640 <li>Fix “entry doesn’t belong in directory” error</li> 17641 <li>Stop using deprecated API methods</li> 17642 </ul></li> 17643 <li>Swift 17644 <ul> 17645 <li>Fix server side copy to empty container with <code>--fast-list</code></li> 17646 </ul></li> 17647 <li>Google Drive 17648 <ul> 17649 <li>Change the default for <code>--drive-use-trash</code> to <code>true</code></li> 17650 </ul></li> 17651 <li>S3 17652 <ul> 17653 <li>Set session token when using STS (thanks Girish Ramakrishnan)</li> 17654 <li>Glacier docs and error messages (thanks Jan Varho)</li> 17655 <li>Read 1000 (not 1024) items in dir listings to fix Wasabi</li> 17656 </ul></li> 17657 <li>Backblaze B2 17658 <ul> 17659 <li>Fix SHA1 mismatch when downloading files with no SHA1</li> 17660 <li>Calculate missing hashes on the fly instead of spooling</li> 17661 <li><code>--b2-hard-delete</code> to permanently delete (not hide) files (thanks John Papandriopoulos)</li> 17662 </ul></li> 17663 <li>Hubic 17664 <ul> 17665 <li>Fix creating containers - no longer have to use the <code>default</code> container</li> 17666 </ul></li> 17667 <li>Swift 17668 <ul> 17669 <li>Optionally configure from a standard set of OpenStack environment vars</li> 17670 <li>Add <code>endpoint_type</code> config</li> 17671 </ul></li> 17672 <li>Google Cloud Storage 17673 <ul> 17674 <li>Fix bucket creation to work with limited permission users</li> 17675 </ul></li> 17676 <li>SFTP 17677 <ul> 17678 <li>Implement connection pooling for multiple ssh connections</li> 17679 <li>Limit new connections per second</li> 17680 <li>Add support for MD5 and SHA1 hashes where available (thanks Christian Brüggemann)</li> 17681 </ul></li> 17682 <li>HTTP 17683 <ul> 17684 <li>Fix URL encoding issues</li> 17685 <li>Fix directories with <code>:</code> in</li> 17686 <li>Fix panic with URL encoded content</li> 17687 </ul></li> 17688 </ul> 17689 <h2 id="v1.37---2017-07-22">v1.37 - 2017-07-22</h2> 17690 <ul> 17691 <li>New backends 17692 <ul> 17693 <li>FTP - thanks to Antonio Messina</li> 17694 <li>HTTP - thanks to Vasiliy Tolstov</li> 17695 </ul></li> 17696 <li>New commands 17697 <ul> 17698 <li>rclone ncdu - for exploring a remote with a text based user interface.</li> 17699 <li>rclone lsjson - for listing with a machine readable output</li> 17700 <li>rclone dbhashsum - to show Dropbox style hashes of files (local or Dropbox)</li> 17701 </ul></li> 17702 <li>New Features 17703 <ul> 17704 <li>Implement –fast-list flag 17705 <ul> 17706 <li>This allows remotes to list recursively if they can</li> 17707 <li>This uses less transactions (important if you pay for them)</li> 17708 <li>This may or may not be quicker</li> 17709 <li>This will use more memory as it has to hold the listing in memory</li> 17710 <li>–old-sync-method deprecated - the remaining uses are covered by –fast-list</li> 17711 <li>This involved a major re-write of all the listing code</li> 17712 </ul></li> 17713 <li>Add –tpslimit and –tpslimit-burst to limit transactions per second 17714 <ul> 17715 <li>this is useful in conjuction with <code>rclone mount</code> to limit external apps</li> 17716 </ul></li> 17717 <li>Add –stats-log-level so can see –stats without -v</li> 17718 <li>Print password prompts to stderr - Hraban Luyat</li> 17719 <li>Warn about duplicate files when syncing</li> 17720 <li>Oauth improvements 17721 <ul> 17722 <li>allow auth_url and token_url to be set in the config file</li> 17723 <li>Print redirection URI if using own credentials.</li> 17724 </ul></li> 17725 <li>Don’t Mkdir at the start of sync to save transactions</li> 17726 </ul></li> 17727 <li>Compile 17728 <ul> 17729 <li>Update build to go1.8.3</li> 17730 <li>Require go1.6 for building rclone</li> 17731 <li>Compile 386 builds with “GO386=387” for maximum compatibility</li> 17732 </ul></li> 17733 <li>Bug Fixes 17734 <ul> 17735 <li>Fix menu selection when no remotes</li> 17736 <li>Config saving reworked to not kill the file if disk gets full</li> 17737 <li>Don’t delete remote if name does not change while renaming</li> 17738 <li>moveto, copyto: report transfers and checks as per move and copy</li> 17739 </ul></li> 17740 <li>Local 17741 <ul> 17742 <li>Add –local-no-unicode-normalization flag - Bob Potter</li> 17743 </ul></li> 17744 <li>Mount 17745 <ul> 17746 <li>Now supported on Windows using cgofuse and WinFsp - thanks to Bill Zissimopoulos for much help</li> 17747 <li>Compare checksums on upload/download via FUSE</li> 17748 <li>Unmount when program ends with SIGINT (Ctrl+C) or SIGTERM - Jérôme Vizcaino</li> 17749 <li>On read only open of file, make open pending until first read</li> 17750 <li>Make –read-only reject modify operations</li> 17751 <li>Implement ModTime via FUSE for remotes that support it</li> 17752 <li>Allow modTime to be changed even before all writers are closed</li> 17753 <li>Fix panic on renames</li> 17754 <li>Fix hang on errored upload</li> 17755 </ul></li> 17756 <li>Crypt 17757 <ul> 17758 <li>Report the name:root as specified by the user</li> 17759 <li>Add an “obfuscate” option for filename encryption - Stephen Harris</li> 17760 </ul></li> 17761 <li>Amazon Drive 17762 <ul> 17763 <li>Fix initialization order for token renewer</li> 17764 <li>Remove revoked credentials, allow oauth proxy config and update docs</li> 17765 </ul></li> 17766 <li>B2 17767 <ul> 17768 <li>Reduce minimum chunk size to 5MB</li> 17769 </ul></li> 17770 <li>Drive 17771 <ul> 17772 <li>Add team drive support</li> 17773 <li>Reduce bandwidth by adding fields for partial responses - Martin Kristensen</li> 17774 <li>Implement –drive-shared-with-me flag to view shared with me files - Danny Tsai</li> 17775 <li>Add –drive-trashed-only to read only the files in the trash</li> 17776 <li>Remove obsolete –drive-full-list</li> 17777 <li>Add missing seek to start on retries of chunked uploads</li> 17778 <li>Fix stats accounting for upload</li> 17779 <li>Convert / in names to a unicode equivalent (／)</li> 17780 <li>Poll for Google Drive changes when mounted</li> 17781 </ul></li> 17782 <li>OneDrive 17783 <ul> 17784 <li>Fix the uploading of files with spaces</li> 17785 <li>Fix initialization order for token renewer</li> 17786 <li>Display speeds accurately when uploading - Yoni Jah</li> 17787 <li>Swap to using http://localhost:53682/ as redirect URL - Michael Ledin</li> 17788 <li>Retry on token expired error, reset upload body on retry - Yoni Jah</li> 17789 </ul></li> 17790 <li>Google Cloud Storage 17791 <ul> 17792 <li>Add ability to specify location and storage class via config and command line - thanks gdm85</li> 17793 <li>Create container if necessary on server side copy</li> 17794 <li>Increase directory listing chunk to 1000 to increase performance</li> 17795 <li>Obtain a refresh token for GCS - Steven Lu</li> 17796 </ul></li> 17797 <li>Yandex 17798 <ul> 17799 <li>Fix the name reported in log messages (was empty)</li> 17800 <li>Correct error return for listing empty directory</li> 17801 </ul></li> 17802 <li>Dropbox 17803 <ul> 17804 <li>Rewritten to use the v2 API 17805 <ul> 17806 <li>Now supports ModTime 17807 <ul> 17808 <li>Can only set by uploading the file again</li> 17809 <li>If you uploaded with an old rclone, rclone may upload everything again</li> 17810 <li>Use <code>--size-only</code> or <code>--checksum</code> to avoid this</li> 17811 </ul></li> 17812 <li>Now supports the Dropbox content hashing scheme</li> 17813 <li>Now supports low level retries</li> 17814 </ul></li> 17815 </ul></li> 17816 <li>S3 17817 <ul> 17818 <li>Work around eventual consistency in bucket creation</li> 17819 <li>Create container if necessary on server side copy</li> 17820 <li>Add us-east-2 (Ohio) and eu-west-2 (London) S3 regions - Zahiar Ahmed</li> 17821 </ul></li> 17822 <li>Swift, Hubic 17823 <ul> 17824 <li>Fix zero length directory markers showing in the subdirectory listing 17825 <ul> 17826 <li>this caused lots of duplicate transfers</li> 17827 </ul></li> 17828 <li>Fix paged directory listings 17829 <ul> 17830 <li>this caused duplicate directory errors</li> 17831 </ul></li> 17832 <li>Create container if necessary on server side copy</li> 17833 <li>Increase directory listing chunk to 1000 to increase performance</li> 17834 <li>Make sensible error if the user forgets the container</li> 17835 </ul></li> 17836 <li>SFTP 17837 <ul> 17838 <li>Add support for using ssh key files</li> 17839 <li>Fix under Windows</li> 17840 <li>Fix ssh agent on Windows</li> 17841 <li>Adapt to latest version of library - Igor Kharin</li> 17842 </ul></li> 17843 </ul> 17844 <h2 id="v1.36---2017-03-18">v1.36 - 2017-03-18</h2> 17845 <ul> 17846 <li>New Features 17847 <ul> 17848 <li>SFTP remote (Jack Schmidt)</li> 17849 <li>Re-implement sync routine to work a directory at a time reducing memory usage</li> 17850 <li>Logging revamped to be more inline with rsync - now much quieter * -v only shows transfers * -vv is for full debug * –syslog to log to syslog on capable platforms</li> 17851 <li>Implement –backup-dir and –suffix</li> 17852 <li>Implement –track-renames (initial implementation by Bjørn Erik Pedersen)</li> 17853 <li>Add time-based bandwidth limits (Lukas Loesche)</li> 17854 <li>rclone cryptcheck: checks integrity of crypt remotes</li> 17855 <li>Allow all config file variables and options to be set from environment variables</li> 17856 <li>Add –buffer-size parameter to control buffer size for copy</li> 17857 <li>Make –delete-after the default</li> 17858 <li>Add –ignore-checksum flag (fixed by Hisham Zarka)</li> 17859 <li>rclone check: Add –download flag to check all the data, not just hashes</li> 17860 <li>rclone cat: add –head, –tail, –offset, –count and –discard</li> 17861 <li>rclone config: when choosing from a list, allow the value to be entered too</li> 17862 <li>rclone config: allow rename and copy of remotes</li> 17863 <li>rclone obscure: for generating encrypted passwords for rclone’s config (T.C. Ferguson)</li> 17864 <li>Comply with XDG Base Directory specification (Dario Giovannetti) 17865 <ul> 17866 <li>this moves the default location of the config file in a backwards compatible way</li> 17867 </ul></li> 17868 <li>Release changes 17869 <ul> 17870 <li>Ubuntu snap support (Dedsec1)</li> 17871 <li>Compile with go 1.8</li> 17872 <li>MIPS/Linux big and little endian support</li> 17873 </ul></li> 17874 </ul></li> 17875 <li>Bug Fixes 17876 <ul> 17877 <li>Fix copyto copying things to the wrong place if the destination dir didn’t exist</li> 17878 <li>Fix parsing of remotes in moveto and copyto</li> 17879 <li>Fix –delete-before deleting files on copy</li> 17880 <li>Fix –files-from with an empty file copying everything</li> 17881 <li>Fix sync: don’t update mod times if –dry-run set</li> 17882 <li>Fix MimeType propagation</li> 17883 <li>Fix filters to add ** rules to directory rules</li> 17884 </ul></li> 17885 <li>Local 17886 <ul> 17887 <li>Implement -L, –copy-links flag to allow rclone to follow symlinks</li> 17888 <li>Open files in write only mode so rclone can write to an rclone mount</li> 17889 <li>Fix unnormalised unicode causing problems reading directories</li> 17890 <li>Fix interaction between -x flag and –max-depth</li> 17891 </ul></li> 17892 <li>Mount 17893 <ul> 17894 <li>Implement proper directory handling (mkdir, rmdir, renaming)</li> 17895 <li>Make include and exclude filters apply to mount</li> 17896 <li>Implement read and write async buffers - control with –buffer-size</li> 17897 <li>Fix fsync on for directories</li> 17898 <li>Fix retry on network failure when reading off crypt</li> 17899 </ul></li> 17900 <li>Crypt 17901 <ul> 17902 <li>Add –crypt-show-mapping to show encrypted file mapping</li> 17903 <li>Fix crypt writer getting stuck in a loop 17904 <ul> 17905 <li><strong>IMPORTANT</strong> this bug had the potential to cause data corruption when 17906 <ul> 17907 <li>reading data from a network based remote and</li> 17908 <li>writing to a crypt on Google Drive</li> 17909 </ul></li> 17910 <li>Use the cryptcheck command to validate your data if you are concerned</li> 17911 <li>If syncing two crypt remotes, sync the unencrypted remote</li> 17912 </ul></li> 17913 </ul></li> 17914 <li>Amazon Drive 17915 <ul> 17916 <li>Fix panics on Move (rename)</li> 17917 <li>Fix panic on token expiry</li> 17918 </ul></li> 17919 <li>B2 17920 <ul> 17921 <li>Fix inconsistent listings and rclone check</li> 17922 <li>Fix uploading empty files with go1.8</li> 17923 <li>Constrain memory usage when doing multipart uploads</li> 17924 <li>Fix upload url not being refreshed properly</li> 17925 </ul></li> 17926 <li>Drive 17927 <ul> 17928 <li>Fix Rmdir on directories with trashed files</li> 17929 <li>Fix “Ignoring unknown object” when downloading</li> 17930 <li>Add –drive-list-chunk</li> 17931 <li>Add –drive-skip-gdocs (Károly Oláh)</li> 17932 </ul></li> 17933 <li>OneDrive 17934 <ul> 17935 <li>Implement Move</li> 17936 <li>Fix Copy 17937 <ul> 17938 <li>Fix overwrite detection in Copy</li> 17939 <li>Fix waitForJob to parse errors correctly</li> 17940 </ul></li> 17941 <li>Use token renewer to stop auth errors on long uploads</li> 17942 <li>Fix uploading empty files with go1.8</li> 17943 </ul></li> 17944 <li>Google Cloud Storage 17945 <ul> 17946 <li>Fix depth 1 directory listings</li> 17947 </ul></li> 17948 <li>Yandex 17949 <ul> 17950 <li>Fix single level directory listing</li> 17951 </ul></li> 17952 <li>Dropbox 17953 <ul> 17954 <li>Normalise the case for single level directory listings</li> 17955 <li>Fix depth 1 listing</li> 17956 </ul></li> 17957 <li>S3 17958 <ul> 17959 <li>Added ca-central-1 region (Jon Yergatian)</li> 17960 </ul></li> 17961 </ul> 17962 <h2 id="v1.35---2017-01-02">v1.35 - 2017-01-02</h2> 17963 <ul> 17964 <li>New Features 17965 <ul> 17966 <li>moveto and copyto commands for choosing a destination name on copy/move</li> 17967 <li>rmdirs command to recursively delete empty directories</li> 17968 <li>Allow repeated –include/–exclude/–filter options</li> 17969 <li>Only show transfer stats on commands which transfer stuff 17970 <ul> 17971 <li>show stats on any command using the <code>--stats</code> flag</li> 17972 </ul></li> 17973 <li>Allow overlapping directories in move when server side dir move is supported</li> 17974 <li>Add –stats-unit option - thanks Scott McGillivray</li> 17975 </ul></li> 17976 <li>Bug Fixes 17977 <ul> 17978 <li>Fix the config file being overwritten when two rclones are running</li> 17979 <li>Make rclone lsd obey the filters properly</li> 17980 <li>Fix compilation on mips</li> 17981 <li>Fix not transferring files that don’t differ in size</li> 17982 <li>Fix panic on nil retry/fatal error</li> 17983 </ul></li> 17984 <li>Mount 17985 <ul> 17986 <li>Retry reads on error - should help with reliability a lot</li> 17987 <li>Report the modification times for directories from the remote</li> 17988 <li>Add bandwidth accounting and limiting (fixes –bwlimit)</li> 17989 <li>If –stats provided will show stats and which files are transferring</li> 17990 <li>Support R/W files if truncate is set.</li> 17991 <li>Implement statfs interface so df works</li> 17992 <li>Note that write is now supported on Amazon Drive</li> 17993 <li>Report number of blocks in a file - thanks Stefan Breunig</li> 17994 </ul></li> 17995 <li>Crypt 17996 <ul> 17997 <li>Prevent the user pointing crypt at itself</li> 17998 <li>Fix failed to authenticate decrypted block errors 17999 <ul> 18000 <li>these will now return the underlying unexpected EOF instead</li> 18001 </ul></li> 18002 </ul></li> 18003 <li>Amazon Drive 18004 <ul> 18005 <li>Add support for server side move and directory move - thanks Stefan Breunig</li> 18006 <li>Fix nil pointer deref on size attribute</li> 18007 </ul></li> 18008 <li>B2 18009 <ul> 18010 <li>Use new prefix and delimiter parameters in directory listings 18011 <ul> 18012 <li>This makes –max-depth 1 dir listings as used in mount much faster</li> 18013 </ul></li> 18014 <li>Reauth the account while doing uploads too - should help with token expiry</li> 18015 </ul></li> 18016 <li>Drive 18017 <ul> 18018 <li>Make DirMove more efficient and complain about moving the root</li> 18019 <li>Create destination directory on Move()</li> 18020 </ul></li> 18021 </ul> 18022 <h2 id="v1.34---2016-11-06">v1.34 - 2016-11-06</h2> 18023 <ul> 18024 <li>New Features 18025 <ul> 18026 <li>Stop single file and <code>--files-from</code> operations iterating through the source bucket.</li> 18027 <li>Stop removing failed upload to cloud storage remotes</li> 18028 <li>Make ContentType be preserved for cloud to cloud copies</li> 18029 <li>Add support to toggle bandwidth limits via SIGUSR2 - thanks Marco Paganini</li> 18030 <li><code>rclone check</code> shows count of hashes that couldn’t be checked</li> 18031 <li><code>rclone listremotes</code> command</li> 18032 <li>Support linux/arm64 build - thanks Fredrik Fornwall</li> 18033 <li>Remove <code>Authorization:</code> lines from <code>--dump-headers</code> output</li> 18034 </ul></li> 18035 <li>Bug Fixes 18036 <ul> 18037 <li>Ignore files with control characters in the names</li> 18038 <li>Fix <code>rclone move</code> command 18039 <ul> 18040 <li>Delete src files which already existed in dst</li> 18041 <li>Fix deletion of src file when dst file older</li> 18042 </ul></li> 18043 <li>Fix <code>rclone check</code> on crypted file systems</li> 18044 <li>Make failed uploads not count as “Transferred”</li> 18045 <li>Make sure high level retries show with <code>-q</code></li> 18046 <li>Use a vendor directory with godep for repeatable builds</li> 18047 </ul></li> 18048 <li><code>rclone mount</code> - FUSE 18049 <ul> 18050 <li>Implement FUSE mount options 18051 <ul> 18052 <li><code>--no-modtime</code>, <code>--debug-fuse</code>, <code>--read-only</code>, <code>--allow-non-empty</code>, <code>--allow-root</code>, <code>--allow-other</code></li> 18053 <li><code>--default-permissions</code>, <code>--write-back-cache</code>, <code>--max-read-ahead</code>, <code>--umask</code>, <code>--uid</code>, <code>--gid</code></li> 18054 </ul></li> 18055 <li>Add <code>--dir-cache-time</code> to control caching of directory entries</li> 18056 <li>Implement seek for files opened for read (useful for video players) 18057 <ul> 18058 <li>with <code>-no-seek</code> flag to disable</li> 18059 </ul></li> 18060 <li>Fix crash on 32 bit ARM (alignment of 64 bit counter)</li> 18061 <li>…and many more internal fixes and improvements!</li> 18062 </ul></li> 18063 <li>Crypt 18064 <ul> 18065 <li>Don’t show encrypted password in configurator to stop confusion</li> 18066 </ul></li> 18067 <li>Amazon Drive 18068 <ul> 18069 <li>New wait for upload option <code>--acd-upload-wait-per-gb</code> 18070 <ul> 18071 <li>upload timeouts scale by file size and can be disabled</li> 18072 </ul></li> 18073 <li>Add 502 Bad Gateway to list of errors we retry</li> 18074 <li>Fix overwriting a file with a zero length file</li> 18075 <li>Fix ACD file size warning limit - thanks Felix Bünemann</li> 18076 </ul></li> 18077 <li>Local 18078 <ul> 18079 <li>Unix: implement <code>-x</code>/<code>--one-file-system</code> to stay on a single file system 18080 <ul> 18081 <li>thanks Durval Menezes and Luiz Carlos Rumbelsperger Viana</li> 18082 </ul></li> 18083 <li>Windows: ignore the symlink bit on files</li> 18084 <li>Windows: Ignore directory based junction points</li> 18085 </ul></li> 18086 <li>B2 18087 <ul> 18088 <li>Make sure each upload has at least one upload slot - fixes strange upload stats</li> 18089 <li>Fix uploads when using crypt</li> 18090 <li>Fix download of large files (sha1 mismatch)</li> 18091 <li>Return error when we try to create a bucket which someone else owns</li> 18092 <li>Update B2 docs with Data usage, and Crypt section - thanks Tomasz Mazur</li> 18093 </ul></li> 18094 <li>S3 18095 <ul> 18096 <li>Command line and config file support for 18097 <ul> 18098 <li>Setting/overriding ACL - thanks Radek Senfeld</li> 18099 <li>Setting storage class - thanks Asko Tamm</li> 18100 </ul></li> 18101 </ul></li> 18102 <li>Drive 18103 <ul> 18104 <li>Make exponential backoff work exactly as per Google specification</li> 18105 <li>add <code>.epub</code>, <code>.odp</code> and <code>.tsv</code> as export formats.</li> 18106 </ul></li> 18107 <li>Swift 18108 <ul> 18109 <li>Don’t read metadata for directory marker objects</li> 18110 </ul></li> 18111 </ul> 18112 <h2 id="v1.33---2016-08-24">v1.33 - 2016-08-24</h2> 18113 <ul> 18114 <li>New Features 18115 <ul> 18116 <li>Implement encryption 18117 <ul> 18118 <li>data encrypted in NACL secretbox format</li> 18119 <li>with optional file name encryption</li> 18120 </ul></li> 18121 <li>New commands 18122 <ul> 18123 <li>rclone mount - implements FUSE mounting of remotes (EXPERIMENTAL) 18124 <ul> 18125 <li>works on Linux, FreeBSD and OS X (need testers for the last 2!)</li> 18126 </ul></li> 18127 <li>rclone cat - outputs remote file or files to the terminal</li> 18128 <li>rclone genautocomplete - command to make a bash completion script for rclone</li> 18129 </ul></li> 18130 <li>Editing a remote using <code>rclone config</code> now goes through the wizard</li> 18131 <li>Compile with go 1.7 - this fixes rclone on macOS Sierra and on 386 processors</li> 18132 <li>Use cobra for sub commands and docs generation</li> 18133 </ul></li> 18134 <li>drive 18135 <ul> 18136 <li>Document how to make your own client_id</li> 18137 </ul></li> 18138 <li>s3 18139 <ul> 18140 <li>User-configurable Amazon S3 ACL (thanks Radek Šenfeld)</li> 18141 </ul></li> 18142 <li>b2 18143 <ul> 18144 <li>Fix stats accounting for upload - no more jumping to 100% done</li> 18145 <li>On cleanup delete hide marker if it is the current file</li> 18146 <li>New B2 API endpoint (thanks Per Cederberg)</li> 18147 <li>Set maximum backoff to 5 Minutes</li> 18148 </ul></li> 18149 <li>onedrive 18150 <ul> 18151 <li>Fix URL escaping in file names - eg uploading files with <code>+</code> in them.</li> 18152 </ul></li> 18153 <li>amazon cloud drive 18154 <ul> 18155 <li>Fix token expiry during large uploads</li> 18156 <li>Work around 408 REQUEST_TIMEOUT and 504 GATEWAY_TIMEOUT errors</li> 18157 </ul></li> 18158 <li>local 18159 <ul> 18160 <li>Fix filenames with invalid UTF-8 not being uploaded</li> 18161 <li>Fix problem with some UTF-8 characters on OS X</li> 18162 </ul></li> 18163 </ul> 18164 <h2 id="v1.32---2016-07-13">v1.32 - 2016-07-13</h2> 18165 <ul> 18166 <li>Backblaze B2 18167 <ul> 18168 <li>Fix upload of files large files not in root</li> 18169 </ul></li> 18170 </ul> 18171 <h2 id="v1.31---2016-07-13">v1.31 - 2016-07-13</h2> 18172 <ul> 18173 <li>New Features 18174 <ul> 18175 <li>Reduce memory on sync by about 50%</li> 18176 <li>Implement –no-traverse flag to stop copy traversing the destination remote. 18177 <ul> 18178 <li>This can be used to reduce memory usage down to the smallest possible.</li> 18179 <li>Useful to copy a small number of files into a large destination folder.</li> 18180 </ul></li> 18181 <li>Implement cleanup command for emptying trash / removing old versions of files 18182 <ul> 18183 <li>Currently B2 only</li> 18184 </ul></li> 18185 <li>Single file handling improved 18186 <ul> 18187 <li>Now copied with –files-from</li> 18188 <li>Automatically sets –no-traverse when copying a single file</li> 18189 </ul></li> 18190 <li>Info on using installing with ansible - thanks Stefan Weichinger</li> 18191 <li>Implement –no-update-modtime flag to stop rclone fixing the remote modified times.</li> 18192 </ul></li> 18193 <li>Bug Fixes 18194 <ul> 18195 <li>Fix move command - stop it running for overlapping Fses - this was causing data loss.</li> 18196 </ul></li> 18197 <li>Local 18198 <ul> 18199 <li>Fix incomplete hashes - this was causing problems for B2.</li> 18200 </ul></li> 18201 <li>Amazon Drive 18202 <ul> 18203 <li>Rename Amazon Cloud Drive to Amazon Drive - no changes to config file needed.</li> 18204 </ul></li> 18205 <li>Swift 18206 <ul> 18207 <li>Add support for non-default project domain - thanks Antonio Messina.</li> 18208 </ul></li> 18209 <li>S3 18210 <ul> 18211 <li>Add instructions on how to use rclone with minio.</li> 18212 <li>Add ap-northeast-2 (Seoul) and ap-south-1 (Mumbai) regions.</li> 18213 <li>Skip setting the modified time for objects > 5GB as it isn’t possible.</li> 18214 </ul></li> 18215 <li>Backblaze B2 18216 <ul> 18217 <li>Add –b2-versions flag so old versions can be listed and retreived.</li> 18218 <li>Treat 403 errors (eg cap exceeded) as fatal.</li> 18219 <li>Implement cleanup command for deleting old file versions.</li> 18220 <li>Make error handling compliant with B2 integrations notes.</li> 18221 <li>Fix handling of token expiry.</li> 18222 <li>Implement –b2-test-mode to set <code>X-Bz-Test-Mode</code> header.</li> 18223 <li>Set cutoff for chunked upload to 200MB as per B2 guidelines.</li> 18224 <li>Make upload multi-threaded.</li> 18225 </ul></li> 18226 <li>Dropbox 18227 <ul> 18228 <li>Don’t retry 461 errors.</li> 18229 </ul></li> 18230 </ul> 18231 <h2 id="v1.30---2016-06-18">v1.30 - 2016-06-18</h2> 18232 <ul> 18233 <li>New Features 18234 <ul> 18235 <li>Directory listing code reworked for more features and better error reporting (thanks to Klaus Post for help). This enables 18236 <ul> 18237 <li>Directory include filtering for efficiency</li> 18238 <li>–max-depth parameter</li> 18239 <li>Better error reporting</li> 18240 <li>More to come</li> 18241 </ul></li> 18242 <li>Retry more errors</li> 18243 <li>Add –ignore-size flag - for uploading images to onedrive</li> 18244 <li>Log -v output to stdout by default</li> 18245 <li>Display the transfer stats in more human readable form</li> 18246 <li>Make 0 size files specifiable with <code>--max-size 0b</code></li> 18247 <li>Add <code>b</code> suffix so we can specify bytes in –bwlimit, –min-size etc</li> 18248 <li>Use “password:” instead of “password>” prompt - thanks Klaus Post and Leigh Klotz</li> 18249 </ul></li> 18250 <li>Bug Fixes 18251 <ul> 18252 <li>Fix retry doing one too many retries</li> 18253 </ul></li> 18254 <li>Local 18255 <ul> 18256 <li>Fix problems with OS X and UTF-8 characters</li> 18257 </ul></li> 18258 <li>Amazon Drive 18259 <ul> 18260 <li>Check a file exists before uploading to help with 408 Conflict errors</li> 18261 <li>Reauth on 401 errors - this has been causing a lot of problems</li> 18262 <li>Work around spurious 403 errors</li> 18263 <li>Restart directory listings on error</li> 18264 </ul></li> 18265 <li>Google Drive 18266 <ul> 18267 <li>Check a file exists before uploading to help with duplicates</li> 18268 <li>Fix retry of multipart uploads</li> 18269 </ul></li> 18270 <li>Backblaze B2 18271 <ul> 18272 <li>Implement large file uploading</li> 18273 </ul></li> 18274 <li>S3 18275 <ul> 18276 <li>Add AES256 server-side encryption for - thanks Justin R. Wilson</li> 18277 </ul></li> 18278 <li>Google Cloud Storage 18279 <ul> 18280 <li>Make sure we don’t use conflicting content types on upload</li> 18281 <li>Add service account support - thanks Michal Witkowski</li> 18282 </ul></li> 18283 <li>Swift 18284 <ul> 18285 <li>Add auth version parameter</li> 18286 <li>Add domain option for openstack (v3 auth) - thanks Fabian Ruff</li> 18287 </ul></li> 18288 </ul> 18289 <h2 id="v1.29---2016-04-18">v1.29 - 2016-04-18</h2> 18290 <ul> 18291 <li>New Features 18292 <ul> 18293 <li>Implement <code>-I, --ignore-times</code> for unconditional upload</li> 18294 <li>Improve <code>dedupe</code>command 18295 <ul> 18296 <li>Now removes identical copies without asking</li> 18297 <li>Now obeys <code>--dry-run</code></li> 18298 <li>Implement <code>--dedupe-mode</code> for non interactive running 18299 <ul> 18300 <li><code>--dedupe-mode interactive</code> - interactive the default.</li> 18301 <li><code>--dedupe-mode skip</code> - removes identical files then skips anything left.</li> 18302 <li><code>--dedupe-mode first</code> - removes identical files then keeps the first one.</li> 18303 <li><code>--dedupe-mode newest</code> - removes identical files then keeps the newest one.</li> 18304 <li><code>--dedupe-mode oldest</code> - removes identical files then keeps the oldest one.</li> 18305 <li><code>--dedupe-mode rename</code> - removes identical files then renames the rest to be different.</li> 18306 </ul></li> 18307 </ul></li> 18308 </ul></li> 18309 <li>Bug fixes 18310 <ul> 18311 <li>Make rclone check obey the <code>--size-only</code> flag.</li> 18312 <li>Use “application/octet-stream” if discovered mime type is invalid.</li> 18313 <li>Fix missing “quit” option when there are no remotes.</li> 18314 </ul></li> 18315 <li>Google Drive 18316 <ul> 18317 <li>Increase default chunk size to 8 MB - increases upload speed of big files</li> 18318 <li>Speed up directory listings and make more reliable</li> 18319 <li>Add missing retries for Move and DirMove - increases reliability</li> 18320 <li>Preserve mime type on file update</li> 18321 </ul></li> 18322 <li>Backblaze B2 18323 <ul> 18324 <li>Enable mod time syncing 18325 <ul> 18326 <li>This means that B2 will now check modification times</li> 18327 <li>It will upload new files to update the modification times</li> 18328 <li>(there isn’t an API to just set the mod time.)</li> 18329 <li>If you want the old behaviour use <code>--size-only</code>.</li> 18330 </ul></li> 18331 <li>Update API to new version</li> 18332 <li>Fix parsing of mod time when not in metadata</li> 18333 </ul></li> 18334 <li>Swift/Hubic 18335 <ul> 18336 <li>Don’t return an MD5SUM for static large objects</li> 18337 </ul></li> 18338 <li>S3 18339 <ul> 18340 <li>Fix uploading files bigger than 50GB</li> 18341 </ul></li> 18342 </ul> 18343 <h2 id="v1.28---2016-03-01">v1.28 - 2016-03-01</h2> 18344 <ul> 18345 <li>New Features 18346 <ul> 18347 <li>Configuration file encryption - thanks Klaus Post</li> 18348 <li>Improve <code>rclone config</code> adding more help and making it easier to understand</li> 18349 <li>Implement <code>-u</code>/<code>--update</code> so creation times can be used on all remotes</li> 18350 <li>Implement <code>--low-level-retries</code> flag</li> 18351 <li>Optionally disable gzip compression on downloads with <code>--no-gzip-encoding</code></li> 18352 </ul></li> 18353 <li>Bug fixes 18354 <ul> 18355 <li>Don’t make directories if <code>--dry-run</code> set</li> 18356 <li>Fix and document the <code>move</code> command</li> 18357 <li>Fix redirecting stderr on unix-like OSes when using <code>--log-file</code></li> 18358 <li>Fix <code>delete</code> command to wait until all finished - fixes missing deletes.</li> 18359 </ul></li> 18360 <li>Backblaze B2 18361 <ul> 18362 <li>Use one upload URL per go routine fixes <code>more than one upload using auth token</code></li> 18363 <li>Add pacing, retries and reauthentication - fixes token expiry problems</li> 18364 <li>Upload without using a temporary file from local (and remotes which support SHA1)</li> 18365 <li>Fix reading metadata for all files when it shouldn’t have been</li> 18366 </ul></li> 18367 <li>Drive 18368 <ul> 18369 <li>Fix listing drive documents at root</li> 18370 <li>Disable copy and move for Google docs</li> 18371 </ul></li> 18372 <li>Swift 18373 <ul> 18374 <li>Fix uploading of chunked files with non ASCII characters</li> 18375 <li>Allow setting of <code>storage_url</code> in the config - thanks Xavier Lucas</li> 18376 </ul></li> 18377 <li>S3 18378 <ul> 18379 <li>Allow IAM role and credentials from environment variables - thanks Brian Stengaard</li> 18380 <li>Allow low privilege users to use S3 (check if directory exists during Mkdir) - thanks Jakub Gedeon</li> 18381 </ul></li> 18382 <li>Amazon Drive 18383 <ul> 18384 <li>Retry on more things to make directory listings more reliable</li> 18385 </ul></li> 18386 </ul> 18387 <h2 id="v1.27---2016-01-31">v1.27 - 2016-01-31</h2> 18388 <ul> 18389 <li>New Features 18390 <ul> 18391 <li>Easier headless configuration with <code>rclone authorize</code></li> 18392 <li>Add support for multiple hash types - we now check SHA1 as well as MD5 hashes.</li> 18393 <li><code>delete</code> command which does obey the filters (unlike <code>purge</code>)</li> 18394 <li><code>dedupe</code> command to deduplicate a remote. Useful with Google Drive.</li> 18395 <li>Add <code>--ignore-existing</code> flag to skip all files that exist on destination.</li> 18396 <li>Add <code>--delete-before</code>, <code>--delete-during</code>, <code>--delete-after</code> flags.</li> 18397 <li>Add <code>--memprofile</code> flag to debug memory use.</li> 18398 <li>Warn the user about files with same name but different case</li> 18399 <li>Make <code>--include</code> rules add their implict exclude * at the end of the filter list</li> 18400 <li>Deprecate compiling with go1.3</li> 18401 </ul></li> 18402 <li>Amazon Drive 18403 <ul> 18404 <li>Fix download of files > 10 GB</li> 18405 <li>Fix directory traversal (“Next token is expired”) for large directory listings</li> 18406 <li>Remove 409 conflict from error codes we will retry - stops very long pauses</li> 18407 </ul></li> 18408 <li>Backblaze B2 18409 <ul> 18410 <li>SHA1 hashes now checked by rclone core</li> 18411 </ul></li> 18412 <li>Drive 18413 <ul> 18414 <li>Add <code>--drive-auth-owner-only</code> to only consider files owned by the user - thanks Björn Harrtell</li> 18415 <li>Export Google documents</li> 18416 </ul></li> 18417 <li>Dropbox 18418 <ul> 18419 <li>Make file exclusion error controllable with -q</li> 18420 </ul></li> 18421 <li>Swift 18422 <ul> 18423 <li>Fix upload from unprivileged user.</li> 18424 </ul></li> 18425 <li>S3 18426 <ul> 18427 <li>Fix updating of mod times of files with <code>+</code> in.</li> 18428 </ul></li> 18429 <li>Local 18430 <ul> 18431 <li>Add local file system option to disable UNC on Windows.</li> 18432 </ul></li> 18433 </ul> 18434 <h2 id="v1.26---2016-01-02">v1.26 - 2016-01-02</h2> 18435 <ul> 18436 <li>New Features 18437 <ul> 18438 <li>Yandex storage backend - thank you Dmitry Burdeev (“dibu”)</li> 18439 <li>Implement Backblaze B2 storage backend</li> 18440 <li>Add –min-age and –max-age flags - thank you Adriano Aurélio Meirelles</li> 18441 <li>Make ls/lsl/md5sum/size/check obey includes and excludes</li> 18442 </ul></li> 18443 <li>Fixes 18444 <ul> 18445 <li>Fix crash in http logging</li> 18446 <li>Upload releases to github too</li> 18447 </ul></li> 18448 <li>Swift 18449 <ul> 18450 <li>Fix sync for chunked files</li> 18451 </ul></li> 18452 <li>OneDrive 18453 <ul> 18454 <li>Re-enable server side copy</li> 18455 <li>Don’t mask HTTP error codes with JSON decode error</li> 18456 </ul></li> 18457 <li>S3 18458 <ul> 18459 <li>Fix corrupting Content-Type on mod time update (thanks Joseph Spurrier)</li> 18460 </ul></li> 18461 </ul> 18462 <h2 id="v1.25---2015-11-14">v1.25 - 2015-11-14</h2> 18463 <ul> 18464 <li>New features 18465 <ul> 18466 <li>Implement Hubic storage system</li> 18467 </ul></li> 18468 <li>Fixes 18469 <ul> 18470 <li>Fix deletion of some excluded files without –delete-excluded 18471 <ul> 18472 <li>This could have deleted files unexpectedly on sync</li> 18473 <li>Always check first with <code>--dry-run</code>!</li> 18474 </ul></li> 18475 </ul></li> 18476 <li>Swift 18477 <ul> 18478 <li>Stop SetModTime losing metadata (eg X-Object-Manifest) 18479 <ul> 18480 <li>This could have caused data loss for files > 5GB in size</li> 18481 </ul></li> 18482 <li>Use ContentType from Object to avoid lookups in listings</li> 18483 </ul></li> 18484 <li>OneDrive 18485 <ul> 18486 <li>disable server side copy as it seems to be broken at Microsoft</li> 18487 </ul></li> 18488 </ul> 18489 <h2 id="v1.24---2015-11-07">v1.24 - 2015-11-07</h2> 18490 <ul> 18491 <li>New features 18492 <ul> 18493 <li>Add support for Microsoft OneDrive</li> 18494 <li>Add <code>--no-check-certificate</code> option to disable server certificate verification</li> 18495 <li>Add async readahead buffer for faster transfer of big files</li> 18496 </ul></li> 18497 <li>Fixes 18498 <ul> 18499 <li>Allow spaces in remotes and check remote names for validity at creation time</li> 18500 <li>Allow ‘&’ and disallow ‘:’ in Windows filenames.</li> 18501 </ul></li> 18502 <li>Swift 18503 <ul> 18504 <li>Ignore directory marker objects where appropriate - allows working with Hubic</li> 18505 <li>Don’t delete the container if fs wasn’t at root</li> 18506 </ul></li> 18507 <li>S3 18508 <ul> 18509 <li>Don’t delete the bucket if fs wasn’t at root</li> 18510 </ul></li> 18511 <li>Google Cloud Storage 18512 <ul> 18513 <li>Don’t delete the bucket if fs wasn’t at root</li> 18514 </ul></li> 18515 </ul> 18516 <h2 id="v1.23---2015-10-03">v1.23 - 2015-10-03</h2> 18517 <ul> 18518 <li>New features 18519 <ul> 18520 <li>Implement <code>rclone size</code> for measuring remotes</li> 18521 </ul></li> 18522 <li>Fixes 18523 <ul> 18524 <li>Fix headless config for drive and gcs</li> 18525 <li>Tell the user they should try again if the webserver method failed</li> 18526 <li>Improve output of <code>--dump-headers</code></li> 18527 </ul></li> 18528 <li>S3 18529 <ul> 18530 <li>Allow anonymous access to public buckets</li> 18531 </ul></li> 18532 <li>Swift 18533 <ul> 18534 <li>Stop chunked operations logging “Failed to read info: Object Not Found”</li> 18535 <li>Use Content-Length on uploads for extra reliability</li> 18536 </ul></li> 18537 </ul> 18538 <h2 id="v1.22---2015-09-28">v1.22 - 2015-09-28</h2> 18539 <ul> 18540 <li>Implement rsync like include and exclude flags</li> 18541 <li>swift 18542 <ul> 18543 <li>Support files > 5GB - thanks Sergey Tolmachev</li> 18544 </ul></li> 18545 </ul> 18546 <h2 id="v1.21---2015-09-22">v1.21 - 2015-09-22</h2> 18547 <ul> 18548 <li>New features 18549 <ul> 18550 <li>Display individual transfer progress</li> 18551 <li>Make lsl output times in localtime</li> 18552 </ul></li> 18553 <li>Fixes 18554 <ul> 18555 <li>Fix allowing user to override credentials again in Drive, GCS and ACD</li> 18556 </ul></li> 18557 <li>Amazon Drive 18558 <ul> 18559 <li>Implement compliant pacing scheme</li> 18560 </ul></li> 18561 <li>Google Drive 18562 <ul> 18563 <li>Make directory reads concurrent for increased speed.</li> 18564 </ul></li> 18565 </ul> 18566 <h2 id="v1.20---2015-09-15">v1.20 - 2015-09-15</h2> 18567 <ul> 18568 <li>New features 18569 <ul> 18570 <li>Amazon Drive support</li> 18571 <li>Oauth support redone - fix many bugs and improve usability 18572 <ul> 18573 <li>Use “golang.org/x/oauth2” as oauth libary of choice</li> 18574 <li>Improve oauth usability for smoother initial signup</li> 18575 <li>drive, googlecloudstorage: optionally use auto config for the oauth token</li> 18576 </ul></li> 18577 <li>Implement –dump-headers and –dump-bodies debug flags</li> 18578 <li>Show multiple matched commands if abbreviation too short</li> 18579 <li>Implement server side move where possible</li> 18580 </ul></li> 18581 <li>local 18582 <ul> 18583 <li>Always use UNC paths internally on Windows - fixes a lot of bugs</li> 18584 </ul></li> 18585 <li>dropbox 18586 <ul> 18587 <li>force use of our custom transport which makes timeouts work</li> 18588 </ul></li> 18589 <li>Thanks to Klaus Post for lots of help with this release</li> 18590 </ul> 18591 <h2 id="v1.19---2015-08-28">v1.19 - 2015-08-28</h2> 18592 <ul> 18593 <li>New features 18594 <ul> 18595 <li>Server side copies for s3/swift/drive/dropbox/gcs</li> 18596 <li>Move command - uses server side copies if it can</li> 18597 <li>Implement –retries flag - tries 3 times by default</li> 18598 <li>Build for plan9/amd64 and solaris/amd64 too</li> 18599 </ul></li> 18600 <li>Fixes 18601 <ul> 18602 <li>Make a current version download with a fixed URL for scripting</li> 18603 <li>Ignore rmdir in limited fs rather than throwing error</li> 18604 </ul></li> 18605 <li>dropbox 18606 <ul> 18607 <li>Increase chunk size to improve upload speeds massively</li> 18608 <li>Issue an error message when trying to upload bad file name</li> 18609 </ul></li> 18610 </ul> 18611 <h2 id="v1.18---2015-08-17">v1.18 - 2015-08-17</h2> 18612 <ul> 18613 <li>drive 18614 <ul> 18615 <li>Add <code>--drive-use-trash</code> flag so rclone trashes instead of deletes</li> 18616 <li>Add “Forbidden to download” message for files with no downloadURL</li> 18617 </ul></li> 18618 <li>dropbox 18619 <ul> 18620 <li>Remove datastore 18621 <ul> 18622 <li>This was deprecated and it caused a lot of problems</li> 18623 <li>Modification times and MD5SUMs no longer stored</li> 18624 </ul></li> 18625 <li>Fix uploading files > 2GB</li> 18626 </ul></li> 18627 <li>s3 18628 <ul> 18629 <li>use official AWS SDK from github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go</li> 18630 <li><strong>NB</strong> will most likely require you to delete and recreate remote</li> 18631 <li>enable multipart upload which enables files > 5GB</li> 18632 <li>tested with Ceph / RadosGW / S3 emulation</li> 18633 <li>many thanks to Sam Liston and Brian Haymore at the <a href="https://www.chpc.utah.edu/">Utah Center for High Performance Computing</a> for a Ceph test account</li> 18634 </ul></li> 18635 <li>misc 18636 <ul> 18637 <li>Show errors when reading the config file</li> 18638 <li>Do not print stats in quiet mode - thanks Leonid Shalupov</li> 18639 <li>Add FAQ</li> 18640 <li>Fix created directories not obeying umask</li> 18641 <li>Linux installation instructions - thanks Shimon Doodkin</li> 18642 </ul></li> 18643 </ul> 18644 <h2 id="v1.17---2015-06-14">v1.17 - 2015-06-14</h2> 18645 <ul> 18646 <li>dropbox: fix case insensitivity issues - thanks Leonid Shalupov</li> 18647 </ul> 18648 <h2 id="v1.16---2015-06-09">v1.16 - 2015-06-09</h2> 18649 <ul> 18650 <li>Fix uploading big files which was causing timeouts or panics</li> 18651 <li>Don’t check md5sum after download with –size-only</li> 18652 </ul> 18653 <h2 id="v1.15---2015-06-06">v1.15 - 2015-06-06</h2> 18654 <ul> 18655 <li>Add –checksum flag to only discard transfers by MD5SUM - thanks Alex Couper</li> 18656 <li>Implement –size-only flag to sync on size not checksum & modtime</li> 18657 <li>Expand docs and remove duplicated information</li> 18658 <li>Document rclone’s limitations with directories</li> 18659 <li>dropbox: update docs about case insensitivity</li> 18660 </ul> 18661 <h2 id="v1.14---2015-05-21">v1.14 - 2015-05-21</h2> 18662 <ul> 18663 <li>local: fix encoding of non utf-8 file names - fixes a duplicate file problem</li> 18664 <li>drive: docs about rate limiting</li> 18665 <li>google cloud storage: Fix compile after API change in “google.golang.org/api/storage/v1”</li> 18666 </ul> 18667 <h2 id="v1.13---2015-05-10">v1.13 - 2015-05-10</h2> 18668 <ul> 18669 <li>Revise documentation (especially sync)</li> 18670 <li>Implement –timeout and –conntimeout</li> 18671 <li>s3: ignore etags from multipart uploads which aren’t md5sums</li> 18672 </ul> 18673 <h2 id="v1.12---2015-03-15">v1.12 - 2015-03-15</h2> 18674 <ul> 18675 <li>drive: Use chunked upload for files above a certain size</li> 18676 <li>drive: add –drive-chunk-size and –drive-upload-cutoff parameters</li> 18677 <li>drive: switch to insert from update when a failed copy deletes the upload</li> 18678 <li>core: Log duplicate files if they are detected</li> 18679 </ul> 18680 <h2 id="v1.11---2015-03-04">v1.11 - 2015-03-04</h2> 18681 <ul> 18682 <li>swift: add region parameter</li> 18683 <li>drive: fix crash on failed to update remote mtime</li> 18684 <li>In remote paths, change native directory separators to /</li> 18685 <li>Add synchronization to ls/lsl/lsd output to stop corruptions</li> 18686 <li>Ensure all stats/log messages to go stderr</li> 18687 <li>Add –log-file flag to log everything (including panics) to file</li> 18688 <li>Make it possible to disable stats printing with –stats=0</li> 18689 <li>Implement –bwlimit to limit data transfer bandwidth</li> 18690 </ul> 18691 <h2 id="v1.10---2015-02-12">v1.10 - 2015-02-12</h2> 18692 <ul> 18693 <li>s3: list an unlimited number of items</li> 18694 <li>Fix getting stuck in the configurator</li> 18695 </ul> 18696 <h2 id="v1.09---2015-02-07">v1.09 - 2015-02-07</h2> 18697 <ul> 18698 <li>windows: Stop drive letters (eg C:) getting mixed up with remotes (eg drive:)</li> 18699 <li>local: Fix directory separators on Windows</li> 18700 <li>drive: fix rate limit exceeded errors</li> 18701 </ul> 18702 <h2 id="v1.08---2015-02-04">v1.08 - 2015-02-04</h2> 18703 <ul> 18704 <li>drive: fix subdirectory listing to not list entire drive</li> 18705 <li>drive: Fix SetModTime</li> 18706 <li>dropbox: adapt code to recent library changes</li> 18707 </ul> 18708 <h2 id="v1.07---2014-12-23">v1.07 - 2014-12-23</h2> 18709 <ul> 18710 <li>google cloud storage: fix memory leak</li> 18711 </ul> 18712 <h2 id="v1.06---2014-12-12">v1.06 - 2014-12-12</h2> 18713 <ul> 18714 <li>Fix “Couldn’t find home directory” on OSX</li> 18715 <li>swift: Add tenant parameter</li> 18716 <li>Use new location of Google API packages</li> 18717 </ul> 18718 <h2 id="v1.05---2014-08-09">v1.05 - 2014-08-09</h2> 18719 <ul> 18720 <li>Improved tests and consequently lots of minor fixes</li> 18721 <li>core: Fix race detected by go race detector</li> 18722 <li>core: Fixes after running errcheck</li> 18723 <li>drive: reset root directory on Rmdir and Purge</li> 18724 <li>fs: Document that Purger returns error on empty directory, test and fix</li> 18725 <li>google cloud storage: fix ListDir on subdirectory</li> 18726 <li>google cloud storage: re-read metadata in SetModTime</li> 18727 <li>s3: make reading metadata more reliable to work around eventual consistency problems</li> 18728 <li>s3: strip trailing / from ListDir()</li> 18729 <li>swift: return directories without / in ListDir</li> 18730 </ul> 18731 <h2 id="v1.04---2014-07-21">v1.04 - 2014-07-21</h2> 18732 <ul> 18733 <li>google cloud storage: Fix crash on Update</li> 18734 </ul> 18735 <h2 id="v1.03---2014-07-20">v1.03 - 2014-07-20</h2> 18736 <ul> 18737 <li>swift, s3, dropbox: fix updated files being marked as corrupted</li> 18738 <li>Make compile with go 1.1 again</li> 18739 </ul> 18740 <h2 id="v1.02---2014-07-19">v1.02 - 2014-07-19</h2> 18741 <ul> 18742 <li>Implement Dropbox remote</li> 18743 <li>Implement Google Cloud Storage remote</li> 18744 <li>Verify Md5sums and Sizes after copies</li> 18745 <li>Remove times from “ls” command - lists sizes only</li> 18746 <li>Add add “lsl” - lists times and sizes</li> 18747 <li>Add “md5sum” command</li> 18748 </ul> 18749 <h2 id="v1.01---2014-07-04">v1.01 - 2014-07-04</h2> 18750 <ul> 18751 <li>drive: fix transfer of big files using up lots of memory</li> 18752 </ul> 18753 <h2 id="v1.00---2014-07-03">v1.00 - 2014-07-03</h2> 18754 <ul> 18755 <li>drive: fix whole second dates</li> 18756 </ul> 18757 <h2 id="v0.99---2014-06-26">v0.99 - 2014-06-26</h2> 18758 <ul> 18759 <li>Fix –dry-run not working</li> 18760 <li>Make compatible with go 1.1</li> 18761 </ul> 18762 <h2 id="v0.98---2014-05-30">v0.98 - 2014-05-30</h2> 18763 <ul> 18764 <li>s3: Treat missing Content-Length as 0 for some ceph installations</li> 18765 <li>rclonetest: add file with a space in</li> 18766 </ul> 18767 <h2 id="v0.97---2014-05-05">v0.97 - 2014-05-05</h2> 18768 <ul> 18769 <li>Implement copying of single files</li> 18770 <li>s3 & swift: support paths inside containers/buckets</li> 18771 </ul> 18772 <h2 id="v0.96---2014-04-24">v0.96 - 2014-04-24</h2> 18773 <ul> 18774 <li>drive: Fix multiple files of same name being created</li> 18775 <li>drive: Use o.Update and fs.Put to optimise transfers</li> 18776 <li>Add version number, -V and –version</li> 18777 </ul> 18778 <h2 id="v0.95---2014-03-28">v0.95 - 2014-03-28</h2> 18779 <ul> 18780 <li>rclone.org: website, docs and graphics</li> 18781 <li>drive: fix path parsing</li> 18782 </ul> 18783 <h2 id="v0.94---2014-03-27">v0.94 - 2014-03-27</h2> 18784 <ul> 18785 <li>Change remote format one last time</li> 18786 <li>GNU style flags</li> 18787 </ul> 18788 <h2 id="v0.93---2014-03-16">v0.93 - 2014-03-16</h2> 18789 <ul> 18790 <li>drive: store token in config file</li> 18791 <li>cross compile other versions</li> 18792 <li>set strict permissions on config file</li> 18793 </ul> 18794 <h2 id="v0.92---2014-03-15">v0.92 - 2014-03-15</h2> 18795 <ul> 18796 <li>Config fixes and –config option</li> 18797 </ul> 18798 <h2 id="v0.91---2014-03-15">v0.91 - 2014-03-15</h2> 18799 <ul> 18800 <li>Make config file</li> 18801 </ul> 18802 <h2 id="v0.90---2013-06-27">v0.90 - 2013-06-27</h2> 18803 <ul> 18804 <li>Project named rclone</li> 18805 </ul> 18806 <h2 id="v0.00---2012-11-18">v0.00 - 2012-11-18</h2> 18807 <ul> 18808 <li>Project started</li> 18809 </ul> 18810 <h1 id="bugs-and-limitations">Bugs and Limitations</h1> 18811 <h2 id="limitations-21">Limitations</h2> 18812 <h3 id="directory-timestamps-arent-preserved">Directory timestamps aren’t preserved</h3> 18813 <p>Rclone doesn’t currently preserve the timestamps of directories. This is because rclone only really considers objects when syncing.</p> 18814 <h3 id="rclone-struggles-with-millions-of-files-in-a-directory">Rclone struggles with millions of files in a directory</h3> 18815 <p>Currently rclone loads each directory entirely into memory before using it. Since each Rclone object takes 0.5k-1k of memory this can take a very long time and use an extremely large amount of memory.</p> 18816 <p>Millions of files in a directory tend caused by software writing cloud storage (eg S3 buckets).</p> 18817 <h3 id="bucket-based-remotes-and-folders">Bucket based remotes and folders</h3> 18818 <p>Bucket based remotes (eg S3/GCS/Swift/B2) do not have a concept of directories. Rclone therefore cannot create directories in them which means that empty directories on a bucket based remote will tend to disappear.</p> 18819 <p>Some software creates empty keys ending in <code>/</code> as directory markers. Rclone doesn’t do this as it potentially creates more objects and costs more. It may do in future (probably with a flag).</p> 18820 <h2 id="bugs">Bugs</h2> 18821 <p>Bugs are stored in rclone’s GitHub project:</p> 18822 <ul> 18823 <li><a href="https://github.com/rclone/rclone/issues?q=is%3Aopen+is%3Aissue+label%3Abug">Reported bugs</a></li> 18824 <li><a href="https://github.com/rclone/rclone/issues?q=is%3Aopen+is%3Aissue+milestone%3A%22Known+Problem%22">Known issues</a></li> 18825 </ul> 18826 <h2 id="frequently-asked-questions">Frequently Asked Questions</h2> 18827 <h3 id="do-all-cloud-storage-systems-support-all-rclone-commands">Do all cloud storage systems support all rclone commands</h3> 18828 <p>Yes they do. All the rclone commands (eg <code>sync</code>, <code>copy</code> etc) will work on all the remote storage systems.</p> 18829 <h3 id="can-i-copy-the-config-from-one-machine-to-another">Can I copy the config from one machine to another</h3> 18830 <p>Sure! Rclone stores all of its config in a single file. If you want to find this file, run <code>rclone config file</code> which will tell you where it is.</p> 18831 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/remote_setup/">remote setup docs</a> for more info.</p> 18832 <h3 id="how-do-i-configure-rclone-on-a-remote-headless-box-with-no-browser">How do I configure rclone on a remote / headless box with no browser?</h3> 18833 <p>This has now been documented in its own <a href="https://rclone.org/remote_setup/">remote setup page</a>.</p> 18834 <h3 id="can-rclone-sync-directly-from-drive-to-s3">Can rclone sync directly from drive to s3</h3> 18835 <p>Rclone can sync between two remote cloud storage systems just fine.</p> 18836 <p>Note that it effectively downloads the file and uploads it again, so the node running rclone would need to have lots of bandwidth.</p> 18837 <p>The syncs would be incremental (on a file by file basis).</p> 18838 <p>Eg</p> 18839 <pre><code>rclone sync drive:Folder s3:bucket</code></pre> 18840 <h3 id="using-rclone-from-multiple-locations-at-the-same-time">Using rclone from multiple locations at the same time</h3> 18841 <p>You can use rclone from multiple places at the same time if you choose different subdirectory for the output, eg</p> 18842 <pre><code>Server A> rclone sync /tmp/whatever remote:ServerA 18843 Server B> rclone sync /tmp/whatever remote:ServerB</code></pre> 18844 <p>If you sync to the same directory then you should use rclone copy otherwise the two rclones may delete each others files, eg</p> 18845 <pre><code>Server A> rclone copy /tmp/whatever remote:Backup 18846 Server B> rclone copy /tmp/whatever remote:Backup</code></pre> 18847 <p>The file names you upload from Server A and Server B should be different in this case, otherwise some file systems (eg Drive) may make duplicates.</p> 18848 <h3 id="why-doesnt-rclone-support-partial-transfers-binary-diffs-like-rsync">Why doesn’t rclone support partial transfers / binary diffs like rsync?</h3> 18849 <p>Rclone stores each file you transfer as a native object on the remote cloud storage system. This means that you can see the files you upload as expected using alternative access methods (eg using the Google Drive web interface). There is a 1:1 mapping between files on your hard disk and objects created in the cloud storage system.</p> 18850 <p>Cloud storage systems (at least none I’ve come across yet) don’t support partially uploading an object. You can’t take an existing object, and change some bytes in the middle of it.</p> 18851 <p>It would be possible to make a sync system which stored binary diffs instead of whole objects like rclone does, but that would break the 1:1 mapping of files on your hard disk to objects in the remote cloud storage system.</p> 18852 <p>All the cloud storage systems support partial downloads of content, so it would be possible to make partial downloads work. However to make this work efficiently this would require storing a significant amount of metadata, which breaks the desired 1:1 mapping of files to objects.</p> 18853 <h3 id="can-rclone-do-bi-directional-sync">Can rclone do bi-directional sync?</h3> 18854 <p>No, not at present. rclone only does uni-directional sync from A -> B. It may do in the future though since it has all the primitives - it just requires writing the algorithm to do it.</p> 18855 <h3 id="can-i-use-rclone-with-an-http-proxy">Can I use rclone with an HTTP proxy?</h3> 18856 <p>Yes. rclone will follow the standard environment variables for proxies, similar to cURL and other programs.</p> 18857 <p>In general the variables are called <code>http_proxy</code> (for services reached over <code>http</code>) and <code>https_proxy</code> (for services reached over <code>https</code>). Most public services will be using <code>https</code>, but you may wish to set both.</p> 18858 <p>The content of the variable is <code>protocol://server:port</code>. The protocol value is the one used to talk to the proxy server, itself, and is commonly either <code>http</code> or <code>socks5</code>.</p> 18859 <p>Slightly annoyingly, there is no <em>standard</em> for the name; some applications may use <code>http_proxy</code> but another one <code>HTTP_PROXY</code>. The <code>Go</code> libraries used by <code>rclone</code> will try both variations, but you may wish to set all possibilities. So, on Linux, you may end up with code similar to</p> 18860 <pre><code>export http_proxy=http://proxyserver:12345 18861 export https_proxy=$http_proxy 18862 export HTTP_PROXY=$http_proxy 18863 export HTTPS_PROXY=$http_proxy</code></pre> 18864 <p>The <code>NO_PROXY</code> allows you to disable the proxy for specific hosts. Hosts must be comma separated, and can contain domains or parts. For instance “foo.com” also matches “bar.foo.com”.</p> 18865 <p>e.g.</p> 18866 <pre><code>export no_proxy=localhost,127.0.0.0/8,my.host.name 18867 export NO_PROXY=$no_proxy</code></pre> 18868 <p>Note that the ftp backend does not support <code>ftp_proxy</code> yet.</p> 18869 <h3 id="rclone-gives-x509-failed-to-load-system-roots-and-no-roots-provided-error">Rclone gives x509: failed to load system roots and no roots provided error</h3> 18870 <p>This means that <code>rclone</code> can’t file the SSL root certificates. Likely you are running <code>rclone</code> on a NAS with a cut-down Linux OS, or possibly on Solaris.</p> 18871 <p>Rclone (via the Go runtime) tries to load the root certificates from these places on Linux.</p> 18872 <pre><code>"/etc/ssl/certs/ca-certificates.crt", // Debian/Ubuntu/Gentoo etc. 18873 "/etc/pki/tls/certs/ca-bundle.crt", // Fedora/RHEL 18874 "/etc/ssl/ca-bundle.pem", // OpenSUSE 18875 "/etc/pki/tls/cacert.pem", // OpenELEC</code></pre> 18876 <p>So doing something like this should fix the problem. It also sets the time which is important for SSL to work properly.</p> 18877 <pre><code>mkdir -p /etc/ssl/certs/ 18878 curl -o /etc/ssl/certs/ca-certificates.crt https://raw.githubusercontent.com/bagder/ca-bundle/master/ca-bundle.crt 18879 ntpclient -s -h pool.ntp.org</code></pre> 18880 <p>The two environment variables <code>SSL_CERT_FILE</code> and <code>SSL_CERT_DIR</code>, mentioned in the <a href="https://godoc.org/crypto/x509">x509 package</a>, provide an additional way to provide the SSL root certificates.</p> 18881 <p>Note that you may need to add the <code>--insecure</code> option to the <code>curl</code> command line if it doesn’t work without.</p> 18882 <pre><code>curl --insecure -o /etc/ssl/certs/ca-certificates.crt https://raw.githubusercontent.com/bagder/ca-bundle/master/ca-bundle.crt</code></pre> 18883 <h3 id="rclone-gives-failed-to-load-config-file-function-not-implemented-error">Rclone gives Failed to load config file: function not implemented error</h3> 18884 <p>Likely this means that you are running rclone on Linux version not supported by the go runtime, ie earlier than version 2.6.23.</p> 18885 <p>See the <a href="https://golang.org/doc/install">system requirements section in the go install docs</a> for full details.</p> 18886 <h3 id="all-my-uploaded-docxxlsxpptx-files-appear-as-archivezip">All my uploaded docx/xlsx/pptx files appear as archive/zip</h3> 18887 <p>This is caused by uploading these files from a Windows computer which hasn’t got the Microsoft Office suite installed. The easiest way to fix is to install the Word viewer and the Microsoft Office Compatibility Pack for Word, Excel, and PowerPoint 2007 and later versions’ file formats</p> 18888 <h3 id="tcp-lookup-some.domain.com-no-such-host">tcp lookup some.domain.com no such host</h3> 18889 <p>This happens when rclone cannot resolve a domain. Please check that your DNS setup is generally working, e.g.</p> 18890 <pre><code># both should print a long list of possible IP addresses 18891 dig www.googleapis.com # resolve using your default DNS 18892 dig www.googleapis.com @8.8.8.8 # resolve with Google's DNS server</code></pre> 18893 <p>If you are using <code>systemd-resolved</code> (default on Arch Linux), ensure it is at version 233 or higher. Previous releases contain a bug which causes not all domains to be resolved properly.</p> 18894 <p>Additionally with the <code>GODEBUG=netdns=</code> environment variable the Go resolver decision can be influenced. This also allows to resolve certain issues with DNS resolution. See the <a href="https://golang.org/pkg/net/#hdr-Name_Resolution">name resolution section in the go docs</a>.</p> 18895 <h3 id="the-total-size-reported-in-the-stats-for-a-sync-is-wrong-and-keeps-changing">The total size reported in the stats for a sync is wrong and keeps changing</h3> 18896 <p>It is likely you have more than 10,000 files that need to be synced. By default rclone only gets 10,000 files ahead in a sync so as not to use up too much memory. You can change this default with the <a href="/docs/#max-backlog-n">–max-backlog</a> flag.</p> 18897 <h3 id="rclone-is-using-too-much-memory-or-appears-to-have-a-memory-leak">Rclone is using too much memory or appears to have a memory leak</h3> 18898 <p>Rclone is written in Go which uses a garbage collector. The default settings for the garbage collector mean that it runs when the heap size has doubled.</p> 18899 <p>However it is possible to tune the garbage collector to use less memory by <a href="https://dave.cheney.net/tag/gogc">setting GOGC</a> to a lower value, say <code>export GOGC=20</code>. This will make the garbage collector work harder, reducing memory size at the expense of CPU usage.</p> 18900 <p>The most common cause of rclone using lots of memory is a single directory with thousands or millions of files in. Rclone has to load this entirely into memory as rclone objects. Each rclone object takes 0.5k-1k of memory.</p> 18901 <h2 id="license">License</h2> 18902 <p>This is free software under the terms of MIT the license (check the COPYING file included with the source code).</p> 18903 <pre><code>Copyright (C) 2019 by Nick Craig-Wood https://www.craig-wood.com/nick/ 18904 18905 Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy 18906 of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal 18907 in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights 18908 to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell 18909 copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is 18910 furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: 18911 18912 The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in 18913 all copies or substantial portions of the Software. 18914 18915 THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR 18916 IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, 18917 FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE 18918 AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER 18919 LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, 18920 OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN 18921 THE SOFTWARE.</code></pre> 18922 <h2 id="authors">Authors</h2> 18923 <ul> 18924 <li>Nick Craig-Wood <a href="mailto:nick@craig-wood.com" class="email">nick@craig-wood.com</a></li> 18925 </ul> 18926 <h2 id="contributors">Contributors</h2> 18927 <ul> 18928 <li>Alex Couper <a href="mailto:amcouper@gmail.com" class="email">amcouper@gmail.com</a></li> 18929 <li>Leonid Shalupov <a href="mailto:leonid@shalupov.com" class="email">leonid@shalupov.com</a> <a href="mailto:shalupov@diverse.org.ru" class="email">shalupov@diverse.org.ru</a></li> 18930 <li>Shimon Doodkin <a href="mailto:helpmepro1@gmail.com" class="email">helpmepro1@gmail.com</a></li> 18931 <li>Colin Nicholson <a href="mailto:colin@colinn.com" class="email">colin@colinn.com</a></li> 18932 <li>Klaus Post <a href="mailto:klauspost@gmail.com" class="email">klauspost@gmail.com</a></li> 18933 <li>Sergey Tolmachev <a href="mailto:tolsi.ru@gmail.com" class="email">tolsi.ru@gmail.com</a></li> 18934 <li>Adriano Aurélio Meirelles <a href="mailto:adriano@atinge.com" class="email">adriano@atinge.com</a></li> 18935 <li>C. Bess <a href="mailto:cbess@users.noreply.github.com" class="email">cbess@users.noreply.github.com</a></li> 18936 <li>Dmitry Burdeev <a href="mailto:dibu28@gmail.com" class="email">dibu28@gmail.com</a></li> 18937 <li>Joseph Spurrier <a href="mailto:github@josephspurrier.com" class="email">github@josephspurrier.com</a></li> 18938 <li>Björn Harrtell <a href="mailto:bjorn@wololo.org" class="email">bjorn@wololo.org</a></li> 18939 <li>Xavier Lucas <a href="mailto:xavier.lucas@corp.ovh.com" class="email">xavier.lucas@corp.ovh.com</a></li> 18940 <li>Werner Beroux <a href="mailto:werner@beroux.com" class="email">werner@beroux.com</a></li> 18941 <li>Brian Stengaard <a href="mailto:brian@stengaard.eu" class="email">brian@stengaard.eu</a></li> 18942 <li>Jakub Gedeon <a href="mailto:jgedeon@sofi.com" class="email">jgedeon@sofi.com</a></li> 18943 <li>Jim Tittsler <a href="mailto:jwt@onjapan.net" class="email">jwt@onjapan.net</a></li> 18944 <li>Michal Witkowski <a href="mailto:michal@improbable.io" class="email">michal@improbable.io</a></li> 18945 <li>Fabian Ruff <a href="mailto:fabian.ruff@sap.com" class="email">fabian.ruff@sap.com</a></li> 18946 <li>Leigh Klotz <a href="mailto:klotz@quixey.com" class="email">klotz@quixey.com</a></li> 18947 <li>Romain Lapray <a href="mailto:lapray.romain@gmail.com" class="email">lapray.romain@gmail.com</a></li> 18948 <li>Justin R. Wilson <a href="mailto:jrw972@gmail.com" class="email">jrw972@gmail.com</a></li> 18949 <li>Antonio Messina <a href="mailto:antonio.s.messina@gmail.com" class="email">antonio.s.messina@gmail.com</a></li> 18950 <li>Stefan G. Weichinger <a href="mailto:office@oops.co.at" class="email">office@oops.co.at</a></li> 18951 <li>Per Cederberg <a href="mailto:cederberg@gmail.com" class="email">cederberg@gmail.com</a></li> 18952 <li>Radek Šenfeld <a href="mailto:rush@logic.cz" class="email">rush@logic.cz</a></li> 18953 <li>Fredrik Fornwall <a href="mailto:fredrik@fornwall.net" class="email">fredrik@fornwall.net</a></li> 18954 <li>Asko Tamm <a href="mailto:asko@deekit.net" class="email">asko@deekit.net</a></li> 18955 <li>xor-zz <a href="mailto:xor@gstocco.com" class="email">xor@gstocco.com</a></li> 18956 <li>Tomasz Mazur <a href="mailto:tmazur90@gmail.com" class="email">tmazur90@gmail.com</a></li> 18957 <li>Marco Paganini <a href="mailto:paganini@paganini.net" class="email">paganini@paganini.net</a></li> 18958 <li>Felix Bünemann <a href="mailto:buenemann@louis.info" class="email">buenemann@louis.info</a></li> 18959 <li>Durval Menezes <a href="mailto:jmrclone@durval.com" class="email">jmrclone@durval.com</a></li> 18960 <li>Luiz Carlos Rumbelsperger Viana <a href="mailto:maxd13_luiz_carlos@hotmail.com" class="email">maxd13_luiz_carlos@hotmail.com</a></li> 18961 <li>Stefan Breunig <a href="mailto:stefan-github@yrden.de" class="email">stefan-github@yrden.de</a></li> 18962 <li>Alishan Ladhani <a href="mailto:ali-l@users.noreply.github.com" class="email">ali-l@users.noreply.github.com</a></li> 18963 <li>0xJAKE <a href="mailto:0xJAKE@users.noreply.github.com" class="email">0xJAKE@users.noreply.github.com</a></li> 18964 <li>Thibault Molleman <a href="mailto:thibaultmol@users.noreply.github.com" class="email">thibaultmol@users.noreply.github.com</a></li> 18965 <li>Scott McGillivray <a href="mailto:scott.mcgillivray@gmail.com" class="email">scott.mcgillivray@gmail.com</a></li> 18966 <li>Bjørn Erik Pedersen <a href="mailto:bjorn.erik.pedersen@gmail.com" class="email">bjorn.erik.pedersen@gmail.com</a></li> 18967 <li>Lukas Loesche <a href="mailto:lukas@mesosphere.io" class="email">lukas@mesosphere.io</a></li> 18968 <li>emyarod <a href="mailto:allllaboutyou@gmail.com" class="email">allllaboutyou@gmail.com</a></li> 18969 <li>T.C. Ferguson <a href="mailto:tcf909@gmail.com" class="email">tcf909@gmail.com</a></li> 18970 <li>Brandur <a href="mailto:brandur@mutelight.org" class="email">brandur@mutelight.org</a></li> 18971 <li>Dario Giovannetti <a href="mailto:dev@dariogiovannetti.net" class="email">dev@dariogiovannetti.net</a></li> 18972 <li>Károly Oláh <a href="mailto:okaresz@aol.com" class="email">okaresz@aol.com</a></li> 18973 <li>Jon Yergatian <a href="mailto:jon@macfanatic.ca" class="email">jon@macfanatic.ca</a></li> 18974 <li>Jack Schmidt <a href="mailto:github@mowsey.org" class="email">github@mowsey.org</a></li> 18975 <li>Dedsec1 <a href="mailto:Dedsec1@users.noreply.github.com" class="email">Dedsec1@users.noreply.github.com</a></li> 18976 <li>Hisham Zarka <a href="mailto:hzarka@gmail.com" class="email">hzarka@gmail.com</a></li> 18977 <li>Jérôme Vizcaino <a href="mailto:jerome.vizcaino@gmail.com" class="email">jerome.vizcaino@gmail.com</a></li> 18978 <li>Mike Tesch <a href="mailto:mjt6129@rit.edu" class="email">mjt6129@rit.edu</a></li> 18979 <li>Marvin Watson <a href="mailto:marvwatson@users.noreply.github.com" class="email">marvwatson@users.noreply.github.com</a></li> 18980 <li>Danny Tsai <a href="mailto:danny8376@gmail.com" class="email">danny8376@gmail.com</a></li> 18981 <li>Yoni Jah <a href="mailto:yonjah+git@gmail.com" class="email">yonjah+git@gmail.com</a> <a href="mailto:yonjah+github@gmail.com" class="email">yonjah+github@gmail.com</a></li> 18982 <li>Stephen Harris <a href="mailto:github@spuddy.org" class="email">github@spuddy.org</a> <a href="mailto:sweharris@users.noreply.github.com" class="email">sweharris@users.noreply.github.com</a></li> 18983 <li>Ihor Dvoretskyi <a href="mailto:ihor.dvoretskyi@gmail.com" class="email">ihor.dvoretskyi@gmail.com</a></li> 18984 <li>Jon Craton <a href="mailto:jncraton@gmail.com" class="email">jncraton@gmail.com</a></li> 18985 <li>Hraban Luyat <a href="mailto:hraban@0brg.net" class="email">hraban@0brg.net</a></li> 18986 <li>Michael Ledin <a href="mailto:mledin89@gmail.com" class="email">mledin89@gmail.com</a></li> 18987 <li>Martin Kristensen <a href="mailto:me@azgul.com" class="email">me@azgul.com</a></li> 18988 <li>Too Much IO <a href="mailto:toomuchio@users.noreply.github.com" class="email">toomuchio@users.noreply.github.com</a></li> 18989 <li>Anisse Astier <a href="mailto:anisse@astier.eu" class="email">anisse@astier.eu</a></li> 18990 <li>Zahiar Ahmed <a href="mailto:zahiar@live.com" class="email">zahiar@live.com</a></li> 18991 <li>Igor Kharin <a href="mailto:igorkharin@gmail.com" class="email">igorkharin@gmail.com</a></li> 18992 <li>Bill Zissimopoulos <a href="mailto:billziss@navimatics.com" class="email">billziss@navimatics.com</a></li> 18993 <li>Bob Potter <a href="mailto:bobby.potter@gmail.com" class="email">bobby.potter@gmail.com</a></li> 18994 <li>Steven Lu <a href="mailto:tacticalazn@gmail.com" class="email">tacticalazn@gmail.com</a></li> 18995 <li>Sjur Fredriksen <a href="mailto:sjurtf@ifi.uio.no" class="email">sjurtf@ifi.uio.no</a></li> 18996 <li>Ruwbin <a href="mailto:hubus12345@gmail.com" class="email">hubus12345@gmail.com</a></li> 18997 <li>Fabian Möller <a href="mailto:fabianm88@gmail.com" class="email">fabianm88@gmail.com</a> <a href="mailto:f.moeller@nynex.de" class="email">f.moeller@nynex.de</a></li> 18998 <li>Edward Q. Bridges <a href="mailto:github@eqbridges.com" class="email">github@eqbridges.com</a></li> 18999 <li>Vasiliy Tolstov <a href="mailto:v.tolstov@selfip.ru" class="email">v.tolstov@selfip.ru</a></li> 19000 <li>Harshavardhana <a href="mailto:harsha@minio.io" class="email">harsha@minio.io</a></li> 19001 <li>sainaen <a href="mailto:sainaen@gmail.com" class="email">sainaen@gmail.com</a></li> 19002 <li>gdm85 <a href="mailto:gdm85@users.noreply.github.com" class="email">gdm85@users.noreply.github.com</a></li> 19003 <li>Yaroslav Halchenko <a href="mailto:debian@onerussian.com" class="email">debian@onerussian.com</a></li> 19004 <li>John Papandriopoulos <a href="mailto:jpap@users.noreply.github.com" class="email">jpap@users.noreply.github.com</a></li> 19005 <li>Zhiming Wang <a href="mailto:zmwangx@gmail.com" class="email">zmwangx@gmail.com</a></li> 19006 <li>Andy Pilate <a href="mailto:cubox@cubox.me" class="email">cubox@cubox.me</a></li> 19007 <li>Oliver Heyme <a href="mailto:olihey@googlemail.com" class="email">olihey@googlemail.com</a> <a href="mailto:olihey@users.noreply.github.com" class="email">olihey@users.noreply.github.com</a> <a href="mailto:de8olihe@lego.com" class="email">de8olihe@lego.com</a></li> 19008 <li>wuyu <a href="mailto:wuyu@yunify.com" class="email">wuyu@yunify.com</a></li> 19009 <li>Andrei Dragomir <a href="mailto:adragomi@adobe.com" class="email">adragomi@adobe.com</a></li> 19010 <li>Christian Brüggemann <a href="mailto:mail@cbruegg.com" class="email">mail@cbruegg.com</a></li> 19011 <li>Alex McGrath Kraak <a href="mailto:amkdude@gmail.com" class="email">amkdude@gmail.com</a></li> 19012 <li>bpicode <a href="mailto:bjoern.pirnay@googlemail.com" class="email">bjoern.pirnay@googlemail.com</a></li> 19013 <li>Daniel Jagszent <a href="mailto:daniel@jagszent.de" class="email">daniel@jagszent.de</a></li> 19014 <li>Josiah White <a href="mailto:thegenius2009@gmail.com" class="email">thegenius2009@gmail.com</a></li> 19015 <li>Ishuah Kariuki <a href="mailto:kariuki@ishuah.com" class="email">kariuki@ishuah.com</a> <a href="mailto:ishuah91@gmail.com" class="email">ishuah91@gmail.com</a></li> 19016 <li>Jan Varho <a href="mailto:jan@varho.org" class="email">jan@varho.org</a></li> 19017 <li>Girish Ramakrishnan <a href="mailto:girish@cloudron.io" class="email">girish@cloudron.io</a></li> 19018 <li>LingMan <a href="mailto:LingMan@users.noreply.github.com" class="email">LingMan@users.noreply.github.com</a></li> 19019 <li>Jacob McNamee <a href="mailto:jacobmcnamee@gmail.com" class="email">jacobmcnamee@gmail.com</a></li> 19020 <li>jersou <a href="mailto:jertux@gmail.com" class="email">jertux@gmail.com</a></li> 19021 <li>thierry <a href="mailto:thierry@substantiel.fr" class="email">thierry@substantiel.fr</a></li> 19022 <li>Simon Leinen <a href="mailto:simon.leinen@gmail.com" class="email">simon.leinen@gmail.com</a> <a href="mailto:ubuntu@s3-test.novalocal" class="email">ubuntu@s3-test.novalocal</a></li> 19023 <li>Dan Dascalescu <a href="mailto:ddascalescu+github@gmail.com" class="email">ddascalescu+github@gmail.com</a></li> 19024 <li>Jason Rose <a href="mailto:jason@jro.io" class="email">jason@jro.io</a></li> 19025 <li>Andrew Starr-Bochicchio <a href="mailto:a.starr.b@gmail.com" class="email">a.starr.b@gmail.com</a></li> 19026 <li>John Leach <a href="mailto:john@johnleach.co.uk" class="email">john@johnleach.co.uk</a></li> 19027 <li>Corban Raun <a href="mailto:craun@instructure.com" class="email">craun@instructure.com</a></li> 19028 <li>Pierre Carlson <a href="mailto:mpcarl@us.ibm.com" class="email">mpcarl@us.ibm.com</a></li> 19029 <li>Ernest Borowski <a href="mailto:er.borowski@gmail.com" class="email">er.borowski@gmail.com</a></li> 19030 <li>Remus Bunduc <a href="mailto:remus.bunduc@gmail.com" class="email">remus.bunduc@gmail.com</a></li> 19031 <li>Iakov Davydov <a href="mailto:iakov.davydov@unil.ch" class="email">iakov.davydov@unil.ch</a> <a href="mailto:dav05.gith@myths.ru" class="email">dav05.gith@myths.ru</a></li> 19032 <li>Jakub Tasiemski <a href="mailto:tasiemski@gmail.com" class="email">tasiemski@gmail.com</a></li> 19033 <li>David Minor <a href="mailto:dminor@saymedia.com" class="email">dminor@saymedia.com</a></li> 19034 <li>Tim Cooijmans <a href="mailto:cooijmans.tim@gmail.com" class="email">cooijmans.tim@gmail.com</a></li> 19035 <li>Laurence <a href="mailto:liuxy6@gmail.com" class="email">liuxy6@gmail.com</a></li> 19036 <li>Giovanni Pizzi <a href="mailto:gio.piz@gmail.com" class="email">gio.piz@gmail.com</a></li> 19037 <li>Filip Bartodziej <a href="mailto:filipbartodziej@gmail.com" class="email">filipbartodziej@gmail.com</a></li> 19038 <li>Jon Fautley <a href="mailto:jon@dead.li" class="email">jon@dead.li</a></li> 19039 <li>lewapm <a href="mailto:32110057+lewapm@users.noreply.github.com" class="email">32110057+lewapm@users.noreply.github.com</a></li> 19040 <li>Yassine Imounachen <a href="mailto:yassine256@gmail.com" class="email">yassine256@gmail.com</a></li> 19041 <li>Chris Redekop <a href="mailto:chris-redekop@users.noreply.github.com" class="email">chris-redekop@users.noreply.github.com</a> <a href="mailto:chris.redekop@gmail.com" class="email">chris.redekop@gmail.com</a></li> 19042 <li>Jon Fautley <a href="mailto:jon@adenoid.appstal.co.uk" class="email">jon@adenoid.appstal.co.uk</a></li> 19043 <li>Will Gunn <a href="mailto:WillGunn@users.noreply.github.com" class="email">WillGunn@users.noreply.github.com</a></li> 19044 <li>Lucas Bremgartner <a href="mailto:lucas@bremis.ch" class="email">lucas@bremis.ch</a></li> 19045 <li>Jody Frankowski <a href="mailto:jody.frankowski@gmail.com" class="email">jody.frankowski@gmail.com</a></li> 19046 <li>Andreas Roussos <a href="mailto:arouss1980@gmail.com" class="email">arouss1980@gmail.com</a></li> 19047 <li>nbuchanan <a href="mailto:nbuchanan@utah.gov" class="email">nbuchanan@utah.gov</a></li> 19048 <li>Durval Menezes <a href="mailto:rclone@durval.com" class="email">rclone@durval.com</a></li> 19049 <li>Victor <a href="mailto:vb-github@viblo.se" class="email">vb-github@viblo.se</a></li> 19050 <li>Mateusz <a href="mailto:pabian.mateusz@gmail.com" class="email">pabian.mateusz@gmail.com</a></li> 19051 <li>Daniel Loader <a href="mailto:spicypixel@gmail.com" class="email">spicypixel@gmail.com</a></li> 19052 <li>David0rk <a href="mailto:davidork@gmail.com" class="email">davidork@gmail.com</a></li> 19053 <li>Alexander Neumann <a href="mailto:alexander@bumpern.de" class="email">alexander@bumpern.de</a></li> 19054 <li>Giri Badanahatti <a href="mailto:gbadanahatti@us.ibm.com@Giris-MacBook-Pro.local" class="email">gbadanahatti@us.ibm.com@Giris-MacBook-Pro.local</a></li> 19055 <li>Leo R. Lundgren <a href="mailto:leo@finalresort.org" class="email">leo@finalresort.org</a></li> 19056 <li>wolfv <a href="mailto:wolfv6@users.noreply.github.com" class="email">wolfv6@users.noreply.github.com</a></li> 19057 <li>Dave Pedu <a href="mailto:dave@davepedu.com" class="email">dave@davepedu.com</a></li> 19058 <li>Stefan Lindblom <a href="mailto:lindblom@spotify.com" class="email">lindblom@spotify.com</a></li> 19059 <li>seuffert <a href="mailto:oliver@seuffert.biz" class="email">oliver@seuffert.biz</a></li> 19060 <li>gbadanahatti <a href="mailto:37121690+gbadanahatti@users.noreply.github.com" class="email">37121690+gbadanahatti@users.noreply.github.com</a></li> 19061 <li>Keith Goldfarb <a href="mailto:barkofdelight@gmail.com" class="email">barkofdelight@gmail.com</a></li> 19062 <li>Steve Kriss <a href="mailto:steve@heptio.com" class="email">steve@heptio.com</a></li> 19063 <li>Chih-Hsuan Yen <a href="mailto:yan12125@gmail.com" class="email">yan12125@gmail.com</a></li> 19064 <li>Alexander Neumann <a href="mailto:fd0@users.noreply.github.com" class="email">fd0@users.noreply.github.com</a></li> 19065 <li>Matt Holt <a href="mailto:mholt@users.noreply.github.com" class="email">mholt@users.noreply.github.com</a></li> 19066 <li>Eri Bastos <a href="mailto:bastos.eri@gmail.com" class="email">bastos.eri@gmail.com</a></li> 19067 <li>Michael P. Dubner <a href="mailto:pywebmail@list.ru" class="email">pywebmail@list.ru</a></li> 19068 <li>Antoine GIRARD <a href="mailto:sapk@users.noreply.github.com" class="email">sapk@users.noreply.github.com</a></li> 19069 <li>Mateusz Piotrowski <a href="mailto:mpp302@gmail.com" class="email">mpp302@gmail.com</a></li> 19070 <li>Animosity022 <a href="mailto:animosity22@users.noreply.github.com" class="email">animosity22@users.noreply.github.com</a> <a href="mailto:earl.texter@gmail.com" class="email">earl.texter@gmail.com</a></li> 19071 <li>Peter Baumgartner <a href="mailto:pete@lincolnloop.com" class="email">pete@lincolnloop.com</a></li> 19072 <li>Craig Rachel <a href="mailto:craig@craigrachel.com" class="email">craig@craigrachel.com</a></li> 19073 <li>Michael G. Noll <a href="mailto:miguno@users.noreply.github.com" class="email">miguno@users.noreply.github.com</a></li> 19074 <li>hensur <a href="mailto:me@hensur.de" class="email">me@hensur.de</a></li> 19075 <li>Oliver Heyme <a href="mailto:de8olihe@lego.com" class="email">de8olihe@lego.com</a></li> 19076 <li>Richard Yang <a href="mailto:richard@yenforyang.com" class="email">richard@yenforyang.com</a></li> 19077 <li>Piotr Oleszczyk <a href="mailto:piotr.oleszczyk@gmail.com" class="email">piotr.oleszczyk@gmail.com</a></li> 19078 <li>Rodrigo <a href="mailto:rodarima@gmail.com" class="email">rodarima@gmail.com</a></li> 19079 <li>NoLooseEnds <a href="mailto:NoLooseEnds@users.noreply.github.com" class="email">NoLooseEnds@users.noreply.github.com</a></li> 19080 <li>Jakub Karlicek <a href="mailto:jakub@karlicek.me" class="email">jakub@karlicek.me</a></li> 19081 <li>John Clayton <a href="mailto:john@codemonkeylabs.com" class="email">john@codemonkeylabs.com</a></li> 19082 <li>Kasper Byrdal Nielsen <a href="mailto:byrdal76@gmail.com" class="email">byrdal76@gmail.com</a></li> 19083 <li>Benjamin Joseph Dag <a href="mailto:bjdag1234@users.noreply.github.com" class="email">bjdag1234@users.noreply.github.com</a></li> 19084 <li>themylogin <a href="mailto:themylogin@gmail.com" class="email">themylogin@gmail.com</a></li> 19085 <li>Onno Zweers <a href="mailto:onno.zweers@surfsara.nl" class="email">onno.zweers@surfsara.nl</a></li> 19086 <li>Jasper Lievisse Adriaanse <a href="mailto:jasper@humppa.nl" class="email">jasper@humppa.nl</a></li> 19087 <li>sandeepkru <a href="mailto:sandeep.ummadi@gmail.com" class="email">sandeep.ummadi@gmail.com</a> <a href="mailto:sandeepkru@users.noreply.github.com" class="email">sandeepkru@users.noreply.github.com</a></li> 19088 <li>HerrH <a href="mailto:atomtigerzoo@users.noreply.github.com" class="email">atomtigerzoo@users.noreply.github.com</a></li> 19089 <li>Andrew <a href="mailto:4030760+sparkyman215@users.noreply.github.com" class="email">4030760+sparkyman215@users.noreply.github.com</a></li> 19090 <li>dan smith <a href="mailto:XX1011@gmail.com" class="email">XX1011@gmail.com</a></li> 19091 <li>Oleg Kovalov <a href="mailto:iamolegkovalov@gmail.com" class="email">iamolegkovalov@gmail.com</a></li> 19092 <li>Ruben Vandamme <a href="mailto:github-com-00ff86@vandamme.email" class="email">github-com-00ff86@vandamme.email</a></li> 19093 <li>Cnly <a href="mailto:minecnly@gmail.com" class="email">minecnly@gmail.com</a></li> 19094 <li>Andres Alvarez <a href="mailto:1671935+kir4h@users.noreply.github.com" class="email">1671935+kir4h@users.noreply.github.com</a></li> 19095 <li>reddi1 <a href="mailto:xreddi@gmail.com" class="email">xreddi@gmail.com</a></li> 19096 <li>Matt Tucker <a href="mailto:matthewtckr@gmail.com" class="email">matthewtckr@gmail.com</a></li> 19097 <li>Sebastian Bünger <a href="mailto:buengese@gmail.com" class="email">buengese@gmail.com</a></li> 19098 <li>Martin Polden <a href="mailto:mpolden@mpolden.no" class="email">mpolden@mpolden.no</a></li> 19099 <li>Alex Chen <a href="mailto:Cnly@users.noreply.github.com" class="email">Cnly@users.noreply.github.com</a></li> 19100 <li>Denis <a href="mailto:deniskovpen@gmail.com" class="email">deniskovpen@gmail.com</a></li> 19101 <li>bsteiss <a href="mailto:35940619+bsteiss@users.noreply.github.com" class="email">35940619+bsteiss@users.noreply.github.com</a></li> 19102 <li>Cédric Connes <a href="mailto:cedric.connes@gmail.com" class="email">cedric.connes@gmail.com</a></li> 19103 <li>Dr. Tobias Quathamer <a href="mailto:toddy15@users.noreply.github.com" class="email">toddy15@users.noreply.github.com</a></li> 19104 <li>dcpu <a href="mailto:42736967+dcpu@users.noreply.github.com" class="email">42736967+dcpu@users.noreply.github.com</a></li> 19105 <li>Sheldon Rupp <a href="mailto:me@shel.io" class="email">me@shel.io</a></li> 19106 <li>albertony <a href="mailto:12441419+albertony@users.noreply.github.com" class="email">12441419+albertony@users.noreply.github.com</a></li> 19107 <li>cron410 <a href="mailto:cron410@gmail.com" class="email">cron410@gmail.com</a></li> 19108 <li>Anagh Kumar Baranwal <a href="mailto:anaghk.dos@gmail.com" class="email">anaghk.dos@gmail.com</a> <a href="mailto:6824881+darthShadow@users.noreply.github.com" class="email">6824881+darthShadow@users.noreply.github.com</a></li> 19109 <li>Felix Brucker <a href="mailto:felix@felixbrucker.com" class="email">felix@felixbrucker.com</a></li> 19110 <li>Santiago Rodríguez <a href="mailto:scollazo@users.noreply.github.com" class="email">scollazo@users.noreply.github.com</a></li> 19111 <li>Craig Miskell <a href="mailto:craig.miskell@fluxfederation.com" class="email">craig.miskell@fluxfederation.com</a></li> 19112 <li>Antoine GIRARD <a href="mailto:sapk@sapk.fr" class="email">sapk@sapk.fr</a></li> 19113 <li>Joanna Marek <a href="mailto:joanna.marek@u2i.com" class="email">joanna.marek@u2i.com</a></li> 19114 <li>frenos <a href="mailto:frenos@users.noreply.github.com" class="email">frenos@users.noreply.github.com</a></li> 19115 <li>ssaqua <a href="mailto:ssaqua@users.noreply.github.com" class="email">ssaqua@users.noreply.github.com</a></li> 19116 <li>xnaas <a href="mailto:me@xnaas.info" class="email">me@xnaas.info</a></li> 19117 <li>Frantisek Fuka <a href="mailto:fuka@fuxoft.cz" class="email">fuka@fuxoft.cz</a></li> 19118 <li>Paul Kohout <a href="mailto:pauljkohout@yahoo.com" class="email">pauljkohout@yahoo.com</a></li> 19119 <li>dcpu <a href="mailto:43330287+dcpu@users.noreply.github.com" class="email">43330287+dcpu@users.noreply.github.com</a></li> 19120 <li>jackyzy823 <a href="mailto:jackyzy823@gmail.com" class="email">jackyzy823@gmail.com</a></li> 19121 <li>David Haguenauer <a href="mailto:ml@kurokatta.org" class="email">ml@kurokatta.org</a></li> 19122 <li>teresy <a href="mailto:hi.teresy@gmail.com" class="email">hi.teresy@gmail.com</a></li> 19123 <li>buergi <a href="mailto:patbuergi@gmx.de" class="email">patbuergi@gmx.de</a></li> 19124 <li>Florian Gamboeck <a href="mailto:mail@floga.de" class="email">mail@floga.de</a></li> 19125 <li>Ralf Hemberger <a href="mailto:10364191+rhemberger@users.noreply.github.com" class="email">10364191+rhemberger@users.noreply.github.com</a></li> 19126 <li>Scott Edlund <a href="mailto:sedlund@users.noreply.github.com" class="email">sedlund@users.noreply.github.com</a></li> 19127 <li>Erik Swanson <a href="mailto:erik@retailnext.net" class="email">erik@retailnext.net</a></li> 19128 <li>Jake Coggiano <a href="mailto:jake@stripe.com" class="email">jake@stripe.com</a></li> 19129 <li>brused27 <a href="mailto:brused27@noemailaddress" class="email">brused27@noemailaddress</a></li> 19130 <li>Peter Kaminski <a href="mailto:kaminski@istori.com" class="email">kaminski@istori.com</a></li> 19131 <li>Henry Ptasinski <a href="mailto:henry@logout.com" class="email">henry@logout.com</a></li> 19132 <li>Alexander <a href="mailto:kharkovalexander@gmail.com" class="email">kharkovalexander@gmail.com</a></li> 19133 <li>Garry McNulty <a href="mailto:garrmcnu@gmail.com" class="email">garrmcnu@gmail.com</a></li> 19134 <li>Mathieu Carbou <a href="mailto:mathieu.carbou@gmail.com" class="email">mathieu.carbou@gmail.com</a></li> 19135 <li>Mark Otway <a href="mailto:mark@otway.com" class="email">mark@otway.com</a></li> 19136 <li>William Cocker <a href="mailto:37018962+WilliamCocker@users.noreply.github.com" class="email">37018962+WilliamCocker@users.noreply.github.com</a></li> 19137 <li>François Leurent <a href="mailto:131.js@cloudyks.org" class="email">131.js@cloudyks.org</a></li> 19138 <li>Arkadius Stefanski <a href="mailto:arkste@gmail.com" class="email">arkste@gmail.com</a></li> 19139 <li>Jay <a href="mailto:dev@jaygoel.com" class="email">dev@jaygoel.com</a></li> 19140 <li>andrea rota <a href="mailto:a@xelera.eu" class="email">a@xelera.eu</a></li> 19141 <li>nicolov <a href="mailto:nicolov@users.noreply.github.com" class="email">nicolov@users.noreply.github.com</a></li> 19142 <li>Dario Guzik <a href="mailto:dario@guzik.com.ar" class="email">dario@guzik.com.ar</a></li> 19143 <li>qip <a href="mailto:qip@users.noreply.github.com" class="email">qip@users.noreply.github.com</a></li> 19144 <li>yair@unicorn <a href="mailto:yair@unicorn" class="email">yair@unicorn</a></li> 19145 <li>Matt Robinson <a href="mailto:brimstone@the.narro.ws" class="email">brimstone@the.narro.ws</a></li> 19146 <li>kayrus <a href="mailto:kay.diam@gmail.com" class="email">kay.diam@gmail.com</a></li> 19147 <li>Rémy Léone <a href="mailto:remy.leone@gmail.com" class="email">remy.leone@gmail.com</a></li> 19148 <li>Wojciech Smigielski <a href="mailto:wojciech.hieronim.smigielski@gmail.com" class="email">wojciech.hieronim.smigielski@gmail.com</a></li> 19149 <li>weetmuts <a href="mailto:oehrstroem@gmail.com" class="email">oehrstroem@gmail.com</a></li> 19150 <li>Jonathan <a href="mailto:vanillajonathan@users.noreply.github.com" class="email">vanillajonathan@users.noreply.github.com</a></li> 19151 <li>James Carpenter <a href="mailto:orbsmiv@users.noreply.github.com" class="email">orbsmiv@users.noreply.github.com</a></li> 19152 <li>Vince <a href="mailto:vince0villamora@gmail.com" class="email">vince0villamora@gmail.com</a></li> 19153 <li>Nestar47 <a href="mailto:47841759+Nestar47@users.noreply.github.com" class="email">47841759+Nestar47@users.noreply.github.com</a></li> 19154 <li>Six <a href="mailto:brbsix@gmail.com" class="email">brbsix@gmail.com</a></li> 19155 <li>Alexandru Bumbacea <a href="mailto:alexandru.bumbacea@booking.com" class="email">alexandru.bumbacea@booking.com</a></li> 19156 <li>calisro <a href="mailto:robert.calistri@gmail.com" class="email">robert.calistri@gmail.com</a></li> 19157 <li>Dr.Rx <a href="mailto:david.rey@nventive.com" class="email">david.rey@nventive.com</a></li> 19158 <li>marcintustin <a href="mailto:marcintustin@users.noreply.github.com" class="email">marcintustin@users.noreply.github.com</a></li> 19159 <li>jaKa Močnik <a href="mailto:jaka@koofr.net" class="email">jaka@koofr.net</a></li> 19160 <li>Fionera <a href="mailto:fionera@fionera.de" class="email">fionera@fionera.de</a></li> 19161 <li>Dan Walters <a href="mailto:dan@walters.io" class="email">dan@walters.io</a></li> 19162 <li>Danil Semelenov <a href="mailto:sgtpep@users.noreply.github.com" class="email">sgtpep@users.noreply.github.com</a></li> 19163 <li>xopez <a href="mailto:28950736+xopez@users.noreply.github.com" class="email">28950736+xopez@users.noreply.github.com</a></li> 19164 <li>Ben Boeckel <a href="mailto:mathstuf@gmail.com" class="email">mathstuf@gmail.com</a></li> 19165 <li>Manu <a href="mailto:manu@snapdragon.cc" class="email">manu@snapdragon.cc</a></li> 19166 <li>Kyle E. Mitchell <a href="mailto:kyle@kemitchell.com" class="email">kyle@kemitchell.com</a></li> 19167 <li>Gary Kim <a href="mailto:gary@garykim.dev" class="email">gary@garykim.dev</a></li> 19168 <li>Jon <a href="mailto:jonathn@github.com" class="email">jonathn@github.com</a></li> 19169 <li>Jeff Quinn <a href="mailto:jeffrey.quinn@bluevoyant.com" class="email">jeffrey.quinn@bluevoyant.com</a></li> 19170 <li>Peter Berbec <a href="mailto:peter@berbec.com" class="email">peter@berbec.com</a></li> 19171 <li>didil <a href="mailto:1284255+didil@users.noreply.github.com" class="email">1284255+didil@users.noreply.github.com</a></li> 19172 <li>id01 <a href="mailto:gaviniboom@gmail.com" class="email">gaviniboom@gmail.com</a></li> 19173 <li>Robert Marko <a href="mailto:robimarko@gmail.com" class="email">robimarko@gmail.com</a></li> 19174 <li>Philip Harvey <a href="mailto:32467456+pharveybattelle@users.noreply.github.com" class="email">32467456+pharveybattelle@users.noreply.github.com</a></li> 19175 <li>JorisE <a href="mailto:JorisE@users.noreply.github.com" class="email">JorisE@users.noreply.github.com</a></li> 19176 <li>garry415 <a href="mailto:garry.415@gmail.com" class="email">garry.415@gmail.com</a></li> 19177 <li>forgems <a href="mailto:forgems@gmail.com" class="email">forgems@gmail.com</a></li> 19178 <li>Florian Apolloner <a href="mailto:florian@apolloner.eu" class="email">florian@apolloner.eu</a></li> 19179 <li>Aleksandar Janković <a href="mailto:office@ajankovic.com" class="email">office@ajankovic.com</a> <a href="mailto:ajankovic@users.noreply.github.com" class="email">ajankovic@users.noreply.github.com</a></li> 19180 <li>Maran <a href="mailto:maran@protonmail.com" class="email">maran@protonmail.com</a></li> 19181 <li>nguyenhuuluan434 <a href="mailto:nguyenhuuluan434@gmail.com" class="email">nguyenhuuluan434@gmail.com</a></li> 19182 <li>Laura Hausmann <a href="mailto:zotan@zotan.pw" class="email">zotan@zotan.pw</a> <a href="mailto:laura@hausmann.dev" class="email">laura@hausmann.dev</a></li> 19183 <li>yparitcher <a href="mailto:y@paritcher.com" class="email">y@paritcher.com</a></li> 19184 <li>AbelThar <a href="mailto:abela.tharen@gmail.com" class="email">abela.tharen@gmail.com</a></li> 19185 <li>Matti Niemenmaa <a href="mailto:matti.niemenmaa+git@iki.fi" class="email">matti.niemenmaa+git@iki.fi</a></li> 19186 <li>Russell Davis <a href="mailto:russelldavis@users.noreply.github.com" class="email">russelldavis@users.noreply.github.com</a></li> 19187 <li>Yi FU <a href="mailto:yi.fu@tink.se" class="email">yi.fu@tink.se</a></li> 19188 <li>Paul Millar <a href="mailto:paul.millar@desy.de" class="email">paul.millar@desy.de</a></li> 19189 <li>justinalin <a href="mailto:justinalin@qnap.com" class="email">justinalin@qnap.com</a></li> 19190 <li>EliEron <a href="mailto:subanimehd@gmail.com" class="email">subanimehd@gmail.com</a></li> 19191 <li>justina777 <a href="mailto:chiahuei.lin@gmail.com" class="email">chiahuei.lin@gmail.com</a></li> 19192 <li>Chaitanya Bankanhal <a href="mailto:bchaitanya15@gmail.com" class="email">bchaitanya15@gmail.com</a></li> 19193 <li>Michał Matczuk <a href="mailto:michal@scylladb.com" class="email">michal@scylladb.com</a></li> 19194 <li>Macavirus <a href="mailto:macavirus@zoho.com" class="email">macavirus@zoho.com</a></li> 19195 <li>Abhinav Sharma <a href="mailto:abhi18av@users.noreply.github.com" class="email">abhi18av@users.noreply.github.com</a></li> 19196 <li>ginvine <a href="mailto:34869051+ginvine@users.noreply.github.com" class="email">34869051+ginvine@users.noreply.github.com</a></li> 19197 <li>Patrick Wang <a href="mailto:mail6543210@yahoo.com.tw" class="email">mail6543210@yahoo.com.tw</a></li> 19198 <li>Cenk Alti <a href="mailto:cenkalti@gmail.com" class="email">cenkalti@gmail.com</a></li> 19199 <li>Andreas Chlupka <a href="mailto:andy@chlupka.com" class="email">andy@chlupka.com</a></li> 19200 <li>Alfonso Montero <a href="mailto:amontero@tinet.org" class="email">amontero@tinet.org</a></li> 19201 <li>Ivan Andreev <a href="mailto:ivandeex@gmail.com" class="email">ivandeex@gmail.com</a></li> 19202 <li>David Baumgold <a href="mailto:david@davidbaumgold.com" class="email">david@davidbaumgold.com</a></li> 19203 <li>Lars Lehtonen <a href="mailto:lars.lehtonen@gmail.com" class="email">lars.lehtonen@gmail.com</a></li> 19204 <li>Matei David <a href="mailto:matei.david@gmail.com" class="email">matei.david@gmail.com</a></li> 19205 <li>David <a href="mailto:david.bramwell@endemolshine.com" class="email">david.bramwell@endemolshine.com</a></li> 19206 <li>Anthony Rusdi <a href="mailto:33247310+antrusd@users.noreply.github.com" class="email">33247310+antrusd@users.noreply.github.com</a></li> 19207 <li>Richard Patel <a href="mailto:me@terorie.dev" class="email">me@terorie.dev</a></li> 19208 <li>庄天翼 <a href="mailto:zty0826@gmail.com" class="email">zty0826@gmail.com</a></li> 19209 <li>SwitchJS <a href="mailto:dev@switchjs.com" class="email">dev@switchjs.com</a></li> 19210 <li>Raphael <a href="mailto:PowershellNinja@users.noreply.github.com" class="email">PowershellNinja@users.noreply.github.com</a></li> 19211 <li>Sezal Agrawal <a href="mailto:sezalagrawal@gmail.com" class="email">sezalagrawal@gmail.com</a></li> 19212 <li>Tyler <a href="mailto:TylerNakamura@users.noreply.github.com" class="email">TylerNakamura@users.noreply.github.com</a></li> 19213 <li>Brett Dutro <a href="mailto:brett.dutro@gmail.com" class="email">brett.dutro@gmail.com</a></li> 19214 <li>Vighnesh SK <a href="mailto:booterror99@gmail.com" class="email">booterror99@gmail.com</a></li> 19215 <li>Arijit Biswas <a href="mailto:dibbyo456@gmail.com" class="email">dibbyo456@gmail.com</a></li> 19216 <li>Michele Caci <a href="mailto:michele.caci@gmail.com" class="email">michele.caci@gmail.com</a></li> 19217 <li>AlexandrBoltris <a href="mailto:ua2fgb@gmail.com" class="email">ua2fgb@gmail.com</a></li> 19218 <li>Bryce Larson <a href="mailto:blarson@saltstack.com" class="email">blarson@saltstack.com</a></li> 19219 <li>Carlos Ferreyra <a href="mailto:crypticmind@gmail.com" class="email">crypticmind@gmail.com</a></li> 19220 <li>Saksham Khanna <a href="mailto:sakshamkhanna@outlook.com" class="email">sakshamkhanna@outlook.com</a></li> 19221 <li>dausruddin <a href="mailto:5763466+dausruddin@users.noreply.github.com" class="email">5763466+dausruddin@users.noreply.github.com</a></li> 19222 <li>zero-24 <a href="mailto:zero-24@users.noreply.github.com" class="email">zero-24@users.noreply.github.com</a></li> 19223 <li>Xiaoxing Ye <a href="mailto:ye@xiaoxing.us" class="email">ye@xiaoxing.us</a></li> 19224 <li>Barry Muldrey <a href="mailto:barry@muldrey.net" class="email">barry@muldrey.net</a></li> 19225 <li>Sebastian Brandt <a href="mailto:sebastian.brandt@friday.de" class="email">sebastian.brandt@friday.de</a></li> 19226 <li>Marco Molteni <a href="mailto:marco.molteni@mailbox.org" class="email">marco.molteni@mailbox.org</a></li> 19227 <li>Ankur Gupta <a href="mailto:ankur0493@gmail.com" class="email">ankur0493@gmail.com</a></li> 19228 <li>Maciej Zimnoch <a href="mailto:maciej@scylladb.com" class="email">maciej@scylladb.com</a></li> 19229 <li>anuar45 <a href="mailto:serdaliyev.anuar@gmail.com" class="email">serdaliyev.anuar@gmail.com</a></li> 19230 <li>Fernando <a href="mailto:ferferga@users.noreply.github.com" class="email">ferferga@users.noreply.github.com</a></li> 19231 <li>David Cole <a href="mailto:david.cole@sohonet.com" class="email">david.cole@sohonet.com</a></li> 19232 <li>Wei He <a href="mailto:git@weispot.com" class="email">git@weispot.com</a></li> 19233 <li>Outvi V <a href="mailto:19144373+outloudvi@users.noreply.github.com" class="email">19144373+outloudvi@users.noreply.github.com</a></li> 19234 <li>Thomas Kriechbaumer <a href="mailto:thomas@kriechbaumer.name" class="email">thomas@kriechbaumer.name</a></li> 19235 <li>Tennix <a href="mailto:tennix@users.noreply.github.com" class="email">tennix@users.noreply.github.com</a></li> 19236 <li>Ole Schütt <a href="mailto:ole@schuett.name" class="email">ole@schuett.name</a></li> 19237 <li>Kuang-che Wu <a href="mailto:kcwu@csie.org" class="email">kcwu@csie.org</a></li> 19238 <li>Thomas Eales <a href="mailto:wingsuit@users.noreply.github.com" class="email">wingsuit@users.noreply.github.com</a></li> 19239 <li>Paul Tinsley <a href="mailto:paul.tinsley@vitalsource.com" class="email">paul.tinsley@vitalsource.com</a></li> 19240 <li>Felix Hungenberg <a href="mailto:git@shiftgeist.com" class="email">git@shiftgeist.com</a></li> 19241 <li>Benjamin Richter <a href="mailto:github@dev.telepath.de" class="email">github@dev.telepath.de</a></li> 19242 <li>landall <a href="mailto:cst_zf@qq.com" class="email">cst_zf@qq.com</a></li> 19243 <li>thestigma <a href="mailto:thestigma@gmail.com" class="email">thestigma@gmail.com</a></li> 19244 <li>jtagcat <a href="mailto:38327267+jtagcat@users.noreply.github.com" class="email">38327267+jtagcat@users.noreply.github.com</a></li> 19245 <li>Damon Permezel <a href="mailto:permezel@me.com" class="email">permezel@me.com</a></li> 19246 <li>boosh <a href="mailto:boosh@users.noreply.github.com" class="email">boosh@users.noreply.github.com</a></li> 19247 <li>unbelauscht <a href="mailto:58393353+unbelauscht@users.noreply.github.com" class="email">58393353+unbelauscht@users.noreply.github.com</a></li> 19248 <li>Motonori IWAMURO <a href="mailto:vmi@nifty.com" class="email">vmi@nifty.com</a></li> 19249 <li>Benjapol Worakan <a href="mailto:benwrk@live.com" class="email">benwrk@live.com</a></li> 19250 </ul> 19251 <h1 id="contact-the-rclone-project">Contact the rclone project</h1> 19252 <h2 id="forum">Forum</h2> 19253 <p>Forum for questions and general discussion:</p> 19254 <ul> 19255 <li>https://forum.rclone.org</li> 19256 </ul> 19257 <h2 id="gitub-project">Gitub project</h2> 19258 <p>The project website is at:</p> 19259 <ul> 19260 <li>https://github.com/rclone/rclone</li> 19261 </ul> 19262 <p>There you can file bug reports or contribute pull requests.</p> 19263 <h2 id="twitter">Twitter</h2> 19264 <p>You can also follow me on twitter for rclone announcements:</p> 19265 <ul> 19266 <li><span class="citation" data-cites="njcw">[@njcw]</span>(https://twitter.com/njcw)</li> 19267 </ul> 19268 <h2 id="email">Email</h2> 19269 <p>Or if all else fails or you want to ask something private or confidential email <a href="mailto:nick@craig-wood.com">Nick Craig-Wood</a>. Please don’t email me requests for help - those are better directed to the forum - thanks!</p> 19270 </body> 19271 </html>